PUB.

(ENROUTE)

SAILING DIRECTIONS

★

★

2010

162

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Bethesda, Maryland

© COPYRIGHT 2010 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

NINTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
Pub. 162 III

Preface

0.0 Pub. 162, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Philippine Islands,

Ninth Edition, 2010, is issued for use in conjunction with Pub.

120, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) Pacific Ocean and

Southeast Asia. Companion volumes are Pubs. 161, 163, and

164.

0.0 Digital Nautical Charts 11 and 23 provide electronic chart

coverage for the area covered by this publication. 

0.0 This publication has been corrected to 30 January 2010,

including Notice to Mariners No. 5 of 2010. 

Explanatory Remarks

0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National GeospatialIntelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department

of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and

pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10,

Sections 2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing

Directions, covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the

world, provide information that cannot be shown graphically

on nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere.

0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and

port approach information which supplements the largest scale

chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence

Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas

called “Sectors.”

0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

bearings are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings

have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended

degrees are used.

0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical

Chart (DNC).

0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships

have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for

radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence

in each Sector.

0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,

as follows: 

0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289

0.0 2. Commercial: 301-227-3147

0.0 3. DSN: 287-3147

0.0 4. DNC web site: http://www.nga.mil/portal/site/dnc

0.0 5. Maritime Do0.0 main web site: http://www.nga.mil/portal/site/mari

0.0 time

0.0 6. E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil

0.0 7. Mailing address: Maritime Domain

0.0 National Geospatial-Intelligence

0.0 Agency

Mail Stop D-44

0.0 4600 Sangamore Road

0.0 Bethesda MD 20816-5003

0.0 New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the

date of the publication shown above. Important information to

amend material in the publication is available as a Publication

Digital Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Domain website.

0.0NGA Maritime Domain Website

http://www.nga.mil/portal/site/maritime

0.0

0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a

course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of

origin along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the

designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow

for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,

and navigate so that the designated course is continuously

being made good.

0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward

which currents set.

0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but

inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,

omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are

mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal

passage or fairway are described.

0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed

in meters, or tenths of miles.

0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally

those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses following another name are alternate names that may

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,

such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or their

spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political

status of an area by the United States Government.

0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference

used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place-names

are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers

(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.

0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to

web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.

NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the

accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web

sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions of these web sites.

0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light

Lists should be consulted for complete information.

0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where

appropriate by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which

facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational

aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, however, and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities

are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in

Pub. 150, World Port Index.

0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not

described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational

Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine

Broadcasts, should be consulted.
IV Pub. 162

0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for

the geographic area covered by this publication. Special

Warnings are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon

promulgation and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners

No. 1. A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is

printed in each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings, along with the notice number of promulgation.

Special Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division

website.

0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions

from which winds blow.

Reference List

0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this

publication were:

0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.

0.0 Various port handbooks.

0.0 Reports from United States Naval and Merchant vessels and

various shipping companies.

0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents.

0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents in possession of the Agency.
Pub. V

Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III

Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII

Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI

Sector 1

Luzon—North and West Coasts, including Luzon Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2

Luzon—South Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Sector 3

Panay—North and East Coasts, Masbate—South Coast, and Negros—Northwest Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Sector 4

Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts, Panay—West Coast, and Negros—South Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Sector 5

Luzon—East Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Sector 6

Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Sector 7

Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Sector 8

Mindanao—West and North Coasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Sector 9

Mindanao—South and East Coasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Sector 10

The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Sector 11

Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Sector 12

The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Index—Gazetteer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Pub. 162 VII

0.0SECTOR LIMITS — PUB. 162
VIII Pub. 162

Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters

Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74

 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79

 20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84

 30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89

 40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93

 50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98

 60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03

 70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08

 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13

 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters

Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46

 10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75

 20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03

 30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32

 40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61

 50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90

 60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19

 70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47

 80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76

 90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53

 10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34

 20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14

 30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95

 40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76

 50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57

 60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38

 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19

 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99

 90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92

 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39

 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86

 30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33

 40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79

 50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26

 60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73

 70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20

 80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67

 90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Pub. 162 XI

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units

°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)

cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)

cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars

dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz

FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)

grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons

kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions

N north S south

NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest

NE northeast SW southwest

ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest

E east W west

ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest

SE southeast NW northwest

SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types

LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off

LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier

LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil

Time

ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time

ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level

MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs

HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps

LW low water MHWS mean high water springs

MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps

MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs

HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide

HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide

LWN low water neaps

Communications

D/F direction finder HF high frequency

R/T radiotelephone VHF very high frequency

LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

MF medium frequency

Navigation

LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring

NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center

SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Miscellaneous

COLREGS Collision Regulations

IALA International Association of Lighthouse AuthoritiesNo./Nos.

PA

Number/Numbers

Position approximate

IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful

IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication

loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
1

Pub. 162

1. 

Luzon—North and West Coasts, including Luzon Strait

1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

1.0SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
3

Pub. 162

SECTOR 1 

LUZON—NORTH AND WEST COASTS, INCLUDING LUZON STRAIT

1.0 Plan.—This sector describes the islands, channels, and dangers of the Luzon Strait lying between the S extremity of Taiwan and the N coast of Luzon. This is followed by a

description of the N and W coasts of Luzon and off-lying dangers from Escarpada Point to Cape Santiago including Lingayen Gulf, Subic Bay, and Manila Bay. The arrangement of the

sector is from N to S and E to W. 

General Remarks

1.1 The channels leading through Luzon Strait are wide

and deep and may be used by all classes of vessels. The Luzon

Strait contains two groups of islands, the Batan Islands and the

Babuyan Islands. The Batan Islands group is separated from

the S extremity of Taiwan by Bashi Channel and from the

Babuyan Islands by Balintang Channel. Babuyan Channel separates the Babuyan Islands from the N coast of Luzon.

1.1 The N coast of Luzon between Escarpada Point and Cape

Bojeador, about 96 miles W, is high and rugged at its NE and

NW ends. The Cagayan River flows into the sea about 37 miles

WSW of Escarpada Point. The port of Aparri is located on the

E side of the mouth of the Cagayan River. The coast on either

side of the mouth of the river is low and sandy for distances up

to 30 miles. 

1.1 The W coast of Luzon consists of irregular masses of hills

and mountains and is prominently indented by Lingayen Gulf,

Subic Bay, and Manila Bay. Volcanoes are the most conspicuous features of the landscape, but there is little volcanic activity.

Winds—Weather.—On the N coasts of Luzon, the winter

monsoon is experienced from about October to March. During

this time the winds blow from N to NE, but occasionally they

blow from the NW. As a rule, NW winds are stronger and are

often accompanied by cloudy weather and rain. 

1.1 In April, land and sea breezes are well marked, and from

June to September, S winds prevail. Squalls, accompanied by

thunder and lightning are frequent in summer.

1.1 On the W coast of Luzon N winds predominate during November to January, and E winds February to April. Southeast

winds are nearly as prevalent as E winds.

1.1 Under the land, during the regular course of the wind, calms

are frequent and often a light wind blows from the W, while in

the front of the open channel it blows hard, especially off Cape

Calavite.

1.1 For the six months from May to October, the prevailing wind

is SW. May is the month in which the winds veer from E to

SW, while October is the month of change from SW to the N.

1.1 The NE gales off the W coast of Luzon are generally associated with a rise of the barometer and bright clear weather.

Cloudier skies are often found farther to the N. 

1.1 The Northeast Monsoon decreases in strength from February

to April, and the winds tend to become more to the E. During

this monsoon the wind usually backs to the NNE or N during

the day under the influence of the sea breeze, but sometimes

calms or W breezes are experienced between 1000 and sunset.

1.1 During May, the wind is mostly light and variable, but strong

S or SW winds may occur in Manila Bay.

1.1 The Southwest Monsoon is deviated by the land and sea

breezes even more than is in the Northeast Monsoon.

1.1 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents through Luzon Strait set

in a general W direction on the rising tide, and E on the falling

tide. They attain a maximum rate of 5.5 knots at the NE and

SW ends of the Batan Islands group.

1.1 Tidal currents among the islands are greatly confused. Inshore and offshore tidal currents are frequently opposite in direction under similar tide and weather conditions. Strong

eddies and races are found near the islands and shoals.

1.1 During the Southwest Monsoon, a N current, with a rate of 1

to 3 knots in open areas, is reported to prevail in Luzon Strait.

Near the islands this current is diverted, and in the channels between the islands it becomes erratic. During this period the current can be expected to flow in a NE direction, but it is not

constant and should the wind be light or moderate, it is liable to

set in various directions.

1.1 During the Northeast Monsoon, the current sets in a general

W direction through Luzon Strait.

1.1 Caution.—The Philippine hydrographic authority reports

that caution should be exercised in all navigable waters of the

Philippine Islands to avoid scientific data-collecting buoys that

may be encountered. The floats are part of a project conducted

by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and may be

encountered drifting freely for a period of 3 years, commencing in January, 2008. 

1.2 O-luan Pi (21°54'N., 120°51'E.), the S extremity of

Taiwan, is the usual landfall for vessels bound N from the Philippine Islands. It is a low headland and shows a light. A rock

lies close off the E extremity of the headland.

1.2 Ch’i-hsing Chiao (21°46'N., 120°49'E.), about 8 miles S of

O-luan Pi, are a group of rocks about 1 mile in extent, lying

above and below-water. The sea breaks heavily over these

rocks in bad weather. The channel between O-luan Pi and these

rocks is clear of dangers, but heavy rips and swirls are often experienced throughout the channel.

1.2 There are numerous shoals within a radius of 8 miles centered about 40 miles S of O-luan Pi. The area includes two

banks, with depths of less than 92m. A depth of 13m lies in the

center of the area.

1.2 A detached shoal, with a depth of 24m, lies about 26.5 miles

SSW of O-luan Pi. A shoal, with a depth of 15.8m, lies about

17 miles WSW of Ch’i-hsing Chiao.

1.2 Bashi Channel (21°30'N., 121°45'E.), frequently used as a

main shipping route, is a wide and deep channel between

Hsiao-lan Yu (21°57'N., 121°36'E.) and the Batan Islands, 53

miles SSE. 

1.2 Kao-t’ai Shih (21°44'N., 121°37'E.), 0.1 mile in diameter

and steep-to, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 13.5 miles S

of Hsiao-lan Yu. 
4 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

1.2 At LW, the sea probably breaks on the rock, but the vicinity

is generally covered by violent tide rips and swirls, which extend about 45 miles W. As these indications are not always

present, Kao-t’ai Shih should be given a wide berth. A dangerous wreck lies on the N side of the rock.

1.2 A narrow bank, with a least depth of 10m, lies between 8

miles SW and 12.5 miles S of Kao-t’ai Shih. This bank is

sometimes marked by discolored water. Breakers have been reported in the vicinity of the NW part of this bank.

The Batan Islands

1.3 The Batan Islands (20°55'N., 121°55'E.), situated in

the middle of Luzon Strait, form a chain of islands and islets

extending 52 miles in a N to S direction. The larger islands are

high and of volcanic origin. The smaller islands are generally

low and of coral formation. Earthquakes are frequent and typhoons are extremely severe in this area.

1.3 It should be noted that the tidal currents in the vicinity of the

islands are both strong and confused. Their direction is affected

by the configuration of the channels as well as by the changing

monsoons. The islands should be given a wide berth.

1.3 Amianan Island (21°07'N., 121°57'E.) is the N island of the

Batan group. Tide rips and breakers occur off the NE side of

the island. A light is shown on the N side of the island. It is visible only between the bearings of 200° W through 310°. An islet lies about 0.4 mile W of the S extremity of the island and

another islet lies close E off its NE side.

1.3 Detached shoals, with depths of 22 and 53m, lie, respectively, about 5.5 and 1.75 miles NNW of Amianan Island.

1.3 North Island (21°04'N., 121°56'E.) lies about 2 miles S of

Amianan Island. The island is high and steep, except off its E

side where three rocks, one of them 41m high, lie within 0.2

mile off the shore. An above-water rock lies off the W extremity of the island and a rock, 1.8m high, lies about 0.2 mile off

the NE extremity of the island. The channel between the two

islands is free of dangers and has a least depth of 48m in the

fairway. The currents are strong in the vicinity of the two islands. 

1.4 Mabudis Island (20°56'N., 121°55'E.) lies 8 miles S

of North Island. It is high and steep, with a reef containing

some above-water rocks extending nearly 0.5 mile NE from the

N side of the island. The channel between the two islands is

wide and deep, except for a 10.5m shoal area lying nearly in

mid-channel. This shoal is a narrow ridge of sand that lies

about 4.5 miles NNW of the N extremity of Mabudis Island.

Except at slack water, heavy tide rips occur near the edge of the

bank. Tidal currents over the bank occasionally reach 5 knots.

1.4 Siayan Island (20°54'N., 121°54'E.) is joined to Mabudis Island by a ridge of detached rocks and foul ground. Siayan is

surrounded by tide rips, and the S and SE sides of the island are

foul to a distance of about 0.5 mile. A shoal, with a depth of

24m, lies about 1.5 miles SE of the island.

1.4 Itbayat Island (20°46'N., 121°50'E.) is the largest island of

the group, and lies 4.5 miles SSW of Siayan Island. 

1.4 Mount Santa Rosa, the highest peak on the island, stands

near the N end of the island. It rises to a height of 277m. 

1.4 Mount Riposet rises to 229m, standing on the SE part of the

island. The coasts of the island are formed by steep rugged

cliffs. There are no protected anchorages.

1.4 There are four places where landings can be made in good

weather. On the E coast, a landing can be made about one mile

NE of Mount Riposet. On the SW coast, landings may be made

at Mauyen, close W of the S tip of the island. In the NW part of

the island, landings can be made at Mayan, 3 miles SSW of the

N end of the island and at a position about 0.75 mile farther S.

1.4 Diogo Island (20°42'N., 121°56'E.) lies about 4 miles E of

Itbayat Island; the island is of volcanic origin. A reef fringes

the island up to a little over 0.25 mile offshore. 

1.4 There are several islets and rocks off the coasts of the island.

A small bank, with a least depth 16.5m, lies about 5.5 miles SE

of Diogo Island. The channel between Diogo Island and Itbayat Island is deep and clear of dangers, but the currents are

reported to be strong.

1.5 Batan Island (20°25'N., 121°57'E.) lies about 16

miles SE of Itbayat Island. The island is the second largest of

the group and the most important. The island is mountainous

and has several broad cultivated spots. 

1.5 Mount Irada, which appears to be an inactive volcano, stands

at the NE end of the island. It rises to a height of 1,009m. 

1.5 Tumarun Rock lies about 0.2 mile off the NE coast of the island. A radar conspicuous wreck lies 1 mile NW of the rock. A

light is shown from the SE side of Batan Island.

1.5 The W side of the island is indented by Baluarte Bay, which

is small in area and open to the W. A reef, with depths of less

than 5.5m, lies 0.15 mile offshore in places. 

1.5 The E side of the island is indented by Balugan Bay, which is

open to the E. The S entrance point to the bay consists of a

prominent black bluff.

1.5 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in Baluarte Bay off the town of Basco, in a depth of

about 24m, coral and sand. Smaller vessels can anchor further

in, in a depth of 10m, fine sand. The holding ground is good,

but the bay gives protection only from the Northeast Monsoon.

1.5 Unprotected anchorage can be taken off the settlement of

Mahatao. The church tower in the settlement is prominent from

the anchorage.

1.5 Vessels with local knowledge can take temporary anchorage

off San Vicente (Pugo Moro), and off a settlement which lies

about 0.75 mile SSW of San Vicente. 

1.5 These anchorages are confined and unsafe, except during E

winds. 

1.5 With local knowledge, open anchorage can be obtained off

Uyugan, in a depth of 14.6m, with the church which is partly

obscured by trees, bearing 045°. Some of the bays on the E side

of Batan Island are reported to afford protection during the

Southwest Monsoon.

1.5 Balugan Bay affords sheltered anchorage during the Southwest Monsoon. Vessels anchor here when it is too rough to call

at Basco.

1.6 Basco (20°27'N., 121°58'E.) (World Port Index No.

57970), the principal town on Batan Island, is located at the

head of Baluarte Bay, 2.5 miles WSW of the summit of Mount

Irada. The church and government buildings, with white walls

and red roofs, are prominent. 

1.6 A pier projecting from the NE side of Baluarte Bay has a

berthing space of 18m at its head and alongside depths of 3 to
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 5

Pub. 162

4m. A light is shown from the cliff close NW of the root of the

pier. There are no pilots, but persons with local knowledge may

be employed as pilots.

1.6 Off-lying banks, with least depths of 46 and 125m, lie 6

miles W and WNW, respectively, of Batan Island. Banks, with

least depths of 91 and 137m, lie 29 and 23 miles W, respectively, of Batan Island.

1.6 Sabtang Island (20°18'N., 121°52'E.) lies about 2.5 miles

SW of the SW extremity of Batan Island. A coral reef closely

fringes the island, except at a few locations where the cliffs are

at the water’s edge. A detached rocky ledge, with a depth of

1.8m, lies about 1.25 miles N of Natao Point (20°21'N.,

121°51'E.), the N extremity of the island. Another detached

rocky ledge, with a depth of 3m, lies about 1 mile N of Natao

Point. A light is shown from Sabtang Island.

1.6 It was reported that a shoal, with a depth of 17m, lies about 4

miles SW of the S end of the island. A bank, with a depth of

123m, lies about 3 miles SE of Sabtang Island. 

1.6 The principal settlement stands on the NE side of the island.

The coastal reef extends nearly 0.1 mile offshore from the settlement. The church and some buildings with red roofs stand in

the settlement and are conspicuous from offshore. 

1.6 During the Southwest Monsoon, good sheltered anchorage

can be found off the settlement, in depths of 18 to 22m, sand,

with the church bearing 225°. A light is shown from the town.

1.6 Ibuhos Island (20°19'N., 121°49'E.) lies about 1.25 miles W

of the W side of Sabtang Island. The island is small and low,

with a hill on its S end. A stranded wreck lies on the NW side

of the island. 

1.6 The channel between the island and Sabtang Island is about

0.75 mile wide at its narrowest part between the reefs on each

side, and has depths of 18 to 40m in the fairway. 

1.6 The flood current sets S through the channel at a maximum

rate of 3 to 4 knots, and the ebb sets N at the same rate.

1.7 Dequey Island (20°20'N., 121°47'E.) lies 0.5 mile W

of the NW extremity of Ibuhos Island. The channel between

the two islands is about 0.25 mile wide. Depths of 20 to 26m

are found in the fairway. Strong rips set N along the SW side of

Dequey Island. 

Balintang Channel (19°55'N., 121°50'E.), frequently used

as a main shipping route, is a wide, deep channel between the

Batan Islands and the Babuyun Islands, 42 miles S.

1.7 Unusual sets have been experienced in the channel in the vicinity of the islands. An isolated depth of 11.6m was reported

to lie in the W approach to the channel, in position 20°12'N,

120°44'E.

1.7 Balintang Islets (19°58'N., 122°09'E.) are an isolated group

of several small, sharp peaked, rocky islets that lie in the E part

of Balintang Channel. The westernmost islet is the largest of

the group. Within a distance of about 0.75 mile SE of this islet

are three islets or rocks, 13, 23, and 36m high, respectively. 

1.7 Two islets, 85 and 103m high, lie, respectively, 1 and 0.75

mile E of the larger islet and in bad weather the sea breaks

heavily against them. These islets may be passed on either side

at a distance of 2 to 3 miles, but it should be noted that surveys

within the area are incomplete.

1.7 An outlying bank, with a least depth of 66m, lies about 20

miles WNW of Balintang Islets.

1.7 Calayan Bank (19°40'N., 121°29'E.) lies near the W side of

Balintang Channel, about 13 miles NNW of Panuitan Island.

The sea breaks heavily over the bank in rough weather. 

1.7 A shoal, with a depth of 11m, was reported on the bank

about 12.5 miles NNW of the N extremity of Panuitan Island.

A 13.7m depth lies about 4 miles further NNW.

The Babuyan Islands

1.8 The Babuyan Islands (19°10'N., 121°47'E.), a group

of five islands and their adjacent islets and dangers, lie between

Balintang Channel and Babuyan Channel. The islands are high,

mountainous, and steep-to.

1.8 Babuyan Island (19°32'N., 121°57'E.), the northeasternmost and highest island of the group, is steep-to and wooded. 

1.8 Mount Pangasun, the highest peak, is located in the middle

of the island and is often obscured by clouds. 

1.8 Pan de Azucar Island, a slender pinnacle rock, lies at the outer end of a reef that extends 0.5 mile SE from the S end of the

island. A village stands on the SW side of the island. San Dionisio, the largest settlement, is a small village situated at the

mouth of a stream on the SW side of Babuyan Island.

1.8 A reef, with two rocks awash, extends almost 0.25 mile N

from the N extremity of the island. A stranded wreck lies close

SE of the rocks. The best landing place is at Barugan Cove on

the N coast, but there is no protected anchorage. There are no

sheltered anchorages off the island. Heavy tide rips occur from

1 to 3 miles off various points of the island.

1.8 Calayan Island (19°20'N., 121°28'E.) appears as a long

ridge with mountain peaks at each end. Mount Calayan, the

highest peak, stands in the middle of the island. The island is

reported to be a good radar target for up to 16 miles. The coast

of the island consists mostly of rocky cliffs, undermined by the

sea, and fringed by a narrow coral reef which is marked by

breakers. 

1.8 A small steep-to reef, on which lies a rock, is located 1.75

miles W of the SE extremity of the island. Catanapan Point, the

W extremity of the island, is a good radar target for up to 11

miles. A shoal, with a depth of 16.5m, lies about 1 mile NW of

the point.

1.8 The tidal currents are quite strong in the vicinity of the island

and are reported to set in an opposite direction to those encountered farther offshore. Heavy tide rips occur off several of the

salient points which should be given a berth of at least 1 mile

when rounding them. 

1.9 Calayan (19°16'N., 121°28'E.), a small town, lies

near the middle of a 4 mile strip of sandy beach on the S side of

Calayan Island. A large schoolhouse with a galvanized iron

roof, and the white stone building of the Weather Bureau Station, are both prominent. Storm signals are displayed from the

station. 

1.9 The best anchorage is S of the town, about 0.5 mile offshore,

in a depth of 37m. Small vessels anchor in Cibang Cove

(19°15'N., 121°32'E.).

1.9 Panuitan Island (19°26'N., 121°30'E.) rises abruptly from

the shore on all sides to a long, even ridge, which is slightly

higher at the N end. A number of above and below-water dangers closely fringe the island.

1.9 The shore reef extends about 0.15 mile N and NE of the island, with rocks awash, near their outer edges. Several pinnacle
6 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

rocks are on the shore reef on the NE side of the island. 

1.9 The top and sides of the island are covered with grass and the

W slope, with small bushes. A rock, with a depth of 2.5m, lies

about 2 miles W of Pine Point.

1.9 Wyllie Rocks (19°30'N., 121°31'E.), 2.5 miles N of Panuitan

Island, consists of a large black rock and two small rocks,

awash, about 0.1 mile NE of the large rock. 

1.9 Numerous shoals and coral heads lie within 0.5 mile of the

large rock. Violent rips and swirls occur over this bank even in

calm weather. The rocks should be given a wide berth.

1.9 Camiguin Island (18°55'N., 121°55'E.) lies about 26 miles

SE of Calayan Island. The island is wooded and mountainous

with its highest peak in the NE section of the island. The higher

peaks are frequently obscured by clouds. Mount Camiguin is

an active volcano that lies at the SW end of the island. There

are deep valleys between the volcano and the lesser peaks

around it, so that when first sighted from S they appear as separate islands. 

1.9 A stranded wreck lies 1 mile S of Nagayaman Point, the NE

extremity of the island. 

1.9 On the SE side of the island several high rocks lie on or close

to the narrow steep-to coral reef which fringes its shores. Camiguin Bank, the center of which lies about 6 miles NW of the

NW side of Camiguin Island, has a least depth of 20m, coral,

and is marked by tide rips.

1.10 Port San Pio Quinto (18°54'N., 121°52'E.) lies on

the W coast of Camiguin Island. A prominent yellow and red

cliff situated S of the port affords good shelter with NE winds,

and it is the only place in the Babuyan Islands where a large

vessel can lie in reasonable safety. 

1.10 Balutubat is a village that stands on the NE side of the harbor. The village is obscured by trees, but the schoolhouse near

the beach is partly visible from the anchorage. 

1.10 Depths—Limitations.—Inside the harbor there are depths

of 22 to 55m, which lie about 0.25 to 0.75 mile offshore from

Camiguin. There are a number of detached dangers closer offshore, and it shoals abruptly to the fringing reef. A shoal, with

a depth of 4.9m, lies about 0.5 mile offshore and 1.75 miles

ENE of Magasasut Point.

1.10 Aspect.—Pamoctan Island lies in the middle of the entrance

to Port San Pio Quinto. The island is a good landmark, appearing as a single cone from N and S, but from the W shows two

distinct peaks, the N one being the higher.

1.10 The N entrance channel to Port San Pio Quinto lies between

Pamoctan Island and a reef that extends about 0.25 mile SSW

from Nagpalbosan Point. A reef, with a depth of 10.3m, lies in

mid-channel. In heavy weather the sea breaks over this reef. 

1.10 The S channel to the port lies between Pamoctan Island and

Magasasut Point. This channel is deep and clear of dangers. Pinon Island lies about 0.5 mile W of Magasasut Point; a reef extends about 0.15 mile N and S from the island, and a detached

rock, 4.6m high, lies about 0.5 mile S of the islet.

1.10 Anchorage.—The best anchorage for Port San Pio Quinto is

about 1 mile E of the SE point of Pamoctan Island, in a depth

of about 27.4m, sand and broken coral. The port is exposed to

W winds, but some protection can be obtained by anchoring

close E of Pamoctan Island, in 29m. The harbor affords good

shelter from the Northeast Monsoon.

1.10 Caution.—Avoid the reefs fringing the NE entrance point,

and dangerous wrecks lying off the NE shore of the port. 

Guinapac Rocks (18°59'N., 122°06'E.), 6 miles E of the N

end of Camiguin Island, consist of two tower-like rocks, 96m

and 66m high. Another rock, 6m high, lies close N. Foul

ground extends 0.5 mile further N.

1.10 A submerged rock, marked by breakers, lies about 2 miles N

of Guinapac Rocks. There is a safe channel between the rocks

and Camiguin Island.

1.10 Didicas Rock (19°04'N., 122°12'E.), 8.5 miles NE of

Guinapac Rocks, is a conical volcanic islet about 244m high.

Formerly there was a group of high rocks in this position.

There are heavy tide rips in this vicinity.

1.11 Fuga Island (18°53'N., 121°23'E.) lies about 20

miles W of Camiguin Island. The island is steep-to and fringed

by reefs. Any fringing dangers lie within 0.75 mile offshore. A

stranded wreck lies off Kiking Point, the E extremity of the island. The irregular depths off the S side of the island permits

vessels to take temporary anchorage in some locations during

calm weather.

1.11 Barit Island (18°52'N., 121°15'E.) is a wooded islet lying

about 0.75 mile W of the W extremity of Fuga Island. A detached shoal of 3m lies about 1.25 miles W of the N end of the

island. Mabaag Island lies about 0.5 mile NNE of Barit Island.

The island is low and wooded and has a steep-to fringing reef

and shoal water which lie as far as 0.15 mile offshore, except

that it lies up to about 0.25 and 0.5 mile, respectively, off the

SE and NW ends.

1.11 Musa Bay (18°53'N., 121°16'E.) lies between the W end of

Fuga Island and the E sides of Barit Island and Mabaag Island.

The best entrance to the bay is from the S between Barit Island

and Fuga Island. 

1.11 The W entrance, between Barit Island and Mabaag Island, is

deep and narrow. The N entrance, between Mabaag Island and

Fuga Island, has a depth of 7.3m, but it is encumbered with a

rock awash in the middle. The sea usually breaks over it. 

1.11 This entrance should not be used except in a case of necessity. Tidal currents in the channels and in the vicinity of the islands of Musa Bay are strong.

1.11 Mabaag Island (18°53'N., 121°15'E.) is a low, wooded islet,

lying 0.5 mile W of the NW extremity of Fuga Island. A reef

extends about 0.5 mile NE from the NE extremity of the island.

A small detached reef, with a rock awash, lies about 0.1 mile

farther NE. These dangers, which are usually marked by breakers, almost block the narrow channel between Mabaag Island

and Fuga Island. 

1.11 A reef extends 0.15 mile NW from Mabaag Island and a

shoal, with a least depth of 5.5m, extends about 0.75 WNW

from NW extremity of Mabaag Island.

1.11 The best anchorage is near the NE side of Barit Island, in

depths of 24 to 29m, coral and sand. The bottom near Fuga Island is very rocky. 

Dalupiri Island (19°05'N., 121°14'E.) lies about 8.25 miles

N of Barit Island. The island consists of a hilly ridge which

reaches its maximum height in its S end. A narrow steep-to reef

fringes the island up to 0.75 mile offshore. 

1.11 Visita, the largest settlement, stands on a small plain on the E

side of the island, 3 miles from its S end. A detached shoal,

with a depth of 9m, lies about 0.75 mile E of Visita. A shoal,
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 7

Pub. 162

with a depth of 0.9m, lies about 0.5 mile offshore, 4 miles NW

of the S extremity of the island. 

1.11 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor off Banoa, a settlement on the SW part of the island. Depths exceed 37m 0.5 mile

offshore. Landing can be effected through a break in the reef

0.5 SE of Banoa. The island is reported to be a good radar target up to 20 miles.

1.11 Irao Islet (18°59'N., 121°13'E.) lies about 2 miles SW of the

S end of Dalupiri Island. The island is fringed by shoals as far

as 0.5 mile offshore.

1.12 Babuyan Channel (18°45'N., 121°35'E.), a main

shipping route, lies between the N coast of Luzon and the

Babuyan Islands. The W entrance to the channel is about 15

miles wide between Fuga Island and Pata Point. The E entrance

to the channel is about 20 miles wide between Camiguin Island

and Cape Engano. 

1.12 The tidal currents in the channel appear to set in from both

ends on the rising tide, though their precise meeting place is

unknown. Eddies and tidal races are numerous. 

1.12 A plainly-marked tide rip has been observed between Cape

Bojeador and Fuga Island.

Luzon—North Coast

1.13 Escarpada Point (Siniguian Point) (18°31'N.,

122°14'E.), the NE extremity of Luzon, is a gray rocky promontory with a serrated summit. A prominent sandy beach fronts

the S end of the promontory. Tide rips are often encountered E

of the point. A bank, with depths of 9 to 18m, sand and rock,

on which tide rips occur, extends 3 miles N of Escarpada Point.

The coast between Escarpada Point and the NE entrance to

Port San Vicente (Pugo Moro), about 4.5 miles W, is high and

bordered by reefs with detached rocks.

1.13 Palaui Island (18°33'N., 122°08'E.) lies about 5 miles

WNW of Escarpada Point. The island is high, rugged, and

wooded. The W shore of the island is bold and rocky with narrow sandy beaches in some of the bights. A reef, which dries,

extends about 1.5 miles E from the E side of the island. 

1.13 Escucha Islet, 18m high and wooded, and Cent Islet, 3m

high, lie near the outer edge of this reef. A rock, awash, lies

about 1 mile N of Puerto Point, a high wooded bluff forming

the SW extremity of Palaui.

1.13 The depths are somewhat irregular in the area lying between

a position 3.5 miles E of the N end of Palaui Island and a position about the same distance N of Escarpada Point.

1.13 Cape Engano (18°35'N., 122°08'E.), part of the N side of

Palaui Island, is the seaward end of a peninsula projecting 0.5

mile WNW and enclosing a cove on its SW side. The peninsula

is mostly wooded with some part of the hills on the NW side

covered with grass.

1.13 A light is shown near the cape. A shoal, with a depth of less

than 11m, extends about 0.5 mile NW from Cape Engano.

1.13 Anchorage can be taken by small vessels with local knowledge in a cove on the SW side of Cape Engano, in a depth of

35m. The reefs fringing the cove lie as far as 0.1 mile offshore. 

1.13 Small vessels wishing to anchor in the cove should enter

with the beacon, located at the head of the cove, bearing 114°,

and anchor when about 0.5 mile from the beacon. The anchorage is small in extent but offers protection from all winds except those from the W and NW.

1.13 Dos Hermanos (18°35'N., 122°08'E.) are two islets lying

close NE of Cape Engano. Several above-water rocks lie 0.75

mile E of the islets. Gran Laja, 1 mile NE of the NE point of

Palaui Island, is a low rock on which the sea breaks. The sea

bed is very irregular for 2.5 miles E of the rock.

1.14 Port San Vicente (Pugo Moro) (18°31'N., 122°08'E.)

(World Port Index No. 57995) lies between the S side of Palaui

Island and the coast of Luzon. The NE approach to the harbor

Cape Engano Light
8 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

is encumbered with reefs and dangers and should not be

attempted. 

1.14 Port San Vicente (Pugo Moro) is the only thoroughly protected harbor in N Luzon available as a refuge during typhoon

weather, but the holding ground is poor. The port consists of an

inner and outer harbor.

1.14 The outer harbor lies S of San Vicente Island, and between

Puerto Point, and the coast of Luzon, S of Nulton Point. A light

marks a reef off the E side of San Vicente Island. 

1.14 A light is shown on the coast of Luzon, 2.75 miles S of the

above light, at a place called Palawig. New Orleans Point, the S

extremity of San Vicente Island, is a prominent green bluff. 

1.14 The W side of the island is connected to the S side of Palaui

Island by a drying reef. The fairway to the inner harbor, which

has a width of about 0.1 mile, lies between two shoals.

1.14 At the entrance to the inner harbor the flood current sets NE

and the ebb SW. Currents of 3 to 4 knots can be expected in the

SE approach to the inner harbor between Nulton Point and Port

San Vicente Light (Pugo Moro Light).

1.14 The inner harbor, a small cove between the NE side of San

Vicente Island (Pugo Moro Island) and the S side of Palaui Island, is practically landlocked and serves as a harbor of refuge

for small vessels during typhoon weather. The shores of the inner harbor are fringed with reefs as far as about 0.1 to 0.3 mile

offshore, which greatly restricts the space available. A shoal,

with a depth of 4.1m, lies about 0.4 mile NE of the N extremity

of San Vicente Island.

1.14 Facilities include a pier, with a length of 20m and a width of

10m; a wharf, with a length of 28m and a width of 9m, and a

causeway 315m in length. The L-shaped pier that extends N

from a position close E of Nulton Point has been extended,

making the alongside berth 222m long.

1.14 Directions.—To approach the outer harbor from the W pass

0.75 mile S of Puerto Point and steer E until Rona and Escuha

Islets are in range 037°. Then steer for this range which will

lead to the anchorage. To enter the inner harbor from the anchorage in the outer harbor, a vessel should steer for Port San

Vicente Light. This light should be rounded at a distance of

137 to 183m and anchorage can be taken about 0.25 mile

NNW of it.

1.15 Rona Islet (18°32'N., 122°09'E.), 7.6m high and

wooded, lies on a drying reef in the middle of the fairway about

1 mile NE of Morgan Point.

1.15 Anchorage can be taken in the outer harbor, with Rona Islet

and Escucha Islet in line bearing 037° and the extremity of Puerto Point bearing 277°, in a depth of about 13m, mud. 

1.15 Small vessels can anchor in the middle of the inner harbor, in

7 to 8m, mud, about 0.25 mile NNW of Port San Vicente Light.

The outer anchorage is exposed to W and SW winds. A detached reef, marked by a buoy, has a depth of 0.9m, and lies

0.25 mile WSW of Nulton Point.

1.15 Batulinao Point (Matara Point) (18°23'N., 122°06'E.) lies

about 8 miles S of Puerto Point. The point is fringed by reefs

and foul ground to a distance of about 1 mile N. The tidal currents off the point have a rate of about 0.5 knot, with a slight

tidal race near the reef line.

1.15 Port Casambalangan (Irene), marked by a light, a village, lies

on the E side of Batulinao Point.

1.15 Vessels with local knowledge may approach Casambalangan

Bay from the N in order to avoid the shoal extending N from

Batulinao Point. 

1.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 12 to 14m, mud,

good holding ground and protection from S winds, about 0.5

mile offshore, with Puerto Point bearing 356° and Batulinao

Point bearing 248°.

1.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory.

1.15 Buguey (18°17'N., 121°50'E.), a coastal town, lies about 16

miles WSW of Batulinao Point. The town stands on the N bank

of a river which enters the sea 4 miles farther ESE. The school

which has a white metal roof, and the old stone church are

prominent. The river entrance can be identified by the village

of Minanga, which stands on its W entrance point.

1.16 Aparri (18°22'N., 121°38'E.) (World Port Index No.

58000), the principal port in N Luzon, lies on the E entrance

point of the Cagayan River about 12 miles WNW of Buguey.

1.16 Depths—Limitations.—The channel over the bar usually

has depths of 4 to 5m, but the depth is continually changing.

Shoaling is reported to have taken place. During the Northeast

Monsoon, the entrance bar is sometimes impassable and ships

are obliged to seek shelter in Port San Vicente (Pugo Moro).

The channel should be entered in the daytime only. Vessels

usually anchor outside the bar, but small vessels can proceed

upriver as far as Camalaniugan. Due to the various silting problems, there is a planned closure of the port in the future.

1.16 There is a sea berth between two mooring buoys lying at the

seaward end of a submarine pipeline which extends 0.75 mile

NNE from the prominent oil tank at Aparri. 

1.16 Aspect.—The town of Aparri is very prominent when approaching the port. The charted tank farm and silo in town are

conspicuous. A prominent aluminum oil tank stands at the NW

end of the town. Linao Light is shown about 0.75 mile WNW

of the W entrance point of the Cagayan River.

1.16 The town of Linao stands on Linao Point, the W entrance

point of the Cagayan River. Camalaniugan, a small village,

stands on the E bank of the river in a position about 6 miles

SSE of the river mouth. Lal-lo, another small village, stands on

the E bank 4.5 miles farther SSW.

1.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 40 grt.

Advance notice of 24 hours is required by the Harbor Pilots

Association, Aparri. Pilots are always in attendance when it is

possible for vessels to cross the bar. Vessels awaiting a pilot

should keep 1 or 2 miles N of the church at Aparri. ETA should

be sent to Aparri Pilotage Station. The pilot boat is a motorized

launch.

1.16 Anchorage.—The best anchorage outside the bar is in a

depth of 18 to 22m, with Aparri church bearing 180° and Linao

Light bearing 247°. The anchorage is exposed to N winds.

1.16 At times freshets occur causing the river to rise rapidly. Vessels should take precautions against the strong current which

reaches 6 knots, and the debris bought down with it at such

times. Heavy rips occur off the entrance to the river.

1.17 The Abulug River (18°25'N., 121°26'E.) enters the

sea 11 miles NW of Aparri. A town with the same name stands

on the E bank of the river, close within its entrance. It is reported that there is a depth of 3m over a sand bar and mud flats,

which encumber the entrance of the river. The ebb tidal current

is strong and causes a confused sea off the mouth of the river.
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 9

Pub. 162

1.17 The Pamplona River (18°29'N., 121°22'E.) enters the sea

about 6 miles WNW of the mouth of the Abulug River. A sand

bar and mudflats encumber the entrance to the river. 

1.17 Depth over the bar is reported to be 1.Between the Abulug

River and the Pamplona River the sea breaks heavily on a sandbank extending 0.5 mile from the coast.8m, and the river can

only be entered during good weather. 

1.17 Good anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile N of the end

of a long low sandpit, at the mouth of the river, in a depth of

18m. Vessels should not proceed into lesser depths than this, or

anchor E of the extremity of the sandspit.

1.17 Tidal currents in the anchorage are strong and the ebb current from the river causes a confused sea at its mouth; vessels

are advised to use an adequate scope of chain. 

1.17 Logs are loaded at this anchorage from March through midJune. Since this is an open roadstead, weather conditions during the Northeast Monsoon makes this place impracticable during the remainder of the year. The town of Pamplona stands on

the W bank of the river about 2.5 miles from the entrance.

1.17 Pata Point (18°38'N., 121°09'E.) is a knoll 55m high; it

stands about 14 miles NW of the mouth of the Pamplona River.

A small river, with a reported depth of 1.5m over the bar, enters

the sea close E of the point. A wreck lies about 1 mile WNW of

the light.

1.18 Claveria Bay (18°37'N., 121°04'E.) lies about 4 miles

W of Pata Point and is entered between Centinela Point and

Lacay-lacay Point, 2.5 miles WSW. 

1.18 Taggat (18°37'N., 121°03'E.), on the W side of the bay, has a

pier 100m in length, at the root of which are two large and

prominent oil tanks.

1.18 Anchorage is available about 0.2 mile ENE of Taggat Pier, in

a depth of 37m. During the monsoon, it is advisable to anchor

about 0.5 mile from the pier head, in about 65m.

1.18 The Cabicungan River flows into the E part of Claveria Bay.

It has a bar which usually breaks. Tide rips form off its entrance.

1.18 The town of Claveria (18°37'N., 121°05'E.) (World Port

Index No. 57990) stands on the W side of the Cabicungan

River and can be identified by the metal roof of the school. 

1.18 Depths—Limitations.—There is reported to be 868m of

quayage supporting eleven berths. The north 80m of quay has a

depth alongside of 13m and has a RoRo facility; the remaining

berths have depths alongside of 8.5m to 10.5m. Six of these are

container berths , each having a length of 104m. 

1.18 There is a privately owned wharf with a depth alongside of

6.1m and a small pier.

1.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 40 grt.

Advance notice of 24 hours is required by the Harbor Pilots

Association, Apparri.

1.18 Anchorage.—Vessels may take anchorage in Claveria Bay,

in depths of 18 to 27m, sand, about 0.4 mile N of Claveria. Another anchorage is available about 0.2 mile ENE of Taggat Pier,

in a depth of 37m. A daylight approach is recommended.

Baket-Baket Point (18°37'N., 121°02'E.) lies about 1 mile

W of Lacay-lacay Point. The point is bold and heavily wooded.

It lies at the NE end of the Caraballo Mountains. A pinnacle

rock, with a depth of 4.6m, lies 0.5 mile N of the point and

heavy tide rips occur in this vicinity.

1.18 Pasaleng Bay (18°35'N., 120°56'E.) lies about 5 miles SW

of Baket-Baket Point. The bay is deep and affords little shelter,

except at its head, where the village of Pasaleng stands on the

shore of the bay. A ridge of mountains rise steeply from the

shore of the bay. 

1.18 Madamba Rock lies about 0.5 mile W of Puac Point, the E

entrance point of Pasaleng Bay. The area between the rock and

the shore is foul with above and below-water rocks. 

1.18 Strong tidal currents have been observed in the vicinity of

the rock, sometimes attaining a rate of 2 to 3 knots at springs.

1.18 Baugan Bay (18°37'N., 120°52'E.) lies close NW of

Pasaleng Bay. The bay is small and open to the E. 

1.18 Anchorage is afforded to small vessels, in a depth of 16.5m,

protected from SW winds. 

1.18 Dos Hermanos, two prominent above water rocks, lie 0.75

mile N of Baugan Bay. Strong tide rips occur in the vicinity of

these rocks.

1.19 Mayraira Point (18°39'N., 120°51'E.), the N extremity of Luzon, is fringed by a reef as far as 0.1 to 0.15 mile offshore. A rocky spit, with a depth of 3m at its outer end, extends

0.75 mile NE from the point. 

1.19 Heavy tide rips occur off the spit which should be given a

wide berth.

1.19 Dialao Point (18°37'N., 120°47'E.) lies about 4 miles SW of

Mayraira Point. The point is low, wooded, and fringed by a

narrow coral reef. A light is shown from the point. The point is

backed by a prominent reddish-colored ridge, 183m high, running parallel to the coast and almost bare of trees. This is the

only reddish-colored ridge in the vicinity. Strong currents,

along with eddies and whirlpools, are found 1 to 1.5 miles off

the point.

1.19 Bangui Bay (18°33'N., 120°45'E.) lies about 3 miles SSW

of Dialao Point, which is the N entrance point of the bay. The

village of Bangui, situated at the head of the bay, is hidden by

trees but the red roof of the school is visible above them from

most directions. The bay affords anchorage sheltered from S

winds. A small cove on the N side of the bay offers shelter for

small craft in NE weather.

1.19 A prominent group of white rocks lie close off Blanca Point

(18°22'N., 120°39'E.). The shore, from 1 mile E and 1.5 mile

W of the point, is marked by rapidly eroding cliffs and a few

coastal boulders. 

1.19 Negra Point, the W entrance point of Bangui Bay, is a black,

rocky point with a shoal extending almost 0.25 mile offshore.

A large black rock, 1.5m high, lies about 91m NE of the point.

Luzon—West Coast

1.20 Cape Bojeador (18°30'N., 120°34'E.), the NW extremity of Luzon, lies about 5 miles SW of Negra Point. 

1.20 It is low near the coast and rises gently to broken and bare

ridges about 2.5 miles E. The N limit of the cape is marked by

overhanging, black, coral cliffs, with a grass-covered top, 15m

high. There is a sharp indentation in the reefs S of this point

where landings are possible except during NW winds. 

1.20 Between this indentation and the W extremity of the cape, a

reef extends about 0.35 mile offshore. Detached coral heads

and sunken boulders extend as far as 0.5 mile NW from the

outer edge of this reef. Cape Bojeador should be given a berth

of at least 1 mile.
10 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

1.20 A submerged rock, position doubtful, is reported to lie about

0.5 mile W of the W extremity of Cape Bojeador. 

1.20 Cape Bojeador Light (18°30'N., 120°34'E.) stands on the

summit of a prominent hill located 1 mile E of the N extremity

of Cape Bojeador. The lighthouse is a white octagonal, stone

tower, rising 20m, with an attached dwelling. The shore of the

cape is marked by breakers. 

1.20 A radar conspicuous stranded wreck lies 1.5 miles WSW of

the lighthouse.

1.20 Nagabungan Bay (18°29'N., 120°34'E.) indents the coast

about 0.5 mile S of the W extremity of Cape Bojeador. It is a

narrow inlet entered only by small vessels with local knowledge. 

1.20 Drying coral reefs extend about 0.1 mile from the S side of

the bay, and about 91m from the N entrance of Nagabungan.

The entrance is made further difficult by banks, with depths of

less than 6m, extending from either shore, leaving a navigable

channel less than 91m wide. A 7.6m shoal lies 0.3 mile WNW

of the S entrance point.

1.21 Dirique Inlet (18°28'N., 120°35'E.) (World Port Index No. 58530), about 1.75 miles SSE of Nagabungan Bay, affords good anchorage to small craft with local knowledge, in a

depth of 18m, during the Northeast Monsoon, sheltered from

all winds except those from the SW.

1.21 Drying coral reefs and a shoal, with depths of less than 9m,

extend about 0.25 mile W from the S side of the entrance and

about 0.25 mile S from the N entrance point, restricting the entrance channel between the 9m curves to about 0.1 mile.

1.21 Two conspicuous aluminum domes, marked by white and

red lights, stand about 5.75 miles SE of Dirique Inlet.

1.21 Laoag (18°12'N., 120°35'E.) (World Port Index No. 58520)

is a town of some importance, situated 4.5 miles within the entrance to the Laoag River. A radio tower stands in Laoag. 

1.21 The mouth of the river is blocked by a bar over which small

craft can navigate. A landing place is convenient about 0.5 mile

within the entrance.

1.21 Mount Cauit (18°13'N., 120°32'E.), a grassy sand hill, 92m

high, with some trees on its summit, lies near the coast on the

N side of the entrance to the Laoag River. The summit rises as

a nipple and is a prominent landmark on this otherwise low

coast.

1.21 There is open anchorage SW of the mouth of the Laoag River. With local knowledge, a vessel can obtain anchorage, in a

depth of 16m, sand, with Mount Cauit bearing 045° and Culili

Point bearing 202°.

1.21 Caution.—The approach to the anchorage can become difficult due to shoaling in the river entrance. 

1.21 A bank, with a depth of 44m, lies about 12 miles WNW of

the Laoag River mouth.

1.22 Culili Point (18°05'N., 120°28'E.), about 6 miles S of

the Laoag River entrance, is prominent from the distance. It is

a rocky bluff, bare of trees, 35m high, rising from a series of

sand dunes. This part of the coast is fringed by a bank, with

depths of less than 5.5m, which extends up to 0.3 mile offshore.

1.22 Submarine cables lie 2.25 miles S of Culili Point. The chart

best depicts where anchoring and fishing is prohibited.

Arboledan Point (18°01'N., 120°29'E.) is 4 to 6m high. It is

fringed by a reef, about 0.1 mile wide, partly bare at LW. The

point is marked by a light situated on a prominent ridge. The S

end of this ridge is covered with bushes and a few trees that rise

to an elevation of 41m. 

Cape Bojeador Light
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 11

Pub. 162

1.22 Arboledan Point Light, stands 10m high and consists of a

white concrete tower.

1.22 The mouth of the Currimao River lies close to Arboledan

Point. With the exception of a narrow beach at the mouth of

this river, the entire shoreline of the point is fringed with reefs

extending as far as 0.1 mile offshore. 

1.22 The reef dries at LW, but the outer limits are always submerged and rise sharply from deep water.

1.22 Prominent from the S is a large stone church, converted to a

warehouse, which stands about 0.2 mile ENE of Arboledan

Point. The church is partly obscured by coconut trees.

1.22 North Fort, a white tower, lies about midway between Arboledan Point and the stone church. South Fort, a dark stone tower, stands on the S side of the entrance to the cove.

1.22 The town of Currimao lies close E of the stone church and

spreads out on both sides of the river; only part of the town can

be seen from seaward.

1.22 Anchorage is available with South Fort bearing 105° and the

old church bearing 032°, in a depth of 20m, soft mud. Small

vessels find anchorage NE of this position, in a depth of 17m.

1.22 Port Currimao (18°01'N., 120°29'E.) is a cove entered between Arboledan Point and the N entrance point of Gan Bay,

about 0.5 mile SE. This indentation in the coast provides the

nearest anchorage to Laoag. 

1.22 It affords a restricted shelter to vessels with local knowledge

during the Northeast Monsoon (October to March) and also

provides a haven when weather does not permit vessels to lie

off the mouth of the Laoag River.

1.22 Caution.—A coral spit, with depths from 2 to 9m, extends

0.75 miles SW from the S entrance point to Port Currimao.

1.23 Gan Bay (17°59'N., 120°29'E.) is entered between

the S entrance point of Port Currimao and Gabot Point, about

2.75 miles SSW. 

1.23 From the shoreline, a drying reef extends up to 0.35 mile

seaward, from a point 0.75 mile NE of Gabot Point. 

1.23 The coast to the NE of this reef is composed of sandy beaches with rocky ledges between them. Depths of less than 6m extend up to 0.4 mile offshore.

1.23 Buoys mark a shoal on its N and E sides, with depths from

0.5 to 3.6m, which extends about 0.75 mile N from the drying

reef. A reef, with a depth of less than 2m, lies 1.25 miles NNE

of Gabot Point.

1.23 Gabot Island (17°58'N., 120°28'E.) is located on a drying

reef which extends 0.25 mile NW from Gabot Point. A rock,

3m high, lies near the N extremity of this reef. There are numerous boulders scattered over the reef. 

1.23 A bank, with depths of less than 6m, extends out 0.25 mile N

from the prominent rock.

1.23 There is good landing on either side of Gabot Island, but

wind direction and tide must be taken into account. 

1.23 Muglavis, a village, stands on the S shore of the bay about 1

mile NE of Gabot Point.

1.23 A concrete pier with a rock causeway, extending about 0.25

mile from shore with 7.3m at its head, is situated 0.4 mile NE

of Muglavis. A prominent red warehouse stands near the root

of the pier.

1.23 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, in 11 to 18m, sand and mud, NE of the shoal on the S

side of the entrance to Gan Bay. The channel leading to the anchorage, between the 5.5m curve on either side, is about 0.25

mile wide and has a fairway depth of 22 to 28m.

1.23 Small vessels with local knowledge will find anchorage

when strong N winds are in evidence, off the mouth of a cove

formed in the reef 1.25 miles SSE of Solot Point, in a depth of

20m.

Solot Point (17°55'N., 120°26'E.) rises to 20m and projects

out from the coast considerably. It lies about 3.75 miles SW of

Gabot Point.

1.23 Badoc Island (17°55'N., 120°25'E.) lies about 0.75 mile W

of Solot Point. The island and the point are separated by a fairway with a depth of 36m. The island is conspicuous on its W

side, and covered with grass and a few trees. The N and W

sides of Badoc Island are fringed by a below-water reef that extends about 0.25 mile offshore.

1.23 Two shoals are located 2 miles and 3.75 miles SSW of Badoc Island with depths of 12.8m.

1.23 There is anchorage between the island and the mainland, in

W or moderate N winds, in a depth of 37m.

1.24 Cabugao Bay (17°50'N., 120°26'E.) is entered between a point 3 miles SSE of Solot Point and a point E of Salomague Island (17°48'N., 120°23'E.). This bay provides some

protection from S winds.

1.24 There are a number of shoals in the bay area and caution is

advised. A shoal, with a least depth of 6.4m near its outer end,

extends about 1 mile NW from the N entrance of Cabugao Bay.

Another shoal, with a least depth of 8.2m, extends about 0.45

mile NNW of Cabugao Point (17°49'N., 120°26'E.). 

1.24 Cabugao Shoal (17°50'N., 120°25'E.), with a depth of 5.5m,

lies approximately 1.25 miles NW of this point. A shoal, with

depths of less than 9m, extends about 1 mile NNW of the S entrance point of the bay.

1.24 Anchorage.—There is anchorage available to vessels with

local knowledge in the SW part of the bay, W of Cabugao

Point, in a depth of 12.8m. 

1.24 Anchorage is also available, in depths of 10.9 to 12.8m, in a

small cove close NE of Cabugao Point, but care must be taken

in order to avoid a 2.7m shoal patch lying near the head of the

cove.

1.25 Salomague Point (17°47'N., 120°24'E.) is a bluff tableland 31m high. A drying reef extends 0.3 mile from the

point.

1.25 Salomague Island (17°48'N., 120°23'E.), covered with

grass and brushwood, lies in the N approach to the harbor

about 0.5 mile offshore and serves as a good landmark from the

N or S; it is fringed by a narrow coral reef, the inner part of

which dries.

1.25 The channel between Salomague Island and the mainland is

used by small craft with local knowledge. The fairway is 0.5

mile wide and has a least depth of 8.2m.

1.25 Salomague Harbor (17°47'N., 120°25'E.), known as the

Port of Cabuago, offers protection from all but W and SW

winds and is entered between Salomague Point and Darrena

Point. The harbor is of increasing commercial importance.

During the Southwest Monsoon (May to September), coasting

vessels have unloaded here when it is too rough at Pandan or

off the Laoag River.

1.25 The harbor is fringed with reefs along the shore, reaching out
12 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

as far as 0.15 mile from its N side and 0.1 mile from the S side.

Two small coves become evident by the breaks in the reef.

There is a beach in each cove.

1.26 Salomague (17°47'N., 120°25'E.) stands at the head

of the N cove. A concrete pier, with a depth of 4.9m at its head,

also lies in the N cove. There is a stranded wreck on the W side

of the pier. The ruins of an old stone church lie near the foot of

the pier. 

1.26 The approach to the pier is foul and the pier is not fully operational; however, it is used by vessels seeking shelter from typhoons.

1.26 North Shoal, steep-to, drying 0.6m, and on which the sea

generally breaks, lies off the N side of the harbor entrance,

about 0.3 mile SSE of Salomague Point. Middle Shoal, with a

depth of 0.9m near its center, lies near the middle of the harbor

about 0.51 mile NE of Darrena Point.

1.26 Anchorage—There is good anchorage about 0.52 mile W of

the light structure, with the old tower at the village of Salomague bearing 349°, in a depth of 14.6m. Small vessels can

find improved shelter E of North Shoal, in a depth of 12.8m.

1.26 Directions.—Vessels approaching Salomague Harbor from

N should pass at least 2 miles W of Salomague Island, and

when the light structure at Dardarrat bears 090°, it should be

steered for on that bearing to the anchorage.

1.26 Vessels approaching from S should keep Pinget Island bearing less than 180° until the light structure bears 090°, then the

previous directions should be followed.

1.27 Darrena Point (17°46'N., 120°24'E.) is low, covered

with brushwood, and fringed with a drying reef which extends

as far as 0.3 mile from its S side. A spit, with depths of less

than 11m, extends considerably WNW from Darrena Point; a

detached 11m patch lies 1.4 miles W of the point.

1.27 Southwest Shoal (17°46'N., 120°22'E.), with a least depth

of 3.6m, lies 2 miles W of Darrena Point. A 7.3m coral patch

lies 1.25 miles W of Darrena Point.

1.27 Masbate Shoal (Masbete Shoal) (17°45'N., 120°23'E.), with

a depth of 7.6m, lies 1.25 miles WSW of Darrena Point.

1.27 Lapog Shoal (17°45'N., 120°24'E.) lies about 1 mile S of

Darrena Point and is located near the center of the entrance of

Lapog Bay. A channel about 0.25 mile in width, and with

depths of 11 to 18m, separates the N side of this shoal from the

coastal reef extending S from Darrena Point. 

1.27 Another channel, about 0.75 mile wide and with depths of 13

to 18m, separates the S side of this shoal from the reef and

shoals fringing Lapog Point.

1.27 Lapog Bay (17°44'N., 120°26'E.), entered between Darrena

Point and Lapog Point, about 2 miles further SSE, affords a degree of safety to small craft but is not used by larger vessels as

Salomague Harbor has better protection and holding ground. 

1.27 The head of the bay consists of a sandy beach through which

the Lapog River and some small streams discharge. 

1.27 The S shore of the bay E of Lapog Point is fringed with drying reefs which extend as far as 0.15 mile offshore. To the E of

Lapog Point, at a distance of 0.5 mile, a break in the reef leads

to a sandy beach near the village of Saoang. 

1.27 This village is the port for the town of San Juan.

1.27 A detached reef, which dries, lies in the NE corner of the bay

in a position about 0.3 mile offshore.

1.27 Lapog Point (17°44'N., 120°25'E.), the S entrance point of

the bay, is low and has a small inlet close S of it. 

1.27 A spit, with depths of less than 6m, extends 10.6 mile WSW

from Lapog Point. A shoal, with a depth of 3.9m, lies 1.5 miles

W of Lapog Point. A dangerous wreck lies about 1 mile SW of

the shoal.

1.27 The coast from Lapog Point to Pinget Island, 4 miles SW, is

fringed by above and below-water reefs extending 0.5 mile offshore in places.

1.28 Pinget Island (17°41'N., 120°21'E.) is about 6m high

at its S end and is sandy, and covered with brushwood. A drying reef surrounds the island and is joined to the mainland 0.5

mile E by a low sandy isthmus.

1.28 Anchorage.—With local knowledge of the island area, vessels can take anchorage either N or S of Pinget Island, taking

into account the monsoon. The anchorage on the N side of the

isthmus is in 12.8m, about 0.3 mile E of the N end of the island. 

1.28 Small vessels can anchor closer in to the isthmus. The anchorage on the S side of the isthmus is in 10.9m, about 0.5 mile

SE of the S extremity of Pinget Island.

1.28 San Ildefonso Harbor (17°39'N., 120°21'E.) is 2 miles S of

Pinget Island. A concrete pier, reported destroyed, extends 0.5

mile NW from the coast. A prominent concrete tank, 3m high,

stands close N of the pier.

1.28 A shoal, with a least depth of 1.5m, lies about 0.4 mile NW

of the pier head. A partly constructed breakwater, reported destroyed, extends N across the middle of the shoal.

1.28 Drying reefs extend 91m offshore, almost 1 mile SE of the S

extremity of Pinget Island. A reef extends 0.25 mile NW from

a point located about 0.5 mile SSW of the base of the pier.

1.28 Dile Point (17°34'N., 120°20'E.), lying 6.25 miles S of

Pinget Island, is low and inconspicuous. Discolored water, due

to the discharge from the Abra River, is often seen from this

point.

1.28 The 10m curve fronts the coast at a distance of up to 0.75

mile. Two shoals, each with a depth of 8.2m and lying about 1

mile offshore, are located, respectively, about 2.25 miles and 3

miles SSE of Dile Point.

1.29 Pandan (17°32'N., 120°22'E.) stands on the N side of

the delta of the Abra River. It is the landing place for the town

of Vigan which stands about 2.5 miles NNE. 

1.29 Close SW of the town, standing on a hill, is a prominent

white cylindrical water tank. It makes a good mark as does the

white belfry of the church in Caoayan, a village about 1 mile

NE of Pandan. 

1.29 There is a light shown from a white concrete tower, 8m high,

standing on the beach close S of Pandan.

1.29 The channels leading through the delta of the Abra River are

constantly changing in position and depth, especially during

the rainy season and during the Southwest Monsoon. 

1.29 A depth of 1.5m can sometimes exist over the bar at the

mouth of the river and local knowledge is necessary for entering.

1.29 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage off Pandan, where some shelter is afforded from E and

NE winds. During strong N winds, the ground swell sets in

round Dile Point causing a heavy surf.
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 13

Pub. 162

1.29 Vessels can anchor, in 10.9m, sand, about 0.75 mile SW of

the light at Pandan, with the prominent church at Caoayan

bearing 041° and Solvec Rock (17°27'N., 120°26'E.) bearing

140°.

1.30 Solvec Cove (17°27'N., 120°27'E.) is entered between

Solvec Point and a point about 1 mile SE. The cove is only

about 0.5 mile in extent, but affords some shelter from N and E

winds. A village is located about 0.25 mile inland from the NE

corner of the bay.

1.30 The cove can be identified by Mount Narvacan, 259m high,

located about 0.5 mile E of the S entrance point. A long range

of hills extends 5 miles NNE from Solvec Point to the Tetas de

Santa, prominent twin peaks, 650m high. An old tower stands

close to the shore almost 0.5 mile E of Solvec Point.

1.30 Solvec Rock (17°27'N., 120°26'E.), 9.1m high and square

shaped, lies close offshore SW of Solvec Point. A group of

above and below-water rocks connect the rock with the point.

A rock, awash, lies close W of Solvec Rock.

1.30 A drying reef and foul ground extend up to 0.15 mile from

the N shore of the cove, as well as a drying reef that extends

0.25 mile NW from the S entrance point of the cove. A group

of rocks, with depths of less than 2m, lie about 0.15 mile

WNW of the outer extremity of this reef. 

1.30 A destroyed pier extends about 0.1 mile WNW from a position on the E shore of the cove, over 0.25 mile SE of the old

tower.

1.30 Anchorage can be taken about 0.45 mile SE of Solvec Rock,

in depths of 18 to 22m. Vessels should anchor when Solvec

Rock bears 315°, and the old tower on the N shore of the cove

bears 023°. 

1.30 Small vessels can anchor within the cove, but the holding

ground is not good. Depths over 9m are found in the center of

the cove.

1.30 There is a range of mountains that extends 24 miles NNE

from Solvec Point, terminating in Mount Nagapu, 1,272m high

and flat-topped. The highest level of this mountain cannot be

seen as it is mostly obscured by a high ridge closer to the coast.

1.30 Mount Bulagao (17°39'N., 120°30'E.) is dark colored and

prominent because of its comparative isolation. As viewed

from the N it appears as a rounded summit, but from the S two

summits are visible, the N of which attains an elevation of

1,121m.

1.30 Vigan Gap (17°33'N., 120°30'E.), located about 7 miles

NNE of Solvec Point, is a prominent divide in the mountain

range; the Abra River flows through the gap. 

Nalvo Bay (17°22'N., 120°27'E.) is a small cove.The bay

gives some shelter during the Northeast Monsoon (October to

March), but it is open to the Southwest Monsoon.

1.30 A reef extends about 0.15 mile WSW from the N entrance

point. This reef is fringed by a shoal, with a depth at its outer

edge of 6.4m, extending about 0.15 mile WSW beyond the

edge of the reef. 

1.30 The E shore of the cove has a sandy beach which is backed

by a single, pointed hill, 76m high. The S entrance point of the

bay is fringed by a narrow drying reef. 

1.30 The 10m curve fronts the beach about 0.5 mile offshore.

1.30 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 9 to

11m, hard sand.

1.30 Directions.—Vessels should approach the cove with the

pointed hill bearing about 079°. Santa Maria Church, located

1.5 miles ENE of the pointed hill, will be seen in range with

the lower part of the N slope of the hill. 

1.30 Anchorage is taken when the point of land N of the N entrance point comes into range, bearing 349°, with Solvec Rock.

1.31 Port San Esteban (17°20'N., 120°26'E.) is entered

between Suso Point (17°21'N., 120°27'E.) and San Esteban

Point, about 1.5 miles SW. It serves as a harbor of refuge for

small vessels during the Southwest Monsoon, but it is dangerous under the effect of a Northeast Monsoon, because of a very

heavy swell. 

1.31 A prominent quarry, located about 0.45 mile SSE of Suso

Point, appears as a prominent bare spot on the hillside. A stone

tower is clearly visible on the SW side of the entrance, about

0.75 mile ENE of San Esteban Point. 

1.31 The ruins of a hospital, a prominent large concrete building,

is situated close to the beach at the head of the port.

1.31 Suso Shoal, with a least depth of 6.4m, coral, lies on the N

side of the approach to Port San Esteban. Two detached 8.5m

patches lie close together about 0.5 mile N of the stone tower.

Drying reefs extend as far as 0.15 mile offshore from either

side of the cove. 

1.31 Through these dangers a narrow channel cuts between the

reefs, tapering from 0.4 to 0.1 mile in width, and breaks

through to a sandy beach at the head of the cove.

1.31 Moderate-sized vessels can obtain anchorage, in depths of

15 to 16m, about 0.4 mile N of the stone tower, or about 0.1

mile farther E, with the ruins of the hospital bearing 169°, distant 0.6 mile. 

1.31 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor between the

reefs near the head of the cove. Vessels should approach the

outer anchorage with the quarry bearing 090°.

1.32 Santiago Cove (17°17'N., 120°26'E.), about 4 miles S

of Port San Esteban, provides fair shelter from the Northeast

Monsoon (October to March), but is open to the SW. Reefs,

which dry in parts and are visible, surround the cove on all

sides as far as 0.1 mile offshore. The head of the cove consists

of a sandy beach with a small river discharging near its S end. 

1.32 The village of Sabangan stands on a spit between the river

and the head of the cove. The town of Santiago is situated 0.5

mile NE of the head of the cove; only the church and a monestary are visible from seaward. There are depths of 11 to 18m

in the outer part of the cove.

1.32 Anchorage is available, in about 12m, sand and mud, with

the N entrance point bearing 320°, distant 0.2 mile.

1.32 Vessels entering Santiago Cove should keep the church at

Santiago bearing 067° and anchor as above.

1.32 Caution.—A bank, with a least depth of 19.2m lying about

14 miles W of San Esteban Point, extends about 10 miles in a

N to S direction.

1.33 Tamurung Point (17°15'N., 120°25'E.), 31m high,

lies about 1.75 miles S of Santiago Cove. A range of hills rises

to an elevation of 199m, about 0.75 mile E of the point.

1.33 Candon Point (17°13'N., 120°24'E.), with a light standing

about 1 mile SE of the point, is low, heavily wooded, and

fringed by a narrow reef. The village of Candon is situated

about 20.75 miles SE of the point.
14 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

1.33 Anchorage is available, in depths of not less than 16m, with

the extremity of Candon Point bearing 000°. Smaller vessels

find anchorage, in depths of 9 to 11m, WSW of a stone house,

located on the beach, about 1 mile SE of the extremity of Candon Point. 

1.33 These anchorages, are partially protected from N and E

winds, but, during strong N winds, the swell rolls in around the

point.

1.33 Caution.—It was reported that a number of Fish Aggregating Devices were moored about 30 miles offshore N from San

Fernando. They normally consist of unlit steel pontoons with

fishing topmarks and may constitute a danger to navigation,

being difficult to detect by eye and radar. 

1.33 There is no indication that hazards and obstructed positions

off this coast are promulgated, or that the areas used are patrolled. 

1.34 Santa Lucia (17°07'N., 120°27'E.), 6.5 miles SSE of

Candon Point, is a small town on the coast which will be recognized by a large church with a conspicuous dome.

1.34 A light is shown from the coast near Dardarat (16°57'N.,

120°26'E.). There is a pier extending NW from the coast about

0.5 mile NE of the light. From the pier head two concrete dolphins have been established, and three mooring buoys. There is

a yellow water tank that is located near the root of the pier.

1.34 Anchorage is found, in a depth of 15m, sand and mud, about

0.1 mile NW of the light.

1.34 Luna (16°51'N., 120°22'E.) is a small town on this part of

the coast identified by an old tower and a church with three

towers. Two towns, Bangar and Tagudin, are 3.5 and 6 miles,

respectively, NE of Luna. Mount Lusong, 271m high and

grass-covered, is located 2.5 miles SE of Bangar. 

1.35 Darigayos Point (16°50'N., 120°21'E.), 3.5 miles S

of Luna, is low, covered with trees, and fringed by a narrow

drying reef.

1.35 Darigayos Inlet, 1 mile S of the point, is a slight indentation

into which the Darigayos River flows. 

1.35 Darigayos Light is shown from the N entrance point of the

inlet.

1.35 The inlet has irregular depths from 3 to 18m. Reefs, parts of

which dry, extend about 0.325 mile W from the N entrance

point and 0.25 mile WNW from the S entrance point. Pin

Rock, 0.6m high, lies near the S edge of the reef. 

1.35 The entrance channel is 0.1 mile wide, with depths of more

than 6m. Depths of less than 6m extend 0.2 mile from the head

of the inlet.

1.35 An old fort stands on the S entrance point of the inlet. There

is a 26m high bluff 0.2 mile E of the fort. A village stands on

the N side of the inlet. A prominent schoolhouse with a metal

roof stands on the N side of the entrance close ENE of the old

fort. It is reported to be a good landmark.

1.35 Anchorage for small craft may be taken, in a depth of 3m,

sand, about 0.1 mile from the head of the inlet. The anchorage

is open to the W and affords little protection.

1.35 The Maragaya River (16°46'N., 120°20'E.) discharges

about 3.5 miles S of Darigayos Inlet. The river entrance is restricted by a stranded wreck.

1.35 A factory, with two conspicuous chimneys, and a large concrete silo, 38m high, stands near to the shore close N of the river entrance.

1.35 A shoal, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies about 0.2 mile offshore, about 4.5 miles S of the Maragaya River.

1.36 San Fernando Harbor (16°37'N., 120°18'E.) (World

Port Index No. 58460) is entered between San Fernando Point

and the mainland, 10.75 miles ENE. It is a port of entry and the

terminus of the railroad from Manila. 

1.36 All berthing and shipping facilities are located at Poro

(16°37'N., 120°18'E.) on the SW side of the harbor.

1.36 Winds—Weather.—The harbor and piers are protected

from both the Northeast Monsoon and the Southwest Monsoon, but during strong winds from the N and NW a heavy

swell has a tendency to roll into the harbor.

1.36 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is about 1.5 miles in extent, but the entrance between the reefs extending from both

sides is less than 0.5 mile wide. The reef, defined by about the

20m curve, extends about 1 mile NE from the E side of San

Fernando Pointt. 

1.36 There are four principal piers located at Port Poro, as follows:

1. Pier No. 1, 150m in length and 21m wide, with depths

of 15.3m at its outer end and less than 1m at its inner end. 

2. Pier No. 2, 200m in length and 21m wide, with depths

of 14.3m at outer end and less than 1m at inner end. 

3. BCC Pier (formerly Old), a 200m long concrete structure, 19m wide, with depths ranging from 1m at the inner

end to 16.5m at the outer end.

4. Philex Conveyor Pier, extending 200m from the

shore, is 3m wide, with depths of 9.8m at its outer end and

less than 1m at its inner end.

1.36 There are four mooring buoys to assist warping while loading ore.

1.36 Vessels of 10,000 dwt can be accommodated at the piers.

Vessels of 30,000 dwt can use the anchorage.

1.36 Aspect.—San Fernando Point (16°37'N., 120°17'E.) is the

NW extremity of a peninsula, 24m high on its W side, where

there are some prominent white cliffs. 

1.36 San Fernando Point Light, a round metal tower and dwelling,

8m high, stands 0.6 mile S of San Fernando Point.

1.36 Two conspicuous radar domes stand about 775m N of the

light. Numerous radio masts stand on the peninsula, E of the

lighthouse. 

1.36 The stranded wreck of a gunboat lies close to San Fernando

Point, 366m N of the radar domes.

1.36 Carlatan (16°38'N., 120°19'E.), a small village, stands at

the entrance to Carlatan Lagoon, 0.5 mile SE of the E entrance

point of the harbor. 

1.36 Several radio masts with fixed obstruction lights stand 0.75

mile SSE of the water tower. 

1.36 Range lights in line, bearing 144.5°, lead into the harbor, but

it is reported that upon making the approach to the harbor there

is considerable difficulty encountered in locating the harbor

range markers at night among the shore lights, and that by day

the structures do not stand out until well inside the harbor due

to the early morning mist. 

1.36 A conspicuous radio mast stands close SE of the front range

light.

1.36 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels are met in posi-
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 15

Pub. 162

tion 16°38'N, 120°17'E, by the pilot boat which flies a red flag

with the letter “P” in white. If the pilot cannot board due to bad

weather, the vessel should proceed to the Quarantine Anchorage. Pilots should be ordered with an ETA of 24 hours. 

1.36 Messages should be addressed to Port Pilot, San Fernando,

La Union.

1.36 Anchorage.—A charted designated anchorage lies about 1

mile SW of the Carlaton water tower, in a depth of 22m. The

holding ground is good. 

1.36 During the Northeast Monsoon, the swell reaches this anchorage and is particularly heavy in the afternoon. A prohibited

anchorage area lies in the S part of the harbor.

1.36 When winds are strong out of the N, vessels can take anchorage off Poro and ride easier than off San Fernando. 

1.36 The recommended anchorage is located about 0.8 mile N of

the BCC Pier, in about 22m, mud, good holding ground. 

1.36 Directions.—Vessels from N should bring San Fernando

Point Light (16°37'N., 120°17'E.) to bear 180°, and steer for it

until the San Fernando range lights are in line. 

1.36 It is reported that the range lights are difficult to distinguish

from the shore lights, and during the day the structure do not

stand out until well inside the harbor. In the early morning the

range lights are usually obscured by mist.

1.36 Vessels are cautioned to give the reef on the W side of the

entrance channel a wide berth, as the reef is reported to have

had a NE growth. 

1.36 The center of the group of tanks about 320m WSW of the

root of the BCC Pier at Poro, bearing 198°30', leads from the

range line to the piers at Poro.

Caution.—Fagg Reef (16°39'N., 120°15'E.), composed of

rock and sand, with a least depth of 7.5m, lies in a position

about 2 miles NW of San Fernando Point. 

1.36 The sea breaks over this danger in the event of heavy weather.

1.36 Two rocks, each with a depth of 1.8m, lie about 0.14 mile SE

and 0.15 mile S of the S extremity of the peninsula.

1.36 An obstruction is reported to lie 1 mile S of San Fernando

Light.

1.36 There are numerous unmarked dangerous sunken wrecks and

obstructions in the harbor. These wrecks, although clear of the

channel, may break up in heavy weather and form new obstructions. There is a great deal of flotsam in the harbor, especially

during S winds at the height of the tide, which constitutes a serious threat to navigation.

1.36 Pilings and dolphins around the piers are in poor condition

and may in time break up and become navigational hazards.

1.36

Lingayen Gulf

1.37 Lingayen Gulf (16°15'N., 120°10'E.), entered between San Fernando Point and Santiago Island, about 23 miles

SSW, indents the coast in a WSW direction for a distance of 30

miles and is open to the NNW.

1.37 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing wind in Lingayen Gulf

is SE. During the Northeast Monsoon, land and sea breezes become regular and blow freshly, but are interrupted by strong N

and NE gales. The atmosphere is clear at this time. A bank of

clouds seen in the N, accompanied by a clear sky and a high

barometer, is a sign of the commencement of a gale. In June,

the wind blows from a SE direction in the morning, with

squalls blowing down from Mount Santo Tomas and from

Mount San Isidro. 

1.37 Toward the evening, the wind dies down with heavy rain and

thunder showers, and towards midnight the weather clears

leaving a light S wind which changes to SE at dawn.

1.37 From July to October, gales from SW to W are prevalent,

lasting from 3 to 15 days, and are accompanied by heavy rain.

The worst season in Lingayen Gulf is from the middle of September until the end of October, when typhoons are likely to

occur.

1.37 Tides—Currents.—In Lingayen Gulf currents are variable

and depend to a great extent on the strength and direction of the

wind. During the rainy season, the freshets from the rivers at

the head of the gulf cause a N set in the gulf. 

1.37 Directions.—When entering or leaving Lingayen Gulf, do

not approach Silagui Island (16°27'N., 119°55'E.) within a

distance of 8 miles and care must be taken to avoid the 11.9m

patch located 10.5 miles NE of that island.

1.37 Caution.—It has been reported that due to earthquake activity, the shoreline and depths along the S coast of Lingayen Gulf

may differ from what is charted.

1.37 A shoal bank, with depths of less than 18.3m, extends 8

miles NE from the NE side of Santiago Island. Detached

shoals, with depths of 11.6 and 14.6m, respectively, lie about

10.75 miles NE of Silaqui Islet (16°27'N., 119°55'E.). The

shallowest spot, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies 4 miles ENE of

Dos Hermanos Rocks (16°26'N., 119°56'E.).

1.37 A clear channel about 13 miles wide lies W of San Fernando

Point; there are no known dangers in the central part of Lingayen Gulf; a depth of over 37m is found throughout.

San Fernando Point Light
16 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

Lingayen Gulf—East Side

1.38 The E side of Lingayen Gulf between San Fernando

Point and the W entrance of Santo Thomas, 23 miles S, consists of a continuous sandy beach with foothills only a short

distance inland.

1.38 Along this stretch of coast Research Reef (16°35'N.,

120°17'E.), with a least depth of 4.5m, lies 0.85 mile offshore

and about 2.5 miles S of San Fernando Point. A detached

shoal, with a least depth of 5m, lies about 3.25 miles S of San

Fernando Point.

1.38 A depth of 11m was reported just inside the 20m curve,

about 13.5 miles S of San Fernando Point Light. 

1.38 Santa Rita Light stands 16.25 miles SSE of San Fernando

Point Light.

1.38 Santo Tomas Anchorage (16°15'N., 120°22'E.) has little

commercial importance and is mainly used by fishing vessels.

It lies E of a sand spit, with depths of 3 to 6m. The entrance to

the anchorage is about 2.5 miles and gradually narrows to a

width of 1 mile inside. 

1.38 The S and E sides of the spit are steep-to, but the W side

shoals gradually. Due to the depths, the spit offers little protection. The head of the anchorage is shallow. 

1.38 Damortis Light (16°16'N., 120°23'E.) stands 1 mile SE of

Santo Tomas town.

1.38 The best anchorage is 1 mile SE of the extremity of the W

entrance point, in 13m, mud.

1.38 San Fabian (16°07'N., 120°24'E.) is located 9.5 miles S of

Santo Tomas; the coast between consists mostly of a sandy

beach backed by sparsely wooded hills about 90m high, and is

fringed by a bank with depths of less than 9m which extends

from 0.75 to 1.25 miles offshore. There is anchorage abreast

the town, in depths of more than 9m.

1.38 The coast between San Fabian and the mouth of the Dagupan

River, 6 miles SW, is quite low and is fronted by a bank, with

depths of less than 9m, which extends 1 mile offshore.

1.39 Dagupan City (16°03'N., 120°20'E.), located 2 miles

S of the Dagupan River, is a port of entry. The bar at the mouth

of the river shifts frequently, but generally has a least depth of

1.8m. 

1.39 Above the bar there are depths of 2 to 4m in the fairway of

the river.

1.39 A light marks Guecet Point, on the E side of the river mouth.

1.39 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels

entering the river. This service is obtained through soundings

of a whistle or by advance notice.

1.39 Anchorage.—Vessels will find anchorage off the mouth of

the Dagupan River, 1.25 miles NW of the light, in a depth of

11m, mud.

1.39 The S shore of Lingayen Gulf, from the entrance of the

Dagupan River to the mouth of the Agno River (16°03'N.,

120°08'E.), 11 miles W, is formed by the delta of the Agno

River and other small rivers. The shore is low and sandy.

1.39 Mount San Isidro, a wooded conical mountain, 800m high,

stands about 3.5 miles SSW of the mouth of the Agno River.

1.39 The Agno River entrance is of good size and drains a considerable area, but has a shallow and difficult bar, with a least

depth of 1.1m. Depths of less than 6m extend 1 mile N and

0.75 mile E from the W entrance point of the river.

1.39 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can reach the town of

Labrador (16°02'N., 120°09'E.) located on the W bank of the

river, 1.5 miles from its mouth.

1.39 Lingayan (Lingayen) (16°01'N., 120°13'E.) is located about

5 miles E of Labrador. The provincial building in the town provides an excellent landmark.

Lingayen Gulf—West Side

1.40 Mangas Point (16°04'N., 120°07'E.), about 2.5 miles

WNW of the mouth of the Agno River, is 40m high and wooded. It is fringed by a reef extending as far as 320m offshore. A

group of above-water rocks lie on the N part of the reef, 274m

NE of the point.

1.40 A white house close SW of Mangas Point and a white stone

municipal building are prominent landmarks when approaching from the N. A small stone pier, 274m SW of the point, is

partly destroyed.

1.40 Adela Rock, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.75 mile E of

Mangas Point. The sea breaks on this rock in heavy weather.

The reef is usually marked by a fish trap.

1.40 Portuguese Point (16°05'N., 120°07'E.), located about 0.75

mile N of Mangas Point, is 73m high and wooded. It can be

identified by a small tower which is part of an old fort. From a

distance of more than 7 miles the land in the vicinity of the

point appears like an island. 

1.40 Port Sual Light is shown from a concrete mast, 10m high, on

the SE extremity of Portuguese Point.

1.40 A reef with a depth of 5.2m over its outer end, on which the

sea only breaks in strong onshore winds, extends about 0.25

mile S from Portuguese Point.

1.40 A shoal, with a depth of 11.6m, lies about 0.5 mile ESE of

Portuguese Point.

1.40 Port Saul (16°04'N., 120°06'E.) is entered between Mangas

Point and Portuguese Point. A stone church, partly destroyed,

stands 183m NW of the remains of a pier and there is also a

metal water tank on a trestle situated 0.15 mile NNW of the

pier. 

1.40 There is a causeway that extends about 165m seaward close

S of the town.

1.40 Anchorage.—Good anchorage can be taken with the SW extremity of Portuguese Point bearing 046°, and the N extremity

of Mangas Point bearing 158°, in depths of 9 to 11m, mud. 

1.40 Small vessels may anchor in the N arm of the port, 0.4 mile

WNW of the old fort, in a depth of 9m.

1.40 Directions.—When approaching Port Sual from N, pass

about 0.25 mile E of Portuguese Point and continue S until the

small stone pier at the town bears 260°, when it should be

steered for on that bearing. When the rocks off Mangas Point

are abeam, the vessel should be hauled NW to the anchorage.

1.40 When approaching from the S or E, the N rock off Mangas

Point should be brought to bear less than 270°, so as to clear

Adela Rock (16°04'N., 120°07'E.).

1.41 Cabalitian Island (16°07'N., 120°07'E.), 3 miles NE

of Port Saul, is wooded and about 1 mile in extent. 

1.41 The island is fringed by a reef, with depths of less than 6m,

extending 0.3 mile offshore, on which there are some islets. A

shoal, with depths of less than 9m, extends 0.4 mile NE from

the island.
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 17

Pub. 162

1.41 Calpay Shoal extends about 0.5 mile S from the S extremity

of Cabalitian Island. The shallowest part of the reef, which is

awash, lies about 0.5 mile S of the S extremity of Cabalitian Island. The N side of the shoal is separated from the reef fringing

the S side of Cabalitian Island by a deep channel about 183m

wide.

1.41 Cabalitian Bay (16°06'N., 120°06'E.) may be entered by

passing either N or S of Cabalitian Island, but vessels are recommended to use the S entrance channel to the bay, which lies

between the steep-to S edge of Calpay Shoal and the reef fringing the coast, about 0.75 mile SW.

1.41 The W shore of the bay is fringed by a reef, with depths of

less than 6m, which extends up to 0.75 mile offshore. Poro Island and a small islet lie on this shore reef 0.25 mile NNW and

0.8 mile, respectively, NW of the S entrance of the bay.

1.41 Anchorage.—Cabalitian Bay affords good anchorage, in 18

to 24m, with protection from NE winds. The recommended anchorage is 0.25 mile S of the SW extremity of Cabalitian Island, in a depth of 24m. 

1.41 Directions.—Vessels entering the bay via the S channel,

from a position 1.5 miles SE of the SE extremity of Cabalitian

Island, should steer a course of 270° until the SW extremity of

the same island bears 350°. This course leads about 0.25 mile S

of the steep-to S edge of Calpay Shoal. From the last position a

course of 350° leads to the anchorage off the SW extremity of

the island, passing 0.25 mile W of the W side of Calpay Shoal.

1.42 Bangayao Point (16°07'N., 120°06'E.), about 0.75

mile NW of Cabilitian Island, rises steeply to a hill 53m high.

The point is fringed by a reef as far as 0.15 mile offshore.

Shoals, with depths of 4.9 and 10.7m lie, respectively, 0.25

mile and 0.15 mile SSW of the point.

1.42 Pao Bay (16°09'N., 120°06'E.) is entered between Bangayao

Point and Bangar Point, about 0.6 mile SSW. A narrow reef,

with depths of less than 4m, extends about 0.25 mile S from

Bangar Point. A shoal, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies in midchannel in a position 0.3 mile WSW of Bangar Point.

1.42 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can take

anchorage in the middle of the bay, in depths of 7 to 9m, about

0.4 mile W of Bangar Point.

1.42 Comas Island (16°09'N., 120°07'E.), small in extent, lies

about 0.25 mile offshore in a position about 0.6 mile NE of

Bangar Point. A drying reef connects this island to the shore.

An above-water rock, lies close SE of the island.

1.43 The Hundred Islands (16°13'N., 120°03'E.) are a

large group of small wooded islets extending 2.25 miles NNE

from a point on the mainland about 2.75 miles SE of Toritori

Point (16°13'N., 120°00'E.). The bases of these islands are

greatly undermined by the action of the sea, and landing on

them is difficult.

1.43 A shoal, with a depth of 10.1m, lies about 1 mile ENE of the

N islet of the group.

1.43 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage close W of the Hundred Islands, in depths of 11 to

15m. 

1.44 Lucap Bay (16°11'N., 120°01'E.), 2 miles S of Toritori Point, has a pier extending 0.2 mile offshore from the W

side of the bay. There are depths of 4m and more in the approach to the pier, but its immediate vicinity has not been examined. A light is shown on the pier head.

1.44 Cabarruyan Island (16°18'N., 119°58'E.), wooded and of

moderate elevation, lies close E of Cape Bolinao. Caquiputan

Strait, narrow and shoal, separates the W extremity of the island from the E side of Cape Bolinao. 

1.44 The island is fringed by a reef which extends about 2 miles

offshore from the N and E sides. Shoals, with depths of less

than 11m, extend as far as 2.75 miles offshore.

1.44 Siapar Island and Narra Island, small in extent, lie about 2.5

and 2.25 miles, respectively, W of Carot Point (16°21'N.,

119°59'E.). The waters between Cabarruyan Island and Santiago Island to the N are shoal and mostly foul.

1.44 Cangaluyan Island (16°22'N., 119°59'E.), narrow and small

in area, lies about 0.25 mile N of Carot Point.

1.44 Tandoyong Island and Panacalan Island, two small islets, lie

on the fringing reef off the E side of the island, 0.25 mile ENE

and 2.75 miles S, respectively, of Tondol Point (16°19'N.,

120°01'E.).

1.44 Santiago Island (16°24'N., 119°56'E.), separated from the

NE side of Cape Bolinao by Bolinao Harbor, is high and wooded. The N and E sides of the island are fringed by a drying reef

extending as far as 1.75 miles offshore.

1.44 Silaqui Island, 22m high, lies on the fringing reef 1 mile

NNW of the 20m bluff at the N extremity of Santiago Island.

The island appears wedge-shaped when viewed from W. Vessels entering or leaving the gulf should not approach this small

island within a distance of 11 miles.

1.44 The Dos Hermanos Islands are three rocks, the N and the

highest is 17m high and lies close W of the 20m bluff.

1.44 Tagaporo Island, small in extent and wooded, lies on the

fringing reef close off the E side of Santiago Island in a position about 1.75 miles N of the SE extremity of the island. 

1.45 Bolinao Harbor (16°24'N., 119°54'E.) is located between Santiago Island and the NE side of Cape Bolinao. Although the port has little commercial importance, it does

provide shelter to moderate sized vessels from the effect of all

winds.

1.45 Trinchera Point (16°24'N., 119°54'E.), located 1 mile E of

Balingasay Point, is the W entry point. The coast between

these points consists of a drying coastal reef which extends 0.5

mile from the shore. Several shoals, with depths of less than

9m, extend as far as 0.5 mile N from the N edge of the shore

reef.

1.45 The W coast of Santiago Island, between the village of Ducoy which stands on the W side of Santiago Island and Binabalian Point (16°23'N., 119°55'E.), located about 1.25 miles

S, is fringed by a reef which extends 0.25 mile W from abreast

the village to 91m abreast the point. A drying rock lies on the

reef 0.25 mile SW of Ducoy.

1.46 Bolinao (16°23'N., 119°54'E.), a small and unimportant town, stands close SW of Trinchera Point. Very little of the

town is visible from seaward. 

1.46 Bolinao Harbor Light is shown from a concrete column, with

a square topmark, 13m high, standing on the S shore of the harbor, 0.4 mile SSE of Binabalian Point. The light was reported

unreliable. A disused light was reported standing close SE.

1.46 Anchorage.—There is anchorage in mid-channel W of Bin-
18 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

abalian Point, in depths of 16 to 18m, but it is exposed to N

winds. A more protected anchorage is provided in mid-channel

E or W of Kiripayen Point, located on the S shore, about 0.5

mile E of Binabilian Point. 

1.46 Directions.—Vessels approaching Bolinao Harbor from the

N should keep the extremity of Cape Bolinao bearing less than

220° until Bolinao Harbor Light bears 153°, when it should be

steered for on that bearing. This range leads in mid-channel between the reefs on either side, in a least depth of 16.5m. 

1.46 A shoal, with a least depth of 9.7m, lies about 91m NE of

this track, in a position about 1.5 miles W of the NW point of

Santiago Island. Also, a spot depth of 18.3m lies 183m SW of

the track, 0.2 mile SW of the 9.7m patch. 

1.46 When Trinchera Point bears 243°, a mid-channel course

should be steered to the anchorage off Binabalian Point. 

1.46 From seaward, Bolinao Harbor Light is wooded from W by

Trinchera Point and from N by Binabalian Point.

1.46 Vessels proceeding to the anchorages E of Binabalian Point

should round that point at a distance of about 0.2 mile in order

to avoid the shoal extending S from it. When the point is

cleared, vessels should steer a mid-channel course and anchor

as convenient. 

1.46 Caution.—Numerous wrecks of fishing vessels line both

shores of the inner anchorages between Binabalian Point and

Tambac Point (16°23'N., 119°56'E.), and between the light

and a position 0.5 mile SSE of Kiripayan Point.

1.47 Cape Bolinao (16°20'N., 119°50'E.) is the N part of

the peninsula which forms the W side of Lingayen Gulf. It is of

moderate height, thickly wooded, and slopes gently toward the

sea. 

1.47 Piedra Point (16°19'N., 119°47'E.), the W extremity of

Cape Bolinao, is located 9 miles NNE of Rena Point and is

rocky and wooded nearly to the beach. It attains a height of

73m, 0.75 mile inland. 

1.47 Cape Bolinao Light (Piedra Point Light), a round concrete

tower with a lantern, 31m high, stands on Piedra Point.

1.47 Olanin Bay (16°15'N., 119°47'E.) is located 4.5 miles S of

Piedra Point at the mouth of the Olanin River. There is anchorage in the middle of the bay, in a depth of 12.8m, but local

knowledge is necessary. 

1.47 The anchorage is open to the W, but affords some protection

from the Northeast Monsoon. A conspicuous tree stands 2.25

miles N of Olanin Bay.

1.47 Agno Bay (16°08'N., 119°47'E.), entered between Rena

Point, which is reported to give a good radar return up to a distance of 17 miles, and Saoit Point, 3 miles further S, is an open

roadstead located about 6.5 miles S of Olanin Bay. 

1.47 The Balincaguin River discharges into the S part of the bay,

about 1 mile NE of Saoit Point. The bar at the mouth of the river has depths of 1.5m.

1.47 A drying reef extends 0.3 mile offshore about 1 mile NNW

of the entrance to the Balincaguin River. A shoal, with depths

of less than 6m, extends 0.2 mile from the edge of the reef.

1.47 A reef, with a depth of 4.5m near its outer end, on which the

sea breaks, extends about 0.3 mile N from Saoit Point.

1.47 Anchorage.—With knowledge of this particular area, vessels can find anchorage SE of Rena Point or off the mouth of

the Balincaguin River. These anchorages afford some protection from the Northeast Monsoon.

1.48 Tambobo Point (15°58'N., 119°45'E.), about 9 miles

S of Saoit Point, is a small projection from the coast, and is reported to give a good radar return at distances of up to 12

miles.

1.48 Caiman Point (15°55'N., 119°46'E.), about 3.25 miles SSE

of Tambobo Point, is rocky and has two detatched rocks close

SE of it. The outer rock is about 4.5m high and steep-to. Caiman Point is fringed by a narrow reef. A shoal, with depths of

less than 9m, extends 0.6 mile SSE from the edge of the reef.

Dasol Bay (15°54'N., 119°50'E.) is entered between Caiman

Point and Santa Cruz Point, about 12 miles SSE. The bay is encumbered with islets and shoals. The shores are low and intersected by several small rivers. 

1.48 There are several small towns and villages standing along the

shores of the bay.

1.48 Culebra Island (15°53'N., 119°47'E.), although small in extent, low, and covered with bushes, gives a good radar return up

to 15 miles. A sandy beach fronts the island and foul ground,

with depths of less than 9m, extends 1.25 miles SSE, 1.75

miles SSW, and 0.75 mile NW from the island.

1.48 The channel between Caiman Point and Culebra Island is

deep and clear of dangers in the fairway, but detached shoals,

with depths of less than 9m, are found to the E. 

1.48 This channel leads to the anchorages in Caiman Cove and in

Tambove Roads in the N part of Dasol Bay. 

1.48 Anchorage.—Caiman Cove affords good anchorage to vesCape Bolinao Light
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 19

Pub. 162

sels with local knowledge, in a depth of 29m, during the Northeast Monsoon. 

1.48 Tambove Roads affords good anchorage to vessels with local

knowledge, in depths of 11 to 24m. The anchorage at Tambove

Roads is open to the SW, and the entrance is restricted by several dangers.

1.49 Hermana Mayor Island (15°48'N., 119°48'E.), the

largest island in the approach to Dasol Bay, is partly wooded.

The island lies on a bank, with depths of less than 18m, which

extends about 5 miles N and 1.75 miles S from it. 

1.49 The least depth on the S part of this bank is a shoal, with a

depth of 5.5m, located about 0.75 mile SSE of the S extremity

of the island.

1.49 A reef, parts of which dry, lies about 1.5 miles N of the island. Several shoals, with depths of less than 6m, lie between

the reef and the island.

1.49 A shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m near its outer end, extends about 0.5 mile E from the NE extremity of the island. A

shoal, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies about 1 mile N of the island. 

1.49 Hermana Mayor Light, a concrete tower and dwelling, 9m

high, stands on the summit of the island.

1.49 Hermana Menor Island (15°44'N., 119°49'E.) is 16.5m

high, has sandy beaches, and is wooded.

1.49 A shoal, with depths of less than 11m, extends about 1 mile

from the NE and SE sides of the island. A rock, awash, lies 0.4

mile off the SE side of the island. A rock, 3m high, lies on the

fringing reef on the N side.

1.49 A shoal, with a depth of 8.2m, lies about 1 mile WSW of the

S extremity of the island. Several shoals, with depths of 7 to

12m, lie between the S end of the island and Sabalay Reef

(15°39'N., 119°51'E.).

1.49 An unmarked channel, about 0.5 mile wide with depths of

more than 5m, lies between Hermana Menor Island and Santa

Cruz Point. The channel should not be used without local

knowlege.

1.49 Infanta (15°50'N., 119°54'E.) is a small town on the S shore

of a cove about 2.5 miles ENE of Raton Island (15°49'N.,

119°52'E.). The cove affords good anchorage to vessels with

local knowledge, in a depth of 13m, mud.

1.49 The entrance channel is deep but narrow, with dangerous

reefs on either side. The channel is unmarked, but under favorable conditions the reef on the N side of the channel can be distinguished by its discoloration.

1.50 Santa Cruz Harbor (15°45'N., 119°53'E.) is entered

between Santa Cruz Point and a point 2.5 miles NE. The harbor

affords shelter to vessels with local knowledge from all except

W winds.

1.50 A shoal, with depths of less than 9m, with several rocks

awash on its inner part, extends about 1.5 miles NW from the

N side of Santa Cruz Point. A shoal, with a depth of 5m, lies at

the outer end of this shoal.

1.50 The S and E shores of the harbor are fronted by a shoal

which extends up to 0.5 mile from shore. 

1.50 Three beacons mark the N edge of the S shoal. Shoals, with

depths of 4.1 and 9.1m, lie 0.75 mile and 0.9 mile, respectively,

N of Santa Cruz Point.

1.50 A beacon marks a shoal, with a depth of 4.1m, lying about

1.5 mile NE of Santa Cruz Point. A shoal, with a depth of

3.2m, lies about 0.5 mile W of this beacon. A reef, with a depth

of 1.2m, lies 0.25 mile SE of the beacon. The waters N and

NW of the beacon generally shoal.

1.50 Santa Cruz (15°46'N., 119°54'E.) stands on the E shore of

the harbor and is of little importance. There is a bell tower that

stands in the S part of the town.

1.51 Baluante (Baluarte) (15°46'N., 119°54'E.) (World

Port Index No. 58420), 1.25 miles SW of Santa Cruz, has a privately owned T-shaped pier that is reported to be in poor condition. The face of the pier is 52m long, with depths of 10.1 to

10.7m alongside.

1.51 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels entering or leaving the harbor or berthing or unberthing at the

pier and is arranged through Mansinloc Pilots Association.

1.51 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the outer part of

the harbor, in depths of more than 18m, but care must be taken

to avoid the numerous shoals. The recommended anchorage is

located about 0.5 mile NW of the head of the pier at Baluante,

in a depth of 16.5m, mud.

1.51 Smaller vessels can anchor 0.75 mile W of the S end of the

town of Santa Cruz, in depths of 9 to 11m.

1.51 During bad weather the anchorage may become untenable in

both the Northeast Monsoon and Southwest Monsoon.

1.51 Directions.—Entrance to Santa Cruz Harbor should be

made only during daylight hours and under favorable conditions.

1.51 Vessels approaching the Santa Cruz Harbor from the N or S

should leave the coastal track when Hermana Mayor Island

light structure bears 025°, at a distance of 4.5 miles. From this

position the course should be altered to 060°, steering for the

highest part of a flat-topped mountain near the beach N of Santa Cruz, bearing 060°. 

1.51 This landmark can be further identified by a mountain behind it showing four distinct knobs. This course leads between

the dangers lying between Hermana Mayor Island and Hermana Menor Island, in a least depth of 26m.

1.51 When the range beacons at Baluante come into line, bearing

123°, steer for them on that bearing. This course leads about

137m SW of the recommended anchorage.

1.51 Caution.—When approaching from the N, Culebra Island

and Hermana Mayor Island should be given a berth of at least 2

miles. When approaching from the S, Hermana Menor Island

should be given a berth of 3.25 miles.

1.52 Santa Cruz Point (15°44'N., 119°52'E.) is low and

covered with mangroves.

1.52 Naulo Point (15°42'N., 119°54'E.), lying 3 miles SE of Santa Cruz Point, is 46m high, thickly wooded, and prominent. A

disused loran transmitting tower is located about 0.5 mile NW

of Naulo Point.

1.52 Reefs, with depths of less than 6m, extend 0.75 mile offshore

between Santa Cruz Point and Naulo Point.

1.52 Pulipo Island (15°41'N., 119°55'E.), small in extent, low,

and wooded, lies in the center of a shallow bay about 1.5 miles

SE of Naulo Point. It is inconspicuous from seaward.

1.52 Arenas Point (15°37'N., 119°54'E.) is low, sandy, and surrounded by shoals which extend 0.5 mile W. 
20 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

1.52 The town of Candelaria is located about 1.5 miles E of

Arenas Point.

1.52 A shoal, with a depth of 3.6m near its outer end, extends

about 0.75 mile W from the mouth of the Laius River (Tambugan River). A detached shoal, with a depth of 4.1m, lies

about 1 mile W of the mouth of the river. A shoal, with a depth

of less than 1.8m, extends about 0.4 mile NW from Arenas

Point.

Bani Point (15°34'N., 119°55'E.) has several rounded hills

near its S extremity and a 24m high knoll almost 0.5 mile N.

1.52 A reef, with a depth of 2.7m near its outer end, extends about

0.75 mile WNW from the N side of Bani Point.

1.52 Bani Point is fringed by reefs which extend about 0.5 mile W

and 1.5 miles SSE.

1.53 Sabalay Reef (15°39'N., 119°51'E.), rather extensive

and somewhat irregular, lies off the entrance of the shallow bay

NW of Arenas Point. A sand cay stands on its E part in a position about 2.75 miles NW of Arenas Point. 

1.53 Shoals, with depths of less than 9m, extend about 1.5 miles S

and 2.5 miles NW from the cay. 

1.53 Several shoals, with depths of 4 to 12m, lie between Sabalay

Reef and Naulo Point. Shoals, with depths of 3 to 11m, lie between Sabalay Reef and Santa Cruz Point. 

1.53 These dangers can best be seen on the chart.

1.53 Tortuga Reef (15°36'N., 119°53'E.) is narrow and extends

about 2 miles WSW from a position 1.5 miles SW of Arenas

Point. There is a least depth of 5m. The N end of the reef lies

about 1 mile S of the S extremity of Sabalay Reef. A detached

shoal, with a depth of 6m, lies about 1 mile W of Arenas Point.

1.53 Caution.—Vessels should not attempt to pass between Sabalay Reef and Tortuga Reef, nor between these reefs and the

coast. Dangers exist even under the most favorable conditions

when the reefs are plainly visible. 

1.53 The W tangent of Hermana Menor Island, bearing 000°,

leads W of all the above reefs.

1.54 Salvador Island (15°31'N., 119°55'E.) is thickly

wooded and rises to a height of 40m near its NE end. 

1.54 Alupihing Point is a prominent steep head about 30m high

and covered with bamboo. The island slopes gradually from

the N ridge to the S side.

1.54 The N side of the island is fringed by a reef which extends

about 183m offshore. 

1.54 A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends as far as 0.25

mile off the N shore. 

1.54 A shoal, with depths of less than 11m, extends about 0.75

mile N from a position about 0.5 mile NE of Alupihing Point.

The N edge of this shoal practically joins the shoal extending S

from Bani Point. 

1.54 A detached reef lies near the middle of this shoal in a position about 0.75 mile NNE of Alupihing Point. A group of

rocks, some of which are awash, stand on the S edge of this

reef.

1.54 A reef, parts of which dry, extends 0.6 mile NNW from Alupihing Point. A buoy marks the N side of this reef. A detached

shoal, with a least depth of 10m, lies about 1 mile NW of the

same point. 

1.54 A shoal, with a depth of 8.5m, lies about 1.75 miles N of

Alupihing Point.

1.54 A beacon, 5m high, stands on the N side of Salvador Island

0.5 mile E of Alupihing Point. Bearing 136° leads through the

entrance.

1.54 Oyon Bay (15°34'N., 119°56'E.) is entered between Bani

Point and Oyon Point, about 1 mile SE. The shores of the bay

are fringed by reefs which extend as far as 0.4 mile offshore.

1.54 Oyon Point (15°33'N., 119°56'E.) is 38m high and prominent. The shore between Oyon Point and Tagapolo Point, about

1.5 miles SSE, is fringed by a reef as far as 0.4 mile offshore.

1.54 Tagapolo Point (15°32'N., 119°57'E.), which lies on the S

side of the entrance to the Masinloc River, is low and not very

prominent. Reefs, parts of which are awash, extend about 0.75

mile W from the point. The shore between Tagapolo Point and

the SE arm of the harbor are fringed by reefs as far as 0.75 mile

offshore.

1.54 A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends 0.2 mile NW

from the S entrance point of the harbor.

1.55 Masinloc (15°33'N., 119°57'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58410) is a small town located on the S side of the entrance to the Masinloc River.

Port Masinloc provides good shelter from all but W winds.

The port is entered between Bani Point and Alupihung Point,

the NW extremity of Salvador Island, about 2 miles SSW. It is

a safe loading port except during the Southwest Monsoon.

1.55 Masinloc Harbor, just to the SE of town, is small in extent

and quite shallow. Depths of 11 to 13m are found in the outer

part and in the narrow entrance to the harbor. 

1.55 Depths—Limitations.—A prominent T-headed concrete

pier is 0.6 mile NNW of Masinloc. The face of the pier is 66m

long with wood-pile clusters at each end. 

1.55 The depth alongside is reported to be 9.4m at LW. There are

two mooring buoys for making fast and hauling off. A red conveyor tower, 9.1m high, is located at the root of the pier.

1.55 Aspect.—Prominent in the approach is a church, a large

stone building with a corrugated iron gabled roof that rises to

16.9m, and the long, low white convent situated close N of the

church.

1.55 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels entering the port and docking at the pier, or undocking and clearing. 

1.55 It is recommended that a vessel steam offshore rather than

anchor if awaiting a pilot. 

1.55 Pilots state that anchors have been fouled and lost in the rugged coral bottom. Pilotage is arranged through Masinloc Pilotage Association.

1.55 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can anchor,

while awaiting a pilot, in a depth of 38m, soft coral, about 1.25

miles NW of the beacon on the N shore of San Salvador Island.

A tree trunk near the beacon has been painted white to aid

identification.

1.55 Anchorage is also available 0.8 mile W of Masinloc, in

depths of 20 to 24m, sand. The best anchorage is reported to lie

1.1 miles W of Tangapolo Point, in a depth of 27m.

1.55 Directions.—Port Masinloc should only be entered during

daylight hours and in good weather. 

1.55 When bound for Port Masinloc, the beacon on Salvador Island, 0.5 mile E of Alupihing Point, should be brought ahead,

bearing 136°, before approaching within 2 miles of the island. 

1.55 Vessels must follow the course closely and pass NE of the
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 21

Pub. 162

buoy marking the N end of the shoal that extends about 0.6

mile NNW from Alupihing Point, on the W side of the channel.

Continue on course 136° until the NE tangent of Salvador Island bears 102°. 

1.55 Steer that course for about 0.1 mile until the buoy marking

the S end of the shoal on the NE side of the channel bears 000°. 

1.55 From this point, steer course 072° and pass about midway

between the buoys marking the shoals. Vessels bound for the

pier located NW of Masinloc, change course to 050° when the

E extremity of Salvador Island bears 180°, and continue to the

pier.

1.55 If the vessel is bound for Mansiloc Harbor, change course to

121° when the E extremity of Salvador Island bears 166°,

about 0.6 mile distant, and steer a mid-channel course to the

harbor; the SE part of this track becomes sinuous.

1.55 Caution.—The buoys in Port Masinloc cannot be relied on. 

1.56 Port Matalvi (15°29'N., 119°55'E.) has little commercial importance but it serves as an excellent typhoon harbor. It is the only typhoon harbor between Bolinao Harbor and

Port Olongapo.

1.56 There is a pier on the S shore of the port about 0.6 mile SSW

of the E extremity of Matalvi Island. There is a depth of 13m

off the head of the pier.

1.56 Magalawa Island (15°30'N., 119°53'E.) is about 0.5 mile in

extent, low, flat, and wooded, with a sandy beach except on its

W side. Some huts stand on a sand spit near the E end of the island.

1.56 Reefs, which are above water in places, extend about 0.6

mile N and 0.6 mile S from the island and about 0.25 mile W

from its W side. A shoal, with depths of less than 9m, extends

0.7 mile S and SW of the island.

1.56 Luan Island (15°30'N., 119°54'E.), 36m high near its N end,

lies on the reef which extends about 1 mile N from Matalvi

Point (15°29'N., 119°54'E.). The island is separated from the

point by a very narrow channel.

1.56 A reef, with a depth of less than 2m, extends about 0.5 mile

NNE from Luan Point, the N extremity of the island. 

1.56 A detached shoal, with a least depth of 8.2m, lies on the W

side of the entrance fairway about 0.4 mile NE of Luan Point.

1.57 Matalvi Island (15°29'N., 119°55'E.), about 30m

high and wooded, lies 0.5 mile E of Luan Island. Close E of

Matalvi Island, and connected to it by a drying reef, is another

wooded island, 27m high. These two islands form the N side of

Port Matalvi.

1.57 A shoal, with a depth of 4.5m, lies on the N side of the fairway about 0.1 mile SSW of the SW extremity of Matalvi Island. Reefs extend up to 0.1 mile from the N shore of the port.

1.57 A reef, which dries in places, extends about 0.6 mile N from

the N side of Matalvi Island. Iagat Island, a low mangrove islet,

lies on the E part of this reef.

1.57 A beacon, 8m high, stands on the reef extending N from

Matalvi Island 0.15 mile W of Iagat Island.

1.57 The S shore of Port Matalvi rises 0.2 mile inland to hills

about 75m high, and is fringed by a reef which extends 183m

offshore. A reef, with a least depth of 2.3m, extends 0.2 mile N

from a position about 1.25 miles ESE of Matalvi Point.

1.57 Anchorage.—There is anchorage in the channel midway between Luan Island and Matalvi Island, in a depth of 27m, mud.

There is also anchorage S of the SE end of Matalvi Island, in

depths of 15 to 18m, mud. There is also anchorage S of the SE

end of Matalvi Island, in depths of 15 to 18m. Small craft can

anchor near the E end of the port.

1.57 Directions.—When entering Port Matalvi from a position

with Alupihing Point bearing 064° and the 36m hill on Luan

Island bearing 141°, steer for the concrete beacon on the reef,

about 0.2 mile W of Iagat Island, on a bearing of 120°. This

course leads clear of the reefs projecting from Salvador Island

and Magalawa Island.

1.57 Depths of 20 to 22m were reported to lie about 0.3 mile SSW

and 0.6 mile W, respectively, of the SW point of Salvador Island. These depths lie in the fairway.

1.57 When the 36m hill on Luan Island bears 225°, steer 195° until the same hill bears 285°; then keep in mid-channel to the anchorages.

1.57 Vessels anchoring S of Matalvi Island must proceed with

caution, taking into account the 4.5m shoal SSW of the SW extremity of Matalvi Island, and a 2.3m shoal extending from the

S shore of the harbor.

1.58 Palauig Bay (15°27'N., 119°54'E.), 1 mile long and

mostly shoal, is entered between a point 1.75 miles S of

Matalvi Point and the N extremity of Palauig Point, about 1

mile SSW. The bay affords good shelter from S and E winds,

but is open to the NW.

1.58 The coast, between Matalvi Point and the N entrance point

of Palauig Bay, is fringed by a reef which dries in places, extending from 183 to 732m offshore.

1.58 The Salasa River flows into the bay in a position about 0.5

mile E of its S entrance point. A narrow sandspit, which forms

the SE side of the bay, separates the river and bay for about

0.75 mile from its mouth.

1.58 A reef, with a depth of 5.5m, on which the sea breaks, lies

1.25 miles NW of the N extremity of Palauig Point. 

1.58 Reefs, awash in places, extend 0.25 mile SW from the N entrance point and 0.7 mle N from the S entrance point.

1.58 The entrance channel, between the reefs on either side, is

about 0.4 mile wide. Inside the entrance the bay opens out

slightly, but is obstructed by shoals. Depths of less than 5.5m

extend 0.5 mile from the E and S shores of the bay. The town

of Palauig is located on the S shore of the bay. It is of little

commercial importance.

1.58 Anchorage is available in the middle of the bay about 0.7

mile N of the town and about 0.3 mile E of the reef, forming

the S side of the entrance, in depths of 13 to 15m, sand.

1.58 Palauig Point (15°26'N., 119°53'E.) is marked by a light on

its summit. Palauig Point Light, a metal framework tower, 9m

high, is surrounded by trees and is difficult to distinguish by

day. The point is low and wooded, with a detached knoll,

14.6m high, about 0.75 mile inland. It is reported that Palauig

Point gives a good radar return up to of 12 miles.

1.58 Palauig Reef (15°26'N., 119°52'E.) lies with its NE end

about 1.25 miles W of Palauig Point. The reef is awash and the

seas break heavily.

1.58 Kinabakbagan Reef (15°21'N., 119°55'E.) lies from 1.75 to

2.75 miles offshore in a position about 4.5 miles SSE of Palauig Point. The shallowest part, with a least depth of 0.5m, lies

2.75 miles WNW of Iba Point. 

1.58 Several detached shoals, with depths of 4 to 9m, lie between
22 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

Palauig Reef and Kinabakbagan Reef. A shoal, with a least

depth of 0.9m, lies about 0.75 mile offshore in a position about

3.25 miles SSE of Palauig Point. Several detached shoals, with

depths of 9 to 13m, lie as far as 2.5 miles SW of Kinabakbagan

Reef.

1.59 Iba Point (15°20'N., 119°58'E.), about 7.5 miles SE

of Palauig Point, is low and projects slightly from a sandy

beach. The point is fringed by a drying reef which extends 0.25

mile offshore. A shoal, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies about 1

mile SSW of Iba Point.

1.59 Two detached shoals, with depths of 8.7m and 12.3m, lie

about 3.25 miles WSW and 3.5 miles SW respectively, of Iba

Point.

1.59 Aspect.—A white tank, 13.1m high, stands on Iba Point. It

has been reported that the point gives a good radar return up to

10 miles. The small town of Iba has little commercial importance. It is located about 1 mile E of the point where it is partially obscured by groves of coconut and banana trees, but an

iron roof of a large building is prominent from seaward.

1.59 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken by vessels with local

knowledge S of Iba Point and about 0.75 mile from the landing

place, with the extremity of the point bearing 001°, in a depth

of 18m. 

1.59 Directions.—Vessels approaching the anchorage should

steer for the canyon N of Mount Botolan (15°14'N.,

120°02'E.), bearing 091°, until the iron roof at Iba bears 046°.

The iron roof should be steered for on this bearing until Iba

Point bears 001°, when courses should be altered for the point.

1.59 Caution.—Vessels are cautioned to avoid the 6.4m shoal

SSW of the point and the coastal bank SE of the landing place.

1.60 Botolan Point (15°14'N., 120°01'E.), low and sandy,

is situated about 6 miles S of Iba Point. The coast between the

two points is low and sandy. It is fringed by a reef which extends up to 0.6 mile offshore in places, with depths of less than

6m.

1.60 Mount Botolan (15°14'N., 120°02'E.), 564m high, prominent, and thickly wooded, lies 2 miles E of Botolan Point at the

N end of a range of mountains. A spur from Mount Botolan

terminates in a 46m high bluff point close N of Botolan Point.

1.60 Two detached shoals, with depths of 6.8 and 3.9m, lie 0.7

mile NNW and 0.5 mile SW, respectively, from Botolan Point.

1.60 A bank, on which there are several detached shoals with

depths of 6 to 13m, extends about 5.5 miles offshore between

Botolan Point and the town of San Felipe (15°04'N.,

120°04'E.). The outer danger on this bank is a shoal, with a

depth of 9.1m, lying about 5.25 miles SW of Botolan Point.

1.60 A detached shoal, with a depth of 8.2m, lies about 0.5 mile

offshore W of the town of San Narciso (15°01'N., 120°05'E.).

1.61 The Capones Islands (14°55'N., 120°01'E.) consists

of a group of three small islands lying about 2 miles WNW of

Capones Point. 

Capones Point (14°54'N., 120°03'E.), about 21 miles S of

Botolan Point, is a bare reddish headland rising to a hill, 332m

high, 0.75 mile SE of its extremity, which when first seen from

NW appears as an island.

1.61 A rock, with a depth of 6.6m, lies about 0.7 mile SW of the E

extremity of the island.

1.61 Capon Grande Island is the largest of the Capones. The summit of the island is near the E end. The island, fringed by a reef,

is reported to give a good radar return up to 23 miles. 

1.61 Depths of less than 6m extend from 183 to 457m offshore. A

rock, with a depth of 6.4m, lies 0.75 mile SW of the E extremity of the island. 

1.61 Capon Grande Island Light (14°55'N., 120°01'E.), a

square brick tower on a dwelling, 21m high, stands near the W

end of Capon Grande. 

1.61 The two remaining small islands of the group lie close together on the reef, about 1 mile NE of the E extremity of Capon Grande. A deep channel separates these islands from the

larger island. 

1.61 Regulations.—A reporting system applies to all vessels, including pleasure craft and seaplanes on the water, transiting the

area within 20 miles of the Capones Islands. Vessels should establish contact on VHF channel 16 with Capones Coast Watch

Station, call sign Coast Watch Capones, when 20 miles off the

Capones Islands.

1.61 Vessels should report the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Call sign.

3. Course and speed.

4. Port of registry and nationality.

5. Type of vessel.

6. Type of cargo on board.

Capon Grande Island Light
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 23

Pub. 162

7. Port of destination and ETA.

8. Last port of call.

9. Number of crew on board.

10. Master’s name.

1.61 Between Capones Point and the N entrance point of Port Silanguin, about 7.25 miles SSE, the coast is high, rocky, and indented by Calaguaguin Bay, Talisain Bay, and Nazasa Bay.

These small bays afford some protection from the Northeast

Monsoon. Foul ground extends about 0.2 mile offshore from

the points separating these bays.

1.61 A rock, 46m high, lies near the outer edge of a spit extending

about 0.2 mile SW from the N entrance point of Calaguaguin

Bay. A rock lies awash close SW of the NW entrance point of

Talisain Bay. A rock, 1m high, lies about 0.3 mile SW of the N

entrance point of Nazasa Bay.

1.61 The Tabones Islets (Tabones Islands) (14°49'N., 120°04'E.),

about 5.75 miles NW of the N entrance point of Nazasa Bay,

consists of two rocky islets, the higher of which has an elevation of 39m. 

1.61 Port Silanguin (14°46'N., 120°07'E.), about 10 miles SE of

Nazasa Bay, is entered between the N extremity of Silanguin

Island and a point on the mainland about 1 mile NW. 

1.61 The harbor indents the coast for 2 miles in an ESE direction

and provides fair shelter from all but W and SW winds, but

reefs and dangers front the shores of the harbor as as 0.25 mile.

1.61 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can find anchorage off the sandy beach E of the extremity on the mainland

on the S side of the port, in depths of 31 to 37m.

1.62 Silanguin Island (14°46'N., 120°06'E.) is bare,

rounded, and 215m high. It is joined to the mainland by a reef

on which stands two islets. The coast, between Sueste Point

and Silanguin Island, is high and steep-to.

1.62 Los Frailes (14°45'N., 120°05'E.) are a group of six small,

rocky, and steep-to islets lying about 0.75 mile SW of Silanguin Island. The SW islet, 27m high, is the largest of the group;

the NE islet is 11m high. 

1.62 The channel between Los Frailes and Silanguin Island is

deep.

1.62

1.62 Sampaloc Point (14°44'N., 120°10'E.), the S extremity of

the mountainous peninsula forming the W side of Subic Bay, is

3.5 miles ESE of the S extremity of Silanguin Island. 

1.62 A shoal, with a least depth of 15m, was reported about 6.25

miles S of Sampaloc Point. A depth of 33m was reported about

7.75 miles SW of the same point.

1.62 Aspect.—Cinco Picos are five peaks, the highest is 929m

high, situated 3.25 miles N of Sampaloc Point. 

1.62 Rounded Peak, 935m high, stands 4.5 miles NNW of the

same point. Pointed Peak, 1,071m high, is 3.5 miles NNW of

Rounded Peak. 

1.62 Mount Agudo, 1,006m high, and Mount Maubanban,

1,035m high, are located 2.25 and 2.75 miles; respectively,

NNW of Pointed Peak.

1.62 Biniptican Point (14°45'N., 120°11'E.) is located about 1

mile E of Sampaloc Point.

1.62 Sueste Point (14°45'N., 120°11'E.), 0.75 mile NE of Biniptican Point, is high, steep-to, and marked by a light. Sueste

Point Light, 9m high, is a white rounded metal dwelling with a

red roof. 

1.62 Shark Point (14°46'N., 120°11'E.) lies 0.4 mile NE of

Sueste Point. An islet lies close off this point. 

Subic Bay (14°50'N., 120°14'E.)

World Port Index No. 58395

1.63 Subic Bay is entered between Sueste Point and Binanga Point (Minang Point) (14°45'N., 120°15'E.), about 0.75

miles E. The seaward limit of the bay lies between Sampaloc

Point and Mayagao Point, almost 6 miles ESE. The bay indents

the coast about 8 miles in a general N direction, with a width of

about 3.5 miles.

1.63 Winds—Weather.—During the months of October through

April, Subic Bay is under the influence of the Northeast Monsoon. Winds are predominantly from the ENE with the wind

velocity varying from light (5 to 10 knots) during night hours,

to moderate (15 to 20 knots) during daylight hours. Skies are

generally fair with variable upper level cloudiness. 

1.63 Occasionally, the remnants of a mid-latitudes cold front

(shearline) will pass through the area producing mostly cloudy

skies with light intermitten precipitation. For 24 to 48 hours

following passage of these shearlines, Subic Bay experiences a

surge of the Northeast Monsoon with NE winds of small craft

force. 

1.63 Ships entering at the mouth of the bay often report substantially higher sustained winds than those being reported further

up the bay. Apparently, this effect is due to the mountainous

terrain surrounding the bay which produces a funneling of

winds at the mouth of the bay.

1.63 During the month of May until the latter part of June, the

winds veer around to the SSE and S, gradually becoming

WSW to SW. These SW winds continue until the latter part of

September or early October. Frequent squalls and thunderstorms occur with maximum gusts of wind to as much as 50

knots or more.

1.63 From Buoy 4, abeam of Grande Island, where squalls are

usually first visible, to Buoy A, at the entrance to Port Olongapo, a distance of approximately 3 miles, an approaching squall

can overtake a ship in a short time.

1.63 Although typhoons can occur at any time of the year, the majority of those which threaten Subic Bay occur in the months of

June through December.

1.63 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents are variable and mostly

negligible in the bay; however, during the Southwest Monsoon,

heavy rains draining into the Binictican River (14°49'N.,

120°18'E.) create a strong S current in the vicinity of Rivera

Point.

1.63 Depths—Limitations.—Depths in Subic Bay decrease regularly from 60m in the entrance to 13.7m near the head. The

greater part of the bay has been swept to depths of 14.9m.

1.63 The entrance channel across Subic Bay and into Port Olongapo is about 0.4 mile wide, and has generally decreasing

depths of 55 to 28m.

1.63 Aspect.—The control tower of the former Naval Air Station

at Cubi Point and the former Naval Signal Tower at Port Olongapo are both visible from a good distance to seaward. 

1.63 Subic Bay is reported to give a good radar return up to 20

miles.
24 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

1.63 Caution.—Several naval operating areas front the coast of

Subic Bay.

1.63 As a result of completed mining and mine recovery exercises, some mines remain unrecovered in the area bound by lines

joining the following points: 

a. 14°46'59"N, 120°14'10"E.

b. 14°46'44"N, 120°15'24"E.

c. 14°47'39"N, 120°14'30"E.

d. 14°47'05"N, 120°15'24"E.

Mariners are requested to give this area a wide berth.

Subic Bay—Approaches

1.64 Grande Island (14°46'N., 120°14'E.), 51m high, divides the entrance to Subic Bay into two channels. The main

channel, lying W of Grande Island, is wide, deep, and clear of

dangers. The channel lying E of Grande Island is closed to navigation.

1.64 Two towers situated near the NW extremity of the island. A

prominent radar mast situated about 0.3 mile S of these towers.

A signal station is situated on Grande Island.

1.64 Caution.—The island is fringed by a reef, with depths of

less than 6m, that extends 0.5 mile S. Chiquita Island lies on

this reef, 0.1 mile S of Grande Island. 

1.64 A minelaying practice area, about 732m square, lies with its

center about 1,280m SE of Grande Island; its W side lies close

E of the charted 015°/195° track. 

1.64 Twenty Four-foot Shoal (14°45'N., 120°13'E.), marked by a

buoy on its W side, is a coral patch, with a least depth of 7.3m,

that lies 0.7 mile S of Chiquita Island.

1.64 Caution.—Grande Island, Chiquita Island, and the waters

within 460m of them, constitute a restricted area at night. Boats

should not enter these areas except in an emergency.

Subic Bay—West Side

1.65 Sampaloc Point, the W entrance point of Subic Bay

and Biniptican Point, about 1 mile E, are high prominent points

projecting southward. 

1.65 Generally, the W shore, backed by high land and generally

steep-to, curves N from Sueste Point for about 7.5 miles.

1.65 Macmany Point (14°47'N., 120°12'E.) is located 1.5 miles

NNE of Sueste Point.

1.65 A buoy is moored 0.3 mile E of this point and marks a shoal,

with depths of 11m or less, which extend 0.2 mile E from the

point.

1.65 Agusuhin Point (14°49'N., 120°13'E.) is located 2.5 miles

NNE of Macmany Point. The entrance to the Agusuhin River

lies 0.25 mile S of the point. 

1.65 A detached coral shoal, with a depth of 1.8m, lies 0.2 mile

SE of the river entrance. A buoy marks the S side of the shoal. 

1.65 Two wrecks, with swept depths of less than 11m, lie 0.2 mile

S of the buoy.

1.65 Manisbaso Point (14°51'N., 120°13'E.) is located 1.75

miles N of Agusuhin Point. It is reported that the ruins of two

piers, with some dolphins close inshore between them, stand

0.5 mile NW of Manisbaso Point.

Subic Bay—East Side

1.66 Camayan Point (14°46'N., 120°14'E.), 0.75 mile NW

of Binanga Point, is fringed by a reef that extends about 0.25

mile offshore. A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends

nearly 0.5 mile W from the edge of the reef fronting the point. 

1.66 When navigating off this part of the coast a good landmark is

the conspicuous, white, cylindrical tower located on the 485m

summit of Mount Santa Rita, which is about 8 miles ENE of

Camayan Point. Red obstruction lights are shown from the

tower.

1.66 The coast between Binanga Point and Camayan Point is

fringed by a drying reef which extends up to 0.25 mile offshore.

1.66 Ilanin Bay (14°46'N., 120°15'E.) is entered between Camayan Point and Nabasan Point, about 1 mile ENE. 

1.66 Camayan Ammunition Wharf, 140m in length with a depth

of 10.6m alongside, is situated on the S shore of the bay, about

0.5 mile ENE of Camayan Point.

1.66 Two beacons are located about 0.7 mile E of Camayan Point

and when in range, bearing 140.5°, lead to Camayan Wharf.

1.66 A shoal, as defined by the 5.5m curve, extends about 0.35

mile W and 0.15 mile S of Nabasan Point. Buoys mark the S

and SW sides of the shoal.

1.66 Triboa Bay (14°47'N., 120°16'E.) is entered between Nabasan Point and Pamocan Point, about 1 mile NNE. 

1.66 Nabasan Ammunition Wharf, 183m long, with a depth of

14m alongside, is located in the SW corner of the bay, about

0.25 mile NE of Nabasan Point. Explosives are handled at this

wharf.

1.66 Caution.—At the two explosives wharfs, there is a 0.5 to 1.5

knot current that normally sets on the piers regardless of the

tide or wind. It is strongest on the W end of each pier, caused in

part by the Triboa River (14°47'N., 120°17'E.) draining into

Triboa Bay.

Pamocan Point (14°47'N., 120°16'E.) stands on the S side

of an area of reclaimed land on which stands part of the Naval

Air Station. Pamocan Shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends 0.3 mile NW of the W extremity of the reclaimed land. 

1.66 Sixteen-foot Shoal (14°48'N., 120°15'E.), a detached 4.9m

patch, lies 0.3 mile farther NW. An isolated 4.9m patch lies

about 0.4 mile further NW from the shallowest part of Sixteen

foot Shoal. 

1.66 Caution.—The holding ground in Triboa Bay is poor. Caution should be exercised when anchored here in bad weather. 

1.66 There are mooring buoys in Triboa Bay. A submarine cable

crosses Ilanin Bay and Triboa Bay.

1.67 Cubi Point (14°48'N., 120°15'E.), 2.5 miles N of

Pamocan Point, is the S entrance point to Port Olongapo. It is

also the site of the Naval Air Station. Two towers stand near the

aviation light. 

1.67 The control tower on this complex, which is situated about

0.45 mile SSE of the aviation light, is visible from a good distance seaward.

1.67 Cubi Shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends 0.5 mile

NW and 0.75 mile W of Cubi Point. It is marked by a buoy on

its NW side.
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 25

Pub. 162

1.67 Leyte Wharf (Carrier Wharf), 305m long with a depth of

13.7m alongside, is located about 0.2 mile NE of Cubi Point.

1.68 Port Olongapo (14°49'N., 120°16'E.) (World Port Index No. 58400), entered between Cubi Point and Kalaklan

Point, 1.5 miles N, recedes about 1.5 miles to the E. Port Olongapo consists of an outer harbor and an inner harbor. 

1.68 The N shore of the port, between Kalaklan Point and Rivera

Point, about 1.25 miles ESE, is low and sandy with low marshy

ground inland.

1.68 A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends as far as 0.2

mile offshore between these points, except in the vicinity of the

main wharves.

1.68 Caiman Shoal (14°48'N., 120°16'E.), with a least depth of

12.3m, lies 0.6 mile NE of the N extremity of Cubi Point.

Carrasco Shoal, with a least depth of 12m, lies 0.25 mile S of

Caiman Shoal.

1.68 The inner harbor is entered between Rivera Point and Nagcaban Point (14°48'N., 120°17'E.), about 1 mile S of Rivera

Point. A bank, with a depth of 4.2m at its outer end, extends

0.15 mile E of Nagcaban Point. Other shoal areas, with depths

of less than 18m and as little as 9m, lie up to 0.6 mile NNW of

Nagcaban Point.

1.68 Depths—Limitations.—Alava Wharf, the main wharf, extends WNW from Rivera Point. This wharf is 700m long, with

alongside depths of 7.6 to 15.2m.

1.68 The wharves at Rivera Point, which are situated on the E side

of the point, have a total berthing length of 684m. Depths

alongside range from 9.4 to 13.7m.

1.68 Bravo Wharf, 320m long, is on the W side of Inner Basin

and lies 0.15 mile W of Rivera Point, with depths of 7.5 to

9.7m alongside. 

1.68 Delong Pier, 175m in length and 18m wide, is situated 0.25

mile NE of Rivera Point. 

1.68 Osir Basin, N of Inner Basin, is situated 0.3 mile NNE of

Rivera Point. There are a number of moorings in Osir Basin.

1.68 Marine Terminal, 229m long, with a depth of 12.1m alongside either side, extends SW from reclaimed land about 0.5

mile NE of Rivera Point.

1.68 A fueling pier extends 270m WSW from Maritan Point

(14°49'N., 120°18'E.). There are depths of 11.5m on the N side

of the pier and 13.7m on the S side of the pier.

1.68 Boton Wharf West, with a depth of 5m alongside, and Boton

Wharf East, 410m long with a depth alongside of 9.8m, extend

NW and NE along the shore, respectively, from a position

about 0.45 mile SSE of Nagcaban Point.

1.68 Aspect.—A prominent radar tower stands near the waterfront, about 0.8 mile SE of Kalaklan Point. The Port Control

Office is situated 0.2 mile SE of the radar tower. 

1.68 A tower, from which red and white lights are shown, stands

on the W entrance point of the Inner Basin.

1.68 The buildings of the naval station, which occupy this part of

the coast, are prominent.

1.68 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels entering Subic Bay. There are three pilot stations. Pilots normally

board off Grande Island. 

1.68 Pilotage is not compulsory for vessels entering or leaving

PHILSECO (Philippine Shipyard and Engineering

Corporation), which is located in the northernmost part of

Subic Bay at Cabangan Point. Should these services be

required, 48 hours notice should be given to the Chief Pilot,

Manila Pilots Association.

1.68 Anchorage.—The greater part of Subic Bay has been designated anchorage areas for all classes of vessels. 

1.68 Vessels may not shift from the berth allocated to them. 

1.68 Anchorage in the channel is prohibited. 

1.68 Explosives Anchorage Area D is located on the SW side of

Subic Bay about 1 mile NW of Grande Island. 

1.68 Explosives Anchorage Area G is located in Triboa. The confines of these anchorages are depicted on the chart.

1.68 Directions.—When entering Subic Bay from a position

about 3 miles S of Sueste Point, vessels should steer through

the entrance on a course of 015° so as to pass midway between

Grande Island and Macmany Point, about 1.25 miles W. 

1.68 Vessels proceeding to Port Olongapo should continue on this

course until the NW extremity of Grande Island bears about

132°, distant 0.6 mile. The course should then be altered to

051°, which will place the Port Olongapo Buoy A and Kalaklan Point Light nearly in range ahead. Pass close S of Port

Olongapo Buoy A and then steer 090° for the dock area.

1.69 Kalaklan Point (14°50'N., 120°16'E.) is low, but rises steeply to a height of 131m, about 0.45 mile N. The W

mouth of the Kalaklan River enters the bay close E of the point. 

1.69 Kalaklan Point Light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m

high, at the extremity of the point.

1.69 Mayanga Island (14°50'N., 120°14'E.), a small islet 12m

high, lies near the middle of Subic Bay in a position about 2

miles WNW of Kalaklan Point. A shoal, with depths of less

than 6m, extends 0.35 mile S and 0.5 mile N from the islet. 

1.69 A buoy is moored on the SW side of the shoal that extends S

from the islet. A conspicuous white disused lighthouse stands

on the islet.

1.69 Gaviota Rock (14°51'N., 120°15'E.), 2.4m high, lies near

the S end of a shoal with depths of less than 6m. This shoal extends 0.5 mile S from the coast in a position about 1.5 miles

NW of Kalaklan Point. A conspicuous house stands on the

rock.

1.69 Pequena Island (14°51'N., 120°14'E.), 58m high, lies about

1.25 miles N of Mayanga Island in a position about 0.5 mile

offshore. A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends 0.5 mile

S, and 0.25 mile E and W from the island. Foul ground and

shoals join the N side of the island to the shore NE.

1.69 A rock, 1.5m high, and a small islet, 2.7m high, lie within

0.12 mile of the S extremity of the island.

1.69 A wreck, with a depth of 9.5m, marked by a buoy, lies about

0.5 mile WSW of the S end of Pequena Island. 

1.69 Cangrejo Rock, 1m high, lies about 0.12 mile NE of the N

extremity of Pequena Island.

1.69 Subic (14°53'N., 120°14'E.) is a small town located at the

head of Subic Bay. Important here is the huge Subic Ship Repair Yard at Cabangan Point. 

1.69 Facilities include a drydock for vessels up to 300,000 dwt.

There are three repair berths with lengths of 300m, 255m, and

205m. All have an alongside depth of 9m.

Luzon—West Coast (continued)

1.70 Port Binanga (14°44'N., 120°15'E.) lies on the E side

of the outer entrance to Subic Bay. It is entered between Binan-
26 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

ga Point, the E entrance point of Subic Bay, and Buiong Point,

about 1 mile SSE. Requests to enter Port Binanga should be

made as for Subic Bay. 

1.70 Port Binanga indents the coast for a distance of about 1.5

miles in an E direction. The N and S shores of the bay are

fringed by reefs which extend as far as 0.1 mile offshore. 

1.70 The 10.9m curve fronts the head of the bay as far as 0.75

mile. Two sandy beaches, separated by Dapua Point

(14°44'N., 120°16'E.), stand at the head of the bay. The point is

prominent, with vertical cliffs from 18 to 21m high.

1.70 A shoal, with depths of less than 11m, extends about 0.5

mile WSW from Binanga Point. Detached shoals, with depths

of 11 to 8m, lie 0.6 mile W and 0.45 mile, respectively, WSW

of Binanga Point. 

1.70 Detached shoals, with depths of 12.8m, lie on the S side of

the approach to the bay in positions about 1 mile and 1.25

miles SSW of Binanga Point. A detached shoal, with a depth of

9.1m, lies about 0.52 mile SW of the same point.

1.70 Urdanetta Shoal, narrow, with a least depth of 4.5m, extends

about 0.25 mile E from a position 0.25 mile S of Binanga

Point.

1.70 Anchorage.—Vessels with prior authorization can take anchorage, in 7 to 11m, mud, in the center of Port Binanga, sheltered from all but W winds. When entering the bay a vessel

should keep Dapua Point bearing 090°, which leads clear of the

shoals off the entrance.

1.71 Buiong Point (14°44'N., 120°15'E.) is the S entrance

point of Port Binanga.

1.71 A detached shoal, with a depth of 11.9m, lies about 0.3 mile

offshore in a position about 0.8 mile SW of Buiong Point. 

1.71 Two detached shoals, with depths of 7.3 and 10m, lie about 1

mile and 1.5 miles SSW, respectively, of Buiong Point.

1.71 Mayagao Point (14°42'N., 120°15'E.), 2.5 miles S of Buiong Point, is low and marshy. Extensive shoals, with depths of

2.7 to 9.1m, extend 0.5 mile W and 1 mile S of Mayagao Point.

1.71 The coast between Buiong Point and Mayagao Point, about

2.5 miles N, is fronted by a reef which extends 400 to 0.5 mile

offshore in places. 

1.71 Illinin Point (14°44'N., 120°15'E.) is located 2 miles N of

Mayagao Point. A shoal sounding of 15m was reported to lie

7.5 miles SW of Mayagao Point.

1.71 Morong Shoal (14°40'N., 120°15'E.), with a least depth of

9.7m, lies 1.25 miles S of Mayagao Point. A channel about 0.5

mile wide lies between this shoal and the coastal shoal NE.

1.71 Panibatujan Point (14°40'N., 120°16'E.), lying 1.75 miles

SE of Mayagao Point, is fronted by a reef which extends as far

as 0.15 mile offshore. A conveyor pier extends 235m SE from

the S side of Panibatuhan Point. A mooring buoy lies about 0.3

mile SE of the pier head. A sandy beach extends 3 miles SE

from Panibatuhan Point.

1.71 A shoal, with depths of less than 9m, extends 0.75 mile SW

from the point. A detached shoal, with a depth of 11.6m, lies

about 1.1 mile SW of Panibatujan Point.

1.72 Napo Point (14°38'N., 120°19'E.) is located 3.75

miles SE of Planibatujan Point. A large cylindrical tank and a

building with a prominent dome that is part of a nuclear power

station stand on Napo Point.

1.72 Pandil Islet, 13m high, lies close S of Napo Point. The islet is

joined to the point by a reef. Foul ground extends almost 0.5

mile S from the islet. Several buoys are situated in the small

bay entered NW of Napo Point.

1.72 Bagac Bay (14°36'N., 120°23'E.) is entered between Napo

Point and Saysain Point, about 5.5 miles SE. It is a large exposed bay open to the SW. Several streams enter this bay.

1.72 Mapalan Point, located about 2 miles E of Napo Point, is

fringed by foul ground to a distance of 0.5 mile SSW. 

1.72 An islet, 37m high, lies close offshore about 0.5 mile NW of

Mapalan Point.

1.72 Cabayoc Point (14°37'N., 120°22'E.), located 1.25 miles E

of Mapalan Point, is fringed by foul ground which extends 0.25

mile SW. A light is shown close S of Cabayoc Point. 

1.72 The town of Bagac, which is of little commercial importance, is located 2 miles SSE of Cabayoc Point.

1.72 Foul ground extends 0.5 mile W from Saysain Point

(14°34'N., 120°23'E.). A detached shoal, with a depth of 5.5m,

lies about 1.25 miles NNW of Saysain Point.

1.72 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available off the town of Bagac,

in depths of 9 to 18m. The anchorage is an open roadstead and

is exposed to strong winds that blow down from the Mariveles

Mountains and Mount Silanganan. 

1.72 The Northeast Monsoon reaches the bay through the valley

between these mountains.

1.72 An explosives dumping area lies centered about 12 miles W

of Caibobo Point (14°30'N., 120°22'E.).

1.73 Luzon Point (14°28'N., 120°23'E.), located 6.75

miles to the S of Saysain Point, is high and rocky. There are

tide rips W of the point. Dumping grounds for chemicals and

explosives lie 22.5 miles W and 13 miles WNW; respectively,

of Luzon Point.

1.73 Guay Point (14°27'N., 120°24'E.) is located about 0.75 mile

ESE of Luzon Point. A drying rock lies about 0.2 mile SW of

Guay Point.

1.73 Guay Bay is entered between Guay Point and Vigia Point,

about 1.5 miles ESE. Anchorage, sheltered from NE winds,

may be obtained.

1.73 Hornos Point (14°25'N., 120°28'E.), narrow and projecting,

extends about 0.5 mile SW from a position 6 miles SE of Luzon Point.

1.74 Cochinos Point (14°25'N., 120°30'E.), about 1.25

miles E of Hornos Point, is the point marking the N side of the

outer limit of Manila Bay. The SE extremity of this peninsula

is 108m high and connected to the mainland NW by a narrow

isthmus.

1.74 Los Cochinos are a group of five rocks, 6 to 19m high, which

stand on a shoal extending about 0.4 mile S of Cochinos Point.

This shoal, with depths of less than 6m, is connected to the

point by a drying reef.

1.74 Guardia Shoal (14°24'N., 120°30'E.), small in extent and

with a depth of 1.8m, lies 0.5 mile SSE of Cochinos Point. The

SE side of the shoal was reported no longer marked by a buoy.

1.74 Palomonti Rocks, 5m high, are located 0.4 mile SE of Cochinos Point. A shoal, with a depth of 4m, extends about 0.1 mile

SW from the rocks, and a shoal, with a depth of 0.9m, extends

the same distance N.
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 27

Pub. 162

Manila Bay

1.75 Manila Bay (14°35'N., 120°45'E.) is entered between

Cochinos Point and Limit Point, about 12 miles SSE. The bay

is about 30 miles long and 22 miles wide.

1.75 The entrance is divided into two channels, North Channel

and South Channel, by Corregidor Island and Caballo Island.

These channels are deep and clear of dangers in the fairway.

1.75 The South Channel has been dredged to 11m.

1.75 In general, the channel providing the shortest route may be

used, but the entrance by South Channel is not recommended

after dark or in poor visibility. The depths in the entrance range

from over 55m in the entrance to about 28m in the center of the

bay.

1.75 Manila Harbor is reported to give a good radar return up to

25 miles. 

1.75 Manila Bay is undergoing major port development.

1.75 Winds—Weather.—The Northeast Monsoon blows strongly out of Manila Bay, at times accompanied by a smoke-like

cloud which is driven out of the bay southwestward and forms

an arch on the SW horizon; the sky is otherwise clear. 

1.75 Occasionally, sea breezes from the SW blow into the bay in

the Northeast Monsoon after midday, increasing in strength toward the head of the bay. 

1.75 During the strength of the Northeast Monsoon, although the

wind may be fresh in the entrance, it will frequently be moderate within the bay.

1.75 When the Northeast Monsoon begins to weaken in February,

SE and E winds become more frequent in the Manila Bay area.

These winds are the prevailing winds in March and April, but

they gradually become less frequent in the next 4 months. In

May SW winds increase, and in August about 70 per cent of all

winds blow from between S and W.

1.75 During the Southwest Monsoon, storms, known locally as

Collas, blow from SW to the W and are accompanied by violent squalls and a great deal of rain. 

1.75 Collas occur most frequently in June or July and they often

last for several days. When strong N or NW winds are prevalent, there are no land winds.

1.75 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in South Channel are

always semidiurnal and may attain a rate of 1 knot at springs.

The ebb sets in a 240° direction. The maximum rate occurs 2

hours after HW and LW at Cebu.

1.75 The current velocities in North Channel are greater than

those in South Channel and may attain a rate of 1.5 knots.

1.75 Tidal currents are negligible in the greater part of Manila

Bay. During the rainy season, the Pasig River flows out with

great velocity and affects the water movement in the bay.

1.75 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.

Requests for pilotage should be made through the Manila Vessel Traffic Management System Center. The VTMS may be

contacted via VHF channels 16 and 19, or by telephone(63-47-

2446461). 

1.75 The pilotage contact information and boarding stations ar,e

as follows:

1. South Harbor pilots may be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 13. Pilots board in position 14°33'N, 120°56'E.

2. Manila International Container Terminal (MICT) pilots may be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 80A. Pilots

board in position 14°36'N, 120°54'E.

3. Harbor Center pilots may be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 12. Pilots board in position 14°36'N, 120°53'E.

4. North Harbor pilots board at the lighted buoy near the

breakwater. 

1.75 Regulations.—Participation in the Manila Vessel Traffic

Management System (VTMS) is compulsory in Manila Bay.

The VTMS applies to all vessels bound for ports within the bay

or transiting the approaches within a distance of 20 miles of

Corregidor Island (14°23'N., 120°35'E.). VTMS Manila Control Center may be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 19. Reports to the control center should be communicated, as follows:

1. Inbound vessels.—Vessels approaching Corregidor

Island from any direction intending to enter Manila and the

port of Mariveles shall, when 20 miles distant from the island, report the following: 

a. Vessel name, call sign and IMO Number.

b. Position.

c. Last port of call.

d. Course and speed.

e. Destination.

f. Description of dangerous cargo, if carried.

g. Type of vessel.

h. Draft.

i. Number of crew and passenger.

 Inbound vessels should additionally contact the VTMS

prior to entering or leaving the TSS to report the following:

a. Vessel name.

b. Time.

c. Position and speed.

Vessels approaching the the quarantine anchorage and pilot boarding area should contact the VTMS 1 hour prior to

arrival to report the following:

Upon arrival at the quarantine anchorage or pilot boarding

area, vessels should report the following information:

a. Vessel name.

b. Arrival draft.

c. Freeboard.

d. Arrival or anchored time.

e. Anchored position.

2. Vessels navigating within the port.—Vessels moving from the quarantine anchorage or pilot boarding area to

pier or anchorage berths should report the following information to the VTMS:

a. Vessel name.

b. Position.

c. Time.

d. Name of harbor pilot on board.

e. Assigned berth.

After berthing, mooring or anchoring as assigned, vessels

should report the following information:

a. Vessel name.

b. Docking or anchorage time.

A shift of berth, permitted only by authorization of the

port authority, requires the following reporting protocols prior to departing the berth or anchorage and after docking,

mooring, or anchoring at the new berth:

a. Vessel name.

b. Time of last line or anchor aweigh.

c. Time berthed or anchored at subsequent position.

d. Name of harbor pilot on board.
28 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

3. Outbound vessels.—Vessels departing the berth

should report the following:

a. Vessel name and call sign,

b. Name of harbor pilot on board.

c. Position.

d. Time and location of pilot disembarkation.

Vessels inside and outside the Traffic Separation Scheme

(TSS) should report the following:

a. Vessel name.

b. Time.

c. Position.

d. Speed.

4. Vessels navigating within Manila Bay.—Vessels departing a port should report the following:

a. Vessel name.

b. Time.

Vessels should report the following 30 minutes after departure from the port:

a. Vessel name.

b. Time.

Upon anchoring or mooring at the next port of call, vessels

should report the following:

a. Vessel name.

b. Time.

5. Vessels passing through the VTMS area.—Vessels

transiting the reporting area, but not entering Manila Bay or

calling at ports with Manila Bay, are required to report to the

control center the following:

a. Vessel name and call sign.

b. Destination.

6. Deep-draft vessels intending to lighten their cargo.—Vessels should report the following to the VTMS control center when within 2 miles of the achorage at which the

vessel will lighten:

a. Vessel name.

b. Intention to proceed to operational area.

c. Time.

Vessels should notify the VTMS of their intention to leave

the lightering area.

7. Emergency situations.—Vessels must report the following to the VTMS control center as expediently as possible:

a. Any emergency or unusual event, such as fire, collision, grounding, pollution, suspicion of piracy, or any incidents similar to those previously stated.

b. Any condition of the vessel that may impair its navigation, reduce its capabilities, or affect the safety of other

vessels due to defective propulsion, defective steering, inoperative navigation lights, unusual handling characteristics, impaired maneuverability, inoperative whistle or

horn, unreliable navigation equipment, or similar condtions.

c. Any difficulty or inability in towing.

d. Any other unusual conditions which restrict or inhibit total compliance with the requirements of the VTMS.

e. Poor visibility.

Any vessel reporting an emergency situation or unusual

event must report: 

a. Vessel name and call sign.

b. Name and position of the person making the report.

1.75 Any vessel may deviate from the provisons of the regulations

to the extent necessary to avoid endangering persons, property,

or the environment. When, for reasons of safety or emergency,

vessels must deviate from the regulations, notification must bereported as soon as possible.

1.75 Vessels must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF

channels 16 and 19 at all times.

1.75 All reports shall be made in either Filipino or English. 

1.75 All times are expressed in local time.

1.76 Mariveles (14°26'N., 120°29'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58390) is a small town located near the NW shore of the

bay. Close SW of the town, there are a number of prominent

buildings which house the quarantine station for Manila. Vessels can enter the harbor with the T-shaped quarantine pier

bearing 300°. A light is shown from a concrete tower, 11m

high, situated 0.1 mile NNE of the Quarantine Pier. 

Mariveles Harbor (14°26'N., 120°29'E.), entered between

Cochinos Point and Gorda Point, about 1.5 miles NE, provides

good anchorage sheltered from all winds except those from SE.

The NW portion of the harbor is the best typhoon anchorage in

the Manila Bay area, but the anchorage is quite small and will

not accommodate more than one or two large vessels. 

1.76 Even with this haven from typhoons, Mariveles Harbor can

prove dangerous because of the rotational qualities of the direction of this type of wind blowing into the entrance of the

harbor.

1.76 The harbor is the quarantine station for Manila and a first

port of entry. Storm signals are displayed at the quarantine station in Mariveles Harbor.

1.76 A reef, with a depth of 4m, lies about 0.2 mile ENE of

Cochinos Point. A bank, with depths of less than 9m, extends

0.25 mile from the head of the harbor.

1.76 Depths—Limitations.—Herma Port Shipyard consists of a

wharf, 385m long, with a depth alongside of 7.5m.

1.76 The SMC-Battan Maly Terminal has a concrete finger pier,

217m long and 15m wide, with a depth alongside of 14.5m.

1.76 The ATI-Mariveles Grain Terminal has a finger pier, 156m

long and 10m wide, with a depth alonside of 14.5m. 

1.76 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels with a 24

hour advance notice given to the Phillippine Ports Authority

office at Mariveles. 

1.76 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, in an area of good holding ground, in a depth of 25m, with the Quarantine Pier bearing

308°, or vessels may procced farther into the bay if necessary.

Near the harbor there are numerous wrecks, quarantine anchorages, and submarine cables.

1.77 Sisiman Bay (14°26'N., 120°31'E.), close E of Mariveles Harbor, is entered between Gorda Point and Aguawan

Point, about 0.52 mile E.

1.77 A number of drying rocks lie close S of Aguawan Point

(14°25'N., 120°32'E.). A shoal, with depths of less than 11m,

extends 0.15 mile SSW from the point.

1.77 On the W side of Sisiman Bay there is a concrete wharf, 69m

long, with a depth of 4.5m at the N end of it. 

1.77 Two ruined piers are situated at Sisiman village in the NW

corner of the bay.

1.78 Corregidor Island (14°23'N., 120°35'E.) is situated
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 29

Pub. 162

with Cape Corregidor, its W extremity, about 3 miles SE of

Aguawan Point and is marked by a light on its summit. There is

a signal station near the light. The W end of the island has three

distinct peaks, the southernmost of which is 179m high. The E

end of Corregidor is narrow and curves to the SE. The island is

reported to give a good radar return up to 24 miles.

1.78 A reef on which stand some above and below-water rocks,

with a depth of 5m over its outer edge, extends about 0.5 mile

S from the E extremity of Corregidor Island. A dangerous

wreck lies 1.25 miles NNE of Corregidor Island Light.

1.78 Caution.—Two prominent rocks, about 20 and 30m high,

have been reported 0.2 mile W of Cape Corregidor.

1.79 La Monja Island (14°23'N., 120°31'E.), a rock, 37m

high, lies 2.25 miles WSW of Cape Corregidor. A light is

shown from a wooden platform on the summit of La Monja Island. An obstruction is charted about 1.25 miles SE of this

rock.

1.79 Caballo Island (14°22'N., 120°37'E.), narrow, rocky, and

116m high, lies about 1 mile S of the E extremity of Corregidor

Island. A conspicuous radio tower stands about 0.1 mile E of

the W end of the island.

1.79 The island is fringed with reefs, with depths of less than 6m,

that extend about 0.75 mile WSW and 0.3 mile E of the island.

A shoal, with a depth of 9.6m, lies 1.25 miles W of Caballo Island.

1.79 A channel between the reefs extending from the E extremity

of Corregidor and Caballo Island is about 0.3 mile wide, with a

least depth of 5.6m. The channel is buoyed, but not recommended for navigation.

1.79 San Jose Bay is located between Corregidor Island and Caballo Island. A ruined L-shaped pier stands in the NW corner

of the bay. Caballo Island is reported to give a good radar return up to 14 miles.

1.79 Corregidor Island, Caballo Island, and La Monja Island, including their surrounding waters and adjacent detached rocks,

Copyright: Google Earth 2009

Mariveles Harbor
30 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

have been declared a military zone by the Philippine government. 

1.79 Vessels should not approach these islands closer than 1 mile,

and vessels are not permitted to pass between La Monja Island

and Corregidor Island.

1.80 Alasasin Point (14°25'N., 120°34'E.) is located 2.5

miles E of Gorda Point. The chart depicts two dangerous

wrecks, with swept depths of 19.1m, lying about 1.25 miles

and 2.75 miles E of Alasasin Point.

1.80 Lokanin Point (14°29'N., 120°36'E.) is located 4 miles NE

of Alasasin Point. The intervening coast is composed of steep,

rocky bluffs of moderate elevation, and fringed by a bank, with

depths of less than 6m, extending 0.25 mile offshore. The 20m

curve lies about 0.5 mile off the point.

1.80 A pier extends from the coast about 0.5 mile N of Lokanin

Point. Two oil tanks are located close inland from the root of

the pier. Range lights, in line bearing about 285.25°, are occasionally shown from the top of the oil tanks but serve no purpose, as the pier was reported (1994) to be in ruins.

1.80 Lamao Point (14°31'N., 120°37'E.), the N entrance point of

the Lamao River, lies 2 miles N of Lokanin Point.

1.80 A stone causeway, 0.2 mile long, is located close N of

Lamao Point. A T-head pier, reported to have a depth of 13.7m

at its head, extends about 0.375 mile ENE from a position

about 0.6 mile NNW of Lamao Point. A prominent gantry

stands at the head of the pier. 

1.80 A lighted mooring buoy, which marks the seaward end of a

submarine oil pipeline, lies about 1.25 miles E of the head of

the pier.

1.81 Luzon Point (14°32'N., 120°36'E.) lies about 1.5

miles N of Lamao Point. The Bataan Oil Refinery Pier, with

alongside depths of 7 to 10.1m, extends about 0.3 mile E from

Luzon Point.

1.81 A submarine pipeline extends about 0.4 mile from the end of

the pier. Tankers with drafts of up to 15.8m can be accepted.

1.81 Depths—Limitations.—The refinery jetty is of open concrete pile construction extending 256m E from a solid causeway connection to shore. It provides berths on both sides, with

a narrow basin dredged to 10.6m, for tankers up to 30,000 dwt. 

1.81 A small basin, enclosed by breakwaters, lies on the S side of

the root of the causeway. An LPG berth lying N/S, is situated

on the seaward side of the S breakwater and has reported

depths of 5.5m in the approach and at the berth. Vessels up to

64m in length and 700 dwt can be accepted. 

1.81 An SBM (flashing light) is moored in a depth of 28.6m, 1.5

miles ESE of the jetty of Bataan Oil Refinery. A submarine oil

pipeline runs W from the buoy to the shore. 

1.81 Vessels up to 300,000 dwt can be accommodated. 

1.81 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot, who comes

from Limay, boards from a tug 2 miles E of Lokanin Point. 

1.81 Tugs of up to 3,500 horsepower come from Manila; small

tugs are available locally to assist with berthing. 

1.81 The vessel’s ETA should be sent 4 days in advance and confirmed 24 hours before arrival and should state any requirements. Bunker fuel and fresh water can be supplied by barge

from Manila.

1.81 A conspicuous flare is occasionally visible at the refinery,

about 0.4 mile W of the root of the jetty. There are many prominent oil tanks in the area between the T-headed jetty N of

Lamao Point and the refinery. 

1.81 Anchorage.—Anchorage is prohibited in the vicinity of the

pipeline and tanker berth, but ships may anchor anywhere clear

of the berth. Eight mooring buoys are grouped around the seaward end of the pipeline and form a mooring berth. Ships berth

heading N.

1.82 Quitang Point (14°33'N., 120°36'E.) lies about 0.75

mile NNW of Luzon Point. A pier in ruins lies close N of the

point. A number of oil tanks and a prominent industrial building with two tall chimneys are located W of Quitang Point.

1.82 A concrete pole, 9.7m high, stands on the N side of the entrance of the Limay River in a position about 1.25 miles NNW

of Quitang Point.

1.82 Pandan Point (14°36'N., 120°35'E.) is located 3.25 miles N

of Quitang Point. The coast is rather low and is fringed by a

shoal, with depths of less than 6m, which extends from 0.4

mile offshore at Pandan Point to 1.75 miles offshore near the

mouth of the Tiawir River, about 6 miles farther N.

1.82 Several wrecks lie between 0.75 mile and 1.75 miles off Pandan Point.

1.82 Pampanga Bay (14°47'N., 120°35'E.), which occupies the

NW corner of Manila Bay, has depths of less than 6m. The

Orani River and the Pasag River discharge into this bay.

1.82 The N and NE shores of Manila Bay are formed by the delta

of the Pampanga River and the deltas of other large rivers. The

shore is low and marshy. A shoal, with depths of less than 9m,

extends 2 to 4 miles offshore. 

1.82 A light is shown on the E side of the entrance to the Pugad

River (14°45.6'N., 120°44.5'E.), located 6 miles E of the entrance to the Pasag River. 

1.82 A prominent white house stands 2.5 miles W of the light and

a prominent white church, surmounted by a white cross, stands

3 miles E of it.

Corregidor Island Light
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 31

Pub. 162

Manila Bay—East Side

1.83 Limit Point (14°14'N., 120°35'E.) marks the S side of

the outer limit of Manila Bay. The point is rocky, steep-to, and

about 67m high.

1.83 Limbones Island, 98m high, small and rocky, lies close N of

Limit Point.

1.83 Limbones Cove (14°14'N., 120°37'E.) is entered between

Limbones Island and Carabao Island. The cove indents the

coast as far as 2 miles in a SSE direction. The cove is open to

the NW and clear of dangers.

1.83 Calungpang Point (14°16'N., 120°38'E.), marked by a light,

lies 3.5 miles NE of Limit Point. The coast between these

points is high and cliffy. A 2.4m patch lies 0.25 mile N of the

point. 

1.83 Restinga Point (14°17'N., 120°39'E.) is located 2.5 miles

ENE of Calungpang point. The coast between is high and

cliffy. A light is shown from the E entrance point of a bay, 1.5

miles E of Restinga Point. Two mooring buoys are situated 0.4

mile NW of the light.

1.83 Carabao Island (14°16'N., 120°37'E.), 56m high and rocky,

lies 0.4 mile offshore about 1 mile W of Calungpang Point. 

1.83 A dumping ground for metals is situated 4 miles W of Carabao Island.

1.83 El Fraile Island (14°18'N., 120°38'E.), a rock on which

stands a fort and other buildings, lies about 2 miles N of

Calungpang Point. A light is shown from the fort. A coral

patch, with a depth of 12.8m, lies 0.25 mile E of the rock.

1.83 El Fraile Island, Carabao Island, and Limbones Island, including their surrounding waters and adjacent detached rocks,

have been declared a military zone by the Philippine Government. Vessels should not approach these islands closer than 1

mile.

1.84 Maragondon Point (14°19'N., 120°44'E.) is located

about 6.5 miles ENE of Calungpang Point. A detached shoal,

with a depth of 5.5m, lies 2 miles N of Maragondon Point.

1.84 The Maragondon River entrance, about 2 miles S of Maragondon Point, is the E limit of the high land on the S side of

Manila Bay. The shore between the river entrance and Sangley

Point, about 17 miles NE, is low and marshy. 

1.84 A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends up to 1.5 miles

offshore along this stretch of coast.

1.84 San Nicolas Shoals (14°26'N., 120°46'E.) extend 4.5 miles

offshore from a position about midway between Marangondon

Point and Sangley Point. The outer shoal, with a least depth of

3.1m, lies about 7.5 miles NNE of Maragondon Point. It is

steep-to on its W and N sides. 

1.84 A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends between the

outer shoal and the coast to the SE. 

1.84 San Nicolas Shoals Light (14°26.3'N., 120°45.8'E.), shown

at an elevation of 11m, stands on the NW extremity of the

shoals. 

1.84 A number of charted wrecks and obstructions lie within 3.5

miles and 7 miles NE of the light. A dangerous wreck lies 3

miles WNW of the light. 

1.84 Rosario (14°25'N., 120°51'E.) is located about 9 miles NE

of Maragondon Point. The Filoil Refinery Sea Berth is located

in a position about 2 miles off the shore of Rosario, Province of

Cavite. The sea berth tanker mooring is situated in a depth of

13.7m. It is connected with a submarine pipeline to the refinery; there is communications from the sea berth with the refinery.

1.84 When mooring at Filoil Refinery Sea Berth, both anchors are

required to be ready, but normally only the starboard is used.

The vessel approaches the mooring heading due S, and when

secured is heading WSW, with the starboard anchor laid out,

and the vessel moored to one buoy on the port bow and four or

five buoys astern. 

1.84 Mooring is carried out in daylight only, and should begin not

later than 1200; unmooring can take place at anytime. Three

tugs are available for mooring; two are available for unmooring. 

1.84 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and ETA should be sent

at least 72 hours in advance. The pilot boards at the Manila

Quarantine Anchorage (14°33'N., 120°56'E.). Filoil operates

a private port radio station.

1.84 It is imperative that vessels moored at the berth be in good

condition to clear the berth immediately in case of an emergency. Vessel’s engines and gears must be ready with full power

for immediate use. 

1.84 Ships personnel should be at their stations at all times during

mooring, unmooring, and cargo unloading operations.

1.85 Cavite (14°29'N., 120°54'E.) is located on the lower

N part of the peninsula extending in a NE direction from the S

shore of Manila Bay. 

1.85 Sangley Point (14°30'N., 120°55'E.) is the NE extremity of

the peninsula. It is marked by an aeronautical light that is reported to be difficult to distinguish from the background of

shore lights. The point, which is reported to be radar prominent, can also be identified by two 35m red and white checked

water towers. A conspicuous church with twin white spires

stands near the coast 2.5 miles SW of Sangley Point.

1.85 A red and green checkered metal tower, 21m high, stands on

the E part of the peninsula forming the Philippine Naval Base.

A conspicuous white monument stands near the root of this

peninsula, 1.25 miles SW of Sangley Point.

1.85 Cavite Harbor is located S of a line extending in a 090° direction from a position 0.5 mile N of Sangley Point to the coast

close N of Paranaque (14°30'N., 121°00'E.).

1.85 Cavite, a low peninsula located about 0.75 mile S of Sangley

Point, extends about 1 mile E from the main peninsula.

1.85 Canacao Bay lies between the S side of Sangley Point and

the N side of Cavite. An area on the N side of Cavite, near the

base of the peninsula, is being reclaimed.

1.85 A shoal, with a depth of 3m, lies close SE of Sangley Point.

Another shoal, with a least depth of 4.2m, lies about 1.1 miles

NE of Sangley Point. Two piles stand 0.5 mile SE of the point. 

1.85 Several mooring buoys, numerous other buoys, dolphins, obstructions, and wrecks lies off Sangley Point and in Canacao

Bay as can best be seen on the chart.

1.85 The deepest portion of Canacao Bay is near the N side, just S

of Sangley Point, with depths of 5.2 to 7.6m.

1.85 Bacoor Bay, entered between the E end of Cavite and the

mouth of the Imus River, about 1.25 miles S, is shallow and under reclamation. There is also reclamation extending 0.8 mile

out from the coast between Bacoor Bay NE to Pasay City. 

1.85 Numerous fish traps have been reported between Sangley

Point and Pasay City. 
32 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

1.85 Anchorage.—An unrestricted anchorage area lies from 0.9

to 2.8 miles E of Sangley Point. 

1.85 Designated anchorage may be obtained within the 5m sounding line with Sangley Point bearing 352°, distant 0.95 mile.

1.85 Directions.—Ships bound for Cavite Harbor should steer a

course of about 141.5° for a distance of about 1 mile, from the

position 1.5 miles N of Sangley Point Aeronautical Light, to a

position with that structure bearing 222°, distant 0.9 mile. Then

a course of 192° for 0.75 mile leads to a position about 0.3 mile

E of Sangley Point. Vessels then can proceed on a WSW

course to the assigned berths.

1.85 Caution.—Vessels are not permitted to berth within the limits of Cavite Harbor without prior permission, except through

stress of weather or other urgent necessity. 

1.85 In this case, vessels should anchor temporarily in an open

berth, but are required to maintain power on the engines and be

ready to move until such anchorage is confirmed or the vessel

is directed to another berth.

Manila (14°35'N., 120°58'E.)

World Port Index No. 58370

1.86 Manila Harbor, located at the E end of Manila Bay,

consists of North Harbor and South Harbor, both of which are

protected by breakwaters. The two harbors are separated by the

Pasig River.

1.86 The city of Manila, located on both sides of the Pasig River,

is the principal port of the Philippines and a port of entry. Quezon City, NE of Manila, is the official capital.

Winds—Weather

1.86 From August to December, during the Southwest Monsoon,

frequent sudden squalls occur in the afternoon.

Tides—Currents 

1.86 Tidal currents in Manila Harbor are negligible. The ebb current from the Pasig River may flow with considerable velocity,

especially during freshets.

Depths—Limitations

1.86 A bank, with depths of less than 5m, extends 1.25 miles W

of the mouth of the Pasig River. West of this bank the depths

increase gradually to about 10m, about 2 miles offshore.

1.86 The channel between the quarantine anchorage and the entrance to South Harbor is dredged to 11m. The N and S edges

of the channel are defined by the light on the head of West

Breakwater and the light on the N head of South Breakwater,

each in line with the Customs House.

1.86 South Harbor is the part of Manila Harbor that has an area of

about 145 acres encompassing five finger piers (numbered 3, 5,

9, 13, and 15 from N). They have a total berthing length of over

4331m, providing docking. 

1.86 An additional 27 vessels can be accommodated at the anchorage. A barge point, capable of accommodating 30 barges

or lighters, is also situated in the area a few meters across from

Pier 3. 

1.86 Greater depths alongside the South Harbor berths have been

reported. Mariners are advised to consult the port authorities

for confirmation.

1.86 Between the entrance to South Harbor and the piers, dredged

depths of 10.5m have been reported. The obstructions in the

approaches to the piers have all been reported to have been

cleared. 

1.86 An obstruction, with a swept depth of 7.6m, lies close to the

N side of Pier 3. Another obstruction, with a swept depth of

7.9m, lies between Pier 9 and Pier 3, and a further obstruction,

with a swept depth of 10.6m, lies close to the N side of Pier 15.

1.86 The North Harbor is the part of Manila Harbor that is located

N of the entrance to the Pasig River. There are 8 main piers,

with a total pier length of 4,000m, used mainly by coastal

cargo and passenger vessels. 

1.86 Eight piers, numbered 2 to 16 (even numbers only) project

from the coast in North Harbor.

1.86 The area around Pier 12, Pier 14, and Pier 16 is foul. All

eight piers are used for domestic traffic only. The controlling

depths at the other five piers range from 1.2 to 6.7m.

1.86 The International Port Basin facility is situated on the W side

of North Harbor and has been designed and developed to handle container traffic, breakbulk, and ro/ro vessels. 

1.86 It is protected on its SE side by a breakwater extending 0.6

mile WNW from the NW corner of the reclaimed area S of

Marginal Wharf, and on its NW side by a detached breakwater

0.5 mile in length. The entrance between the breakwater heads

is 0.2 mile wide, and is marked on each side by a lighted beacon. 

1.86 The basin provides four berths, each 250m long, at Marginal

Wharf for container vessels, with full facilities including three

35-ton container cranes, and depths of 12.5 to 13m alongside. 

1.86 Berth No. 5 has an alongside depth of 14.5m, is 300m long,

and is deeper than any of the existing berths. A tanker terminal

available at the Port Basin has only one berth, with a length of

213.4m. 

1.86 Night berthing is possible. 

Aspect

1.86 South Harbor is formed by West Breakwater and South

Breakwater. West Breakwater extends about 1.25 miles SSW

from the W side of Engineer Island (14°36'N., 120°58'E.), a

small artificial island lying on the S side of the entrance to the

Pasig River. 

1.86 South Breakwater lies with its NW extremity about 0.125

mile SE of the S extremity of West Breakwater and extends

about 0.5 mile in a S direction.

1.86 The S entrance to South Harbor is about 1 mile wide between the SE extremity of South Breakwater and the N end of

the W breakwater enclosing the Yacht Basin. 

1.86 Numerous obstructions lie between the S entrance to South

Harbor and the piers. The greater part of the bottom of South

Harbor is foul. 

1.86 Lights are shown from each end of South Breakwater, but are

reported difficult to identify against the lights of Manila.

1.86 It has been reported that both N and S breakwater of South

Harbor make good radar targets. 

1.86 The Pasig River (14°36'N., 120°57'E.), which connects Manila with Laguna de Bay, a large fresh water lake lying SE of
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 33

Pub. 162

Manila, is entered N of a breakwater which curves about 1 mile

SW from Engineer Island. 

1.86 Marginal Wharf is the N face of a broad strip of reclaimed

land extending 1 mile W from the N entrance point of the Pasig

River.

1.86 Numerous wrecks and obstructions lie in the seaward

approaches to the Pasig River.

1.86 Pasig River Light is shown from reclaimed land on the N

bank of the river entrance, 0.1 mile NNW of Engineer Island.

1.86 North Harbor, located N of the entrance to the Pasig River, is

protected from the W by North Breakwater. This breakwater,

which is submerged at its outer end, extends about 1 mile

NNW from the root of Marginal Wharf (14°36'N.,

120°57'E.). A buoy is moored 0.35 mile NW of the NW

extremity of North Breakwater. A light is shown from the head

of North Breakwater.

1.86

1.86 A prominent tower, with a large white clock, stands on the

Customs House, located about 1.1 miles NE of the head of

West Breakwater. 

1.86 The dome of Manila Cathedral, located about 0.45 mile NE

of the Customs House is prominent.

1.86 A conspicuous tank, 28m high, and two radio towers, are situated 3.5 miles N of the Customs House.

Pilotage

1.86 Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels anchoring or

securing to a mooring buoy within the breakwaters, or when

proceeding to and from the piers in the harbor or in the Pasig

River.

1.86 All vessels should await the representative of the Immigration Authority in the quarantine anchorage. The pilot boards at

the completion of the inspection, if vessels are proceeding to

one of the 26 anchorages inside the breakwater or to one of the

piers.

1.86 Agents or owners of vessels calling at the port of Manila

shall inform the pilot of their vessel’s arrival. Agents can contact the Pilots Association 24 hours on VHF channel 16, including Sundays and holidays. Pilots are available 24 hours.

Regulations

1.86 Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS), best seen on the chart, are

established in the entrances to Manila. The schemes are not

IMO adopted, but the Philippine authorities advise that the

principles for their use, as defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972), apply.

Signals

1.86 A vessel should display its official number or letters when

approaching the quarantine anchorage in daylight. A vessel arriving at night must display its call letters at daylight in addition to the “Q” flag. If the vessel is carrying mail, the “Y” flag

should be displayed until delivery is effected.

Anchorage

1.86 Manila Bay, with an area of 770 square miles, provides sheltered anchorage for an unlimited number of vessels of all classes, in depths of 15 to 40m, good holding ground.

1.86 Loading or discharging of cargo in the anchorages outside

the breakwater of Manila Harbor is impracticable during strong

S winds.

1.86 Within an area enclosed by the breakwaters, there are numerous anchorage berths (Anchorage A), with depths of 5 to

11.5m. There are also a number of mooring buoys available.

Berths are assigned by the harbormaster and permission must

be obtained before anchoring or mooring. 

1.86 A quarantine anchorage, mainly for the use of vessels entering South Harbor, is situated 2 miles SW of South Breakwater. 

1.86 Several obstructions lie close W of the W limit of this anchorage. Pilots will board at this anchorage.

1.86 A second quarantine anchorage, mainly for the use by vessels entering the International Port Basin, is located N of the

explosives anchorage and 2 miles W of the entrance to the International Port Basin.

1.86 Naval anchorages (Anchorage B) are located about 1 mile

WSW of the S end of South Breakwater.

1.86 Fuel anchorages (Anchorage C) lie about 0.7 mile WNW of

West Breakwater Head.

1.86 An explosive anchorage, with a radius of 0.5 mile, is situated

Pasig River Light
34 Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 

Pub. 162

about 3 miles WNW of West Breakwater head. Anchorage, due

to the existence of submarine cables extending WSW from the

Manila Yacht Basin South Breakwater, and from the shore

about 1.25 miles S, is prohibited. The prohibited area broadens

WSW to its W limit, which lies on the meridian of San Nicolas

Light.

1.86 Anchorage is prohibited in an area S and SE of Corregidor

Island and Caballo Island.

1.86 Vessels entering or leaving the port of Manila are prohibited

from remaining or anchoring at any place between the entrances to Manila Bay and the anchorages in Manila Harbor.

Directions

1.86 Vessels entering Manila Bay from S, upon arriving off Limbones Island, shall not bring Caballo Island Summit

(14°22'N., 120°37'E.) to bear more than 056°, and in passing

through South Channel shall keep the bearing of the summit

less than 056°. The coast and all islands should not be approached within a distance of 1 mile. The same directions shall

be followed by vessels leaving Manila Bay via South Channel.

1.86 Vessels entering Manila Bay from N via South Channel, upon arrival off Hornos Point (14°25'N., 120°28'E.), shall not

bring El Fraile Island to bear more than 116°, until Caballo Island summit bears 056°, then the directions for South Channel

should be followed.

1.86 Vessels entering through North Channel shall pass between

La Monja Island and Guardia Shoal, and proceed through the

middle of the channel between Corregidor Island and the mainland to the N. The same directions shall be followed by vessels

leaving Manila Bay via this channel.

Caution

1.86 There are a number of sunken wrecks and other obstructions

which lie in the immediate approaches to and within the harbor

of Manila. It is best that vessels consult local authorities on

depths in the harbor. 

1.86 Several vessels have touched the bottom in recent years at

the anchorage and in the approaches to the various piers.

Luzon—West Coast

1.87 Campanario Island (14°12'N., 120°35'E.), which is

about 2 miles SSW of Limit Point, is small, 34m high, and lies

close offshore. Another island, Cutad, 29m high, lies about 0.5

mile S of Campanario Island, about 0.2 mile offshore.

1.87 Hamilo Point (14°10'N., 120°34'E.), 37m high, lies about 1

mile SSW of Cutad Island. Hamilo Cove is entered between

Cutad Island and Hamilo Point.

1.87 A detached shoal, with a depth of 10.1m, lies about 0.4 mile

N of Hamilo Point. A narrow spit, with some prominent pinnacle rocks at its outer end, extends about 0.2 mile N from a position on the S shore of the cove about 0.75 mile ENE of the W

extremity of Hamilo Point.

1.87 A small basin lies about 1 mile E of the entrance to the cove.

The basin is 0.5 mile wide at the entrance and 0.75 mile in extent. The shores of the basin are fringed with reefs. The head of

the basin is shoal and fringed with mangroves. The central portion of the basin is deep and free of dangers.

1.87 Vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage in the N

part of the basin, in a depth of 10.9, mud.

1.87 Looc Cove (14°09'N., 120°35'E.) is the middle of three bays

lying between Hamilo Point and Fuego Point. It indents the

coast to a distance of about 1.5 miles in an E direction. It is

about 0.75 mile wide. The shores of the cove are fairly steepto, except at its head, where there is a sandy beach backed by

trees. Depths of 9 to 16m are found about 0.4 to 0.3 mile from

its head.

Two small islets, each about 27m high, lie off the entrance to

Looc Cove, about 1.25 miles S of Hamilo Point. Foul ground

lies between these islands and the point forming the S side of

the entrance to Looc Cove.

1.88 Fuego Point (14°08'N., 120°34'E.) is high and rocky.

Two small islets, the outer of which is 28m high, lie close N of

the point. A depth of 5.5m lies about 0.1 mile W of this outer

islet.

1.88 Two small islets, covered with grass and about 10.6m high,

lie about 1.25 miles SSE of Fuego Point. A reef, with a least

depth of 0.6m, connects the two islets, and some rocks, awash,

lie about 0.25 mile NE of the larger islet. A shoal, with a depth

of 8.2m, lies about 0.2 mile S of the S islet.

1.88 Fortune Island (14°04'N., 120°29'E.), marked by a light on

its summit, is small and narrow, but rises to 113m. The island is

reported to give a good radar return up to 19 miles.

1.88 A small white sandy beach lies on the SE side of the island

and a stranded wreck lies off this end of the island.

1.88 Simo Banks (14°05'N., 120°21'E.) are located from 5 miles

NW to 12.5 miles W of Fortune Island. The W bank has a least

depth of 11m. A small bank, with a least depth of 12.2m, lies

about 8.75 miles WNW of Fortune Island. 

1.88 The two E banks, lying 4 miles NW and 5.5 miles WNW of

Fortune Island, have depths of 22m and 27m. 

1.88 Nasugbu Bay (14°04'N., 120°36'E.) is entered between

Fuego Point and San Diego Point, 6.75 miles further SSE. 

1.88 The coast between Fuego Point and Nasugbu Point, which is

3.75 miles S of Fuego Point, is high and wooded. 

1.88 The remaining coast of the bay, between Nasugbu Point and

San Diego Point, is low, sandy, wooded, and steep-to. 

1.88 A submarine cable runs W off Nasugbu Point.

1.88 The Wawa River and the Lian River, each of which has a bar

with depths of less than 0.6m, flow into the bay close E of Nasugbu Point and 1.75 miles NNE of San Diego Point.

1.88 Twin prominent white chimneys stand 2 miles ESE of the

entrance to the Lian River.

1.88 Pillar Rock, 8m high, is a prominent pinnacle rock, lying

about 0.1 mile W of Nasugbu Point. A rocky shoal, with a least

depth of 0.5m, coral, and marked by a buoy, lies 0.4 mile SSW

of Pillar Rock. A rock, awash, stands about 0.3 mile NNW of

Pillar Rock.

1.89 Nasugbu (14°05'N., 120°37'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58350) is a small town standing about 0.25 mile inland between the mouths of the Wawa and Lian rivers. It is important

as a sugar-loading port.

1.89 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon, in 11 to 13m, about 0.5 mile offshore and S of

the 0.5m shoal lying 0.4 mile SSW of Pillar Rock. 
Sector 1. Luzon—North and West Coasts 35

Pub. 162

1.89 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor between the

reef and Nasugbu Point. 

1.89 Vessels calling to load sugar sometimes anchor about 1.5

miles S of Nasugbu Point, in a depth of 9.1m. These anchorages are not considered safe during the Southwest Monsoon.

1.89 Talin Bay (13°59'N., 120°37'E.) is entered between San Diego Point and Talin Point, about 3.25 miles SSW. The bay indents the coast about 1.5 miles in a SE direction. 

1.89 Talin Bay is open to the NW and is for the most part foul.

The shores consist of alternate rocky cliffs and sandy beaches.

1.89 Talin Point (13°59'N., 120°36'E.) is about 61m high, and

rocky. The point is the N termination of a small peninsula

which extends about 1.25 miles NNW from the coast. Some

sparsely-wooded pyramidal hills rise to a height of 85m, about

0.75 mile SSE of the point.

1.89 Talin Point is fringed by a reef about 0.1 mile wide. A narrow shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends about 0.5 mile

NNW from the point.

1.89 Mount San Pedrino (13°55'N., 120°41'E.), 360m high, is

located about 5.75 miles SE of Talin Point.

1.89 Caution.—It has been reported that from the NW, Talin

Point gives the appearance of being an island, both visually and

on radar.

1.90 Calatagan Point (13°49'N., 120°37'E.) is located

about 10 miles S of Talin Point. The coast between is fringed

by a drying reef, which extends in places as far as 1.5 miles offshore. There are numerous shoals lying up to 2.5 miles offshore along this stretch of coast which is low, sandy, and

covered with mangroves.

1.90 A beacon stands on the edge of the shore reef about 2.25

miles NNW of Calatagan Point.

1.90 A strong NE set has been reported about 5.5 miles WNW of

Calatagan Point.

1.90 Calatagan Inlet (13°49'N., 120°38'E.) is entered close N of

Calatagan Point. It is about 0.1 mile wide between the drying

reefs extending from the shore. Depths of 7m are found in the

entrance and 2m near its head.

1.90 Cape Santiago (13°46'N., 120°39'E.), the SW extremity of

Luzon, is 3.25 miles SE of Clalatagan Point and is reported to

give a good radar return up to 15 miles. A light marks a low

rocky promontory about 0.5 mile WNW of the S extremity of

the cape. A conspicuous windmill stands about 0.4 mile ESE of

the lighthouse.

1.90 Cape Santiago is 91 to 116m high, wooded, and fringed by a

drying reef extending 0.1 mile offshore. There are depths of 7

to 9m at the edge of the reef, increasing steeply to more than

91m about 0.5 mile offshore.

1.90 Caution.—Heavy offshore squalls occur in the channel between the SW coast of Luzon and the Lubang Islands

(13°47'N., 120°10'E.), primarily during the night and early

morning.

Cape Santiago Light
Pub. 162

2. Luzon—South Coast

2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

2.0SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
39

Pub. 162

SECTOR 2 

LUZON—SOUTH COAST

2.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coasts, islands, and dangers

along the recommended route from Verde Island Passage

through San Bernardino Strait. 

2.0 This description includes the Lubang Islands, the N and NE

coasts of Mindoro, the S coast of Luzon, Marinduque, Burias

Island, Ticao Island, the NE side of Masbate, and the N coast

of Samar. The arrangement is from W to E. 

General Remarks

2.1 Winds—Weather.—The climate of Batangas is subtropical. The directions of the prevailing winds are NE from

October through April, SE in May, and W changing to SW

from April through September. The average wind velocity is

about 3 knots.

2.1 Batangas Bay is affected by about 16 per cent of the typhoons passing over the Philippine Islands. The typhoon season is usually from August to December, although occasional

strong typhoons pass over this area in May and June.

2.1 In general, the winds in Ragay Gulf follow the monsoons,

and the monsoons draw strongly up and down the gulf. The

land breezes are often very squally in Ragay Gulf.

2.1 The wind off Marinduque follows the monsoons generally,

and the Northeast Monsoon blows strongly down toward the N

coast of Marinduque. The land breezes are often squally in the

vicinity of Marinduque.

2.1 The N coast of Samar is exposed to the full force of the

Northeast Monsoon which often blows at gale force, accompanied by torrential rain and a very heavy swell.

2.1 The channel between the Lubang Islands and the SW coast

of Luzon is the subject at times to heavy offshore squalls between 0400 and 1000.

2.1 Rough seas are encountered in Calavite Passage during the

Northeast Monsoon, which, although interrupted to the NE by

the high land of Luzon, strikes the heights of N Mindoro and

blows hard through the pass and off Cape Calvite. Strong

winds also draw through Calavite Passage during the Southwest Monsoon. 

2.1 Fog and rain, although encountered at all seasons of the year,

are particularly prevalent during July, August, and September.

2.1 Tides—Currents.—The Verde Island tidal current passes S

along the W coast of Luzon and deflects some of its water into

Manila Bay. It continues along the coast as far as Punas Point

and then divides into two branches. 

2.1 One branch sets NE around Tayabas Bay and N and E of

Marinduque and through Mompog Pass. It then reunites with

the other branch. 

2.1 This branch passes SE along the Mindoro coast as far as Dumali Point (13°07'N., 121°33'E.), then continues E and S of

Marinduque as far as the Bondoc Peninsula. 

2.1 It then meets the flood current from the Pacific entering

through San Bernardino Strait. It has been observed that upon

arrival off Bondoc Point with a fair current a reverse current

has been experienced in passing its meridian.

2.1 The N part of the Verde Island current, which follows round

Balayan and Batangas Bays, reunites with the main current in

the vicinity of Verde Island.

2.1 It produces violent rips and eddies in that part of the channel

beteen Malabrigo Point and Escarco Point.

2.1 Strong tidal currents, rips and whirlpools are found in San

Bernardino Strait and in its approaches. The tidal currents attain a rate of 4 to 8 knots in the narrow part of the strait between Calintaan Island and Capul Island and cause strong

eddies and whirlpools.

2.1 The tidal currents in the wider part of the strait spread out

and lose some of their force. The tidal currents in Biri Channel,

Ticlin Strait, and in the passes connecting San Bernardino

Strait with Samar to the SE, namely Naranjo Pass and Dalupiri

Pass, are described with the particular pass.

2.2 Verde Island Passage (13°35'N., 121°00'E.), described beginning in paragraph 2.10 (N side) and paragraph

2.22 (S side), lies between the SW side of Luzon and the N

side of Mindoro. The passage connects the South China Sea

with the deep channels off the S side of Luzon. The passage is

divided by Verde Island. These navigable passages are known

as North Pass and South Pass. 

2.2 The channels between Verde Island Passage and the strait of

San Bernardino are for the most part deep and clear of dangers

in the fairway. The islands in the vicinity are mostly high, rugged, and steep-to.

2.2 There is insufficient information pertaining to the set of the

current through Verde Island Passage. The currents are variable

and often indefinite and depend to a great extent on the variation of the wind.

2.2 The current is generally W from November to May; E from

July to October.

2.2 A Traffic Separation Scheme, best seen on the chart, has

been established in Verde Island Passage; this TSS is not IMOapproved.

2.2 San Bernardino Strait (12°35'N., 124°12'E.), described beginning in paragraph 2.109 lies between the SE extremity of

Luzon and the NW part of Samar. The strait is wide, deep, and

free from dangers in the fairway. It connects the Pacific Ocean

with the deep channels leading to Manila, via Verde Island Passage, and to Cebu.

2.2 The usual route taken by vessels bound from Manila or W

Luzon ports to San Bernardino Strait is through Verde Island

Passage, then S of the Tres Reyes Islands, SW of Marinduque,

then between Burias Island to the N and Masbate Island and

Ticao Island to the S. 

2.2 The route continues round the SE end of Luzon, and between

it and the NW extremity of Samar.

The Lubang Islands

2.3 These are a group of six islands which lie off the NW

end of Mindoro and the SW end of Luzon.
40 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

2.3 Cabra Island (13°53'N., 120°02'E.) is marked by a light on

its W extremity. The light is reported to give a good radar return up to 21 miles. 

2.3 The W island of the Lubang Island group is flat-topped,

wooded, steep-to on the SE side and about 61m high. The N

and NE sides are reef fringed, extending out for a distance of

91m.

2.3 A stranded wreck, conspicuous on radar, lies 1 mile SE of

the light.

2.3 Lubang Island (13°48'N., 120°10'E.), the largest and most

important of the group, attains an elevation of 600m near the

middle, but is low at each extremity. When the island is approached from S, the NW extremity of the high land just mentioned may be mistaken for the end of the island.

2.3 A vessel has reported that when approaching Lubang Island

from the SW, there are a number of bright lights from a small

town near the NW end of the high side of the island. Lights

were visible at a distance of 45 miles. 

2.3 Lubang Island was reported to give a radar return in excess

of 40 miles.

2.3 The channel between Cabra Isla and Lubang Island is 1.5

miles wide; it is deep and clear of dangers. The flood current

sets N and the ebb current S in the channel.

2.3 Two conspicuous domes are located on a mountain in approximate position 13°47.3'N, 120°08.7'E.

2.3 The coasts of Lubang Island are fringed by a reef which extends up to 0.5 mile offshore in some places. The SW side of

the island is rocky, and indented by Tagbac Cove, Gontin Bay,

and Tabafin Bay, serving some protection from the Northeast

Monsoon as opposed to the several bays on the NE and E side

of Lubang Island which are difficult to enter due to the many

reefs and shoals.

Lubang (13°52'N., 120°07'E.), the principal town, is situated

on the N side of the island. It stands on the edge of a fertile plain.

2.3 A shoal, with depths less than 6m, extends about 0.5 mile

offshore abreast the town. 

2.3 Landing is difficult in front of the town because of the coral

reef that fringes the coast. The reef breaks close W of the town,

allowing small boats to pass in good weather at certain stages

of the tide. Vessels proceeding to Lubang should steer for the

town, bearing about 166°, until the SW point of Ambil Island is

in range with the first point E of Port Tilic, bearing 122°, at

which time the vessel should heave-to, about 1.5 miles offshore.

2.4 Afuera Shoal (13°52'N., 120°11'E.), with depths of

2.1 to 18.3m, lies in a position about 3.75 miles E of Lubang.

2.4 A detached coral patch, with a least depth of 6.7m, lies about

2.75 miles ESE of Lubang.

2.4 Port Tilic (13°49'N., 120°12'E.) is entered about 5 miles SE

of Lubang, sheltered from all winds, and is completely protected from the sea. The holding ground within Port Tilic is good,

but the small anchorage area is restricted to small vessels with

local knowledge.

2.4 A light marks the W side of the entrance to the port.

2.4 The narrow entrance, between the reefs on either side, is

open to the NNW and has depths of 18 to 26m. 

2.4 A drying reef divides the head of the port into two small, but

good anchorages. The W shore of the port can be approached

until the anchorage off the W entrance point is reached, where

there are depths of 6 to 9m, mud and sand.

2.5 Tilic (13°49'N., 120°12'E.), a small settlement on the

W side of the port, is of some importance since most of the

Cabra Island Light
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 41

Pub. 162

trade between Lubang Island and the mainland passes through

the town. 

Tagbanan Point (13°48'N., 120°15'E.) is located about 3

miles SE of the E entrance point to Port Tilic. Balakias Bay

(Baliquias Bay) is entered immediately N of Tagbanan Point.

2.5 Tumbaga Point (13°44'N., 120°17'E.) lies about 4 miles

SSE of Tagbanan Point. A bank, with depths of less than 11m,

extends 0.8 mile NE from Tumbaga Point. 

2.5 Another spit, with a depth of 8.2m over its outer end, extends

0.3 mile SE from the same point.

2.5 Looc Bay (13°43'N., 120°16'E.) is entered between Tumbaga Point and Pauican Point, about 1.5 miles S. The head of the

bay is encumbered with reefs and shoals, which prevent direct

access to the shores. Looc, a small village, stands on the W

shore of the bay.

2.5 Vessels with local knowledge will find anchorage just inside

the entrance to the bay, in depths of 18 to 37m, good holding

ground. Small vessels in the inner anchorage, near the head of

the bay, are protected from E winds by the reefs in the middle

of the bay.

2.5 Shoal banks extend 0.6 mile N and 0.45 mile NE from

Pauican Point. 

2.5 Talinas Island (13°42'N., 120°18'E.) lies on foul ground

which extends 0.35 mile E from the point.

2.5 A shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies 4 miles E of Pauican

Point. Two 12.8m patches lie 2 miles ENE and ESE, respectively, of the same point.

2.6 Manog Point (13°40'N., 120°16'E.) is the S extremity

of Lubang Island.

2.6 Tabajin Bay (13°42'N., 120°14'E.), open to the W and SW,

is entered between Yapusan Point (13°43'N., 120°13'E.) and a

point about 2.5 miles ESE. The latter point, which is fronted by

a reef as far as 0.5 mile W, is located about 2 miles NNW of

Manog Point. 

2.6 There is anchorage for small vessels, sheltered from the

Northeast Monsoon, about 0.25 mile offshore in the N part of

Tabajin Bay, in a depth of 18m.

2.6 Detached shoals, with depths of 8.2m and 12.4m, lie in the

NW part of the bay, about 0.5 mile offshore and about 1 mile

SE of Yapusan Point. Landings can be made on a sandy beach

at the head of the bay.

2.6 Gontin Bay (13°44'N., 120°12'E.), an open roadstead, is entered between Yapusan Point and Gontin Point (13°44'N.,

120°10'E.), about 2.75 miles NW. The bay is open to all but N

and E winds and provides only fair weather anchorage, in

18.3m or less, about 0.25 mile from the shore. 

2.6 A detached shoal, with a depth of 10.9m, lies 0.75 mile SE

of Gontin Point.

2.6 Nosoque Point (13°45'N., 120°09'E.) is located 1.25 miles

WNW of Gontin Point. Pinagdagatan Point lies 1.75 miles further WNW.

2.6 Tagbac Cove (13°50'N., 120°05'E.), open to the SW, is located about 1.25 miles SE of Palapag Point (13°51'N.,

120°05'E.), the W extremity of the island. Vessels with local

knowledge can take anchorage, sheltered from the Northeast

Monsoon, on the SW side of the cove in a break in the coastal

reef, in a depth of 28m. 

2.6 The land in the vicinity is low and there are no prominent

landmarks. The reefs show plainly and no difficulty should be

experienced in finding a convenient anchorage.

2.6 The village of Tagbac is located on the N side of the cove.

2.6 Sala Point (13°52'N., 120°05'E.), the N extremity of the island, lies 1.25 miles NE of Palapag Point. 

2.7 Ambil Island (13°48'N., 120°18'E.), separated from

Tagbanan Point, on the NE side of Lubang Island, by Ambil

Pass, about 1 mile wide, is about 755m high and conical in

shape. 

2.7 The shores are irregular and several open bays lie between

the projecting points. The NE side of the island is high and

rocky. An open bay, with depths of 18 to 22m, shoaling to 9.1m

near the fringing reef, lies on the coast.

2.7 The W side of the island has a narrow peninsula extending

about 1 mile W, with an open bay lying on each side of it. The

bay on the N side is fronted by shoals and has irregular depths. 

2.7 The bay on the S side is restricted by reefs which extend

about 0.3 mile offshore. 

2.7 A shoal, with a depth of 4.5m, lies in mid-channel between

the reefs, thereby limiting the space available for anchorage.

2.7 The shores of the remainder of the island are steep-to and are

generally inaccessible.

2.7 Anchorage can be taken near the head of the bay on the NE

side of the island, about 0.5 mile offshore, in a depth of 14.6m.

2.7 Ambil Pass (13°47'N., 120°16'E.), the channel between the

E side of Lubang Island and the W side of Ambil Island, is

about 1 mile wide. There is a least depth of 7.3m in the fairway.

The fringing reefs on either side contract the channel to a width

of about 0.65 mile. 

2.7 A shoal, with a least depth of 12.4m, lies in the S entrance of

the channel in a position about 1.5 miles WSW of Antucao

Point (13°47'N., 120°19'E.).

2.7 In the passage, the flood current sets S and the ebb N.

2.7 Antucao Point (13°47'N., 120°19'E.) is the S extremity of

Ambil Island. A shoal, with depths of 8.2 to 18.3m, lies from

0.25 to 0.75 mile E of the point.

2.7 Colasi Point (13°47'N., 120°20'E.) lies about 1.5 miles ENE

of Antucao Point. Detached shoals, coral, with charted depths

of 14.6m, are located about 0.75 mile SE of the point.

2.7 Tambo Point (13°48'N., 120°20'E.) lies about 1.25 miles N

of Colasi Point. Detached shoals, with depths of 13 to 18m, lie

about 0.75 mile ENE of the point.

2.8 Mandaui Island (13°50'N., 120°20'E.), 84m high,

lies about 0.75 mile NNE of Mahaba Point, the NE extremity

of Ambil Island.

2.8 The NE side of the island is steep-to. A reef extends about

183m S from SW side of the island, with depths of less than

6m extending about 0.15 mile farther SW.

2.8 The channel between Mandaui Island and Ambil Island is

about 0.3 mile wide, with a least depth of 9m in the fairway.

2.8 Malavatuan Island (13°52'N., 120°21'E.), 76m high, covered with brushwood, lies about 1.5 miles NNE of Mandaui Island. The channel between the two islands is about 1.5 miles

wide, with depths of 28 to 42m in the fairway.

2.8 A shoal, with a depth of 10.9m at its outer end, extends about

0.5 mile NW from the island. A shoal, with a depth of 11.5m,

lies about 1 mile NW of Malavatuan Island. 

2.8 Two shoals, each with a least depth of 12.8m, lie about 1.8

miles ENE and 3.75 miles NNE, respectively, of the island. A
42 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

shoal, with a depth of 11.5m, lies about 0.25 mile SE of the S

extremity of the island.

2.8 A shoal, about 4 miles long and with depths of 8.5 to 14.6m,

lies about 2.5 miles NNW to 4.5 miles N of the N extremity of

Ambil Island.

2.8 Detached shoals, with depths of 12.8 to 18.3m, extend from

1 mile NNE to 2.25 miles ENE of the N extremity of Ambil Island.

2.8 Ambil Shoal (13°50'N., 120°15'E.), with a least depth of

6.4m, coral, lies 1 miles N of the W extremity of Ambil Island.

2.8 Detached shoals, with depths of 6.7m, lie about 0.5 mile

WNW and N, respectively, of the W extremity of the island.

2.8 An isolated patch, with a depth of 7.3m, lies 0.85 mile

WNW of the W extremity of Ambil Island.

2.8 Caution.—Vessels drawing more than 5.5m should not attempt to pass between Ambil Shoal and the NW coast of Ambil

Island.

2.9 Golo Pass (13°41'N., 120°18'E.), the channel between the SE extremity of Lubang Island and Salangan Point,

the NW extremity of Golo Island, is 0.3 mile wide. A reef, with

some rocks awash, lies in mid-channel and divides the pass into two separate channels. 

2.9 These channels are only about 183m wide and their use is

not recommended because of the strong currents and tide rips

in their vicinity.

2.9 Golo Island (13°39'N., 120°23'E.) is 292m high and is separated from the SE extremity of Lubang Island by Golo Pass.

The N and S sides of the island are fringed by a narrow reef

and depths of less than 18m extend as far as 0.5 mile offshore. 

2.9 The E end of the island is fronted by reefs and shoals as far

as 0.5 mile. A shoal, with depths of less than 18m, extends 0.75

mile S from Tanawan Point, the SE extremity of the island.

2.9 Tanawant Point Light, a concrete tower, 11m high, stands on

the point. 

2.9 Talaotao village is situated 1 mile N of Tanawan Point.

Verde Island Passage—North Side (Luzon)

2.10 Vessel Traffic Management System.—The Vessel

Traffic Management System (VTMS) area comprises those

sectors in Batangas and Balayan Bays and their approaches and

Verde Islands Passage, that are within the range of the radar

tracking system and visible to the radar monitor.The following

procedures are in effect for the VTMS:

1. All vessels approaching Batangas Bay or Balayan

Bay intending to call at Batangas shall report to the VTMS

on VHF channel 16 and via AIS when 5 miles off the said

bays. The report (which may be in Filipino or English) shall

contain the following information:

a. Vessel’s name and call sign or IMO number .

b. Position.

c. Last port of call.

d. Course and speed.

e. Destination

f. General description of dangerous cargo on board (if

any).

g. Type of vessel.

h. Draft.

i. Number of crew and passengers.

2. Vessels approaching the TSS off Batangas Bay, even

if not bound for or departing from the port, shall report to the

VTMS on VHF channel 16 when 3 miles from the entrance

to the TSS. The report shall contain the following information:

a. Vessel’s name.

b. Time.

c. Position and speed.

3. Vessels shifting berth shall report to the VTMS before

departure from the berth and after docking, mooring, or anchoring at the new berth. The report shall contain the following information:

a. Vessel’s name.

b. Time berthed (last line cast or anchor up) from previous position/berth.

c. Time berthed (first line made fast or anchored time)

to new position/berth.

d. Name of the harbor pilot onboard.

4. No vessel shall move to another berth without receiving authority from the VTMS

5. Vessel’s departing from the port of Batngas or terminals within the port shall report to the the VTMS as follows:

a. On depature:

i. Vessel’s name.

ii. Time.

iii. Name of the harbor pilot on board.

b. On leaving the pilot boarding position:

i. Vessel’s name.

ii. Time.

iii. Location.

6. Vessel’s navigating within Batangas Bay or Balayan

shall report to the VTMS, stating vessel’s name and time, as

follows:

a. When departing the port.

b. 30 mins after departure.

c. Upon anchoring or mooring at the next port of call

7. Vessel’s passing through the VTMS area on innocent

passage without calling at any ports or entering Batangas

Bay or Balayan Bay shall report to the VTMS, stating:

(a) Vessel’s name and call sign.

(b) Destination.

8. Vessels shall report the following to the VTMS as

soon as possible:

a. Any emergency or unusual event such as a fire, collision, grounding, pollution, supicion of piracy and other

similar incidents. In these cases, the reports should state:

i. Vessel’s name and call sign.

ii. Vessel’s position and name of the person making

the report.

b. Any condition on the vessel that may impair navigation, reduce its capabilities or affect the safety of other

vessels due to defective propulsion, defective steering, inoperative navigation running lights, unusual handling, impaired maneuverability, inoperative whistle or horn,

navigation equipment and other similar conditions.

c. Any towing vessel when unable to control or can

control with difficulty.

d. Any other unusual condition which restricts or prohibits total compliance with the requirements of the VTMS.
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 43

Pub. 162

e. Poor visibility.

9. Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch

on VHF channel 16 when in the VTMS area. 

2.11 Balayan Bay (13°50'N., 120°48'E.) is entered between Cape Santiago and Bagalangit Point, about 13 miles

ESE. The bay indents the SW coast of Luzon about 11 miles in

a N direction. Balayan Bay, which is very deep with a mud and

sand bottom, is clear of dangers. 

2.11 The shores are so steep-to that a vessel must approach very

close to get within a depth of 22m.

2.11 The flood current sets N and the ebb S in Balayan Bay.

2.11 Caution.—A dangerous wreck was reported (2000) to lie

6.6 miles SSW of Cape Santiago Light.

2.12 Pagapas Bay (13°50'N., 120°40'E.) is entered between the NE face of Cape Santiago and San Pedrino Point,

about 3.5 miles NE. The bay indents the SW side of Balayan

Bay to a distance of about 3.5 miles in a NW direction. The

Santiago River empties into the head of the bay.

2.12 The bay is very deep and its shores are fringed by a narrow

reef. There are two small openings in the fringing reef at the

head of the bay, each about 0.1 mile wide, where small vessels

with local knowledge can obtain sheltered anchorage.

2.12 Anchorage can be taken by vessels with local knowledge, in

a depth of about 27m, SE of the reef off the mouth of the Santiago River. This anchorage is more or less restricted and becomes rough in NE winds.

2.12 San Pedrino Point (13°51'N., 120°43'E.), the N extremity of

Pagapas Bay, is 224m high and is densely wooded. It is fringed

by a reef which extends 91m from the shore.

2.13 Balayan (13°56'N., 120°44'E.), a small town at the

mouth of a small river, stands on the N shore of Balayan Bay

about 5 miles N of the E extremity of San Pedrino Point.

2.13 The diurnal range of the tide at Balayan is about 1.2m.

2.13 A coral reef extends about 0.25 mile offshore in front of the

town, on the outer edge of which are several shoal spots that

bare at low tide. 

2.13 Carabao Rock, with a depth of 0.6m, and Balaong Rock,

with a depth of 2.7m, lie respectively, 0.7 mile ESE and 0.6

mile SE of the prominent yellow church tower in the town. The

20m curve fronts the town at a distance of about 0.4 mile.

2.13 A light is shown in a position about 0.6 mile E of the church

tower. The light has been reported obscured from seaward by

trees and houses.

2.13 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in a position about 0.3 mile offshore, with the light structure bearing

329° and the dome of the church bearing 295°, in depths of 15

to 18m. 

2.13 Smaller vessels can take anchorage close to the reef in a position with the light structure bearing 329°, distant about 0.35

mile, in depths of 9 to 13m.

2.13 A harbor was under construction about 3 miles E of Balayan.

When completed, this harbor will provide berthing facilities for

vessels up to 50,000 dwt, supplying fuel to the nearby coalfired

power station.

2.14 Lemery (13°53'N., 120°55'E.) and Taal are towns located on the W and E banks, respectively, of the Pansipit River,

which empties on the E shore of Balayan Bay about 10 miles N

of Bagalangit Point. The church at Taal, standing on a hill behind the town, and the church at Lemery, with twin metaldomed towers, are prominent.

2.14 A light is shown from the beach at Lemery, in a position

about 0.2 mile N of the N side of the river mouth. 

2.14 The light is partly obscured by houses and is difficult to distinguish from seaward.

2.14 There are no dangers outside the 20m curve, which fronts the

mouth of the river and Lemery at a distance of about 0.3 mile.

The Pansipit River has a depth of 2.1m over its bar at HW.

2.14 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.4 mile W of the light, in

18.3 to 29m. Smaller vessels can anchor closer in, according to

their draft, anywhere off the town of Lemery.

2.14 Bagalangit Point (13°43'N., 120°52'E.), the W extremity of

the Calumpan Peninsula, is a rocky bluff, 135m high. The point

is fringed by a narrow reef, which extends around the SW part

of the peninsula nearly to Cazador Point, the S extremity of the

Calumpan Peninsula.

2.15 Maricaban Island (13°39'N., 120°53'E.), lying about

1.5 miles S of Cazador Point, is separated from it by Maricaban

Strait. Mount Casapao, 447m high and covered with tall grass,

stands near the E end of the island. A prominent peak, 306m

high, stands near the W end.

2.15 The coast of Maricaban Island is bordered by rocks, islets,

and dangers. 

2.15 Two rocky islets, Caban and Sombrero, lie off the NW end of

the island.

2.15 Caban Island (13°41'N., 120°50'E.) is 87m high and covered with bushes. Layaglayag Shoal, with a depth of 3.5m, lies

about 0.25 mile N of Caban Island.

2.15 Sombrero Islet (13°42'N., 120°50'E.), 43m high, lies about

0.75 mile NW of Caban Island. This oval shaped island is covered with low bushes and is very prominent. 

2.15 It is surrounded by a reef, on which lies some above and below-water rocks.

2.15 Sepoc Point (13°41'N., 120°50'E.), the NW extremity of the

island, is a steep, rocky headland, 36m high. The point appears

as an island from a distance, but it is connected with the main

part of the island by a narrow rocky isthmus about 1.5m high.

2.15 A rock, with a least depth of 1.5m, lies about 1 mile SW of

Sepoc Point. A channel, about 0.75 mile wide and with a depth

of 11.9m in the fairway, lies between this shoal and the W extremity of Maricaban Island.

2.16 Port Maricaban (13°41'N., 120°50'E.) is formed by

the narrow strait between Maricaban Island and Caban Island. 

2.16 The port can be entered either from the N or from the E, but

the passage from the N is preferable. The harbor is about 0.5

mile wide in its N entrance between the shoals fronting the

shore on either side, but narrows to a least width of about 45m

in its S part. 

2.16 Great depths are found in its wider part, and depths of over

37m are found in the fairway in its narrower part. It is sometimes used as a harbor of refuge for small vessels which anchor

off the small village of Maricaban, and moor to the shore and

to each other to prevent swinging. 

2.16 The village stands on Maricaban Island in a position about

0.1 mile W of the S extremity of Caban Island.
44 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

2.16 Maricaban Strait (13°41'N., 120°53'E.) lies between the S

side of the Calumpan Peninsula and the N side of Maricaban

Island. It is deep in the fairway and clear of dangers, but the

tidal currents set strongly through it.

2.16 Caution.—A reef, with rocky heads awash, extends about

0.15 mile N from the middle of the N side of Maricaban Island,

about 1.5 miles S of Cazador Point.

2.17 Culebra Islet (13°38'N., 120°57'E.) lies about 0.25

mile SE of the SE side of Maricaban Island. The islet is covered with trees, the tops of which are about 29m high. 

2.17 The shore is rocky, with boulders and corals, except at the N

extremity, which is coral sand. The channel between the islet

and Maricaban Island is about 183m wide and has a depth of

11m in the fairway.

2.17 Malajibomanoc Islet (13°38'N., 120°58'E.), locally known

as Pulong Balahibo, lies about 0.75 mile E of Culebra Islet. It

is low and covered with trees, the tops of which are about

10.6m high. 

2.17 Shoal water extends from the W side of this islet and from

the E side of Culebra Islet, leaving a clear passage about 0.2

mile wide, with depths of 20 to 35m. 

2.17 The islet is marked by a light which is shown from a concrete tower. A wreck was reported about 1 mile E of the islet.

2.18 Batangas Bay (13°43'N., 121°00'E.), entered between Cazador Point and Matoco Point, about 9 miles ESE, is

deep and clear of dangers. The bay indents the coast up to a

distance of 7.5 miles.

2.18 Some rocks lie close off Cazador Point and a steep-to reef

extends about 183m E from its E side. The coast between this

point and the entrance to Mainaga Cove, about 6 miles NE, is

steep, rocky, and wooded. It can safely be passed at a distance

of 0.5 mile.

2.18 Mainaga Cove (13°46'N., 120°57'E.) provides anchorage

for small craft seeking shelter from strong SW winds, in depths

of 18 to 29m, mud.

2.18 Mainaga Cove Light is shown from a concrete beacon, 3m

high, standing near the head of the cove.

2.18 Four anchor berths, in depths greater than 37m, are reported

to have been established in Mainaga Cove. These are situated

about 1 mile ENE, 1.25 miles E, 0.75 mile E, and 1 mile SSE

of Mainaga Cove Light.

2.18 A concrete pier, with a depth of 6m at its head, lies at the

head of the cove. A new wharf and fish processing plant are

under construction.

2.18 The Batangas Bay Terminal pier lies 2.5 miles NE of Mainaga Cove. The head consists of three breast dolphins each 80m

apart and two mooring dolphins. 

2.18 Vessels up to 213m in length, with a draft of 11.9m, can be

accepted. The pier extends 290m from the shore.

2.18 Pilotage is reported to be compulsory. Pilots board off Batangas.

Bauan (13°48'N., 121°00'E.), a small town at the head of

Batangas Bay, is located about 3.5 miles ENE of Mainaga

Cove. A conspicuous white church with a dome stands in the

town. The town is connected by railroad with Manila.

2.18 It was reported that a copra loading platform was located off

Bauan. Vessels of 12.2m draft and 40,000 dwt could berth at

the mooring dolphins in front of the platform. 

2.18 The platform is connected to the shore by a conveyor belt

with a loading capacity of 500 tons per hour. Fresh water is

available at the berth. Pilots are embarked off Batangas.

2.18 There is anchorage for small vessels within 0.2 mile of the N

shore of Batangas Bay, between Cota village, S of Bauan, and

Santa Clara Pier, Batangas.

2.19 Batangas (13°45'N., 121°03'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58320), the principal town in the bay, is located on the W

bank of the Calumpan River, about 0.75 mile inland. The port

area is known as Santa Clara.

2.19 The port is the base port of the Port District of Batangas;

therefore, pratique and customs clearance may be granted locally. 

2.19 Quarantine officers will normally board with the pilot, or off

the oil wharf. Customs Inspectors are provided through the

Manila Customs Bureau.

2.19 There are no dangers in the immediate approach to Batangas

or in the vicinity of the anchorages off the pier at Santa Clara.

The 20m curve fronts the shore in the vicinity of the port area

at a distance of a little over 0.75 mile. The bar of the Columpan

River is about 0.15 mile wide and shallow.

2.19 Winds—Weather.—The climate is marine tropical and is

characterized by gentle winds. The prevailing winds are from

the S and SE from June through September.

2.19 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range varies from 2.7 to 7.5m.

The tidal currents set parallel to the shore, the flood current setting SE and the ebb current setting NW, but the rate is mostly

weak.

2.19 Depths—Limitations.—The Caltex Cargo Wharf, 2 miles

NW of Batangas, is 305m in length, with a T-head 84m long,

and a reported depth of 14m alongside.

2.19 The Caltex Oil Wharf, situated 0.4 mile WNW of the cargo

wharf, lies in a 126°-306° direction. The wharf extends 305m S

into the bay and ends in a “T,” with its S face 83m long. The

Main S berth has 12.1m alongside and a mooring buoy 79m

from each end. 

2.19 Night berthing is possible. It is reported that tankers up to

300,000 dwt, 230m in length, can be accommodated.

2.19 A jetty for coastal vessels lies 0.2 mile SE of the Caltex Cargo Wharf. The jetty extends 130m SSW from the shore.

2.19 The root of the Santa Clara Pier, a three-fingered pier extending 0.15 mile from the shore, lies about 1.25 miles SW of

the coastal vessel jetty. Pier 1 is 127m long and 15m wide, with

depths from 5 to 15m. Pier 2 is 105m long and 15m wide, with

depths from 5 to 9.5m. Pier 3 is 84m long and 15m wide, with

depths ranging from 4 to 7m. The piers are protected by timber-pile fendering. Depths shoal rapidly along the sides of the

piers.

2.19 The Shell Refinery Wharf, 2.5 miles SSE of the Santa Clara

Pier, consists of five jetties for the berthing of large tankers. It

extends seaward for a distance of 0.2 mile. The depth alongside

No. 1 Jetty is 9.3m and No. 2 Jetty is reported to be14m. Tankers up to 31,000 dwt and 9.3m draft can be accommodated at

Jetty No. 1, and vessels of up to 120,000 dwt with a 14m draft

are accepted at Jetty No. 2. 

2.19 The LPG Terminal is at No. 2 Jetty. Jetty No. 3 can accommodate vessels up to 20,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of

9.3m and a maximum length of 165m. Jetty No. 4 can accommodate vessels up to 320,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 45

Pub. 162

23m and a maximum length of 348m.

2.19 The Pacific Flour Mill Pier lie close S of Shell Refinery

Wharf. There are two piers extending about 250m SW from the

shore, with a berthing face of 160m at the S pier and of 93m at

the N pier. Vessels up to 30,000 dwt, with a maximum beam of

30m and a maximum draft of 10.9m, can be accommodated.

2.19 Purefoods Flour Milling Corporation has constructed a 40m

long pie rhead at the seaward end of a causeway, two breasting

dolphins, and two mooring dolphins, with an overall length of

120m. Vessels up to 40,000 grt, with a maximum draft of

11.5m, can be accommodated.

2.19 Aspect.—The dome of the Batangas Church is very prominent, as are the Shell Oil and Caltex Oil refineries. 

2.19 A prominent aluminum-painted water tank stands 2.25 miles

NNW of Batangas. A radio mast stands 1 mile ESE of Santa

Clara Pier. 

2.19 The buildings at Caltex Refinery are prominent and include a

chimney 95m high, and a conspicuous flare, 15m high, about

0.45 mile W of the chimney.

2.19 Pilotage.—Pilots are available at Batangas and pilotage is

compulsory for all vessels engaged in foreign trade.

2.19 Masters should give at least 48 hours advance notice to their

local agents to permit the dispatch of a pilot from Manila, if

necessary, in time to meet the vessel. 

2.19 Various craft are used to bring the pilot alongside of a position about 1.25 miles WSW of the Shell Oil wharf. Pilots for

Batangas may be boarded in the anchorage area W of the city.

The pilot boarding area lies 1.5 miles SE of the refinery. 

2.19 The use of a tug for berthing and unberthing is required, although a tug will normally be available at Batangas. 

2.19 Masters should advise their agents of their tug requirements

by prior notice, as it may be necessary to dispatch a tug from

Manila.

2.19 Vessels proceeding to the oil wharf at the Caltex Refinery

should radio “Caltex Manila” their ETA as early as possible,

but not less than 96 hours before arrival. The ETA should be

amended subsequently if it varies more than 2 hours from the

original estimate.

2.19 Anchorage.—Four anchorage areas, lettered A through D

and best seen on the chart, are located W through SW from the

pier. During the height of the Southwest Monsoon, vessels can

anchor off the N side of Maricaban Island along Maricaban

Strait.

2.19 Small vessels can anchor within 0.2 mile of the shore between Bauan and Batangas, in depths of 22 to 26m, good holding ground. 

2.19 Directions.—Vessels coming from the W may pass either N

or S of Maricaban Island. Vessels, using the latter route, which

is recommended, should pass about 2 miles S of that island and

round Malajibomanoc Island at a distance of 1 mile. A direct

approach can then be made to the pier. 

2.19 Vessels approaching from the E can use either N Pass or

South Pass of Verde Island Passage. After having passed Verde

Island they should steer in mid-channel between Malajibomanoc Island and Matoc Point and then proceed directly to

the pier.

Malabrigo Point Light
46 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

2.19 Caution.—A restricted area, in which anchoring and fishing

are prohibited, lies 0.75 mile off the Shell Refinery Wharves. A

prohibited area lies 0.3 mile off the wharves.

2.19 Vessels must maintain a good lookout for small craft and fish

traps when navigating the bay at night.

2.20 Matoco Point (13°38'N., 121°02'E.) is high, wooded,

and precipitous. From Naboled Point, 1.75 miles NNE to Matoco Point, the coast is fringed with rocks, and a narrow, steepto reef. The 9.1m curve lies close seaward of the reef, and there

are depths of over 183m less than 0.5 mile off Matoco Point.

The point is marked by a light.

2.20 The coast between Matoco Point and Malabrigo Point, about

13.5 miles E, is, for the greater part, high, rugged, and steep-to.

2.20 Arenas Point (13°37'N., 121°05'E.), about 2.5 miles ESE of

Matoco Point, consists of sand and stones, by which it may be

identified. The point is low and clear of dangers, and is marked

by a light.

2.20 Rosario Point (13°38'N., 121°12'E.), about 7 miles E of

Arenas Point, can be identified by the Rosario River, which

flows out close NW of the point. A bar, with a depth of 0.9m,

fronts the mouth of the river.

2.20 The town of Lobo is located about 1 mile NE of Rosario

Point. A prominent white warehouse stands about 0.5 mile

NNW of the point. There is a stone jetty near the warehouse

which had a depth of 1.8m at its head. It is exposed to SW

weather and at such times landing cannot be made.

2.20 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about 0.15

mile offshore, with Malabrigo Point Light showing over Rosario Point, bearing 118°, and the prominent white warehouse

bearing 036°, in a depth of 22m. Vessels should approach this

anchorage cautiously as the water shoals rapidly.

2.20 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage during N

winds anywhere between Matoco Point and Malabrigo Point,

about 13.5 miles E. The shore is steep-to; less than 0.2 mile

offshore the depths are from 15 to 24m, coarse sand and gravel

bottom.

2.21 Malabrigo Point (13°36'N., 121°16'E.), marked by a

light, is the SW extremity of the broad headland formed by the

spurs of Mount Lobo, about 3.5 miles NE. Punas Point is the

central point, and Malagundi Point, the E point of the headland. 

2.21 The coast of the headland is of moderate height and well

wooded. It is rocky between Malabrigo Point and Punas Point,

and bordered by a sandy beach with rocks from there to Malagundi Point.

2.21 Locoloco Point (13°39'N., 121°25'E.) is about 6.75 miles

NE of Malagundi Point. The coast is high and slightly indented

in its E part by Sigayan Bay.

2.21 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage between

Malagundi Point and Sigayan Bay, close offshore, as the coast

is very steep-to. The bottom is generally coarse sand and gravel.

2.21 Sigayan Bay (13°40'N., 121°24'E.) lies close W of Locoloco

Point. The NE shore of the bay is fringed by a narrow reef,

which is covered at HW. Anchorage can be taken in the W part

of the bay, fairly close to the shore.

Verde Island Passage—South Side (Mindoro)

2.22 Calavite Passage (13°27'N., 120°24'E.), which separates the NW end of Mindoro from the Lubang Islands, is deep

and clear of dangers in the fairway. It should be understood that

vessels using the passage must give the NW coast of Mindoro a

berth of at least 2 miles.

2.22 The flood current sets NE and the ebb SW through this passage.

2.22 Cape Calavite (13°27'N., 120°18'E.), a low headland on the

NW extremity of Mindoro Island, is described in paragraph

4.2. This part of the coast is marked by some offshore rocks.

2.22 Itbu Point (13°29'N., 120°19'E.), located 2 miles NNE of

Cape Calavite is high, rugged, and steep-to. Vessels with local

knowledge can take anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon

in a small bay S of Itbu Point, in a depth of 10m, sand, about

0.15 mile from the beach at the head of the bay.

2.22 From the offing, Mount Calavite (13°29'N., 120°24'E.), a

large promontory occupying the NW extremity of Mindoro,

rises to 1,521m. The summit of the mountain appears domeshaped from the W, but from N or S it appears as a long ridge,

fairly level, and highest at its W end.

2.22 Del Monte Point (13°32'N., 120°25'E.) is sandy and steepto. A conspicuous stranded wreck lies close to the shore in a

position about 1 mile W of Del Monte Point.

2.22 Bagalayag Point (13°31'N., 120°34'E.), about 9 miles E of

Del Monte Point, is a rocky bluff about 10.6m high. 

2.22 The coast between this point and Bogio Point, about 9.25

miles E, is backed by densely wooded mountains about 610 to

1,067m high. 

2.22 The shore between the two points is steep-to, especially between Baeto Point, located 5.5 miles E of Bagalayag Point, and

Bogio Point, where it is almost precipitous.

2.23 Bogio Point (13°29'N., 120°43'E.) is at the end of the

E slope of the 1,017m mountain, located about 2.5 miles SW of

the point. The slope drops to a height of about 609m and is

covered by a greenish-yellow grass.

2.23 The coast between Bogio Point and a point about 3.5 miles E

is bordered by a wide sandy beach. The Cervantes River and

the Matabang River, two small rivers, flow out through this

sandy beach. The low land extends a considerable distance inland in the vicinity of these rivers.

2.23 A shoal, with a depth of 5.5m over its outer edge, extends

about 0.125 mile N from the mouths of the Cervantes River

and the Matabang River.

2.23 Vessels can take anchorage in a small bight off the mouths of

the Cervantes River and the Matabang River, fairly close to the

shore. This anchorage is an open roadstead and is known as Ilog Anchorage.

2.23 Eastward of the mouths of the two small rivers, as far as the

mouth of the Camerong River, about 7.5 miles E of Bogio

Point, there are numerous hills, partially wooded, that rise

abruptly from the rocky coast to heights of 91 to 122m. Sandy

beaches lie between the hills.

2.23 The coast is bold and almost precipitous between the mouth of

the Camerong River and Talipanan Point, about 2.75 miles ENE.

2.23 Mount Talipanan, located about 0.75 mile SSW of Talipanan Point (13°30'N., 120°53'E.), is very conspicuous with a

sharp prominent peak.
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 47

Pub. 162

2.23 Minolo Point (13°31'N., 120°54'E.), about 1.5 miles ENE of

Talipanan Point, is covered with trees and on its E side is a

beach. The shore is steep, and depths of 8 to 9m are found

about 0.3 mile offshore in the vicinity of Minolo Point.

2.23 A cove is located about 0.5 mile E of Minolo Point and can

be used as an anchorage by small vessels. The reefs fronting

the shores of the cove reduce the anchorage area to a diameter

of about 0.1 mile. A depth of 10.9m can be carried through the

fairway of the entrance channel; inside there are depths of 15 to

22m.

2.24 Balateros Cove (13°31'N., 120°56'E.), located about

1.5 miles E of Minolo Point, is a small bight lying between two

coral reefs. It is a haven where small vessels can take anchorage, in 29m, protected from winds of both monsoons.

2.24 Port Galera (13°31'N., 120°57'E.), which is practically

landlocked, lies between Medio Island on the N, Paniquian Island on the W, and the W side of the projecting promontory on

the S and E. The available space is greatly restricted by the

shoals extending from the projecting points along its shore.

There are two passages into the port, Northwest Channel and

North Channel, on the SW and E sides, respectively, of Medio

Island.

2.24 Northwest Channel is the recommended passage into Port

Galera. The N entrance is only about 137m wide between the

reefs and shoals on either side, but it widens inside to 0.15

mile. 

2.24 A least depth of 9.6m is found in mid-channel along the entrance range. A rock, 18.9m high, lies on the edge of the reef

fringing the SW side of Medio Island, at the outer entrance to

the channel.

2.24 The flood current which enters Northwest Channel flows out

through North Channel and then sets E, the reverse taking

place with the ebb current. There is a strong race off North

Point, the N extremity of Medio Island.

2.24 Medio Island (13°32'N., 120°57'E.) is 80m high and wooded. The NE side of the island is fringed by a reef which extends

about 0.125 mile NE, with the 5.5m curve lying about 91m farther in the same direction. 

2.24 A shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 183m W of

North Point, the bare and rocky N extremity of the island. A

shoal, as defined by the 5.5m curve, extends as far as 183m

from the NW side of the island.

2.25 Paniquian Island (13°31'N., 120°57'E.) is 61m high

and wooded. The NW shore of the island is high and rugged.

The S end of the island terminates in a narrow, sandy neck of

land which connects the island with the N coast of Mindoro. 

2.25 The island is fringed by a reef, except for a short distance on

its N and W sides. A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends 137m offshore in places. Two sunken rocks lie near the

outer end of a shoal extending about 0.3 mile N from a point

located about 0.4 mile S of the W extremity of the island.

2.25 Telegraph Point, the NW extremity of the promontory extending NE from the N side of Mindoro, can be identified by a

prominent white patch having the appearance of a sail on the

side of the point. 

2.25 The N side of the promontory between Telegraph Point and

Escarceo Point, about 2 miles E, has a uniform appearance and

is slightly indented.

2.25 A shoal, as defined by the 5.5m curve, extends about 0.125

mile N from the N side of the promontory. A detached shoal,

with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.3 mile NNE of Telegraph Point.

2.25 A light situated on the bluff of the promontory about 0.25

mile SE of the S extremity of Medio Island. A similar but unlighted beacon situated close SE of the lighted beacon. These

beacons in range, bearing 125°, lead through Northwest Channel, but caution is necessary as the range is not very sensitive.

Northwest Channel lies between the E side of Medio Island

and the W face of the projecting promontory. The channel is

about 137m wide between the 5.5m curve on either side. A

least depth of 9.4m lies in the fairway. The E side of Medio Island is low and bordered by a narrow sand bank. A shoal, with

a depth of 1.4m, lies in the middle of the S entrance to North

Channel. 

2.25 The channel on either side of this shoal has a width of about

91m. This channel is not recommended for large vessels.

2.25 Depths—Limitations.—A shoal, with depths of 0.3 to

1.2m, extends almost 0.25 mile N from a point on the S shore

located about 0.3 mile N of Puerto Galera Light (13°30'N.,

120°57'E.). 

2.25 Another shoal, with a least depth of 0.3m near its outer edge,

extends about the same distance NW from the above point. A

shoal, with a depth of 10m, lies about 0.3 mile N of this point.

Another shoal, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies about 0.4 mile N

of the same point.

2.25 A reef extends about 0.15 mile W from a position close W of

the entrance beacons on the E shore of the harbor.

2.25 The 10m curve fronts the remainder of the harbor as far as

0.15 mile, and depths of less than 9.1m are found in the coves

to the E of the entrance beacons.

2.25 Anchorage.—The principal anchorage lies in the N part of

the port, in a position E of Paniquian Island, in depths of 18 to

22m. Exercise caution as the swinging room is considerably reduced by shoals extending from all sides. 

2.25 Smaller vessels can take anchorage in a small bight in the S

part of the port, in a position N of the town of Puerto Galera

(13°30'N., 120°57'E.), in a depth of 10.9m. Small vessels can

also anchor in a space about 0.2 mile wide, in a position E of

the S extremity of Paniquian Island, in a depth of 16m.

2.25 There is also anchorage for small vessels in Little Balateros

Cove, situated SW of the W extremity of Paniquain Island. The

cove is formed between two coral reefs and two high wooded

points, and is protected from winds of both monsoons.

2.25 Directions.—Vessels entering the port by Northwest Channel should bring the range beacons to bear 125°, until abreast

of the NE point of Paniquian Island, when the course should be

gradually altered to the S for the anchorage in the middle of the

N part of the harbor.

2.25 Small vessels with a need to use North Channel should round

North Point at a distance of about 0.5 mile and then alter the

course to the S and pass in mid-channel through North Channel. 

2.25 Caution is advised in avoiding the shoal in the middle of the

S entrance to the channel.

2.26 Escarceo Point (13°31'N., 120°59'E.), the NE extremity of the promontory extending NE from the N side of

Mindoro, is rocky and covered with trees. The tidal currents set

strongly off the point and tide rips are found in the vicinity. A
48 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

light marks the E side of the point. 

2.26 It is shown from a concrete house, 14m high.

2.26 Boaya Point (13°30'N., 120°58'E.), lying about 2 miles SW

of Escarceo Point, is bold on its W side and is clear of dangers,

with the 9.1m curve fronting it at about 137m.

2.26 Varadero Bay (13°29'N., 120°58'E.), entered between

Boaya Point and Varadero Point, about 0.5 mile SW, affords

sheltered anchorage during both monsoons, especially during

the season of the Southwest Monsoon when the heavy squalls

pass to the N. It is reported to afford better shelter than Port

Galera, especially during bad weather.

2.26 A shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m, extends about 0.25 mile

S from the N shore. Shoals, with depths of less than 9m, extend

up to 0.2 mile E from the W shore of the bay.

2.26 Varadero Point is fringed by rocks, some of which dry, extending about 0.125 mile N of the point. The 9.1m curve fronts

the point as far as 0.15 mile offshore.

2.26 Puerto Galera, a small village with a prominent church,

stands on a narrow neck of land separating Port Galera from

Varadero Bay. A light is shown from a hill at Puerto Galera.

2.26 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of

the bay with Puerto Galera Light bearing 310°, distant 0.4

mile, in a depth of 18.3m. Navigators are cautioned that during

fresh NE weather the wind sometimes veers well E, causing a

considerable swell at this anchorage.

2.26 Small vessels can take sheltered anchorage in the bight close

W of Boaya Point, in a position about 183m offshore, in depths

of 20m. Care must be taken to avoid the previously mentioned

shoal in the N part of the bay. 

2.27 Subaang Bay (13°26'N., 121°02'E.) is an open bight

on the S side of South Pass. The shore is low and wooded with

several small rivers flowing into the bay. 

2.27 A shoal, with a depth of 6.4m over its outer end, extends

about 0.25 mile NE, from a position about 4.5 miles SE of Varadero Point. 

2.27 In windy weather, the bay becomes a dark red color due to

the stirring up of the silt from the rivers along the coast. 

2.27 A shoal, with a least depth of 3.5m near its outer edge, extends about 0.75 mile NE from the SW shore of the bay.

2.27 San Teodoro (13°26'N., 121°01'E.) is a small town located

in Subaang Bay, about 4.5 miles SE of Varadero Point. The

town can be identified by San Teodoro Hill, 198m high, close

SW of the town and a hill, 286m high, 1.5 miles W of the town.

Both hills are prominent.

2.27 Logs are shipped from this port during good weather, particularly between March to November.

2.27 Vessels can take anchorage, about 0.5 to 1 mile offshore,

midway between the town and the Subaang River, located

about 0.75 mile SE of San Teodoro, in depths of 18 to 37m.

This anchorage is open and is not safe during the period from

November to February, when the Northeast Monsoon is in full

force.

2.27 Balete Point (13°25'N., 121°10'E.) is 36m high and well

wooded. A shoal of coral and sand, bare at LW, lies with its N

edge about 0.5 mile W of Balete Point.

2.27 Calapan Bay (13°25'N., 121°11'E.) is entered between

Balete Point and Calapan Point, about 2.5 miles ENE.

2.27 The 20m curve fronts the shores of the bay at a distance of

about 0.75 mile. Within this curve the depths for the most part

are shoal and suitable only for small craft.

2.28 Calapan (13°25'N., 121°11'E.) (World Port Index No.

58540) stands close to the shore at the head of Calapan Bay. A

prominent church is located in Calapan.

2.28 Calapan Bay, which is exposed to all winds from N through

W, is not considered a safe port during the Northeast Monsoon.

The recommended anchorage is in 13 to 18m, rocky bottom,

with the church bearing 177°, and the N extremity of Calapan

Point, bearing 063°. The holding ground is poor. 

2.28 Navigators are cautioned to use extreme care in approaching

this anchorage, as the edge of the shore reef is steep-to and the

bottom very irregular. 

2.28 Vessels must be prepared to get underway immediately when

strong winds from N through W occur, as the anchorage is unsafe at this time. Vessels with local knowledge can anchor

close off the W face of Calapan Point during the Northeast

Monsoon, but the coast is steep-to and great depths are found

close offshore.

2.28 Government Wharf, on the W side of Calapan Point, is Theaded and extends about 45m from the shore. The T-head is

33m long, with 3 to 5.5m alongside. The N end is broadened

and provides a berth 30m long with a controlling depth of 3.6m

alongside. 

2.28 It is advisable to approach the pier from the N and berth port

side-to. Improvements were planned to the port.

2.28 Tidal currents along the face of the pier run N on the ebb and

S on the flood.

2.29 Calapan Point (13°26'N., 121°12'E.) is 88m high and

wooded. The W and N sides of the point are clear of dangers,

but the E side is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. Some white

storage tanks and three wooden piers, one in ruins, stand on the

E side of the point.

2.29 The Baco Islands (13°29'N., 121°10'E.) are three islands

which extend about 2 miles in a NE direction from a position

about 2.75 miles N of Balete Point. The southwesternmost and

largest island of the group is 90m high; the middle island is

70m high; and Baco Chico Island, the northeasternmost of the

group, is 39m high.

2.29 A shoal, with depths of less than 3m, extends about 0.1 mile

NE from the E extremity of the southwesternmost island. A

reef, which dries, extends about 0.25 mile E from E side of the

middle island. A shoal, as defined by about the 20m curve, extends about 0.3 mile SW from the SW side of Baco Chico Island. 

2.29 The unmarked channels between the islands have sufficient

depths in the fairway, but the strong tidal currents that prevail

make it dangerous for a vessel to attempt transit.

2.29 Steep-to 2.4m and 25m shoals lie 0.8 mile W and 0.65 mile

WSW, respectively, of the S extremity of the SW island.

2.29 Silonay Island (13°27'N., 121°13'E.), 106m high, narrow

and wooded, extends a little over 0.5 mile NNE from a position

about 1 mile E of Calapan Point. 

2.29 The NE side of the island is fringed by rocks which extend

about 91m SE. A shoal, with depths of less than 6m, extends

about 0.125 mile S from the SW end of the island.

2.30 Anaganahao Island (13°26'N., 121°13'E.), 30m high

and wooded, lies about 0.5 mile S of Silonay Island. The island
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 49

Pub. 162

is fringed by rocks which extend 0.15 mile N from its N side,

and 0.25 mile SW from its S side.

2.30 The channel between Anaganahao Island and Silonay Island

is about 0.25 mile wide between about the 10m curves on either side, and has a least depth of 12.5m in the fairway. 

2.30 The tidal currents set strongly through this channel.

2.30 The channel between Anaganahao Island and Mindoro is

about 0.2 mile wide between about the 10m curves on either

side, and has a least depth of 10.3m in the fairway.

2.30 A depth of 11.6m lies about 0.4 mile SE of the N extremity

of Calapan Point. Another patch, swept to a depth of 10.5m,

lies 0.4 mile S of Anaganahao Island.

2.30 Verde Island (13°33'N., 121°04'E.), located about 4 miles

NE of Escarceo Point, is steep-to and wooded, with a few

sandy beaches. 

2.30 There are two prominent peaks on the island. The higher and

farthest N has an elevation of 417m.

2.30 Rocks, which dry, extend about 183m SE from the extremity

of the island. Two reefs, with depths of 92m, lie 1 mile and 1.5

miles NW of the NW end of Verde Island. 

2.30 The NE extremity of the island is marked by a light.

2.30 Vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage during S

winds, in a bay on the N side of the island, in depths of 13 to

18m, close offshore.

2.30 Strong tide rips have been reported on the SE side of the island.

2.30 The current on the N part of the Verde Island Passage, which

flows round Balayan and Batangas Bays, reunites with the

principal current near Verde Island, producing violent tide rips

and eddies in that part of the channel between Malabrigo

Point (13°36'N., 121°15'E.) and Escarceo Point.

2.31 North Pass (13°36'N., 121°04'E.) lies between the N

side of Verde Island and the S coast of Luzon between Matoco

Point and Punus Point, about 15 miles E. North Pass has a least

width of 2.75 miles and is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway.

2.31 Vessels bound for S Luzon ports, or for San Bernardino

Strait, sometimes use the pass in preference to the recommended South Pass.

2.31 A traffic separation scheme has been established in Verde Island Passage. A traffic lane for E bound traffic passes S of Verde Island and the lane for W bound traffic passes N of Verde

Island. In the vicinity of Verde Island the width of each traffic

lane is reduced to about 2 miles. The separation scheme is not

IMO-approved.

2.31 South Pass (13°30'N., 121°04'E.) lies between the steep-to S

side of Verde Island and the N coast of Mindoro between Escarceo Point and Calapan Point. 

2.31 South Pass has a least width of almost 4 miles and is deep

and clear of dangers in the fairway. In the E approach of South

Pass, the principal dangers are the three small wooded Baco Islands previously described in paragraph 2.29.

2.31 Most of the inter-island maritime traffic uses the South Pass

in transiting Verde Island Passage.

Mindoro—Northeast Coast

2.32 Naujan (13°19'N., 121°18'E.), a town located about 9

miles SE of Calapan Point, is on the W bank of the Baluagan

River, about 1 mile inland. Only small boats can cross the bar

at the river mouth. 

2.32 The village of Estrella, the port for Naujan, is on the beach

about 0.5 mile NE of the town. A large warehouse located on

the beach is conspicuous from seaward.

2.32 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, exposed to

NE winds, about 0.5 mile NE of Estrella, in depths of 27m,

mud.

2.32 Between Calapan Point and the mouth of the Lumangbayan

River, about 13 miles SE, the coast is low, heavily wooded, intersected by several small streams, and fringed by a gray sandy

beach. 

2.32 This sector of the coast is clear of dangers, with the 20m

curve lying about 0.75 mile offshore. 

2.32 Anchorage can be taken almost anywhere close off this section of the coast, in depths of 27m, mud. The depths decrease

gradually toward the shore, except at the bar, which extends

about 0.5 mile off the mouths of the Kawayan River and the

Buluagan River, where the depth decreases from 18.3 to 1.8m

in a distance of about 91m.

2.32 The Lumangbayan River (13°17'N., 121°21'E.), one of the

largest rivers in N Mindoro, discharges about 4 miles SE of the

town of Estrella. It forms the dividing line between the low

land and the mountainous area to the SE. The small town of

Lumangbayan is located on the coast N of the mouth of the river.

2.32 Vessels can take anchorage off the mouth of the Lumangbayan River, in a depth of 37m. The anchorage is marked by a log

float with a white flag.

2.32 Mount Naujan (13°15'N., 121°21'E.), a prominent peak, is

420m high, and densely wooded. It lies about 1.5 miles S of the

mouth of the Lumangbayan River, and about 1 mile inland.

The summit lies at the W extremity of a flat ridge which slopes

toward the N.

2.32 Another prominent peak, Dome Hill, which is shaped like a

rounded dome and rising to 257m and densely wooded, is located about 2 miles NW of Mount Naujan.

2.32 Tujud Island (13°15'N., 121°25'E.), 45m high and wooded,

lies about 0.25 mile offshore and 1 mile NW of Balingawan

Point. Its coasts are formed by brown cliffs, except on its SW

side. It is bold and steep-to on its seaward side. 

2.32 A drying reef connects the SW side of the island to the coast

of Mindoro. A detached rock, 4.5m high and surrounded by

rocks awash, lies about 91m SW of the island.

2.33 Balingawan Point (13°14'N., 121°26'E.) offers a

contrast to the other points in the vicinity, which rise gradually

and continuously from the cliffs toward the interior. This point

slopes down, forming a saddle which extends across in an E

and W direction at a very slight elevation.

2.33 Anahauan Point (13°11'N., 121°27'E.), densely wooded

and bordered by low cliffs and rocks, lies about 2.25 miles S of

Balingawan Point. The coast between Tujud Island and Anahauan Point is very rugged and indented. The mountains close

to the coast in this vicinity are densely wooded and attain an elevation of over 425m.

2.33 Pola Bay (13°10'N., 121°28'E.), entered between Anahauan

Point and Dayup Point, about 4.25 miles SE, indents the coast

to a distance of about 2.5 miles in a SW direction. The bay is

reported to be deep and clear of dangers and the shores are gen-
50 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

erally steep-to.

2.33 Dayap Point (13°09'N., 121°30'E.), which is formed by the

N extremity of a spur, is bordered by cliffs and large boulders.

The spur extends N from a sharp and wooded peak, 426m high,

located about 1.25 miles inland.

2.33 Tiguihan Cove is located about 2 miles SSW of Anahauan

Point. The shores of the cove are fringed with reefs, leaving a

small area near the entrance where small craft with local

knowledge can take sheltered anchorage.

2.33 Tuntung Point, the rocky projection forming the S side of the

cove, is located at the head of the bay in a position about 4

miles W of Dayap Point. 

2.33 A prominent rock, 5.5m high, is located about137m SE of

Tuntung Point. About 23m E of the above rock is a smaller

rock about 0.9m high.

2.33 The Pola River and the Pula River flow into the head of the

bay SE of Tuntung Point, and between their mouths is a gray

sandy beach. The bar of the Pola River has a least depth of

0.6m, and the bar of the Pula River dries. A valley covered with

light timber and mangroves lies between the two rivers and extends several miles S.

2.33 Pola, a small village, stands on the W side of the entrance to

the Pola River. A large storehouse with a metal roof is prominent.

2.33 Depths of 37 to 55m are found in the middle part of Pola

Bay. The 20m curve lies close to the shores of the bay, except

at its head where it lies close to 0.75 mile offshore in places.

2.33 A reef, on which there are several rocks from 0.6 to 0.9m

high, and others awash, extends about 137m E from Anahauan

Point and is visible from N or S. 

2.33 This reef, which mostly dries, extends about 0.5 mile S from

the point, and as far as 0.25 mile offshore. Dayap Point is clear

of dangers, with the 20m curve lying close offshore.

2.33 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor about 0.5 mile offshore, in 27m, mud, with the storehouse at Pola bearing 230°,

and the prominent 5.5m rock bearing 282°. 

2.33 Small vessels can anchor closer inshore, in 18.3m, mud, with

the storehouse bearing 248°, and the prominent 5.5m rock

bearing 302°. These anchorages are open to the E and NE and

are untenable during the Northeast Monsoon (October to

March).

2.34 Dumali Point (13°07'N., 121°33'E.), located about

3.25 miles SE of Dayap Point, is bold, steep-to, and 73m high. 

2.34 The coast between Dayap Point and Dumali Point is fringed

by a narrow, coral reef which partly dries. This portion of the

coast is steep-to and may be safely approached up to a distance

of 0.5 mile. Dumali Point is marked by a light. 

2.34 Mount Dumali, 761m high and densely wooded to its summit, is prominent. It lies 2.5 miles W of Dumali Point.

2.34 Magnetic disturbances are reported to exist offshore between

Dumali Point and Calapan Point. Variations of 4°W have been

observed between Dumali Point and Calapan Point.

Luzon—Bantigui Point to Bondoc Point

2.35 Bantigui Point (13°41'N., 121°28'E.), a wooded

headland 108m high, is a prominent landmark when entering

Tayabas Bay. It is steep-to on its S and E sides, but its N side is

fringed by a coral reef which gradually widens as it approaches

Coloconto Bay.

2.35 Mount Banahao (14°04'N., 121°28'E.) is located about 23

miles N of Bantigui Point and 12 miles from the head of Tayabas Bay. It is a prominent landmark, 2,177m high, and conspicuous when not obscured by clouds.

2.35 Tayabas Bay (13°50'N., 121°40'E.) is deep and clear of dangers in its middle part and in its approach from the SW. It is

generally exposed to S winds and offers no protection during

the typhoon season. 

2.35 Numerous shoals and dangers front the shores of the bay and

the W face of the Bondoc Peninsula. 

2.35 These dangers all lie within the 37m curve which fronts the

W side of the bay as far as 2.25 miles, the head of the bay as far

as 7.5 miles, and the W face of the Bondoc Peninsula as far as

3.5 miles.

2.35 Coloconto Bay (13°42'N., 121°27'E.) is entered between the

N side of Bantigui Point and Subuquin Point, about 2.25 miles

NW. The bay is small in area and is predominantly foul. Just

within the bay there is a small wooded islet.

2.35 The coast between Subuquin Point and the mouth of the

Malaquing Ilog River (Nayon River) (13°49'N., 121°27'E.),

about 5.5 miles N, and then to the mouth of the Tayabas River,

about 10 miles further NE, is low and wooded. The shore consists of sandy beaches which are intersected by small rivers.

San Juan, a small village, is situated about 4 miles W of the

mouth of the Malaquing Ilog River. The W part of Tayabas Bay

contains a number of shoals which lie 0.5 to 1.75 miles offshore.

2.35 The shore bank, which is steep-to and which has a least

depth of 2.1m at its outer edge, extends about 0.75 mile offshore and 3 miles N from Subuquin Point.

2.35 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about 0.5 mile outside the entrance to Coloconto Bay

where some protection from SW winds is afforded.

2.35 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage between

Coloconto Bay and the mouth of the Tayabas River, in a position about 1 mile offshore, in 22m, mud.

2.35 Caution.—Reefs, with depths of 2.7 and 0.9m lie, about 1

mile SSE and 2.75 miles NE, respectively, of the S entrance

point of the Malaquing Ilog River. The reefs and dangers are

not visible because of the muddy water in their vicinity.

2.36 Castanas (13°53'N., 121°33'E.), a loading port for

copra, lies about 12 miles NNE of Bantigui Point. The port can

be identified by two warehouses on the beach and by three

wooden loading jetties.

2.36 No fresh water, stores, or repairs are available. The nearest

postal and telegraph office is at the Bucal Railroad Station,

about 2.75 miles NE of Castanas. The nearest hospital and

medical facilities are located at Lucena.

2.36 The 20m curve fronts the port as far as 0.5 mile offshore. A

reef, which is not visible in the muddy water, extends about

91m from the coast.

2.36 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage about 0.6 mile

offshore, with Mount Mayabobo, 8.25 miles NW of Castanas,

bearing 315°, Sariaya, a conspicuous village 4.25 miles E of

Mount Mayabobo, bearing 339.5°, and Bantiqui Point bearing

206.5°, in depths of 22 to 26m.

2.36 This anchorage is well protected during the Northeast Monsoon, but during the Southwest Monsoon it is advisable to an-
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 51

Pub. 162

chor two or more ship lengths to seaward.

2.36 Caution.—Vessels should approach the port only during

daylight hours and during periods of good visibility. Vessels

are cautioned not to approach the coast closer than 0.5 mile as

the water is muddy and the sunken dangers are not visible.

2.37 Tayabas Point (13°54'N., 121°37'E.) is low and lies

on the E side of the entrance to the Tayabas River.

2.37 The Tayabas River, which is about 0.5 mile wide at its entrance, is shoal and only used by small craft with local knowledge. 

2.37 Tayabas River Entrance Light (13°54'N., 121°36'E.) is

shown from a concrete tower, 9m high, standing at Pisingi on

the W side of the entrance to the river. However, it was reported recently extinguished. A shoal, with depths of 5 to 9m, lies

from 1 to 1.75 miles SSW of Tayabas Point.

2.37 Lucena (13°56'N., 121°37'E.), a town of considerable importance, is located between two small rivers in a position

about 2.5 miles N of the coast. These rivers unite at their

mouths and form the Tayabas River. Lucena is connected to

Manila by railroad and bus. It is also connected to the general

telegraph system.

2.37 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in a position S of

the mouth of the Tayabas River, in a depth of about 12.8m,

mud and sand, with Tayabas Point bearing 061°. 

2.37 Smaller vessels can anchor closer in on the same bearing.

This anchorage is protected from NE winds by Tayabas Point,

and by a reef on which there are several rocks above water, extending about 1 mile SE from the point. 

2.38 Between Tayabas Point and Bocboc Point (Bokbok

Point), about 5.5 miles ENE, an extensive reef, which dries in

places, extends as far as 3.75 miles S.

2.38 Pagbilao Bay (13°56'N., 121°43'E.) is entered between

Bocboc Point and the W coast of Pagbilao Grande Island,

about 2 miles E. The available anchorage area within the bay is

reduced by reefs and shoals to a space about 1 mile in extent.

2.38 Angas Point, located about 2.25 miles N of Bocboc Point, is

about 7.6m high, bare, and prominent. Pagbilao Church, located about 1.25 miles NW of Angas Point, is prominent and may

be seen for a considerable distance. 

2.38 Patayan Island, about 27m high and prominent, lies about

0.75 mile SE of Angas Point.

2.38 Pagbilao Grande Island extends about 3.5 miles N and 4

miles NE from its S extremity, which is located about 4 miles

SE of Bocboc Point. Its S extremity is steep-to at a distance of

about 0.15 mile. 

2.38 Mud flats, passable by boats at HW, separate the N side of

the island from the S coast of Luzon. Mount Mitra, the 161m

summit of the island, stands on the NE side of the island.

2.38 Pagbilao Chica Island is joined, at its NW end, to the middle

part of the E side of Pagbilao Grande Island by a narrow ridge

of sand. The island extends about 2 miles S from its NW extremity. Mount Lipata, located near the S end of the island, is

182m high, and prominent.

2.38 A narrow but deep channel, with a least width of about 0.4

mile, passes between the E edge of the reef extending 3.75

miles SSE from Bocboc Point and the W edge of the reef fringing Pagbilao Grande Island. 

2.38 Depths of 17 to 26m are found in the entrance channel, and

depths of 9 to 15m are found in the S part of the bay. 

2.38 The N part of the navigable portion of the bay, S of Patayan

Island, has depths of over 6m.

2.38 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage with the summit

of Patayan Island bearing 347°, and Bocboc Point bearing

230°, in a depth of 8m, good holding ground. 

2.38 Smaller vessels can anchor further W where there is more

shelter during SW winds.

2.38 Vessels approaching Pagbilao Bay should steer for the S extremity of Pagbilao Grande Island and then give the SW side of

that island a berth of about 0.25 mile. Angas Point bearing

335°, and open W of Patayan Island, leads through the entrance

channel to the recommended anchorage. Care must be taken to

avoid the reefs on both sides of the channel.

2.38 Caution.—It has been reported (1994) that the reefs to the

W of Pagbilao Grande Island are not visible except at LW and

with the morning sun. No buoys or lights mark shoal water.

2.39 Capulaan Bay (13°53'N., 121°47'E.) is entered between the S extremity of Pagbilao Grande Island and Lipata

Point, the SW extremity of Pagbilao Chica Island about 1.5

miles E. The narrow head of the bay is fringed by reefs to a distance of nearly 1 mile.

2.39 Vessels can take anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon,

in 9 to 22m, in the middle part of Capulaan Bay. Vessels should

make the approach by steering for the S extremity of Pagbilao

Grande Island, and then pass in mid-channel between that extremity and Lipata Point to the desired anchorage.

2.39 Port Laguimanoc (13°53'N., 121°49'E.), lying E of the Pagbilao Islands, is reduced by reefs and islets on both sides and at

its head to a channel about 0.5 mile wide and 2 miles long.

2.39 The SE side of Pagbilao Chica Island is fringed by reefs as

far as 0.5 mile E. Shoals, with depths of 3.6 and 2.7m lie, respectively, about 1 mile SSE and 0.75 mile SSE of Nang Point,

the E extremity of Pagbilao Chica Island.

2.39 Mangayao Island is a small wooded island lying on the E

side of the entrance to Port Laguimanoc, in a position about

1.25 miles E of Nang Point. It is surrounded by drying mud

flats which connect it to the coast of Luzon at LW. The N side

of the island is fringed by mangroves and its S side consists of

a sandy beach. Tubig Point, the SW extremity of the island, is a

low bluff surrounded by rocks. 

2.39 A reef, which partly dries, extends 1.25 miles S from the S

side of the island. Some above and below-water rocks stand on

this reef.

2.39 High Islet, the first islet on the E side of the entrance, is

small and 19.8m high. The islet is steep-to on its W side and is

located in a position about 0.75 mile E of Nang Point and 0.75

mile NW off Tubig Point. 

2.39 A reef extends about 0.25 mile S from the S side of the islet.

2.39 Calaba Islet, 12.2m high, lies about 0.35 mile N of High Islet. It is connected to the coast E and to Laguimanoc Point to

the N by foul ground. The 5.5m curve fronts the W side of the

islet at a distance of about 0.125 mile.

2.39 Talaban Islet, 11.9m high, narrow, and wooded, lies inside

the navigable portion of the harbor in a position about 1 mile

NNW of Calaba Islet. 

2.39 Laguimanoc Point, the W extremity of the land on the E side

of the harbor, is composed of low bluffs, which are fringed by

rocks. 
52 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

2.39 The point, which is 41m high and wooded, is located about 1

mile E of Restinga Point, the N extremity of Pagbilao Chica Island.

2.39 Padre Burgos is a small town on Laguimanoc Point. 

2.39 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in the middle of the outer

part of the harbor, in depths of 13 to 15m, in a position about

0.5 mile S of High Islet. Small vessels can anchor closer inshore, in depths of 6 to 9m, between Nang Point and High Islet.

2.39 Directions.—Vessels entering the port should bring Calaba

Islet in range with Laguimanoc Point, bearing 357°. 

2.39 This range leads into the outer part of the harbor where anchorage can be taken as convenient. Smaller vessels wishing to

anchor farther in should stay on the above range until Tubig

Point is abeam to starboard, at which time the course should be

altered to 338°, with the W extremity of Talaban Islet lying

dead ahead. Anchorage can be taken as convenient, according

to the draft.

2.40 The E side of Tayabas Bay, between the entrance to

Port Laguimanoc and Tuquian Point, about 29 miles SE, is low

with a flat sandy beach fringed with reefs of varying width, and

interspersed with mangroves.

2.40 Dangerous reefs and detached shoals lie as far as 2.5 miles

off this stretch of coast. Vessels with local knowledge can take

anchorage nearly anywhere along this coast, but the principal

places are Unisan, Pitogo, and Macelelon. 

2.40 Vessels not intending to call at these small loading ports

should keep at least 3 miles offshore. A prominent bare red

bluff marks a point located about 2 miles E of Mangayao Island.

2.40 Malatandan Point (13°51'N., 121°58'E.), about 9 miles SE

of the E entrance point of Port Laguimanoc, is 54m high, bold,

rocky, and wooded. The land in the vicinity is low and level.

The W side of the point is steep-to, but from the S side, a coral

reef extends about 0.5 mile S.

2.40 A dangerous reef, which is partly awash, extends about 1

mile SW from its NE extremity, which is located about 0.75

mile SW of Malatandan Point. 

2.40 Detached shoals, with a least depth of 4.5m, lie about 2.5

miles WSW of the same point.

2.40 Calaylayan Bay (13°50'N., 121°58'E.) is entered between

Malatandan Point and an unnamed point 1.5 miles SE. 

2.40 The head of the bay is shallow, and there is a wide sandy

beach which dries.

2.41 Unisan (13°50'N., 121°58'E.) (World Port Index No.

58290), a small town, stands at the head of the bay. A small river flows out into the bay in the vicinity of the port, but the

depths over its bar are very shoal. A light is shown at Unisan.

2.41 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage during the

Northeast Monsoon, in a depth of 7m, soft mud. To approach

this anchorage, vessels should bring the town to bear 035° and

steer for it, anchoring as above, when Malatandan Point bears

332°.

2.41 Silancapo Point (13°48'N., 121°59'E.), about 2.5 miles SSE

of Malatandan Point, rises to a height of 90m at a distance of

about 1 mile inland. The point is low and fringed with mangroves at its extremity.

2.41 Shoals, with least depths of 12.8 and 11.9m, lie, 3.5 miles

WSW and 1.5 miles S, respectively, of Silancapo Point.

2.41 Mabio Point (13°47'N., 122°03'E.), about 4.75 miles ESE of

Silancapo Point, is low and covered with mangroves. A small

river discharges about midway between the two points, and

near its mouth are some prominent black rocks about 2.4m

high.

2.41 A reef, with a depth of 7.3m, lies about 1.75 miles SW of

Mabio Point. A shoal, with a least depth of 4.1m, lies about 2

miles W of the point and about 1.25 miles offshore. Shoals and

foul ground lie between this shoal and the shore.

2.42 Pitogo (13°47'N., 122°05'E.), a regular port of call for

coastwise shipping, stands at the head of a bight between Mabio Point and Pagbabaugnan Point, about 2.75 miles E. 

2.42 The town stands on a point of land between the mouths of

the small Lagalag River and the Mayuboc River. The church at

Pitogo is a prominent stone building with a tower on its E side.

A small stone mole extend SE from the town.

2.42 A light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m high, standing

in the town.

2.42 The 10m curve fronts the town as far as 0.75 mile offshore.

Within the curve are numerous shoals and reefs. 

2.42 An extensive reef, which dries, lies about 1.25 miles SSW of

Pagbabaugnan Point. A reef, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies

0.25 mile S of the W extremity of this reef.

2.42 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage with the church at Pitogo bearing 045°, distant about

0.75 mile, in a depth of 9m. Small vessels can anchor closer in,

but care must be taken to avoid the shoals in the inner part of

the harbor.

2.42 Caution.—An uncharted coral reef was reported (1992) to

lie between position 13°45'N, 122°03'E and position 13°42'N,

122°07'E. 

2.43 Macalelon (13°45'N., 122°08'E.), a regular port of

call for coastwise shipping, stands at the mouth of the small

river of the same name, about 3.5 miles SE of Pitogo. 

2.43 The coastal bank, which dries abreast the town, extends 1.25

miles offshore.

2.43 Macalelon Light is shown from a concrete tower, 9m high,

on the N side of the entrance to the Macalelon River.

2.43 Several detached reefs lie within 2 miles of the coast in this

vicinity. A reef, with a depth of 3.9m, lies about 2.5 miles SSW

of Macalelon. A shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 2

miles SSW of the town.

2.43 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage with the

light structure bearing 046°, distant 1.75 miles, in a depth of

12.8m.

2.43 Caution.—A depth of 6.4m lies about 2.75 miles SW of

Macalelon.

2.44 General Luna (Hingoso) (13°41'N., 122°10'E.), a

regular port of call for coastal shipping, stands on the coast

about 4.25 miles SSE of Macalelon. General Luna Light is

shown at an elevation of 15m. The 10m curve fronts this coast

as far as 0.75 mile offshore. 

2.44 A detached reef, with a least depth of 10m, lies about 2 miles

WSW of General Luna. A chain of narrow reefs extends about

2.25 miles SE from a position about 1.5 miles SW of General

Luna. A rock awash, stands near the SE end of this chain about

1 mile from the coast. 
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 53

Pub. 162

2.44 A channel, from 0.5 to 0.75 mile wide and with depths of

over 9m, lies between this chain and the coastal bank.

2.44 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about 1

mile W of General Luna, in a depth of 9m.

2.45 Tuquian Point (13°36'N., 122°12'E.), the SE entrance point of Tayabas Bay, is located about 5.5 miles SSE of

General Luna. The point is low, covered with mangroves, and

fringed by a reef which extends about 0.35 mile W and 0.65

mile S.

2.45 Tagabas Bay (13°36'N., 122°16'E.), a small and sheltered

bay, is entered between Tuquian Point and Sandoval Point,

about 3.5 miles ESE. The entrance to the bay is reduced to a

width of about 0.5 mile by Puting Buhangin Shoal and the

reefs extending about 0.75 mile S from a position about 1.75

miles E of Tuquian Point.

2.45 The bay has a depth of 12.8m in its entrance, and shoals

gradually toward the head. The 5.5m curve fronts the head of

the bay at a distance of about 1 mile.

2.45 Puting Buhangin Shoal, a narrow detached reef which dries,

extends about 1.5 miles WSW from a position about 0.75 mile

WSW of the W extremity of Sandoval Point. 

2.45 A shifting sand bank on the E side of the reef dries to about

0.6m. A least depth of 5.5m lies at the W end of the reef, about

2 miles WSW of the W extremity of Sandoval Point. A narrow

channel for small vessels separates the E side of this reef from

the reef fringing Sandoval Point. 

2.45 These shoals partially protect Tagabas Bay from SW seas.

2.45 Anchorage.—Tagabas Bay affords the safest anchorage for

vessels with local knowledge on the Luzon coast between Port

Laguimanoc and Ragay Gulf.

2.45 Directions.—Vessels entering Tagabas Bay should bring the

N side of the W extremity of Sandoval Point to bear 090°, before Tuquian Point bears 000°. When the drying part of Puting

Buhangin Shoal is abeam, the course should be altered to the

NE and anchor according to draft.

2.46 Sandoval Point (13°35'N., 122°16'E.) is low, densely

wooded, and fringed with mangroves. It is bordered by drying

reefs which extend as far as 0.5 mile SW. The point is joined to

the mainland by an isthmus which is less than 0.5 mile wide.

Catanauan Bay (13°35'N., 122°18'E.) is entered between

the E extremity of Sandoval Point and Pala Point. 

2.46 Except for the reefs fringing the shores, there are no dangers

in the bay. Depths of 13 to 15m are found in the entrance to the

bay. The 10m curve fronts the head of the bay at a distance of

about 1 mile. 

2.46 A reef, containing several rocks which dry to about 0.6m, extends about 0.35 mile SE from the E extremity of Sandoval

Point. 

2.46 A reef extends about 0.5 mile SW from the W face of Pala

Point. The bay widens slightly and the reef narrows inside the

entrance points, leaving a sandy beach along the shores of the

bay.

2.47 Catanauan (13°36'N., 122°19'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58270) is a large town situated on the E side of the mouth

of the Catanauan River, at the head of the bay. A drying sandbar restricts the mouth of the river. A good landmark in the

town is a church of gray stone with a small dome. 

2.47 There is a small pier located close inside Pala Point, but it is

reported to be partially destroyed and unusable. 

2.47 Catanaunan is a port of call for local mail vessels. Catanauan

Light is shown from a tower, 10m high, at the town.

2.47 Anchorage.—Catanaunan Bay is protected from the effects

of the Northeast Monsoon, but is open to the Southwest Monsoon. Vessels may approach the bay with the light in the town

bearing 023°, and anchor, in a depth of 9.1m, sand, about 1

mile distant. Small vessels can anchor closer in on the same

bearing in accordance with their draft.

2.48 Between Pala Point and Ajus Point, about 2 miles SE,

the coast is fringed by a reef as far as 0.5 mile offshore. A detached reef, which dries, lies about 0.5 mile SW of Ajus Point.

2.48 Mulanay (13°31'N., 122°24'E.), a small town, stands at the

mouth of the Mulanay River, which indents the coast about 3

miles SE of Ajus Point.

2.48 Mount Maclayao, a broad, flat-topped, and heavily-wooded

peak, is located about 2 miles E of the town. It is 378m high

and rises slightly above the other hills in the vicinity.

2.48 Vessels with knowledge of the area can take anchorage protected from the Northeast Monsoon, with the church bearing

070°, in a depth of 9m, sand, about 0.4 mile from the shore.

Vessels should approach the anchorage on this bearing, and anchor when a large rock on the shore reef is abeam to port.

2.48 Lipata Point (13°29'N., 122°25'E.), located about 2 miles

SSE of Mulanay, can be identified by its prominent white

cliffs.

2.48 Ayoni Bay is a small open roadstead, located 6.5 miles SE of

Lipata Point. A reef extends about 0.5 mile SW. 

2.48 The water is reported to shoal gradually from 28m, mud,

about 1 mile offshore, to a depth of 9.1m, sand, about 0.5 mile

offshore.

2.48 Anchorage can be taken, sheltered from the Northeast Monsoon, about 0.5 mile offshore of this bight.

2.48 The coast from this bay, for about 6 miles S, is fringed by

reefs, extending in places more than 0.5 mile offshore. Dangers, comprised of detached reefs with depths of 0.9 to 9.1m,

lie 0.5 to 1.5 miles offshore.

2.49 Aurora (13°21'N., 122°31'E.), a small village partially obscured by trees, is located about 10 miles SE of Lipata

Point. A prominent church is located in the N part of the village.

2.49 Two reefs, with depths of 8.7 and 9.1m lie, 1.25 and 1.75

miles W of Aurora church. The 10m curve lies about 0.75 mile

W of the village. The depths decrease sharply toward the shore.

2.49 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, during the

Northeast Monsoon, about 0.75 mile offshore abreast the village, in depths of 16 to 18m, mud and sand. 

2.49 Small craft may anchor closer in by following the narrow

channel through the coastal reef.

2.49 Vessels approaching from the N should keep at least 1 mile

offshore until the church at the village bears 100°. This bearing

leads to the anchorage.

2.49 Vessels approaching Aurora from the W should pass S and E

of Subunguin Reef, located about 3.25 miles WSW, and then

approach the anchorage with the church bearing 068°.

2.49 Subunguin Reef (13°20'N., 122°28'E.) is marked by a

stranded wreck. The reef is about 1 mile wide and is steep-to
54 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

on its W side. The wreck was reported not visible at a distance

of 1 mile.

2.50 Subunguin Point (13°18'N., 122°30'E.), about 3

miles S of Aurora, is quite prominent and high. Mangroves

fringe the point and a reef extends out almost 1 mile N and a

short distance W.

2.50 Almost directly S of Subunguin Point, Aguasa Bay indents

the peninsula. The head of the bay is fringed by a wide drying

reef. 

2.50 A detached reef, with a depth of 2.1m, lies off the entrance

of the bay, about 0.9 mile SSW of a steep cliff. This cliff,

which is nearly 30m high, stands on the SW side of Subunguin

Point. 

2.50 Small vessels can anchor in the middle of the bay, in depths

of 5 to 9m.

2.50 Pinamuntangan Bay (13°15'N., 122°30'E.) lies close N of

Pinamuntangan Point, located 3 miles S of Subunguin Point.

There are several detached shoals that lie in the N part of the

bay about 0.35 mile offshore. There is a sandy beach at the

head of the bay.

2.50 Pinamuntangan Point (13°15'N., 122°30'E.) is densely

wooded, fringed with mangroves, and surrounded by a very

narrow coral reef.

2.50 Bondoc Point (13°10'N., 122°36'E.), the S extremity of the

Bondoc Peninsula, is a prominent formation of limestone, with

a bluff about 15.2m high, rising from a base of old coral; it is

surrounded by a narrow reef. 

2.50 The point is very bold, gray in color, and appears as a masonry structure. It is clear of dangers and steep-to.

2.50 Bondoc Head, about 405m high and prominent, is located

about 1.5 miles NNW of the point.

Marinduque Island

2.51 Marinduque Island (13°23'N., 121°58'E.), which is

separated from the Bondoc Peninsula by Mompog Pass, lies E

of the E entrance to Verde Island Passage. 

2.51 The island is mountainous and well wooded. There are several prominent peaks on the island, but Mount Marlanga,

1,181m high is the highest; it is located in the S part of Marinduque.

2.51 There are five towns, all of which are settled, on the island’s

coast or near the coast and serve as sheltered anchorage according to the season. 

2.51 The three harbors of refuge are Port Balanacan, Santa Cruz,

and Masagasi Bay.

The coasts of Marinduque, with the exception of the NE, are

for the most part steep-to, with the 20m curve lying as far as 1

mile offshore.

2.52 Mompog Pass (13°33'N., 122°12'E.) lies between Tuquian Point and Maniuayan Island and Mompog Island. The

channel has a least width of 3.5 miles in the fairway between

Mompog Island and Puting Buhangin Shoal, mentioned earlier.

2.52 In Mompog Pass the flood current sets SE and the ebb NW,

but caution is advised when navigating in this area because

there are strong and irregular currents both in the pass and between it and Bondoc Point.

Marinduque Island—North Side

2.53 The San Andres Islands (13°34'N., 121°51'E.) are

two small islands, 39m and 41m high, extending about 1 mile

W from Silangan Point, the NW extremity of Marinduque Island. There is no channel between the islands, and at very low

tides the reef which connects them with the point dries. There

are rips immediately to the W of the islands.

2.53 San Andres Point (13°34'N., 121°52'E.), the N extremity of

Marinduque Island, is a small steep-to peninsula, 270m high.

2.53 The N coast of Marinduque between San Andres Point and

Santa Cruz Point, about 8.5 miles E, is rugged and very irregular. This section of the coast is divided into two bays by Trapichihan Point, located about midway between the two above

points.

2.53 Sayao Bay, the W bay, indents the coast to a distance of

about 1.5 miles in a S direction. A narrow reef fringes its

shores, but the bay is deep and clear of dangers in its middle

part.

2.53 Calancan Bay, the E bay, is fringed with reefs and is foul inside a line joining Trapichihan Point and Santa Cruz Point. The

Banot Islands extend 2 miles E and 1 mile NE from Trapichihan Point. 

2.53 Hakupan Island, which is the outer island of this group, lies

about 1 mile NE of Trapichihan Point. It is high and bold but

not prominent. 

2.53 A shoal, with a depth of 7.8m, lies about 0.25 mile NNW of

Hakupan Island. Lusok, a small village, stands near the SE corner of Calancan Bay.

2.53 Santa Cruz Point (13°33'N., 122°00'E.), the W point of the

N entrance to Santa Cruz Harbor, is over 30m high, and prominent. The N side of the point is fringed by a narrow reef. 

2.53 A shoal, with a depth of 4.5m, lies about 0.5 mile NW of the

point. Reefs and foul ground, parts of which dry, extend about

3 miles ESE from Santa Cruz Point. 

2.53 The E edge of this foul ground forms the W side of the N

channel leading into Santa Cruz Harbor.

2.54 Santa Cruz Harbor (13°30'N., 122°04'E.) (World

Port Index No. 58315) lies between the NE coast of Marinduque Island and the W and S coasts of Santa Cruz Island (described in paragraph 2.56). The harbor, which is deep and clear

of dangers in the fairway, serves as a port of refuge and a port

of call for coastal shipping. 

2.54 Some copra is loaded at the port. Two shallow rivers, the

Santa Cruz River and the Tagum River, discharge into the SW

part of the harbor.

2.54 The town of Santa Cruz is located about 0.75 mile SW of the

mouth of the Santa Cruz River.

2.54 Depths—Limitations.—Port Buyabud, which can be identified by its lengthy pier, is located on the S side of the mouth of

the Santa Cruz River, in a position about 0.5 mile S of Tabignan Point, the new entrance point of the river. It is the loading

place for the village of Santa Cruz.

2.54 The N entrance channel lies between the E edge of the foul

ground and reefs extending 3 miles ESE from Santa Cruz

Point, and the W side of the reef extending 0.5 mile N from the

NW side of Santa Cruz Island. The channel is about 0.5 mile

wide with depths of 24 to 50m in the fairway. Within the entrance the shore reefs are narrow and fairly steep-to on either
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 55

Pub. 162

side of the channel.

2.54 The E entrance channel lies between the S edge of the reef

extending 0.35 mile SE from the SE end of Santa Cruz Island,

and the N edge of a detached reef with depths of 4.5 to 5.5m,

located about 1.25 miles E of Mango Point. 

2.54 The entrance is about 0.25 mile wide, with a least depth of

about 14.6m in the fairway. Within the entrance the shore reefs

are narrow and fairly steep-to on either side of the channel.

2.54 During the rising tide a weak current sets in through the N

channel and out through the E channel. The reverse occurs during the falling tide.

2.54 A light is located on the fringing reef on the W side of Santa

Cruz Harbor, in a position about 4 miles SE of Santa Cruz

Point. It has been reported that the light structure may be difficult to distinguish during the day.

2.54 The N entrance channel is marked by a pair of buoys moored

on the edge of the fringing reefs 1.75 miles N of the light. Another buoy is moored 1.25 miles N of the light structure and

marks the edge of the reef on the W side of the channel.

2.54 There is an ore pier at Balogo, about 0.4 mile N of the light

structure. The T-shaped pier, 55.8m long, 13.8m wide with a

depth alongside of 10.1m, can take vessels with a draft of 9m.

The pier lies in a 317°-137° direction at the head of a causeway

387m long, built out from the shore. 

2.54 Pier No. 2 is 39m long and 12.6m wide. Concrete dolphins

are provided off each end of the pier to take mooring lines.

2.54 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. A pilot can be obtained from Manila if required.

2.54 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in the S part of the

harbor, in a depth of 16.5m, soft mud, with the S extremity of

Santa Cruz Island bearing 091° and the SW extremity of the

same island bearing 335°. 

2.54 The usual anchorage for small craft desirous of communicating with Santa Cruz is SE of Tabignan Point. 

2.54 Vessels awaiting a berth at the ore pier can anchor in midchannel, abreast the pier, in depths of 27 to 29m, mud.

2.54 Directions.—Entrance into Santa Cruz Harbor should be attempted only during daytime.

2.54 Vessels entering via the N channel should not bring Santa

Cruz Point to bear more than 270° until the E extemity of that

island, bearing 130°, in order to give the foul ground on the W

side of the entrance a good berth.

2.54 When the light on the W side bears 189° steer for that, passing between the buoys marking each side of the reefs at the entrance until well inside, when a mid-channel course may be

kept to the anchorage.

2.54 Ships bound for the ore pier can steer a course of 180° from

a position a little over 2 miles N by W of the N end of Santa

Cruz Light bears 186° at this position. Steer 180° for Tabignan

Point until abeam or due W of the N end of Santa Cruz Island.

Then steer 190° until abreast the 8.2m shoal off the W coast of

that island. After that, a course can be shaped for the pier,

docking port side-to.

2.54 Vessels entering Santa Cruz Harbor via the E channel should

steer for the light on the W side of the harbor bearing 282° until Mango Point on the S side of the channel is abeam. The

course should then be altered directly for the recommended anchorage. 

2.54 Caution.—Care must be taken to avoid the detached reef,

with depths of 4.5 to 5.5m on the S side of the entrance to the

channel.

2.54 A dangerous sunken wreck has been reported at the E entrance, about 1.8 miles E of Mango Point.

2.55 Tagum Point (13°27'N., 122°08'E.), about 3.5 miles

SE of Mango Point, is high and rugged. Conspicuous are the

Tagum Peaks that rise within Tagum Point in a steep slope. 

2.55 The E and higher peak, located 0.75 mile NNW of Tagum

Point, is 178m high, well defined from the offing and wooded.

The W peak, located about 0.5 mile NW of the E peak, is 162m

high, and covered with grass. These peaks appear sharp when

viewed from the N.

2.55 Several shoals, with depths of 6 to 9m, lie within 0.6 mile E

and SE of the point. The 20m curve fronts the point at a distance of about 1 mile.

Marinduque Island—Off-lying Islands

2.56 Santa Cruz Island (13°31'N., 122°05'E.) is low, flat,

and fringed by reefs which extend about 0.5 mile N from the

NW point, and about 0.35 mile SE from the SE point. The SW

part of the island is a mangrove swamp, and the remainder is

cultivated land.

2.56 A concrete causeway extends 90m SSW, 0.75 mile W of the

SE extremity of the island.

2.56 Maniuayan Island (13°32'N., 122°07'E.) is low, flat and

wooded with coconut groves, and surrounded by extensive

reefs. A detached reef is awash and lies about 0.5 mile NE of

the NE extremity of the island. The channel between this island

and Santa Cruz Island, which was just discussed, is 0.5 mile

wide and has a depth of 12.4m in mid-channel. 

2.56 A detached shoal, with a reef that dries on its SE side, lies on

the W side of the channel in a position about 1 mile NNW of

the E extremity of Santa Cruz Island. 

2.56 Tagum Point, in range with the summit of the easternmost

hill on Salomague Island, bearing 159°, will carry a vessel

through this channel. In following this range S, when the S tangent of Santa Cruz bears 270°, change to 142° so as to provide

a wide berth off the sunken wreck 0.9 mile SE of the SE point

of Santa Cruz Island.

2.57 Mompog Island (13°31'N., 122°11'E.), the outer danger off the NE coast of Marinduque, lies about 9.5 miles E of

Santa Cruz Point, the NE extremity of Marinduque. The island

is 86m high, and is steep-to on its E side. Mompog is fringed

on its N, E, and S sides by narrow steep-to reefs. On the W side

the reef is wider, and in places it continues to Maniuayan Island, lying about 2 miles W. 

2.57 The channel between Mompog Island and Maniuayan Island

is about 1.25 miles wide between the 10m curves fronting the

islands. A least depth of 8.2m is found in the fairway. 

2.57 The bottom is very rocky and irregular. The E extremity of

Salomague Island in range, bearing 184°, with the third knoll

on Salomague Point, the E extremity of Marinduque, leads

through the channel between the two islands in a least depth of

11.3m. 

2.57 Vessels are cautioned to keep closely on this range in order

to pass E of the above-mentioned 8.2m patch.
56 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

Marinduque Island—East Side

2.58 Salomague Island (13°25'N., 122°08'E.) extends

about 2 miles SSE from a position about 1.5 miles S of Tagum

Point. The NW and SE extremities of the island are low, and

fringed by reefs as far as 0.25 mile offshore. 

2.58 The summit of the island, 73m high, is near the center of the

island. On the SE side of the island is a brown, rocky cliff

about 36m high. 

2.58 The NE or seaward side of the island is fringed with reefs

which extend about 0.3 mile offshore at the N end, tapering to

the rocky cliff mentioned above.

2.58 Masagasai Bay (13°25'N., 122°07'E.), a port of refuge for

small vessels, is formed by a large, irregular indentation in the

coast of Marinduque, between Tagum Point and Salomague

Point, about 5 miles SSE. The bay is almost entirely occupied

by Salomague Island. 

2.58 The channel between the island and the coast of Marinduque

is narrow and shallow in the middle, W of the center of the island, but expands at either end into irregularly shaped basins of

moderate size and depth.

2.58 Anchorage.—Small vessels can take anchorage in the northern end of the bay, W of the N end of Salomague Island, in

depths of 7 to 9m.

2.58 Directions.—To enter Masagasai Bay a vessel should steer

for the conical hill, 98m high, located about 2 miles W of the N

extremity of Salomague Island, bearing 260°. When Tagum

Point bears 017°, the course should be altered to 197° with the

point directly astern, until the conical hill bears 284°, then a direct course may be steered for the anchorage.

2.58 Caution.—Entering through the S end is not recommended

because of the narrow, intricate channel leading between the

reefs.

2.59 Salomague Point (13°22'N., 122°09'E.), the E extremity of Marinduque, located about 1.5 miles S of the SE extremity of Salomague Island, is formed by low cliffs. The 20m

curve fronts the point at a distance of less than 0.25 mile.

2.59 Torrijos Bay (13°19'N., 122°05'E.), a small bay, is entered

about 4.25 miles SW of Salomague Point. It indents the coast

to a distance of about 0.2 mile in a NW direction. 

2.59 The bay affords shelter to small vessels, except from S and E

winds. Torrijos, a small town, stands on the high ground on the

W side of the bay. The school buildings in the town are visible

from most directions.

2.59 The entrance points and the sides of the bay are fringed with

coral, narrowing the entrance to a width of 0.15 mile, and contracting the inner part to a width of about 0.125 mile.

2.59 Small vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay, in

a depth of 12.8m.

2.59 Marlanga Bay (13°16'N., 122°03'E.), an open bight, is entered about 4 miles SSW of Torrijos Bay. It indents the coast to

a distance of about 1 mile in a W direction and is entered between Cabuyo Point and Panique Point, about 2 miles SSW.

The bay is fully exposed to E winds and for the most part is

very deep. Anchorage can be taken, in 22 to 27m, sand, about

0.4 mile from the S shore of the bay.

2.59 Marlanga Point (13°13'N., 122°02'E.), the SE extremity of

Marinduque and located about 2.5 miles SSW of Panique

Point, is a bold headland rising to a height of 280m about 0.2

mile inland.

Marinduque Island—South Side

2.60 Suban Point (13°12'N., 122°00'E.), the S extremity

of Marinduque, is bold and steep-to. The land within the point

rises steeply to Mount Marlanga, about 2.5 miles N.

2.60 Elefante Islet is a small, round, rocky islet located about 0.5

mile SSW of Subin Point. The islet is 117m high, sparsely wooded, and steep-to on all sides. The mariner will find this a very

prominent landmark, particularly when viewed from E or W.

2.60 Tidal currents set strongly through the channel between Elefante Island and the S coast of Marinduque.

2.60 Anchorage is available on a small shelf extending N from the

islet, in 24m, sandy bottom, with the E extremity of the island

bearing 180°.

2.60 The Tres Reyes Islands (13°14'N., 121°50'E.) are a group of

three small densely-wooded uninhabited islands lying about

1.75 miles from the SW side of Marinduque. 

2.61 Baltasar Island (13°14'N., 121°49'E.), the outermost

and highest island, is 108m high and lies about 4.5 miles SW

of Catala Point. This point is located on the SW side of Marinduque about 10 miles NW of the S end of the island. 

2.61 A light marks Baltasar Island. It is shown from a round metal

tower, 19m high, standing on the summit of the island.

Melchor, the middle island, is 76m high, and lies about 3.5

miles SW of the same point. 

2.61 Gaspar, the inner island, is 82m high and lies about 1.75

miles SSW of the above point. The coasts of these islands are

bordered by precipitous cliffs greatly underworn by the sea. 

2.61 These cliffs are highest on the SW side of each island, where

they reach a height of about 61m. 

2.61 The two outer islands are steep-to, but a reef and rocks extend about 0.125 mile NE from the NE side of Gaspar Island.

2.61 The channels between the three islands are deep and clear of

dangers. A shoal, with a depth of 8.5m, lies in the channel between Gaspar Island and the SW coast of Marinduque, about

0.75 mile S of Catala Point. 

2.61 The channel between this shoal and Gaspar is about 0.8 mile

wide and 44m deep in the middle; the channel between the

shoal and Marinduque is about 0.5 mile wide and has a depth

of 28m in the middle.

2.62 Gasan (13°20'N., 121°51'E.) (World Port Index No.

58310) is located on a low bluff, from 6 to 15m high, about 2

miles SE of Obung Point (13°21'N., 121°49'E.). 

2.62 The most prominent building in the town is a white warehouse, with an iron roof, standing near the beach in the N part

of the town. A hill, with a ruined fort, is located behind the

town and is reported to be conspicuous.

2.62 Gasan Light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m high, in

the town. The light is obscured by the Tres Reyes Islands.

2.62 Anchorage.—There is anchorage about 0.5 mile W of

Gasan, in depths of 13 to 15m, sand, but it is only protected

from the Northeast Monsoon. Smaller vessels may anchor closer in. 

2.62 It is reported that there is better anchorage available, in a

depth of 27m, with the conspicuous warehouse bearing 035°,

Gasan Light bearing 114° and Baltasar Light bearing about
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 57

Pub. 162

191°.

2.62 These anchorages are untenable during the Southwest Monsoon.

2.63 Boac (13°27'N., 121°50'E.), situated about 1.5 miles

in from the coast, is the principal town on Marinduque Island,

and the capital of the Province.

2.63 The Boac River divides about 1 mile from the sea, with the

main stream flowing W and reaching the sea just S of Lupac

Point (13°27'N., 121°49'E.). 

2.63 This point, which is the W extremity of the island, is low, flat

and sandy, and bordered by coconut palms. 

2.63 The Laylay River, the smaller branch, flows SW and reaches

the sea at the village of Laylay about 0.5 mile SE of the mouth

of the Boac River.

2.63 The small village of Laylay is the usual landing place for

Boac, and copra is loaded at the anchorage off the town.

2.63 Boac Light is shown from a concrete tower, 7m high, standing on the beach at the mouth of the Laylay River.

2.63 Postal, radio, and telegraph services are available at Boac but

there are no repair services, stores, dry provisions, water, or fuel oil. Medical facilities are located at the Public Health Center

at Boac, but only emergency cases will be treated.

2.63 The 20m curve fronts the coast at a distance of less than 0.5

mile in the vicinity of the mouths of the two rivers, but within

this curve the water shoals rapidly. 

2.63 The Boac River is reported to be continually shifting its bed,

and to vary greatly in the amount of its discharge.

2.63 A depth of 22m lies about 1.25 miles WSW of the light,

close within the 200m curve.

2.63 The usual anchorage for Boac is from about 0.25 to 0.35

mile W of Laylay Light, in depths of 22 to 27m. The anchorage, which is exposed to the Northeast Monsoon and the

Southwest Monsoon, must be approached with caution as the

water shoals very rapidly.

2.63 Ulan Point (13°30'N., 121°51'E.) is located about 3.5 miles

NE of Lupac Point. It is fringed by a coral reef which extends

about 0.35 mile offshore. 

2.63 Ulan Bay, encumbered by reefs, is of no value to navigation.

A good landmark is a prominent white tank which stands at the

head of the bay.

2.63 Pamuntangan Point (13°31'N., 121°51'E.), lying about 1

mile NNE of Ulan Point, is 97m high 0.25 mile within its extremity and is well-wooded.

2.64 Port Balanacan (13°32'N., 121°52'E.) is made up of

two small but perfectly-protected anchorages which can accommodate moderate-sized vessels. The harbor is backed by

high hills and, except for one reef in the entrance, is free from

dangers. 

2.64 Directions.—To enter Port Balanacan an E course should be

steered so as to pass about 0.3 mile N of Pamuntangan Point.

When the light on the E shore bears 060°, the course should be

altered to that bearing until the W extremity of Salvaria Islet is

in range 019° with Pig Point, about 0.25 mile NNE. 

2.64 This range leads to the outer anchorage. Vessels proceeding

to the inner basin should continue on this range for a short distance and then pass fairly close W of Salvaria Islet and then NE

to the recommended anchorage.

2.64 A narrow reef extends about 0.5 mile SSW from a position

about 0.25 mile SSW of Tactacan Point. Agpisan Island and

Ataa Island are found on this reef lying 0.3 mile and 0.5 mile

SSW, respectively, off Tactacan Point. 

2.64 Both islands are dome-shaped, about 15.2m high, and wooded at their summits. Pinnacle Rock, 2.4m high, lies near the

outer edge of the reef about 137m SW of Ataa Island.

2.64 Magdumug Islet, lying on the outer edge of a reef which extends about 0.2 mile S from a position about 0.5 mile SSE of

Tactacan Point, is 44m high and wooded. 

2.64 A light brown cliff, about 27m high, is located on the W side

of the islet.

2.64 A detached reef, defined by the 5.5m curve, lies from 0.15 to

0.3 mile SW of the W extremity of Magdumug Islet. A rock,

which dries, lies on its E edge. This reef does not show well.

The S edge of the reef and the S side of the islet form the N

side of the channel leading to the outer anchorage.

2.64 Bacood Bay, which slightly indents the SW shore of the entrance, lies between Pamuntangan Point and Bacood Point,

about 0.5 mile ENE. 

2.64 A ruined pier extends NW from Bacood Point. A rock, with

a depth of 0.9m, lies about 91m NW of Bacood Point. 

2.64 A pier extends N from the same point, and several mooring

buoys are laid in this area of Port Balanacan.

2.64 Two dangerous sunken wrecks are reported to lie in this bay

in positions about 0.2 mile and 0.3 mile WSW, respectively, of

Bacood Point; these positions are also reported doubtful.

2.64 The E shore of the outer harbor between Bacood Point and

Salvaria Point, about 0.75 mile NNE, is indented and fronted

by shoals as far as 0.15 mile offshore.

2.64 The village of Balanacan stands on the E shore of the port,

about 0.6 mile ENE of Bacood Point. A yellow bluff, about

7.6m high, stands about 0.15 mile N of the village.

2.64 Port Balanacan Light is shown from a tower, 8m high, standing close N of the prominent yellow bluff.

Salvaria Point (13°32'N., 121°52'E.) is located about 0.375

mile NNW of the village of Balanacan. A pier extends from the

W side of Salvaria Point with a depth of 3.4m at its head. A

stranded wreck lies about 183m SSW of Salvaria Point.

2.64 Salvaria Islet, small, rocky, and nearly awash, lies on the E

side of the entrance to the inner basin in a position about 91m

NW of Salvaria Point. Shoals and foul ground connect the islet

to the shore E and S. 

2.64 The narrow channel connecting the outer anchorage with the

inner basin is about 54m wide and has a least depth of 11.5m in

the fairway. The inner basin is contracted to a width of about

183m and a length of 0.3 mile by shoals fronting its shore as

far as 0.3 mile offshore.

2.64 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage about 0.15 mile E

of Magdumug Islet, in a depth of 20m, mud. 

2.64 Anchorage can also be taken in the somewhat restricted inner basin in a position about 0.2 mile NE of Salvaria Islet, in a

depth of 12.8m, mud.

Ragay Gulf

2.65 Ragay Gulf (13°30'N., 122°45'E.) indents the coast

of Luzon in a NNW direction for about 60 miles and then narrows down to a width of about 6 miles at the navigable portion

of its head. Ragay Gulf is generally deep and clear of dangers. 

2.65 The shores are fringed by narrow coral reefs interspersed
58 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

with sand and gravel beaches. The hills rise abruptly from the

shore and are generally wooded. 

2.65 At the head of the gulf the land slopes more gradually from

0.25 to 0.5 mile inland, and then rises steeply in ridges and valleys to the higher hills inland.

2.65 The gulf, with the Vinas River discharging into its head,

nearly separates the SE part of Luzon from the main portion of

the island.

2.65 The 20m curve, which fronts the head of the gulf as far as 2

miles, lies quite close to the W and E shores of the gulf. The

outer coastal dangers, on the W side of the gulf, lie about 3

miles offshore, and those on the E side, about 2.5 miles offshore.

Ragay Gulf—West Side

2.66 Pagsanhan Point (13°11'N., 122°38'E.), located

about 3 miles NE of Bondoc Point, is low, wooded, and fringed

by a narrow reef. Two small detached reefs lie off the point.

The outer reef is awash. The Pagsanhan River discharges close

N of the point, with a depth of 1.2m on its bar.

2.66 Arena Point (13°14'N., 122°42'E.) lies 4.25 miles ENE of

Pagsanhan Point. Mount San Andres, 402m high, about 6 miles

NNW of the point, and another peak about 1.75 miles farther

N, are prominent due to their summits being covered with tall

grass. The tidal currents are strong off Arena Point.

2.66 Sombocogon Bay (13°16'N., 122°41'E.), small in extent and

mostly foul, slightly indents the coast about 2.75 miles N of

Arena Point.

2.66 Alibijaban Island (13°21'N., 122°43'E.) is a narrow island

lying 2 miles off the coast in a position about 6 miles N of Arena Point. The N and S ends of the island are both wooded, and

48m and 19.8m high, respectively. 

2.66 The middle of the island, which is low and bordered with

mangroves, causes the island to appear as two islands when

viewed from the offing. The E and W sides of the island are

fairly steep-to. The island is fringed with a coral reef which extends 0.75 mile S and 0.25 mile N.

2.66 Several detached shoals, with depths of 2.3 to 7.3m, lie about

1 mile off the coast in an area 2 miles long and 0.25 mile wide,

with the S extremity about 2.75 miles NW of the N extremity

of Alibijaban Island.

2.66 Palad Reef (13°27'N., 122°42'E.) is located 4.75 miles N of

Alibigaban Island and extends about 2 miles NNW. 

2.66 A small cay, which dries 1.5m, stands near the middle of the

reef. The channel between the reef and the coast to the W is

about 2 miles wide and there are some shoals, with depths of

10 to 18m. A shoal, with a depth of 11.4m, lies about 2.5 miles

NW of the cay.

2.66 Pusgo Reef (13°30'N., 122°38'E.), with a least depth of

2.7m, lies about 1.25 miles SSE of Pusgo Point, the SE extremity of the peninsula which forms the NE side of Port Pusgo.

2.67 Port Pusgo (13°32'N., 122°36'E.) is entered between

the N entrance point of the Bigol River and Pusgo Point, about

2 miles NNE. The narrow inlet extends about 5 miles NW into

the E side of the Bondoc Peninsula. The W shore of the inlet

and part of the E shore is fronted with mangroves.

2.67 Buhangin, a small village, stands on the NE side of the inner

entrance to the port about 1.75 miles NW of Pusgo Point. The

town of San Narciso stands at the head of the inlet.

2.67 The 5.5m curve fronts the W shore of the outer entrance to a

distance of about 0.75 mile. The channel between this curve

and the reef fringing the S and SW sides of the peninsula forming the E side of the inlet has a least depth of 6.4m. 

2.67 It passes along the SW side of the peninsula, narrowing to a

width of about 91m in the vicinity of Buhangin, and continues

narrow to a position about 1 mile NW of the town. The inner

part of the inlet N and W of this channel is very shoal.

2.67 Small vessels with local knowledge can take protected anchorage in the inner part of the inlet, about 0.5 mile NW of Buhangin, in a depth of 7.3m, mud.

2.68 Gorda Point (13°32'N., 122°38'E.), located 1.25

miles NNW of Pusgo Point, is high and steep. The reef which

fringes Port Pusgo continues around Gorda Point to the NW,

extending 91 to 183m from shore.

2.68 Two detached shoals, with depths of 4.5m and 0.9m lie 4.5

miles and 5 miles, respectively, NW of Gorda Point.

2.68 Guinhalinan Point (13°40'N., 122°30'E.), about 11 miles

NW of Gorda Point, is low and forms the S side of the entrance

to the Guinhalinan River.

2.68 A shoal, with a least depth of 10m, lies about 5.75 miles E of

Guinhalinan Point.

2.68 Peris Bay (13°42'N., 122°30'E.) is entered between Guinhalinan Point and Lian Point, about 4.5 miles NNE. 

2.68 The bay indents the coast to a distance of about 2 miles in a

W direction, and is fully exposed to E winds.

2.68 Lian Point (13°44'N., 122°31'E.) stands out on this part of

the coast and rises to a height of 91m less than 0.5 mile from

shore. The Peris River is a small stream discharging into the

bay at a point 2.5 miles W of Lian Point.

2.68 A coral reef, which extends about 0.25 mile S from Lian

Point, fringes the N side of the bay. The head of the bay is

fronted by a mudbank to a distance of about 1 mile which considerably reduces the available space.

2.68 Vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage in the

NW part of the bay, in depths of 7 to 11m, mud.

2.68 A shoal, with a least depth of 3.6m, lies 2 miles N of Lian

Point.

2.69 Capuluan Point (13°49'N., 122°31'E.), located 5

miles N of Lian Point, is low and bordered by mangroves. A

prominent rock, which dries except at the highest tide, marks

the outer end of a reef which extends 0.2 mile E from the point.

A shoal, with a least depth of 0.3m, lies 1 mile E of the point.

A shoal, with a depth of 2.7m, lies 0.5 mile E of Capuluan

Point. The small coves on either side of the point are shoal and

of no importance to navigation.

2.69 Capuluan Reef (13°49'N., 122°34'E.), which dries 1.5m,

lies about 2 miles E of Capuluan Point. The channel between

the reef and the dangers off the point is 1 mile wide, deep, and

clear of dangers in the fairway.

Guinayangan (13°54'N., 122°27'E.), about 6.5 miles NW of

Capuluan Point, is the largest town in Ragay Gulf. Small vessels can obtain anchorage about 1.25 miles ESE of the town, in

a depth of 5.5m, mud.

2.69 The Vinas River (13°55'N., 122°27'E.) is entered between

Guinayangan and Sibalun Islet, about 2.5 miles ENE. The river, which has a depth of 2.4m over its outer bar, extends about
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 59

Pub. 162

4 miles NW to its narrow inner entrance. 

2.69 The channel leading into the river is very narrow and lies between extensive mudbanks which extend from both shores and

partially dry. Local knowledge is necessary when entering the

river.

2.69 The 9.1m curve extends across the mouth of the Vinas River,

at the head of the gulf, from a position about 3 miles SE of

Guinayangan. Within the curve the depths decrease gradually

and are very shallow in the vicinity of the town.

2.69 Acha Reef, with a depth of 0.5m, lies about 3.25 miles E of

Guinayangan. The reef is steep-to, but a shoal extends over 1

mile S from the shore to the N, with a depth of 0.3m at its outer

end.

2.69 Caution must be exercised when navigating in this vicinity,

as the water is often muddy and the shoals cannot be distinguished. 

Sibalun Islet (13°55'N., 122°30'E.) is located about 2.5

miles ENE of Guinayangan. The islet is a coral reef overgrown

with trees, some of which are from 12 to 15m high. At high

tide, the islet is connected to the shore by a long narrow sand

bar.

2.69 Tagkawayan Bay (13°56'N., 122°33'E.) is entered between

Awasan Point and Mambulao Point, about 1.5 miles E. The bay

indents the NE corner of the gulf about 2.5 miles. The greater

part of bay is shoal.

2.69 Tagkawayan (Tagcawayan), a small lumber port, stands at

the head of the bay. It is connected by rail with other Luzon

towns. Lumber is rafted out to ships in the anchorage. There is

a telegraph station, and the sawmill maintains direct radio communications with Manila.

2.69 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage just inside the

entrance points, in depths of 9 to 13m, mud. The anchorage is protected from all but SW winds by the surrounding high hills.

Ragay Gulf—East Side

2.70 Catabangan Bay (13°52'N., 122°37'E.), indenting

the coast about 6 miles SE of Tagkawayan Bay, is entered between Kilbay Point and Bagutayoc Point. The shores of the bay

are fringed with coral.

2.70 Between the entrance points of the bay, approximately in the

middle, there is a shoal with a depth of 12.4m. 

2.70 Throughout the greater part of Catabangan Bay, there are

depths of over 18.3m. 

2.70 Catabangan (13°53'N., 122°38'E.) (World Port Index No.

58230) is a small loading port located on the S side of the Catabangan River about 2.5 miles NE of Bagutayoc Point. The

port is reported to be the site of a sawmill.

2.70 The S entrance point of the Catabangan River is marked by a

concrete pole, 9.7m high.

2.70 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage off the

mouth of the river, in depths of 11 to 15m.

2.70 Omon Point (13°48'N., 122°41'E.), SE of Catabangan Bay,

is quite high, clear, and steep-to. When entering Ragay Bay

from N this point can be safely rounded within 183m.

2.70 Ragay Bay (13°48'N., 122°42'E.) indents the coast about

1.75 miles in a NE and E direction, and is entered between

Omon Point and Otoc Point on the Luzon coast. 

2.70 Four small rivers flow out into the bay but are all shallow and

nearly closed by sand bars at LW.

2.70 The town of Ragay, which is connected to the general telegraph system, is located about 2.5 miles inland from the head

of the bay. 

2.70 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage on the E

side of the bay, in depths of 11 to 18m.

2.71 Port Ragay (13°51'N., 122°39'E.) is situated about 5

miles NW of Ragay Bay. It is a small loading port exporting

logs and some copra. 

2.71 Caima Bay (13°43'N., 122°49'E.), which is open to the W,

indents the coast about 4 miles. The shores of the bay are

fringed by coral, and a narrow strip of mangroves extends

along the beach.

2.71 Otoc Point (13°47'N., 122°43'E.), is the W extremity of Saboon Island, which is separated from the mainland by a narrow

channel which dries. Foul ground, with a rock awash near its

outer end, extends about 0.75 mile W from the point.

2.71 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, in a depth of 14.5m, NE of Bantuin Point. This anchorage is protected by the point and by Carabang Island and

Galvaney Island during the Southwest Monsoon. 

2.71 Anchorage can also be taken SW of Binahaan village, about

1 mile offshore, in depths of 9 to 15m, mud. 

2.71 The village is located about 4.5 miles NE of Bantuin Point.

2.71 Bantuin Point (13°39'N., 122°48'E.), 164m high, extends

about 1.5 miles from the coast. It has a conspicuous sharp peak

near its extremity which is steep-to on its seaward side and

looks like an island from a distance.

2.71 A prominent 493m peak is located about 4 miles SE of Bantuin Point. It is reported that a white scar on its side is conspicuous, and the peak is visible from nearly all parts of the gulf.

2.71 Carabang Island, 59m high, lies on a narrow reef which extends 1.25 miles NW from Bantuin Point. The island is steep-to

on its seaward side.

2.71 Galvaney Island, 73m high, and a large rock 12.2m high NW

of it, lie on the reef extending from Bantuin Point. 

2.71 These dangers are steep-to on the gulf side, but there is foul

ground between them and the point.

2.71 Tanuan Point (13°31'N., 122°58'E.), about 13 miles SE of

the prominent point of Bantuin Point, is the location of the

town of Dalopaon.

2.71 Vessels can take anchorage off Dalopaon, but rather close in

because of the great depths.

2.72 Pasacao Anchorage (13°30'N., 123°03'E.), a loading

area for logs and copra, lies between Pasacao Point and Refugio Island. The shore of the cove is fringed by a reef with sand

and mud covering it.

2.72 Pasacao, a small town, stands on the N side of the bight

about 0.75 mile N of Pasacao Point. A 44m pier, with a warehouse, has a depth of 2.1m alongside. No fresh water, stores, or

provisions are obtainable. A resident government health officer

is in attendance. There is a telegraph station in the town.

2.72 Refugio Island, 61m high, is fringed by a steep-to reef that

extends about 137m S from its S side. The channel between the

island and the coast NE of it is deep and clear of dangers, but is

reduced to a width of about 0.2 mile by a reef extending about

0.25 mile SW from the shore.

2.72 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, in depths

of 5 to 9m, mud, but is open to the SW. At times a choppy sea
60 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

sets in and makes cargo-handling operations extremely difficult.

2.72 Jamuraon Bay (13°26'N., 123°10'E.) is located about 8.5

miles SE of Refugio Island. This open bight is entered between

Sibono Point and Tongon Point. The town of Jamuraon stands

at the head of the bay. Sibono Point is quite easy to identify as

it has two peaks contrasting sharply against the higher ground

inland.

2.72 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage off the

small town of Jamuraon, in depths of 5 to 11m, but it should be

noted that outside the coastal bank the bottom drops off steeply.

2.72 Tongon Point (13°23'N., 123°12'E.) can be identified by the

precipitous bluff, about 61m high, on its S side. 

2.72 The N side of the point is low.

2.72 Caurusan Point (Kaurusan Point) (13°21'N., 123°12'E.),

about 2.5 miles SSE of Tongon Point, can be identified by its

pyramidal shape, the tall grass on the S side of its extremity,

and the steep valley S of it.

2.72 Coguit Point (13°18'N., 123°14'E.), about 3.5 miles SSE of

Courusan Point, is low and covered with brushwood. It is bordered by a sandy beach and fringed by a reef extending about

0.25 mile offshore. 

2.72 A conspicuous grass-covered hill lies between the point and

the higher ridge inland.

2.72 Bedal Point (13°16'N., 123°16'E.) is fringed by a narrow

reef. A detached reef lies awash, about 0.25 mile S of the point.

It is located about 2.5 miles SE of Coguit Point.

2.73 Pantao Bay (13°12'N., 123°19'E.), small in area and

which indents the coast in a SE direction, lies immediately NE

of Caunbalan Point. The bay affords good anchorage for small

vessels with local knowledge, but is exposed to the NW. A light

colored cliff, 36m high, stands on the top of a grass covered

ridge about 2.5 miles N of Pantao Bay. It is a good landmark.

2.73 Caunbalan Point (13°11'N., 123°18'E.) serves as a good

landmark for vessels in this area as it is quite high with a number of large rocks at the foot of the cliffs. 

2.73 The point is fringed by a coral reef. Mount Pantao, 460m

high, is located about 3.25 miles ESE of Caunbalan Point and

is easily identifiable.

2.73 Apud Reef (13°09'N., 123°17'E.) stands on a shoal, as defined by the 9.1m curve, which extends about 1.5 miles NW

from a position close NW of the point. Apud Reef is an extensive reef that bares over an area about 1 mile long and 0.5 mile

wide. A rock lies, awash at LW, about 0.75 mile NW of the

main reef. 

2.73 The channel between the reef and the point is about 0.3 mile

wide. A shoal, with a depth of 4.9m, lies in mid-channel NW of

Apud Point to which it is connected by a ridge covered by

somewhat deeper water. The narrow channel lying to the W of

the 4.9m shoal has a depth of 14.6m.

2.73 Vessels with local knowledge can take fairly good protection

in Mabato Bay eastward of Apud Reef, but vessels should anchor well toward the point.

2.73 Apud Point (13°09'N., 123°17'E.), located about 2.75 miles

SSW of Caunbalan Point, is low, covered with mangroves,

brushwood, and scattered coconut palms.

Macoto Point (13°09'N., 123°17'E.), located about 5.5 miles

S of Apud Point, is bold and prominent. Three wooded hills on

the point, the highest 73m, and the low land between them,

give the point the appearance of an island from N or S.

2.73 Bagadamolag Islet, very small in extent, lies 0.25 mile SE of

the point close off the fringing reef. A shoal, with a depth of

4m, lies nearly 1 mile NW of Macoto Point.

2.73 Cagmanaba Bay (13°03'N., 123°17'E.), a slight indentation

in the coast close S of Macoto Point, affords shelter for small

vessels, with local knowledge, from all winds except from S. A

hill 32m high is close to the shore near the head of the bay, and

Mount Caburauan, 473m high, about 2 miles inland, serves as

useful marks for vessels in this vicinity.

2.73 Cabarian Point (13°01'N., 123°19'E.), the E entrance point

of Ragay Gulf, is low and wooded. It is fringed by a reef about

183m wide. The point may be identified by a 93m high hill located about 0.5 mile N of the point. A shoal, with a least depth

of 18.3m, lies 1 mile W of the point.

2.73 The coast continuing E of Cabarian Point is described beginning in paragraph 2.81.

Burias Island, Burias Pass, and Off-lying Islands 

2.74 Burias Island (13°00'N., 123°06'E.) lies in the entrance to Ragay Gulf. The island is predominately mountainous, thinly wooded, and has a steep coast. The shores are bordered by coral reefs, and there are a few stretches of sandy

beaches.

2.74 The slope of Mount Enganoso (12°52'N., 123°14'E.) may

be mistaken for the extremity of the island, a misunderstanding

which has caused the loss of several vessels. Mount Enganoso,

the highest point on Burias Island, is 428m high.

2.74 Burias Pass (13°00'N., 123°15'E.), a wide and deep channel,

connects Ticao Pass with Ragay Gulf and separates the E side

of Burias Island from the S coast of Luzon. 

2.74 The least width in the pass is between Cabarian Point

(13°01'N., 123°19'E.) and Siargao Point, located about 7.5

miles SW.

2.74 Caution.—Navigators must exercise caution when approaching Burias Island from the W during periods of low visibility, such as often occurs with the Southwest Monsoon,

because the SE end of the island may not always be visible.

2.75 Templo Island (13°09'N., 122°52'E.), 74m high, extends about 3 miles NNW from a position 2.5 miles NW of

Cueva Point, the NW extremity of Burias Island. 

2.75 There are some detached rocks on the reef which fringes the

S shore of the island, and also on the reef which extends 0.5

mile NE from the N end.

2.75 The Sombrero Islets (13°09'N., 122°50'E.) consist of two

small islets lying close together on a narrow reef, which extends 1.75 miles NNW from a position about 1.5 miles WSW

of the SW extremity of Templo Island. The N and smaller islet

is 32m high and the larger islet is low and covered with brushwood.

2.75 Arena Islet (13°09'N., 122°48'E.) lies on a circular reef,

about 0.5 mile in diameter, in a position about 2.5 miles WNW

of the Sombrero Islets. A narrow shoal, as defined by the 5.5m

curve, extends 0.5 mile NE from the islet. A shoal, with a depth

of 14.6m at its outer end, extends 1 mile N from the islet.

2.75 Inaguaran Shoal (13°11'N., 122°48'E.) constitutes the

northwesternmost danger in this area. The shoal is located
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 61

Pub. 162

about 1.75 miles N of Arena Islet and has a least depth of 5.8m.

2.75 A clear and deep channel, about 0.75 mile wide, lies between

this shoal and the N edge of the shoal bank extending N from

Arena Islet.

2.75 The Tinalisayan Islets (13°09'N., 122°56'E.), which are low

and sandy, lie on a reef located about 2.5 miles N of Cueva

Point, the NW extremity of Burias Island. 

2.75 A channel, about 0.5 mile wide, with a least depth of 12.8m

in the fairway, lies between the Tinalisayan Islets and the W

extremity of Busing Island, about 1.25 miles SE.

2.75 Tanguingui Islet (13°11'N., 122°56'E.), fringed by a reef, is

located about 1.25 miles NNE of the Tinalisayan Islets. The

channel between this islet and Tinalisayan Islets has several

shoals, the least depth being 4.5m.

2.75 A steep-to shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies about 0.75 mile

N of Tanguingui Islet, with a deep passage between. 

2.75 A detached shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 2.25

miles N of Colorada Point, the N extremity of Burias Island.

2.75 Anima Sola Islet (13°13'N., 123°03'E.) is a small islet, 34m

high, located about 5 miles NE of Colorada Point.

Burias Island—West Side

2.76 Port Busin (Busing) (13°08'N., 122°58'E.), important

as being a typhoon anchorage, lies between the NW side of

Burias Island and the S side of Busin Island (Busing Island).

2.76 Busin Island, 80m high and wooded, is fringed by a reef

which dries in places. Shoal water, as defined by the 5.5m

curve, extends over 0.5 mile W and NW from the W side of the

island.

2.76 The coast of Burias Island that forms the S side of the port is

indented by several coves. These coves are for the most part

foul, but deep water lies close off their entrance points.

2.76 The W entrance to the port, which is narrow and tortuous,

lies between partially drying reefs extending from both shores.

A least depth of 9.6m is found in the fairway.

2.76 The recommended N entrance to the port, which is also narrow, lies between the rather steep E side of Busin Island and

the coast of Burias Island. Depths of over 18.3m are found in

the fairway. This entrance can be identified by Colorada Point,

the N cape of Burias Island, which shows yellow patches

among the trees that cover it. 

2.76 The massive bluffs near the entrance are also prominent.

2.76 San Pascual is used by small inter-island vessels. There is a

pier close N of the town, 146m in length. There is a depth of

2.4m at its head.

2.76 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage NW of the town of San Pascual, in depths of 13 to

18m, mud.

2.76 Directions.—Vessels entering Port Busing, via the recommended N channel, should round Colorada Point at a distance

of 0.3 mile and keep in mid-channel between Burias Island and

Busin Island to the anchorage.

2.76 Small vessels entering Port Busin via the W channel, should

bring the conspicuous white cliff on the W end of Busin Island

to bear 070° and make the approach on that bearing. 

2.76 This course leads clear of the reef fringing the N face of Cueva Point. When about 0.5 mile from the cliff, the course should

be altered to the SE, and a mid-channel course should be

steered up the narrow and crooked channel to the anchorage.

2.76 Guinduganan Bay (13°02'N., 122°58'E.), a small cove, indents the coast close E of Guinduganan Point. The coast between Cueva Point and Guinduganan Point is indented in its N

part by Alimango Bay, a small cove. A shoal, with a depth of

2.1m, and a rock awash, lie in the entrance to the bay. A shoal,

with a least depth of 4.9m, lies about 0.5 mile SW of Cueva

Point.

2.76 Ilog Bay (13°00'N., 123°04'E.), a small cove, indents the

coast about 1 mile close SE of Mangrove Point.

2.76 Malapingan Point (12°51'N., 123°12'E.) is located 12.5

miles SE of Mangrove Point.

2.76 Nabasagan Bay (12°51'N., 123°13'E.), a small cove, lies

close E of Malapingan Point. The village of Nabasagan stands

at the head of the bay.

2.76 A rock awash, with several other shoals, as defined by the

5.5m curve, extends about 1.5 miles SW from the coast from a

position about 1.5 miles NW of Malapingan Point.

2.76 Caution.—Vessels are advised to keep well offshore in this

vicinity.

2.77 Mount Enganoso (12°52'N., 123°14'E.) is 1.5 miles

E of Nabasagan and is the only good landmark on the coast.

2.77 Gorrion Islet (12°49'N., 123°16'E.), located about 3 miles

SE of Nagasagan Bay, lies on a coastal reef about 4.75 mile

offshore. 

2.77 The coastal reef extends for 4 miles SE of the islet and a

bank, with depths of less than 9m, extends 1 mile offshore.

2.77 The coast between Malapingan Point to Aguja Point, with

about 14 miles between, is fringed by reefs, with the exception

of the last 5 miles, which is bold and steep-to. 

2.77 The 10m curve lies about 1 mile offshore along this stretch

of coast.

2.77 Aguja Point (12°42'N., 123°23'E.), the SE extremity of

Burias Island, is bold and steep-to. The land within the point

gradually slopes down from Mount Sagurum, which has an elevation of 221m.

Burias Island—East Side

2.78 The NE extremity of Burias Island, between Colorada

Point and the entrance to Port Busainga, about 3.5 miles SE, is

indented by Laurente Bay. This bay, which is open to the N and

E, is mostly foul. 

2.78 Shoals extend 0.75 mile offshore in the E part of the bay.

Several reefs lie awash in this shoal area.

2.78 Port Busainga (13°07'N., 123°02'E.), an excellent typhoon

anchorage for small vessels, is entered between Piedras Point,

3.75 miles SE of Colorada Point, and Boca Point, 0.15 mile

further S. 

2.78 The shore on either side of the narrow entrance channel is

fringed by reefs and indented by several small coves which dry

at LW. The channel leading into the inner anchorage is about

91m wide at its narrowest point. About 1 mile within the entrance points the harbor opens out to a width of over 1 mile, but

is very shallow.

2.78 The diurnal range of the tide is 1.7m.

2.78 The Boca Islets lie on the outer edge of a reef which extends

about 0.35 mile E from the coast N of Piedras Point. The N and

larger islet is 17m high and wooded. The smaller one is 13.7m

high and covered with tall grass.
62 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

2.78 A reef, which dries, extends nearly 137m N from Medio

Point, located on the SE shore of the port, in a position about

0.5 mile SW of Boca Point.

2.78 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about midway between Esterio Point, located about

0.35 mile SSW of Boca Point, and a point on the opposite

shore about 0.15 mile NNW, in a depth of 22m, mud. Small

vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor, in 3.6m, in the inner

part of the port.

2.78 Port Busainga is suitable only for small vessels, as the

swinging room and turning room is extremely limited. 

2.78 The channel leading to the inner anchorage is 91m wide at

its narrowest part.

2.79 Dampalan Bay (13°02'N., 123°06'E.), which is encumbered by reefs, is entered immediately W of Casameyon

Point, located about 6.5 miles SE of Port Busainga. The bay

can be identified by the junction of the wooded hills N of

Bagabarco Point, located about 2 miles NW of Casameyon

Point, and the lower grass-covered hills S.

2.79 Nonoc Bay (12°56'N., 123°11'E.), entered between San Pinetan Point and Siargao Point, 5.75 miles further SE, is mostly

foul, and is formed by a slight indentation in the coast. A reef,

which dries, extends 2 miles NW from Siargao Point, and a

reef, parts of which dry, extends 2 miles SE from San Pinetan

Point. 

2.79 The entrance between the extremities of these reefs is foul,

with detached reefs and shoals, but small vessels with local

knowledge can find shelter inshore of these dangers in 24 to

26m, mud.

2.80 Port Boca Engano (12°47'N., 123°19'E.), a small

cove which indents the coast about 1 mile, is entered between

Castillo Point, located about 7.75 miles SE of Siargao Point,

and Tres Marias Point, about 0.6 mile ESE. There is an extensive shoal, parts of which dry, in the middle of the entrance. 

2.80 The entrance to the E channel is about 91m wide with a least

depth of 8.7m. The W channel is deep and about 137m wide at

its entrance, narrowing to a least width of 183m inside. 

2.80 An extensive reef, covered with mud, extends about 0.5 mile

NW from the head of the cove.

2.80 Anchorage.—This port is not recommended as an anchorage. The depths are considerable; the bottom is hard and there

is little swinging room. 

2.80 The land around the inlet is low offering little protection

from the wind during the monsoons.

2.80 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage

with the NW tangent of Tres Marias Point, bearing 038° distant

0.35 mile, in depths of 29m, hard mud.

2.80 Vessels should make the approach to the port with the bold

bluff of Castillo Point bearing 235°, until the tangent to Tres

Marias Point bears 118°, then steer 156°, taking care to avoid

the shoal at the entrance and anchor in the position given

above.

Luzon—Cabarian Point to Tagiran Point

2.81 Solitario Islet (13°01'N., 123°21'E.) is located about

2 miles E of Cabarian Point, previously described in paragraph

2.73, and 0.5 mile offshore. A shallow reef connects the islet

with the shore. The 20m curve fronts the shore in the vicinity

as far as 1.25 miles offshore. Vessels are advised to stay well S

of this 10.3m islet to avoid the shoal water extending off this

coast.

2.81 Panganiran Bay (13°02'N., 123°25'E.) is a large bay indenting the coast and open to the S, located 5 miles E of Cabarian

Point, Bagalayog Point, located about 4.75 miles ENE of

Cabarian Point, is prominent, and affords some protection to a

vessel anchoring close E or W of it. 

2.81 Several small villages are scattered along this coast, of which

Magradongdong, about 1.5 miles E of Bagalayog Point, is the

most important. It is distinguished by a metal roof building.

2.81 Catundulan Point (12°56'N., 123°32'E.), 10 miles SE of

Bagalayog Point, consists of bright sand cliffs varying in

height from 18 to 33m. The point is wooded with the exception

of one small patch of tall grass near the cliff on the SW side.

Sunken coral heads and a reef, which dries, extend nearly

0.125 mile SW and S from the point.

2.81 Tinanogan Bay (12°56'N., 123°33'E.), which indents the

coast to a distance of about 1 mile, is entered between Catundulan Point and Pampang Point, about 2.5 miles ESE. The bay

has a flat sandy beach which dries for a distance of about 0.5

mile from its head. There are no dangers in the outer part of the

bay, and the 20m curve fronts the shore as far as 0.75 mile.

2.81 Pampang Point is composed of light-colored cliffs about

12m high, but is not prominent.

2.81 Donsol (12°54'N., 123°35'E.), a small loading port for copra,

stands on the E side of the mouth of the Donsol River, about

1.75 miles SE of Pampang Point. 

2.81 The port is an open roadstead, as the river is navigable only

by small vessels. 

2.81 Several galvanized iron-roofed buildings identify the town.

The mouth of the river is fronted by sand banks and fish traps

extending about 0.5 mile offshore. 

2.81 The depth over the bar at the mouth of the river is about

0.6m.

2.81 Donsol Light is shown from a wooden framework tower,

10m high, standing on the SE side of the river entrance.

2.81 A rock awash lies about 0.25 mile SW of Donsol Light.

2.81 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor about 1 mile SSW of the

light, in a depth of 35m. The anchorage is exposed to both the

Northeast Monsoon and the Southwest Monsoon.

2.82 Dumaquit Point (12°52'N., 123°39'E.), located about

4 miles ESE of Donsol, is covered with tall grass and small

trees, and shows a level profile almost to the 9m vertical cliffs

at its extremity. A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, lies about 1 mile

SSW of the point.

2.82 Port Putiao (12°53'N., 123°40'E.) is entered between Dumaquit Point and Cutcut Point, about 2.5 miles E. The N part

of the port is known as Pilar Bay. The Malbug River discharges

into the head of the bay. Pilar, located 3.5 miles NNE of Dumaquit Point, is the most important town on the bay.

2.82 A reef, which dries, extends nearly 0.5 mile SE from Dumaquit Point. The shores of the port are foul and the entire bay

is shallow. A narrow unmarked channel, with a least depth of

2.4m, leads to the anchorage off the town of Pilar. A light is

shown from the W entrance point. 

2.82 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage with

the church at Pilar bearing 030° and Punahuan Island, 0.5 mile
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 63

Pub. 162

S of Pilar, bearing 080°.

2.83 Port Panlatuan (12°52'N., 123°42'E.), a shallow bay,

is entered between Cutcut Point and Bantigui Point, about 2.75

miles SE. The bay is largely encumbered with shoals and reefs.

Mecapiot Bay, the NW arm of the port, is an excellent typhoon

anchorage for small vessels drawing less than 3.7m. 

2.83 The N arm of the port is narrow and of little importance. The

small town of Panlatuan stands on Panlatuan Point, on the W

side of the port, in a position about 1 mile NE of Cutcut Point.

2.83 A shoal, with two rocks lying awash on its outer end, extends

nearly 0.75 mile SSE from Cutcut Point. A reef, which dries,

extends 1.25 miles W from the E shore, just inside the outer entrance. Bantigui Point is low, rocky, and wooded. It terminates

in clay cliffs and a gravel beach. Bantigui Point is fringed by a

reef extending about 0.2 mile S.

2.83 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, in a

depth of 3.6m, mud, about 0.25 mile NW of Panlatuan Point.

2.83 Sorsogon Bay (12°55'N., 123°55'E.), the largest and best

harbor in S Luzon, is entered between Banktigui Point and Magallanes, a small-port about 5.5 miles ESE. 

2.83 The bay indents the coast as far as 17 miles in an ESE direction.

2.83 The entrance to the bay is divided into three channels by Malaumauan Island and Bagatao Island. The main channel, which

is about 1.25 miles wide, lies between the two islands.

2.83 Caution.—The channels between these islands and the coast

of Luzon are narrow and encumbered with shoals.

2.83 The navigable channel, which has depths of over 12.8m in

the fairway, is reduced to a width of about 0.6 mile between the

9.1m curve on either side. The 9.1m curve fronts the head of

the bay as far as 7.5 miles, and the 5.5m curve fronts the head

of the bay as far as 3.75 miles.

2.83 The channel sides of the islets on the N side of the channel

within the outer entrance are steep-to, and vessels have only to

keep in mid-channel to be clear of all dangers.

2.84 Malaumauan Island (12°51'N., 123°46'E.) is low,

flat, wooded, fronted by white sandy beaches, and located on

the W side of the entrance to the bay in a position about 1.5

miles E of Bantigui Point. 

2.84 A narrow spit extends about 0.8 mile N from the N extremity

of the island, leaving only the very narrow channel between it

and the coast to the N. A ledge, which dries in places, extends

1.25 miles SW from the island. 

2.84 A depth of 8m is found on the outer edge of the shoal ground

extending 1 mile S from the island. 

2.84 Bagatao Island (12°50'N., 123°48'E.) lies on the E side of

the entrance to the bay in a position about 3.25 miles ESE of

Bantigui Point. The island is 126m high and wooded. The

coasts of the island are clear of dangers, except on the SE side,

where it is connected to the coast of Luzon by shoals and foul

ground. A shoal, with a depth of 5.5m, lies about 0.5 mile SSE

of the W extremity of the island.

2.84 Two lights mark the W extremity of the island.

2.84 Bagatao Island Light, a round metal tower and dwelling, 9m

high, stands on the S point of the W extremity of the island. 

2.84 Sorsogon Bay Light is shown from a concrete tower, 7m

high, standing on the N point of the W extremity of the island.

2.84 Tinacos Islet (12°50'N., 123°50'E.), 12m high, lies 0.25

mile N of the NE extremity of Bagatao Island.

2.84 Anchorage.—There is temporary anchorage over a bank of

fine, black sand which extends 3 miles SW from Bagatao Island, in depths of 18 to 29m. There is also good sheltered anchorage N of Bagatao Island, off a small sandy beach close W

of Tinacos Island.

2.85 Tomalaytay Islet (12°52'N., 123°49'E.) lies about 0.5

mile off the N side of the channel leading to Sorsogon Bay and

about 2.75 miles ENE of Malaumauan Island. 

2.85 It is the W islet of a group of small islets and dangers which

are separated from the coast of Luzon by a narrow and foul

channel. Foul ground connects the islet to the shore N. A shoal,

with a depth of 3.5m, lies about 0.6 mile SW of the islet.

2.85 Maririg Islet (Maririgi Islet) (12°52'N., 123°50'E.), another

islet of the group, is 23m high and lies about 1 mile ENE of

Tomalaytay Islet. Lavampa Islet, 35m high, lies about 0.3 mile

NE of Maririg Islet, and Matagdac Islet, 58m high, lies about

the same distance N of Lavampa Islet. 

2.85 Rocks and dangers lie close off the coasts of these islets. 

2.85 A shoal, with a depth of 8.7m, lies about 0.5 mile NE of

Matagdac Islet.

2.85 Dibughan Islet (12°54'N., 123°51'E.) lies close off

Palinauan Point on the N side of the inner entrance to the wide

part of the bay. The point is located about 7.75 miles ENE of

Bantigui Point.

2.85 Magallanes Rock (12°53'N., 123°51'E.), the outer danger

on this side of the channel, lies awash in a position about 0.15

mile N of Macuhil Point, located on the S side of the channel,

about 3.25 miles NE of Magallanes.

2.86 Sablayan Island (12°53'N., 123°53'E.), 130m high

and wooded, is located about 1.5 miles E of Macuhil Point.

The island is separated from the coast to the SW by a narrow

and shoal channel. There are numerous fish traps and stakes in

Bagatao Island Light
64 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

Sorsogon Bay.

2.86 Castilla (12°57'N., 123°53'E.) is a small town on a low bluff

on the NW shore of Sorsogon Bay, about 10.5 miles NE of

Bantigui Point.

2.86 A light is shown at Castilla on the N entrance of the river

from a concrete tower, 10m high.

2.86 Sorsogon (12°58'N., 124°00'E.) (World Port Index No.

58205), a town of considerable importance, stands on the N

shore near the head of the bay in a position about 17.5 miles

ENE of Bantigui Point. 

2.86 The church tower in the town is prominent. There are two

small piers which dry at LW, and a stone causeway, of considerable length, which has a depth of 1.2m.

2.87 Casiguran (12°53'N., 124°00'E.) lies on the S shore

of the bay near its head, about 16.25 miles E of Bantigui Point.

There is a concrete causeway at the waterfront. Vessels anchor

a little more than 1 mile NW of the town. Casiguran Light is

shown from a concrete tower, 10m high, standing in the town. 

2.87 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor anywhere in Sorsogon Bay, according to their draft, except in the vicinity of the

submarine cable.

2.87 Small vessels can anchor SW of Sablayan, which should be

made with Palinauan Point bearing 316° astern; anchorage can

be taken anywhere off the W face of the island. This channel

carries a depth of about 2.7m.

2.87 Directions.—Vessels entering Sorsogon Bay should pass

about 1 mile E of the buoy moored SW of Malaumauan Island,

on a course of 017°, until Bagatao Island Light bears 112°,

then steer 064° with Macuhil Point ahead. 

2.87 This course is run for a distance of 4 miles until the E tangent of Lavampa Islet bears 338°, distance 0.5 mile. Then steer

038° until Macuhil Point bears about 168°, distant 0.6 mile.

From this position a course of 066° leads to the anchorage off

Sorsogon. 

2.88 Magallanes (12°50'N., 123°50'E.) lies on the S side

of the entrance to Sorsogon Bay. A narrow channel, with a

least depth of 10.9m, leads to the port from N, but only drafts

of 2.4m can be carried at LW across the bar in the S approach.

It is a regular port of call for inter-island vessels. 

2.88 Bulan (12°40'N., 123°52'E.), the most important town in this

vicinity, stands on the N side of the entrance to the Sabang River, close N of Sabang Point. 

2.88 The town can be identified by Verde Hill, 146m high and

covered with tall grass, located about 3.5 miles E of Bulan. Bulan Church is not visible from seaward.

2.88 Bulan Light is shown from a concrete tower, 8m high, standing on the shore near the middle of the town. It has been reported that in daylight the tower was obscured by buildings when

approaching from NW.

2.88 The 20m curve fronts the shore, in the vicinity of the town,

as far as 0.75 mile offshore.

2.88 Storm warning signals are displayed in the town.

2.88 The anchorage off Bulan is an open roadstead. Vessels can

take anchorage with the light structure, bearing 075°, distant

about 0.75 mile, in a depth of 18m. 

2.88 The anchorage is safe during normal weather conditions, but

currents of up to 3 knots set parallel with the coast in this vicinity.

2.88 Two small wooden piers, 75m in length, are situated 0.15

mile N and S, respectively, of Bulan Light.

2.88 The principal pier, situated S of the two wooden piers, is a

61m long pier at the end of a rock causeway, 260m in length,

with depths of 3m alongside its head.

2.89 Agnas Point (12°37'N., 123°55'E.) lies about 3.25

miles SE of Sabang Point. It is a well defined flat-topped bluff,

36m high, covered with tall grass, and with vertical sides

which are nearly bare. Trees extend to within a short distance

of the bluff.

2.89 Utabe Bay (Otabi Bay) (12°38'N., 123°54'E.) lies close NW

of Agnas Point. The 20m curve fronts the head of the bay at a

distance of about 1 mile. The bay is fully exposed to the W, but

temporary anchorage can be taken about 0.5 mile from the

head of the bay, in depths of over 9m.

2.89 Butag Bay (12°37'N., 123°56'E.), entered E of Agnas Point,

is about 0.75 mile wide and indents the coast to about the same

distance in a N direction. 

2.89 The shores are wooded, and the head of the bay is shoal.

Butag, a small village, stands at the head of the bay on the N

side of the Butag River.

2.89 Vessels can take anchorage in a very limited area in the center of the bay, in depths of 13 to 18m. 

2.89 Tagiran Point (12°33'N., 123°58'E.), lying about 5 miles SE

of Agnas Point, is the termination of a flat-topped peninsula

about 9.1m high. It is covered with tall grass. This part of Luzon is mountainous and densely wooded. 

2.89 The summits of the main ridge are from about 304 to 500m

high. Mount Calomutan, 591m high, and Mount Sujac, 501m

high are located 2 miles NNE and 2.5 miles NE, respectively,

of Tagiran Point and are prominent summits.

Masbate—Northeast Coast

2.90 Masbate Island (12°20'N., 123°30'E.) is mountainous, there being a central chain which follows a semicircular

direction and terminates at the SW and SE points of the island.

The island is sparsely inhabited. 

2.90 The highest point is located 19 miles SE of Bugui Point

where there is an elevation of 696m. The towns are small and

of little commercial importance.

2.90 Bugui Point (12°36'N., 123°14'E.), the N extremity of Masbate Island is moderately high, rugged, and steep-to. The point

is marked by a light which is shown from a round masonry

tower, 15m high, attached to a dwelling.

2.90 The NE coast of Masbate between Bugui Point and Colorada

Point, about 9 miles ESE, is rugged and steep-to. The shore

reef extends from 91m to about 0.25 mile offshore. Diablo Islet

lies on the coastal reef about 4 miles ESE of Bugui Point.

2.90 Colorada Point (12°33'N., 123°23'E.), marked by a light, is

the termination of a group of small hills that rise from about 61

to 91m high, ending in a bluff about 15.2m high. The point is

fringed by a drying coral reef extending as far as 183m NE. A

shoal spot, as defined by the 9.1m curve, extends about 0.5

mile E from the point.

2.91 Port Barrera (12°31'N., 123°23'E.) is entered between Colorada Point and Catbatan Point, about 2 miles SE. It

is a good harbor of refuge and indents the coast as far as 7
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 65

Pub. 162

miles in a SSW direction. The surrounding land is mountainous, and of a reddish color. The shores are fringed with mangroves. 

2.91 The N shore of the outer part is generally steep-to. A narrow

shoal spot, with a least depth of 3m at its outer end, extends

about 0.25 mile SSE from a position about 1.75 miles W of

Colorada Point.

2.91 The W shore of the outer part of the port between the Mailaba River, located 2.25 miles W of Colorada Point, and Matalan

Point about 1.5 miles SSW, is fronted by drying reefs as far as

0.5 mile offshore. Matalan Point is fronted by a drying reef

which extends about 0.4 mile NE.

2.91 The SE shore of the outer part of the port between Catbatan

Point and Amoron Point, about 2.25 miles WSW, is fronted by

a drying reef. 

2.91 This reef, which is broken only off the town of Aroroy, extends 0.25 mile N from Catbatan Point and 0.4 mile NNE and

0.15 mile W from Amoron Point.

2.91 A reef, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies on the W side of the

channel leading to the inner anchorage in a position about 0.65

mile E of Matalan Point. Another reef, with a least depth of

1.8m, lies on the E side of the channel in a position about 0.3

mile W of Amoron Point.

2.91 Two shoals, with depths of 5.5m, lie on the W side of the

fairway in positions about 0.5 mile WSW and 0.65 mile SW of

Amoron Point. The channel S of these shoals is very narrow.

2.91 The head of the port S and SW of Macatul Point, located

1.25 miles S of Amoron Point, is shallow and encumbered with

mud flats. The Lanang River and several smaller rivers flow into the head of the port. These rivers cause a strong N current

during the falling tide in the inner anchorage, with practically

no current during the rising tide.

2.91 Mount Canatonatoan, 224m high, and Mount Bagadila,

321m high and marked by a large grassy patch on its W slope,

are located about 0.75 mile and 1.75 miles, respectively, S of

the town of Aroroy. 

2.91 They are conical in shape in contrast to the irregular-shaped

and higher mountains inland, and serve as useful marks when

approaching the port.

2.91 Aroroy (Aroro), a small town, is located on the E shore of

the harbor in a position about 0.75 mile SW of Catbatan Point.

There is a small wooden pier extending from the village. The

town has a post office and telegraph communication facilities.

2.91 Depths of over 18.3m are found in the wide outer part of the

harbor as far as 1.5 miles within the entrance points. A narrow

channel, with a least depth of 6m, leads S from the wide outer

part of the harbor to the inner anchorage, located about 3.25

miles SSW of Colorada Point. The continuation of the channel

S is extremely narrow and leads to the shallow head of the port.

2.91 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage off the inner side

of the sandy beach S of Colorada Point, in depths of 40m,

coarse sand and mud. They can also anchor in the entrance to

the port with Colorada Point bearing 000°.

2.91 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can find secure anchorage in the inner part of the port, SW of the mouth of the Guinobatan River, or NW of Magaguilan Islet, which lies about 0.15

mile SW of Macatul Point, in depths of 8 to 11m.

2.91 Directions.—Small vessels proceeding to the inner part of

the port, from a position about 1 mile S of Colorada Point,

should steer 225° for a white spot on Cliff Point, until Magaguilan Island bears 153°, then head for it on this bearing. When

the center of Mount Canatonatoan bears 090°, alter course to

176°. When Magaguilan Island bears 145°, anchor in the specified anchorage.

2.91 Caution.—The waters of Port Barrera are not buoyed. Vessels are advised not to enter the inner harbor.

2.92 Catbatan Point (12°31'N., 123°24'E.) is hilly and

wooded. Catbatan Rock, which is prominent, lies on the outer

edge of the coastal reef which extends about 0.75 mile N from

the point.

2.92 Pasil Bay (12°27'N., 123°32'E.), entered 9 miles SE of Catbatan Point, is very small and indents the coast as far as 0.5

mile in a SSW direction. The town of Magdalena, in which

there is a church, stands on the E side of the bay.

2.92 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage between a prominent sandspit on the NW side, and the church in

Magdalena, in depths of 13 to 15m, mud. Good protection may

be found nearer the head of the bay in depths of 5.5m.

2.92 Bagubaut Point (12°28'N., 123°33'E.), located close NE of

Pasil Bay, is a bold headland and the only prominent feature on

this stretch of coast. The coast between this point and the entrance to Masbate Harbor is steep-to with no reported off-lying

dangers.

2.93 Masbate (12°22'N., 123°37'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58620), the capital of Masbate Province, stands on the E

side of the harbor, just within the entrance. The capitol building

and the provincial hospital are prominent. The school, which

has a metal roof, stands at the E end of the town and is also

prominent.

2.93 Masbate Harbor (12°22'N., 123°37'E.) is entered between

Northwest Point, located about 6 miles SE of Bagubaut Point,

and an unnamed point about 0.6 mile SE. 

2.93 Depths of over 37m are found in the middle of the entrance

channel, and depths of over 10.9m are found in the middle of

the harbor to a distance of about 1 mile within the entrance. A

depth of 17m lies about 0.75 mile SW of the light structure on

Northwest Point.

2.93 The entrance channel is reduced to a width of about 0.15

mile by steep-to reefs extending from both sides of the entrance, and can usually be distinguished by their light color. 

2.93 Passage should be attempted only during daylight hours and

under favorable conditions.

2.93 The harbor is well protected from all winds and has sufficient room for maneuvering. 

2.93 A reef, which partly dries and is steep-to, extends about 0.4

mile SE from a position on the N shore about 0.75 mile W of

the light on Northwest Point. 

2.93 A narrow spit, as defined by the 5.5m curve, extends 0.3 mile

E from the extremity of the drying reef. 

2.93 The head of the harbor is shallow. Several rivers discharge

into the harbor through the mangrove swamps which border its

shores. Steep-to reefs, extending 0.4 mile in places, are along

the N and W sides of the harbor.

2.93 Depths—Limitations.—The main pier for ocean vessels is

180m long with an alongside depth of 9.1m and a width of

10m. Present port facilities can only accommodate 1 vessel at a

time due to draft limitation and physical length of wharf.

2.93 The largest vessel that can be accommodated is 300m in
66 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

length, with a maximum draft of 8.5m.

2.93 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and should be requested

from the Harbor Pilot Association, Legazpi City, at least 36

hours before arrival. The pilot will board the vessel 1.5 miles

NE of the harbor entrance and be aboard a boat displaying a pilot’s flag.

2.93 Signals.—Typhoon signals are shown from the branch office

of the Philippine Weather Bureau.

2.93 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available close NE of the harbor

entrance, in 69m, sand, with the light bearing 225°, distant 1

mile. Anchorage is also available within the harbor, but this is

restricted to emergency or typhoon use.

2.93 Directions.—When approaching the entrance to Masbate

Harbor, steer for the light bearing 226°. 

2.93 When 0.5 mile from it, steer for Bagalejo Point (12°22'N.,

123°36'E.), which is prominent and located on the S side of the

harbor about 1 mile SSW of the light, bearing 207°. When

clear of the entrance, alter course for the pier.

2.93 When berthing alongside, it is recommended to berth starboard side-to during the flood current, especially during the

Southwest Monsoon (May to September). During the ebb current, vessels should berth port side-to.

2.94 Mobo Bay (12°21'N., 123°39'E.), close SE of Masbate Harbor, is entered between Baybay Point, about 1.75

miles ESE of Northwest Point, and Sagausauan Point, about

2.25 miles SE. It is foul and of little importance to navigation.

2.94 Baybay Point is fronted by a reef extending as far as 0.25

mile N and NE. Buntud Reef lies in the middle of the entrance

to the bay about 0.75 mile ESE of Baybay Point. 

2.94 Shoal water, extends 0.5 mile NE and E from the E side of

Buntud Reef and constitutes a danger to vessels proceeding

NW along the coast of Masbate.

2.94 Tacu Shoal and Mobo Shoal, with depths of 0.9m and 1.4m,

lie about 0.35 mile NNW and 0.5 mile W, respectively, of Sagausauan Point.

2.94 Shoals and dangers front the S and W sides of the bay as far

as 0.5 mile offshore. The Mobo River discharges into the SE

part of the bay. Mobo, a small town of little importance, stands

on the W side of the river at its mouth. 

2.94 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage in

the SE part of the bay, between Mobo Shoal and the mouth of

the Mobo River.

2.94 Gorda Point (12°20'N., 123°42'E.), about 2 miles SE of Sagausauan Point, is composed of large boulders from which

wooded land rises steeply about 75m to a bench and then another 61m to the top of the hills near the shore. 

2.94 It is prominent from both N and S.

2.95 Uson Bay (12°14'N., 123°47'E.) is entered between

Paniqui Point, about 6 miles SSE of Gorda Point, and Tabunan

Point, about 2.75 miles E of Paniqui Point.

2.95 This small inlet, which is fully exposed to the N, is very narrow in its inner part, but offers some protection to small vessels

with local knowledge during the Southwest Monsoon. 

2.95 Uson, a small village, stands on the E shore of the bay in a

position about 2.25 miles SE of Paniqui Point. No supplies of

any kind are obtainable. The shores of the bay are bordered by

mangroves.

2.95 A narrow spit, as defined by the 5.5m curve, extends about

0.75 mile W from Tabunan Point. There is a least depth of 3m

at its outer end. A shoal, with a least depth of 8.5m, lies about 1

mile W of Tabunan Point.

2.95 The W shore of the bay is fairly steep-to, but the 5.5m curve

fronts its head to a distance of about 1.5 miles. 

2.95 Naro Bay (12°13'N., 123°51'E.), entered between Tabunan

Point and Cadulan Point, about 4.5 miles ESE, is clear of dangers and deep in the middle. The bay affords good protection

except from the NW. 

2.95 The town of Dimasalang is on the beach at the head of the

bay. No supplies are obtainable. It is connected to the general

telegraph system, and there is regular sea communication with

other ports.

2.95 Cudao (Kudao) Islet is a low rock, 20m high, lying on the

edge of a shoal which extends 0.75 mile WSW from Cadulan

Point. It is steep-to on its W side.

2.95 Vessels can take anchorage almost anywhere in the bay, depending on the direction of the wind. The E side of the outer

part of the bay and the head of the bay is to be preferred as the

depths are less steep.

2.96 Cadulan Point (12°13'N., 123°52'E.) is an eroded

bluff, covered with jungle, with a narrow ledge at its base.

Magcaragit Island (12°16'N., 123°50'E.), 83m high at its S extremity, lies with its N end about 4 miles NW of Cadulan Point.

2.96 A shoal, with a depth of 8.5m, was reported to lie about 1

mile N of the N extremity of Magcaragit Island. A shoal, with a

depth of 4.5m at its outer end, extends about 0.5 mile E of the

E side of the island. Shoals and broken ground extend 1.25

miles NE, E, and 0.5 mile N from the island. A shoal, with a

depth of 10.5m, lies about 1 mile NNE of the island.

2.96 Deagan Island (12°15'N., 123°51'E.), 30m high, lies about

0.75 mile NW of Cadulan Point. The island is fringed by a narrow reef, and a shoal, as defined by the 10m curve, extends

1.25 miles E from Ponduhan Point, the E extremity of the island.

2.96 Dakit Islet, 73m high, and Hamoraon Islet, 61m high, lie in

mid-channel between Magcaragit Island and Deagan Island.

These islands are very small in extent.

2.96 The passage between Deagan Island and Cadulan Point is

about 0.75 mile wide, with a least depth of 14.6m in the fairway, but there are shoals on either side which contract the

channel to a width of 0.25 mile between the 9.1m line.

2.96 Directions.—Vessels bound E through the above passage

should give the S extremity of Deagan Island a berth of about

0.25 mile and then steer a course of 068° for 2 miles. The

course should then be set as desired for destination.

2.96 Vessels bound W through the passage should steer a course

of 248° in mid-channel, passing about 0.25 mile S of the S extremity of the island. The course should then be altered gradually to the NW, passing in mid-channel between the W sides of

the islands that extend about 4 miles NW from Cadulan Point

and the coast of Masbate.

2.97 Port Cataingan (11°57'N., 124°02'E.) is entered between Dumurug Point, about 20 miles SE of Cadulan Point,

and Lumbuhan Point, about 1.25 miles SW. 

2.97 Dumurug Point is fringed by a reef which extends about 0.2

mile S, with depths of less than 5.5m. The W side of the entrance is rather steep-to, with the 20m curve lying close off-
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 67

Pub. 162

shore. Baslay Islet lies about 0.75 mile SSE of Dumurug Point. 

2.97 A shoal spit extends about 1.25 miles SSE from the islet. The

N and E sides of the islet are fronted by shoals as far as 0.15

mile offshore. 

2.97 Baslay Reef, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies on this spit in a

position about 0.5 mile S of the islet.

2.97 Ordonez Bank, with a least depth of 16.5m, lies in the middle of the entrance in a position about 0.8 mile SW of Dumurug Point.

2.97 There are depths of over 18.3m in the approaches to the port

and in its outer part. It is 1.25 miles wide at the entrance, deep

and clear of dangers in the middle part, open SE, and has good

holding ground.

2.97 The shores of the port are fringed with reefs and shoals

which extend from 0.125 mile to 0.3 mile offshore. 

2.97 A detached shoal, with a least depth of 0.3m, lies on the E

side of the fairway about 0.65 mile WNW of Dumurug Point. 

2.97 A detached shoal, with a least depth of 0.3m, and a detached

shoal, with a rock awash, lie about 0.25 mile off the E shore

about 1.5 miles NW and 2.25 miles NW, respectively, of Dumurug Point.

2.97 Cataingan, a small town, stands on the W side of the inlet,

near its head. The town has a post office and radio communications. 

2.97 The head of the port is fronted by drying mud flats extending

about 0.4 mile offshore. 

2.97 The 10m curve fronts the head of the port at a distance of

about 1 mile, and the 20m curve fronts its head at a distance of

2.5 miles.

2.97 The Tetas de Cataingan, two rounded hills, 280m and 284m

high, are the most prominent landmarks for vessels entering

the port. They lie close together about 3 miles NW of Cataingan.

2.97 Anchorage.—Vessels can take protected anchorage near the

head of the port about 0.5 mile SE of the town of Cataingan, in

depths of 7 to 9m. 

2.97 Another recommended anchorage is in the bight on the W

side of the port, about 0.25 mile NW of Mintac Point, located

about 1.75 miles WNW of Dumurug Point.

2.98 Bugtung Island (11°53'N., 124°05'E.), 104m high,

lies about 4.5 miles SSE of Dumurug Point. It is fringed by a

narrow reef. A prominent hill, 100m high, stands at the SE extremity of the island. A small village is on the W shore. 

2.98 Shoals extend 0.5 mile N and 1 mile S from the island. A

stranded wreck lies off the coast of Masbate, 3.5 miles S of Dumurug Point.

2.98 Balanguingue Island (11°50'N., 124°06'E.), 33m high, lies

about 7.5 miles SSE of Dumurug Point. Shoal water extends

about 0.25 mile NW from its N side. 

2.98 The channel between these islands and Masbate is deep and

clear. A shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies about 1 mile NNW of

Balanguingue Island.

2.98 Caduruan Point (11°43'N., 124°04'E.), the SE extremity of

Masbate, consists of rocky bluffs, separated by short stretches

of sandy beach. The hills within the point rise to a height of

about 91m and are covered with trees and brushwood, with occasional clearings near the coast. Shoal water extends about 0.3

mile S from the point, outside of which it is clear, with a depth

of 14.6m close-to. The point is marked by a light.

Masbate Pass (12°30'N., 123°35'E.) is very deep in midchannel and has great depths lying close off the projecting

points of Masbate and Ticao Island, on either side of the pass. 

2.98 The various channels, which connect the S part of Masbate

Pass with the SW part of Ticao Pass, are for the most part narrow and deep in the fairway, but the currents run strongly

through them. 

2.98 Of these, Black Rock Pass, with depths of over 18.3m in the

fairway, is recommended.

2.98 Vessels should keep in mid-channel when passing through

Masbate Pass. Vessels proceeding eastbound into Ticao Pass

may use either of the channels of Black Rock Pass or the channel between Deagan Island and Cadulan Point.

Ticao Island

2.99 Ticao Island (12°30'N., 123°43'E.), separated from

Luzon by Ticao Pass, is mountainous and thinly populated. The

W coast is steep and rugged with the 20m curve lying close

offshore.

Ticao Island—West Coast

2.100 Bagababoy Island (12°42'N., 123°36'E.), 97m high,

wooded and steep-to, extends about 1.25 miles NW from a position close NW of Nunun Point. The E side of the island is irregular and there are several high vertical cliffs on the W side.

A shoal, with a least depth of 7.3m, lies about 0.4 mile ENE of

the N extremity of the island.

2.100 Marcos Pass lies between the SE extremity of Bagababoy Island and Nunun Point. The pass is very narrow with a least

depth of 12.8m in the fairway. A shoal spit extends 1.25 miles

N from Nunun Point with depths of 9 to 13m.

2.100 San Miguel Island (12°43'N., 123°36'E.), 80m high, lies

about 0.25 mile NW of Bagababoy Island. The N part of the island is nearly divided into two parts by a low sand spit. A small

islet, 49m high, lies in mid-channel between San Miguel Island

and Bagababoy Island.

2.100 A shoal, with a least depth of 12.8m, lies about 0.3 mile NW

of San Miguel Island.

2.100 A light marks the NW extremity of San Miguel Island.

2.100 Vessels should give these islands a good berth as the tidal

currents are very strong in their vicinity.

2.101 Port San Miguel (12°40'N., 123°35'E.) is entered between Tabunan Point, located 1.5 miles SW of Nunun Point,

and Northwest Point, about 2.25 miles farther SW.

2.101 Faltaban Island, 66m high, lies about 0.25 mile W of

Tabunan Point. The shores of the island are steep-to with a vertical cliff on its NW side. It is separated from the coast of Ticao

Island by a deep channel about 0.25 mile wide.

2.101 Yeso Island, 57m high, lies about 0.5 mile S of Tabunan

Point and close off the E shore. It is covered with brush and has

very jagged underworn shores. The W side of the island is

steep-to. A reef connects the E side to the coast of Ticao Island.

2.101 Catpatin Island, narrow, densely wooded, and 82m high, lies

about 0.15 mile N of Northwest Point. Its channel side is steepto and its W side is fringed by shoals to a distance of about

91m. The W side has bold, vertical cliffs about 45m high.

2.101 Mount Pandan, 233m high and oval shaped, is on the penin-
68 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

sula S of Northwest Point and forms an excellent landmark.

2.101 Foul ground extends about 1 mile N and NE from a position

about 1 mile SSE of Northwest Point. The very small Puro Islets, reefs that bare, and sunken rocks, lie on this foul ground.

A narrow channel, with a least depth of 9.6m, leads between

the SE edge of this foul ground and the reef fringing the NW

side of the peninsula extending about 0.75 mile N from the

head of the port.

2.101 Pilar Bay, the SW arm of the port, is entered between the E

slope of Mount Pandan and the W side of the peninsula. The

shores of the bay are fringed with mangroves. The bay is shoal,

with the exception of the above mentioned channel, which

leads into its outer part.

2.101 The SE arm of the port, which lies E of the peninsula, is irregular in shape and narrow. The channel abreast Mapusa

Point, the NE extremity of the peninsula, is only about 183m

wide between the reef extending 0.15 mile off the point and

about 183m off the shore on the E side of the entrance. 

2.101 The channel, with a least depth of 10.5m, is about 91m wide

off the village of Pandan, located about 0.3 mile SE of Mapusa

Point. The shores of the port are fringed with reef and shoals.

2.101 Small vessels with local knowledge can take excellent typhoon anchorage in mid-channel SE of Pandan, in a depth of

10.9m, mud. There is very little swinging room, but lines can

be made fast ashore on both sides. The reefs in the head of the

bay are hard to see on account of muddy water, and vessels

should not go S of the recommended anchorage.

2.102 Togoron Bay (12°36'N., 123°36'E.), entered about

3.5 miles SSE of Northwest Point, indents the coast to a distance of about 1 mile in a NE direction. The bay is fringed with

shoals and is fully exposed to S or W winds. 

2.102 There is very little swinging room, and the bay is not recommended as an anchorage. A shoal, with a least depth of 8.5m,

lies about 0.2 mile S of the W entrance point.

2.102 Bujo Island, 33m high, lies about 1.25 miles S of the entrance to Togoron Bay. A channel, with a depth of 4.5m, lies

between the island and the coast of Ticao.

2.102 The remainder of the W coast of Ticao Island, between the S

entrance point of Togoron Bay and San Rafael Point, about 18

miles SE, is steep and rugged, with the 20m curve lying close

offshore. A building, located about 7 miles NW of San Rafael

Point, is a conspicuous mark on this shore.

2.102 Tatus Island, 24m high, lies about 0.5 mile W of San Rafael

Point. A channel, with a depth of 20m, lies between the island

and the point.

Ticao Island—East Coast

2.103 Taclogan Bay (12°37'N., 123°43'E.) is entered between an unnamed point, located about 7 miles SE of Nunun

Point, and Tasiran Point, about 0.75 mile ESE. The bay is open

to the NE, but the reefs protect it from the sea.

2.103 A reef, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies in the middle of the

entrance to the bay about 0.5 mile NW of Tasiran Point. 

2.103 The entrance channel, which is about 0.125 mile wide, with

depths of over 18.3m in the fairway, lies between the SE side of

the above reef and the NW side of a shoal, with depths of less

than 5.5m, extending about 0.25 mile N from Tasiran Point. 

2.103 There is a secondary channel, about 183m wide with a least

depth of 6.7m, lying between the W side of the mid-channel

reef and the shoal spit extending 0.2 mile E from the W entrance point.

2.103 The W side of the bay is fronted by reefs, which bare at LW,

as far as 0.125 mile E. The 10m curve lies about 91m E of the

outer edge of the reefs.

2.103 The S shore of the bay is fringed by reefs as far as 0.15 mile

N. A shoal, with a depth of 2.1m at its outer end, extends about

0.25 mile NNW, from a position about 0.5 mile WSW of Tasiran Point.

2.103 A very narrow channel leads W from the head of the bay into

a basin in a shallow lagoon. 

2.103 The lagoon extends about 1 mile S, but there is only a very

small area near the entrance which provides secure anchorage

for small craft.

2.104 Rizal (12°37'N., 123°43'E.), a small village, stands on

the S shore of the bay in a position about 1 mile WSW of Tasiran Point.

2.104 Anchorage.—Small vessels with local knowledge can take

anchorage in the middle of the bay about 0.4 mile N of the village of Rizal, in depths of 18 to 22m, mud. 

2.104 The holding ground is good, but the swinging room is very

limited. The channel leading to the anchorage area is unmarked

and vessels should attempt entry only under favorable conditions.

2.104 Caution.—A 14m patch lies about 3.25 miles NNE of Tasiran Point.

2.105 Port San Jacinto (12°34'N., 123°44'E.) is entered between San Cosme Point, located about 2.25 miles S of Tasiran

Point, and San Jose Point, about 0.5 mile SSE.

2.105 San Jacinto, located on the S side of the entrance to the bay,

is the most important town on the island of Ticao. It may be

identified by several prominent, grass covered hills, from 61 to

122m high, located behind the town. 

2.105 The town is connected to the general telegraph system by radio. San Jacinto Light is no longer shown from a concrete tower, 8m high, standing on San Jose Point. 

2.105 There are depths of over 18.3m in the fairway of the entrance

channel, and depths of over 9.1m in the middle of the outer part

of the port.

2.105 Shoal water, as defined by the 9.1m curve, extends 183m S

and 0.5 mile E from San Cosme Point, and 0.15 mile N and

0.35 mile ESE from San Jose Point. The entrance channel, between the above curves, has a least width of about 0.2 mile. 

2.105 The N shore of the bay W of San Cosme Point, is fronted by

shoal water extending as far as 0.25 mile offshore. 

2.105 The S shore of the bay, for about 0.6 mile W of San Jose

Point, is fronted by shoals, as defined by the 9.1m curve, extending as far as 0.15 mile N. The head of the bay is shallow.

Drying mud flats, with reefs at their outer end, front the head of

the bay as far as 0.25 mile offshore.

2.105 Anchorage.—The port affords secure anchorage, well protected from all but E winds. The holding ground is good and

the swinging room is ample for small vessels. 

2.105 Vessels can take anchorage in a position about 0.15 mile NW

of San Jose Point, in depths of 7 to 18m. 

2.105 Vessels, intending to anchor inside the bay, should enter midway between San Cosme Point and the town on a 262° course,
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 69

Pub. 162

and anchor, in 13 to 18m, with San Cosme Point bearing about

000°.

2.105 Caution.—A 12.8m patch lies about 0.8 mile SE of San Jacinto Light.

2.106 Ticao Bay (12°29'N., 123°46'E.), a small cove, is entered between Lagan Point, located about 5 miles SSE of San

Jose Point, and the N side of a small rounded peninsula about

0.75 mile S.

2.106 The town of San Fernando stands at the head of the bay in a

position about 0.5 mile SW of Lagan Point. The town has a

post office and telegraph facilities.

2.106 Vessels should approach the bay with the town bearing 258°

and anchor, in 11 to 22m, when about 0.5 mile from the head of

the bay. This anchorage is practically an open roadstead, as it is

protected only to the W.

2.106 Batuan Bay (12°25'N., 123°47'E.), a narrow cove, is entered

between Aricomo Point, about 4 miles S of Ticao Bay, and an

unnamed point about 0.5 mile SSE. Batuan, a small town,

stands on the N side of the entrance.

2.106 A reef extends about 0.3 mile E from Aricomo Point. Another reef extends about 0.25 mile NE from the S entrance point of

the bay. The edge of this reef is usually marked by stakes.

2.106 Small vessels with local knowledge can take protected anchorage in Batuan Bay. Vessels should keep from 50 to 91m N

of the stakes, and anchor, in 6 to 7m, mud, S of Batuan. In case

the stakes are not in place, vessels should steer 225° for a conical hill on the S shore, and alter course to 270° when a depth of

9.1m is obtained.

2.107 Biton Bay (12°23'N., 123°47'E.), entered about 1.75

miles S of Batuan Bay, is foul and encumbered with reefs and

shoals.

2.107 A shoal extends over 1 mile E from the coast between Biton

Bay and San Rafael Point, the S extremity of Ticao Island. A

shoal, with a depth of 4.9m, lies about 1.25 miles NE of San

Rafael Point.

2.107 Ticao Pass (12°40'N., 123°45'E.), lying between Ticao Island and the coast of Luzon, is very deep and clear of dangers

with the exception of the 14m shoal which lies approximate

position 12°40'N, 123°45'E. This shoal lies about 3.25 miles

NE of Tasiran Point. Strong currents are present in Ticao Pass.

2.108 Matabao Island (12°19'N., 123°48'E.), 53m high, extends a little over 1.5 miles SSE from a position about 0.5 mile

SSE of San Rafael Point. The S and W sides of the island are

steep-to, but a shoal extends about 1.5 miles NE from its NE

side.

2.108 Matabao Pass, a narrow channel with a least depth of 20m in

the fairway, lies between the shoals extending E from San

Rafael Point and the shoal extending NE from Matabao Island.

The passage is less than 0.25 mile wide and is not recommended. A light marks Argos Point, the S extremity of Matabao Island.

2.108 Black Rock Pass (12°18'N., 123°49'E.), lying between Matabao Island and Magcaragit Island, about 2.75 miles SSE, is

divided into two channels by Black Rock and its surrounding

shoals. The rock, which dries about 1.5m, is located about 1.25

miles SSE of Argos Point. A beacon marks Black Rock. 

2.108 It is difficult to identify and appears as a black log from a

short distance off. Both channels are deep. The tidal currents in

this pass set E and W reaching about 5 knots. 

2.108 Cross channel currents cause dangerous tide rips in the E approach.

2.108 The tidal currents are reported to be somewhat weaker in the

channel between Deagan Island and Cadulan Point.

2.108 A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, extends about 0.25 mile SE

from the S extremity of Matabao Island.

2.108 A shoal, with a depth of 8.7m, was reported to lie in the S

channel about 1 mile N of the N extremity of Magcaragit Island.

2.108 Directions.—Vessels bound E, passing between Matabao Island and Black Rock, should make the approach with the light

on Argos Point bearing 070°. 

2.108 When not more than 1 mile from the light structure on the

above bearing, the course should be altered so as to make good

a course of 090°, making due allowance for the tidal current

which has a strong tendency to set onto Black Rock during the

ebb current. This course should be held until Dakit Islet

(12°15'N., 123°50'E.), which is conspicuous, bears 180°, at

which time all dangers will have been passed and the course

may be set for destination.

2.108 Vessels bound W, through the above mentioned N channel of

Black Rock Pass, should make the approach with the light on

Argos Point bearing 280°.

2.108 This course should be held until Dakit Islet bears 180°, at

which time the course should be altered to 270°. This course

should be held until the light on Argos Point is well on the starboard quarter, at which time all dangers will have been cleared

and the course may be altered for destination.

2.108 Vessels bound E, passing between Black Rock and Magcaragit Island, should keep in mid-channel and pass about 0.75

mile N of Magcaragit Island. When the middle of the cliff on

Deagan Island bears 180°, all dangers will have been cleared

and vessels may proceed to their destination.

2.108 Vessels bound W, through the above mentioned S channel of

Black Rock Pass, should keep in mid-channel and pass about

0.75 mile N of Magcaragit Island. When the light on Argos

Point bears 000° all dangers will have been cleared and vessels

may proceed to destination.

San Bernardino Strait

2.109 San Bernardino Strait (12°35'N., 124°12'E.), which

separates the SE extremity of Luzon from the NW part of Samar, is an important passage, as it is one of the routes taken by

vessels from the Pacific bound to Manila or Cebu. The strait is

wide, deep, and free from the dangers in the fairway. Heavy

seas and tide rips are encountered here during the Northeast

Monsoon.

2.109 The channels E and W of the San Bernardino Islands are 3

and 7 miles wide, respectively, with depths of 55 to 128m. 

2.109 Tidal currents in the strait attain a rate of 4 to 8 knots in the

narrow passages between the islands and cause strong whirlpools and eddies among them. After passing through the strait,

the currents spread out on either side and lose their force.

2.109 The San Bernardino Islands (12°45'N., 124°17'E.) are two

small islets lying in the N entrance to San Bernardino Strait.

They divide the outer part of the strait into two wide and deep

channels, both clear of the dangers in the fairway. The S and
70 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

larger island is 48m high and sparsely wooded, as compared to

the N island, which is very rugged, bare of vegetation, and 30m

high. Two large rocks lie about 0.2 mile E of the S island. The

N rock is 5.2m high and the S rock is 6.4m high.

2.109 These islands lie on the SW end of the bank extending about

7 miles NE, and surrounded by much deeper water.

2.109 A detached shoal, with a depth of 7.9m, lies about 0.75 mile

E of the S island. An obstruction has been reported about 1.5

miles ESE of the same island. A rock, with a depth of 7.9m,

lies about 1 mile NNW of the S island. 

2.109 Depths of 12m and 13m lie about 5 miles NNE of the islands.

2.109 San Bernadino Islands Light, a round masonry tower, 15m

high, and dwelling stands on the summit of the S island.

San Bernardino Strait—West Side

2.110 Langao Point (12°32'N., 124°02'E.), on the S side of

Luzon, lies 4.5 miles ESE of Tagiran Point. There are several

small inlets along this coast which provide protection to small

craft with local knowledge. The point is sloping, grass covered,

6.1m high at its outer end, and composed of a dark red colored

conglomerate.

2.110 Hamorauan Point (12°32'N., 124°03'E.), lying about 1 mile

ENE of Langao Point, is a bold reddish-brown bluff, 21m high,

with a steep timbered slope rising above it. The low ground on

either side makes the point stand out prominently.

2.110 Colasi Point (12°32'N., 124°05'E.) lies 2 miles E of Hamoravan Point. 

2.111 Hamorauan Reef (12°32'N., 124°04'E.), nearly 0.5

mile of white sand, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies on the N

side of the SW entrance to Ticlin Strait, about 0.75 mile WSW

of Colasi Point.

Ticlin Strait (12°33'N., 124°06'E.) is the narrow channel between the coast of Luzon and the NW sides of Ticlin Island,

Juac Island, and Calintaan Island. The strait is deep and clear

of dangers in the fairway with a least navigable width of 0.2

mile. 

2.111 This passage is not considered safe for large vessels because

of the strong tidal currents and eddies in it. 

2.111 Ticlin Strait is often used for coastal vessels bound to or

from ports on the E coast of Luzon from San Bernardino Strait.

2.112 Calintaan Island (12°32'N., 124°05'E.), 83m high

and Juac Island, 44m high, extend about 2.75 miles NE from a

point about 1 mile SE of Colasi Point. 

2.112 Juac Channel, which separates Juac Island and Calintaan Island, is deep, but narrow and of little use. Both islands are covered with jungles and trees. Their shores are indented by

lagoons and fringed with mangroves. 

2.112 The inner shores are low and have coral beaches. The outer

shores consist, alternately, of rocky bluffs and coral beaches.

Both islands are fringed by narrow reefs. Apari Rock, 3m high,

lies 183m off the SE side of Calintaan Island, and about 0.75

mile NE of Calayuan Point, the S extremity of the island.

2.112 Calantas Rock (12°31'N., 124°05'E.), marked by a light,

consists of a pile of small rounded rocks, 1.5m high, located

about 1 mile SW of Calayuan Point. A shoal extends 0.35 mile

W, 0.25 mile E, and about 0.75 mile SE and S from the rock. 

2.112 A shoal, with a least depth of 8.5m, lies about 0.75 mile NW

of Calantas Rock.

2.112 Ticlin Island (12°35'N., 124°08'E.), the N island of the

group, is 56m high and lies about 1.25 miles NE of Juac Island.

A shoal, with depths of less than 9.1m, extends about 0.9 mile

SSW from Ticlin Island. A rock, awash, lies near the outer end

San Bernadino Islands Light
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 71

Pub. 162

of this shoal. 

2.112 Foul ground, with a rock, 1.8m high at its outer edge, extends about 0.25 mile E from the E side of the island, and

shoals extend about the same distance from the W side. Broken

ground extends as far as 3 miles NNW from Ticlin Island, with

depths of 12.8 to 18.3m.

2.112 Magtimua Rock, about 0.9m high, lies about 0.6 mile SE of

Ticlin Island.

2.112 Caution.—The passage between Ticlin Island and Juac Island is obstructed by rocks and is not safe.

2.113 The W shore of Ticlin Strait, between Colasi Point

and Padang Point (12°36'N., 124°06'E.), 4 miles NNE, is

composed of broken coral covered with mangroves, and

fringed by reefs which extend up to 0.35 mile offshore. The

least navigable width of the strait is 0.15 mile, between Caluntaan Island and Burungan Island (12°33'N., 124°05'E.).

2.113 Directions.—A mid-channel course should be steered

through the N part of the strait, keeping well W of the dangers

between the Ticlin Island and Juac Island. Having cleared these

dangers vessels should bring the sharp conical summit of Ticlin

Island to bear 040°, astern. 

2.113 This range will lead through the narrow part of the strait in

mid-channel. When Calantas Rock bears 170° the course

should be altered to 270°, with Calayuan Point astern. This

course, run for a distance of about 6.5 miles, leads to the channel through Ticao Pass.

2.113 Caution.—Mariners are cautioned that a W set occurs in the

strait abreast of Burungan Island when the ebb current is running.

2.114 Matnog Bay (12°35'N., 124°06'E.), lying about 1

mile inside the N entrance to Ticlin Strait, is entered between

Padang Point and Mantay Point, about 1.5 miles SW. The bay

is fringed by a narrow reef, with the 9.1m curve lying about

0.25 mile from its head. 

2.114 A reef, with a rock awash at its outer end, extends about 0.35

mile NNE from Porong Island, located about 0.35 mile SE of

Mantay Point. A large shoal, with depths of 10 to 15m, lies in

the outer entrance to Matnog Bay.

2.114 Matnog (12°35'N., 124°05'E.), a port of call for coastal shipping, stands on the W shore of the bay. It can be readily identified by the white iron roof of the church. A short concrete

causeway, with a wooden landing platform at its head, extends

ESE from the vicinity of the church.

2.114 The diurnal range of the tide at Matnog is about 0.8m. The

tidal currents in Matnog Bay are weak.

2.114 Small vessels can take anchorage in Matnog Bay, in a depth

of 5.5m, about 0.25 mile from the beach. Larger vessels can

anchor in the middle of the bay in depths of 14.6m.

2.114 Vessels wishing to enter Matnog Bay may bring the sharp

conical summit on Ticlin Island astern, bearing 090°, and anchor according to draft.

2.114 Balusingan Bay (12°38'N., 124°06'E.) is entered between

Padang Point and Pacahan Point, about 5 miles NNE. The

shore of the bay is fringed by a narrow reef. 

2.114 The town of Santa Magdalena stands on the N shore of the

bay. Vessels can take anchorage, about 0.5 to 0.75 mile offshore, in depths of 18 to 27m, sand. This anchorage is fully exposed to the E, but some protection is afforded from W and SW

winds.

2.115 Bulusan (12°45'N., 124°08'E.), a small town, is located about 5 miles N of Pacahan Point. There is a telegraphic office in the town.

2.115 Vessels can take anchorage off a break in the coastal reef

abreast of Bulusan, with the church at that town bearing 300°

and Tang Point bearing 010°, in depths of 22 to 26m.This anchorage is an open roadstead, fully exposed to the E. The holding ground is not good and there is considerable tidal current in

the vicinity.

2.115 Bulusan Volcano, 1,559m high and active, stands about 5

miles WNW of Bulusan. When not obscured by clouds the volcano is visible over 60 miles. Sharp Peak, located about 1.25

miles NE of the volcano, is 1,215m high, but appears sharp

only from the E.

2.116 Port Gubat (12°55'N., 124°08'E.), entered between

Rasa Point, 9 miles N of Bulusan, and Dancalan Point, about 2

miles further N, is formed by an opening in the coastal reef

about 1 mile wide. This coastal reef extends about 1 mile from

the shore in places.

2.116 Canauay Reef, which dries, extends about 0.8 mile SSE and

0.5 mile E from Dancalan Point.

2.116 The port consists of two bays divided by Penuntignan Point,

located about 1.75 miles SSW of Dancalan Point. 

2.116 A reef extends about 0.2 mile E from the point. A shoal, with

a least depth of 0.3m, extends about 0.125 mile NE from the

NE edge of this reef. 

2.116 The S bay is the larger, but it is seldom used as it is open to

the NE and has poor holding ground. 

2.116 The N bay is sheltered from the sea by reefs, but there is only

a small area in its outer entrance with suitable depths. The N

part of the bay is very shallow.

2.116 Shoals, with depths of 6 to 7m, lie in the entrance to the N

bay, about 0.5 mile ENE of Penuntignan Point.

2.116 A reef, which dries, extends about 0.5 mile N and over 0.5

mile E from Rasa Point. 

2.116 A detached shoal, with a least depth of 8.7m, lies on the S

side of the entrance to the port about 1 mile NNE of Rasa

Point.

2.116 The 20m curve lies just within the entrance to the port between the reefs. The 10m curve lies up to 0.75 mile from the

head of the N and S bays. Detached shoals, with depths of 2 to

4m, lie about 0.4 mile E of the W shore of the S bay.

2.116 The town of Gubat stands on the W shore of the bay about

1.25 miles SW of Dancalan Point. Copra and hemp are exported and loaded from lighters. Cargo operations are slow and often delayed for days whenever there is any kind of swell.

2.116 There are no provisions, water, or repair facilities in the

town. There is a post and telegraph office in Gubat. The nearest

hospital facilities are at Sorsogon, about 8 miles WNW.

2.116 A light marks the N part of Gubat. A beacon, situated on the

edge of the shore reef on the W side of the N bay, about 0.45

mile NNW of the above point.

2.116 Small vessels can take anchorage in the N bay with the beacon bearing 298°, distant 0.3 mile, in depths of 7 to 9m, mud.

This anchorage is protected by reefs, but the swinging room is

very limited.

2.116 Larger vessels generally anchor about 0.5 mile NW of Rasa
72 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

Point in the S bay, in depths of 13 to 15m. This anchorage is

fully exposed to the NE and a heavy swell sometimes rolls in.

It should be noted that the holding ground is quite poor and the

anchorage is untenable during the Northeast Monsoon.

2.116 The coast between Dancalan Point and Bingay Point, about 9

miles NNE, is fringed by a drying reef extending from 0.75

mile to 1.75 miles offshore. The coastal reef is steep-to within

0.25 mile of its outer edge and can generally be identified by

the line of heavy breakers.

2.116 Bingay Point (13°04'N., 124°11'E.), the N entrance point of

the strait, is low, rounding, and wooded. It is fringed by a reef

partly bare at LW and about 0.25 mile wide N and about 1.5

miles E. The reefs are well defined and steep-to.

2.116 Bingay Island is a rock, 4.5m high, lying about 0.4 mile E of

Bingay Point. 

2.116 A stranded wreck lies on the edge of the reef, 2 miles ESE of

Bingay Point.

Samar—North Coast

2.117 Samar (12°00'N., 125°05'E.) is the third largest of the

Philippine Islands. It is about 136 miles long and has a greatest

width of 51 miles. The island is moderately high, densely

wooded, and well watered. It is sparsely populated, and only a

small part is cultivated. The principal exports are hemp and copra.

2.117 The N coast of Samar, which forms the S side of the E approach to San Bernardino Strait, is fronted by islands and

shoals extending as far as 16 miles offshore. This coast is exposed to the full force of the Northeast Monsoon which blows

at times with the force of a gale accompanied with much rain

and a very heavy sea. 

2.117 During the Northeast Monsoon, which occurs from November to the early part of March, no safe anchorage can be had

between Port Palapage (12°40'N., 125°01'E.) and Biri Channel, about 39 miles W. It is frequently impossible to communicate with the towns of Catarman (12°30'N., 124°38'E.), and

Bobon, about 5 miles WNW.

2.117 Oacan Point (12°35'N., 125°09'E.), located about 1 mile SE

of the NE extremity of Samar, is low and fringed by a coral reef

extending about 0.5 mile ENE of the point. 

2.117 The land rises steeply SE to the summit of Cape Espiritu

Santo, lying about 2.5 miles SE, and is reported to give a good

radar return up to 40 miles.

2.118 Bacan Island (12°36'N., 125°09'E.) is connected by a

reef to the NE extremity of Samar. The island is generally low

and wooded, except near the center, where there is a tree covered hill, 51m high. The island is fringed by reefs which extend

about 0.5 mile offshore.

2.118 A shoal, with a least depth of 4.1m, lies about 0.75 mile NW

of the N end of Bacan Island.

2.118 Reefs, with depths of 7.3m and 9.1m, lie about 2 miles N and

1.25 miles NE, respectively, of the same extremity. 

2.118 The water in this vicinity is very clear and the bottom can

frequently be seen in a depth of 18.3m.

2.118 Palahan Islet (12°35'N., 125°08'E.) lies 1 mile WSW of the

S extremity of Bacan Island. Sunken rocks and foul ground lie

between it and the coast of Samar, about 0.5 mile S. Reefs extend about 0.25 mile N from the N side of the islet.

2.118 A rock, which is bare 0.6m at LW and a shoal, with a depth

of 1.8m, are about 0.4 mile N of Palahan Islet, in the middle of

the entrance to the small bay between Bacan Island and Palahan Island.

2.118 The coast, between the NE extremity of Samar and an unnamed point about 2.75 miles W, is indented to a distance of

about 1 mile, forming a large bay which is fully open to the N.

The latter point is reef fringed as far as 0.5 mile N and NE.

2.119 Port Palapag (12°40'N., 125°01'E.) is formed by the

channel that separates Cahayagan Island and Laoang Island

from Batag Island to the E, and by the channel which separates

the latter island from the coast of Samar to the S. The port is

partly sheltered from all winds and serves as a good harbor of

refuge.

2.119 The N entrance, between Cahayagan Island and Batag Island, is about 0.65 mile wide and has depths of over 18.3m.

The E entrance, between Batag Island and Samar, is encumbered with several rocky shoals and should be navigated only

by small vessels with local knowledge. 

2.119 The channel between Cahayagan Island and Laoang Island

has a least charted depth of 6.8m, but is extremely narrow and

the tidal currents set strongly through it. There are numerous

shoal patches within both entrances to the port.

2.119 Cahayagan Island is moderately high and heavily wooded. A

narrow reef, on which stand several small islets, extends about

1 mile NW from the NW end of the island. These islets, known

as the Macan Islets, are covered with brushwood. The highest

islet has an elevation of 6.4m.

2.119 A reef, with a charted depth of 3.6m over its outer end, lies

parallel with the reef on which the Macan Islets lie, about 0.3

mile SW of its outer end.

2.119 The remainder of the island is fringed by a narrow reef on its

E and S sides and by a reef which extends 0.4 mile N from its

N side and 0.25 mile W from its W side.

2.119 Laoang Island, 65m high in its S end, is heavily wooded. It is

separated from the coast of Samar by the Catubig River and the

Laoang Channel. The W side of the island is fringed by a reef

extending about 0.4 mile offshore. 

2.119 Shoal water, as defined by the 9.1m curve, extends as far as

0.5 mile E, from the E side of the N part of the island, and as

far as 1 mile N, from the N side of the S part of the island. Calapan Islet, small and reef fringed, lies within the above curve in

a position about 2 miles SSE of the SE extremity of Cahayagan

Island.

2.119 A light is shown from Ipil Point (12°35'N., 125°00'E.), on

the W side of Laoang Island.

2.119 Two reefs, with depths of 4.2m and 8.5m lie about 1.1 miles

and 1.25 miles, respectively, SE of the SE extremity of Cahayagan Island.

2.119 Batag Island, the largest and E of the islands forming Port

Palapag, is 67m high and heavily wooded. Reefs extend about

0.6 mile W from the NW side of the island and form the E side

of the N entrance to the port. The W side of the island between

Leung Point and an unnamed point, about 2 miles S, is indented to a distance of about 1.5 miles, but is foul throughout.

2.119 A light on the summit of Batag Island, 1.75 miles S of Atalaya Point, the N extremity of the island. Dwelling houses

stand close S of the tower. Two stranded wrecks lie on the NE

coast of Batag Island.
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 73

Pub. 162

2.119 Batag Island is reported to give a good radar return up to a

distance of 28 miles.

2.119 Anchorage.—Moderate-sized vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage about 0.25 mile W of the SE extremity of Cahayagan Island, in a depth of 9.1m, mud, or about 0.3

mile SE of Leung Point, in a depth of 10.9m. 

2.119 Larger vessels can anchor about 0.5 mile SE of the SE extremity of Cahayagan Island, in a depth of 14.6m, or farther S

in mid-channel between the SW extremity of Batag Island and

Calapan Island. 

2.119 Vessels using the latter anchorage must exercise caution to

avoid the previously-mentioned 4.2m and 8.5m reefs.

2.119 Vessels entering Port Palapag from N should favor the W

side of the channel, as the reefs fringing Cahayagan Island do

not extend as far out as those fringing the NW side of Batag Island. The SE extremity of Cahayagan Island and Leung Point

are steep-to, and may be passed fairly close.

2.120 Laoang Bay (12°35'N., 124°59'E.) is entered between

the N extremity of Laoang Island and Livas Point, about 4

miles SSW. The main branch of the Catubig River discharges

into the SE corner of the bay, widening at the mouth and forming Laoang Harbor. 

2.120 The E branch, known as Palapag Channel, leads E into the

head of Port Palapag. This passage is used by small craft with

local knowledge.

2.120 The W shore of Laoang Bay is fringed by a reef and foul

ground extending about 0.3 mile offshore.

2.120 A conspicuous house stands in the village of Burabud, at the

mouth of the Burabud River, about 2.25 miles SSE of Livas

Point.

2.120 The depths in the bay decrease regularly from 18.3m at the

outer entrance to 9.1m about 2 miles from the head. 

2.120 Detached shoals, with depths of 3 and 3.9m lie about 0.5 and

0.8 mile ESE, respectively, of Livas Point.

2.120 A shoal, with depths of 2.7 to 3.4m, lies about 1 mile NNE

of the conspicuous house in Burabud.

2.120 A rock, with a depth of 0.9m, and a shoal, with a depth of

1.8m lie 0.6 mile N and ENE, respectively, of the conspicuous

house.

2.121 Laoang (12°34'N., 125°01'E.) (World Port Index No.

58630), the principal port of N Samar, stands on the N side of

the mouth of the Catubig River. It is a regular port of call for

inter-island shipping. Considerable quantities of hemp and copra are exported.

2.121 Laoang Harbor is only 137m wide with depths of over 3.7m.

Rocky patches extend 0.6 mile W from Maculmacul Point, the

N entrance point of the river, and form the N side of the channel into the harbor. A drying reef extends 0.3 mile WNW from

the S entrance point. 

2.121 Shoals, with depths of 1.8 and 1.2m lie about 0.3 mile and

0.6 mile W, respectively, of Maculmacul Point.

2.121 On entering the harbor there are sand bars on the S side of

the channel, and on the N side inside the line of the end of the

wharfs are reefs. A submarine cable crosses the Catubig River

from Rawis Point, the S entrance point of the river, to the town

of Laoang.

2.121 Daranasan Island, located between Laoang Island and Samar, is low, wooded, and formed by the delta of the Catubig

River.

2.121 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage between Livas

Point and Laoang Island, in depths of 9 to 13m, mud. The anchorage is sheltered from all winds except those between N

and W.

2.122 Livas Point (12°35'N., 124°57'E.), the W side of the

entrance to Laoang Bay, is low and wooded. Reefs and foul

ground extend about 1 mile W from the W side of Livas Point. 

2.122 An extensive reef, which dries, lies with its NW extremity

about 1.25 miles NW of the point. There are some rocks about

0.6m high on this reef which is connected to the point by foul

ground. Reefs and foul ground extend about 0.5 mile N and NE

of Livas Point. 

2.122 A shoal, with a depth of 7m, lies about 0.2 mile ESE of the

NE extremity of the reef.

2.122 Pambuhan (12°34'N., 124°56'E.) is located at the mouth of

the Pambuhan River about 2 miles SW of Livas Point. The

church and red-roofed buildings in the town are prominent.

The 9.1m curve fronts the town as far as 0.5 mile offshore.

2.122 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile N of the church,

in a depth of 10.9m, sand. To approach the anchorage, vessels

should steer for the church bearing 181°, and when about 3

miles distant, anchor according to draft.

2.122 Villalobos Reef (12°40'N., 124°55'E.), with a least depth of

7.6m, lies about 6.25 miles N of the church at Pambuhan. It is

about 0.5 mile in extent and the sea breaks heavily over it during the Northeast Monsoon.

2.123 Oot Point (12°35'N., 124°51'E.), located about 5.75

miles W of Livas Point, is a low, narrow peninsula extending

about 2.25 miles NW from the coast. 

2.123 A mangrove swamp lies at the extremity of the peninsula

which is bordered by reefs and foul ground extending as far as

0.4 mile offshore.

2.123 Bantayan Bay (12°33'N., 124°50'E.), fully exposed to the

N, indents the coast to a distance of about 2.25 miles betwen

Oot Point and Bugko Point, about 4 miles SW. The latter point

is fringed by a drying reef to a distance of about 0.5 mile N.

There are no dangers in the bay, and the water shoals gradually

to the 10m curve which lies close offshore. The villages of

Laoangan and Bantayan stand on the shores of this bay.

2.123 Cajoagan Island (12°37'N., 124°49'E.), small in extent and

reef fringed, lies about 3 miles NW of Oot Point. Shoals extend

1 mile NW and 0.5 mile E from the island.

2.123 Catarman (12°30'N., 124°38'E.), a small town and a port of

call for coastal shipping, stands on the W bank of the Catarman

River about 9.5 miles WSW of Bugko Point. It stands about 0.5

mile inland and is nearly obscured by trees, only the roof tops

being visible from seaward. The town has a radiotelegraph office.

2.123 The village of Cawayan (Cauayan) stands on the E side of

the mouth of the above river. Two partly drying reefs extend

about 0.3 mile N from Cawayan, forming an inlet where small

boats may land. Maguran Reef, a large coral reef bare at LW,

lies just N of this inlet and partially protects it from the sea.

2.123 The W side of the mouth of the Catarman River is formed by

a long and narrow sandspit, which is reported to shift considerably during the Northeast Monsoon. The channel across the bar

is very narrow and has a depth of 2.1m at LW.
74 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

2.123 A light is situated on the beach at Cawayan on the E side of

the entrance to the Catarman River.

2.123 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile NW of the light at

Cawayan, in a depth of about 9.1m, sand. This anchorage is unsafe during the Northeast Monsoon.

2.123 Hirapsan Island (12°32'N., 124°42'E.), small in extent and

about 4m high, is located about 2.75 miles ENE of the light at

Cawayan. The trees on the island are tall and dense.

2.123 Palijon Island, located about 1 mile NW of the above island,

is a mangrove swamp, all the land being covered at HW. 

2.123 These two islands stand on the same reef, which is narrow

and about 2 miles long in a NW and SE direction. 

2.123 The reef between the islands dries at LW. Fairly good anchorage, protected during the Northeast Monsoon, can be taken

by vessels with local knowledge, W of Hirapsan Island.

2.123 Caution.—Foul ground, consisting of a number of dangerous reefs and shoals, with depths of less than 2 to 6m, lies

within an area bounded by Cajoagan Island, Palijon Island,

Hirapsan Island, and Bugko Point. Vessels must navigate with

caution in this area.

2.123 A shoal, with a least depth of 12.8m, lies about 6.75 miles

NE of the light structure at Cawayan.

2.124 Catarman Shoal (12°34'N., 124°38'E.), on which the

sea breaks in moderate weather, lies about 3 miles NNW of the

above light. The shoal is about 0.75 mile long, with a depth of

1.8m.

2.124 A reef, with a depth of 7.3m, lies about 2.75 miles WNW of

the light at Cawayan. A shoal, with a depth of 9.6m, lies about

2.5 miles N of the above light.

2.124 Wright Shoal, about 1 mile in extent and with a least depth

of 10.9m, lies 9.5 miles N of the light at Cawayan. 

2.124 A shoal, with a least depth of 9.1m, lies about 7.75 miles N

of the above light. The sea breaks heavily over these shoals.

2.124 Shoals, with depths of 14m and 15m, lie about 13.5 and 16

miles, respectively, N of the light at Cawayan. A detached

shoal, with a depth of 18.3m, lies about 14 miles NNW of the

light.

2.124 Fisher Shoal, with a least depth of 9.1m, lies about 7.5 miles

NW of the light structure at Cawayan. The sea breaks heavily

over it in rough weather.

2.124 Bobon Point (12°32'N., 124°34'E.) lies about 5.5 miles W of

Cawayan. The town of Bobon stands on the E side of the entrance to the Bobon River, which discharges close W of the

point. The roof of the church is prominent from seaward. Reefs

extend from both entrance points of the river, leaving a narrow

boat channel to the beach in front of the town.

2.124 Reefs and foul ground extend as far as 1 mile NW from Bobon Point. A rock, 3m high, lies near the middle of a drying reef

about 1.5 miles W of Bobon Point and about 0.5 mile offshore.

A shoal, with a least depth of 3m, lies about 2 mile W of the

point. 

2.124 A drying rock lies about 0.75 mile W of Bobon Point and

about 0.35 mile offshore.

2.124 Vessels can take anchorage, in fair weather, with the church

at Bobon bearing 120°, distant 0.75 mile, in depths of 11 to

15m.

2.125 Cabaun Island (12°34'N., 124°30'E.), low and bordered with mangroves, extends about 3.5 miles NW from a position about 2.75 miles WNW of Bobon Point. It is surrounded

by a reef which extends about 0.5 mile from the NE side. 

2.125 A shoal, with a least depth of 11.9m, lies about 1.75 miles

NNE of the N extremity of Cabaun Island. A shoal, with a least

depth of 6.7m, lies about 1 mile ENE of the SE extremity of the

island. 

2.125 The S side of the island is fringed by a narrow reef and

shoals as far as mile S.

2.125 Ugamut Island (12°33'N., 124°29'E.) is small, low, covered

with mangroves, and lies parallel to the SW side of Cabaun Island. A very narrow channel, which is foul at its N end, separates the two islands. The channel between is impracticable for

navigation.

2.125 Bat Island (12°32'N., 124°30'E.), small and low, lies about

0.5 mile S of the SW extremity of Cabaun Island. 

2.125 Reefs and foul ground extend nearly 1 mile E and SE from

the islet. Foul ground extends 1 mile E and SE from the island.

2.125 Foot Islet (12°33'N., 124°29'E.), small and 3m high, lies

about 0.5 mile W of the SW end of Ugamut Island. Reefs extend about 0.25 mile NW and SE from the islet.

2.125 Green Islet (12°33'N., 124°28'E.), small and about 30m

high, lies about 1 mile WNW of the NW extremity of Ugamut

Island. Reefs and foul ground extend up to 0.35 mile NW and

0.25 mile W from the islet. 

2.125 The waters enclosed by a line joining the islet with the NW

extremity of Cabaun Island and the N side of Ugamut Island,

are for the most part, foul. The waters between Green Islet and

Foot Islet are also foul.

2.126 Carangian Channel (12°32'N., 124°30'E.) separates

Cabaun Island and Ugamut Island from the coast of Samar. It is

narrow and used by coasting vessels which usually pass S of

Green Island and Foot Island and N of Bat Island.

2.126 The channel between Bat Islet and Cabaun Island is over 0.3

mile wide and clear of dangers in the fairway. It has a least

depth of 12.8m. The part of the channel between Foot Islet and

the coast of Samar is very narrow with a least depth of 7.3m in

the fairway.

2.126 All the channels in this vicinity are subject to strong and irregular tidal currents.

2.126 San Jose (Carangian) (12°32'N., 124°29'E.), a loading port

for copra, stands on the E side of a small cove about 4.5 miles

W of Bobon. The cove is fouled with reefs, but there is a narrow boat channel to the shore. A range of hills approaches the

coast close E of the town. There is a private wharf located

about 0.4 mile NE of the town, with a depth of 12.8m alongside its berthing face. 

2.126 A light is situated from a concrete tower 0.3 mile WSW of

the pier, close N of the town. Improvements to the port are

planned.

2.126 The town has a post and telegraph office but no medical facilities. There are no fresh water or stores available.

2.126 The approach to San Jose should be made from the E as the

channel is wider, deeper, and straighter. The approach from the

NW should be made only by small vessels with local knowledge. Carangian Channel should be attempted only during the

daytime when the weather and visibility are good. There are no

prominent landmarks or aids to navigation to mark the numerous shoals and reefs which are hard to discern.
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 75

Pub. 162

2.126 Approaching from N, within 5 miles off Bobon Point, steer

180° for the roof of the church in the town of Bobon until the

pier at San Jose comes clear and bears 255°. 

2.126 Then steer 248° until the E point of Cabaun Island bears

360°, then change course to 270° and come alongside or anchor off the end of the pier, in 18 to 20m.

2.126 Anchorage is also available in mid-channel, N of Bat Island,

in depths of 15 to 22m.

2.127 Gilbert Island (12°33'N., 124°26'E.) is well wooded

and 69m high at its S end. It is separated from the coast of Samar by a very narrow and winding channel. Small vessels with

local knowledge sometimes use this channel, which has a least

depth of 6.9m in the fairway. 

2.127 A detached reef lies in the center of the W entrance and a

coral head is about 0.3 mile N of this reef. 

2.127 The E entrance is clear of dangers in the fairway. The Sinamangan River, which discharges into the S side of the channel,

is narrow, shoal, and winding. Baird Point, the N extremity of

Gilbert Island, is fairly steep-to. The NW and NE sides of the

island are fronted by reefs to a distance of about 0.25 mile.

2.127 Buenavista, on the S shore of Gilbert Island, is a regular port

of call for coasting vessels. A small dock is located SW of the

town.

2.127 The Balicuatro Islands (12°39'N., 124°24'E.) are a group of

seven fairly large islands and numerous islets, reefs, and dangers lying N of the NW part of Samar. The islands extend from

Tinau Island, lying about 2.5 miles NW of Cabaun Island, to

the N extremity of Biri Island about 7.5 miles NW.

2.128 Biri Island (12°40'N., 124°23'E.), the largest and

northernmost of the group, is 85m high in the center and heavily wooded. Biri Head, the NW extremity of the island, is a

rocky perpendicular bluff, 61m high, and steep-to. It serves as

a prominent landmark for vessels approaching San Bernardino

Strait from the NE. 

2.128 About 0.3 mile E of the N extremity of Biri Island a steep-to

reef begins, which continues along the NE and E sides of the

island, and also surrounds all the islands lying E and SE of Biri

Island. 

2.128 On the outer edge of this reef, which bares at LW, are a series

of islets of limestone formation, from 3 to 36m high, all of

which are prominent. The shoreline of the island is low and

fringed with mangroves except at the N and S ends. 

2.128 The W side of the island consists of a low bluff and gravel

beach. The majority of the inhabitants are on the W side of the

island.

2.128 Shoals, with depths of 15.5 and 10.5m lie about 1.25 miles

NW and 0.6 mile WNW, respectively, of Biri Head. A rock,

4.5m high, lies near the S end of a reef located about 0.75 mile

S of Biri Head. A shoal, with a least depth of 19.5m, lies about

3.5 miles SW of the head. A rock, 6.1m high, lies just outside

the coastal reef about 0.5 mile ENE of Biri Head.

2.128 Fitzgerald Banks are three small shoals, with depths of 16.5,

11.3, and 11.3m lying about 5, 7, and 10 miles ENE, respectively, of the summit of Biri Island. These banks, clearly indicated by their color, are of coral formation.

2.128 A shoal, about 1.5 miles long with a least depth of 14.6m,

lies about 11 miles ENE of Biri Head.

2.128 Strong tidal currents and heavy tide rips are encountered off

Biri Head.

2.128 Macarite Island and Cagnipa Island, moderately high and

about 1.25 miles long, lie close off the SW side of Biri Island.

The islands are separated from each other, and from Biri Island, by narrow and deep channels. The S ends of these islands

form the N side of the W entrance to Biri Channel.

2.128 Talisay Island, Magesang Island, Makadlao Island, and

Tinau Island and a number of small, unnamed islets and rocks

lie E and SE of Biri Island. These islands, along with Biri Island, all lie on one large reef, which is mostly bare at LW.

2.128 A light marks the S end of Tinau Island at San Antonio village.

2.128 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage between the N end of Cagnipa Island and the E side of

Macarite Island, in a depth of 37m. This anchorage is not recommended, because the bottom is rocky and the tidal currents

are strong.

2.128 Biri Anchorage is a small but well-protected anchorage

formed by a break in the reef between the S end of Biri Island

and the W side of Makadlas Island. 

2.128 Vessels with local knowledge with a need to use this anchorage should make the approach from Biri Channel on a N course

so as to pass about 0.25 mile W of a small, bright, sand cay lying about 0.75 mile WSW of the W extremity of Makadlao Island. 

2.128 A mid-channel course should then be steered between the

reefs and anchorage, taken as convenient, in depths of 27 to

37m. The edges of the reefs marking this anchorage show

plainly, are steep-to, and in many places are marked by fish

traps.

2.129 Biri Channel (12°38'N., 124°22'E.) lies between the

Balicuatro Islands and another group of islands located close

off the N coast of Samar. It is generally used by coastwise vessels bound to and from ports on the N and E coasts of Samar.

The channel is over 0.5 mile wide, deep, and clear of dangers

in the fairway.

2.129 In Biri Channel, and in the other channels in this vicinity,

there are strong tidal currents. The flood flows W and the ebb

E, the change of current occurring about 4 hours after HW and

LW, respectively.

2.130 The San Juan Islands (12°36'N., 124°23'E.) lies in a

group of five densely-wooded islands located on the S side of

Biri Channel. They are separated from the coast of Samar and

from Gilbert Island by Bani Channel. 

2.130 The islands are closely joined by reefs and appear as one island. San Juan and the islands of Nagnasa, Elonbachid, Maravilla, and Bani lie in a N to S direction. 

2.130 The outer coasts are well defined, usually bold, and fringed

by a narrow reef. The inner coasts of the islands are mainly

mangrove swamps.

2.130 Shoals, with depths of 10.4m and 14m, lie about 0.75 mile

and 0.5 mile NW and W, respectively, of the S extremity of

Maravilla Island. Another shoal, with a depth of 9.5m, lies

about 1 mile W of the NW extremity of Bani Island. 

2.130 Three shoals, with depths of 2 to 4m, extend about 1.25

miles NW from a position about 0.3 mile SW of the SW extremity of Bani Island. The shoals lie about 0.25 to 0.6 mile off

the W side of Bani Island in the W approach to Bani Channel.
76 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

2.130 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage in

the channel between San Juan Island and Bani Island, in a position about 1.5 miles E of the NW extremity of Bani Island. The

anchorage has good holding ground of mud and sand, but limited swinging room. 

2.130 Vessels should enter from the W at slack water or with the W

tidal current. 

2.130 The tidal currents at the W entrance to the channel are

strong, but are weak at the anchorage. 

2.130 The W entrance to the passage has a depth of about 9.1m and

the E entrance about 13.7m.

2.131 Bani Channel (12°34'N., 124°23'E.) is a narrow passage separating Bani Island from the coast of Samar. 

2.131 The channel has a least width of about 0.4 mile, but its navigable width is reduced to about 0.15 mile by the group of detached shoals lying just outside the W entrance. The fairway

has a least depth of 5.5m.

2.131 Reefs and dangers extend as far as 0.25 mile SE from San

Juan Island and up to 0.15 mile S from Bani Island.

2.131 The S side of the channel, between Baird Point and Borabaybay Point, about 4.5 miles WSW, is low and mostly mangrove

swamp. Cave Point, 58m high, lies about midway between the

above points.

2.131 Bani Channel is used by coastwise vessels bound to and

from ports on the N and E coasts of Samar. Vessels navigating

Bani Channel should steer mid-channel courses and pass at

least 183m N of the reef off Borabaybay Point. A shoal, with a

depth of 5.5m, lies in mid-channel, about 0.3 mile NE of Borabaybay Point.

2.132 Urdaneta Harbor (12°33'N., 124°21'E.) is entered

between Borabaybay Point and the E face of a small peninsula,

lying about 1 mile SSW.

2.132 A shoal, with depths of less than 9.1m, extends about 0.5

mile NW from the E side of the entrance to the harbor. 

2.132 A reef, with a depth of 3m, lies about 0.2 mile from the head

of the harbor. A small detached drying reef lies about 0.5 mile

NNW of the W entrance point of the harbor.

2.132 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the middle of the harbor, in a depth of 18m. This anchorage is unsafe

during N winds.

2.133 Lavezares Harbor (12°33'N., 124°20'E.), entered

about 0.5 mile W of Urdaneta Harbor, is nearly blocked by the

fringing reefs which extend from either shore. There is a narrow boat channel between the reefs, which leads to the town of

Lavezares at the head of the harbor. 

2.133 Fish traps mark the edges of the fringing reefs during most

of the year. The metal-roofed municipal building, the largest in

town, is prominent.

2.133 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, in the entrance to the harbor, with the municipal building bearing 181°

and the detached reef N of the E entrance point bearing 091°,

in depths of 18 to 20m. 

2.133 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in

the middle of the harbor, nearer its head, with the municipal

building bearing 181°, in depths of 4 to 6m. 

2.133 The swinging room is somewhat limited, but the holding

ground is good. These anchorages are untenable during N or

NE gales, at which time heavy swells set into the harbor.

2.134 Coconut Island (12°34'N., 124°19'E.), low and covered with coconut trees, lies near the shore in a position about

0.5 mile NNW of the W entrance point of Lavezares Harbor. 

2.134 The narrow passage, between the island and the coast of Samar, is intricate and shoal. 

2.134 A reef extends about 0.5 mile W of the N extremity of Coconut Island. A rock awash lies about 0.3 mile ESE of the S extremity of the island.

2.134 Balicuatro Point (12°35'N., 124°17'E.), the NW extremity

of Samar, is steep-to and clear of dangers. The land within rises

to a hill, 173m high, about 1.25 miles SSE of the point. The

reef, which fringes the point on both sides extends only a short

distance offshore.

Samar—Northwest Coast 

2.135 Lipata Point (12°32'N., 124°16'E.), lying about 3.25

miles S of Balicuatro Point, is quite high, rocky, and bordered

by a narrow reef of sand and rock.

2.135 Vessels will find anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon in

the small open bay off Quinaquitman about 1 mile SE of Lipata

Point. In the N part of the bay, there are depths of 24 to 49m.

2.135 Allen (12°30'N., 124°17'E.) is a small town, situated close S

of the mouth of the Sabag River. The town is reported to have a

post and telegraph office.

2.135 A light marks a position close N of the entrance to the Sabang River. There is a concrete pier, 125m in length, at the

town. 

2.135 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile off the town of

Allen, in a depth of 18m, sand and coral. This open roadstead

is not a good heavy weather anchorage.

2.135 Burobodiongan Point (12°28'N., 124°17'E.), located about

2 miles S of Allen, is covered with high trees. The tidal currents, which attain a maximum rate of 7.5 knots at springs,

cause heavy tide rips off this point.

2.135 The Mauo River (12°27'N., 124°18'E.), located about 2

miles SE of Burobodiongan Point, can be entered by small vessels. The entrance to the river is rocky, with the channel lying

close to the wooded bluff on the N side. The navigable width of

the channel is reduced to about 18m by a reef extending from

the S entrance point. 

2.135 There is a least depth of 4.5m in the fairway of the channel.

Inside the entrance a spit, with a least depth of 1.8m, projects

out from the village on the N bank of the river.

2.135 Victoria (Mauo) is a small town on the N shore of the entrance to the Mauo River. There is a small concrete pier with a

depth of 2.1m at its head.

2.135 Large vessels can take anchorage outside the mouth of the

river, with the river well open. Depths of less than 37m should

be approached carefully. The ground is foul N and S of the

mouth of the river.

2.135 Looc Bay (12°23'N., 124°20'E.) is entered between Looc

Point, located about 4.5 miles SSE of the entrance to the Mauo

River, and Canaguayan Islet, about 0.6 mile SSW.

2.135 Sojoton Point (12°19'N., 124°20'E.), located 3.5 miles S of

Looc Point, is high and jagged. Sojoton Islet, 32m high; lies

about 45m NW of the point. There is a small, steep-sided cove

just N of Sojoton Point. A depth of 7.3m lies near the mouth of
Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 77

Pub. 162

the Palanit River, which discharges into the head of the cove.

2.135 A shoal extends about 0.5 mile W from Looc Point. A shoal,

with a depth of 8.2m, lies in the middle of the entrance to the

bay. The head of the bay is filled with reefs. A causeway, with

two bridges, extends across the bay about 0.5 mile NE of Looc

Point. A pier at which small vessels load copra is located in the

bay about 0.5 mile NE of Looc Point.

2.135 Canaguayan Islet, 36m high, lies close off the coast of Samar, on the E side of the entrance to Dalupiri Pass.

2.135 Vessels can take anchorage between Canaguayan Islet and

the coast of Samar in sufficient depths with good holding

ground, but the space is limited.

2.136 Dalupiri Island (12°25'N., 124°15'E.), 128m high

and partly wooded, extends about 6 miles SSE from its N extremity, which is located about 7.75 miles SSW of Balicuatro

Point. It lies parallel to the NW coast of Samar, from which it

is separated by the wide and deep Dalupiri Pass. The E and W

sides of the island are clear of dangers and steep-to.

2.136 A shoal, with a least depth of 8.2m near its outer end, extends about 2.25 miles N from Igang Point, the N extremity of

the island. 

2.136 A shoal extends about 2.25 miles SSE and 2 miles SE from

Minanga Point, the S extremity of the island. At the inner end

of this shoal depths of less than 5.5m extend about 0.6 mile offshore, and depths of less than 10.9m extend 1.5 miles offshore.

2.136 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere off the coast of Dalupiri Island, but necessarily close in on account of the considerable depths, except on the shoals extending from the N and S

ends of the island.

2.136 Dalupiri Pass (12°25'N., 124°18'E.), between Dalupiri Island and the W coast of Samar, is the safest of the three passes

connecting San Bernardino Strait with the Samar Sea to the S.

The pass has a least width of about 1.75 miles and is deep and

clear of dangers in the fairway.

2.136 The strong tidal currents generally set fair with the channel,

with a countercurrent close inshore. Tide rips and whirlpools

are experienced about 2 miles N of Igang Point and 1.5 miles

SE of Minanga Point.

2.137 Capul Island (12°26'N., 124°10'E.) stands with its N

extremity about 6 miles WNW of the N extremity of Dalupiri

Island. It lies parallel to the NW side of Dalupiri Island, from

which it is separated by the wide and deep Capul Pass. 

2.137 There are several sharp cone-shaped peaks on the island, but the

summit, located near the SE end, is 216m high and flat-topped.

The slopes are steep and heavily wooded, except on the NE side

where a valley trends inland, where there are several clearings.

2.137 Capul, the most important town on the island, is located on

the E side about 4.25 miles SSE of its N extremity. A church

with a prominent bell tower is conspicuous. The fishing village

of San Luis stands at the head of San Luis Bay on the NE side

of the island.

2.137 A light marks Totoog Point, the N extremity of Capul Island.

2.137 Vessels can take anchorage, during fair weather, in a position

NE of the town of Capul. This area is exposed to the full

strength of the tidal currents which set through Capul Pass.

2.137 A reporting system applies to all vessels, including pleasure

craft and seaplanes on the water, transiting the area. Vessels

should establish contact on VHF channel 16 with Capul Coast

Watch Station, call sign “Coast Watch Capul,” when entering

or departing San Bernadino Strait or passing Capul Island.

2.137 Vessels should report the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Call sign.

3. Course and speed.

4. Port of registry and nationality.

5. Type of vessel.

Capul Island Light
78 Sector 2. Luzon—South Coast 

Pub. 162

6. Type of cargo on board.

7. Port of destination and ETA.

8. Last port of call.

9. Number of crew on board.

10. Master’s name.

2.137 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies 0.2 mile offshore, about

1.25 miles NNW of Capul

2.138 Capul Pass (12°26'N., 124°13'E.), between Capul Island and Dalupiri Island, should be avoided as much as possible,

and especially by northbound vessels, as there is danger of being

set onto Diamante Rock (12°21'N., 124°12'E.). This rock is composed of sharp black rocks, which nearly dry, located about 2.25

miles SSE of Timon Point, the S extremity of Capul Island.

2.138 Rubi Shoal, which consists of sharp black rocks, with a least

depth of 5.8m, lies about 1.5 miles WNW of Diamante Rock

and 1.75 miles S of Timon Point. 

2.138 This danger and Diamante Shoal are steep-to and difficult to

distinguish. Strong eddies are encountered between these dangers.

2.138 While the tidal currents sets S on the W side and in the middle of Capul Pass, there is a N current setting along the W side

of Dalupiri Island, causing a long line of rips and eddies with a

great deal of foam which gradually works across the pass according to the stage of the tide. 

2.138 The ebb current flows N throughout Capul Pass, coming

from the W over Rubi Shoals, while the flood current is still

running SE of Diamante Rock.

2.138 Rips extend over 1 mile N from Totoog Point. During the

flood current in San Bernardino Strait, a N tidal current sets

along the E side of Totoog Point. 

2.138 Tide rips have also been reported almost 2 miles W of Totoog Point.

2.139 The Naranjo Islands (12°23'N., 124°02'E.), located

W of Capul Island and about 7.5 miles S of the coast of Luzon,

consists of the six small islands of San Andres, Rasa, Medio,

Darsena, Aguada, and Escarpada. 

2.139 Naranjo Pass, which is wide and deep, separates the group

from Capul Island. 

2.139 The islands are mountainous with very abrupt slopes, being

steeper near the shores. The islands are almost bare of heavy

timber, though practically the whole group is covered with

brush and jungle. There are no important towns in the islands. 

2.139 Tadloy Point, on San Andres Island, is the N extremity of the

group.

2.139 Vessels can take anchorage in Sabariog Bay, lying on the N

coast of Darsena Island, with protection being afforded by the

other islands of the group. During the Northeast Monsoon anchorage can be taken off the SW side of Escarpada Island. 

2.139 Ternate Bay, between Darsena Island and Aguada Island, affords protected anchorage, but is subject to strong currents at

times. Access to this anchorage is from the SW.

2.139 Caution.—Navigators must exercise caution when approaching these anchorages as the channels are narrow and the

tidal currents are strong.

2.139 The flood current in San Bernardino Strait generally sets SW

between and around the Naranjo Islands. However, in the channel between Aguada Island and Escarpada Island, the current

sets NW; between Rasa Island and San Andres Island it sets

NE, causing heavy rips where it meets the flood current.

2.140 Destacado Island (12°17'N., 124°06'E.), about 201m

high, lies about 3.75 miles SE of the Naranjo Islands. The island

rises steeply from the sea and its coasts are generally clear of dangers. Lode Bay is formed by an indentation in the W coast of the

island. A reef, on which there is a rock 2.7m high, extends about

0.3 mile offshore from the middle of Lode Bay. 

2.140 Vessels can take anchorage in the N part of Lode Bay. This

anchorage is untenable during the Southwest Monsoon.

2.140 Naranjo Pass (12°24'N., 124°07'E.), between the Naranjo

Islands and Capul Island, is deep with a least width of 5 miles.

2.140 Numerous swirls and eddies are formed in the N entrance to

Naranjo Pass and in the channel between Capul Island and Luzon.

2.140 Vessels bound S through Naranjo Pass should pass about 1 mile

W of Totoog Point and the same distance E of Destacado Island. 

2.140 Vessels bound W with the current are likely to be carried S

toward San Andres Island unless special precautions are taken

to avoid it.

2.140 Caution.—Navigators must exercise caution when navigating Naranjo Pass because of the cross currents.

2.140 At night or during stormy weather when the visibility is

poor, vessels are advised to pass N and W of the Naranjo Islands, keeping fairly close to the Masbate coast in passing to or

from the Samar Sea from San Bernardino Strait.
79

Pub. 162

3. 

Panay—North and East Coasts, Masbate—South Coast, and 

Negros—Northwest Coast

3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
81

Pub. 162

SECTOR 3 

PANAY—NORTH AND EAST COASTS/MASBATE—SOUTH COAST/NEGROS—NORTHWEST 

COAST

3.0 Plan.—This sector describes the area between the NE extremity of Mindoro to the SE extremity of Masbate, the Sibuyan Sea and Sibuyan Island, the N coast of Panay, and off-lying

islands and dangers in the above areas. The arrangement is

from W to E.

3.0 Also described in this sector is the E coast of Panay and the

W coast of Negros, both from N to S, including Guimaras Island, Iloilo Strait, and Guimaras Strait. 

General Remarks

3.1 Winds—Weather.—The Southwest Monsoon generally begins about the middle or end of April, with winds from

the SW and W, which at times blow freshly, alternating irregularly with NE winds. They are felt first in that part of the

Sibuyan Sea included between Verde Island Passage and the

meridian of Marinduque.

3.1 In this part they blow stronger than the variable winds from

N to S through E that are experienced farther E and which are

accompanied by thick weather and heavy squalls.

3.1 In April and May the winds are variable from N to S through

E, with occasional thick weather, heavy squalls, and calms.

This weather continues through June until the Southwest Monsoon becomes established in the vicinity of Verde Island Passage.

3.1 In general, the Southwest Monsoon becomes established

during June and blows from SSW to W, reaching at this time as

far E as Marinduque.

3.1 In some years the Southwest Monsoon is limited to a few

gales W, alternating with the variable winds from the E. In other years it attains full force in May, and in this case the SW

winds are less permanent from June to September and are replaced by longer periods of variable breezes.

3.1 The Northeast Monsoon begins toward the end of September

or the beginning of October. During September the winds blow

alternately from NE, SE, or SW, but with more persistence

from the SW. During the interval of change there are light

winds, calms, and tornadoes.

3.1 During October, November, and the early part of December,

the monsoon blows strong from the N and NE, accompanied by

thick weather and rains.

3.1 After the middle of December the gales cease and the winds

blows strongly from the NE, E, and SE, with much thick

weather and rain until the Vernal equinox, from which time until the monsoon ends the winds vary from N to S through E,

sometimes blowing with force, and other times light and variable airs and calms. 

3.1 Typhoons are more prevalent in the months from June to November, inclusive, and about 20 per cent of all the typhoons occur in September.

3.1 Tides—Currents.—The flood current, is the current which

enters the Sulu Sea through Mindoro Strait and sets NE

through Tablas Island, where they are joined by the tidal current. The tidal current comes through the passes between Tablas Island and Panay, and sets N through Romblon Pass.

3.1 Similarly, the ebb current, running SW, divides in the vicinity of Punta Gorda, one current running S on each side of Tablas

Island.

3.1 Vessels coming from the NW along the usual route on the

flood current leave the current from Verde Island Passage about

midway between Maestre de Campo Island and Simara Island. 

3.1 On nearing the latter island, a tidal current of 0.5 to 0.75 knot

is found setting to the NE. 

3.1 Abreast of Guindanauhan Islet the direction of the current

changes to ENE, but seldom reaches the strength of 1 knot,

since it appears to be very deep and not a surface current. This

current causes a slight rip on the banks between 91 to 182m.

3.1 Close off Punta Gorda is an area with very little current, but

E of it the flood current is met setting due N through Romblon

Pass. This current enters the passages to Port Romblon from

the W, and continues to the NE between Cobrador Island and

Romblon Island.

3.1 The ebb currents are exactly opposite in strength and direction to those of the flood. Tidal currents of up to 1.5 knots are

found in the narrow channels in the vicinity of Guindauahan Islet and Origion Rock. Moderate rips are found in this area.

3.1 The currents on the W coast of Tablas Island are almost

wholly tidal and flood N, following the general trend of the

coast with a strength of about 0.5 knot. These currents, which

run very deep, causes rips at abrupt changes in depth. Strong

rips are found off Bagulayac Point.

3.1 The flood current on the E coast of Tablas Island sets N and

ebbs S at an estimated rate of about 0.5 knot. At the same time,

the flood current sets SE along the SW side of Sibuyan Island.

3.1 Observations near Cresta de Gallo Island shown the flood

current setting SW. The ebb current moves in a direction opposite to that of the flood in the above localities.

3.1 The tidal currents between Panay and Tablas Island sometimes attain a rate of 3.5 knots, but elsewhere in the above localities do not exceed 2 knots. The flood current sets E and the

ebb sets W.

3.1 The flood current which sets E along the N coast of Panay

and S along the E coast of that island meets the flood current

which sets NE through Iloilo Strait and Guimaras Strait in the

vicinity of Pan de Azucar Island.

3.1 The ebb current sets in an opposite direction. As a general

rule the tidal currents are not strong in this area, but they sometimes attain a rate of 2 knots in the narrow channels and in the

approaches to these channels.

3.1 In the Sibuyan Sea, the tidal currents are not strong, except

off Arena Point, the SE extremity of the Bondoc Peninsula,

where they acquire some force from the amount of water that

enters and leaves Ragay Gulf.

3.1 The flood current that enters Mindoro Strait follows the

coast of Mindoro, part of it continuing around the S and E

coasts of that island and then N of Dumali Point, where it
82 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

meets the tidal current through Verde Island Passage.

3.1 The remainder of this tidal current divides at the NW extremity of Panay, one branch flowing along the N coast of

Panay past Bulacue Point and the Gigantes Islands to Bulala

qui Point the N extremity of Cebu. 

3.1 From there it turns S and meets the tidal current from the Pacific Ocean through Surigao Strait, about 6 miles S of the

Camotes Islands.

3.1 It also flows into the Iloilo Strait and into the Tanon Strait

where it meets the tidal current which has entered from the S

on the parallels of the N end of Negros and of Tajao Point.

3.1 The ebb currents set exactly opposite in strength and direction.

3.1 The tidal currents in the Visayan Sea are more or less unpredictable due to the numerous connecting channels leading into

it. Swirls and eddies are apt to be found in the vicinities of the

numerous shoal patches and in the narrow channels leading between the islands and dangers.

3.1 The route from Manila to Iloilo, via Verde Island Passage, is

the one most commonly used, as it permits deviation to a number of minor ports. It is followed as far as Dumali Point, the NE

extremity of Mindoro, where a choice of two routes is offered. 

3.1 The E route is the one most often used by inter-island vessels, particularly during the Southwest Monsoon. The W route

is deeper and more easily traversed.

3.1 The W route is used extensively during the strength of the

Northeast Monsoon, when there is a fair wind and sea on the S

passage. The W route is recommended for strangers and for

vessels of deep draft.

3.1 The E route leads E of Maestro de Campo Island and then S

of Simara Island, between it and the N end of Tablas Island. It

then leads through Romblon Pass, between Tablas Island and

Romblon Island, then SW of Jintotolo Island and through Jintotolo Channel. 

3.1 From here proceed through one of the channels NE of Panay,

and then between Panay and Negros.

Off-lying Islands

3.2 Dumali Point (13°07'N., 121°33'E.) lies on the N part

of the E coast of Mindoro and is described in paragraph 2.34.

3.2 Maestre De Campo Island (12°56'N., 121°43'E.) lies about

13 miles SE of Dumali Point.

3.2 The summit of the island from E or W appears like a ridge

with three distinct hills, the highest near the N part of the island.

3.2 The coast may be approached safely within 0.25 mile. The

island has a number of small bays which afford anchorage and

shelter to small craft.

3.2 Port Concepcion (12°55'N., 121°43'E.) lies on the SE side

of Maestre De Campo Island.

3.2 A beacon, 10m high, is situated on a 32m high hill on the S

side of the entrance to the port.

3.2 Depths of over 16.5m are found in the approach, and in the

middle of the S part of the port. The shores are fringed by a

reef, except at the head of the N arm, where there is a sandy

beach. Several wrecks lie in the N part of the port, N of a line

extending W from Batarya Point. This part of the port is extremely narrow and should only be used by small vessels with

local knowledge.

3.2 Concepcion, a small village of little commercial importance,

stands on the E shore of the N arm of the port.

3.2 There is anchorage in the middle of the port, protected from

all winds except those between E and SE, in depths of 29 to

37m, rock and sand. Small vessels may anchor farther N off

Concepcion village. Heavy squalls are reported to blow down

from the hills during the Northeast Monsoon season (October

to March).

3.3 Bidoos Bay (12°55'N., 121°44'E.), entered between

Batarya Point and San Martin Point, about 0.5 mile ENE, is

immediately E of Port Concepcion; they are separated by a narrow tongue of land.

3.3 Bidoos Bay and Agbatang Bay, on the S side of the island,

are the principal breaks in the shoreline outside of Port Concepcion. They are open S, fringed with coral, and suitable for

small craft only.

3.3 The Dos Hermanas Islands (13°02'N., 121°55'E.) lie about

11 miles NE of Maestre De Campo Island. 

3.3 This group consists of two small islets, Carlota Island and Isabel Island, 59m and 65m high, respectively, lying about 1.5

miles apart. From the offing the two islets appear alike, each

with a flat top and sloping to a terrace at each end.

3.3 The coasts of the islets consist of cliffs, 6 to 24m high, greatly underworn by the sea. A narrow fringe of coral fronts the N

side of each islet. To the NE of Carlota there is a narrow coral

spit sloping gradually to a depth of 46m, at a distance of 0.5

mile. Both islets are densley wooded and Carlota is inhabited.

3.3 The tidal current is especially strong in the vicinity of the

Dos Hermanas Islands; the flood current sets in an E or ENE

direction, and the ebb in a W direction. Added to this current is

the effect of the wind currents, setting SW from 0.25 to 0.5

knot during the Northeast Monsoon, and in the opposite direction, and weaker, during the Southwest Monsoon.

3.3 The best anchorage is on the coral spit on the NE side of

Carlota Island.

3.4 Banton Island (12°56'N., 122°04'E.) lies with its NW

extremity about 17.5 miles E of Maestre De Campo Island. The

island consists of a central ridge, 615m high at the N end, occupying the larger part of the island. The W coast is indented by

Mainit Bay. This bay, and two small bays on either side, are too

deep and exposed to provide anchorage. A narrow steep-to reef

fringes the entire island, except at the NE and SW points where

the cliffs fall precipitously into great depths. A town, which

can be identified by its church, stands on the E side of the island.

3.4 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage off Banton

Island, either off the S point of the town or on a coral ridge off

the SE extremity of the island, in a depth of 27m, although this

has been reported to be a poor anchorage.

3.4 Bantoncillo Island (12°53'N., 122°00'E.), 98m high and

wooded, lies 3.25 miles SW of Banton Island. The island is

bordered by coarse beaches and limestone ledges, and is

fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. A bare pinnacle rock, 26m

high, lies close off the SW point of the island.

3.5 Simara Island (12°48'N., 122°03'E.) lies with its NE

extremity 4.5 miles S of Banton Island. The coast of the island

is bold with no indentations except at the SW end, where there
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 83

Pub. 162

is a narrow, reef filled inlet. The rest of the coast consists of

low cliffs and coral beaches.

3.5 A small town stands near the S extremity of the island. It can

be identified by a church and the ruins of a fort on the hill behind the town.

3.5 A light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m high, standing

on Corcuera Point, the W extremity of the island. 

3.5 The NE stream between Banton Island and Simara Island has

a rate of between 0.5 to 0.75 knot.

3.5 Ranger Reef (12°48'N., 122°06'E.), a small shoal with a

least depth of 3.6m, lies about 1.5 miles E of the SE part of the

Simara Island. It can only occasionally be discerned by water

discoloration.

3.5 Two 14.6m coral patches lie 2.25 miles off the E side of Simara Island. A similar patch lies about 0.7 mile off the SE part

of the island.

3.5 Vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage between

Ranger Reef and the SE side of Simara Island, with Bantayan

Hill, the summit of the island, bearing between 300° and 315°,

in depths of 20 to 26m.

Tablas Island

3.6 Tablas Island (12°25'N., 122°02'E.), about 35 miles

long from N to S, is separated from Mindoro to the W by Tablas Strait and from Romblon Island to the E by Romblon Pass.

A heavily wooded central range of hills traverses the length of

the island. There are no important towns on the island.

3.6 The only protected anchorage is Looc Bay, near the SW end

of the island, but sheltered anchorage may be obtained on either side of the island according to the season.

3.6 Guindauahan Island (12°41'N., 122°06'E.) lies close off

the N coast of Tablas Island. An 8.5m shoal, coral and sand,

lies 2 miles W of Guindauahan Island. There are tide rips between the shoal and the island. Origon Rock, with two pinnacles, 33m and 12m, lie close off the N point of Tablas Island.

Tidal currents of up to 1.5 knots are found in the narrow channels in this area.

3.6 The W coast of the island is largely bordered by mangroves,

with numerous beaches of coral sand and some limestone

cliffs. The coastal reef extends up to 0.6 mile offshore in places. There are no reported off-lying dangers on the W side.

3.6 There are several villages on the W coast of which anchorage may be obtained with local knowledge during the Northeast Monsoon (October to March).

3.7 Odiongan (12°24'N., 121°59'E.), the largest town on

Tablas Island, stands on the S shore of Odiongan Bay, about 18

miles S of Guindauahan Island. 

3.7 A light is shown on the beach near the town and also from

Batiano Point, about 1 mile NNE of the town. A stone mole,

with alongside depths of 3.4 to 4.3m, stands on Batiano Point.

3.7 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile NW of Odiongan

Light, in a depth of 9.1m, mud. N winds cause a heavy sea at

this anchorage.

3.7 Mount Bitaogan, 659m high, standing near the middle of the

central range of hills 6 miles ENE of Odiongan, appears as a

rounded knob from E or W, and as a sharp peak from N or S.

3.7 Bagulayac Point (12°24'N., 121°57'E.) lies about 2.5 miles

WSW of Odiongan. It can be identified by a bare cliff and two

rocks 9m and 20m high.

3.7 Guinawayan Point (12°17'N., 121°56'E.) is located about

6.5 miles S of Bagulayac Point. Colasi Hill, located about 0.5

mile N of the point, is 168m high, and is prominent from the S.

Wayside Rock, 4.6m high, lies about 2 miles NNW of the

point.

3.7 Mount Lunas, 422m high, is a black ridge located about 6

miles E of Guinawayan Point. It appears long and rounded

from the E and W and presents a sharp appearance from N or

S.

3.7 Cauit Point (12°16'N., 121°58'E.), located about 3 miles SE

of Guinawayan Point, is low and bordered by mangroves.

There are two conical hills about 0.5 mile N of the point. The N

hill is 50m high and the S hill is 62m high. The point is fringed

by a reef, which dries, that extends about 0.5 mile S into the entrance of the bay. A narrow spit, with a depth of 10.4m at its

outer end, extends 0.5 mile farther SW.

3.8 Looc Bay (12°14'N., 121°59'E.) is entered between

Cauit Point and Agoho Point, 1.25 miles S. 

3.8 The bay is one of the best harbors of refuge in the Philippines, and the only sheltered anchorage on the W coast of Tablas Island during the Southwest Monsoon.

3.8 A village stands on the N side of the bay and is identified by

its iron roof schoolhouse.

3.8 The shores of the bay are bordered with mangroves and there

are sandy beaches, backed by mud, in front of Looc village on

the N side of the bay and in the E bight.

3.8 The shore reef is from 0.15 to 0.35 mile wide and is steep-to,

except on the N and NE shores.

3.8 A drying reef extends about 0.5 mile NNE from the SW side

of the S arm of the bay. A small detached reef, marked by a

light, lies close offshore in the E arm of the bay.

3.8 Looc, a small town, stands on a low sandy shore in the N part

of the bay. A church with an iron roof is located in the town.

There is regular sea service to Manila and a telegraph connection with Odiongon.

3.8 Looc Reef, which dries 0.6m, lies about 0.75 mile ENE of

Agoho Point. It is steep-to and divides the N part of the bay into two deep channels.

3.8 Looc Reef Light is shown from a concrete tower, 14m high,

marking the N extremity of the reef.

3.8 There is anchorage off the above village, in a depth of 20m,

with the village church bearing 029° and Cauit Point bearing

294°, or closer in if necessary.

3.8 There is anchorage in the S part of the bay, in a depth of

31m, 1.75 miles from the head of the bay, with the point separating the E and S part of the bay bearing about 089°.

3.8 Directions.—When approaching Looc Bay from the N, pass

0.4 mile W of Guinawayan Point and steer for a 6.1m high rock

about 0.9 mile SSW of Agoho Point, bearing 147°. When Agoho Point bears 091°, steer for it on that bearing until Mount Lunas bears 055°, which will lead through the entrance.

3.9 Agoho Point (12°14'N., 121°58'E.), the S entrance

point to Looc Bay, is 27m high, with black bluffs and mangroves at the coastline. It is fringed by a reef which extends

about 0.15 mile N. A rock, 6.1m high, stands on the reef 0.9

mile SSW of Agoho Point.

Tuctuc Point (12°11'N., 121°57'E.) lies 3 miles SSW of Ag-
84 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

oho Point. The point ends in a dark rock which is shaped like a

sugar loaf. The shore reef extends about 0.15 mile offshore and

is steep-to at its outer edge.

3.9 Capid Point lies 2 miles SSE of Tuctuc Point and is fringed

by a narrow reef. An inlet indents the coast for 1 mile in a NE

direction between Capid Point and Tipolo Point, about 1.5

miles SE.

3.9 Santa Fe is a small town that lies at the head of the inlet. A

house with a prominent iron roof stands in the town.

3.9 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage just

inside the entrance to the inlet, in a depth of about 26m, mud,

with Canyayo Point, 1 mile E of Capid Point, in line with

Capid Point, bearing about 279°, and the iron-roofed house,

065°. A large bushy black tree on a dark hill at the head of the

inlet, bearing 046°, is a convenient lead. 

3.9 The coast between Santa Fe and Cabalian Point has low

rocks and boulders at all the points, with sandy beaches between.

3.9 Cabalian Point (12°06'N., 122°01'E.), the S extremity of

Tablas Island, is low, sandy, and difficult to distinguish at night.

A light marks the point. Cabalian Banks, extending from 1.5 to

5.5 miles S from Cabalian Point, have a least depth of 10m.

Heavy tide rips are formed on these banks.

3.9 Cabalian Point should be given a berth of about 1 mile.

3.9 In the S part of the island there are several sharp conical hills

which are bare and grassy. Mount Malbug, 277m high, is located about 7 miles N of Cabalian Point. It is dark, wooded, and

prominent.

Tablas Island—East Side

3.10 Gorda Point (12°40'N., 122°09'E.), the NE extremity

of Tablas Island, is bold and shows a light. 

3.10 Tablas Summit, which is prominent, stands about 1 mile SW

of Gorda Point.

3.10 Carmen Bay (12°37'N., 122°09'E.) lies about 2.5 miles S of

Gorda Point and is entered between Bailan Point and Canapiag

Point, 1.5 miles S. Biaringan Island lies close S of the N entrance point of the bay. 

3.10 A rock, with a depth of 1.5m, lies 0.5 mile SE of Canapiag

Point. A rock lies close NE of the Biaringan Island.

3.10 A small village named Carmen stands at the head of the bay.

A light is shown on the W side of the bay. A wooden pier, reported in ruins, lies close S of the light.

3.10 A radio tower has been established about 1.75 miles WSW

of Canapiag Point.

3.10 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage with

Tablas Summit bearing 023° and Bailan Point bearing 074°.

3.10 Badajoz (San Agustin) (12°34'N., 122°08'E.), a small town,

lies 3 miles S of Carmen Bay. The roof of the schoolhouse is

prominent from offshore.

3.10 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage

about 0.1 mile off the town, in a depth of 12.8m.

3.10 Caution must be used to avoid the shoal water extending 0.3

mile ESE of Nalumsan Point, and the 2.7m shoal lying in the

middle of the bight SE of the town. The shoals are visible at

half tide and break in a moderate sea.

3.10 A light is shown from the edge of the 2.7m shoal.

3.11 Pineda Point (12°32'N., 122°08'E.) marked by a

light, lies about 1.75 miles S of Nalumsan Point. The point is

low, sandy, and hard to identify. Shoals, with depths of 10.9m

and 5.8m lie about 1 mile NNE and 1 mile S, respectively, of

the point.

3.11 Tugdan Point (12°19'N., 122°05'E.) lies about 14 miles S of

Pineda Point. This point, which is low, sandy, and difficult to

identify, is distinguished by the spurs extending E to the coast

from the main mountain range.

3.11 A reef which nearly dries extends about 1 mile NE from the

point. A shoal, with a least depth of 3.6m, lies about 1.25 miles

SSE of Tugdan Point.

3.11 There are several detached shoals, with depths of 11.9 to

16.5m, lying as far as 3.75 miles S of the point.

3.11 Calaton Point (12°11'N., 122°04'E.) lies about 8 miles S of

Tugdan Point. The point is a black heavily-wooded promontory, which projects about 1.5 miles from the coast. A hill stands

on the point. The point is steep-to and fringed by large rocks at

the water line. Foul ground extends as far as 1 mile N of the N

face of the point.

3.11 Cabahan Island (12°09'N., 122°02'E.) lies about 0.5 mile

offshore, 2.5 miles SW of Calaton Point. The S and E sides of

the island are formed by red, rocky cliffs, and its N and W sides

are bordered by mangroves. The island is fringed by reefs and

foul ground. A rocky islet lies about 0.25 mile E of the land

and is connected to it by a reef.

3.11 Pez Rock, a 21m high red pinnacle, lies about 0.25 mile SSE

of the extremity of the island.

Tablas Island—Off-lying Islands

3.12 Romblon Pass (12°35'N., 122°12'E.) lies between the

NE point of Tablas Island and the islands of Cobrador, Alad,

Lugbung, and Romblon. The pass has a least width of 4.25

miles and is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway.

3.12 Cobrador Island (12°40'N., 122°14'E.) lies about 4.5 miles

E of Gorda Point, the NE extremity of Tablas Island. The island is steep-to except on its SW side.

3.12 Cazcarro Rocks, a group of above and below water rocks, lie

close off the SW side of the island. Aregita Rocks lie close off

the E coast of the island.

3.12 Alad Island (12°37'N., 122°15'E.) lies about 1.25 miles S of

Cobrador Island. The island is steep-to and wooded. An islet,

consisting of two rocks, lies 0.2 mile S of the S extremity of

Alad Island.

3.12 Lugbung Island (12°36'N., 122°15'E.) is located about 0.75

mile S of Alad Island. It has a hill 95m high at either extremity.

A reef extends about 0.2 mile NNE from the island and a similar reef extends 0.2 mile SW from the SW extremity of the island; a shoal, with a depth of 12.2m at its outer edge, extends

about 0.2 mile farther SW.

3.12 The channel between Alad Island and Lugbung Island has a

depth of 12m and a width of about 0.2 mile between the reefs.

3.12 Bangud Islet (12°34'N., 122°14'E.), 54m high and wooded,

lies 0.8 mile S of Lugbung Island.

3.12 Caution.—Shoals lie about 2 miles E and 2.75 miles SE of

the N extremity of Biaringan Island with depths of 27.9m and

25.2m, respectively.

3.13 Romblon Island (12°33'N., 122°17'E.) lies about 5.5

miles off the NE coast of Tablas Island. The island is about 9
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 85

Pub. 162

miles in length, N to S. The shores of the island are fairly

steep-to.

3.13 Port Romblon (12°35'N., 122°16'E.) (World Port Index No.

58590) lies on the NW side of Romblon Island.

3.13 The port is entered between Sabang Point (12°36'N.,

122°16'E.) and Rosas Point, 0.9 mile S, and is divided into 2

arms by Agbatan Point, from which a reef extends W for 0.1

mile. A lighted beacon situated on the W end of a reef which

extends 0.2 mile W of Agbatan Point. 

3.13 A light is shown from a concrete beacon, 5m high, standing

0.1 mile N of Binagon Point which is located 0.4 mile SSW of

Agbatan Point. The approaches to the port are deep and free of

dangers in the fairway. The main wharf is 100m, with a controlling depth of 9m alongside.

3.13 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of

the outer part of the N arm, protected from all but SW winds.

3.13 Anchorage can also be taken in the S arm, in the middle of

the arm, in depths of 26 to 29m, mud. A mooring buoy is laid

in the S part of the bay.

3.13 Although the entrance is only 0.15 mile wide, the edges of

the reef can usually be discerned by water discoloration. Although confined, this anchorage is deep and provides good protection.

3.13 Directions.—Port Romblon may be approached by the channels between Alad Island and Romblon Island or Alad Island

and Lugbang Island or Lugbang Island and Romblon Island. 

3.13 If bound for the S harbor, steer to pass from 46 to 70m S of

the lighted beacon off Agabton Point, and the same distance N

of the lighted beacon off Binagan Point; when abeam of the latter steer for the anchorage or the pier.

3.14 San Pedro Point (12°32'N., 122°15'E.) lies 2.5 miles

SSE of Bangud Islet. The point forms the S entrance point to a

small bay. A reef extends about 0.4 mile S from the N entrance

point of the above bay.

3.14 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor in this bay about

0.1 mile offshore, in depths of 12 to 18m.

3.14 There are two bays between San Pedro Point and Apunan

Point, the S extremity of Romblon Island; the N bay is foul, but

there is a depth of 9m at a distance of 0.1 mile offshore in the S

bay.

3.14 Apunan Point (12°29'N., 122°17'E.), lies about 4 miles SSE

of San Pedro Point. A light is shown on the point. Sablayan

Point lies 2.75 miles ENE of Apunan Point. The coast between

these two points is steep-to and clear of dangers.

3.14 Calabago Point (12°33'N., 122°19'E.) lies 2.5 miles N of

Sablayan Point. A small islet, from which a reef extends 0.5

mile NNW, lies in a large bight, close N of the point. Detached

shoals, with depths of 16.5m, lie about 4.5 miles E and ESE,

respectively, of Calabago Point.

3.14 Tongo Point (12°38'N., 122°17'E.) forms the N extremity of

Romblon Island. The coast between the islet N of Calabago

Point and Tongo Point is clear of dangers, and may be approached to within 0.5 mile.

3.14 A shoal, with a depth of 14.6m, lies close E of the point.

Sibuyan Island

3.15 Sibuyan Island (12°25'N., 122°35'E.) is separated

from the E side of Romblon Island by a passage 6.5 miles

wide, and which apart from two 16.5m patches, is very deep

and clear of dangers. The island is mountainous and has eight

prominent peaks.

3.15 Mount Guitinguitin, the highest, stands in the middle of the

island. There are several small towns standing along the shores

of the island, but none are of any commercial importance.

3.15 The N and NE coasts of the island are fronted by detached

shoals and dangers as far as two miles offshore.

3.15 Cabodiangan Point (12°27'N., 122°25'E.), the W extremity

of the island, is low and covered with mangroves.

3.15 Cangouac Point lies about 5.25 miles NE of Cabodiangan

Point. A shoal, with a depth of 5.5m, lies about 0.5 mile NE of

Cangouac Point.

3.15 Magdiwang (Magallanes) (12°30'N., 122°31'E.), a town on

the W bank of the Magallanes River, lies about 1.5 miles ESE

of Cangouac Point. Madiwang Lighted Beacon stands on

Cangouac Point.

3.15 A conspicuous house with a white roof stands on the E side

of the river.

3.15 Shoal water lies from 0.75 mile to 2 miles N of the town, and

can best be seen on the chart.

3.15 Vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage NW of

the entrance to the river, in depths of 11 to 17m, sand.

3.15 Vessels approaching from the W or N should pass about 2

miles N of Cangouac Point, and then steer 149° for the house

with a white roof.

3.15 Vessels approaching from the E should keep from 1.5 to 2

miles offshore until Ipil Point, 2 miles WSW of Cangouac

Point, bears 245°. Ipil Point is only prominent on this bearing.

Steer for Ipil Point on 245°, passing over a 10m depth located

about 1.25 miles N of Consumala Point.

3.15 When the mouth of the Magallanes River bears 186°, alter

course to 197°, being careful to avoid the charted dangers, and

approach the anchorage NW of the river’s mouth.

3.16 Consumala Point (12°30'N., 122°33'E.), the N extremity of Sibuyan Island, lies about 3.25 miles ENE of Cangouac Point. A reef, with a depth of 0.9m, extends 0.5 mile NE

from the point.

3.16 Silom (12°30'N., 122°36'E.), a village, stands about 3.25

miles E of Consumala Point. There is a break in the coastal reef

off the village which provides anchorage and shelter to small

vessels with local knowledge. Canloay Point lies about 2 miles

E of Silom.

3.16 The coast between Canloay Point and Cambulayan Point is

fringed with coral and mangroves, but there are a few places

where landings can be made.

3.16 A chain of sand and stone shoals lies from 1 to 1.5 miles off

this coast.

3.16 There is a deep channel between the shoals and the coast

which can best be seen on the chart.

3.16 Cajidiocan (12°22'N., 122°41'E.), a small town, is located

about 2 miles SSW of Cambulayan Point. A school with a red

roof in the town is conspicuous.

3.17 Cauit Point (12°16'N., 122°38'E.), the S extremity of

Sibuyan Island, is located about 7 miles SSW of Cajidiocan.

The point is a low narrow flat peninsula of coarse sand and

gravel.

3.17 A concrete tower, 10m high, from which Cavit Point Light is
86 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

shown, stands on Cavit Point. Heavy tide rips occur off the

point at and near spring tides. Azagra town stands about 0.5

mile N of the point. 

3.17 A rock, with a depth of 0.9m, lies about 0.4 mile N of Cauit

Point.

3.17 San Fernando (12°18'N., 122°36'E.) lies about 1.75 miles

NW of Cauit Point. Coral reefs extend as far as 0.25 mile offshore abreast the town. Cantingas Point lies 2 miles WNW of

San Fernando. The point is low and hard to identify.

3.17 Espana (12°23'N., 122°30'E.), a small village, lies 5.75

miles SE of Cabodiangan Point. A river empties into the sea 1

mile SE of the village.

3.17 Vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor off the mouth of

the river. Vessels can also anchor off the village.

3.17 A shoal, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.75 mile SW of the

town. 

3.17 Vessels should use caution in order to avoid the reef and

rock, awash, which extend 0.5 mile SE from the S side of the

river.

3.18 Prueba Reef (12°14'N., 122°38'E.), on which there

are two heads, which dry, lies about 1.5 miles S of Cauit Point.

The channel between Cauit Point and the N edge of Prueba

Reef has a least width of about 0.75 mile and is deep and free

of dangers in the fairway.

3.18 The channel between Sibuyan Island and Masbate Island is

about 30 miles wide and is encumbered by numerous shoals,

reefs, and dangers, which are for the most part steep-to. This

channel may be roughly divided into three passages, of which

the W passage is easiest to navigate.

3.18 This passage lies between Sibuyan Island and Prueba Reef

on the NW side and a line of reefs lying about 6 miles SE of

the island. The narrowest part of this passage lies between

Prueba Reef and Cresta de Gallo Island and is about 3.5 miles

wide, deep, and clear of dangers.

3.18 The other two passages should not be attempted as they are

unmarked and the tidal currents in the area are irregular and

unpredictable. There is also the possibility of the existance of

uncharted dangers.

3.18 Cresta de Gallo Island (12°12'N., 122°42'E.) is narrow and

surrounded by dangers, and lies about 5.75 miles SE of Cauit

Point.

3.18 The N part of the island consists of a low sandspit, which is

almost awash at extreme high tides.

3.18 The S part of the island can be identified by its two conspicuous peaks. A concrete tower, 10m high, situated near the S

point of the island.

3.18 A shoal bank, with depths of less than 8.2m and two patches,

with least depths of 4.5m, extends about 3 miles SSW of the island.

3.18 Romero Reef, with a depth of 4.5m, lies about 2 miles SE of

Cresta de Gallo Island.

3.19 Aubarede Reef (12°13'N., 122°43'E.), with a least

depth of 3m, lies about 1.75 miles NE of the NE extremity of

Cresta de Gallo Island.

3.19 Roda Reef, with a least depth of 3.6m, lies about 2.75 miles

NE of Aubarede Reef.

3.19 Perseus Reef lies about 2 miles NNE of Roda Reef and has a

least depth of 0.5m. And a Reef, with a least depth of 2.1m, lies

about 6 miles ESE of Roda Reef.

3.19 An isolated 8.2m depth was reported to lie about 5.5 miles

ENE of Aubarede Reef. Another isolated depth of 3.7m, whose

position is doubtful, lies about 1.5 miles SSE of the 8.2m

depth.

3.19 Cervera Reef (12°20'N., 122°50'E.), awash near its E end,

lies with its W extremity 7 miles ESE of Cambulayan Point.

Shoals, with depths of 9 and 15m lie about 7.75 miles and 8.75

miles SE, respectively, of Cambulayan Point.

3.19 Bennet Reef (12°24'N., 123°05'E.), on which there is a shifting sand cay, lies 15 miles ENE of Cervera Reef. 

3.19 Montero Shoal, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies 7.5 miles

SSW of Bennet Reef. Gamma Reef, with a least depth of 5.5m,

lies 3.5 miles SE of Bennet Reef.

3.19 Tuma Reef (12°15'N., 123°07'E.), with a depth of 4.9m, lies

5.5 miles ESE of Montero Reef. Pineda Reef, with a depth of

0.9m, lies 8 miles WSW of Tuma Reef.

3.19 Arana Reef, with a depth of 0.9m, lies about 2.5 miles SW of

Pineda Reef.

3.19 Reynoso Reef (12°07'N., 122°54'E.), with a least depth of

4.9m, lies about 4.5 miles SW of Arana Reef. Carrasco Reef,

with a least depth of 4.5m, lies 1.25 miles SE of Anda Reef.

Roldan Reef, with a least depth of 0.5m, lies about 2 miles N of

Carrasco Reef.

Panay—North Coast

3.20 Carabao Island (12°04'N., 121°56'E.) lies about 3.5

miles SW of the S extremity of Tablas Island. The shores of the

island are mainly steep-to and clear of dangers.

3.20 Vessels can take anchorage off a sandy beach on the E side

of the island, in a depth of 9.1m. Anchorage can also be taken,

in 18.3m, E of the village of Taft, lying 1.5 miles N of the SE

extremity of the island.

3.20 Vessels can also anchor on the SW side of the island, about

2.25 miles WNW of its S extremity, in a depth of 10.9m.

3.20 Borocay Island (11°58'N., 121°55'E.) lies 2.5 miles S of

Carabao Island. The channel between the two islands is deep

and free of dangers, but tidal currents are very strong. There is

anchorage on the W side of the island, in a depth of 6.7m. 

3.20 The channel between Borocay Island and the N coast of

Panay is about 0.25 mile wide, and clear of dangers in the fairway. There are dangerous rocks on both sides of the fairway

and shoal patches in the approaches. The tidal currents set

through the channel with great force.

Potol Point (11°56'N., 121°57'E.), the N extremity of Panay,

is flat and sandy, with a few trees. A group of rocks and islets

lie about 0.5 mile NE of the point. A reef fringes the shore

from the point to Saboncogon Point, 3.25 miles SE. A prominent hill stands about 0.25 mile SW of Saboncogon Point.

3.20 Ibajay (11°50'N., 122°10'E.), a small town, stands on a point

of the same name, and lies about 11.25 miles ESE of Saboncogon Point. The town is obscured by trees and is not visible

from offshore. 

3.20 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage NE of the

town. This anchorage provides protection from S winds but is

not safe during the Southwest Monsoon.

3.20 The wind often shifts suddenly to the NW, leaving Pontud

Banks to leeward, and a large vessel could not remain here

with safety.
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 87

Pub. 162

3.20 Pontud Bank (11°52'N., 122°15'E.) consists of a group of

shoals with depths of 0.3 to 4.9m, lying from 1.5 to 3.5 miles N

of Apga Point (11°48'N., 122°16'E.).

3.20 Detached shoals, with depths of 3.6m and 1.8m, lie about 0.5

mile and 5 miles NNW, respectively, of Apga Point.

3.20 Aklan Point, 7.5 miles ESE of Apga Point, is low and flat. It

is formed by the delta of a river which flows out at the point.

The sea breaks heavily on the bar during NE winds. A town

stands on the E bank of the river, about 2 miles from the mouth

of the river.

3.21 Port Batan (11°35'N., 122°29'E.) is entered between

Floripon Point, a densely wooded point marked situated about

11 miles SE of Aklan Point, and Batan Point, marked by a

light, 0.75 mile further SSE. Port Batan is formed by the

mouths of several rivers flowing into the same general area.

3.21 The port may be identified by Ocboc Hill, a prominent,

steep, rocky mount 47m high, situated close to the coast, 2.5

miles SE of Floripon Point. Mount Sinalay, 214m high, rises to

a sharp peak 2.25 miles S of Ocboc Hill.

3.21 Detached reefs, with depths of 7.3m and 9.1m, lie about 5.75

and 5.25 miles NNE, respectively, of Floripon Point.

3.21 A shoal, with a depth of 17.7m, lies about 2.5 miles N of the

same point.

3.21 Shoals, with depths of less than 5.5m, extend 1.5 mile and 2

miles N from the W and E sides, respectively, of the entrance

to the port.

3.21 The entrance channel, lying between these shoals, is about

0.25 mile wide. The bar fronting the channel has a least charted

depth of 6.4m. The bar and the shoals have been known to shift

at times.

3.21 If the channel buoys are out of position, the edges of the

banks may sometimes be distinguished by the color of the water and by tide rips. The tidal current runs at a considerable rate

in this vicinity.

3.21 The village of Batan, on the E shore of the port, is in ruins,

and only a few huts are visible. New Washington, a loading

port, lies about 5.75 miles NW of Batan, on the New Washington River (Lagatic River), which could carry a depth of 3m to

New Washington.

3.21 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere S of the peninsula

which forms the N side of Port Batan, in depths of 7 to 11m.

3.21 Anchorage can also be taken, during the Southwest Monsoon, outside the peninsula, about 0.75 mile NE of New Washington.

3.21 Vessels entering Port Batan should steer for Floripon Point

bearing 195°, and then pass in mid-channel between the entrance buoys, allowing for the tidal stream.

3.21 Vessels are cautioned against the effects of the tidal currents

in the channel and in the approaches. Vessels should round the

S part of Floripon Point at a distance of 0.15 mile and anchor

as convenient.

3.22 Sapian Bay (11°33'N., 122°36'E.) lies about 5.5

miles ESE of Batan Point. A small town of the same name situated about 3 miles up a river which flows into the SW corner of

the bay. The bay is free of dangers, but a bank, with depths of

less than 5.5m, extends about 2 miles from the head.

3.22 Malacha Islet, 15.2m high, lies on the E side of the bay,

about 2.25 miles SSW of Nailon Point.

3.22 Detached reefs, with depths of 1.8m and 9.4m, lie about 2.75

miles N of Baquiao Point, the W entrance point to Saipan Bay.

Shoals with depths of 12.9m and 14.7m, lie 5.5 miles NNE and

7.5 miles NE, respectively, of the above point.

3.22 A reef, with a least depth of 4.5m, lies about 1.25 miles N of

Baquiao Point. Foul ground, with depths less than 0.9m, lies

between this reef and the point.

3.22 Rocks, with a depth of 0.9m close E, lie 0.55 mile ESE of

Baquiao Point. A shoal, with a depth of 0.9m, lies 1.5 miles

NW of the point.

3.22 Maybay Island, rocky, partially wooded, and 23m high, lies

1.25 miles WNW of Nailon Point. A shoal, with a least depth

of 2.1m, lies about 0.5 mile NW of the islet.

3.22 Mahabang Islet, 6.1m high, lies 1.25 miles WSW of Nailon

Point. A number of small, rocky islets lie 0.35 mile S of the islet.

3.22 Capiz Bay (11°35'N., 122°42'E.) lies NE of Sapian Bay, and

is entered between Nailon Point and Culasi Point, about 4

miles NE. The depths in the bay are mostly shoal, with the

5.5m curve extending, roughly, between the entrance points.

3.22 The Panay River discharges about 1.5 miles SSE of Culasi

Point. Roxas City stands on the N bank of the river, about 3

miles above its mouth.

3.23 Port Capiz (11°36'N., 122°43'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59150) is located on the S side of Culasi Point. The entrance to the port is about 105m wide and lies between the

heads of two breakwaters. A depth of 5.5m can be carried

through the entrance to the pier at Culasi. A light is shown

from the head of each breakwater.

3.23 A depth of 5.5m was reported in the channel leading to Port

Capiz. 

3.23 A concrete pier, with a reported depth of 5m, situated at Culasi.

3.23 A reef, with a depth of 5.8m, lies about 1.75 miles WNW of

Culasi Point Light. A rock, with a depth of 0.3m, lies about 0.5

mile N of the above point.

3.23 Flat Rock, about 0.3m high, and surrounded by rocks, lies

about 0.85 mile NNE of Culasi Point. Some rocks, which dry

about 1.5m, lie about midway between Flat Rock and the coast.

3.23 Tuad Islet, 13.4m high, is partly wooded; it lies about 3 miles

WSW of Culasi Point and within the 9.1m curve fronting the

bay. The islet lies near the N end of a shoal, of sand and coral

heads, which extends about 0.5 mile S.

3.23 A reef, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.75 mile E of the islet. There is a 4.9m shoal 1.5 miles ESE of Tuad Islet.

3.23 A small pinnacle rock, with a depth of 2.1m, lies about 0.3

mile SW of Culasi Point.

3.23 Vessels unable to enter Port Capiz because of their draft can

take anchorage about 1 mile SW of Culasi Point, in a depth of

6.4m, mud. Smaller vessels can anchor closer to the point.

3.23 Nipa Point (11°37'N., 122°43'E.) lies about 0.5 mile NE of

Culasi Point. The point is steep and rocky. A cluster of intake

pipes, marked by two buoys and a tower, lies about 0.5 mile

NNE of Nipa Point.

3.23 Mantalinga Islet is small and wooded, and lies 1.5 miles E of

Nipa Point. The islet stands on a rocky shelf which is awash. A

5.8m patch lies about 0.6 mile N of the islet.
88 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

3.24 Pirara Point (11°36'N., 122°50'E.), low, sandy, and

covered with trees, lies about 7 miles E of Nipa Point.

3.24 A river, which empties close S of the point, forms a shoal

sandbar which extends 0.75 mile seaward.

3.24 Nagtig Islet, densely covered with brush and trees, lies about

1 mile NW of Pirara Point.

3.24 Olutaya Island (11°38'N., 122°50'E.), which is sparsely

wooded, lies about 1.75 miles N of Pirara Point. A small cove

indents the SE side of the island and affords anchorage to small

vessels.

3.24 A small wooded islet lies about 0.25 mile W of the island,

and a similar islet lies close off the N end of the island.

3.24 Eddies and irregular tidal currents are found in the vicinity of

Olutaya Island. Rips have been observed just W of the channel

between the island and Pirara Point, when the current was running at full strength.

3.24 Pilar Bay (11°33'N., 123°00'E.) is entered between Pirara

Point and Bulacaue Point, about 19 miles E. The bay indents

the coast for about 7 miles in a S direction.

3.24 The bay is mostly shoal, contains no sheltered anchorages,

and is of little use to shipping. A town of the same name stands

at the head of the bay.

3.25 The Zapato Islands (11°45'N., 123°01'E.) are three

small islets lying on a bank, located about 12 miles NW of Bulacaue Point. Zapato Mayor Islet, the NE and largest of the

group, is fringed by a reef with shoal water extending about 0.5

mile S and W from the islet.

3.25 Zapato Menor Islet, located about 3.5 miles SW of Zapato

Mayor Islet, is well wooded, steep-to, and clear of dangers.

Chinela Islet lies about 1 mile NNE of Zapato Menor Islet.

3.25 A rocky ledge, which dries, extends about 45m from its

shores. Currents and eddies are strong in the vicinity of the Zapato Islands.

3.25 Elcano Shoal (11°51'N., 122°53'E.), located about 9.5 miles

NW of Zapato Mayor Islet, is about 1.25 miles long and 0.5

mile wide with a visible bottom. The shoal has depths of 15 to

18m.

3.25 Bulacaue Point (11°36'N., 123°09'E.), the NE extremity of

Panay, is a spur from Mount Agudo and Mount Sibala, situated

15 mile and 12 miles, respectively, SW of the point. The point

is low and terminates in a sand spit with drying rocks which

extend 0.35 mile offshore.

3.25 Cucaracha Shoal (11°41'N., 123°11'E.) lies about 4.5 miles

NNE of Bulacaue Point. The shoal consists of several detached

patches with depths of 2.7 to 8.2m.

3.25 A number of shoals lie to the E of Cucaracha Shoal and can

best be seen on the chart.

Masbate—South Coast

3.26 Bugui Point (12°36'N., 123°14'E.), the NW extremity

of Masbate, is moderately high, rugged, steep-to, and marked

by a light. Beta Reef, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 6.5 miles

SSW of Bugui Point.

3.26 Bagupantao Point (12°28'N., 123°15'E.) is located about 9

miles S of Bugui Point.

3.26 Gato Island (12°27'N., 123°12'E.), 57m high, lies on the

outer edge of a bank extending from the W side of Masbate,

about 2.75 miles WSW of Bagupantao Point. A 5.5m shoal lies

2.5 miles N of Gato Island.

3.26 Tumalaytay Point (12°17'N., 123°14'E.), 65m high, lies

about 10.5 miles S of Bagupantao Point. 

3.26 The coast between these two points is indented by several

bays fronted by Majaba Island, Nabugtut Island, and Napayauan Island.

3.26 The passages between these islands and the coast of Masbate

are encumbered with drying shoals.

3.26 Tumalaytay Island (12°17'N., 123°13'E.) lies on the edge of

the coastal reef which fringes Tumalaytay Point to a distance

of about 1 mile W and NW. The reef is bare at LW. A 7.6m

patch lies 1.25 miles NNW of the island.

3.27 Nin Bay (12°13'N., 123°15'E.) is entered between

Pagbulungan Point, 3.75 miles S of Tumalaytay Point, and Talisay Point 5 miles further S.

3.27 The bay is divided into two parts by Carogo Island and Camasusu Island. The N side of the bay is sheltered, with good

holding ground.

3.27 The S side of the bay have been reported to contain numerous shoals. The dangers in Nin Bay can best be seen on the

chart.

3.27 Alas Bay is a narrow and shallow cove which extends about

2.5 miles from the head of the bay.

3.27 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage anywhere in the N

part of Nin Bay, according to draft. The holding ground is

good, but the anchorage is exposed to N winds.

3.27 Small craft can anchor just inside the narrow channel connecting the head of Nin Bay with Alas Bay.

3.27 Vessels can obtain secure anchorage in Looc Bay, about 0.5

mile E of the summit of Camasusu Island, in depths of 9 to

11m.

3.28 Looc Bay (12°09'N., 123°15'E.), the S part of Nin

Bay, lies about 2.5 miles NE of Talisay Point. The bay is shallow in its E part and somewhat restricted throughout.

3.28 Tandao Rock lies, awash, about 0.75 mile NNW of Talisay

Point. The rock is the only known danger in the entrance to Looc

Bay.

3.28 Coral reefs, some of which dry, extend up to 0.6 mile from

the S shore of the bay.

3.28 Talisay Reef (12°07'N., 123°12'E.), parts of which dry at

LW, lies 1.75 miles SW of Talisay Point and about 1 mile offshore.

3.28 Pulanduta Point (11°54'N., 123°10'E.), the SW extremity

of Masbate, is located 14 miles SSW of Talisay Point.

3.28 The coast between is low, except at Tumatum Point

(11°58'N., 123°09'E.), located 4 miles NNE of Pulanduta

Point, where hills lie close to the coast and form low rocky

bluffs and rise to a 143m high hill.

3.28 Coral reefs and sand beaches fringe the coast. A light is

shown from Pulanduta Point. 

Jintotolo Island (11°51'N., 123°08'E.) lies about 3 miles

SSW of Pulanduta Point. The island is 40m high, well wooded

and bordered by a sandy beach. A light marks the SW side of

the island.

3.28 The island is surrounded by a reef which extends about 0.35

mile from the NW side. The channel between Masbate and the

island is clear of dangers in the fairway. 
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 89

Pub. 162

3.28 Jintotolo Channel (11°48'N., 123°05'E.) is the passage between Panay and Masbate. The channel is divided into three

passages by Jintotolo Island and the Zapato Islands.

3.28 All the passages are deep and clear of dangers in the fairways, but numerous unmarked shoals lie in their approaches

and immediate vicinity. The middle passage is the one most

used.

3.29 Asid Gulf (12°05'N., 123°30'E.) lies between Pulanduta Point and Buri Point, 32 miles E. The greater part of

the gulf is encumbered with islets, dangers, and shoals. There

are a few prominent landmarks and navigational aids in the

gulf.

3.29 Only vessels with local knowledge should attempt to navigate within the gulf, and then only during daylight hours and

under the most favorable conditions.

3.29 The coast between Pulanduta Point and Cinamongan Point,

about 16 miles NE, is fairly steep-to and fringed by a narrow

reef, with sandy beaches in places. Moderate highland, covered

with trees, lies close to the shore as far as Jangan Point

(12°01'N., 123°17'E.), located 10 miles NE of Palanduta Point.

To the N of Jangan Point, the hills recede from the coast and

give way to low grass-covered plains. A shoal, with a least

depth of 1.8m, lies about 4 miles SE of Jangan Point.

3.29 Circe Bank, with a least depth of 6m, lies about 7.25 miles

ESE of Pulanduta Point. Shoals, with depths of 9.1 and 9.6m,

lie about 8.5 miles SSE and 11.25 miles SE, respectively, of the

above point.

3.29 A shoal, with a least depth of 0.3m, lies 3.25 miles ENE of

Jangan Point. Shoals, with depths of 0.9m, lie 5.75 and 6.75

miles E, respectively, of the above point.

3.29 A reef, which dries, lies about 10.5 miles E of Jangan Point.

A chain of shoals, with depths of 0.5 to 9.1m, extend in a general SSE and then curve SSW to a position 8.75 miles S of the

drying reef; an isolated rocky patch, with a depth of 0.5m, lies

1 mile N of the drying reef.

3.29 Shoals, with depths of 5.1m, lie about 12.25 miles E and

13.25 miles ESE of Jangan Point. A reef, which bares at LW,

lies about 11.5 miles E of the point.

3.29 Taisan (12°06'N., 123°21'E.), a village on the N side of the

mouth of the Taisan River, stands 6.5 miles NE of Jangan

Point. There is a small wooden pier at the village. Manganese

ore is loaded from lighters at the anchorage.

3.29 Vessels can take anchorage 1 mile S of the mouth of the river

with Cinamongan Point bearing 290°, distant 1 mile.

3.29 A shoal, with a depth of 2.7m, lies 2.75 miles ESE of the

mouth of the Taisan River.

3.30 Milagros (12°13'N., 123°30'E.), a small town, lies at

the head of Asid Gulf, about 10.5 miles NE of Taisan.

3.30 Vessels can take anchorage about midway between Naguran

Island and Milagros, in a depth of 9m, mud. Small vessels can

anchor closer to the town. 

3.30 When bound for Milagros from SW, pass E or W of the 0.5m

shoal off Jangan Point, and W of the 2.7m shoal lying 3.5 miles

E of Cinamongan Point.

3.30 Naguran Island lies about 5.25 miles SSW of Milagros and

the island is fringed by a reef.

3.30 A chain of drying reefs, shoals, and rocks awash extends up

to 12 miles SW from the island.

3.30 Buri Point (11°56'N., 123°43'E.), the E entrance point of

Asid Gulf, is the most prominent landmark in the area. Naro Island is located about 3.5 miles WSW of Buri Point. The island

is fringed by a drying reef which extends about 1 mile S and W.

Chico Island, low and narrow, lies 2.75 miles WNW of Naro

Island. The island is fringed by a reef which extends up to 1.5

Jintotolo Island Light
90 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

miles S and W. A reef, which uncovers, lies about 2.5 miles

SW of Chico Island.

3.30 Guinlabagan Island (11°56'N., 123°35'E.) lies about 1 mile

NW of Chico Island. The island is small and fringed by a reef.

Pobre Island is located about 2 miles NE of Guinlabagan Island. The island is fringed by a reef.

3.30 Guilutugan Island lies about 4 miles W of Pobre Island.

Reefs and shoals extend up to 1 mile SSW and about 1 mile N

from the island.

3.31 Manoc Island (12°00'N., 123°34'E.) and Namatian

Island, both small and fringed by a reef, lie about 2 miles NNE

of Guilutugan Island. Guinluthagan Island lies about 4 miles N

of Guilutugan Island.

3.31 Reefs and shoals front the island as far as 1.75 miles NNW

and about 1 mile S. Balabao Point, on Masbate, projects about

1.5 miles from the coast, but is not prominent.

3.31 Nabugtu Island (11°51'N., 123°46'E.), fringed by a reef,

lies about 6 miles WSW of Naro Island. Numerous shoals lie

between the island and the coast to the N and NE and between

the island and Gorriti Shoal, about 8 miles WSW.

3.31 Placer (11°52'N., 123°55'E.), a small town, lies about 12.5

miles SE of Buri Point and on the W side of the mouth of the

Nauco River. The town is prominent from seaward.

3.31 Vessels can take anchorage a little over 1 mile S of Nauco

Point, in a depth of 9.6m. There are some rocks lying awash,

about 0.5 mile SE of Nauco Point.

3.31 Guinauayan Island (11°49'N., 123°55'E.) lies 3 miles S of

Placer. The E side of the island is fringed by a reef about 1.5

miles E, leaving a channel about 0.75 mile wide between it and

the 10m curve fronting the coast of Masbate.

3.31 Nagarao Island lies about 3.5 miles W of Guinauayan Island.

The island is low, with shoals extending as far as 2 miles NW

and 1.25 miles SE from the island.

3.31 Numerous reefs and shoals extend as far as 5 miles S and

SW from the island.

3.31 Caduruan Point (11°44'N., 124°04'E.), the SE extremity of

Masbate Island, consists of rocky bluffs, separated by short

stretches of sandy beach. 

3.31 Within the point the hills rise to a height of about 90m, but

have no prominent peaks; they are covered with trees and

brushwood with occasional clearings reported near the coast.

3.31 Shoal water extends about 0.3 mile S from the point, outside

of which is clear, with a depth of 14.6m.

3.31 The shore between Placer and Caduruan Point is mostly a

sandy beach, bordered with trees fronting a grassy plain, and is

devoid of prominent landmarks.

Panay—East Coast and Off-lying Islands

3.32 Bulacaue Point (11°36'N., 123°09'E.), the NE extremity of Panay, has been previously described in paragraph

3.25. The 20m curve lies about 1 mile N and 6.5 miles E of the

point. Inside this curve are numerous islets, rocks, and dangers.

3.32 Manigonigo Islet (11°36'N., 123°11'E.), about 1.5 miles E of

Bulacaue Point, lies on the NE extremity of a shoal, with depths of

less than 5.5m, which extends from the coast of Panay. The islet is

small, flat, and surrounded by rocks extending as far as 0.1 mile on

all sides except on the S side, where they extend up to 0.2 mile.

The islet is marked by a light.

3.32 Anegada Rocks are two small rocks, with depths of less than

1.8m, lying on the shore bank about 0.75 mile SSW of Manigonigo Islet.

3.32 Nabunut Island (11°35'N., 123°13'E.), about 30m high and

wooded, lies 3.25 miles ESE of Bulacaue Point. It is fringed by

a narrow reef and connected with Tulunanaun Island, about 2

miles SE, by a shoal with depths of 2 to 6m.

3.32 Tulunanaun Island (11°33'N., 123°14'E.) is a small, narrow

island having a hill 40m high near its N end. It is fringed by a

narrow reef which extends about 0.25 mile offshore.

3.32 Nabunut Island and Tulunanaun Island are on a coastal bank,

with depths of 2 to 9m, that extends about 4.5 miles E from

Manigonigo Islet.

3.32 A shoal, with a depth of 3.6m, lies about 1.25 miles SE of

the SW extremity of Tulunanaun Island.

3.33 Balbagon Island (11°35'N., 123°17'E.), narrow and

low, is located about 3.5 miles E of Nabunut Island. A small

sand hill, covered with trees about 30m high, stands at its S

end.

3.33 The island lies on the W side of an extensive bank and is

fringed by drying reefs, which extend 1 mile from its N side.

3.33 Ojastras Islet, a small sandy cay, lies 0.5 mile S of Balbagon

Island, with which it is connected by a shoal spit.

3.33 Shoals, with depths of 5.5m, lie 1 mile and 1.75 miles SSE,

respectively, of the S end of Balbagon Island.

3.33 Turnina Islet lies on a detached reef about 0.75 miles E of

Balbagon Island.

3.33 It is connected to the reef fringing the island by a shoal spit.

3.33 Tacut Reef, bare at LW, lies about 1.5 miles SE of Balbagon

Island, on the E edge of the extensive shoal bank surrounding

Balbagon Island and Ojastras Islet and Turnina Islet.

3.33 The channel W of Balbagon Island is the one generally taken

by inter-island vessels bound for Iloilo. It has a navigable

width of 1 mile and is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway.

3.34 The Gigante Islands (11°36'N., 123°21'E.) are a

group of two islands and several islets and detached rocks lying

about 10 miles E of Bulacaue Point.

3.34 The group is clear of dangers on the N side, except for a

sunken rock lying close NE of the NE extremity of North Gigante Island.

3.34 The reefs and shoals on the other sides do not extend more

than 0.75 mile offshore. A shoal, with a depth of 10.9m, lies

about 2.25 miles WNW of the S extremity of North Gigante Island.

3.34 North Gigante Island (11°38'N., 123°21'E.) is wooded and

231m high near the N end. It is fringed by reefs, partly bare at

LW, which extend up to 0.5 mile W and E.

3.34 Three small islets lie about 0.5 mile off the SE side of the island on the fringing reef. Named from N to S, they include Gigantillo Islet, Gigantuna Islet, and Bulubadiang Islet. A light

marks the N extremity of North Gigante Island.

3.34 A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, lies about 5 miles ENE of the

N extremity of North Gigante Island. A shoal, with a depth of

6.4m, lies about 7 miles ESE of the same point.

3.34 There are numerous other shoals in the vicinity whose position can best be seen on the chart. 
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 91

Pub. 162

3.35 Uaydajon Island (11°38'N., 123°22'E.), lying about

0.75 mile E of the N end of North Gigante Island, is small,

clear, steep-to, well wooded, and 80m high to the tops of the

trees.

3.35 The channel between the island and North Gigante Island

has depths from 13 to 17m. 

3.35 South Gigante Island (11°35'N., 123°20'E.) lies 0.5 mile S

of North Gigante Island, is well wooded, and 232m high near

its S end. The N side of the island is fringed by a drying reef

which extends about 0.3 mile offshore.

3.35 Dapdap Point, the W extremity of the island, is 33m high and

fairly steep-to.

3.35 Bantigui Island, 18m high, Cabugao Island, 109m high, and

Antonia Island, 98m high, are three small islands lying on the

same reef, S of South Gigante Island. A 4m shoal lies 0.5 mile

E of Antonia Island, with an 11m patch 1 mile farther E.

3.35 The channel between these islands and South Gigante Island

is 0.5 mile wide, with depths from 12 to 17m. 

3.35 There is anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon off the

SW side of South Gigante Island, in a depth of 12.8m, mud and

sand.

3.35 The channel between Turnina Islet and Tacut Reef on the W and

the SW side of South Gigante Island on the E is about 1 mile wide

with depths of over 18.3m in the fairway. This channel is sometimes used by inter-island vessels bound S for Iloilo.

3.35 Tanguingui Islet (11°29'N., 123°43'E.), a flat and sandy cay

about 6.7m high, lies about 22.5 miles ESE of the E side of

South Gigante Island.

3.35 A reef, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 5 miles S of the

islet. A shoal, with a least depth of 11.3m, lies about 4.5 miles

NNE of the islet. The islet is marked by a light. 

3.36 Bancal Bay (11°32'N., 123°09'E.) is entered between

Blanca Point, lying 2 miles SSE of Bulacaue Point, and Gogo

Point (11°29'N., 123°09'E.), about 5 miles further S. This bay

is very shallow and the river entrances are blocked by sand bars

at LW.

3.36 Binuluangan Island (11°31'N., 123°11'E.), 60m high and

wooded, extends about 3.5 miles SW from a position about 2.5

miles SE of Blanca Point. The island is separated from the

coast by Bancal Bay on the W, and Gogo Pass, a shallow channel between the island and Gogo Point, to the SW. The island is

fringed by reefs; however, many islands and islets lie close N,

E, and SE of Binuluangan Island.

3.36 Calagnaan Island (11°29'N., 123°13'E.), 339m high and

wooded, lies with its W extremity about 1.5 miles E of Gogo

Point. The E and S sides of the island are steep-to and clear of

dangers, but reefs and shoals fringe its W and NW sides. There

are two reef-fringed bights on the NW side of the island.

3.36 Nilidlaran Pass lies between the NW side of Calagnaan Island and the islands and dangers off the SE side of Binuluangan Island. The pass is divided into two narrow and tortuous

channels by Labno Islet, lying close N of the W extremity of

Calagnaan Island. Both channels have a least depth of about

2.7m. The W channel has a width of about 137m and is the one

generally used by small craft with local knowledge.

3.36 Canas Island (11°29'N., 123°15'E.), 94m high and steep-to,

lies about 0.85 mile E of Calagnaan Island. A pinnacle rock,

with a depth of 0.9m, lies about 0.3 mile NE of the island.

3.36 Carmencita Shoal, with a least depth of 0.9m, sand and rock,

lies about 1 mile SE of Canas Island. The navigable channel

between the island and the shoal is about 0.75 mile wide, and

between the shoal and the reef fringing the N end of Sicogon

Island it is about 0.3 mile wide.

3.37 Sicogon Island (11°27'N., 123°15'E.), lying about 0.5

mile SE of Calagnaan Island, is 241m high in its SE part.

3.37 A hill, about 291m high, stands in the NW part of the island.

This hill and Canas Island serve as good landmarks for vessels

navigating the channel W of Balbagon Island (11°35'N.,

123°17'E.).

3.37 The NE side of Sicogon Island is fringed by a drying reef as

far as 0.5 mile N and 0.75 mile E. A shoal, with a depth of 6m,

lies about 0.25 mile SW of the S extremity of the island.

3.37 Tumaguin Islet, prominent and 90m high, lies about 0.25

mile E of the NE extremity of Sicogon Island. The SE side of

the islet is clear of dangers, but the W side is connected by a

reef to the NE point of Socogon Island.

3.37 Sicogon Channel, between Calagnaan Island and Sicogon Island, is about 0.2 mile wide with a depth of 22m in the fairway.

It is clear of dangers and is the channel generally used by interisland vessels proceeding to Iloilo.

3.37 A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, lies about 2.5 miles E of Tumaguin Islet. A shoal, with a swept depth of 5.1m, lies about 5

miles ENE of the islet.

3.37 A shoal, with a least depth of 10.1m, lies about 5.5 miles NE

of the islet.

3.37 There are numerous shoal patches, with depths of 7 to 17m,

lying E, SE, and S of these shoals.

3.38 Loguingut Island (11°28'N., 123°10'E.) lies about 1

mile SSW of the W extremity of Calagnaan Island and within

the 5.5m curve fronting the coast of Panay. The island is

fringed by a reef.

3.38 The Bayas Islets (11°26'N., 123°10'E.) are a group of four

islets lying about 3.5 miles SE of Gogo Point. Bayas Islet, the

E and largest, is 66m high. Manipulon Islet, 51m high, is separated from the W side of Bayas Islet by a narrow, winding

channel with a depth of 9m in the fairway.

3.38 Magosipal Islet (11°26'N., 123°10'E.) and Pangalan Islet,

the other islets, are low and connected to each other by reefs

and shoal spits. The two islets are surrounded by sandbanks

and rocks, with no channel between them. 

3.38 There is a channel, about 0.25 mile wide with a depth of

6.7m, lying between Pangalan Islet, the W islet of the group,

and the coast of Panay.

3.38 A rock, awash, lies about 0.5 mile S of Pangalan Islet.

3.39 Estancia (11°27'N., 123°09'E.) is a small town located about 2 miles S of Gogo Point. The town can be identified

by two large prominent buildings with metal roofs.

3.39 A concrete pier, 137m long, stands about 0.5 mile S of the

town with a depth of 7m at its outer end. A light is situated

about 0.3 mile S of the town. The light is partially obscured by

the Bayas Islets.

3.39 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage between

the Bayas Islets and Estancia, in a depth of 9m, mud. This is

the only anchorage in this vicinity which is protected during all

seasons.

3.39 The only danger in the E approach to this anchorage is a
92 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

small rocky shoal, with a depth of about 1.2m, and marked by a

buoy, lying about midway between Bayas Islet and Loguingut

Island.

3.39 Magalumbi Islet (11°23'N., 123°10'E.), 48m high, lies

about 4 miles S of Estancia. The islet is fringed by a reef, except on the SE side. A channel, about 0.1 mile wide, lies between the fringing reef and the coast of Pinay, with a least

depth of 7.3m in the fairway.

3.40 Culebra Islet (11°21'N., 123°14'E.), 35m high, lies

about 4 miles ESE of Magalumbi Islet. A shoal with a reef lying awash, extends about 0.5 mile WSW from the islet. 

3.40 Shoals, with depths of 5.1, 4.5, and 3.6m lie about 2.5 miles

NE, 4.25 miles ENE, and 2.5 miles E, respectively, of Culebra

Islet.

3.40 A reef, with a depth of 6.4m, lies about 2 miles SW of Culebra Islet.

3.40 Malpal Point (11°21'N., 123°08'E.), a bold round steep-to

headland, 350m high, lies about 3 miles SW of Magalumbi Islet.

3.40 Odiongan Bay is situated N of the point; its head is encumbered

with reefs. Odiongan village is situated on its N shore.

3.40 The coast between Malpal Point and the village of Concepcion, about 7.75 miles S, is fringed by reefs, outside of which

shoal water extends about 1 mile in places.

3.40 San Dionisio (11°18'N., 123°05'E.), a small village, is situated about 5 miles SSW of Malpal Point. Matagda Islet and

Lacdian Islet lie on the coastal bank about 0.75 mile E and

ESE, respectively, of the village.

3.40 A narrow spit extends about 1.5 miles E and SE from a position about 1.5 miles NE of Matagda Islet. A drying reef lies at

the SE edge of this spit.

3.40 The channel between this reef and the reefs NW of Tago Island is about 1 mile wide, with a depth of 8.2m.

3.40 Concepcion Bay (11°15'N., 123°07'E.), located between Tago Island and the coast of Panay, is of little commercial importance. The bay is encumbered with reefs and shoals.

Concepcion, a small village, stands near the head of the bay.

3.41 Pan de Azucar Island (11°17'N., 123°10'E.), the

largest and N of a group of islands located at the N approach to

Guimaras Strait, lies a little over 2.5 miles E of the coast of

Panay.

3.41 There are several prominent peaks on the island, the S and

highest having an elevation of 573m. The SE side of the island

is steep-to, the remaining sides being fringed with reefs on

which there are several islets and rocks.

3.41 Naburut Island, 41m high, lies on the reef off the NW point

of Pan de Azucar Island; Magaisi Island, 71m high, lies on the

reef fringing its N side.

3.41 Bocot Islet lies about 0.25 mile N of the NE extremity of

Magaisi Island.

3.41 A shoal, with a least depth of 2.3m, extends about 0.25 mile

SW from Bocot Islet. A very narrow channel, with a least

depth of 2.1m, lies between Bocot Islet and Magaisi Islet.

3.41 Sombrero Islet, conical-shaped, well-wooded, and 140m

high, lies about 0.25 mile from the SE side of Pan de Azucar

Island. It is connected to the island by a sand bar which is bare

at LW.

3.41 Tago Island (11°15'N., 123°08'E.), 170m high, is separated

from the SW side of Pan de Azucar Island by Pan Pass, which

is narrow and impassable.

3.41 A reef, which dries, lies about 0.6 mile N of the NW extremity of the island. A rock awash lies about 0.5 mile SE of the SE

extremity of the island.

3.41 Tago Pass, a very narrow channel, lies between the reefs extending from the coast of Panay and those extending S from the

S end of Tago Island. A depth of 2.7m is found in the N entrance, increasing to 5.8m in the S entrance.

3.41 Tago Reef, a small dangerous coral reef bare at LW, lies

about 0.2 mile W of the S part of Tago Island. It forms the W

entrance point of the N approach to Tago Pass.

3.41 The tidal currents run strongly through the pass and transit

should be attempted only by small craft with local knowledge.

3.41 Four shoals, with depths of 3 to 6m, lie about 5.5 to 7.5 miles

E of Lanuan Point, the E extremity of Pan de Azucar Island.

Numerous dangers lie NE and E of these shoals.

3.41 Malangaban Island (11°15'N., 123°13'E.), wooded and

239m high, lies about 2 miles SE of Pan de Azucar Island. The

N and E sides of the island are fairly steep-to, but a reef fringes

its S and SW sides up to 0.5 mile offshore.

3.42 Igbon Island (11°12'N., 123°10'E.), wooded and

236m high, lies about 2 miles E of the S end of Tago Island. It

is fringed by a reef on its N and SW sides.

3.42 A shoal spit, with some drying reefs, extends about 1 mile S

from the S side of the island.

3.42 Bulubadiangan Islet, 67m high, lies close W of this spit and

about 0.5 mile off the S side of the island. Dunao Islet, 28m

high, lies close E of the spit, and is connected to the island by

foul ground.

3.42 Small craft with local knowledge can take anchorage in the

restricted areas between the spit and the islets. A detached

shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies about 0.3 mile SE of Dunao

Islet.

3.42 Bagabu Islet, low and wooded, lies about 1 mile SE of the S

extremity of Tago Island and close off the coast of Panay.

3.42 A sandspit, which bares at LW, extends from the islet nearly

across to a prominent green point on Panay, leaving a very narrow channel with a least depth of 5.5m between it and the

point.

3.42 A shoal, with a depth of 5.5m, lies in mid-channel in a position about 1 mile W of the S extremity of Bulubagiangan Islet.

The recommended route lies E and SE of this danger.

3.43 Botlog Island (11°14'N., 123°09'E.), wooded and

113m high, lies about 0.5 mile NW of the NW extremity of Igbon Island. It is steep-to and divides the passage between Pan

de Azucar and Igbon Island into two channels, the S of which

is generally used.

3.43 Agho Islet, 33m high, lies about midway between the SW

extremity of Malangaban Island and the NE extremity of Igbon

Island. It is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef.

3.43 Baliguian Island (11°12'N., 123°20'E.), lying about 9 miles

E of Igbon Island, is small, low, and densely wooded. It is

fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. From a distance, the tops of

the trees look like land. The island is marked by a light situated

on its NW end.

3.43 Two shoals, with depths of 4.6m, lie about 4.5 miles NNE

and 4 miles NE, respectively, of the island. A shoal, with a
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 93

Pub. 162

depth of 2.7m, was reported to lie between these shoals in a position about 4.25 miles NE of the island.

3.43 A shoal, with a depth of 6.7m, lies about 3.5 miles E of

Baliguian Island. A shoal, with a depth of 3.6m, lies about 2

miles S of the island.

3.43 There are numerous other shoals farther NE and E, outside

the usual track of vessels proceeding to Iloilo, the positions of

which may best be seen on the chart.

3.43 Mount Apiton (11°11'N., 123°06'E.) is a bold round headland at the SE extremity of Panay.

3.44 Tagubanhan Island (11°08'N., 123°07'E.), 299m

high, and well wooded, is separated from the coast of Panay,

SE of Mount Apiton by Apiton Pass. The pass is 0.75 mile

wide and is deep and clear of dangers, except for a 5.5m patch

2 miles E of Mount Apiton.

3.44 Anauayan Island (11°06'N., 123°09'E.), 54m high and

steep-to, lies about 2 miles E of the S extremity of Tagubanhan

Island. Anauayan Channel, which is deep and clear of dangers

in the fairway, lies between the two islands.

3.44 Turia Rock (11°03'N., 123°06'E.), with a depth of 0.9m, lies

about 3.5 miles SSW of the S end of Tagubanhan Island. A

reef, with a depth of 4.3m, lies about 0.3 mile NE of Turia

Rock.

3.44 Caution.—Turia Rock cannot be distinguished except when

close to it. The sea does not break over it any heavier than it

does anywhere else in this vicinity. The channels leading to

Guimaras Strait all pass N of these two dangers. Vessels should

give this rock a berth of approximately 0.5 mile.

3.45 Calabazas Island (11°05'N., 123°01'E.), 59m high

and wooded, lies about 5.5 miles WSW of the SW extremity of

Tagubanhan Island. A light marks the SE end of the island.

3.45 Nasidman Island, 42m high and well wooded, lies about 0.3

mile WSW of Calabazas Island. It is fringed by a reef with a

11.9m channel between it and the Panay coast.

3.45 Pepitas Rocks (11°03'N., 123°00'E.), lying about 2 miles

SSW of Calabazas Island, are a group of black rocks covered

only at extreme HW. The channels leading to Guimaras Strait

all pass SE and S of this rock and the island.

Directions.—If bound for Iloilo from Jintotolo Channel,

from a position 2 miles S of Jintotolo Island (11°50'N.,

123°07'E.), steer to pass between Cucaracha Shoal and the

7.3m shoal 6 miles ENE of it.

3.45 When the 291m hill on Sicogon Island bears 183° and is just

open E of the hill on the E side of Canas Island, steer S on this

leading line. This track leads between Balbagon Island and the

4.6m shoal W of it.

3.45 When the N end of Tulunanaun Island bears 273°, alter

course to 158°, passing 1.25 miles E of Carmencita Shoal.

3.45 Continue on this course until Baliguian Island (11°12'N.,

123°20'E.) bears 180°. Steer on that bearing until 2 miles N of

Baliguian Island, when the vessel’s course should be changed

to 234°, passing N of Anauayan Island and 0.5 mile N of Turia

Rock.

3.45 After passing Turia Rock, steer to pass W of Tomonton

Shoal, and then alter course S and keep in the fairway for 16

miles to the pilot station E of Navalas Point.

3.46 Binanan Island (11°09'N., 123°05'E.), 113m high,

lies close SW of the SW face of Mount Apiton. It is connected

to the coast of Panay by extensive mangrove swamps and drying mud flats.

3.46 Apiton Cove, on the E side of the island, is very narrow and

mostly shoal. The S side of the island is clear and steep-to.

3.46 Salog Island (11°09'N., 123°03'E.), 50m high and wooded,

lies in the entrance to Ajuy Bay, in a position about 1.5 miles

W of Binanan Island. It is surrounded by a drying reef.

3.46 Buri Island (11°08'N., 123°03'E.), 52m high, lies 0.5 mile S

of Salog Island. There are a few inhabitants on both islands.

3.46 The pearl banks of Ajuy lie off the islands, and pearl diving

operations take place in their vicinity.

The Guinasian Islets (11°06'N., 123°02'E.), consisting of

Nasiducang Islet and Bayang Islet lie about 1.5 and 2.25 miles

SSW, respectively, of Buri Island. The islets are surrounded by

reefs.

3.46 Ajuy Bay (11°10'N., 123°03'E.) lies at the head of a large

shoal bay located between Binanan Island and Calabazas Island, about 5 miles SW.

3.46 Ajuy, a small village, stands on the NW side of the bay in a

position about 0.5 mile up the Ajuy River.

3.46 The coast between Calabazas Island and San Juan Point,

about 11.25 miles WSW, is indented by four bays, all of which

are shoal and used only by local small craft.

3.46 These bays are separated by high, prominent headlands,

which are clear and steep-to.

3.47 Culasi Bay (11°05'N., 122°59'E.) is the NE bay, with

Culasi village at its head.

3.47 Pedada Bay (11°04'N., 122°58'E.), immediately SW of Culasi Bay, has a depth of 5.5m in its entrance.

3.47 Mount Bayang (11°03'N., 122°57'E.), 224m high, is the

summit of a peninsula separating Pedada Bay from Canas Bay.

3.47 Canas Bay (11°03'N., 122°55'E.) has a depth of 9m in its

entrance and shoals gradually towards its head. The villages of

San Fernando and Santiago stand on the shores of the bay.

3.47 Mount San Nicolas (11°02'N., 122°54'E.), 244m high and

wooded, is the prominent summit of the headland separating

Canas Bay and Barotac Bay.

3.47 A designated fish trap area lies about 1 mile E of Mount San

Nicolas which is best seen on the chart.

3.47 Barotac Bay (11°01'N., 122°52'E.) has a depth of 9m in its

entrance and shoals gradually towards it head; there are several

small villages on its shores.

3.47 San Juan Point (11°00'N., 122°51'E.), at the SW entrance

point of Barotac Bay, is a prominent headland about 60m high.

It is fronted by the 20m curve to a distance of about 1 mile SE.

A rock, 0.6m high, lies on a shoal, with depths of 4.1 to 6.4m,

in a position about 0.5 mile SW of San Juan Point.

3.47 A light is shown from the E entrance point of a river, 1 mile

WNW of San Juan Point.

3.47 Banate Bay (10°58'N., 122°48'E.) is entered between San

Juan Point and the unnamed point about 50.5 miles SW. The

bay is shoal, with the 5.5m curve lying up to 2.75 miles from

its head.

3.47 Banate (11°00'N., 122°49'E.), a small town, stands on the N

shore of the bay. A light is shown from the E entrance point of

the Imbrandahan River about 0.75 mile E of Banate.

3.47 The coast between the S entrance point of Banate Bay and

Dumangas Point (10°47'N., 122°44'E.), about 9 miles SSW, is
94 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

low and fringed with mangroves. Shoal water extends up to

2.75 miles offshore.

Iloilo Strait and Approaches

3.48 Iloilo Strait, located between the W coast of Guimaras

Island and the SE coast of Panay, may be entered either from

the NE or from the SW.

3.48 The NE entrance, which is used by inter-island vessels and

vessels having local knowledge, is divided into two channels

by Iguana Bank.

3.48 The N channel is recommended, but the S channel is sometimes used by vessels coming from the S through Guimaras

Strait and by the inter-island ferry plying between Pulupandan,

Negros, and Iloilo.

3.48 The SW entrance is used by deep-draft vessels and vessels

approaching the strait from the W and SW.

3.48 Dumangas Point (10°47'N., 122°44'E.), low and covered

with mangroves, lies on the N shore of the NE entrance to Iloilo Strait. The coast is fringed by a shoal bank, with depths of

0.3 to 0.9m, extending from about 0.5 to 0.75 mile offshore.

3.48 A rock awash, lies at the outer edge of this bank in a position

about 1 mile SSW of Dumangas Point.

The NE entrance of Iloilo Strait is entered between Dumangas Point and Navalas Point, the NE extremity of Guimaras Island, about 4.25 miles S.

3.48 The S shore of the entrance is bordered by a shoal bank extending from about 0.2 to 0.4 mile offshore. Bantigui Rocks, a

group of above-water dangers, lie on the coastal bank in a position about 0.1 mile N of Bantigui Point (10°45'N., 122°41'E.),

which is situated 2.5 miles NW of Navalas Point. A conspicuous white house stands on Bantigui Point.

3.48 Shoals, with depths of less than 7.3m, extend about 1 mile N

and 0.75 mile NE from Bantigui Point.

3.48 The NE entrance is divided into two channels by Iguana

Bank. The N channel has a least depth of 5.5m in the fairway.

A shoal, with a depth of 3.6m, lies about 1.5 miles SE of Dumangas Point.

3.48 The S channel has two shoals, with depths of 4.5m lying

about 0.6 mile NNE and NE, respectively, of Bantigui Point.

3.48 A shoal, with a depth of 4.9m, lies about 0.75 mile NE of the

point.

3.48 Iguana Bank (10°45'N., 122°44'E.), an extensive sandy

shoal, with a least depth of 1.2m near its center, lies from 1 to

3.5 miles NE of the NE side of Guimaras Island, in the middle

of the NE entrance to the strait. Buoys mark the NE edge, NW

edge and SW extremity of the bank.

3.48 A narrow sandy ridge, with a least depth of 5m, extends

about 1.5 miles SE from a position about 1.25 miles ENE of

Bantigui Point.

3.49 Siete Pecados (10°46'N., 122°41'E.), a cluster of

small rocky islets covered with trees and bushes, lies in midchannel at the E entrance to Iloilo Strait.

3.49 A rock, with a depth of 2.1m, lies about .25 mile N of the

light on Siete Pecados. Siete Pecados Islet Light, 9m high,

stands on the largest islet of the group.

3.49 Two rocks, with depths of 1.8m and 0.6m, lie about 0.15

mile and 0.3 mile SW, respectively, of the light. The latter rock

is marked by a stake.

3.49 Tides—Currents.—The spring tidal currents in Iloilo Strait

have a maximum velocity of 3 to 4 knots. The flood sets NE

and the ebb SW, following the general trend of the channel. In

the NE entrance to the strait, about 1.5 miles S of Dumangas

Point, the tidal currents set E on the rising tide and W on the

falling tide at an average rate of 1.3 knots.

3.49 Abreast of Iloilo, eddies are strong and irregular with both

the NE and SW currents.

3.49 Pilotage.—Pilotage through Iloilo Straits to and from the

harbor, to the Iloilo Straits Wharf and to the Iloilo River, in and

out, is compulsory. 

3.49 Vessels taking a pilot through Iloilo Straits asre exempt from

mooring and unmooring pilotage fees, except when the vessel

first anchors in the stream longer than 12 hours, in which case

they shall pay the docking fees.

3.49 Pilots will board vessels, in daylight hours only, on radio request, about 2.25 miles E of Navalas Point (10°43'N.,

122°43'E.). Vessels should contact the the pilots 24 hours prior

to arrival. 

3.49 Directions.—Vessels should approach North Channel of the

NE entrance to Iloilo Strait on a course of about 283° from a

position about 9.25 miles E of the Siete Pecados Light. Continue on this course until the light bears 267.5° at a distance of

about 7.6 miles. Change course to 266°, continuing on this

course until Navalas Point bears 183°, at a distance of about 3

miles.

3.49 If passing N of Siete Pecados, when Navalas Point bears

183°, a course of 282.5 ° for about 2.4 miles leads to a position

about 0.5 mile N of Siete Pecados Light.

3.49 Jaro Church, which is almost obscured by coconut trees,

should then be steered for on a course of 247.5°.

3.49 When Bondulan Point and Iloilo Strait Wharf cargo shed are

in range bearing 220°, they should be steered for on that bearing and then as necessary for berthing or anchoring at Iloilo.

3.49 If passing S of Siete Pecados, when Navalas Point bears

183°, the course should be altered to 272° with Siete Pecados

Light slightly on the port bow. When a position about 0.6 mile

E of the light is reached and when Cabugao Point bears 247°,

the course should be altered to 247°. °At this position Bantigui

Rocks are in range with a prominent white house located immediately E of Bantigui Point. The course of 247° leads about

0.25 mile SE of the light.

3.49 When the light structure bears 036°, distant almost 0.5 mile,

the course should be altered to 249°, with the N rock of the Siete Pecados group astern. When the latter point and the Iloilo

Strait Wharf cargo shed are in range 220°, the course should be

altered to 220°, and then as necessary for berthing or anchoring

at Iloilo.

3.49 Vessels continuing through the strait should follow the reverse of the directions given for the SW entrance.

3.49 Vessels wishing to enter Iloilo Strait through the channel S

of Iguana Bank, approach a position with Navalas Point bearing 250° at a distance of 0.7 mile, on a course of 255°.

3.49 From this position steer for the Siete Pecados Light on a

course of 314°. When 0.5 mile S of the light, change course to

270°, and continue as described above.

3.49 Caution.—Fish traps are located 1 mile E of Navalas Point.

There is a least depth of 3.6m on this track.

3.49 The buoys marking the dangers at both entrances to Iloilo

Strait are often out of position or missing.
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 95

Pub. 162

3.50 Iloilo (10°42'N., 122°35'E.) (World Port Index No.

59190), a first port of entry and an important shipping place,

stands on a low, sandy flat at the mouth of the Iloilo River on

the W side of Iloilo Strait.

3.50 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents of 3 knots at strength for

both the rising tide and the falling tide may be experienced in

the Iloilo River. Abreast Iloilo Strait Wharf, the eddies are

strong and irregular on the rising tide.

3.50 Depths—Limitations.—The channel in the Iloilo River is

constantly shoaling and is maintained by dredging. The present

controlling depth is approximately 4.6m. Navigable widths in

the river are from 183m in the lower reaches to 23m at the

upper end.

3.50 Old Foreign Pier, immediately SW of the Iloilo River

entrance, is 500m long with a further proposed extension of

about 140m to the SSW. The berth includes a passenger

terminal and is used by inter-island vessels. It has been

reported that the maximum depth alongside this pier is 6m.

3.50 River wharfs, totaling 3,000m and having a maximum depth

of 4m, are located on both sides of the river. Inter-island

vessels use the S bank; barges and small craft use the N bank.

3.50 A T-shaped jetty extends 125m from the shore NE of the river mouth. There are dolphins on either side of the jetty head

and depths alongside are appromimately 8m.

3.50 Iloilo Commercial Port Complex has a length of 400m with a

passenger terminal, container stacking yard and a RoRo ramp

at the SW end; maximum depth alongside is 10.5m.

3.50 There is a drydock, 77.7m long and 18.1m wide, capable of

accommodating vessels of up to 4,500 dwt. 

3.50 Aspect.—Iloilo Harbor is defined as that portion of Iloilo

Strait bounded by a line extending from the N bank of the

Dumangas River (10°48'N., 122°42'E.), across the strait to

Navalas Point on the NE coast of Guimaras Island; then along

the N and W coasts of that island to Lusaran Point; then along

a line extending from that point to the S bank at the mouth of

the Siuaragan River (10°35'N., 122°07'E.); and then to the N

bank of the Dumangas River.

3.50 The limits of Iloilo Harbor includes the lower reaches of the

Iloilo River from its mouth to the Forbes Bridge, a distance of

about 1.75 miles.

3.50 On either side of the entrance to the river, stone jetties extend

a short distance into the strait, and retaining walls have been

constructed. A light marks the inner end of each jetty. A monument situated on the shore 0.35 mile SW of the mouth of the Iloilo River.

3.50 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot service is usually

made by a shipping agent at least 24 hours before arrival.

3.50 Pilots board at Sinapsapan Point (10°35'N., 122°31'E.) at

the S entrance 8 miles from the port, and Nabalas Point at the

N entrance 12 mile from port.

3.50 Regulations.—Vessels under quarantine are boarded off the

mouth of the Iloilo River about 0.75 mile E of the N entrance

light. The boarding hours are between 0600 and 1800. Vessels

proceeding to Panay and W Negros ports must call at Iloilo for

pratique.

3.50 The Quarantine Officer will take charge of medical cases on

request and will pick up emergency cases from vessels off

Panay and Negros if radio request is made to the Bureau of

Quarantine, which is located at the customhouse.

3.50 Signals.—Typhoon signals are displayed from a mast on the

customhouse tower.

3.50 Anchorage.—There are no specified quarantine or customs

anchorages. The usual anchorage can be taken with the customhouse tower and the NE entrance light in range, and far

enough offshore so as not to obstruct the river entrance. There

are a few dolphins located about 0.15 mile NE of the N entrance light.

3.50 An anchorage area lies on the SE side of the strait between

Bondulan Point and Dapdap Point. The protected anchorage

has depths of 36.5 to 46.3m, with a sandy bottom.

3.50 Anchorage is also reported to be available between a point 5

miles NE and 1.5 miles SW of the Iloilo River entrance.

3.50 Directions.—No directions are given for the Iloilo River as

the channel is continually shoaling and changing. Local knowledge is required. Vessels docking at the Iloilo Strait Wharf on

the rising tide will find that the tidal currents, which reach a

rate of 3 to 4 knots at strength, will easily lay the vessel alongside the wharf. An anchor is usually dropped to facilitate leaving the wharf.

3.50 Occasionally at night there is less water at this wharf when

the rising tide is opposed by a strong NE wind.

3.50 It is advisable to leave the Iloilo Strait Wharf at half-tide on

the NE tidal current, which tends to set the vessel off. Slack

water is experienced at the time of high and low water.

3.50 Vessels docking at the Marginal Wharf on the rising tide

should let go the port anchor and swing with the current in

coming alongside. Pilots will not dock vessels at this wharf after 1830 hours because of strong currents and inadequate facilities for night conditions.

3.51 Oton Bank (10°38'N., 122°29'E.), an extensive shoal

of soft muddy sand, lies in the middle of the SW entrance to

the strait. The shoal, as defined by the 5.5m curve, extends

about 8 miles SW from a position about 0.5 mile SW of the

mouth of the Iloilo River. A least depth of 0.3m is found on the

shoal in positions about 1, 1.75 , and 3.5 miles SW of the NE

end. Oton Bank is reported to be extending W, and vessels are

cautioned against attempting to cross it. It has been reported

that a depth of 0.5m lies at the SW extremity of the bank.

3.51 Less water than charted was reported on the detached part of

the bank 1 mile farther SW. There are numerous shoals reported to lie in the immediate vicinity of the shoal bank.

3.51 There is a narrow channel, with a least depth of 5.8m, lying

between the N edge of Oton Bank and the coast of Panay. It is

sometimes used by coasting vessels, but the main channel into

Iloilo is between the bank and Guimaras Island.

3.51 The W limit of the 9.1m curve surrounding Oton Bank lies

on a line bearing 350° from the light on Lusaran Point

(10°29'N., 122°28'E.) and the S limit on a line bearing 260°

from Muhuy Point (10°36'N., 122°31'E.).

3.51 The 9.1m curve which surrounds Oton Bank fronts CabalicPoint (10°37'N., 122°32'E.) at a distance of about 0.5 mile

and continues about 3.25 miles NE to within 0.1 mile of Bondulan Point (10°40'N., 122°34'E.).

3.51 A narrow but deep channel lies between the shoal and the

coast. A shoal, with a least depth of 5.1m, lies about 1 mile N

of Cabalic Point.

3.51 Caution.—The buoys marking the dangers at both entrances

to Iloilo Strait are often out of position or missing. Caution
96 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

must be taken in passing through either entrance because of the

strong tidal currents. During the rising tide, which attains a

height of 1.5 to 1.8m, and a velocity of 3 knots, sets toward

Bondulan Point.

Guimaras Island—West Coast

3.52 The W coast of Guimaras Island is described from

Cabugao Point, the NW tip of the island, in a SW direction to

Lusaran Point, and then in a SSE direction to South Point, the

S tip of the island.

3.52 Cabugao Point (10°45'N., 122°39'E.) is a rocky bluff.

3.52 There are no charted dangers lying more than 0.25 mile offshore in this vicinity.

3.52 Dapdap Point (10°44'N., 122°37'E.) lies almost 3 miles SW

of Cabugao Point. An L-shaped pier, with a controlling depth

of 11.3m alongside, lies about 0.75 mile NE of the point.

3.52 Santo Rosario (10°41'N., 122°37'E.) is situated 1.75 miles S

of Dapdap Point. A channel leads to Buenavista, a small town

0.5 mile further ESE.

3.52 The channel approaches are encumbered by fishing stakes,

but can be used by vessels with a draft of less than 2.7m.

3.53 Jordan (10°40'N., 122°35'E.) (World Port Index No.

59180), a subsidiary port of Iloilo, is located about 2.25 miles

WSW of Santo Rosario and about 1.75 miles S of Iloilo.

3.53 Tides—Currents.—The SW tidal current in the fairway in

the vicinity of the below-mentioned terminals has a maximum

rate of 4 knots. There are tide rips 0.1 mile SW of the molasses-loading pier.

3.53 Depths—Limitations.—The Molasses Loading Pier can be

identified by the three steel tanks and one concrete tank standing on a hill just N of it. The pier is T-shaped with a line of four

pile clusters providing a berthing space of 91m with ample

mooring facilities.

3.53 Vessels should berth during the rising tide with the assistance of a pilot. Vessels can unberth at any time.

3.53 There were depths of 12m at this berth. Tankers of 12,000

dwt have been worked at this facility.

3.53 The Sugar Terminal Wharf at Jordan is a 183m long dolphin

berth fronting a large sugar mill located 0.15 mile S of the molasses pier. The wharf has a mean depth of 12m, but the maximum draft allowed is 10.1m.

3.53 The maximum ship length that can be accommodated is

193m. Ships can berth only at slack water. A tug assists vessels

in coming alongside.

3.53 There is a public landing, which dries, standing close S of

the Molasses Loading Pier.

3.53 Aspect.—Three metal and one concrete storage tanks are

prominent on a hill N of Jordan. Below the storage tanks are

terminals to load molasses and sugar at Lusteveco, a suburb of

Jordan.

3.53 Pilotage.—Pilots can be obtained at Iloilo where vessels

must first call for entry and customs clearance.

3.54 Bondulan Point (10°40'N., 122°34'E.), 136m high,

almost vertical and steep-to, is located about 1.5 miles W of

Jordan. It is prominent from the SW. A conspicuous cross

stands on the N side of the point. A shoal, with a depth of

2.7m, extends about 1.5 miles SSW of Bondulan Point.

3.54 Cabalic Point (10°37'N., 122°32'E.), 3 miles SSW of Bondulan Point, is 70m high and bold, but is difficult to identify

from the W.

3.54 Muhuy Point (10°36'N., 122°31'E.), 73m high, steep-to and

prominent, lies about 1 mile further SSW.

3.54 Sinapsapan Point (10°35'N., 122°31'E.), where the pilot

station is located, lies 0.75 mile SSW of Muhuy Point. A small

islet lies close to the point. Balingasag Island, very small in extent, lies close offshore about 0.5 mile SW of Sinapsapan

Point.

3.54 Naburul Island (10°34'N., 122°31'E.), 46m high, lies close

offshore about 1.5 miles S of Sinapsapan Point and is connected to the shore by a reef. It appears as a high black bluff apparently part of the mainland.

3.55 Santa Ana Bay (10°32'N., 122°31'E.), very narrow

and shoal at its head, is entered between Lawi Point, 2.5 miles

SSE of Naburul Island, and Igang Point, about 0.75 mile further SE. The bay indents the coast to a distance of about 1 mile,

but is only about 0.2 mile wide between the shoals which extend from either side.

3.55 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about 0.2

mile SSE of Lawi Point, in depths of 22 to 26m, or in the middle of the bay in a position about 0.5 mile E of Lawi Point, in a

depth of 13.7m.

3.55 Igang Point (10°32'N., 122°30'E.) separates Igang Bay from

Santa Ana Bay. Igang Bay, which indents the coast to a distance of about 1 mile, is clear of dangers with depths of 20 to

24m in its middle part. Tiniguiban Islet and Balud Islet, both

small in extent, lie on the S side of the bay.

3.55 Lusaran Point (10°29'N., 122°28'E.), the W extremity of

Guimaras Island, is a bold and prominent point. It is clear and

steep-to with the 20m curve lying less than 0.3 mile from the

shore. A light marks the point. 

3.55 South Point (10°24'N., 122°30'E.), the SW extremity of a

small island lying close S of the S extremity of Guimaras Island, is not very prominent.

3.55 There is anchorage in the bay on the S side of Guimaras Island, 4 miles ENE of South Point.

3.55 Tandog Island (10°25'N., 122°30'E.), lying close N of

South Point, is connected to the shore by foul ground. The seaLusaran Point Light
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 97

Pub. 162

ward side of the island is fronted by shoals, with least depths of

1.2m, to a distance of about 1 mile SW.

Iloilo Strait—Southwest Entrance

3.56 The SW entrance of Iloilo Strait lies between the W

side of Guimaras Island.

3.56 Juraojurao Island (10°25'N., 121°58'E.), small, low, and

wooded, lies close S of the S point of Panay. The island is reef

fringed and is connected to the coast northward by foul ground.

Vessels are cautioned against anchoring within 2.25 miles W of

the island, as the bottom is rocky.

3.56 The N shore of the W approach between Juraojurao Island

and Talisayan Point, about 15 miles NE, is high, steep-to, and

clear of dangers. A serrated ridge, 238m high, about 3.75 miles

NE of Juraojurao Island, is a prominent mark.

3.56 The coast between Talisayan Point and Miagao Point

(10°38'N., 122°14'E.), about 6.75 miles ENE, is low and intersected by numerous small rivers.

3.56 Directions.—When approaching Iloilo Strait from SW, steer

for Bondulan Point bearing 036° and pass 0.1 mile NW of

Cabalic Point and SE of the 4.9m shoal lying 1 mile N of Cabalic Point.

3.56 When the twin spires and white dome of Molo Church,

standing 2.25 miles NW of Bondulan Point bears 006°, steer

for the church on that bearing.

3.56 When Iloilo Strait Wharf bears 044°, steer for it on that bearing and pass 0.15 mile NW of Bondulan Point. Then steer as

necessary for the Iloilo River or the anchorage.

3.56 Vessels continuing through the strait should follow the reverse of the directions given for the NE entrance.

Negros—Northwest Coast

3.57 Sagay Point (10°56'N., 123°30'E.) is low and composed almost entirely of mangroves. There is a small area of

firm ground on the E side of the point.

3.57 Carbin Reef (10°59'N., 123°28'E.) lies awash, about 3.25

miles NW of Sagay Point, in the W approach to Asuncion Pass.

It has shifting sand cays, and lies outside the 20m curve fronting the coast. A lighted buoy, reported missing, marks the SW

side of Carbin Reef.

3.57 Panal Reef (11°01'N., 123°25'E.) lies awash about 6 miles

NW of Sagay Point and within the 20m curve fronting the

mouth of the Himugaan River. There is a shifting sand cay lying on the reef, and some detached dangers lie within 0.5 mile

E of the E side of the reef.

3.57 Maca Reef (11°04'N., 123°27'E.), which dries, lies about

7.25 miles NNW of Sagay Point. There is a long, narrow, sand

cay on the S end of the reef.

3.57 Maca Shoal, with a least depth of 0.3m, is located about 1

mile NE of the NE extremity of Maca Reef. Shoal water extends up to 1 mile N and W from this shoal.

3.57 Maca Shoal and the three reefs mentioned above can generally always be identified during daylight hours. There are numerous shoals and dangers lying N of Maca Shoal.

3.57 The channel between Panal Reef and Maca Reef is about 2

miles wide and has depths of 22m and over in the fairway. Vessels bound to and from Tanon Strait generally use this channel.

3.58 The Himugaan River (10°57'N., 123°24'E.), the largest river in the N part of Negros, lies about 6 miles W of Sagay

Point. There are numerous drying sandbanks at the river

mouth. The Himugaan River discharges on the E side of

Himugaan Point (10°58'N., 123°24'E.).

3.58 The bar, which is passable by small vessels up to 3m draft at

HW, is liable to change and is entirely unprotected during the

Northeast Monsoon.

3.58 There are no pilots available, and because of the numerous

reefs and shoals off the N coast of Negros, vessels are advised

to make the approach to the river mouth only during daylight

hours and when conditions are favorable.

3.58 The Himugaan River is navigable for a distance of 7 miles as

far as Fabrica, where timber is milled.

3.58 Vessels can take anchorage outside the bar, in a depth of

14.6m, sand and mud, with the lighted beacon at the entrance

to the river, bearing 173°, distance 1.5 miles, and the center of

Suyac Island (10°57'N., 123°27'E.) bearing 120°. In fine

weather vessels lie outside the bar and load from lighters.

3.58 Sagay (10°57'N., 123°25'E.) is a small village standing on

the E side of the mouth of the Himugaan River. There are no

piers at the village. Lumber and sugar are loaded in lighters at a

landing on the river bank, and towed to the anchorage.

3.59 Cadiz (10°58'N., 123°18'E.), a small town, stands on

the W side of the mouth of the Cadiz River, about 5 miles W of

Himugaan Point. It is prominent from seaward. The 9.1m curve

fronts the mouth of the river at a distance of about 1.5 miles.

The bar of the river nearly dries, but is passable by small craft

at HW. A light marks the W side of the river mouth, 0.5 mile

NE of Cadiz.

3.59 There is good anchorage off Cadiz, in a depth of 12m, with

the mill chimney bearing 234°. Powerful white lights, which

may be seen from a distance of 20 miles, are occasionally

shown from near the top of the chimney.

3.59 This is an open roadstead and is untenable during the Northeast Monsoon.

3.59 Vessels are cautioned that there are numerous fish traps in

this vicinity.

3.59 Sicaba Point (11°00'N., 123°15'E.), the W entrance point of

the Sicaba River, lies about 4.5 miles NW of Cadiz.

3.59 The Sicaba River, which empties S and E of Sicaba Point, is

deep inside, but is of little commercial importance because of

the bar and shoals at its mouth.

3.59 Small craft can cross the bar at HW. Sicaba, a small village,

stands on the N side of the entrance to the river.

3.60 Sicaba Reefs (11°01'N., 123°16'E.) are two large drying reefs, lying about about 2.25 miles ENE of Sicaba Point.

3.60 A 0.3m shoal lies a little over 0.65 mile NE of the outer Sicaba Reef, and a 2.7m patch lies a little more than 0.33 mile N

of the N extremity of the same reef.

3.60 East Rock (11°02'N., 123°15'E.), with a depth of 0.5m, coral, lies 2.5 miles N of Sicaba Point. A shoal, with a depth 8.2m,

lies about 0.75 mile NW of the rock.

3.60 Daga Reef (10°59'N., 123°19'E.), which dries, lies 3.75

miles E of Sicaba Point.

3.60 Carmen Shoals (11°02'N., 123°20'E.), with depths of 1.8 to

4.9m, lie about 6 miles ENE of Sicaba Point. There are large

boulders on all of these shoals.
98 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

3.60 The W extremity of Carmen Shaols is marked by a lighted

buoy. It was reported that an unlit can buoy had been moored

close SW of the N shoal.

3.60 Sacramento Rock (11°05'N., 123°18'E.), consisting of

boulders with a depth of 0.9m, lies in the E approach to Ilacaon

Channel in a position about 6.25 miles NNE of Sicaba Point. A

depth of 8.2m was reported about 1 mile SSW of the rock.

3.61 Ilacaon Point (11°00'N., 123°12'E.), the N extremity

of Negros, lies a little less than 3.5 miles W of Sicaba Point.

Shoal water extends about 1.75 miles N from Ilacaon Point,

leaving a narrow boat channel, with a depth of 6.4m in the fairway, between its N edge and the S edge of the reef surrounding

Ilacaon Island.

3.61 Ilacaon Island (11°03'N., 123°12'E.), small, low, and 1.8m

high, lies about 2.25 miles N of Ilacaon Point. It has some coconut trees and bushes on it, and lies on an extensive drying

reef. A rock lies awash about 1 mile SE of the island.

3.61 Balaulan Reef (11°01'N., 123°09'E.), a small rocky patch,

with a least depth of 0.3m, lies about 2.25 miles WNW of Ilacaon Point. A shoal, with a depth of 7.8m, lies close NW of the

reef, and shoal water lies in between the reef and the coast.

3.61 Manapla (10°58'N., 123°07'E.), the principal town on this

part of the coast, stands on the E side of the entrance to the

Manapla River, about 5 miles SW of Ilacaon Point.

3.61 The mouth of the Manapla River is fronted by coral reefs,

which extend for a considerable distance offshore.

3.61 Small craft with local knowledge can enter the river at HW,

or they can take anchorage about 1.75 miles N of the entrance,

in a depth of 5.5m. Shoals, with depths of 7.6m, lie about 3

miles N and W of the mouth, respectively, of the river.

3.61 Salong Reef (10°59'N., 123°07'E.), which dries, lies about

1.5 miles N of the mouth of the Manapla River. A shoal, with a

depth of 5.1m, lies about midway between Salong and Balaulan Reefs in a position about 2.5 miles NNE of Manapla.

3.62 Victorias (10°54'N., 123°04'E.) is a town located just

inside the mouth of the Victorias River. 

3.62 Three stacks, painted aluminum with black tops, stand close

together and serve as prominent landmarks. They are located

about 0.75 mile SSE of the entrance to the river. 

3.62 Victorias Light is shown near the coast 0.75 mile NNE of the

river mouth.

3.62 The Victorias River has a narrow channel with a depth of

0.3m on the bar. Small craft and lighters can enter the river at

high tide.

3.62 Pilotage is not compulsory but is considered advisable when

entering for the first time. Pilots for Victorias may be obtained

at Iloilo.

3.62 Vessels can take anchorage about 2 miles NNW of the river

mouth, in a depth of 15.2m, mud, with the stacks at the sugar

mill bearing 171°, and the S extremity of Ilacaon Island bearing 057°. The anchorage is sheltered from the Southwest Monsoon, but being exposed to the Northeast Monsoon, it is rarely

used during that season.

3.62 During severe NE weather vessels calling to load sugar from

this district usually anchor off Bayang Point, on the Panay

coast, about 10 miles NW of Victorias.

3.62 Several mooring buoys are moored close inshore of the anchorage off Victorias for the use of lighters.

3.63 Tomonton Point (10°54'N., 122°57'E.), the NW extremity of Negros, is low, swampy, and covered with mangroves. Tomonton Shoal, with depths of 1 to 3m, extends 3

miles NW from the point. A lighted buoy marks the NW extremity of the shoal.

3.63 Cambanog Shoal (10°56'N., 122°59'E.), which dries, lies

about 1.25 miles offshore and 3 miles NE of Tomonton Point.

Ilacaon Channel (11°04'N., 123°11'E.), lying between the

reefs fringing Ilacaon Island and Anauayan Island (11°06'N.,

123°09'E.), is about 3.5 miles wide.

3.63 Ilacaon Reef (11°05'N., 123°11'E.), consisting of coral

boulders and sand having a least depth of 3m, lies nearly in

mid-channel in a position about 2 miles NNW of Ilacaon Island. Depths of 10m and less extend up to 0.5 mile NE from

the reef. 

3.63 Between Ilacaon Reef and Ilacaon Island there are several

shoals, with depths of 6 to 8m.

3.64 Mambagid (10°51'N., 122°57'E.), a loading place for

sugar, is located at the mouth of the Mambagid River, about

2.25 miles SSW of Tomonton Point. The sugar is loaded into

lighters at a landing place and toward to the offshore anchorage. The entrance to the river is shallow and suitable only for

lighters and small craft. A concrete wharf, 80m long, with a

depth of 1m alongside, stands on the S side of the river mouth.

3.64 The 10m curve fronts the mouth of the river at a distance of

about 1.5 miles. The water shoals rapidly within the 10m

curve. A shoal, with depths of 7.8m to 8.7m, lies outside the

curve in a position about 2 miles W of Calubcub Point

(10°50'N., 122°57'E.).

3.64 There is anchorage 2 miles offshore SW of Calubcub Point,

in a depth of 15.2m. Vessels of lesser draft may anchor 1 mile

W of this point, in a depth of 7.3m, but a 5.5m patch lies close

SSE of the anchorage. A prominent white chimney stands 3.5

miles E of Calubcub Point.

3.64 These anchorages are open roadsteads and are fully exposed

to the Southwest Monsoon and to winds from N. The approach

to the anchorages should be made with caution as the water

shoals rapidly.

3.65 Silay (10°48'N., 122°58'E.) (World Port Index No.

59140), a loading place for sugar, alcohol, and rice, is located

about 2.5 miles SSE of Calubcub Point and about 0.5 mile inland. The town shows up well from seaward.

3.65 The dome of the church is prominent. A ruined pier stands in

front of the town. There are depths of 3.6m in the channel leading to the pier.

3.65 Talisay (10°44'N., 122°58'E.), a town of some importance,

stands on the coast in a position about 4 miles S of Silay. Three

chimneys, close S of the town, are prominent. A radio mast

stands close N of the chimneys.

3.65 At Banago, 2.5 miles SSW of Talisay, there is a long T-headed pier for ferry traffic. There is a depth of 3.3m alongside the

head. If berthing, care must be taken to avoid some old piles

standing 0.3 mile W of the pierhead. A light is shown from the

wharf.

3.66 Bacalod (Bacolod) (10°40'N., 122°57'E.), the capital

of Occidental Negros Province, is located about 4 miles SSW
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 99

Pub. 162

of the town of Talisay. Santo Nino, the loading place for Bacolod, stands 1.25 miles N of the city. 

3.66 Bacolod can be identified by the galvanized metal roofed

church and several large prominent buildings. The twin towers

of the church, the provincial building, and the aluminum painted stack, standing about 1 mile inshore behind the town, are

prominent landmarks.

3.66 Sugar is loaded into lighters from a ruined pier about 0.45

mile long located nearly 0.5 mile S of the mouth of the Mandalagan River.

3.66 Two fueling berths, connected to the shore by pipelines, lie

between Santo Nino and Bacolod.

3.66 There is a ruined pier, about 825m long, in Santo Nino. Another pier was reported to be under construction in Bacolod.

Anchorage in the area E of the fueling stations is prohibited.

3.66 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 3

miles WNW of Bacalod. 

3.66 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available in designated areas A

and B, 5 miles NW and 5 miles SW, respectively, from Santo

Nino. 

3.67 Bago (10°32'N., 122°50'E.), a river port about 9.5

miles SW of Bacolod, stands on the E side of the Bago River,

just inside its mouth. The river, which is shallow, discharges

about 2.5 miles NE of Pandan Point.

3.67 The town can be identified by its large buildings with metal

roofs which show up well through the opening in the trees at

the mouth of the river.

3.67 There is a shallow sandbar lying in the mouth of the river.

Small craft with local knowledge can cross the bar at HW.

3.67 Pandan Point (10°31'N., 122°48'E.), the W extremity of this

part of the coast of Negros, is low, sandy, and covered with coconut trees. It is prominent from N or S. Its W extremity is

steep-to, but shoal water extends N and S from it.

3.67 The description of the NW coast of Negros is continued in

paragraph 3.73.

Guimaras Island—East Coast and Off-lying Islands

3.68 Guimaras Island (10°35'N., 122°37'E.), lying a little

over 6 miles W of the W extremity of Negros, is large and hilly,

especially in the E part, where there are hills 183 to 213m high.

3.68 The summit, a 263m high hill, is located about 12.25 miles S

of its N extremity. Guimaras Strait lies between the E side of

the island and the W coast of Negros.

3.68 The E coast of Guimaras Island between Navalas Point

(10°43'N., 122°43'E.), the NE extremity, and Icauayan Point,

10.75 miles S, is mostly sandy and backed by low hills covered

with grass and brushwood.

3.68 The coast between Icauayan Point and South Point, the S point

of the island, is indented by some small reef fringed bights.

3.68 A bay indents the coast to a distance of about 2 miles between Cabalagnan Point (10°26'N., 122°35'E.) and Lugmayan Point, about 2.5 miles WSW. The head of the bay is reef

fringed and shoal.

3.68 Vessels can take anchorage in the outer part of the bay, W of

Cabalagnan Point, and about 1 miles N of Panubulon Island

(10°25'N., 122°34'E.), in depths of 9 to 15m. The E approach

to this anchorage has a least depth of 6.4m in the fairway.

3.68 The W approach to the anchorage is through a very narrow

channel lying between the W side of Panubulon Island, and the

coast of Guimaras Island to the NW.

3.68 Panubulon Island and Guiuanon Island (10°24'N.,

122°37'E.) are two flat-topped islands, 15m high, lying off the

S coast of Guimaras Island. Panubulon Island is fringed by a

reef on which there are several islets, but Guiuanon Island is

clear of dangers. 

3.68 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken about 0.3 mile off

the S coast of the island, in a depth of about 11m. The anchorage is well protected from the Northeast Monsoon, but is open

to the Southwest Monsoon. It is used for the loading of sugar

from lighters.

3.69 Nadulao Island (10°31'N., 122°44'E.), small, narrow,

and covered with grass, lies about 2.75 miles SE of Icauayan

Point, on the SE side of Guimaras Island. The NW and SE

parts of Nadulao Island, 73m and 58m high, respectively, are

connected by a narrow isthmus.

3.69 The E side of the island is indented by a small bay, bare at

LW, in which there is a small islet. There is another small islet

about 0.3 mile N of Nadulao Island.

3.69 Shoal spits extend 1.25 miles N from the N side of Nadulao

Island and 0.75 miles S from the S side.

3.69 Nalunga Island (10°30'N., 122°43'E.), 130m high, lies 0.75

miles SW of Nadulao Island and is covered with grass.

3.69 The narrow channel between the two islands has a least

depth of 12.5m in the fairway. 

3.69 An islet lies about 0.15 mile N of the N side of the island, to

which it is connected by a reef. An above-water rock lies 0.15

mile NE of the NE side of the island. A shoal spit, with depths

of 0.3 to 0.9m, extends 1.5 miles S from the S side of the island. 

3.69 The channel between the W side of this spit and the NE coast

of Inampulugan Island is about 0.25 mile wide. A drying shoal

lies in the channel on the E side of the fairway, in a position

about 1 mile S of the W extremity of Nalunga Island.

3.69 Vessels can take anchorage about 1 mile from the N shore of

Nalunga Island, in a depth of 14.6m, mud and good holding

ground. This anchorage is used to load molasses during the

Southwest Monsoon. Currents run in a SSW to NNE direction

at a rate of 2.5 knots during the ebb tide and flood tide.

3.69 The Hinigaron Anchorage (10°15'N., 122°49'E.) is used

during the Northeast Monsoon.

3.69 Inampulugan Island (10°28'N., 122°42'E.), 193m high, is

the largest and most prominent island in Guimaras Strait. A hill

with a rocky bluff is located on the E point of the island. The

shores of the island are clear and steep-to, except for its N extremity, where the shore reef extends nearly 0.3 mile N. Narrow shoal spits, as defined by the 9.1m curve, extend 1 mile N

and W of the island.

3.69 A reef, which bares at LW, lies close off the coast of Guimaras Island in a position about 1 mile NW of the NW side of Inampulugan Island. The channel between the reef and the island

has several shoal patches lying in it.

3.69 Rosario Rock (10°26'N., 122°42'E.), with a depth of 0.9m and

steep to, lies about 0.5 mile S of the middle of the S side of Inampulugan Island. A bank, with depths from 4 to 9m, extends 3 miles

SW from a position 0.5 mile E of Rosario Rock.
100 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

3.70 Nauai Island (10°26'N., 122°40'E.), 37m high, lies

about 1.25 miles SW of the SW extremity of Inampulugan Island. Shoals, with depths of 8.2m and 8.7m lie about 0.75 mile

NE and 0.75 mile SW, respectively, of the extremity of the island.

3.70 Nagarao Island and Nalibas Island lie between the N end of

Nauai Island and Capo Point (10°27'N., 122°38'E.), about 1.5

miles NW. Numerous shoals are reported to lie in the vicinity

of these islands.

3.70 Seraray Island and Pamancolan Island lie within the 5.5m

curve fronting the coast of Guimaras Island in positions about

0.5 mile and 1 mile N, respectively, of Nalibas Island.

3.70 Susan Island lies close off the NW side of Inampulugan Island and about 1.75 miles NNE of Nauai Island. Shoal and foul

ground lies between the two islands.

Toyo Reef (10°21'N., 122°34'E.), which dries, lies about 2.5

miles S of Panubulon Island. The depths between are very irregular, varying from 6 to 18m.

3.70 The Unisan Islets (10°20'N., 122°35'E.), consisting of a

group of two rocky islands and several above-water rocks, lie

about 3.5 miles S of the W end of Guiuanon Island.

3.70 Unisan Island, the central and largest island, is 28m high and

partly covered with coconut trees.

3.70 Reefs and above-water rocks extend about 0.75 mile W from

the W side of the island.

3.70 A detached shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.5

mile NE of the island. Malingin Island, 32m high, lies about

0.5 mile E of the S end of Unisan Island.

3.70 The main channel of Guimaras Strait passes S and E of Malingin Island. The channel between Toyo Reef and the N side of

Unisan Island is about 1 mile wide and has a least depth of

12.8m in the fairway.

Guimaras Strait

3.71 Guimaras Strait (10°45'N., 122°50'E.), between

Guimaras Island and the W coast of Negros, has a least width

of about 6 miles, but the navigable channels are narrowed by

islets, banks, and dangers. 

3.71 The main channel through the strait has a least depth of

12.8m in the fairway and lies between Iogiog Bank on the E,

and Inampulugan Island, Nalunga Island, and Nadulao Island

on the W.

3.71 The East Channel, which has a least depth of 4.5m in its N

part, lies between Iogiog Bank and Pandan Point.

3.71 Shoals, with depths of 7.8m and 8.2m lie in the middle of the

fairway, about 6.75 miles SE and 6.5 miles SSE, respectively,

of Navalas Point (10°43'N., 122°43'E.).

3.71 Several shoals, with depths of 6.9 to 9.1m, lie between 2

miles and 4 miles NNW of the mouth of the Bago River

(10°33'N., 122°50'E.).

3.71 A shoal, with a depth of 9.1m, lies about 4 miles NW of

Pandan Point (10°31'N., 122°48'E.).

3.71 The E side of the navigable channel of Guimaras Strait is

formed by Iogiog Bank, and by a shoal which extends about 11

miles SSW from Pandan Point.

3.72 Iogiog Bank (10°30'N., 122°46'E.), which dries, is a

long, narrow shoal formed of hard sand which rises in lumps

like submerged sand dunes. The bank extends about 5.5 miles

SSW from its N extremity, located about 1.5 miles NNW of

Pandan Point.

3.72 A shoal spit with a least depth of 0.9m, extends 1 mile NW

from the SW side of Iogiog Bank.

3.72 Pontevedra Shoal (10°22'N., 122°44'E.), with a least depth

of 0.3m, lies at the outer end of this shoal.

3.72 A shoal, with a depth of 6m, lies in the middle of the fairway

about 2 miles SSE of the E extremity of Inampulugan Island.

3.72 The flood current sets N and the ebb current sets S through

Guimaras Strait, following the general trend of the channel. The

highest observed velocity in the vicinity of Pandan Point was

about 2 knots, the ebb and flood apparently being about equal. 

3.72 Slack water occurs approximately at the time of high and

low water. During the Southwest Monsoon the flood current

sometimes attains a rate of 6 knots.

3.72 Directions.—When approaching Guimaras Strait from N or

S, bring the E points of Nadulao Island and Inampulugan Island in line bearing 198° or 018°, respectively, and steer for

them. Both points are steep-to and should be given a berth of

0.25 to 0.5 mile.

3.72 If northbound, course may be shaped as soon as Nadulao Island is passed.

3.72 If southbound, continue on course with the above points in

line until Guiuanon Island bears 270°. Then haul W to give

Pontevedra Shoal a good berth.

3.72 Caution.—A shoal, with a depth of 7.8m, lies on this track

about 6.75 miles SE of Navalas Point.

Negros—Northwest Coast (continued)

3.73 Pulupandan (10°31'N., 122°48'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59120), on the S side of Pandan Point, is a regular port of

call for inter-island vessels and a loading port for sugar. The

town has several large buildings which are visible from S or W.

3.73 Depths—Limitations.—Government Pier, the main concrete pier at Pulupand which is available to shipping, is located

about 0.2 mile S of Pandan Point.

3.73 It is 424m long providing 241m as berthing space for secondary vessels, and 183m for primary vessels. This pier is connected by railroad to the sugar plantation.

3.73 Secondary vessels usually handle molasses, sugar, lumber,

and fertilizers. Primary vessels handle as much as 25 commodities.

3.73 Government Pier is connected to the mainland by a causeway, 275m long. There are depths alongside of 5.2m. Oceangoing vessels are not accommodated at the pier. Less water

than charted has been reported at the pier.

3.73 A concrete pier, with a L-head for loading sugar, is located N

of the main pier approximately at the tip of Pandan Point. The

face of the pier is about 57m long with depths alongside of

about 11m; however, silting may reduce this depth considerably near the S end of the berth.

3.73 The maximum draft accepted at this pier is 6.7m. There are

several dolphins N and S of the pier head to facilitate berthing.

3.73 It was reported that a tanker berth, 19m long and fitted with

fender piles and a mooring dolphin, had been constructed. The

maximum permitted draft was reported to be 7.6m.

3.73 There are strong tidal currents at the piers with the flood setting N and the ebb S. The flood current sometimes attains a

rate of 6 knots during the Southwest Monsoon.
Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 101

Pub. 162

3.73 Vessels are advised to use double mooring lines alongside

the piers. During the Southwest Monsoon it is not advisable for

vessels to secure alongside the pier, but to anchor off.

3.73 Pilotage.—Requests for pilotage, which is compulsory,

should be communicated to Pulupandan Pilots, Pulupandan,

Negros Occidental, Philippines.

3.73 Advance notice of ETA is required 48 hours and 24 hours

prior to arrival, and also any alteration due to delay thereafter

should be communicated as required.

3.73 The pilot boards about 4.5 miles SSW of Pandan Point from

a wooden boat, painted white with the name “Pilot No. 3”

painted in black. If the vessel cannot proceed to the boarding

point the pilot will board S of this point.

3.73 Pilotage is also available at the Iloilo Pilot boarding place 1

mile W of Sinapsapsan Point. During the Southwest Monsoon

the boarding position is 2 miles N of Pandan Point. The maximum vessel length accepted at the port is 200m.

3.73 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in about 10m, about

1 mile SW of Pandan Point.

3.73 Caution.—Anchorage between the parallels of 10°23'N and

10°30'N, and the meridians of 122°40'E and 122°50'E, is prohibited because of the presence of controlled-type mines. However, although it is a mined area, it has been declared safe for

surface navigation.

3.74 East Channel (10°30'N., 122°47'E.), a secondary

channel of Guimaras Strait, lies between Iogiog Bank and the

coast of Negros. Vessels may approach Pulupandan from either

N or S through this channel.

3.74 The best approach is from the S, and only small vessels with

local knowledge should attempt the approach from the N or attempt to transit the entire length of the channel. There are

depths of 4 to 11m in the narrow N entrance channel, and

depths of 9 to 17m in the S entrance channel.

3.74 Shoals, with depths of 4.5m, lie on the E side of the N entrance in a position about 1 mile N of Pandan Point.

3.74 The N entrance to East Channel lies between these shoals

and the NE side of Iogiog Bank.

3.74 The tidal currents set strongly through East Channel, especially in the N entrance. The harbor is exposed to the Southwest Monsoon and to N winds.

3.74 Vessels using the recommended approach to Pulupandan

from the S through East Channel, should steer for the W extremity of Inampulugan Point bearing 001°.

3.74 When clear of Pontevedra Shoal, alter course NE, until Pandan Point bears 020°.

3.74 Caution.—Should be exercised to avoid the shoal, with a

depth of 6m, lying about 2 miles SSE of the E extremity of Inampulugan Island. A course of 020° should be steered until a

position is reached about 1 mile from the point, at which time

the vessel’s course should be altered to pass about 0.3 mile W

of Pandan Point. Then steer 000° and when 1.5 miles N of the

point, steer as necessary.

3.74 If proceeding alongside Pulupandan pier, steer for the pier

when it bears 090°. During the Southwest Monsoon (May to

September) it is advisable to anchor, in a depth of 15m, 0.5

mile W of the pier, on the E side of the fairway, with the summit of Nalunga Island bearing 270°.

3.75 Pontevedra (10°22'N., 122°52'E.), a small town on the S

side of the mouth of the Marayo River, lies about 10 miles SSE of

Pandan Point. It is a sugar-loading port for light-draft vessels. A

prominent white stone church stands in the town.

3.75 The 10m curve lies about 9 miles WSW through about 5.5

miles SW of Pontevedra. Lighters can leave the river only at

high tide.

3.75 Vessels can take anchorage about 4 miles WSW or SW of

Pontevedra, in depths of 11 to 13m. The anchorage must be approached from SW, passing well S of Pontevedra Shoal. The

water shoals rapidly and vessels should not come closer than 4

miles of the shore.

3.75 The anchorage is an open roadstead and is exposed to NW

winds and the Southwest Monsoon. Deep draft vessels can anchor off Hinigaran.

3.75 Maquiquiling Point (10°18'N., 122°50'E.), located about

1.5 miles N of the mouth of the Hinigaran River, is reported to

be a good radar target.

3.76 Hinigaran (10°16'N., 122°51'E.), a sugar-loading

port, stands on the S side of the entrance to the Hinigaran River, about 6 miles S of Ponteverda. It can be identified by a

small pier on the N bank of the river.

3.76 The lights of the town are prominent at night. A group of five

tall chimneys are conspicuous about 3.5 miles S of Hinigaran.

3.76 Sugar and molasses are loaded onto lighters at the pier and

towed to the vessels at the anchorage. There is a depth of about

0.8m over the bar at the mouth of the river.

3.76 Vessels can take anchorage, using the port anchor, about 2

miles SW of the town with the mouth of the river bearing 054°

and the five conspicuous chimneys bearing 136°, in a depth of

10m. The anchorage is unprotected and open to both monsoons. In the above anchorage the effect of the Northeast Monsoon is somewhat diminished, and lighters are reported to lie

quietly alongside.

3.76 In recent years, numerous fishing stakes have encumbered

the above anchorage and vessels have had to anchor farther N.

Caution must be exercised when approaching the anchorage.

3.76 An alternative anchorage has been used with Maquiquiling

Point bearing 040° and the chimneys bearing 136°, in a depth

of 11m.

3.77 Binalbagan (10°12'N., 122°51'E.), a small town, is

located about 5 miles S of Hinigaran.

3.77 A group of three tall chimneys in the town makes a prominent landmark.

3.77 Himamaylan (10°06'N., 122°52'E.) stands at the junction of

the Himamaylan River and the Bingig River, about 6 miles farther S. It can be identified by a lighted beacon standing on the

coastal bank on the S side of the river entrance.

3.77 Ilog (10°02'N., 122°46'E.) stands about 4 miles inside the

entrance to the Ilog River. The towns are connected to the general telegraph system.

3.77 The Binalbagan River, the Himamaylan River, and the Ilog

River all have a depth of about 0.5m over their bars.

3.77 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere along the coast off

these towns, from 1 to 2 miles offshore, in depths of 5.5 to

9.1m, mud. These anchorages are open roadsteads with no protection except from S and E.

3.77 The coast, moderately steep-to, extends 4 miles SW of the Il-
102 Sector 3. Panay—North and East Coasts/Masbate—South Coast/Negros—Northwest Coast 

Pub. 162

og River mouth, then 13 miles W to Sojoton Point.

Sojoton Point (9°59'N., 122°27'E.), a prominent headland,

is fringed by a steep-to reef extending about 0.15 mile offshore.

The land rises steeply from the coast to a height of 158m, less

than 0.5 mile inland.

3.77 The point is an excellent landmark when approaching from

N or S, appearing as a step from the shore to the higher plateau

farther inland.
103

Pub. 162

4. 

Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts, Panay—West Coast, 

and Negros—South Coast

4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

4.0SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
105

Pub. 162

SECTOR 4 

MINDORO—SOUTHWEST AND EAST COASTS/PANAY—WEST COAST/NEGROS—SOUTH 

COAST

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the W and E coast of Mindoro,

the W coast of Panay, and the SW coast of Negros. The sequence of description is basically from N to S. 

General Remarks

4.1 Winds—Weather.—The wind is variable along the

mountainous W coasts of Mindoro, Panay and Negros during

the Northeast Monsoon. Land and sea breezes are fairly well

developed along these coast. 

4.1 In the regions where the mountains are near the coast the

land breeze is sometimes very squally. This is especially so in

Puluan Bay on the W coast of Mindoro. 

4.1 NW winds are prevalent in Mindoro Strait. The SW coast of

Negros is fully exposed to the Southwest Monsoon.

4.1 Tides—Currents.—The flood current that enters Mindoro

Strait follows the coast of Mindoro, part of it continuing

around the S and E coasts of that island and then N of Dumali

Point, where it meets the tidal current through Verde Island

Passage.

4.1 The rest of this tidal current divides at the NW extremity of

Panay. One branch flows along the N coast of Panay, the other

turns SW from the NW extremity of Panay. 

4.1 It is joined midway by the tidal current setting E of the Cuyo

Islands or Linapacan Strait and then continues around the coast

of Panay and Guimaras Island into Iloilo Strait, until it meets

the previously-mentioned branch. 

4.1 The ebb currents are exactly opposite in strength and direction. The tidal currents in Mindoro Strait flow SE on the raising tide and NW on the falling tide.

4.1 The currents are variable and depend to a great extent upon

the strength and direction of the wind. The predominant trend

of the current in Mindoro Strait appeared to be W from January

to June and E from July to November.

4.1 The tidal currents off the SW coast of Negros set S during

the rising tide and N on the falling tide. They are weak for the

most part, but off the S end of the island they are strong and set

SE on the flood and NW on the ebb. 

Mindoro—Southwest Coast

4.2 Cape Calavite (13°27'N., 120°18'E.), a low headland,

forms the NW extremity of Mindoro andis reported to give a

good radar return up to 19 miles. A light is shown on the cape.

Mount Calavite, the summit of which lies 6.5 miles ENE of

the cape, appears dome-shaped from the W, but from N or S it

shows as a long ridge, fairly high at its W end. The cape is

reported to give good radar returns up to 19 miles.

4.2 A few rocks lie close offshore along this coast; vessels

should give it a berth of 1.5 miles to avoid the dangers.

4.2 Paluan Bay (13°24'N., 120°26'E.), a small bay, is entered

between Pantocomi Point and Camtas Point, 4.75 miles E. 

4.2 The bay indents the coast about 3 miles in a N direction. 

4.2 A river flows into the NE side of the bay. Two towns stand

near the mouth of the river. The bay affords good shelter during

the Northeast Monsoon (May to September), but is fully exposed to the Southwest Monsoon.

4.2 The entrance points are each fringed by a drying reef that extends about 0.3 mile offshore. Shoal water has been reported to

extend from Pantocomi Point. A number of shoal spots lie in

the entrance to the bay and can best be seen on the chart.

4.2 Vessels can take anchorage about 1.5 miles W of the N entrance point of the above river, in a depth of 26m, black mud. 

4.2 Moderate-size vessels can find some protection from the

Southwest Monsoon by anchoring in the middle of the entrance

to Pamutusin Cove, in the NW corner of the bay, in a depth of

26m. 

4.2 Vessels are cautioned that violent squalls blow down from

the high land with little or no warning.

4.2 Igsoso Bay (13°16'N., 120°31'E.) lies about 9 miles SE of

Paluan Point, and is entered between Igsoso Point and Tubile

Point, 2.75 miles SSE. 

4.2 Tubile Point (Tubili Point) (13°14'N., 120°31'E.) is the termination of a densely-wooded and prominent peninsula connected to the mainland by a low isthmus. A bank, with a depth

of 4m, extends 0.5 mile S of Tubile Point. The point is marked

by a light.

4.3 Mamburao Bay (13°12'N., 120°34'E.) is entered between Tubile Point and Mamburao Reef, about 4.5 miles SE. A

river of the same name flows into the head of the bay. A village

stands on the E bank of the river entrance. A conspicuous concrete building stands about 1 mile E of the village.

4.3 Mamburao Reef (13°10'N., 120°36'E.) lies close SE of

Mamburao Bay. The reef is awash near its NW end and has a

depth of 3m near its SE end. 

4.3 Vessels can take protected anchorage, except during the

Southwest Monsoon, about 0.5 mile SW of the village of

Mamburao, in a depth of 9.1m, mud. 

4.3 Vessels should use caution to avoid the shoal extending S

from Tubile Point and to avoid Mamburao Reef.

4.3 Carauisan Point (13°12'N., 120°36'E.) is situated about 5

miles ESE of Tubile Point. A reef, with a drying rock near its

outer end, extends 1.25 miles SSW of Carauisan Point. 

4.3 Two 4.9m patches lie 1 mile W and SW of the same point. A

rock, with a depth of 0.9m, lies 1.75 miles S of Carauisan

Point. A depth of 16.1m was reported to lie 2 miles WSW of

the same point.

4.3 Makolbo Point (13°11'N., 120°39'E.) is situated 3.25 miles

SW of Carauisan Point. 

4.3 A spit, with a depth of 2.7m over its outer end, extends 0.75

mile W and SW from Makolbo Point.

4.3 Talabasi Point (13°04'N., 120°43'E.) is situated 7.75 miles

SE of Makolbo Point. 

4.3 A 487m high peak is located 4 miles ESE of Talabasi Point.

The coast between Carauisan Point and Talabasi Point and then
106 Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 

Pub. 162

to Sablayan Point, is low, intersected by several rivers whose

mouths are fronted by shallow bars, and rises gradually inland

to mountainous country.

4.4 Sablayan Point (12°50'N., 120°46'E.) is the termination of a small peninsula extending about 0.75 mile SW from

the coast of Mindoro. The peninsula forms the W side of a

small bay. A town stands on the E side of the peninsula. A

wooded knoll, 37m high, stands on the peninsula. A light situated on the summit of this knoll. A stone causeway situated on

the SE side of the point.

4.4 A reef, which dries, fringes Sablayan Point to a distance of

up to 0.15 mile. A shoal spit, with a depth of 6.9m at its outer

end, extends about 0.2 mile E from the fringing reef abreast the

church. 

4.4 The N part of the bay is filled by reefs which enclose a small

lagoon. Depths of 7 to 9m are found in the lagoon, but the narrow channel leading into it is very shallow. 

4.4 Several rocky heads show above water in the N part of the

bay and sunken rocks lie within 0.35 mile of the shore, in the S

part of the bay. 

4.4 A shoal, with a depth of 6.9m, lies in the middle of the bay,

in a position about 0.35 mile ESE of the church.

4.4 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.25 mile from the town

church, in a depth of 29m. Small craft can enter the lagoon and

anchor in its middle part. 

4.4 Sablayan Point should not be brought to bear less than 270°

as the bottom is rocky and uneven and the depths decrease rapidly towards the reefs.

4.5 The Pandan Islands (12°51'N., 120°45'E.) lie NW of

Sablayan Point. The islands consist of two small, densely

wooded islands. The channel between the islands is clear of

dangers in the fairway, but the channel between the S island

and the mainland is foul.

4.5 Pandan Bay lies between the Pandan Islands and the coast of

Mindoro. A reef, with a depth of 4m, lies about 0.1 mile NE of

the S island. Reefs, with depths of 8.2 and 2.1m, lie about 0.5

mile NE and 0.6 mile E, respectively, of the same point.

4.5 Vessels can take anchorage in the S part of Pandan Bay, 0.25

mile from the NE side of the S island, in depths of 11.1 to 26m,

mud.

4.5 Dongon Point (12°43'N., 120°48'E.), low and sandy, is located 6.75 miles SE of Sablayan Point. Dongon Bay, entered E

of Dongon Point, is very deep. 

4.5 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage close

to the shore where protection from N and E winds is afforded.

4.5 Iriron Rock (Irirun Rock) (12°38'N., 120°54'E.) lies about 5

miles SE of Dongon Bay. The rock lies about 0.75 mile offshore. A drying reef, about 0.15 mile in diameter, lies 0.75

miles NNW of the rock. A reef, with a least depth of 3.6m, lies

1.25 miles N of the rock and 0.5 mile offshore.

4.5 Iriron Bay (Irirun Bay) (12°37'N., 120°55'E.), formed by a

slight indentation in the coast, is entered about 1.25 miles SE

of Iriron Rock. 

4.5 The bay affords fairly good anchorage for small vessels during the Northeast Monsoon. Tusk Peak, 904m high and prominent, stands about 6 miles NE of Iriron Rock.

4.5 The coast between the mouth of the Lumintao River

(12°32'N., 120°55'E.), 5.5 miles S of Iriron Bay and of no use

to navigation, to the mouth of the Bugsanga River, 7 miles further SSE, to Bubug Point, an additional 5 miles to the SE, is

low with a steep sandy beach. The bar of the Bugsanga River is

very shallow. 

4.5 A beacon situated about 2.5 miles SE of the mouth of the

Bugsanga River. A stranded wreck lies about 0.2 mile WSW of

the beacon.

4.5 San Agustin (12°25'N., 120°59'E.) stands close SE of the

mouth of the Bugsanga River. A pier, the outer end of which is

destroyed, situated at the town.

4.5 Tanks situated on the coast about 1 mile NW of Bubug Point.

A monument, 5m high, situated on Bubug Point. A 16m patch

lies 1.25 miles W of the monument.

4.5 San Jose (12°21'N., 121°04'E.), a small village, lies about

1.5 miles ESE of Bubug Point. An obstruction light marks the

top of a church tower located about 0.45 mile S of San Jose.

4.5 Caution.—A narrow rocky ledge lies parallel to the coast,

about 0.25 mile offshore, in a position about 1.5 miles NW of

Bubug Point.

4.5 Tidal currents off Bubug Point run parallel to the coast and

may attain a rate of 2 knots.

4.6 Mangaran Bay (12°19'N., 121°03'E.), SE of San Jose is entered between Ilin Island and the coast of Mindoro. The

bay affords good anchorage for all classes of vessels during

most seasons of the year. 

4.6 The inner part of the bay is shallow and of little value to

shipping. Tidal currents with a rate of 1.5 knots have been observed in the bay.

4.6 Caminawit Point (12°20'N., 121°05'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58560), 2 miles SE of San Jose, is long and low with several prominent warehouses on it. The area between Caminawit

Point and the head of Mangarin Bay is shallow and of little use

to shipping. 

4.6 A light is shown at the SE extremity of Caminawit Point. A

beacon is situated 0.3 mile E of the light. A buoy marks a 3.2m

shoal lying about 0.1 mile SSW of the light.

4.6 A concrete pier about 43m long and 9.1m wide is situated on

the NE side of Caminawit Point. There is a depth of 4.2m

alongside the end of the pier at low water. 

4.6 The channel leading to the pier can carry 3.1m at low water.

Only vessels with local knowledge should attempt to use the

pier.

4.6 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage with the warehouses on Caminawit Point bearing about 065°, distant 0.75

mile, in a depth of 10.9m, mud. Vessels can anchor anywhere

along this bearing line according to draft.

4.7 Ilin Island (12°14'N., 121°04'E.), high, narrow, and

wooded is separated from the S part of Mindoro by Ilin Strait. 

4.7 Mount Natangdol (12°12'N., 121°05'E.), near the S end of

the island, is the summit of a sharp ridge running in a NNW to

SSE direction and is the most prominent feature on the island,

except from the N.

4.7 Calalayuan Point (12°18'N., 121°04'E.) is the NE extremity

of Ilin Island. Ilin Rock, steep-to and with a depth of 1.8m, lies

about 1.5 miles ENE of the point, while a 3m depth lies 1 mile

NNW of the point.

4.7 Liscum Reef (12°19'N., 121°05'E.), with a least depth of

1.8m, lies on the E side of the channel in the approach from
Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 107

Pub. 162

Ilin Strait, about 0.75 mile NE of Calalayuan Point. 

4.7 Vessels should not attempt to pass E of the reef because of

the numerous shoal patches. The channel between Liscum

Reef and Calalayuan Point is deep and clear of dangers. 

4.7 A shoal, with a depth of 5.9m, lies 0.4 mile N of Liscum

Reef.

4.7 Dongon Reef (12°19'N., 121°00'E.), the outer danger in the

W approach to Mangarin Bay, extends about 1 mile S from a

position about 2.75 miles SW of Bubug Point.

4.7 The reef is less than 0.5 mile wide and has a cay of coral and

sand lying on its E side. Several sunken rocks lie close off the S

side of the reef.

4.7 Sardine Reef (12°17'N., 121°00'E.), with a least depth of

4.1m, lies about 1.75 miles W of the NW side of Ilin Island.

4.8 Manadi Islet (12°20'N., 121°03'E.), a small sand cay

with several trees standing about 6.1m high, lies on the E side

of a small circular drying reef located about 2 miles S of Bubug

Point.

4.8 A 5.9m rocky patch and a 7.3m shoal lie 1 mile N and 1.25

miles NW, respectively, of Manadi Islet.

4.8 The channel between Dongon Reef and Manadi Islet, 2 miles

E, and also the channel between Dongon Reef and the Ilin Islands are deep and clear of dangers.

4.8 Cajui Reef (12°20'N., 121°04'E.), about 0.75 mile E of Manadi Islet, dries about 0.9m, and is surrounded by above and

below-water rocks. 

4.8 Broken ground, with depths of 2.7 to 5.1m, extends about

0.5 mile NNE from the reef, leaving a channel about 0.15 mile

wide between it and the coast of Mindoro. A least depth of

10m is found in the channel.

Directions.—Vessels approaching from the NW should pass

0.75 mile W and S of Manadi Island. When entering the bay

from the W, do not bring the W extremity of Ambulong Island

until the N extremity of Ilin Island bears 085° or Caminawit

Point bears 065°, so as to avoid Sardine Reef. The vessel can

steer for Caminawit Point on that bearing and anchor as appropriate.

4.8 Vessels arriving from S should pass about 0.5 mile W of

Ambulong Island, and steer 000° until Caminawit Point bears

065°, and then alter course to that bearing and anchor as directed above.

4.8 Vessels coming from the S through Ilin Strait should steer

for Manadi Islet as soon as it bears 311° in order to avoid Liscum Reef. When Caminawit Point bears 030°, the course

should be altered to the N, taking care to avoid the shoal, with a

depth of 9.1m, lying about 0.75 mile W of Liscum Reef. 

4.8 When Caminawit Point bears 065°, the course should be altered to that bearing and anchorage taken as directed.

4.9 Ambulong Island (12°13'N., 121°01'E.) lies about

0.75 mile off the W coast of Ilin Island, and is separated from

each other by Ambulong Strait. A small village stands on the E

side of the island. The coasts of the island are fringed by narrow coral reefs. 

4.9 A light is shown from the summit of a hill, standing at an elevation of 136m on the W side of the island. The island is reported to give a good radar return up to 18 miles.

4.9 Silong Bay (12°11'N., 121°04'E.) lies between the E side of

Ambulong Island and the SW part of Ilin Island. A reef, with a

depth of 8.7m, lies in the middle of the S approach to the bay. 

4.9 Baniaga Reef, with depths of 1 to 9m, lies in the SW approach to the bay. A rock lies on the S edge of this reef. 

4.9 Vessels can take anchorage in the bay, but the holding

ground is poor.

4.9 Ambulong Strait, lying between Ilin Island and Ambulong

Island, has depths of 12.8 to 31m, in the fairway. The N part of

the strait is about 0.25 mile wide between dangers. The S part

of the strait is about 0.75 mile wide. The flood current sets S

and the ebb sets N through the strait. 

4.10 Ilin Strait (12°16'N., 121°06'E.) lies between the NE

side of Ilin Island and the SW side of Mindoro. The strait has

depths of 16.5m and over in the fairway and is clear of dangers.

4.10 The W side of Ilin Strait, between Calayuan Point, the NE

extremity of Ilin Island, and Mangsoagui Point, about 9 miles

SSE, is low, wooded, and backed by densely wooded hills. It is

fringed by a narrow steep-to reef.

4.10 The E side of the strait, between Bancal Point, lying about

1.25 miles ESE of Calayuan Point, and Caguray Point, about 1

mile S is low and covered with mangroves. 

4.10 The Caguray River, which discharges close N of the point, is

navigable by small boats to the small village of Caguray, about

1.75 miles from the entrance.

4.10 Lalawigan Bay, entered between Caguray Point and Lalawigan Point, about 1.25 miles SSE, indents the coast to a distance

of about 0.5 mile, and is very shallow. 

4.10 Santa Teresa, a small village, stands on the shore about 0.5

mile SSE of Lalawigan Point. 

4.10 Santa Teresa Hill, 122m high, round-topped and prominent,

lies about 1.25 miles E of the point. 

4.10 Cominauet Point, located about 1.25 miles SE of Lalawigan

Point, is a low, rocky bluff, fringed by a bank with depths of

less than 6m, extending 0.6 mile offshore.

4.10 The 20m curve lies less than 0.25 mile W of Bancal Point,

0.2 mile SW of Caguray Point, and 0.4 mile SW of Lalawigan

Point. The depths shoal rapidly within this curve.

4.10 A shoal bank, which bares at low water, extends up to 0.35

mile SW from the coast between Santa Teresa and Cominauet

Point. 

4.11 Pandarochan Bay (12°12'N., 121°10'E.) lies in the S

approach to Ilin Strait and is entered between Mangsoagui

Point and Buruncan Point, about 7 miles ENE. The head of the

bay is low and sandy, with mangroves and scrub behind it. 

4.11 Several small rivers flow into the head of the bay. Buruncan

Point is reported to give good radar returns up to 18 miles.

4.11 Alibug Point, located 2 miles NW of Buruncan Point, can be

identified by the small village of Alibug standing close E.

4.11 Buruncan Point (12°12'N., 121°15'E.), the S extremity of

Mindoro, is composed of low, limestone cliffs, greatly worn by

the sea. The land N of the point rises steeply, and is 70m high,

0.35 mile from the point.

4.11 The 20m curve fronts the N shore of the bay at a distance of

up to 1.5 miles. The depths shoal gradually within this curve.

4.11 Garza Island (12°13'N., 121°12'E.), a small sand and coral

island covered with mangroves and trees, lies about 2.25 miles

W of Buruncan Point. The island is fringed by a drying reef. A

shoal, with a depth of 1.8m, extends 0.3 mile N from the N side

of the islet.
108 Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 

Pub. 162

4.11 A shoal bank, with detached shoals having depths of 5.5 to

16.5m, extends 0.35 mile E and 2 miles S from the reef fringing the islet.

4.11 The flood current sets SSE through Ilin Strait and the ebb

sets in an opposite direction, following the general trend of the

channel. The flood current sets E along the S coast of Ilin Island and in the outer part of Pandarochan Bay. 

4.11 The ebb current sets in an opposite direction. Rips are found

off the S extremity of the shoal bank extending S from Garza

Island.

4.11 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage almost anywhere

in Ilin Strait, in a depth of 18.3m. 

4.11 A recommended anchorage is located about 0.1 mile offshore on the Mindoro side of the channel in a position about

0.5 mile NNW of the mouth of the Caguray River, in depths of

26 to 29m, mud.

4.11 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere in Pandarochan Bay

according to draft and direction of the wind. The bay is protected from all but S winds.

4.11 Directions.—Vessels entering Ilin Strait from the N should

keep Manadi Islet astern, bearing 311°, so as to clear Liscum

Reef. In passing through the strait, the Ilin Island side should

be favored as the water shoals suddenly on the Mindoro side. 

4.11 After having cleared the strait, it should be kept open astern

until the S extremity of Garza Island is in range with Buruncan

Point bearing about 094°. Then the course should be altered to

125° until Garza Island bears 001°. 

4.11 This course leads SW of the dangers extending S from Garza

Island.

4.11 Vessels entering the strait from S and E should pass about

3.5 miles S of Garza Island and follow the reverse of the directions given above.

Mindoro—East Coast

4.12 Pinamalayan (13°02'N., 121°30'E.) (World Port Index No. 58550), a small loading port, lies about 6.5 miles SW

of Dumali Point. A light is shown from a white concrete tower,

10m high, standing on the beach.

4.12 A vessel can take anchorage with the light bearing 270°, distant about 0.75 mile, in a depth of 37m. Small vessels can anchor closer inshore, in depths of 7.3 to 18.3m.

4.12 Quinabigan (Kinabigan) (13°00'N., 121°29'E.) is a small

town located about 3 miles S of Pinamalayan. Several warehouses stand near the shore. Cargo operations are carried out at

the anchorage. Vessels can take anchorage with the town bearing 235°, distant about 1 mile, in a depth of 55m.

4.12 Bongabong (12°45'N., 121°29'E.), a small village, lies 14.5

miles S of Quinabigan. The village stands at the mouth of the

Sucol River. Several warehouses stand near the mouth of the

river. 

4.12 Vessels load cargo from barges. A light is shown from the

village. Vessels can take anchorage with the light bearing 243°,

distant 0.5 mile, in a depth of 22m.

4.13 Quinidiagan Point (Kinidiagan Point) (12°47'N.,

121°33'E.) is a slight projection lying about 4.5 miles SE of

Bongabong.

4.13 Duyagan Point (12°36'N., 121°33'E.), about 5 miles SSE of

Quinidiagan Point, is low, sandy, and steep-to. 

4.13 At times discolored water from the many small streams in

the vicinity of the point extends a considerable distance seaward.

4.13 Paglasan (Roxas) (12°35'N., 121°31'E.) is located about 2.5

miles SW of Duyagan Point. There is a conspicuous white bell

tower at Wasig, about 2 miles SSW of Paglasan.

4.13 Balanga Point (12°31'N., 121°28'E.), the first elevation near

the coast S of Mount Dumali, is formed by a hill 77m high; the

seaward cliffs have a reddish appearance. The point lies 3 miles

SW of Wasig.

4.13 Langauin Reef (12°32'N., 121°31'E.) is an extensive reef,

1.75 miles SSE of Wasig; part of the reef is awash. Shoals, with

depths of 4.5 and 6.7m, lie 0.75 mile W and 0.6 mile SSW, respectively, of the reef.

4.13 Mansalay Bay (Mansalai Bay) (12°30'N., 121°27'E.) is entered between Palaypay Point, located about 0.5 mile WSW of

Balanga Point, and Bugton Point, about 1 mile SW. The bay indents the coast to a distance of about 0.75 mile. Depths of over

11m are found in the middle of the bay.

4.13 Palaypay Point is surrounded by a reef, near the S extremity

of which, about 0.1 mile offshore, is a prominent pinnacle rock

about 7.6m high. 

4.13 Foul ground, on which there is a rock awash, extends about

0.5 mile offshore between Balanga Point and Palaypay Point.

4.13 Bugton Point (12°30'N., 121°27'E.) is steep-to and clear of

dangers. It is formed by a round-topped hill, 93m high, wooded

to the water’s edge. A similar hill, 85m high, lies about 0.5

mile S.

4.13 Mansalay is a small town at the head of the bay. The metalroofed school building in the N part of the town is prominent.

4.13 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the middle of the bay, about 0.4 mile offshore, with the village bearing

316° and the 7.6m pinnacle rock off Palaypay Point bearing

091°, in a depth of 12.8m, mud. Smaller vessels can anchor

closer in, according to their draft.

4.13 Vessels approaching the anchorage from N should keep

Maestre de Campo Island open E of Duyagan Point until Langauin Reef is passed. 

4.13 When Bugton Point bears 271°, steer for it on that bearing,

and give it a berth of about 0.25 mile, then alter course NW and

steer for the village. 

4.13 Vessels are cautioned that the N shore of the bay is fringed

by a reef and that the bay is fully exposed to SE winds.

4.14 Cogolong Bay (12°29'N., 121°26'E.) lies about 1 mile

S of Mansalay Bay. Vessels can take anchorage in the middle

of the outer part of the bay, in depths of 9 to 18m, sand and

mud. The anchorage is exposed to E winds.

4.14 Mansiol Bay (12°28'N., 121°26'E.) lies 1 mile SSW of

Cogolong Bay. The bay indents the coast to a distance of about

0.5 mile. Mansiol Point, the N entrance point to the bay, is

bold, rocky, and surmounted by two grassy hills about 107m

high. 

4.14 Several rocks, awash, lie up to 0.1 mile E of the point; the

outer rock dries 1.5m. Colasi Point, the S entrance point, is

rocky and fringed by a steep-to reef which extends 0.25 mile

offshore. Two hills, 37m and 44m high,stand on the point.

There are no dangers lying outside the narrow reef fringing the

shores of the bay.

4.14 Colasi Bay (12°27'N., 121°25'E.) lies about 1 mile SSW of
Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 109

Pub. 162

Mansiol Bay. A small stream flows into the head of the bay. 

4.14 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in

the middle of the outer part of the bay, in depths of 9 to 18m.

4.14 Pocanil Point (12°24'N., 121°25'E.), surmounted by a prominent hill, 157m high, lies about 3.5 miles SSE of Colasi Bay.

A yellow limestone cliff marks the E and S sides of the hill. An

islet, wooded and steep, lies about 0.2 mile E of the point. A

barren pinnacle lies about 0.15 mile E of the islet.

4.14 Pocanil Bay (12°24'N., 121°26'E.) is entered close S of Pocanil Point. Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the outer part of the bay, in depths of 18 to 22m, soft mud.

4.14 The Buyallao Peninsula (12°22'N., 121°26'E.) lies between

Pocanil and Soguicay Bays. The shores of the peninsula are

rocky and steep-to. Mount Namalayan stands in the middle

part of the peninsula and is prominent. 

4.14 Buyallao Point, the SE extremity of the Buyallao Peninsula,

slopes down gradually from Mount Namalayan and terminates

in a low, rocky, and steep-to shelf.

4.14 Buyallao Island (12°23'N., 121°27'E.) lies close off the NE

side of Buyallao Peninsula and is separated from it by Buyallao

Pass. The island is high and densely wooded. 

4.14 Two rocks lie close off the NE side of the island. Buyallao

Pass has a least navigable width of 0.15 mile. 

4.14 A shoal, with a depth of 3.6m, lies in the middle of the narrowest part. Anchoring in the pass is not recommended.

4.15 Soguicay Bay (12°22'N., 121°24'E.), which affords

the best typhoon anchorage on the E coast of Mindoro, is entered between Buyallao Point and Cabuy Point, about 5 miles

SW. 

4.15 The bay indents the coast to a distance of about 3.5 miles.

The shores of the bay, which are steep-to, are fringed by a narrow reef and mud flats.

4.15 Soguicay Island, narrow and about 1 mile long, lies in the

middle of the bay, about 0.75 mile offshore. The N part of the

island is covered with mangroves and is fringed by partly drying reefs which extend about 0.25 mile from its E and S sides.

The W side of the island is fairly steep-to. 

4.15 Foul ground extends about 0.5 mile S from the S extremity

of the island.

4.15 The village of Soguicay stands on the W side of the bay in a

position about 1.25 miles W of the N extremity of the island.

Panangiran Peak, a sharp peak, 721m high, is located about 8

miles WNW of the head of the bay.

4.15 A reef, which bares, lies close off the middle of the W side of

Soguicay Island. A reef, partly awash, lies about 0.3 mile NW of

the NW side of the island. It is separated from the reef fringing the

NW side of the island by a narrow but deep channel.

4.15 A reef, which bares, lies about 0.5 mile NNW of the N end

of the island. Detached shoals, with depths of 2 to 9m, lie between this reef and the shore of the bay to the W and SW. 

4.15 The channel between this reef and the reef lying about 0.3

mile NW of the NW side of the island is about 0.25 mile wide

with depths of over 11m in the fairway.

4.15 Narrow shoals, with depths of 8 to 15m, extend about 1.5

miles N from a position close N of Cabug Point. 

4.15 The least depth is found about 1 mile S of the S extremity of

Soguicay Island. 

4.15 A detached shoal, with a depth of 9.1m, lies about 0.5 mile E

of the SE end of the island.

4.15 Anchorage.—Vessels anchor in a position W or NW of

Soguicay Island and clear of the detached reefs, in depths of 22

to 37m, soft sticky mud. 

4.15 The recommended anchorage is located about 0.5 mile ESE

of the village of Soguicay with the N point of Soguicay Island

in range about 087° with the S tangent of the Buyallao Peninsula, in a depth of 26m, mud.

4.15 Directions.—Vessels approaching the bay from the E or SE

should steer 286° for Panangiran Peak, which leads in midchannel between the N point of Soguicay Island and the N

shore of the bay. 

4.15 When abeam of this point, the course should be altered to

255°, heading for a position about 91m S of the village of

Soguicay and passing mid-channel between the N detached

reef which dries and the reef awash about mile S of it. 

4.15 This course should be held for about 0.5 mile and then a

course of about 226° should be steered to the recommended

anchorage.

4.15 Vessels approaching the bay from the SW should steer a

course of 337° for a little over 2 miles from the position 2 miles

SE of Pandan Point to a position about 0.25 mile E of Cabug

Point. 

4.15 Then a course of 342° should be steered until the S extremity

of Soguicay Island is in range about 068° with the S face of

Buyallao Point. A course of 348° leads to the recommended

anchorage.

4.16 Pandan Point (12°17'N., 121°24'E.), the E entrance

point of Pandan Bay, is a rocky, precipitous headland covered

with grass and about 140m high.

4.16 Pandan Reef, with a least depth of 2.1m, lies about 0.9 mile

SE of Pandan Point. A narrow, deep channel lies between the

reef and the point.

4.16 Pandan Bay (12°17'N., 121°23'E.) lies about 4.5 miles S of

Soguicay Bay. The 20m curve fronts the head of the bay to a

distance of about 0.2 mile and the E shore to a distance of

about 0.15 mile. 

4.16 The W shore of the bay is steep-to. A shoal, with a depth of

7.3m, lies in the middle of the inner part of the bay, about 0.25

mile S of the head of the bay.

4.16 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the inner part of

the bay, in depths of 11 to 37m, sand and mud. Vessels should

not stand too far N as the head of the bay is foul.

4.16 Tambaron Island (12°16'N., 121°23'E.) lies close S of Pandan Bay. The coasts of the island are steep-to and clear of dangers. Tambaron Pass, on the N side of the island, is of little use

to navigation except for small craft.

4.16 Masin Island (12°15'N., 121°23'E.) lies close SSE of Tambaron Island and is separated from it by Masin Pass. 

4.16 The pass is a narrow channel with a least navigable width of

about 109m and a least depth of 10.9m at its NE end. It is of little use to navigation.

4.17 Bulalacao Bay (12°19'N., 121°21'E.), entered between Badian Point and Tambi Point, about 2.5 miles WNW,

indents the coast to a distance of 2.25 miles. 

4.17 Badian Point, about 111m high, is the S extremity of a rocky

peninsula. Tambi Point, about 15.2m high, is a black and yellow bluff, covered with trees, steep-to, and clear of dangers. 

4.17 The land rises gradually to a height of 173m about 0.75 mile
110 Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 

Pub. 162

NW of Tambi Point. Bulalacao, a small town, stands on the

NW shore of the bay. The W and E shores of the bay are steep,

rocky, and densely wooded. 

4.17 The head of the bay, which has a low sandy shore, is composed of mangrove swamps, intersected by a number of small

rivers.

4.17 Bulalacao Bay has depths of over 18m and is for the most

part clear of dangers. The 20m curve fronts the head of the bay

to a distance of about 0.5 mile. A shoal, with a least depth of

0.9m, extends about 0.35 mile SSW from the NE shore of the

bay.

4.17 Masin Bank, with a least depth of 12.8m, lies about 3 miles

SSE of Tambi Point.

4.17 Bula Shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, lies about 2.75 miles SSW

of the above point.

4.17 Lagara Cove (12°17'N., 121°22'E.), a small, narrow, and

deep inlet, lies about 0.75 mile N of Badian Point. 

4.17 The projecting points of the inlet are high and steep and the

inlet is entirely enclosed by hills except for the low neck of

land which separates the cove from Pandan Bay. 

4.17 The two arms which form the head of the inlet are both

shoal.

4.17 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can take anchorage

near the inner end of Lagara Cove, in a depth of about 22m,

mud. The anchorage is well protected and about 0.1 mile wide.

4.17 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the inner part of

Bulalacao Bay, in depths of 9.1 to 37m, mud and sand. Vessels

usually anchor SE of the town of Bulalacao according to their

draft. The anchorage is protected from all winds except those

between SSE and SW. 

4.17 The Southwest Monsoon draws up the bay with great force

making anchorage in the bay untenable.

4.18 Alibatan Islet (12°13'N., 121°17'E.), fringed by a

reef, lies about 5.5 miles SW of Bulalacao Bay. Two summits,

formed by sharp, rocky pinnacles, are located at the S end of

the islet. The channel between the islet and the coast to the W

is deep and clear of dangers. 

4.18 Silat Islet, formed by a reef, lies about 1.75 miles N of Alibatan Islet. A cluster of rocks lie about 0.3 mile NW of the islet. 

4.18 A channel, with a least depth of 7.3m in the fairway, and

about 0.1 mile wide, separates these rocks from the islet. The

channel between these rocks and the coast to the W is deep and

clear of dangers.

4.18 Aslom Islet (12°16'N., 121°17'E.), fringed by a reef, lies 1

mile NNW of Silat Islet. A shoal, with a depth of 5.5m, lies

about 0.15 mile W of the middle of the W side of the islet. Vessels can take anchorage in mid-channel W of the islet, in

depths of 22 to 24m, sand and mud.

4.18 The Buruncan Peninsula (12°13'N., 121°14'E.), which terminates in Buruncan Point, lies about 2.5 miles W of Alibatan

Islet. The peninsula is formed by several high ridges extending

in a N and S direction. 

4.18 The sides of the hills and ridges are mostly covered with forest. The seaward end of the peninsula is a low limestone bluff

that is reported free of dangers and can be passed close-to. 

The Semirara Islands

4.19 The Semirara Islands (12°00'N., 121°30'E.) are a

group of eight islands lying off the S end of Mindoro and extend about 28 miles SE of Buruncan Point.

4.19 Libagao Island (12°12'N., 121°25'E.), the northernmost island of the group, lies about 10.5 miles E of Buruncan Point.

The island is high on its E side while the W side is low, flat,

and sandy. The island is wooded and fringed by a reef.

4.19 Nagubat Island (12°10'N., 121°24'E.) lies about 3 miles

SW of Libagao Island. The island is low, sandy, and wooded.

The island is fringed by a reef which extends about 0.4 mile N.

A coral reef, with a least depth of 0.3m, lies about 1 mile NE of

the island. 

4.19 A deep channel, about 1.25 miles wide, with a depth of

16.4m near the middle, lies between this reef and Libagao Island.

4.19 Semirara Island (12°03'N., 121°23'E.), the largest island of

the group, lies 8 miles SE of Buruncan Point. 

4.19 The island is almost divided into two parts by a mangrove

swamp and a low neck of land about 3.5 miles from Tungao

Point (12°07'N., 121°21'E.). 

4.19 Semirara town is situated on the E side of the island and the

villages of Tinabooc and Alegria stand on the SE and SW

coasts, respectively. Coal is mined at several locations on the

island.

4.19 Semirara Anchorage (12°04'N., 121°21'E.), on the W side

of Semirara Island, is in a bight 3.5 miles S of Tungao Point. A

coral reef, which nearly dries, lies at the head of the bight. The

rest of the bight is encumbered with islets, rocks, and shoals.

4.19 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of

27m, with Ilogao Point, 3 miles SSE of Tungao Point, high,

dark, and well-defined, bearing 060° and the tangent of land N

bearing 347°. 

4.19 Small vessels may anchor, in a depth of 22m, with Ilogao

Point bearing 055°, and Twin Rocks, 2m high and situated 0.6

mile W of Ilogao Point, bearing 329°.

4.19 Dapdap Pier extends about 750m W from a position on shore

about 0.9 mile S of Ilogao Point and then NW for 250m. Coal

is stockpiled on reclaimed land NE of the extension and ships

of 9,500 dwt berth heading NE to SW to load coal against a

line of dolphins at the head of the extension.

4.19 A 600m extension leading W from the base of the NW extension was under construction. When completed, vessels of

20,000 dwt will be able to berth there.

4.19 Pilots for Dapdap Pier board 0.7 mile W of Twin Rocks.

4.20 Sibolon Island (12°06'N., 121°35'E.) lies about 10.5

miles E of the NE side of Semirara Island. The island is low

and wooded. A sandy beach fronts the W point and the NW

and S sides of the island. 

4.20 A reef extends about 0.25 to 0.35 mile from the sandy beach

and is steep-to at its edge. 

4.20 Vessels can take anchorage off the SW side of the island, in a

depth of 11m, with the W tangent of the island bearing 030°

and the S tangent bearing 068°.

4.20 Sibaton Island (11°59'N., 121°34'E.) lies about 8 miles ESE

of the SE side of Semirara Island. The N side of the island consists of low, black limestone cliffs, and the E and W sides consists of sandy beaches. A small village of the same name stands

on the S side of the island.

4.20 Caluya Island (11°56'N., 121°34'E.) lies about 0.75 mile S
Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 111

Pub. 162

of Sibaton Island. A drying reef extends about 0.75 mile N

from the NW side of the island. 

4.20 A very narrow and shallow channel lies between the island

and the reefs and shoals fronting the S coast of Sibaton Island.

A town of the same name stands on the W side of the island.

4.20 A round hill, 183m high and covered with bamboo, lies on

the S end of the island. From this summit the land slopes regularly to the N point. 

4.20 All around the island, the points are of black limestone and

there are sandy beaches in all the bays.

4.20 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage during the

Northeast Monsoon (October to March) off the W coast of the

island, with the town bearing 091°, and the tangent of the W

side of the island to the S bearing between 180° and 182°, open

E of the E extremity of Sibay Island, in depths of 9 to 18m. 

4.20 During bad SW weather there is anchorage near the edge of

the reef, in a depth of 29m, off the bay near the middle of the E

side of Caluya Island.

4.20 Caution.—A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m at its outer edge,

extends about 0.5 mile W of the town.

4.21 Sibay Island (11°51'N., 121°28'E.), the S island of

the Semirara Islands, is located about 3 miles SSW of Caluya

Island. The island is moderately high and level. 

4.21 The summit of the island stands near the middle of the N

coast. The island is barren except for some small dark trees at

the extremities. There are several small villages on the island.

4.21 The island is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. The N and W

sides of the island are steep-to with the 10m curve lying up to

0.25 mile offshore.

4.21 Between Bacong Point, the NE extremity of the island, and

Tangaion Point, 1.5 miles SSW, the reef extends 0.5 mile offshore, while near the SW end of the island, it extends 1 mile

offshore. 

4.21 There is no anchorage around the island, except on the spits

at the SE and NW points, both of which are exposed to monsoons, and are of hard sand and large coral heads.

4.21 Panagatan Cays (11°52'N., 121°18'E.) are three small

wooded islands lying on a partly-drying reef. They lie about 5

miles W of Sibay Island. 

4.21 Panagatan Malaqui Island, the largest of the three, lies on the

W extremity of the reef. Bogtongan Island and Panagatan

Munti Island lie on the NE part of the reef. 

4.21 There is anchorage off the edge of the reef except on the E

side, in depths of 18 to 37m. 

Mindoro Strait

4.22 Mindoro Strait (12°40'N., 120°24'E.), which is divided into two passes by Apo Island and Apo Reef, is wide and

deep. It separates the W coast of Mindoro Island from the islands of the Calamian Group. The tidal currents in Mindoro

Strait flow SE on the flood and NW on the ebb.

4.22 Apo Island (12°40'N., 120°25'E.) lies about 23 miles WSW

of Dongon Point. The island is low and wooded. 

4.22 White sandy beaches border its E and S sides. A fringing

reef extends up to 0.5 mile in places. 

4.22 There are no good anchorages off the island. Apo Island is

separated from Apo Reef by a deep channel about 1 mile wide. 

4.22 A light is shown on the NE side of the island. A conspicuous

wreck lies stranded on the S side of the island. 

4.22 It has been reported the island is a good radar target up to 17

miles. 

4.23 Apo West Pass (12°35'N., 120°20'E.) is about 20

miles wide and separates the NE islands of Calamian Group

and Apo Island. 

4.23 A local magnetic disturbance has been reported to exist in

this pass about 7 miles S of Apo Island.

4.23 Merope Rock (12°44'N., 120°15'E.), a ledge with a least

depth of 4.3m and on which the sea breaks, lies about 10 miles

WNW of Apo Island. 

4.23 A shoal, with depths of less than 11m, extends about 1 mile

N from the rock.

4.23 Hunter Rock (12°40'N., 120°11'E.), with a depth of 2.1m

on which the sea breaks, lies 13.5 miles W of Apo Island. 

4.23 It is steep-to, except on its NE side, where a bank, with

depths of less than 18m, extends 0.5 mile.

4.23 An extensive bank, with depths of 20 to 97m, lies with its

center 18 miles SSE of Apo Island; the 20m depth is in the S

part of the bank.

Apo East Pass (12°35'N., 120°43'E.) lies between Apo Reef

and Mindoro. The pass is about 15 miles wide, and with the exception of Discovery Bank, it is deep and clear of dangers. The

pass is used mainly during the Northeast Monsoon season.

4.23 Discovery Bank, with a least charted depth of 15.9m, lies in

the middle of the fairway about 9 miles WSW of Dongon

Point. The sea does not break on the bank nor is it marked by

any discoloration of the water.

4.23 Apo Reef (12°40'N., 120°30'E.) is an extensive danger in

which there are two shallow lagoons, separated by a channel,

which is entered from the W. The reef extends about 4.75 miles

NNE, 6.5 miles E, and 5 miles SE from Menor Islet. 

4.23 The islet is 10.1m high, wooded, marked with a beacon, and

lies about 1.5 miles E of Apo Island. In the N lagoon are the

Cayos del Bajo, consisting of two rocks, 2.4 and 6.1m high, respectively, and numerous above and below-water coral heads. 

4.23 The S lagoon, which lies SE of Menor Islet, is also shallow

and filled with sunken dangers. The outer edge of Apo Reef is

generally steep-to, but there are numerous drying and abovewater rocks lying near its N and E sides.

4.23 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the

channel between the two lagoons, about 2 miles E of Menor

Islet, in a depth of 28m. 

4.23 The channel, which is deep in its W part and foul in its E

part, is entered N of the islet.

Mindoro Strait—South Part

4.24 Ambulong Bank (12°13'N., 120°54'E.), with a least

depth of 5.5m, lies 7 miles W of Ambulong Island Light. Sarraceno Bank, with least depths of 4.6m and 5.5m, lies about 4.5

miles SW of Ambulong Bank. 

4.24 Kambal Reef, with a least depth of 10.1m, lies about 7.5

miles SW of Sarraceno Bank.

4.24 An isolated patch, with a depth of 5.5m, lies 6 miles SSW of

Kambal Reef.

4.24 Leonidas Bank (12°03'N., 120°52'E.), with a least depth of

13.4m, lies 5.5 miles E of Kambal Reef. 

4.24 Falmouth Bank, with a least depth of 12.8m, lies about 15
112 Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 

Pub. 162

miles S of Leonidas Bank. 

4.24 Coutts Bank, with a least depth of 14.6m, lies about 6 miles

NE of Falmouth Bank.

4.24 Dominga Shoal (12°01'N., 121°10'E.), with a least depth of

7.3m, lies about 8 miles SSE of the S extremity of Ilin Island.

A 16.5m patch is reported to lie 2.25 miles S of Dominga

Shoal.

4.24 Framjee Bank (11°59'N., 120°32'E.), with a least depth of

4.9m, lies about 15 miles WSW of Kambal Reef. 

4.24 Several banks, with depths of 6 to 18m, lie up to 11 miles

ESE of Framjee Bank.

4.24 Caution.—Banks in the S approach to Mindoro Strait, with

depths of less than 15m, are usually marked by discoloration,

but banks of less than 18.3m should be avoided, as large coral

boulders lie on some of them and the least depth may not have

been found during the surveys taken of them.

Panay—West Coast

4.25 This part of the sector describes the W coast of Panay

from Potol Point, its N extremity, to Caducdula Point, the S extremity of the island, a distance of about 91 miles. The general

description is from N to S.

4.25 Panay is the sixth largest of the Philippine Islands. The NW

extremity of the island is located 37 miles SE of the SE end of

Mindoro. A chain of mountains extends in a curve from the

NW to the S promontory.

4.25 The coastline is steep-to, with some points fronted by coral

reefs.

4.25 Panay is extremely fertile and is irrigated by the mountain

streams. It is one of the most densely populated and most extensively cultivated of the Philippine Islands. 

4.26 Potol Point (11°56'N., 121°57'E.), the N extremity of

Panay Island, has been previously described in paragraph 3.20.

A reef, reaching a width of 0.2 mile, fringes the shore NE of

the point.

4.26 Borocay Island (11°58'N., 121°56'E.), 98m high, is

separated from Potol Point by a channel 0.4 mile wide. 

4.26 The S end of the island is fairly steep-to, and the W and E

coasts are fringed by a reef as far as about 0.75 mile offshore.

There are shoals reported to lie about 0.25 mile off the N shore.

4.26 The channel between Borocay and Panay is clear of dangers

in the fairway, but there are dangerous rocks on both sides of

the fairway, and there are shoal patches in the approaches. The

tidal currents set through the channel with great force.

4.26 Vessels can take anchorage off the W side of Borocay, in a

depth of 6.7m.

4.26 Nasog Point (11°54'N., 121°53'E.) lies 4.5 miles WSW of

Potol Point. The point, which is the NW extremity of Panay, is

a steep-to wooded bluff, 52m high; it is the extremity of a peninsula. 

4.26 Mount Tinayunga, 915m high, 7.75 miles SE of Nasog

Point, is the highest peak on the peninsula.

4.26 Anchorage for vessels with local knowledge can be obtained

close off the N side of Nasog Point.

4.26 Caution.—A 6.9m shoal lies about 1.25 miles offshore,

about midway between Potol Point and Nasog Point.

4.27 Buruanga Point (11°52'N., 121°53'E.), located about

2 miles SSW of Nasog Point, is a small peninsula which extends about 0.5 mile SW from the coast. 

4.27 The Buruanga River flows out into a small bight about 1.25

miles SSE of the point. The town of Buruanga stands on both

sides of the mouth of the river. 

4.27 A shoal, with a depth of 3.6m, extends 0.25 mile offshore W

of the village. 

4.27 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage off a beach

near the mouth of the river, in depths of 6m to 9m.

Pucio Point (11°46'N., 121°50'E.), the SW extremity of the

peninsula, lies 5.5 miles SW of the Buruanga River. It rises to a

height of 182m and is similar to Nasog Point. 

4.27 A fringing reef extends 91m W of the point; the 20m curve

lies close seaward of this reef. A 4.1m shoal lies 0.35 mile S of

the point.

4.27 Maniguin Island (11°36'N., 121°41'E.) lies about 13 miles

SW of Pucio Point. The island has a narrow ridge across its S

end, but the remainder of the island is low and wooded. The island is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. 

4.27 It has been reported the island is a good radar target up to 20

miles. A light is shown from the SE side of the island.

4.27 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage close to the

edge of the fringing reef NE or SW of the NW point of the island, according to the monsoon season. The anchorages offer

little protection.

4.27 Caution.—The island should be given a berth of 1 mile on

its N, W, and S sides. 

4.28 Patriya Point (Patria Point) (11°44'N., 122°01'E.)

lies 10.25 miles ESE of Pucio Point. The coast between the

points is bordered with sandy beaches, with the 10m curve lying up to 0.5 mile offshore; there are no charted dangers outside this curve. 

4.28 Two ranges of hills, which have several churches on their

slopes, parallel the coast. San Roque, situated on the bank of

Apo Reef Light
Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 113

Pub. 162

the San Roque River, is located about 1.75 miles WNW of

Patriya Point. 

4.28 Patriya, a small town, stands close NE of Patriya Point, on

the W shore of a small bight. 

4.28 Dayong, a small town, and Tingib, another small town, is located 1.5 and 2.25 miles E, respectively, from Patriya. 

4.28 The coastal bank, with a least depth of 3.7m, extends about

0.3 mile offshore from a position close SE of Tingib. 

4.28 The Bugan River discharges into the N bight of Pandan Bay,

0.5 mile NE of Tingib. 

4.28 A large net, with steel wires extending 2 miles seaward, was

under construction, close SW of the entrance to the Bugan River.

4.28 Pandan (11°43'N., 122°06'E.), a small town, stands at the

head of Pandan Bay in a position about 2.25 miles SE of the

entrance to the Bugan River. 

4.28 Pandan Bay is formed by a bend in the coast, has considerable depths, but is fully exposed to winds from W through S.

4.28 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about 0.5

mile offshore abreast the town of Pandan, in depths of 13 to

18m.

4.29 Lipata Point (11°28'N., 122°03'E.), located 15 miles

SSW of Pandan, is a low, wooded neck of land. The intervening coast is relatively free of dangers, with several small rivers

discharging into the sea. 

4.29 Lipata Point is fringed by a steep-to reef which extends

about 0.3 mile NW from the point. Lipata, a small village,

stands on this point.

4.29 Vessels can take anchorage off the N side of Lipata Point, in

depths of 10 to 42m. This anchorage provides best protection

during the Southwest Monsoon (May to September).

4.29 Sebaste Shoal (11°36'N., 122°01'E.), with a charted depth of

7.3m, lies about 4.5 miles offshore, midway between Patriya

Point and Lipata Point. This shoal is the only charted danger

seaward of the 10m curve on this part of the coast. 

4.29 Batbatan Island (11°29'N., 121°55'E.) lies with its E extremity about 7.25 miles W of Lipata Point. A hill, 168m high

and with sides sloping toward the coasts, stands about 1 mile E

of the W extremity of the island. 

4.29 The shores abreast this hill consist mostly of cliffs from 6 to

15m high, interspersed with sandy beaches, where landing may

be effected in good weather. 

4.29 The usual landing place is a small and shallow cove, protected by a sand spit, which extends about 0.1 mile S from the E

extremity of the island. A reef extends about 0.25 mile from

the S side of the island. 

4.29 Shoal water extends a short distance from each end of the island and from a position on the N shore near the village of Batbatan about 0.75 mile W of the E extremity of the island. 

4.29 A small islet, 3m high, lies less than 91m S of the SW end of

the island.

4.29 Seco Islet (11°19'N., 121°40'E.), composed of low shifting

sandhills on a steep-to coral reef, is located about 24.5 miles

WSW of Lipata Point. A bank, with a depth of 3.7m, extends

about 1 mile N from the islet. 

4.29 A shoal, with a least depth of 5.8m, lies about 2 miles NE of

Seco Islet.

4.29 Carmen Bank (11°22'N., 121°37'E.), located about 4.25

miles NW of Seco Islet, is a small sand and coral shoal, with a

least reported depth of 4.6m. A shoal, with a depth of 15m, lies

about 1.5 miles S of Carmen Bank.

4.29 Sultan Bank (11°23'N., 121°30'E.) consists of two separate

shoals, lying about 3.25 miles apart. 

4.29 The outer shoal has a least depth of 12.8m and lies about

13.75 miles WNW of Seco Islet. 

4.29 The E shoal, which has a least depth of 6.7m, lies about

11.75 miles WNW of the same islet.

4.30 From Lipata Point the coast trends S about 16.75

miles. The 10m curve lies up to 0.6 mile offshore in places; the

shore bank is steep-to.

4.30 The Bungol River flows out about 2 miles S of Lipata Point.

Culasi, a village, stands on the coast close S of the river.

4.30 Maralison Island (11°25'N., 122°01'E.), 69m high in its W

part, lies offshore 1.5 miles WSW of Culasi. The island consists mostly of a group of small, bare peaks rising steeply from

the shores. The E end of the island is formed by a flat sandy

point and landings usually made on the S side of a spit extending E from the point. 

4.30 A small islet, 41m high, lies on the drying reef which extends about 0.2 mile W from the island. Maralison is surrounded by a reef.

4.30 A rock, awash, lies in mid-channel between Maralison Island

and Culasi and another rock, awash, lies about 1 mile SSE of

the island.

4.30 A shoal, with a least depth of 3.7m, extends about 0.5 mile

W from a position about 0.5 mile W of the W side of the island. The narrow channel between the shoal and island has a

least depth of 18.3m in the fairway.

4.30 Tibiao Point (11°18'N., 122°02'E.) lies about 7.5 miles S of

Culasi; the coast between is steep and bordered by sand with an

occasional narrow coral reef. 

4.30 The Tibiao River flows out through the point; the town of

Tibiao is located close S of the river’s mouth.

4.30 The Dalanas River flows into the sea about 2.5 miles SSE of

Tibiao; its origin is the foothills of the heights NE and E of its

mouth.

4.30 Ontgol Point (11°12'N., 122°02'E.) lies about 3.75 miles

SSW of the mouth of the Dalanas River. Barbasa, a small town,

is situated close N of the point. A reef, awash, lies in a position

about 0.5 mile NW of the town, 0.3 mile offshore. Two shoals,

with depths of 1.8m, lie 1.25 miles NNE and 0.25 mile W, respectively, of Ontgol Point.

4.31 From Ontgol Point, the W coast of Panay trends 10.5

miles S and then 17 miles SSW to Tubigan Point. 

4.31 The coast is steep-to with the 10m curve lying up to 0.5 mile

offshore and the 100m curve from 0.1 mile to 1.5 miles off.

Numerous small rivers flow into the sea along this part of the

coast.

4.31 Tolan Point (11°01'N., 122°02'E.) lies 10.75 miles S of Ontgol Point; there are no charted dangers seaward of the 4.9m

curve, along this part of the river. The Cangaranan River flows

into the sea at this point.

4.31 Ipayoc Point (10°56'N., 121°59'E.), a low point, lies 6.25

miles SSW of Tolan Point. The Ipayoc River flows out through

the point. Patnongon, a village, stands on the S bank of the Ipayoc River, 1 mile SE of the point.

4.31 The delta of the Sibalom River, which has a shallow bar, is
114 Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 

Pub. 162

located 6.5 miles S of Ipayoc Point. The coast between this delta and Dalipe Point, 4 miles SSW, is fronted by a shoal bank, as

defined by the 20m curve, extending up to 1 mile offshore.

4.31 Dalipe Point (10°46'N., 121°55'E.) is low, wooded, and

steep-to; the 20m curve lies about 0.35 mile offshore.

4.31 Tubigan Point (10°44'N., 121°56'E.), 1.75 miles SSE of

Dalipe Point, is low and is fringed by a narrow ledge of rocks.

A light is shown from the old fort situated on the point. 

4.31 Sombrero Rocks (10°43'N., 121°34'E.), 21.25 miles WSW

of Tubugan Point, shows as two black rocks of about the same

elevation. 

4.31 When approaching from N or S, it has been reported that it

appears in two parts, of which the W, 6.7m high, is the higher.

The rocks are reported to be radar conspicuous at 15 miles.

4.32 From Tubigan Point there is a slight indentation in the

coast to a position 14 miles S; from this position the coastline

extends in an arc in a SSE direction for 6 miles to Nogas Island.

4.32 San Jose de Buenavista (10°44'N., 121°56'E.) stands at the

head of a small bay, close E of Tubigan Point; it is almost hidden by some large trees. This small port, which is of little commercial importance, is the capital of Antique Province. Storm

signals are displayed in the town. 

4.32 A stone jetty extends 137m SE from Tubigan Point. Its outer

end is connected by a 9m wide extension which extends SSE,

0.1 mile E of the light at Tubigan Point. 

4.32 There were depths of 5.2m at the SW end of the extension

and 3.7m at the NE end. This berth is recommended for small

vessels only, as the turning room is limited. A 3m patch lies

91m SSE of the head of the pier. Heavy seas run into the harbor

during SW winds.

4.32 The 10m curve, which lies about 0.15 mile S of Tubigan

Point, fronts the shore to a distance of a little over 0.5 mile E. 

4.32 Shoals, with depths of less than 6m, fill the entire cove lying

E of Tubigan Point. 

4.32 A detached shoal, with a depth of 3m, lies about 0.15 mile

ESE of the old fort on Tubigan Point. A shoal, on which there

is a sunken rock and average depths of 2.7m, lies about 0.25

mile SE of Tubigan Point. A reef, with a depth of less than 2m,

lies about 0.5 mile S of the head of the wharf.

4.32 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, protected

from NE winds, with the old fort bearing about 354°, distant

about 0.35 mile, in depths of 10.9 to 12.8m, rocky bottom. 

4.32 Vessels are cautioned against approaching too close to the

coast because of the numerous sunken rocks and foul bottom.

4.33 Hamtic (Antique) (10°42'N., 121°59'E.), a town,

stands near the mouth of the Antique River, 3.5 miles SSE of

Tubigan Point. 

4.33 The Malandog River, with a depth of 1.8m over the bar, and

5.5m inside, discharges midway between.

4.33 Jaldan Point (10°30'N., 121°55'E.), a sharp bold, rocky

point, 27m high, lies about 14 miles S of Tubigan Point. 

4.33 Several villages and rivers with bars lie between these two

points. 

4.33 Dao, a small town located about 2 miles ENE of Jaldan

Point, near the mouth of the Dao River, can be identified by a

prominent church with a square tower.

4.33 Bayo Point (10°27'N., 121°55'E.), 3.5 miles SSW of Jaldan

Point, is the W extremity of Naso Point, a large promontory

which forms the SW part of Panay. 

4.33 Anini-y, a town in which there is a large white stone church

with a metal roof, is situated 1.25 miles SSE of Bayo Point.

4.33 Nogas Islet (10°25'N., 121°55'E.), about 0.5 mile SSW Anini-y, is small, low, flat, wooded, and fringed by a reef extending up to 0.5 mile offshore. A narrow channel separates the

islet from the SW extremity of Panay. 

4.33 A reef, with a depth of 4.5m, lies in the middle of the W entrance to the channel. A shoal, with a depth of 7.6m, lies in

mid-channel between the islet and the coast.

4.33 Nogas Islet is reported to give a good radar return up to 18

miles and a light is shown near the center of the islet.

4.33 Caducdula Point (10°25'N., 121°58'E.), the S extremity of

Panay, lies 2.5 miles SE of Anini-y. 

4.33 The point is fringed by a reef, and foul ground extends S

about 0.2 mile to Juraojurao Islet.

4.33 Caution.—Anchorage is not recommended between Nogas

Island and Juraojurao Island, as the bottom is rocky. 

Negros—South Coast

4.34 Negros is the fourth largest island of the Philippine

Archipelago. It is situated between Panay and Cebu and is divided into two provinces. The coast is little indented and contains no harbors suitable for large vessels. The rivers are small

and can only be used by small craft.

4.34 Sojoton Poin ( 9°59'N., 122°27'E.) , previously described in

paragraph 3.77, lies on Negros, about 40 miles SE of Caducdula Point, the S extremity of Panay. 

4.34 Sojoton, a prominent headland, is fringed by a steep-to reef

extending about 0.15 mile offshore. 

4.34 The land rises steeply from the coast to a height of 158m less

than 0.5 mile inland. The point is an excellent landmark when

approaching from N or S, appearing as a step from the shore to

the higher plateau farther inland.

4.34 From Sojoton Point the SW coast of Negros trends SSE

about 70 miles to Siaton Point. The island is steep-to. 

4.34 Close inland is a series of peaks which rises to a height of

904m.

4.34 Maquiliguian Point (9°58'N., 122°26'E.), located about

1.25 miles SSW of Sojoton Point, extends about 0.5 mile NW

from the general trend of the coast.It is over 30m high near its

extremity, and is fringed by a drying reef which extends about

0.25 mile N and SW. A reef, with a depth of 0.4m, lies 1 mile

SSW of Maquiliguian Point. 

4.34 Linaon, a small town, stands at the inshore end of Maquiliguian Point.

4.34 A precipitous bluff, 62m high, stands close to the shore

about 1.5 miles SSE of the point. 

4.34 A deep valley lies SE of the village of Inayauan, about 2

miles S of the bluff.

4.34 Shoals, with depths of 6.4m and 8.7m lie about 1.25 and 0.75

miles SW, respectively, of the point. A reef lies awash about

2.25 miles SSW of the above point. 

4.34 There are several detached reefs, with depths of 2 to 6m, lying between this reef and the shore.

4.35 Binigsian Point (9°50'N., 122°22'E.), located about

8.25 miles SSW of Maquiliguian Point, is fringed by a reef to a
Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 115

Pub. 162

distance of 0.25 mile SW. 

4.35 It is an excellent landmark and may be identified by a bare

cliff on the 36m hill located on the point. The point extends

about 0.5 mile W from the general trend of the coast.

4.35 Danjugan Island (9°52'N., 122°23'E.), 77m high and narrow, extends about 1 mile N from a position about 1.75 miles N

of Binigsian Point. It is surrounded by a reef which bares at

low water and is steep-to on all sides. 

4.35 Two small islets or rocks, the outer of which is 8.2m high, lie

close NW of the island on the edge of the fringing reef.

4.35 Agutayan Islet (9°52'N., 122°22'E.), 96m high and fringed

by a wide reef, lies about 0.4 mile SE of Danjugan Island. The

channel between the islet and the island has a depth of 12.8m

and that between Agutayan and the shore reef, 11.9m. These

channels are about 0.25 mile wide and suitable only for small

craft.

4.35 Anajauan Island (9°50'N., 122°22'E.), 70m high, lies about

0.65 mile SW of Binigsian Point. It is surrounded by a reef that

extends about 0.3 mile N. Several islets or rocks, the largest of

which is 36m high, lies near the N end of the reef. A reef, with

a least depth of 2.7m near the outer end, extends about 0.5 mile

S of the island. 

4.35 The channel between the reef fringing the island and the reef

fringing Binigsian Point is very narrow, but deep and clear of

dangers in the fairway.

4.35 Cartagena Bay (9°49'N., 122°23'E.), entered between an

unnamed point located about 1 mile SSE of Binigsian Point,

and Buluguisan Point, about 2 miles S, indents the coast to a

distance of about 0.75 mile. 

4.35 The N entrance point and the SE shore of the bay are fringed

by reefs to a distance of about 0.25 mile. A reef, with a least

depth of 3m, lies in the middle of the bay.

4.35 Cartagena, a small town fronted by a sandy beach, stands

near the head of the bay.

4.35 Matatindoc Point (9°43'N., 122°23'E.) is located about 7.5

miles S of Binigsian Point. The coast in the vicinity of the

point is high and rugged. A large rock, lying on the reef fringing the point, is a prominent landmark.

4.36 The coast from Matatindoc Point trends in a SSE direction for about 15.5 miles to Doog Point. The intervening

coast is indented by a number of indentations which form bays

of no particular importance.

4.36 Campomanes Bay (9°41'N., 122°24'E.), the only well protected anchorage on this coast, is entered between a point located about 1.5 miles SE of Matatindoc Point and a point about

0.75 mile S. A reef extends about 0.35 mile NW from the S entrance point. 

4.36 Several rocks, the largest of which is about 27m high and

wooded, lie on this reef. 

4.36 There is a sandy beach at the head of the bay, but elsewhere

the shores are fringed by a narrow reef. 

4.36 A small river discharges into the head of the bay and the ruins of a small wooden pier exists on the N shore.

4.36 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.2 mile S of the mouth of

the river, in depths of 22 to 27m, mud, or in greater depths in

the middle of the bay.

4.36 Nabulao Bay (9°39'N., 122°26'E.), entered between Obon

Point, located about 3.25 miles SSE of Matatindoc Point, and

Catmon Point, about 3.25 miles SE, indents the coast about 2

miles. The navigable space in the bay is greatly reduced by numerous reefs and shoals. 

4.36 A broad reef fringes the shore, and a coral ledge, having a

width of 0.5 to 0.75 mile, extends 1.5 miles SW from the head

of the bay, dividing it into two narrow coves. A narrow islet

stands on the SE side of the ledge.

4.36 A shoal, with a least depth of 0.9m, extends about 0.75 mile

NW from a position about 1.25 miles NW of Catmon Point.

There are some rocks lying awash on the SE side of the shoal.

4.36 The NW cove is encumbered with shoals. Anchorage can be

taken in the SE cove, in depths of 16.5 to 26m, mud, 0.5 mile

offshore and about 0.15 mile outside the shore reef. This anchorage is fully exposed to the Southwest Monsoon.

4.36 Catmon Bay (9°37'N., 122°26'E.), entered between Catmon

Point and an unnamed point about 1 mile SE, indents the coast

about 1 mile. The N shore and the head of the bay are fringed

by a wide reef. The bay is exposed to W winds and seas.

4.36 A reef, with a depth of 6.4m, lies 0.5 mile offshore and about

2.5 miles SSE of Catmon Point.

4.36 Bolila Point (9°34'N., 122°29'E.), located about 4 miles SSE

of Catmon Point, is low and rounded. The point is fringed by a

reef which extends about 0.25 mile S. Bolila Island lies on the

coastal reef in a position about 1 mile SE of the point.

4.36 Drying reefs extend up to 0.15 mile S and 0.1 mile E from

Bolila Island. Shoals extend 0.1 mile S and 0.1 mile E from the

above reefs.

4.37 Asia Bay (9°33'N., 122°30'E.), entered between the S

end of Bolila Island and an unnamed point about 1.5 miles SE,

indents the coast about 0.5 mile. The town of Asia stands in the

NE corner of the bay. The Asia River empties into the SE part

of the bay in a position about 0.75 mile SE of the town. The

bay offers protection from all but SW winds.

4.37 The N shore of the bay is fringed by shoals and reefs to a distance of about 0.15 mile. A shoal, with a least depth of 2.7m,

lies midway between Bolila Island and the coast of Negros to

the E.

4.37 Reefs and shoals extend 0.15 mile SW from an unnamed

point located about 0.5 mile E of the SE end of Bolila Island. A

shoal, with depths of 9 to 17m, extends about 0.2 mile W from

the W edge of the above reef.

4.37 A drying reef, lying in the center of a shoal area about 0.3

mile in extent, is located in the middle of the entrance to the

bay in a position about 0.25 mile SE of the SE end of Bolila Island.

4.37 Vessels can take partially protected anchorage in mid-channel

between the reef fringing the S end of Bolila Island and the drying

reef lying in the middle of the entrance to the bay. 

4.37 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor in the NW or

NE corner of the bay, being cautious to avoid the 2.7m shoal

about 0.15 mile E of the E coast of Bolila Island.

4.38 Doog Point (9°30'N., 122°32'E.), located 5.5 miles

SSE of Bolila Point, is prominent; the hills which back it are

close to the coast in this vicinity.

From Doog Point the coast trends 40 miles SSE to Siaton

Point. Tolong Bay is formed in an indentation in the coast

about midway between these points.

4.38 Calipapa (9°28'N., 122°34'E.) and Basay, another small

town, stand on a narrow strip of land, backed by hills, in posi-
116 Sector 4. Mindoro—Southwest and East Coasts/Panay—West Coast/Negros—South Coast 

Pub. 162

tions about 2 and 8 miles SE, respectively, of Doog Point. 

4.38 A school building, with a red roof, at Calipapa, serves as a

good landmark.

4.38 Cansilan Point (9°23'N., 122°41'E.), backed by land rising

to a height of 220m, 2 miles E, lies 10.75 miles SSE of Doog

Point. 

4.38 The coast is backed by hills with peaks of similar height to

the above-described peak.

4.38 Tolong Bay (9°20'N., 122°50'E.) is entered between Cansilan Point and Cauitan Point, 14.5 miles SSE; it is exposed to

the SW. The E part of the bay off the mouth of the Tolong River is deep.

4.39 Tolong (Bayawan) (9°22'N., 122°48'E.) is located on

the E side of the Bayuan River, about 8 miles ESE of Cansilan

Point. 

4.39 Vessels can anchor off Tolong, about 0.5 to 1 mile offshore,

in depths of 7 to 12.8m, mud. This is fair weather anchorage,

and is fully exposed to W and SW winds.

4.39 Giligaon Point (9°05'N., 122°55'E.) lies 11.5 miles SSE of

Cauitan Point. It is steep and the single coconut tree on its summit is a good landmark.

4.39 Siaton Point (9°02'N., 123°01'E.), the S extremity of Negros, is located 15.5 miles SSE of Cauitan Point; the coast between is steep-to. 

4.39 Siaton is the termination of a long mountain ridge extending

NW. Its coast is an abrupt cliff about 18.3m high, extending

around the point.

4.39 Mount Malbug (9°07'N., 122°59'E.), 840m high, located

about 5 miles NNW of Siaton Point, is prominent. Sharp Peak,

858m and Dome Peak, 846m high, are located about 5 miles N

of Mount Malbug; they are also prominent landmarks.

4.39 Caution.—Strong tidal currents setting NW and SE may be

expected between Giligaon Point and Siaton Point. Some

heavy tide rips have been encountered off this coast.
117

Pub. 162

5. 

Luzon—East Coast

5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

5.0SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
119

Pub. 162

SECTOR 5 

LUZON—EAST COAST

5.0 Plan.—This sector first describes the coast of Luzon between Escarpada Point to San Miguel Bay. The arrangement is

from N to S.

5.0 The sector then continues to describe the SE coast of Luzon

between Butauanan Bay and Bingay Point. The arrangement is

from W to E and then S. 

General Remarks

5.1 The E coast of Luzon is high, rugged, and densely

wooded. The coast is indented in its S side. The coast is sparsely inhabited except in the Palanan River valley, about 85 miles

S of Escarpada Point. 

5.1 The rugged coastline is exposed to the full force of the

Northeast Monsoon and the seas of the Pacific Ocean. There

are no ports of any size along the coast, but there are several

small bays where some shelter is afforded. 

5.1 Typhoons which lash the coast cause heavy swells. Vessels

transiting these waters are cautioned to pay strict attention to

weather conditions and reports.

5.1 Winds—Weather.—The wet and dry seasons on the E coast

of Luzon are the reverse in period to those on the W coast of

that island. This is due primarily to the exposure to the Northeast Monsoon and to the high mountains of the Sierra Madre

which block the winds. Northeast winds prevail from October

to March, the monsoon beginning with the N winds, which are

short duration and soon become NE.

5.1 In January and February the E winds begin, and terminate

the monsoon. The heaviest rains occur from October to January.

5.1 The winds are variable in March and April, and sometimes

in the early part of May, bringing in the Southwest Monsoon.

April and May are the driest months of the dry season, but rain

often occurs.

5.1 Thunderstorms, which occur from June to November, are

most frequent in August. The sea is generally calm during the

Southwest Monsoon, but it is especially heavy during the middle period of the Northeast Monsoon.

5.1 The typhoons which form E or SE of Samar and Leyte and

cross the archipelago to the N of Manila are very dangerous to

shipping. The N part of the E coast of Luzon is particularly

dangerous during the period of the typhoons.

5.1 The typhoons that pass S of Manila are also dangerous as

they bring strong NE to SE winds. The typhoons which recurve

N and E before reaching the Philippine Islands bring strong

winds and rain squalls from the SW. These sometimes continue

for 5 or 6 days.

5.1 Typhoons may form at any time of the year, but they become

more frequent in July and are most prevalent on the E coast of

Luzon from September to December.

5.1 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents are very irregular off

the E coast of Luzon, but they generally set parallel with the

coast at an estimated maximum rate of about 2 knots. They set

N on the rising tide and S on the falling tide.

5.1 A fairly strong current sets parallel with the NE coast of Luzon. This current apparently does not follow the rise and fall of

the tides, but is predominantly SW unless a prolong S wind is

in evidence, at which time the direction of the current is reversed.

5.1 The tidal currents are very irregular in Lagonoy Gulf and Albay Gulf and appear to be greatly influenced by the force and

direction of the wind. The tidal current attain a rate of 1.5 knots

in Rapu Rapu Strait.

Escarpada Point to Palanan Point

5.2 The coast between Escarpada Point, the NE extremity

of Luzon, and Iligan Point, 14 miles to the SSE, is indented by

numerous small coves, suitable only for small craft. The tidal

currents in this stretch of coast are irregular, but generally set

parallel with the coast at a maximum rate of 2 knots. There are

tide rips in the vicinity of Escarpada Point and Iligan Point.

5.2 Patunungan Bay (18°24'N., 122°18'E.) lies 9 miles SSE of

Escarpada Point, and is formed by a narrow opening in the

coastal reef. The entrance, with a least depth of 11m, may be

identified by Masak Rock on its NW side and Susak Rock on

its SE side. The bay affords good shelter for small vessels. The

anchorage can accommodate one small coastal vessel.

5.2 Iligan Point (18°18'N., 122°20'E.) lies about 5.5 miles SSE

of Susak Rock. The point, which is 73m high and covered with

grass, rises to an elevation of 160m about 0.5 mile inland. Russo Rock, 3m high and prominent, lies close off the point.

5.2 Mount Tinago, a serrated summit 251m high, stands close to

the coast about 3.25 miles NNW of Iligan Point. 

5.2 Mount Marotong, 366m high and densely wooded, stands

about 0.5 mile SW of Iligan Point. 

5.2 Mount Marotong appears as a sharp peak with steep slopes

from the NE, but from the SE it has a beehive shape. It is one

of the most prominent peaks nearby.

5.3 The coast between Iligan Point and Palanan Point, 71

miles S, consists of a succession of small bays open to the sea,

with short stretches of sandy beach backed by steep mountains.

5.3 Maloncon Island (18°15'N., 122°20'E.) lies about 4 miles S

of Iligan Point and 0.5 mile offshore. The island has a sharp

summit and is the largest and most prominent island in this section of the coastline. 

5.3 When seen from SW or NE, the island has steep sloping

sides. Heavy tide rips are frequently seen in the areas E and N

of the island. Landings can be made on a sheltered beach on

the W side of the island.

5.3 Mount Ninamandum, 406m high, lies about 3.75 miles SW

of Maloncon Island and about 0.5 mile NW of Nanisetan Point.

5.3 Mount Canapauan, 615m high, lies about 7 miles WSW of

Maloncon Island. It is prominent when viewed from the SE because of its height and its flat appearance.

5.3 Naglocsaden Point (18°10'N., 122°16'E.) lies about 6 miles

SW of Maloncon Island. A shoal, with rocks awash and a depth
120 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

of 5.8m at its outer end, extends about 0.5 mile S from the

point. Tide rips can be found in the area of the shoal.

5.3 J. B. Miller Bay (18°05'N., 122°11'E.) lies about 6 miles

SSW of Naglocsaden Point. Bolos Point, the N entrance point

of the bay is bold, rocky, and densely wooded. Cabutunan

Point, the S entrance point of the bay, lies 3.5 miles S of Bolos

Point and is low, covered with grass, and fringed by a coral

reef. 

5.3 Good anchorage can be taken almost anywhere in the bay,

but it is fully exposed to E winds.

5.3 Capulutan Point (18°00'N., 122°11'E.) lies about 5 miles S

of J. B. Miller Bay. The point is a bold, rocky headland whose

seaward face is vertical and rises to a height of about 58m.

5.3 Mount Capulutan, 328m high, is a double-topped mountain

with a small pass between the two highest peaks. It rises about

0.75 mile SW of Capulutan Point. The gray, vertical, rocky

bluff on the S side of the mountain is prominent from the S.

5.3 A deep rocky gorge, which is a good landmark, lies midway

between Capulutan Point and Cabutunan Point, 3.5 miles N.

5.3 Valley Head (17°55'N., 122°11'E.) lies about 5 miles S of

Capulutan Point and consists of a triple-pointed, rocky headland rising abruptly from the shore. Valley Cove, the N arm of

which provides good shelter to small craft, lies 5 miles S of

Valley Head. Twin Peaks, high and sharp pointed, stand 3 miles

W of Valley Cove.

5.3 Caution.—Tidal currents between Capulutan Point and Valley Head attain a rate of 2 to 2.5 knots.

5.4 Baguio Point (17°42'N., 122°10'E.), a sharp knoll

50m high, lies 13 miles S of Valley Head. A black detached

rock lies close off the point. Flat Peak, with a sheer rocky E

face, lies 3.5 miles WNW of Baguio Point.

5.4 Mount Cetaceo (17°42'N., 122°03'E.) lies 6.5 miles W of

Baguio Point and consists of a dome-shaped summit which rises to an evaluation of 1,833m. It is the highest peak in the area

and is prominent.

5.4 Divilacan Bay (17°23'N., 122°19'E.) lies about 20 miles

SSE of Baguio Point and indents the coast about 3 miles SW.

The bay is open to the N and is encumbered with shoals and

reefs. The shores of the bay are low and densely wooded. Several large streams discharge into the bay. 

5.4 Divilacan Peak stands about 10.5 miles SSW of the E entrance point of the bay and is prominent.

5.4 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the NW

bight of Divilacan Bay, in a depth of about 9m, hard sand. The

reefs at the entrance give some protection from E swell. 

5.4 Vessels can find some protection from E winds by anchoring

W of Gay Island (Dipado Island) and N of the reef fringing the

S shore of the bay. Protection from SW winds can be obtained

in a bight in the SE part of the bay, in depths of 13 to 16m.

5.4 Port Dimalansan (17°19'N., 122°23'E.), entered between

Gay Island and Estagno Island, about 1.5 miles ESE, extends

about 3 miles S between low and wooded hills to a rather large

shoal basin. The channel has a least width of 137m and a least

depth of 3.7m. Heavy tide rips and strong currents are often

found at the entrance. Small vessels with local knowledge can

find excellent shelter in Port Dimalansan.

5.4 Port Bicobian (17°15'N., 122°26'E.) lies about 7 miles SSE

of Estagno Island. Aubarede Point, the SE entrance point to

Port Bicobian, is fringed by drying reefs up to a distance of

about 0.1 mile offshore. 

5.4 Shoals extend about the same distance S from the fringing

reef. A drying reef extends about 0.4 mile NE from the S entrance point. Shoals and foul ground extend about 0.15 mile

offshore from the edge of the drying reef. 

5.4 The E side of the inlet is fringed by drying reefs up to about

0.2 mile Drying reefs extend up to 0.5 mile E from the W side

of the inlet.

5.4 A detached reef, which dries, extends about 0.4 mile N from

a position 0.6 mile WSW of Aubarede Point. Shoals extend up

to about 0.1 mile E from this reef. 

5.4 A rock, which dries 1.5m, stands on the reef fringing the W

shore of the inlet in a position 1 mile WNW of Aubarede Point.

5.4 Caution.—These reefs are not always marked by discoloration.

5.4 The unmarked channel to Port Bicobian has a width of about

0.25 mile between the detached reef and the reef fringing the

W side of Aubarede Point. The channel gradually narrows to a

width of about 91m near the head of Port Bicobian.

5.4 There is anchorage, in a depth of 18m, 0.2 mile from the E

shore, 1.5 miles NNW of Aubarede Point. There is also anchorage 0.75 mile from the head of Port Bicobian, in a depth of

8m, mud. 

5.4 Vessels approaching this anchorage should favor the E shore

as the fringing reef does not extend as far as from the W shore.

5.5 Palanan Bay (17°10'N., 122°27'E.) is entered between Aubarede Point and Palanan Point, about 7 miles SSE.

The bay indents the coast for about 3.75 miles in a SW direction. A reef extends from Palanan Point, which should not be

approached within one mile. A river flows into the S part of the

bay. 

5.5 The bay is deep throughout, and with the exception of reefs

and shoals which extend about one mile N from the mouth of

the river, all dangers lie within 0.5 mile of its shores.

5.5 Ditolong Peak, wooded and conical, rises to a height of

321m, 2.5 miles SSW of Palanan Point; it helps to identify the

point from the offing.

5.5 Palanan (17°04'N., 122°25'E.) is the only town on the E

coast of Luzon N of Casiguran. It stands on the N bank of the

river about 5 miles within the river’s mouth; it is small and of

little importance. There is a government radio station at Palanan and inter-island vessels make infrequent calls off the mouth

of the river to load logs.

5.5 Strong tidal currents and heavy rips are found off the point.

Vessels are advised to give the point a berth of at least 1 mile

when entering the bay.

5.5 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage W of the

reef and shoals fronting the mouth of the river, in depths of 13

to 44m.

5.5 Disumangit Point (17°03'N., 122°31'E.), a rocky headland,

lies about 6 miles S of Palanan Point. Spires Islet, a prominent

pinnacle rock, lies close off the point. 

5.5 The Knobs, a conspicuous group of hills covered with trees,

lies 1 mile inland, 5.5 miles SSW of Disumangit Point.

5.6 The coast between Palanan Point and Cape San Ildefonso, 75 miles SSW, is mostly steep, with wooded hills rising

sharply from bare hills backed by massive mountain ranges,

and is indented by many shallow bays.
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 121

Pub. 162

5.6 There are numerous coral heads within about the 20m curve,

with little or no indication of their existance, so caution is necessary when approaching this coast.

5.6 A current, setting NNE at a rate of 2 knots, has been observed during the Southwest Monsoon (May to September)

running parallel with the general trend of the coast.

5.6 Digollorin Point (16°53'N., 122°28'E.) is located 9.5 miles

S of Disumangit Point. It can be identified by a rock, 22m high,

about 91m off the point. A shoal, with a depth of 2.1m, lies

about 0.75 mile N of Digollorin Point.

5.6 Digollorin Bay (16°50'N., 122°26'E.) lies about 3.75 mile

SSW of Digollorin Point. A river discharges into the head of

the bay. A rock, 3m high, lies 0.75 mile E of the N entrance

point of the river.

5.6 Diviuisa Point (16°48'N., 122°26'E.) lies 5.75 miles SSW of

Digollorin Point. A prominent pinnacle rock, 64m high, lies

close off the point.

5.6 Dinatadmo Point (16°31'N., 122°17'E.) lies about 12.5

miles SSW of Digollorin Bay. The point is low and covered

with bushes.

5.6 Dinapiqui Point (16°32'N., 122°17'E.), located 7 miles

SSW of Dinatadmo Point, marks the S limit of the high, clifffaced coastline. The shore S of the point is low, heavily wooded, and fringed by sandy beaches. A rock, 1.8m high, lies about

0.5 mile S of the point.

5.7 Diapitan Bay (16°26'N., 122°13'E.) lies about 14

miles SSW of Dinatadmo Point. The bay is about 1.75 miles

wide at its entrance and indents the coast about 3 miles in a

SSW direction.

5.7 Tarigtig Point, the S entrance point of the bay, has a bold

rocky cliff on its seaward side. A small bare rocky islet lies

close NE of the point. Foul ground extends about 0.3 mile

NNE from the point. Foul ground, on which stand two detached rocks awash, extends about 0.5 mile W from a position

about 0.9 mile SSW of Tarigtig Point. 

5.7 A shoal, with a depth of 5m, lies in the middle of the outer

part of the bay about 1 mile W of Tarigtig Point. A shoal, with

a depth of 5.7m, lies about 0.6 mile WSW of the point.

5.7 There is a sandy beach at the head of the bay, which is

backed by flat, wooded land. A reef, which bares at LW and

which is connected to the shore by foul ground, lies near the

SW corner of the bay in a position about 1.75 miles SW of

Tarigtig Point.

5.7 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay about

0.5 mile SW of the 5m shoal, in a depth of 14.6m. Vessels proceeding to this anchorage should pass W of the shoal. 

5.7 Protected anchorage can be found in the SE part of the bay S

of the foul ground on which stand two detached rocks, in

depths of 7 to 8m, mud, good holding ground. Vessels entering

the bay should pass at least 0.75 mile N of Tarigtig Point.

5.7 Casapsapan Bay (16°19'N., 122°13'E.) lies about 6 miles S

of Diapitan Bay and is entered N of Dijohan Point. The bay indents the coast 3 miles in a SW direction. The bay is fully exposed to Northeast Monsoons. A small islet lies close NE of

Dijohan Point. The shores of Casapsapan Bay are densely

wooded.

5.7 A shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies about 1 mile N of Dijohan

Point. A narrow shoal, with depths of 6.9 to 8.7m, extends

about 1.75 miles SW from a position about 0.75 mile WNW of

Dijohan Point. This shoal lies parallel with and about 0.5 mile

off the E shore of the bay. Several detached shoals lie within

0.5 mile of the W shore of the bay.

5.8 The San Ildefonso Peninsula (16°07'N., 122°04'E.),

joined to the mainland by a strip of land about 3.5 miles wide,

trends about 22.5 miles SW from Dijohan Point to Cape San Ildefonso. Its seaward face is wooded and rugged.

5.8 Baltimore Peak (16°05'N., 122°02'E.), about 4 miles from

the S end of the peninsula, is high and prominent. It appears

double-topped from N or S, but from SE it shows as a sharp

point. There is a large, triangular, grassy scar on the outer coast

in a position about 2 miles NE of Baltimore Peak. This scar is

an excellent landmark when approaching from the N or E. 

5.8 A SW current sets along the E side of the San Ildefonso Peninsula at a rate of 1 knot, unless there is a strong S wind, when

the direction is reversed.

5.8 Casiguran Sound (16°05'N., 121°58'E.) is entered W of

Cape San Ildefonso. It extends 11 miles NE to the entrance to

Casiguran Bay. The sound and the bay are deep and clear of

dangers in the fairway and afford excellent shelter for all classes of vessels.

5.8 The SE shore of the sound is high, rugged, steep-to and clear

of dangers, except for a detached shoal, with a least depth of

8.5m, lying about 0.75 mile N of Cape San Ildefonso. A reef,

with a depth of 4.5m at its outer end, extends about 0.3 mile

NW from a position about 1 mile NNE of the cape.

5.8 The NW shore of the sound is lower and backed by rolling

hills and high mountains. It is fronted by shoal water to a distance of up to 0.6 mile.

5.8 Vessels navigating the sound or the S part of the bay, should

keep in depths of 37m or more, as the depths decrease rapidly

near the shore in many places. 

5.8 The only outlying danger in Casiguran Sound is a shoal, with

a depth of 6.4m, lying about 4.5 miles WSW of Motiong Point,

the W entrance point to Casiguran Bay.

5.8 Casiguran Bay is entered between Motiong Point, located

about 11 miles NNE of Cape San Ildefonso, and the shore

about 0.5 mile E. A shoal spit, with a depth of 6.7m at its outer

end, extends about 0.1 mile E from Motiong Point. 

5.8 Shoal water extends about the same distance W from the E

side of the channel, abreast the point. The head of the bay is

low and densely wooded. Dipalali Point, which is located

about 1.5 miles NE of Motiong Point, can be identified by an

old fort, 3m high. 

5.8 Wheeling Peak, 258m high and prominent, stands on the E

side of the entrance to the bay in a position about 0.75 mile

SSE of Dipalali Point. A detached shoal, with a least depth of

0.9m, lies about 1.25 miles SW of Wheeling Peak.

5.8 Casiguran Bay is deep with a soft clay or mud bottom. A detached shoal, with a least depth of 2.1m, lies about 0.4 mile off

the W shore in a position about 2 miles N of Dipalali Point.

The coastal bank, as defined by the 5.5m curve, extends up to

0.2 mile from the E shore, 0.3 mile from the W shore, and 0.6

mile from the head of the bay.

5.8 The tidal currents are fairly strong along the SE shore of

Casiguran Sound. A rate of 1.25 knots has been observed about

1 mile N of Cape San Ildefonso. Currents on the NW shore are

weak. Surface currents from the rivers are found in Casiguran

Bay.
122 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

5.8 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere along the NW shore of

Casiguran Sound, in depths of 37m and over. The best anchorage is located in the middle of Casiguran Bay, in depths of 28

to 48m, soft mud or clay.

5.8 Directions.—Vessels entering the sound should give the SE

shore a berth of about 1.5 miles until abreast of Baltimore

Peak. Then they should steer for Wheeling Peak on a course of

057° until Motiong Point bears 325°, distant 0.5 mile. Then a

mid-channel course should be steered through the narrow

channel leading into Casiguran Bay and anchorage taken, as

convenient.

5.9 Casiguran (16°17'N., 122°07'E.), a small town not

visible from the bay, is situated about 1 miles inland on the E

bank of a river which empties into the NE corner of the bay.

The river is navigable only by small craft.

5.9 Gumaining (16°15'N., 122°04'E.) lies at the head of a small

cove on the W side of Casiguran Bay. A pier, 155m long, with

a reported depth of 5.5m at its head, was reported to be in poor

condition. Vessels lie off the end of the pier to discharge oil to a

pipeline laid on the pier surface. Several oil tanks stand near

the pier at Gumaining.

Debutunan Point (16°04'N., 121°47'E.) lies 12.5 miles W

of Cape San Ildefonso. A rock, which dries, lies about 1.25

miles SSW of the point. A shoal, with a depth of 7.8m, lies

close N of the rock. Strong tidal currents have been observed

off the point.

5.9 Rinabasan Cove (15°58'N., 121°38'E.) lies about 10 miles

SW of Debutunan Point. A detached shoal, with a depth of

8.5m, lies about 1.5 miles offshore, 4.5 miles NE of Delgada

Point, the S entrance point of the cove. A rock, 4.9m high, lies

about 0.5 mile E of a high knob, which is located 2.25 miles

NE of Delgada Point. 

5.9 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage, in

the S part of the cove, in a depth of 12.8m.

5.9 Baler Bay (15°50'N., 121°35'E.), entered between Delgada

Point, and the NE extremity of Cape Encanto, about 13 miles

S, indents the coast up to 5 miles. 

5.9 Los Confites Reef, a group of rocks which break at LW, lies

about 1 mile N of the N extremity of Cape Encanto. A shoal,

with a depth of 6.7m, extends about 0.5 mile NE from this

group of rocks.

5.9 The bay may be identified by the high land N and S of it,

separated by the valley of the Baler River, which discharges into the S end of the bay.

5.9 Baler (15°46'N., 121°34'E.), a small town, stands about 1

mile W of the mouth of the Baler River and about 0.5 mile inland. The town is not visible from the anchorage. A light is

shown from a concrete tower, 9m high, standing 137m from

the beach. 

5.9 Port Aurora, a small cove and landing place, lies about 0.5

mile E of the mouth of the river.

5.9 Baler Point, a small low projection, is located close W of

Port Aurora; a reef extends about 0.2 mile N from the point. 

5.9 Shoals extend 0.2 mile N from the mouth of the Baler River.

A detached shoal, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies about 0.5

mile ENE of Baler Point. The entrance to Port Aurora lies between this shoal and the E side of the reef which fringes Baler

Point.

5.9 Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of15 to 18m, sand and

rock, with the entrance to the Baler River open, bearing 180°.

The holding ground is poor. 

5.9 Small vessels may anchor in Port Aurora in depths of 9m.

All the anchorages are exposed to the Northeast Monsoon.

5.10 The coast between Cape Encanto and Agria Point,

about 25 miles SSW, is rugged and very densely wooded. Numerous islets and large rocks, some up to 30m high, lie close

offshore.

5.10 Dibut Bay (15°41'N., 121°37'E.) is entered between Disucsip Point, 1.75 miles S of Cape Encanto, and Salaysay Point,

about 3 miles further SSW. The shores of the bay are high, rugged, and steep-to. All dangers in the bay lie within 0.25 mile of

the shore. 

5.10 There is anchorage, in depths of 22 to 26m off the W side of

the bay. Anchorage can also be taken in the middle of the SW

bight, about 0.65 mile from its head, in a depth of 14.6m.

5.10 The coast between Salaysay Point and Dicapanisan Point,

about 8.5 miles SSW is high, rugged, and densely wooded.

Dibayabay Bay, a small open bight, is located about 1.25 miles

SW of Salaysay Point. 

5.10 Two small islets, about 1.5m high, lie in the E approach to

the bay about 0.75 mile offshore. A shoal, with a depth of

10.3m, lies in the SE approach to the bay in a position about

1.75 miles SSW of Salaysay Point. 

5.10 The Egg Islets, a group of small islets, the highest of which

is 30m high, lie about 0.75 mile offshore in a position about 4.5

miles SW of Salaysay Point. 

5.10 A small islet, 39m high, lies close offshore in a position

about 1 mile N of Dicapanisan Point.

5.10 Dingalan Bay (15°18'N., 121°25'E.) lies about 18 miles

SSW of Dibut Bay, and is entered between Agria Point and

Deseada Point. The shores of the bay are high and rugged. A

number of rivers empty into the bay.

5.10 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the N

part of the bay, about 1.25 miles WNW of Agria Point, in

depths of 5 to 16m. 

5.10 Anchorage can be taken in the S part of the bay, in a position

about 0.75 mile NE of the mouth of the Umiray River, in

depths of 11 to 15m.

The Polillo Islands and Polillo Strait

5.11 Polillo Strait (14°50'N., 121°45'E.) lies between the

E coast of Luzon and Polillo Island. The strait has a least navigable width of 7.5 miles and is deep in the fairway. Prueba

Rock is a low rock rising from a steep-to coral reef lying 1.5

miles off the coast of Luzon, 15 miles SSE of Deseada Point.

5.11 The coast of Luzon between Deseada Point and Prueba

Point, about 14 miles SSE, is backed by densely wooded ranges of mountains, lying parallel to the coast. Prueba Point is low

and hard to identify. Marcelino Point, 7.5 miles SSE of Prueba

Point, is high and prominent.

5.11 From Deseada Point to Dinahican Point, 33 miles SSE, the

coast is steep-to. All dangers lie within 0.75 mile of the coast,

between these two points, with the exception of Prueba Rock.

A bank, with a depth of 48m, lies 4 miles NE of Prueba Rock. 

5.11 The Agos River empties into Polillo Strait about 5.5 miles

SSE of Marcelino Point. A concrete tower stands about 1.25

miles WNW of the mouth of the Agos River. 
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 123

Pub. 162

5.11 The town of Infanta stands about 2 miles SSW of the mouth

of the above river.

5.11 Vessels can take anchorage during the Southwest Monsoon

1.25 miles SE of the mouth of the Agos River, and about 0.5

mile offshore, in depths of 11 to 15m. The anchorage is often

obstructed by debris brought down the river by floods.

5.11 Dinahican Point (14°42'N., 121°43'E.), marked by a light,

lies 6.5 miles SE of the mouth of the Agos River. 

5.11 The point is low, densely wooded with trees, 15m high, and

steep-to. The coast between the river and the point is sandy.

There are tide rips and much discolored water off the point.

Polillo Island—West Coast

5.12 Polillo Island (14°50'N., 121°57'E.), separated from

the E coast of Luzon by Polillo Strait, is hilly and heavily

wooded. 

5.12 Mount Malolo, the highest peak of the island is a good landmark and the first thing seen when approaching from the E or

NE.

5.12 Panampalan Point (15°03'N., 121°50'E.), the NW extremity of Polillo Island, is the termination of a low mangrove area.

The point is encumbered with shoals. The coast between this

point and Panangatan Point, about 7.25 miles SSW, is fringed

by reefs and backed by hills.

5.12 Hook Bay (14°56'N., 121°50'E.), a narrow inlet which affords excellent shelter for small craft, indents the coast about

1.5 miles in a N direction about 1 mile E of Panangatan Point.

The inlet is about 0.2 mile wide at the entrance. Depths of

12.8m and over are found in its narrow fairway. The shoals and

dangers fringing both sides of the entrance narrow the channel

to a width of less than 91m. Inside the entrance the inlet widens

to a greater width of about 0.2 mile.

5.12 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the widest part

of the inlet, in depths of 18.3m, mud. Anchorage can be taken

in the small cove W of the W entrance point to Hook Bay, in a

depth of 27m, mud.

5.12 The coast between Hook Bay and Malagas Point, located

about 11.5 miles S, is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. A detached reef, with a depth of 1.8m, lies about 0.75 mile SW of

Abuigoin Point, located about 2.5 miles SSE of the E entrance

point of Hook Bay. 

5.12 Salipsip Point and Anibong Point, two rounded projections,

are located about 5.5 miles and 8 miles, respectively, SSE of

Abuigoin Point. A shoal, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.35

mile SW of Salipsip Point. 

5.12 A reef, with a rock awash at its outer end, extends about 0.5

mile SW from Anibong Point.

5.12 Polillo Point (14°43'N., 121°55'E.), the W entrance point of

Polillo Harbor, lies 13 miles SSE of the entrance to Hook Bay. 

5.12 Yellow Rock, with a depth of 2.1m, and on which the sea

breaks, lies on the NW edge of a bank, which extends 5.5 miles

NW from Polillo Point. A buoy is moored close S of the rock. 

5.12 Union Reef, with a depth of 2.1m, lies about 1.25 miles S of

Yellow Rock. There are a number of shoals between Union

Reef and Polillo Point.

5.13 Polillo Harbor (14°44'N., 121°56'E.) (World Port Index No. 58040) is formed between the N extremity of Polillo

Reef, a drying reef extending about 2 miles N from Polillo

Point and Malagas Point, about 1.5 miles E. Numerous fish

traps line the edge of the drying reef. Range lights, in line bearing 145°, stand at the head of the harbor. 

5.13 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.3 mile W of the church at

Polillo, in a depth of 16.5m. There is a small pier off the town

at the head of the harbor, with a depth of 5m alongside its W

face.

5.13 Directions.—Vessels approaching from the N can make a direct approach through Polillo Strait. Vessels approaching from

the S should not bring Panangatan Point to bear W of 001° until Mount Malolo bears 097°, at which time the course should

be altered to 097°. 

5.13 When the church tower at Polillo bears 145° and the entrance

beacons are in range, the course should be altered to 145°. 

5.13 This course should be held until the W tangent of Polillo

Point bears 210°, at which time the course should be altered to

152°. This course leads to the recommended anchorage located

about 0.3 mile W of the church. 

5.13 Vessels are cautioned to keep a good lookout in order to

avoid the detached shoals in the harbor.

5.13 Agta Point (14°38'N., 121°56'E.), the S extremity of Polillo

Island, is low and densely wooded. A bank, with a depth of

3.7m, extends 0.5 mile offshore, 1 mile NW of the point. A detached 3m shoal lies off the SW extremity of this bank. An

11.3m patch lies 2.75 miles S of Agta Point.

Polillo Island—North and East Coasts

5.14 The N coast of the island is fringed by a wide steep-to

reef. There are several breaks in this reef, forming small bays

which do not provide anchorage. Several hills stand 3 miles inland.

5.14 Pinavisagan Bay (15°01'N., 122°01'E.), entered about 11

miles E of Panampalan Point, lies on the NE part of the coast

and provides some protection to vessels with local knowledge

from W and S winds.

5.14 Minayit Point (Minayet Point) (15°00'N., 122°03'E.), the

NE extremity of the island is a brown, rocky, prominent bluff,

bare of trees, and 18m high. The coast between the point and

Banla Point, 3 miles S, is fringed by a narrow reef.

5.14 Anibawan Bay (14°59'N., 122°01'E.), entered between Banla Point and an unnamed point about 3 miles SW, indents the

coast about 3.5 miles. Banla Point may be identified by a 60m

hill standing 0.75 mile N. A shoal spit extends about 1 mile SE

from Banla Point. 

5.14 Buguitay Islet, 23m high and fringed by a reef, stands on this

spit about 0.4 mile SE of the point. A rock, with a depth of

0.9m, lies about 0.75 mile WSW of Banla Point. 

5.14 A shoal, with a least depth of 4m, lies about 1 mile NW of

the same point.

5.14 The Anibawan River, which is navigable by small craft,

flows into the NW part of the bay. Three small islets and numerous shoals lie in the S entrance of the bay. Anawan Island,

35m high, lies about 1.25 miles S of Banla Point. 

5.14 Anirong Island, 11.3m high, lies about 0.75 mile SW of

Anawan Island. Reefs and foul ground extend about 0.5 mile S,

1 mile E, and 0.75 mile NE from Anirong Island. 

5.14 A deep channel, about 91m wide, lies between Anirong and

the S side of Anawan Island. Cabaloa Island, 55m high, lies

about 1 mile SW of Anirong Island.
124 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

5.14 Vessels with local knowledge can take protected anchorage

in Anibawan Bay, in depths of about 37m. Vessels wishing to

anchor off the mouth of the Anibawan River are cautioned that

mud flats extend 0.5 mile E from the river mouth.

5.14 Vessels approaching the anchorage from the N or E should

use the narrow channel between Anawan Island and Buguitay

Island. Vessels coming from Burdeos Bay should use the channel between Cabaloa Island and Anirong Island.

5.14 Strong tidal currents with a rate of 2.5 knots are found in the

entrance to the bay.

5.14 The coast between the S entrance point of Anibawan Bay

and Tataupin Point, about 12.5 miles S, is very irregular and

fringed by a wide reef. The coast is low, backed by high hills,

and somewhat indented in its N part. 

5.14 Numerous islands, reefs, and shoals lie are known off the

coast. 

5.14 The coast between Tataupin Point and Agta Point, about 8

miles SW, is in general, backed by high hills and is steep-to. A

shoal, with a depth of 9.1m, lies about 1 mile offshore in a position about 4 miles ENE of Agta Point.

5.15 Palasan Island (14°52'N., 122°02'E.), 67m high, extends about 4.5 miles ESE from its NW extremity, located

about 4.75 miles SSW of Banla Point; it is fringed by a wide

reef, except on its W side.

5.15 Icol Island, narrow and low, extends about 1.25 mile W from

its E extremity located about mile W of the NW extremity of

Palasan Island. The NE side of Icol Island is fringed by a wide

reef.

5.15 Burdeos Bay (14°48'N., 122°05'E.) lies between the E coast

of Polillo Island on the W side, Palasan Island on the N, and

Patnanongan Island on the E. The bay offers a large area of anchorage ground well protected from all winds and sea. 

5.15 The Burdeos River flows into the bay in a position about

4.75 miles SSW of the S entrance point of Anibawan Bay. The

small town of Burdeos is located on the river about 0.5 mile

from its mouth. The channel between Cabaloa Island and Icol

Island is about 0.25 mile wide between the fringing reefs. 

5.15 A reef, with a depth of 14.6m, lies in the channel about 0.2

mile S of Cabaloa Island. A reef, with a depth of 6.4m, lies in

the E approach to this channel about 1 mile SE of the E extremity of Cabaloa Island. 

5.15 Detached shoals, with depths of 6.4m and 2.3m, lie about 0.75

mile N and 0.5 mile W, respectively, of the W end of Icol Island.

5.15 The channel leading SSE between Icol Island and the coast

of Polillo Island is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway.

5.15 The channel between Cabaloa Island and Polillo is intricate,

its width being narrowed to about 0.1 mile by reefs on either

side. The narrow channels between Icol Island and Palasan Island and the latter island and Patnanongan Island are deep and

clear of dangers in the fairway. These rarely used channels are

dangerous because of the very strong currents passing through

them.

5.15 The S approach to Burdeos Bay is encumbered with numerous shoals and reefs. Narrow and tortuous channels lead

through these dangers to the anchorage in the N part of the bay. 

5.15 Burdeos Light(14°51.4'N., 121°58.6'E.) is reported to be

shown from a concrete column, 10m high, on the SW side of

the bay.

5.15 Minasawa Island, small and about 15.2m high, lies about

1.25 miles off the SW coast of Patnanongan Island. It can

readily be identified because of its bright green color. Cataoyan

Reef, which dries, lies parallel to and about 1.75 miles E of the

SE coast of Polillo Island. 

5.15 Coccoc Rocks, a group of above and below-water dangers,

lie close N of Cataoyan Reef. 

5.15 Pacabalo Reef lies in the middle of the bay in a position

about 2.5 miles S of the SW extremity of Patnanongan Island.

5.15 The channel W of Cataoyan Reef is very narrow and should

not be attempted. The channel E of Pacabalo Reef is apparently

safe, but the channel between Cataoyan Reef and Pacabalo

Reef is recommended and generally used.

5.15 Bini Island, which is small and low, lies in the middle of the

channel between the SW extremity of Palasan Island and the

coast of Polillo Island.

5.15 San Rafael Island lies about 1.25 miles WSW of the SW extremity of Palasan Island. Vessels can take anchorage about

0.75 mile W of the N extremity of San Rafael Island, in a depth

of 14.6m, mud.

5.15 The tidal currents are strong and unpredictable between the

reefs and between the islands. They attain a maximum rate of 4

knots at spring tides in the narrow channel between Palasan Island and Patnanongan Island.

5.15 Caution.—The channels leading into Burdeos Bay are unmarked and dangerous due to the strong tidal currents and dangers in their vicinities. Vessels with local knowledge should

use these channels only under the most favorable conditions.

The Polillo Islands—Off-lying Islands and Danger

5.16 Patnanongan Island (14°48'N., 122°11'E.), the largest island of the group, is 85m high and densely wooded. It extends about 12 miles SE from its NW extremity located about

0.5 mile E of the SE extremity of Palasan Island; the shores are

fringed by reefs and bordered by mangroves.

5.16 The Uala Islands (14°55'N., 122°10'E.) lie on a large reef

separated from the N side of Patnanongan Island by a narrow,

shallow, and tortuous channel. 

5.16 Kalongkooan Island, 24m high, lies on the N edge of this

reef in a position about 5.75 miles NE of the NW extremity of

Patnanongan Island. Malaguinoan Island, 45m high, lies on the

W edge of this reef in a position about 3.75 miles NNE of the

same extremity. 

5.16 Ticlin Island, 11m high, and a small islet, 24m high, lie

about 0.75 mile SW and 1.5 miles W, respectively, of Malaguinoan Island. Shoals, with depths of 7.8 and 2.3m lie about 0.5

mile and 1.25 miles SE, respectively, of the small islet.

5.16 Caution.—The waters between Palasan Island, Patnanongan

Island, and the Uala Islands afford good protection, but the currents are very strong and the area is encumbered with shoals

and dangers.

5.17 Ikikon Island, 28m high, and Minamata Island, 6.7m

high, stand near the S edge of a large reef which extends about

7.75 miles NNW from a position close N of the NE extremity

of Patnanongan Island.

5.17 Katakian Grande Island, 34m high, and Katakian Chica Islet,

29m high, lie on the W side of a reef lying close off the NE end

of Patnanongan Island.
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 125

Pub. 162

5.17 East Ikikon Island, small and 14.9m high, is located about 3

miles NE of a position close N of the NE extremity of Patnanongan Island. The island stands near the NW edge of a reef

which extends 2.5 miles E and 1.75 miles SSE from it. 

5.17 Several shoals, with a depth of 10.9m at the outer end, extend about 20 miles E from the island. Two patches, with

depths of 1.5 and 4.6m, lie 2.5 and 5.5 miles E of the island. 

5.17 Several shoals, with depths of 7 to 10m, lie within 6.5 miles

ESE of East Ikikon Island.

5.18 Jomalig Island (14°42'N., 122°23'E.), low and heavily wooded, is separated from the SE end of Patnanongan Island

by a channel, with a least depth of 9.1m in the fairway, and a

navigable width of 2.75 miles. 

5.18 The island is fringed by a drying reef which extends about

0.75 mile from its E shore. The W end of the island is moderately high, the tops of the trees being about 30m high. A light

marks the NW extremity of Jomalig Island.

5.18 The Manlanat Islets, a group of three islets and a number of

rocks, lie on the fringing reef in a position about 0.5 mile E of

the E extremity of Jomalig Island. The islets are wooded and

10.6, 12.8, and 16.5m high, respectively.

5.18 Lantao Rock, 2.4m high and bare, lies on the E edge of a

drying reef in a position about 1.5 miles ENE of the NE extremity of Jomalig Island.

5.18 The Lantao Islets are two small, bare, rocky islets about 45m

high, of a whitish appearance, lying close together about 4.25

miles NE of the E end of Jomalig. Several rocks awash lie up to

3 miles E of Lantao Rock.

Dinahican Point to Jesus Point

5.19 Dinahican Point (14°42'N., 121°44'E.) has been previously described in paragraph 5.11.

5.19 Lamon Bay (14°25'N., 122°00'E.) is entered between Dinahican Point and Jesus Point, about 51 miles ESE. The bay is

partly protected from the Northeast Monsoon by Polillo Island

and its off-lying islands. The tidal currents and the bay currents

are mostly weak and variable.

5.19 Port Lampon (14°40'N., 121°37'E.) lies in the NW part of

Lamon Bay and consists of a small sheltered inlet, except during SE and S winds. Depths of 20 to 24m, found on the E side

of the entrance, decreasing sharply to 2.1m about 0.75 mile

NNW of Tacligan Point. The Pulo River, which discharges into

the head of the inlet, is navigable by small craft for a distance

of 2.5 miles.

5.19 Puerto Real (14°40'N., 121°37'E.) stands on the W side of

the mouth of the Pulo River, about 1 mile NW of Tacligan

Point. The port can be identified by a tall concrete tower and a

warehouse with a galvanized roof. Strong tidal currents, with

an estimated rate of 3 to 4 knots, set S from the river on the

falling tide. 

5.19 The municipal pier has a berthing face 65m long, with a controlling depth of 6m alongside.

5.19 Vessels can take anchorage in the entrance to the port about

0.5 mile S of a training wall, with Tacligan Point bearing 100°,

in depths of 9 to 18m. Vessels are cautioned against proceeding

N of this anchorage because of the rapidly decreasing depths.

5.19 The coast S of Port Lampon is bold, densely wooded, and

rather steep-to. Magasawang Rock, 12.2m high, lies about 0.25

mile offshore in a position about 13 miles S of Tacligan Point.

It is connected to the mainland by a drying reef. A reef extends

about 0.1 mile E from the rock. 

5.19 Two prominent waterfalls are located about 3.5 miles S of

Magasawang Rock and another 5.5 miles farther SE.

5.19 Saley Point, located about 14 miles SE of Magasawang

Rock, is high, well-wooded, and rather steep-to.

5.19 Malazor Point (14°12'N., 121°45'E.) lies about 31 miles S

of Dinahican Point. The point is low and terminates in a wooded knoll higher than the rest of the point. A reef extends about

91m E and S from the point. A light is shown from the point.

5.20 Mauban (14°12'N., 121°44'E.) (World Port Index No.

58050), a loading port for copra, lies about 1.5 miles SW of

Malazor Point. A large church, with a metal roof, stands in the

SW part of the port. A monument stands on the top of a hill on

the S side of the port. A stone breakwater extends SE from a

position close NE of the port. There is a depth of 3m alongside

the outer end of the breakwater.

5.20 Vessels can take anchorage off the port, with the church

bearing 288° and Malazor Point bearing 031°, in a depth of

7m.

The coast between Mauban and Atimonan (14°00'N.,

121°55'E.), 16 miles SE, is steep-to, and mostly bordered by

sandy beaches and backed by wooded mountains. It is the principal town in the vicinity and lies on the S bank of the Atimonan River. The church spire, which resembles a lighthouse, can

be seen for about 13 miles. A light is shown on the S side of the

mouth of the river. A chemical factory stands about 1 mile NW

of Atimonan. The storage tanks and buildings at the factory are

conspicuous. There is a pier for ocean-going vessels at the site,

at which berthing takes place about once a month. Cargo handled includes coconut oil and copra. 

5.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory; notice must be given 24

hours and 12 hours prior to arrival. Vessels do not enter the port

during hours of darkness. It is not advisable to leave the port

after darkness, as some of the piles on the sea bed near the jetty

are broken. The pilot boards about 2 miles SW of the port.

5.20 Vessels with a maximum length of 198m, a beam of less than

30.4m, and a maximum draft of 13.4m can be accommodated.

5.20 Vessels can take anchorage off the river mouth, with the

church spire bearing 180°, in a depth of 18m, mud. Small vessels can anchor closer in, but should not proceed within depths

of 11m, as depths decrease rapidly, and the holding ground is

poor.

5.20 During the Northeast Monsoon, this anchorage is at times

untenable. Vessels should then seek refuge at Port Alabat or

Sangirin Bay, on the SW side of Alabat Island.

5.21 Siain (Plaridal) (13°58'N., 122°01'E.) lies about 6

miles ESE of Atimonan. The port can be identified by a number of buildings, warehouses, and two prominent piers. 

5.21 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile offshore, in a

depth of 38m. During the Northeast Monsoon, the anchorage

cannot be considered safe due to the deep water lying so close

to the shore.

5.21 A light is shown from Gamau Point, close SE of Sliain.

5.21 Gumaca (13°55'N., 122°06'E.), a small town, lies 5.25 miles

SE of Siain. Vessels can take anchorage about 1 mile offshore,

in a depth of 31m. This anchorage is unsafe during the North-
126 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

east Monsoon. A drying reef lies about 0.3 mile NNE of Gumaca Church.

5.21 Lopez Bay (13°56'N., 122°12'E.) lies about 6 miles E of Gumaca and indents the coast for about 6 miles in a SE direction.

A river discharges into the head of the bay. 

5.21 Depths of over 18.3m are found throughout the greater part

of the bay. A detached shoal, with a depth of 0.6m, lies about 1

mile SSE of Niogan Islet. A buoy is moored on the N side of

the shoal. 

5.21 Vessels can take anchorage in the S part of the bay, about

1.25 miles NW of the mouth of the river, in a depth of 14.6m.

5.22 Hondagua (13°57'N., 122°14'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58070) stands on the NE side of Lopez Bay. The town can

be identified by the oil tanks to the S. There is a causeway and

pier at the port area. This berth is for grain discharge and for

coastal tankers supplying fuel. Arrival and departure from the

berth is during daylight only. The pier can accommodate

ocean-going vessels with a maximum length of 152m. The berthing area has a depth of 8.5m at the E dolphin and 11.9m at

the W dolphin. 

5.22 Tankers discharge by means of a flexible pipeline off the

head of the pier. A light is shown about 0.25 mile ENE of the

pier. A beacon stands on a hill 0.1 mile NE of the pier.

5.22 Depths of over 18.3m are found in the approach and in the

outer part of the harbor. The inner part of the harbor, which has

depths of 9 to 18m, is narrowed to a width of about 0.4 mile by

the shore reefs on either side.

5.22 Pilotage is available, with a minimum of 12 hours notice required. Pilots board about 10 miles W of Hondagua on the N

coast of the mainland. The pilot boat is a small dugout canoe

fitted with outriggers and an outboard motor; by day it exhibits

the pilot flag.

5.22 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere in the middle of the

harbor, in depths of 9 to 18m. Tankers and vessels loading cargo generally anchor 137m off the head of the pier, in a depth of

13m.

5.22 Roma Point (14°00'N., 122°11'E.), marked by a light standing on the outer edge of a reef extending N from the point, lies

about 5 miles NW of Hondagua. A reef, with a depth of 0.3m

near its outer end, extends about 0.5 mile SW from a point

about 0.75 mile S of Roma Point. 

5.22 On the N side of the W approach there is a shoal, which partly dries, lying about 1 mile W of Roma Point and about 0.5

mile from the N shore. A reef, with a depth of 5.5m, lies in the

middle of the pass in a position about 0.1 mile 342° from the

light structure on Roma Point. 

5.22 A reef, with a depth of 3.6m, lies on the N side of the pass in

a position about 0.25 mile SE of Aguhuc Point, located about

0.5 mile N of Roma Point.

5.23 Silangan Pass (14°00'N., 122°11'E.) is entered between Roma Point and the SE extremity of Alabat Island. The

pass is about 0.5 mile wide, but the navigable channel is reduced to about 0.3 mile between the reefs fringing the shore on

either side. The depths in the pass are very irregular. 

5.23 Navigators are cautioned that other isolated dangers may exist in the pass. Only vessels with local knowledge should use

the pass, and then only under the most favorable conditions.

5.23 Quezon, a small town with a church, stands on the W side of

the pass. The town is prominent from both entrances to the

pass. There is a small stone mole landing for small craft on the

SE side of the town.

5.23 Directions.—A vessel approaching Silangan Pass from the

W should, when about 2 miles SW of the town of Quezon,

steer for the SE tangent of Alabat Island, bearing 046°, until

Roma Point light structure bears 088°, when she should steer

068°; this course leads close S of the rock, with a depth of

5.5m, lying in the middle of the pass.

5.23 A vessel approaching the pass from the E, should steer 248°

for the middle of the pass until the light structure on Roma

Point bears 088° and the SE point of Alabat Island bears 046°.

Then alter course to 226° for 2 miles, at which time all dangers

will have been passed.

5.24 Alabat Island (14°06'N., 122°03'E.) extends from Silangan Pass 20 miles NW to Sangirin Point, and then 3 miles

NNE to Gerardo Point. The island is densely wooded and has a

ridge running its entire length. There are five peaks on this

ridge, the highest being Mount Camagong, 421m high. These

peaks resemble islands from a distance.

5.24 The coast between Gerardo Point and Sangirin Point is

fringed by a reef from 0.1 to 0.4 mile wide. This reef extends

about 0.3 mile WSW from Sangirin Point.

5.24 The coast between Silangan Pass and Port Alabat, about 12

miles WNW, is fairly regular and densely wooded. Reefs and

shoals front the coast to a distance of up to 1 mile.

5.24 Port Alabat (14°06'N., 122°00'E.) has accommodations for

three or four small vessels. The shores of the harbor are low,

with an extensive sandy beach.

5.24 The town of Alabat stands on the E side of the port. It is the

center of the copra industry on Alabat Island. There is a post

office and radio station in the town. A concrete causeway,

445m long, and a wooden pier, 21m long, affords berthing

space for small craft.

5.24 Foul ground, of rocks and sand, extends about 0.3 mile S

from the NW entrance point and about 0.6 mile W from the SE

entrance point. 

5.24 The channel between these dangers, leading into the port, is

about 0.3 mile wide with depths of 22 to 28m in the fairway. 

5.24 Vessels can take anchorage with the light structure bearing

060°, distant 0.3 mile, in depths of 13 to 18m. The shoals on either side of the entrance are usually marked by fish traps.

5.24 The coast between Port Alabat and Sangirin Bay, about 6.75

miles NW, is densely wooded. Shoals extend up to 1 mile offshore.

5.25 Sangirin Bay (14°12'N., 121°55'E.), entered between

the E face of Sangirin Point and a position about 0.6 mile E, is

small and mostly shoal. The land forming the point and that

surrounding the bay is low. Reefs and drying shoals extend up

to 0.5 mile W from the coast forming the E side of the S approach to the bay. 

5.25 A large detached reef, which dries, extends about 0.5 mile S

from a position about 0.5 mile SSE of Sangirin Point. These

reefs protect the bay from S winds and seas.

5.25 The town of Perez is on the E shore of the bay. There is a

post office and a radio station in the town.

5.25 A light is shown near the beach in the S part of Perez.

5.25 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay with the
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 127

Pub. 162

church bearing about 066°, distant about 0.3 mile, in depths of

13 to 15m. Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor

about 0.1 mile from the head of the bay, in a depth of 10.9m.

5.25 Vessels approaching from a position about 1.5 miles W of

Sangirin Point should alter course to the SE so as to pass about

1 mile SW of that point. Then a course of 046°, with the light

ahead, leads to the recommended anchorage. Vessels should favor the SE side of Sangirin Point when entering the bay.

5.25 Baliscan Island (14°15'N., 121°54'E.), marked by a light, is

a small, bare, and flat-topped rock, 6m high, that lies about 2

miles WNW of Gerardo Point. A reef, with a depth of 8.2m,

extends 0.5 mile from its SW side.

5.26 Cabalete Island (14°17'N., 121°50'E.) lies about 6

miles WNW of Gerardo Point. The channel between the island

and the coast of Luzon is 2.5 miles wide. When using this

channel, the Luzon side should be favored.

5.26 A shoal extends 2.5 miles SE from the E side of Cabalete Island. A shoal, with a depth of 10m, lies 2.75 miles E of the S

extremity of the island. Reefs and shoals fringe the remaining

shores of the island to a distance of 1 mile.

5.26 The NE coast of Alabat Island, between Gerardo Point and

Silangan Point, about 20.5 miles SE, is steep-to and clear of

dangers. Pasig Rock, 35m high, lies close offshore in a position

about midway between the above points.

5.26 Calauag Bay (14°00'N., 122°15'E.) is entered between the

SE end of Alabat Island and the coast of Luzon. The bay is

generally deep and clear of dangers. The head of the bay is encumbered with partly drying mud flats which extend 1 mile

offshore. 

5.26 Calauag, a small town, stands at the head of the bay. Calauag

has several metal roofed buildings visible from seaward. A

small boat channel leads to the town.

5.26 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about 1.5

miles NNW of the church in Calauag, in a depth of 9.1m. This

anchorage is sheltered from all but NW winds.

5.26 Apat Bay (14°01'N., 122°19'E.) lies in the NE corner of Calauag Bay. The entrance is nearly closed by a reef extending

from Dayap Point, the N entrance point of the bay. 

5.26 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage off the entrance to the bay, in a depth of 7.3m, mud. Partly-protected anchorage for small craft exists about 137m SSE of Apat Island,

in a depth of 4m, mud.

5.26 The NE shore of Calauag Bay is bordered by mangroves and

fronted by a reef which extends up to 0.75 mile offshore. A below-water rock lies 1 mile offshore, 4.25 miles NW of Dayap

Point. A 1.8m patch lies 1 mile NW of this point.

5.26 Pangao Point (14°10'N., 122°10'E.) lies 9.5 miles N of Silangan Pass. The point is fringed by a reef which extends about

1.75 miles NW. Palupari Island lies near the outer edge of this

reef and is fringed with mangroves.

5.26 Balesin Island (14°25'N., 122°02'E.) lies about 16 miles

NW of Pangao Point. Its NW, N, and NE sides are fringed with

drying reefs and shoals, with depths from 2 to 8m. The shoals

extend about 2.25 miles W from the SW side of the island. Tarlac Reef, with a least depth of 7.6m, is located about 2 miles

SSW of the S extremity of Balesin Island.

5.27 Dapdap Point (14°13'N., 122°17'E.) lies about 8

miles NE of Pangao Point. The point is the N extremity of a

long peninsula which forms the W side of Basiad Bay.

5.27 Basiad Bay (14°13'N., 122°18'E.) is entered between Dapdap Point and Mapingil Point, about 5 miles E. A prominent

hill, 61m high stands on Mapingil Point. The shores of the bay

are fringed with drying reefs extending up to 0.75 mile offshore. The Tabogon River, the largest in the area, discharges into the head of the bay.

5.27 A shoal, with a depth of 9.1m, lies about 1.75 miles NW of

Mapingil Point. Several shoals, with depths of 1 to 7m, lie

within 1 mile W of the point. A rock, with a least depth of

0.3m, lies about 2 miles WSW of the point. 

5.27 There are many detached shoals, with depths of 6 to 9m, between this shoal and the E face of Dapdap Point. The channel

which lies between the above 0.3m shoal and the shoals fringing Mapingil Point is about 0.75 mile wide with depths of over

18.3m.

5.27 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere in the outer part of Basiad Bay, S of the numerous detached shoals that encumber the

mouth of the bay, in depths of 11 to 18m. 

5.27 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor near the head

of the bay in a position S of a drying reef, located about 1.25

miles N of Bagolayag Point, in a depth of 5.5m, mud. 

5.27 This anchorage may be approached on either side of the drying reef, but should not be attempted unless the dangers are

previously marked.

5.27 The coast between Mapingil Point and Jesus Point, about 11

miles ENE, is very irregular and backed by densely wooded

hills. Numerous small and foul bays indent this coast. 

5.27 Detached shoals, with depths of 11 to 13m, lie about 2.5 and

7 miles NNW, respectively, of Sagbungon Point. A shoal, with

a depth of 14.6m, lies about 3.75 miles NNE of the same point.

Vessels navigating this coast should keep at least 3 miles seaward of the projecting points.

5.27 Jaulo Island, fringed with mangroves and connected to the

shore by a drying reef, lies about 1 mile offshore, about 4.5

miles NE of Sagbungon Point.

5.27 Capalonga Bay (14°20'N., 122°30'E.), entered about 0.75

mile W of Jesus Point, indents the coast about 2 miles in a SSE

direction. A reef, with a depth of 5.8m at its outer edge, extends about 1.5 miles NW from the E entrance point of the bay.

A river discharges into the head of the bay. A light is shown on

the E side of the bay. 

5.27 Access to Capalonga is blocked by reefs, and launches can

approach only at HW. 

5.27 Capalonga, a small town, stands on the W shore of the bay,

near the entrance. The church steeple and some buildings in

town are good landmarks.

Jesus Point to Rungus Point

5.28 Jesus Point (14°21'N., 122°31'E.) is formed by a

round-topped hill, 30m high, connected to the mainland by a

low neck of mangrove swamp. The point has the appearance of

an island when first seen from E or W. It is fringed by a narrow

reef, on which the sea breaks heavily at times.

5.28 A reef, with a depth of 9.6m, lies about 2.5 miles NNE of

Jesus Point.

5.28 Calalanag Island (14°21'N., 122°36'E.), low, wooded, and

fringed by a white sandy beach, except on the N end, which is

composed of black rock, lies 1.5 miles offshore in a position
128 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

4.75 miles E of Jesus Point.

5.28 Shoals, with depths of 5 to 9m, lie up to 1 mile NNW of the

island. A shoal, with a depth of 4.1m, lies 0.75 mile E of the island and a narrow shoal, with a least depth of 5.1m, extends

1.25 miles ESE from a position 1.25 miles NNE of the same island.

5.28 The Tanao Islands (14°25'N., 122°40'E.) are a group of

three islands and several large rocks lying about 8.5 miles ENE

of Jesus Point. Tailon Island, the largest and middle island of

the group, is covered with bushes and bordered by a sandy

beach. A light marks the S extremity of the island. Palumbato

Island, the W island, is small, bare, and flat topped. Tanao Island, the E island, is small and wooded.

5.28 A ridge, with a depth of 3.6m in the middle over which the

sea breaks in a N swell, extends between Palumbato Island and

Tailon Island. A 0.6m shoal lies 1.25 miles SE of Tanao Island.

5.28 Tanao Pass (14°22'N., 122°40'E.), located between the coast

of Luzon on the S and the Tanao Islands and Maculabo Island

on the N, has a least width of 3.75 miles between Mangrove

Point and Tanao Island, and 2.75 miles between the shoals on

either side. Depths of over 28m are found in the fairway of the

pass.

5.28 Directions.—Passing 3 miles N of Jesus Point, steer 093°

for 6.8 miles, heading for the S end of Maculabo Island. When

1.75 miles S of Palumbato Island, the W Tanao Islet, steer 111°

for 8.3 miles, when the W ends of Maculabo Island and Samur

Island should be in range, bearing 021°. 

5.28 Then steer 094° with Mangrove Point astern for 4 or 5 miles

then shape the course as desired. The latter course passes 1.25

miles S of Medio Reef and about the same distance N of Paracale Reef.

5.28 Care must be taken to avoid the 6m shoal located about 1.3

miles SSE of Medio Reef.

5.28 Caution.—A strong SSW set has been reported in the area

between Maculabo Island and Medio Reef.

5.29 Dahikan Bay (14°19'N., 122°37'E.) lies about 6

miles ESE of Jesus Point, and is entered between High Point

and a low point about 1.25 miles ENE. 

5.29 The bay has good shelter for small vessels with local knowledge, in a pocket in the reef S of High Point. The head of the

bay is shallow and fringed by a reef which dries. Facilities in

the bay were reported destroyed and abandoned. A ruined pier

stands close S of High Point.

5.29 Pilotage for Dahikan Bay is compulsory. Pilots are obtained

at Port Jose Panganiban, which is the port of entry for this area.

The bay is only entered during daylight hours.

5.29 There is anchorage, in a depth of 10m, 0.3 mile ESE of High

Point. Small vessels anchor 0.25 mile SE of High Point, in a

depth of 6.4m.

5.29 Directions.—Vessels entering the bay should steer 153° for

the extremity of High Point. When the N tangent of Calanag Island bears 077°, distant 0.7 mile, change course to 145°; this

course leads about midway between Calalanag Island and Entrance Island. When High Point bears 255°, the course can be

altered to the S.

5.30 Entrance Island (14°20'N., 122°35'E.), 45m high

and well wooded, lies close offshore in a position about 1.5

miles WNW of High Point. It is surrounded by reefs which fill

the passage between it and the mainland. Reefs and dangers

extend a little over 1 mile NNW from its N side.

5.30 Tabusao Island (14°21'N., 122°38'E.), the farthest NE of the

four Dahikan Islands, lies about 2 miles E of Calalanag Island.

It is low and wooded, and surrounded by a white sandy beach.

Shoals, with depths of 1 to 8m, extend about 1 mile NW and 1

miles N, respectively, from this reef-fringed islet. A 5.1m shoal

lies about 2 miles NW of the islet.

5.30 Palita Island (14°20'N., 122°38'E.), low, wooded, and

fringed by a white sandy beach, lies on a drying reef in a position about 1.5 miles NE of High Point. Drying reefs and shoals,

with depths of less than 5.5m, extend up to 1 mile N from the

island. A shoal, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies about 0.75 mile

WNW of the N end of Palita Island.

5.30 There are several shoals between Calalanag Island and Palita

Island and also between Palita Island and Tabusao Island.

5.31 Larap Bay (14°19'N., 122°39'E.) lies about 1.5 miles

SE of Dahikan Bay. The bay is entered W of Calambayanga Island. An ore pier stands on the NE extremity of the island. A

large building stands E of the pier. It was reported that a conspicuous brick chimney stands 0.15 mile SW of the root of the

pier. 

5.31 The ore pier consists of a T-head lying in a 016°-196° direction. A line of fender mooring piles stand close off the pier

face, with a depth of 10.7m alongside. A maximum draft of

8.2m has been reported.

5.31 The pier is normally sheltered, but during the Northeast

Monsoon (October through March), a heavy swell rounding Pinandungan Point is sometimes felt alongsideand during this period, vessels usually berth starboard side-to.

5.31 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots are embarked W of Pinandungan Point.

5.31 The 10m curve lies close within the entrance points. Inside

this line the bay is shoal and its head is filled with mud flats

and rocks.

5.31 A shoal, with a depth of 1.8m, lies about 0.3 mile NNW of

Calambayanga Island. A narrow spit, with depths of 2.3 to 6m,

connects the shoal with the reef that extends about 0.1 mile N

from the island.

5.31 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere in the outer part of

Larap Bay, in depths of 9 to 15m.

5.32 Port Jose Panganiban (Port Mambulao) (14°18'N.,

122°41'E.) (World Port Index No. 58100) is entered between

Calambayanga Island and Pinandungan Point, two miles NE.

Jose Panganiban, the town, stands on the SE side of the port.

5.32 An L-shaped pier and causeway stand 1.75 miles NNW of

Jose Panganiban. The berthing face of the pier is 142m long

while the depth alongside is 6.1m. 

5.32 It is reported that, due to typhoon damage, the length of

berth available is limited to 75m, and that vessels are restricted

to anchorage berths only, with a maximum length of 230 and a

maximum draft of 9.1m.

5.32 The galvanized buildings of a coconut processing plant inshore of the pier make a good landmark. There is a pipeline

connection for diesel oil on the pier.

5.32 Pilotage for the port is compulsory. Pilots will board vessels

between Pinandungan Point and Tabusao Island. Requests for
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 129

Pub. 162

pilots must be sent to the Harbor Pilots Association, Lagazpi

City, at least 36 hours before arrival.

5.32 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere in the outer part of the

port N of a line joining the S extremity of Calambayanga Island with the head of the above pier, in depths of 9 to 18m.

Care must be taken to avoid submerged wrecks. Anchorage

elsewhere is poor, owing to the greater depths.

5.32 Depths decrease gradually from 18.3m in the entrance to less

than 1.8m off the town. 

5.32 A church, with a pyramidal spire, is located in the town and

serves as a good landmark. A mine tower is located about 0.4

mile N of the town. It was reported that two conspicuous white

radar domes stand on the summit of a hill, about 2.5 miles S of

Pinandungan Point.

5.32 The port is sheltered during the Southwest Monsoon. During

the Northeast Monsoon, especially after typhoons, a heavy

swell rolls in and the sea is apt to be choppy. It is not recommended as a typhoon anchorage. 

5.32 Storm signals are displayed from a mast near the municipal

building at Jose Panganiban. This mast is not visible from the

anchorage.

5.32 The port is somewhat restricted because of wrecks, fishing

stakes, and the necessity of anchoring near the copra wharf.

5.32 Directions.—Vessels should enter the port with the front

range beacon bearing 146°, until the beacon on the SE shore of

Calambayanga Island bears 248°. 

5.32 Then haul sharply to the E and steer 068°, heading for the

pier or anchor as desired.

5.33 Mangrove Point (14°21'N., 122°41'E.) lies 1.25

miles E of Pinandungan Point. The point is low, covered with

mangroves, and fringed by a reef which extends 0.25 miles offshore.

5.33 Gumaus Bay lies 2.5 miles E of Mangrove Point. The bay is

clear of dangers except for a narrow reef which fringes the

shore of the bay, and extends about 0.2 mile NW from Gumaus

Point. Depths of 9 to 18m are found in the middle of the bay. A

shoal, with a depth of 3.6m, lies 0.6 mile WNW of Gumaus

Point.

5.33 Pulandaga Bay (14°19'N., 122°47'E.) lies about 2.5 miles

SE of the E entrance point of Gumaus Bay. A ruined pier

stands in the E part of the bay. 

5.33 Small vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay, in

a depth of 9m. Pulandaga Bay and Gumaus Bay are frequently

unusable during the Northeast Monsoon.

5.33 The coast between Pulandaga Point and Tanoban Point, 3.5

miles SE, is indented by a bay which is divided into two smaller bays. The bays are separated by Longos Point, a wooded

promontory, 61m high. Paracale Light is situated at Longos

Point.

5.33 Paracale Bay (14°18'N., 122°48'E.) lies about 1 mile SE of

Pulandaga Bay. A river flows into the head of the bay. A town

stands on the W side of the mouth of the river. 

5.33 Small vessels can take anchorage in the outer part of the bay,

in depths of 7 to 9m.

5.33 Malaguit Bay (14°17'N., 122°49'E.) is mostly shoal and lies

close SE of Paracale Bay. A river flows into the SW part of the

bay. A town stands on the W bank of the river, near its mouth. 

5.33 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the outer part of

the bay, in depths of 6 to 9m. Ore is shipped in barges from the

river to the anchorage.

5.33 Tanoban Point (14°17'N., 122°51'E.), located about 3.75

miles ESE of Pulandaga Point, is rounded, wooded, and about

85m high. A shoal, with a depth of 2.7m at its outer end, extends 0.5 mile E from the drying reef fringing the point.

5.33 Caution.—Both anchorages at Malaguit Bay are usually unusable during the Northeast Monsoon.

Luzon—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

5.34 Maculabo Island (14°24'N., 122°49'E.) lies about 7.5

miles E of Tanao Island and 6.5 miles N of Malaguit Bay. The

island is steep-to, except for a narrow, drying reef on its W

side. 

5.34 Several shoals, with depths from 7 to 11m, lie between

Tanao and Maculabo Island, with deep channels between them.

5.34 A shoal, with a least depth of 10.9m, lies 2.5 miles NW of

Maculabo. A shoal, with a depth of 11.9m, lies 1.5 miles S of

Maculabo, and a shoal patch, with a depth of 9m, lies 1.75

miles SE of the island.

5.34 Paracale Reef (14°19'N., 122°49'E.), with a depth of 7.3m,

lies about 2 miles ENE of Maculabo Island. A reef, with a

depth of 8.2m, lies about 1.5 miles offshore in a position about

3.75 miles E of the same point.

5.34 Medio Reef (14°22'N., 122°46'E.), with a least depth of

5.5m, lies about 3 miles WSW of the S extremity of Maculabo

Island. A strong SSW set has been reported in the area between

Maculabo Island and Medio Reef.

5.34 The Calagua Islands (14°27'N., 122°56'E.) are a group of

six islands and a number of islets, rocks, and dangers lying on

the N side of the E approach to Tanao Pass. Most of the islands

of the group are bold and rugged. Guintinua Island and Tinaga

Island are the largest of the group. They are joined to each other and to the Huag Islands by drying reefs. Several smaller islands lie in this area.

5.34 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage SSW of a

village located about 1.5 miles W of the SE extremity of

Guintinua Island. Small vessels can anchor closer to shore but

must exercise caution as the coastal reef is steep-to.

5.34 Ingalan Island (14°22'N., 122°57'E.), the farthest S of the

Calagua group, lies 2 miles S of Guintinua Island. The island is

small and grass covered. Amalia Islet and Paquita Islet lie

about 4.5 miles and 5.25 miles E, respectively, of Ingalan Island. Both islets are steep-to and clear of dangers.

5.34 Roses Reef, two rocks with depths of 0.3m and 1.2m, lies

about 1 mile W of Amalia Islet. Matandumaten Rock, a 44m

high bare, perpendicular rock, lies about 5 miles ESE of Paquita Rock.

5.35 The Pinacuapan Islands (14°30'N., 122°54'E.), a

group of small islands and islets, lie about 2.5 miles N of the W

extremity of Tinaga Island. Samur Island, round topped and

prominent, lies about 3.5 miles NNE of Maculabo Island. Twin

Rocks lie about 1 mile SE of Samur Island. 

5.35 Thurston Rock lies about 4.5 miles NNW of Samur Island. A

reef of rocks, some of which are awash, lies within 1.5 miles E

of Thurston Rock.

5.35 Depths are very irregular E of these rocks and N of Samur Island.
130 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

5.35 Lima Rock (14°36'N., 122°46'E.), with a depth of 1.2m, lies

4 miles N of Thurston Rock. A 5m shoal is reported to lie 2.5

miles NW of Lima Rock.

Bacacay Point to San Miguel Bay

5.36 Bacacay Point (14°16'N., 122°52'E.) lies about 3

miles ESE of Malaguit Bay. The point rises to a wooded hill

with a prominent bare patch. A 4.6m shoal lies 1 mile E of the

point.

5.36 Indan Point (14°13'N., 122°55'E.) lies about 4.75 miles SE

of Bacacay Point. A shallow river flows out on the W side of

the point. Indan Point should be given a wide berth as foul and

shoal ground extends about 2 miles NNW from it.

5.36 Quinamanuca Island (14°12'N., 122°57'E.) is located about

1.75 miles SE of Indan Point. The island is densely wooded

and shows up well against the low land between the coast and

Mount Bacacay, about 5.75 miles W of Indan Point. 

5.36 A shoal, with a depth of 5.5m, lies about 2 miles SSE of the

island. Navigators are advised to pass at least 1 mile NE of the

island.

5.36 Mercedes (14°07'N., 123°01'E.) is the port for the town of

Daet, which stands about 3.5 miles to the W. The port lies on

the W side of the mouth of the Daet River. The port can be

identified by several iron-roofed buildings and a church. The

harbor is not safe for vessels with drafts of more than 3.6m, or

more than 55m in length. Pilotage is compulsory. 

5.36 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.75 mile N of Mercedes

with Canimo Island Light bearing 082°, in a depth of 14.6m,

sand. This anchorage is open to N and E winds. 

5.36 The anchorage should be approached with Cone Mountain, a

prominent 421m peak about 8.5 miles S of Daet Point, on a

bearing of 200°.

5.37 Canimo Island (14°07'N., 123°04'E.) lies about 2.5

miles E of Mercedes. The N and E slopes of the island are

grass covered to its summit. The remainder of the island is

heavily wooded. A light is shown on the NW extremity of the

island. 

5.37 Vessels can take anchorage, protected from all winds except

from the N, in a position W of the island.

5.37 Canton Island (14°05'N., 123°06'E.) lies 2.5 miles SE of

Canimo Island. The island is grassy, but has several scattered

trees near its summit. The SE extremity of the island is a well

defined thinly-wooded bluff which is a good landmark when

approaching San Miguel Bay.

5.37 Apuao Grande Island (14°05'N., 123°05'E.) and Apuao Island lie between Canimo Island and Canton Island. Canton Island and a number of islets and rocks are connected and

surrounded by reefs, partly bare at LW.

5.37 Quinapagyan Island (14°04'N., 123°04'E.) lies about 1.5

miles S of Canimo Island. The island is densely wooded. The

W extremity of the island is a steep-to, prominent sandy point. 

5.37 Caringo Island (14°02'N., 123°06'E.), located 1.75 miles

SE of Quinapagyan Island, is low and densely wooded. Drying

reefs extend up to 0.75 mile from its NE and E sides. Malasugue Islet, small and low, lies midway between Quinapagyan Island and Caringo Island.

5.38 Canimo Pass (14°06'N., 123°03'E.), the W channel

into San Miguel Bay, lies between Luzon on the W and Canimo Island and Quinapagyan Island on the E. It is used mostly

by small coastal vessels proceeding between Mercedes and the

head of San Miguel Bay. 

5.38 Vessels without local knowledge are advised to take a pilot,

who may be obtained at Mercedes or Cabusao.

5.38 The coast between Daet Point and Pambuan Point, 3.75

miles SSE, is fringed by a wide drying reef extending up to 0.5

mile offshore. Depths of 7 to 15m are found in the fairway of

Canimo Pass. 

5.38 The channel is narrow and intricate in the vicinity of

Quinapagyan Island because of the reefs extending from the

mainland and the reef extending N from the island. A reef, with

a depth of 1.8m, lies 0.75 mile N of Sand Point.

5.38 The greatest danger in the pass is a large, rocky reef, awash

at extreme LW, lying in mid-channel about 0.35 mile WNW of

Sand Point. Except at LW, there is no indication of its presence.

5.38 Vessels from N bound through the pass should, from a position 0.6 mile W of Canimo Island Light, steer for Sand Point,

bearing 159°. When about 0.25 mile distant from the point,

course should be altered S so as to pass about 0.1 mile W of the

point.

5.38 Culasi Point, bearing about 167° and open W of Sand Point,

leads W of 2.3m shoals on the E side of the pass.

San Miguel Bay

5.39 San Miguel Bay (13°50'N., 123°10'E.), entered between Caringo Island and Siruma Island, indents the coast for

about 18 miles. 

5.39 The navigable width of the entrance is about 4 miles between

Bicol Rock and the reef extending from the E side of Caringo

Island. Depths of 11 to 15m will be found in the middle of the

bay. The S part of the bay is very shoal.

San Miguel Bay—West Side

5.40 Angas (14°03'N., 123°02'E.), a small port on the NW

side of the bay, lies about 2 miles WSW of Quinapagyan Island. The port can be identified by a group of houses with galvanized iron roofs. A pier in ruins lies close S of the port. 

5.40 Vessels can take anchorage about 1.25 miles S of the W end

of Caringo Island, in depths of 11 to 13m.

5.40 Magsatangi Point (13°53'N., 123°06'E.), lies about 11 miles

SSE of Angas. Culasi Peak (Colasi Peak), sharp, conical, and

388m high, is located close to the shoreline, about 0.5 mile

NW of Magsatangi Point. The peak is conspicuously isolated

from the rest of the high land and is identified from all directions except SE. A small peninsula, nearly 1 mile long, extends

SSW from the S side of the point. 

5.40 A small bight that dries at extreme LW indents the W side of

this peninsula. 

5.40 Tacubtacuban Hill, round-topped and 103m high, forms the

extremity of this peninsula. The isthmus connecting this hill

with the mainland to the N is low and covered with mangroves.

A low hook of land extends SW and W from the SW slope of

the hill, almost enclosing the small bight.

5.40 Vessels can take anchorage, protected from NW winds,

about 0.5 mile S of the W extremity of the above-mentioned

small peninsula, in a depth of 5.5m, mud. 
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 131

Pub. 162

5.40 Large vessels can anchor a little farther out, with Tacubtacuban Hill in range with Culasi Peak, in a depth of 7.3m. The

beach along this coast is mostly rocky and wooded to the water’s edge. 

5.41 The Bicol River (13°44'N., 123°07'E.) empties into

the head of the bay on its W side. The river is navigable for

small craft as far as Naga, about 20 miles from the mouth. 

5.41 Pilotage is compulsory and pilots are available at Cabusao. A

light is shown on the W entrance point of the river.

5.41 The coast between the mouth of the Bicol River and Tanglar

Point, 7 miles E, and then to the mouth of the Caaluhan River,

6 miles farther NE, is low, flat, and muddy.

5.41 Tanglar Island (13°45'N., 123°15'E.), located close N of

Tanglar Point, is bold and wooded. There are rocks along the N

coast of the island. 

5.41 A small round islet lies 0.15 mile offshore, 0.6 mile E of

Tanglar Island.

5.41 Mount Isarog, an extinct volcano, is located 11 miles SE of

Tanglar Point; it is prominent and rises to two peaks, 1,906 and

1,976m high, respectively.

San Miguel Bay—East Side

5.42 Cagsao Point (13°46'N., 123°17'E.), about 3.5 miles

NE of Tanglar Point, and Bogui Point, 0.5 mile further NE, are

the principal breaks in a muddy or sandy beach, located midway between Tanglar Point and the mouth of the Caaluhan

River (13°48'N., 123°19'E.).

5.42 Cauit Island (13°47'N., 123°16'E.), 44m high, lies about 0.6

mile NW of Cagsao Point. A light-colored bluff stands on its N

side. A shoal, with some rocks awash at HW, lies about 0.4

mile W of Cauit Island. Less than 0.25 mile SW of these rocks

is a sunken rock, which is covered with seaweed and sometimes bares at LW.

5.42 Cabgan Island (13°46'N., 123°16'E.), about 0.1 mile SW of

Cauit Island, is conical in shape and 51m high. 

5.42 There is a small warehouse on the island, and a larger one on

the mainland opposite. The passage between Cauit Island and

Cagsao Point has a depth of 1.8m and is clear of dangers.

5.42 Tinambac (13°49'N., 123°19'E.), a small village standing 1

mile N of the N entrance point of the Caaluhan River, can be

identified by its church with a white cross.

5.42 Kagliliog Point (13°54'N., 123°17'E.), about 50 miles NNW

of Tinambac, is rocky and has a detached rock lying about 91m

W of it; a rocky bottom extends some distance offshore. Vessels should give the point a berth of at least 1.5 miles.

5.42 Balocbaloc Point (13°55'N., 123°17'E.), the S entrance

point of the Looc River, lies 0.75 mile N of Kagliliog Point and

is low and sandy.

5.42 The Looc River (13°55'N., 123°18'E.), the outlet for a large

tidal lagoon, is about 1.5 miles wide at its entrance. The shores

of the river and the lagoon are low and fringed by mangroves.

The river is shoal with strong tidal currents. 

5.42 Only small vessels with local knowledge, operating under

the most favorable weather conditions, should attempt to enter

the river.

5.43 San Miguel Island (13°58'N., 123°14'E.), low and

wooded, lies about 4.5 miles NW of Balocbaloc Point. Its

shores are rocky, and a drying sandbar connects its SE end to

the mainland. Detached rocks extend about 0.3 mile off the

NW end of the island.

5.43 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.5 mile SE of the SE end

of the island, in a depth of 5.5m, sand. Large vessels can anchor about 0.75 mile S of the same point in a depth of 9.1m,

mud. These anchorages are fairly sheltered from winds between NW, through N, to SE.

5.43 A small anchorage, with a depth of 5.5m, sand, mud, and

rock bottom, lies E of the N end of the island, about midway

between the point and the shore. 

5.43 This anchorage should be approached with caution as there

are drying rocks lying some distance off the mainland.

5.43 Siruma Bay (14°01'N., 123°14'E.), entered between Quelun

Point, lying 2 miles N of San Miguel Island, and Siruma Point,

about 2 miles further N, is foul and encumbered with dangers. 

5.43 Shoals, with depths of less than 1.8m, extend about 1 mile

from the head of the bay. A reef, with a depth of 2.1m, lies in

the W approach to the bay in a position about 0.6 mile S of the

W extremity of Siruma Island. A rocky islet lies about 0.75

mile W of Quelun Point. 

5.43 Sunken rocks extend about 0.3 mile W from the islet. Siruma, a small town, stands on the S shore of the bay.

5.43 Siruma Island (14°02'N., 123°13'E.), the E entrance point

of San Miguel Bay, is a small, low, wooded island about 15.2m

high. The E end of the island is connected by reefs with Siruma

Point, a long, narrow point projecting W from the mainland.

The island is fringed by a reef which extends about 0.75 mile

W from its W side. 

5.43 A rock, above water, lies on the fringing reef in a position

about 0.1 mile N of the N extremity of the island.

5.43 Two shoals, with depths of 4.5m and 5.5m, lie on the E side,

respectively, of the fairway in positions about 1.25 miles NW

and 1.75 miles NNW of the W extremity of Siruma Island. A

shoal, with a depth of 12.8m, lies about 3.25 miles WSW of

Siruma Island.

5.43 Bicol Rock (14°02'N., 123°11'E.), which dries 0.6m, lies

about 1.25 miles W of Simura Island.

5.44 Sapenitan Bay (14°03'N., 123°14'E.), entered between Siruma Point and Sapenitan Point, about 3.25 miles NE,

indents the coast about 2.25 miles. Sapenitan Point is low and

wooded at its extremity, but the land within rises to a height of

107m about 2.25 miles SE. The point is fringed by a drying

reef which extends 1 mile NW and N.

5.44 Depths of 9 to 17m are found in the middle of the bay.

Shoals, with depths of 6.7 and 5.5m lie on the S side of the entrance about 1 mile N and 1.25 miles NE; respectively, of Siruma Point.

5.44 Vessels can take anchorage sheltered from all winds except

those from N and NW, about 1 mile offshore, between the

mouths of two rivers which empty near the head of the bay, in

depths of 7 to 11m, mud.

Sapenitan Point to Lamit Bay

5.45 Butauanan Bay (14°06'N., 123°17'E.) is entered between Sapenitan Point and Quinabucasan Point, about 5.25

miles ENE. The shores of the W arm of the bay are fringed by

reefs. 
132 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

5.45 A small area, about 1 mile long and 0.5 mile wide, with

depths of 9 to 15m, lies between the reefs. The E arm of the

bay is encumbered with reefs, on which there are several small

islets.

5.45 Butauanan Island (14°07'N., 123°19'E.) forms the NE side

of Butauanan Bay. The island is separated from Quinabucasan

Point by a channel with a least width of 0.1 mile and a least

depth of 10.9m in the fairway. The W side of the island is

fringed by a reef which extends about 0.6 mile W from its S

part. 

5.45 A shoal spit, with a rock lying awash, extends about the

same distance W from the edge of the reef. A shoal spit extends 0.3 mile S from the S edge of the same reef.

5.45 The bay may be entered from the NW between Butauanan

Island and the peninsula forming Quinabucasan Point.

5.45 Reefs, which partly dry, and shoals extend up to 1 mile NE

from Sapenitan Point. A reef, with a depth of 6.9m, lies at the

junction of the two channels, 0.5 mile WNW of the point separating the two arms of the bay.

5.46 Tandoc (14°04'N., 123°18'E.) (World Port Index No.

58120) stands near the head of Butauanan Bay, about 2.75

miles SE of Sapenitan Point. There is an L-shaped pier extending 128m NE and then 76m NW, from the shore. The pier is

7.5m wide. The pier is not recommended for vessels with a

draft of more than 6.9m. 

5.46 Vessels docking should do so in calm weather and at slack

tide. The flood tidal current flows E and the ebb W. 

5.46 The pier is not safe during the Northeast Monsoon or when

there is a heavy swell. 

5.46 Pilotage is not compulsory but is recommended for large

vessels. A pilot is available at Mercedes or from Manila. Three

to four days ETA is required.

5.46 Vessels can take anchorage during strong NE winds about

0.5 mile off the W side of Butauanan Island, with the S end of

the island bearing 130° and the NW extremity of the island

bearing 334°, in a depth of 22m, mud. 

5.46 The approach to the anchorage is not difficult, but vessels are

cautioned against approaching too close to the reef extending

W from the S side of Butauanan Island. 

5.46 The approach to the inner anchorage from NW lies between

the SW side of the shoal spit which extends S from the above

reef, and the 6.9m patch 0.5 mile S. 

5.46 The approach to the pier is difficult as the other reefs are unmarked and hard to discern. Entrance should be made during

daylight hours under favorable conditions.

5.47 San Vicente Bay (14°02'N., 123°22'E.) is entered between Dagdagen Point and a point 0.75 mile to the ESE. The

bay is encumbered with reefs, and a rock awash lies about 0.5

mile NE of the E entrance point. Foul ground lies between the

rock and the point. 

5.47 Reefs and shoals extend up to 0.75 mile N from Dagdagen

Point; a shoal, with a depth of 11.9m, lies 1.25 miles NNE of

the point. 

5.47 The only available anchorage is in the entrance, S of the W

entrance point, in depths of 16 to 22m.

5.47 Port Tambang (13°58'N., 123°26'E.) lies about 4 miles SE

of San Vicente Bay. The bay is encumbered with reefs and

shoals. An islet lies close W of the SE entrance point to the

bay. The bay is of no use to the navigator.

Lamit Bay and Off-lying Islands

5.48 Lamit Bay (13°56'N., 123°32'E.) lies about 5 miles E

of Port Tambang. The bay is considered the best typhoon harbor on the E coast of Luzon. The bay is formed by a group of

islands lying off the indented coast. 

5.48 Protected anchorage can be taken among the many small islands in the area.

5.48 The W entrance to Lamit Bay lies between the S extremity of

Pagbocavan Island and a point 0.75 mile SW. The entrance is

about 0.5 mile wide between the reefs and shoals extending

from both sides.

5.48 Pagbocavan Island (13°57'N., 123°31'E.) lies on the N side

of the W entrance to Lamit Bay. The S end of the island terminates in a large brown rock. The island for the most part is

wooded. Reefs extend up to 0.25 mile W from the NW side of

the island. 

5.48 Cagbinunga Island lies about 0.25 mile NNE of Pagbocavan

Island and is connected to it by a reef. Reefs and shoals extend

as far as 0.5 mile NE from the N side of the island.

5.48 Sibauan Island (13°59'N., 123°31'E.) lies about 0.4 mile

NW of Cagbinunga Island. The island is wooded and high at its

S end. A shoal, with a depth of 1.8m, lies 0.25 mile SSW of the

S end of the island. Naglaous Islet lies almost 0.5 mile N of the

NE extremity of Sibauan Island.

5.48 The W side of the island is fringed by reefs which extend 0.1

to 0.4 mile offshore. Sampotan Islet, 9.1m high, lies on this

reef about 0.4 mile SW of the N extremity of the island. Several shoals, with depths of 2.7 to 7.3m, front the W side of the island to a distance of 0.7 mile.

5.48 The N side of the island is fringed by a drying reef extending

0.5 mile NE. Dinug Islet, 30m high, lies on the edge of this reef

N of the island. Salobot Islet lies about 0.75 mile NE of the NE

extremity of Sibauan Island.

5.49 The Paniqui Islands (14°00'N., 123°31'E.) are three

small islands lying about 0.75 mile N of Sibauan Island. The

largest island is 62m high. These islands can be safely passed

at a distance of 0.25 mile.

5.49 Aguda Rock (14°02'N., 123°31'E.) is a small rocky ledge,

with a depth of 3.7m, and lies 1.5 miles N of the Paniqui Islands. It can only be distinguished by the color of the water under the most favorable conditions, and the rock breaks only in

heavy weather. 

5.49 The Cimarron Islands are a group of four islands lying in the

N approach to Lamit Bay, 2.75 miles NNW of the Paniqui Islands. The central island, 49m high, appears conical from E or

W, but from N or S it appears as a short ridge.

5.50 The Lamit Islands (13°58'N., 123°34'E.) are two

densely-wooded islands, separated by a narrow impassable

channel. The S island is separated from the mainland by a shallow channel which leads into Quinalasag Passage. 

5.50 Pawican Islet lies close NW of the N extremity of N island,

and is connected to it by a reef. 

5.50 The Bani Islands, two in number and separated from each
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 133

Pub. 162

other by a narrow channel, lie off the W coast of the Lamit Islands.

5.50 Anchor Island (13°58'N., 123°32'E.) lies about 1 mile S of

the Bani Islands. The island is fringed by a reef which extends

about 0.25 mile N from the NW side of the island. A rocky islet

lies near the N edge of this reef.

5.50 Shoals, with depths of 3.6 and 1.2m, lie about 0.25 mile

WNW and 0.6 mile W, respectively, of the SW extremity of

Anchor Island. A shoal, with a depth of 0.9m, lies about 0.5

mile ESE of the NE extremity of the island.

5.50 Vessels can take anchorage anywhere in the bay in adequate

depths. The usual anchorage is in depths of 7.3 to 14.6m, mud,

S and SW of Anchor Island.

5.50 Vessels from E usually enter the bay via the N entrance.

Pawican Islet and and the NW extremity of the N of the Lamit

Islands should be rounded at a distance of about 0.25 mile.

Then a SW course should be steered to a position about 0.25

mile W of the W extremity of the W of the Bani Islands. 

5.50 Then vessels should pass about 0.2 mile N of the small rocky

islet located about 0.25 mile N of Anchor Island, and then

about 0.25 mile E of Anchor Island. Then a SW course leads to

the recommended anchorage.

5.50 Vessels with local knowledge may steer a SSW course from

the position about 0.25 mile W of the W extremity of the W of

the Bani Islands to the recommended anchorage. This course

leads between the W side of Anchor Island and the E sides of

Cagbinunga Island and Pagbocavan Island. The shoals in the

middle of the N part of the bay are unmarked, making it advisable for vessels without local knowledge to use the W entrance.

5.50 Vessels approaching Lamit Bay from W should steer about

136° for the opening between Pagbocavan Island and the mainland. When the S end of Pagbocavan Island bears 125°, the

course should be altered a little to the E to pass about 0.25 mile

S of the island. Then an E course leads to the middle of the bay

where anchorage can be taken anywhere S of a line drawn between Pagbocavan Island and Anchor Island.

5.50 Vessels approaching from the E or N and wishing to use the

W entrance should pass about 0.5 mile N of the Paniqui Islands. When the largest of the Cimarron Islets bears 001°, the

course should be altered to 181°. 

5.50 This course, which leads W of the shoals off the W side of

Sibauan Island, should be held until the S end of Pagbocavan

Island bears 125°, then the directions given previously should

be followed.

Lamit Bay to Cataduanes Island

5.51 Quinalasag Island (13°56'N., 123°38'E.), densely

wooded, lies with its N extremity about 3.5 miles E of Cugun

Point, the NE extremity of the N Lamit Island. Bagacay Island

lies about 0.1 mile N of the N extremity of Quinalasag Island,

to which it is connected by a reef. 

5.51 The island is a good landmark from E or W, showing as twin

peaks of equal height. Hervor Rock, awash, lies 1.75 miles NW

of Bagacay Island.

5.51 A rock, with a depth of 1.8m, was reported to lie 1.5 miles

WNW of Hervor Rock; this rock breaks.

5.51 Badi Islet, 11.9m high, lies 0.25 mile NW of the NW extremity of Quinalasag Island. A shoal, with a depth of 6.4m, lies

0.25 mile N of the islet.

5.51 Malabungut Island (13°56'N., 123°35'E.) lies with its W

end about 0.2 mile E of the S extremity of the S Lamit Island.

The island forms the head of Binagasbasan Bay. Drying reefs

extend up to 0.6 mile N from the N side of the island.

5.51 Binagasbasan Bay (13°57'N., 123°35'E.) lies between the E

side of S Lamit Island and the W side of Quinalasag Island.

The bay is encumbered with reefs and shoals and is of no use to

shipping. Bacon Islet lies in the middle of the N entrance to the

bay. Shoals, with depths of 4.5m, lie 0.6 mile SSW and 0.75

mile SSE, respectively, from the islet.

5.51 Masamat Bay (13°58'N., 123°38'E.) indents the N coast of

Quinalasag Island in a SE direction. Small vessels can obtain

good typhoon anchorage in the bay. 

5.51 Depths of 6 to 18m are found in the middle of the bay. Reefs

and dangers extend up to 0.4 mile from the projecting points.

5.51 Crater Bay (13°58'N., 123°40'E.), entered between the NE

extremity of Quinalasag Island and a point about 0.6 mile

WNW, indents the NE side of the island about 0.5 mile. Depths

of 8 to 18m are found in the middle of the bay.

5.52 Sisiran Bay (13°55'N., 123°41'E.) is entered between

the E extremity of Quinalasag Island and Tinajuagan Point,

about 1.75 miles E. The W side of the bay is fringed by a narrow reef and its E side is fringed by a wide reef that extends up

to 0.5 mile offshore. 

5.52 Vessels can take anchorage off the indented SE coast of

Quinalasag Island, in depths of 7 to 9m. Anchorage can also be

taken SW of Tinajuagan Point, in a depth of 12.8m.

5.52 Laja Islet (13°58'N., 123°42'E.) is a dark, bare rock, which

lies about 1.5 miles N of Tinajuagan Point. 

5.52 A shoal, with a depth of 7.6m, lies about midway between

the islet and the drying reef that extends 0.3 mile N from Tinajuagan Point. The sea breaks heavily over this shoal in rough

weather. Breakers have been reported on the shoals SE of Laja

Islet.

5.52 Tagun Bay (13°57'N., 123°46'E.) is entered between Tinajuagan Point and Sugar Loaf Point, the NW extremity of Lahuy

Island. Wide coral reefs fringe the W side of the bay and also

encumber its head. The E side is less dangerous as the depths

are greater. 

5.52 Vessels can take anchorage 2 miles S of Sugar Loaf Point.

Also, vessels anchor in 26m, 0.75 mile farther S.

5.52 Black Islet (14°00'N., 123°47'E.) lies about 2.5 miles NW of

Sugar Loaf Point. The islet is 9.1m high and bare. The channel

between the islet and Lahuy Island is deep and free of dangers

in the fairway. 

5.52 Masnou Islet lies 1 mile NW of Black Islet and is covered

with grass. Molar Rock, about 18.3m in extent, lies about 0.75

mile NNW of Masnou Islet. A sunken rock, which breaks

heavily in bad weather, lies about 0.35 mile NNW of Molar

Rock.

5.53 Lahuy Island (13°57'N., 123°49'E.), narrow and

hilly, extends about 5.25 miles in a N to S direction. There are

three prominent peaks in the S half of the island. The W side of

the island is very irregular with reefs and shoals extending up

to 0.75 mile from the coast. 

5.53 Several small islets and rocks lie close off the NW and N

sides of the island. Ocata Island, marked by a light, lies about

0.5 mile NE of Sugar Loaf Point. 
134 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

5.53 The E side of Lahuy Island is fringed by a reef extending

from 0.25 to 2 miles offshore. Basot Island and Cotivas Island

lie on the E side of this reef. A grassy peak, 47m high, lies in

the N part of Basot Island, and there is a flat-topped peak, 51m

high, in the S part. 

5.53 The coast consists of sandy beaches and rocky cliffs. Basot

Island is covered with grass. Cotivas Island, closer SW, is

wooded. 

5.53 Pocket Bay, a small cove, lies between the above reef and a

reef that extends from the NE side of Lahuy Island. 

5.53 Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in

the middle of the cove, in a depth of 14.6m.

5.53 The Lucsuhin Islands (13°52'N., 123°51'E.) are a group of

rocks and islands lying on a partly drying reef, between the S

end of Lahuy Island and the mainland. The islands are wooded

and appear as one from seaward, but at HW a boat can pass between them.

5.53 Etinas Island (13°52'N., 123°52'E.), 39m high, is the farthest E

of the Lucsuhin Islands. It is located on the edge of the reef 2.5

miles N of Yopoquit Point (13°50'N., 123°52'E.). A shoal spit,

with a least depth of 4.1m, extends 1 mile N of the island; a shoal,

with a depth of 8.7m, lies 0.5 mile NNE of the island.

5.53 Tirao Islet, 12.2m high, lies on the edge of the reef 0.15 mile

S of Etinas Island.

5.53 Solodon Islet, the farthest SE of the group, is a large barren

rock 27m high, with a few bushes on its summit. The islet is located on the N side of the channel leading to Tabgon anchorage, in a position 1.75 miles N of Yopoquit Point. A shoal, with

a depth of 10.9m, lies about 1 mile E of Solodon Islet.

5.54 Haponan Island (13°50'N., 123°51'E.) lies about

0.75 mile S of the S Lucsuhin Island, and is grass covered. Its

coasts consist of sandy beaches and low rocky points. The area

between the island and the mainland is foul. Reefs extend 0.5

mile NE from the island and form part of the S side of the

channel leading to the anchorage.

5.54 Puling Island (13°51'N., 123°50'E.) lies about 0.2 mile N of

the NW extremity of Haponan Island. An islet lies close N of

the island. 

5.54 An anchorage area lies SW of Puling Island or between the

island and Haponan Island. A reef, with a least depth of 1.2m,

lies on the W side of the anchorage, about 0.4 mile W of Puling

Island.

5.54 Cocos Island, 38m high and covered with palms, stands on

the reef extending from the mainland, 2 miles NW of Puling Island.

5.54 Tabgon (13°50'N., 123°49'E.), a small village, lies at the

foot of a prominent hill, about 1.75 miles W of the W coast of

Haponan Island. 

5.54 A large anchorage lies about 1.5 miles NE of the village.

There are depths of 7 to 22m in the anchorage. 

5.54 Depths of 14.6m and over are found in the fairway of the E

approach channels to Tabgon anchorage, but these channels are

unmarked and only used during fair weather conditions. 

5.54 The channel between Puling Island and Haponan Island is

deep, but it is seldom used.

5.54 South Islet lies about 0.1 mile N of Puling Island; the channel between this islet and North Islet, a 14m high islet lying

about 0.3 mile further N, is the preferred channel and has a

least width of 0.1 mile between the reefs.

5.54 Directions.—Vessels from E should steer 267° with the N

tangent of Puling Island ahead. When about 0.4 mile SSW of

Solodon Islet, the course should be altered to 279.5°, with the S

side of North Islet in range with the S side of Cocos Island.

Maintain this course to a position 0.75 mile E of North Islet,

when a mid-channel course between North Islet and South Islet

should be steered. 

5.54 When South Islet is abeam the course should gradually be altered to the SW so as to pass midway between the reef covered

by 2.7m, about 0.2 mile SW of North Islet, and a reef with

rocks, awash, extending 0.1 mile W of South Islet. 

5.54 Then steer S to pass about 0.2 mile W of Puling Island, and

anchor, as convenient, off the SW side of the island.

5.55 Yopoquit Point (13°50'N., 123°52'E.) lies about 1

mile E of the S extremity of Haponan Island. The point is

fringed by a reef which extends over 0.5 mile offshore, and

gradually narrows toward the coast about 2 miles SE. 

5.55 Depths are reported to be very irregular off this stretch of the

coast. During the Northeast Monsoon, the sea occasionally

breaks on some of the outer shoal patches. This area should be

navigated with caution.

5.55 The Malarad Islets (13°48'N., 123°54'E.) are a group of

rocks and islets lying within 1 mile of the coast and 1.75 miles

ESE of Yopoquit Point. Most of them are wooded, with steep

rocky sides. 

5.55 Port Caramoan, a bay, lies between Yopoquit Point and the

Malarad Islets. A small village stands near the head of Port

Caramoan.

5.55 Caramoan Point (13°48'N., 123°56'E.), the NE extremity of

the Caramoan Peninsula, is steep-to and lies about 3.5 miles

ESE of Port Caramoan. The land within the point rises to numerous densely wooded peaks. The highest of these is a roundtopped peak standing about 4 miles W of the point. A small

rounded peninsula lies about 0.5 mile SE of the point and is

connected to the coast by a narrow neck of land.

5.55 Pitogo Bay (13°47'N., 123°57'E.), located 1.25 miles S of

Caramoan Point, is the only sheltered anchorage on this stretch

of coast. The bay is backed by high wooded hills. 

5.55 There are two entrance channels, one on either side of Pitogo

Island. The N channel is generally used as the S channel is encumbered with shoals and reefs. Small vessels can take anchorage in mid-channel, W or SW of Pitogo Island.

5.56 Lugan Cove (13°45'N., 123°57'E.), located about

1.25 miles SSE of Pitogo Bay, consists mostly of reefs and

shoals. Batobato Rocks, consisting of two rocks, lies about 0.5

mile S of Lugan Islet. Sombrero Islet lies about 2 miles SSE of

Batobato Rocks. The islet serves as a good landmark as it is

higher than the adjacent coasts. Lauing Bay, close W of Sombrero Islet, is filled with reefs and shoals.

5.56 Maqueda Channel (13°42'N., 124°01'E.) separates Luzon

from Catanduanes Island. The channel is about 4.5 miles wide

between Rungus Point and Sialat Point, the W extremity of

Catanduanes Island. The S end of the island is divided by the

Palompon Islands, two in number, lying 1.5 miles E of Rungus

Point. The E island is 46m high.

5.56 In the N part of Maqueda Channel there are a great many

dangerous rocks and shoals. Dagat Rocks, the farthest W of
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 135

Pub. 162

these dangers, is separated from Basot Island by a deep, clear

channel about 6.5 miles wide. 

5.56 Vessels should use caution when approaching the channel

from the N as Ocata Light is unwatched and at times may be

extinguished.

5.57 The Palumbanes Islands (14°01'N., 124°02'E.) are a

group of three islands and several islets and rocks, lying from 4

to 7 miles WSW of Balangona Point, the NW point of Catanduanes Island. Calabagio Island, the E island, is wooded. 

5.57 Anchorage can be taken about 0.25 mile W of the SW side of

Calabagio Island, in a depth of 27m. Porongpong Island, the

middle and largest of the group, is covered with high trees.

There is a village on its E side. The W island of the group is

wooded.

5.57 A rock awash lies about 1.75 miles ENE of Calabagio Island,

near the N end of a shoal area which extends 2.5 miles S; there

are depths 6 to 18.3m on the shoal. In a position about 0.1 mile

E of the rock the sea breaks over the shoal in a light swell. 

5.57 There is an isolated 12.8m depth, midway between the shoal

and Catanduanes Island.

5.57 A shoal, with a depth of 12.8m, lies 0.75 mile N of Calabagio Island and two shoals, with depths of 3.6m, lie 1.25 and 1.5

miles NNW of Porongpong Island.

5.57 Lane Rocks (14°07'N., 124°00'E.), the N danger in the area,

consists of four or five steep-to rocks, which dry 1.5m, and lie

about 5 miles NNW of Porongpong Island. The rocks are conspicuous to the eye. A 3.7m shoal lies 0.5 mile N of the rocks

with a deep channel between.

5.57 Sail Rock (13°59'N., 124°04'E.), 19m high with a few bushes, lies 1.5 miles SSE of Porongpong Island and is a prominent

mark. Several above-water rocks lie up to 0.1 mile N of Sail

Rock and a 3.7m patch lies 0.5 mile SSW of Sail Rock.

5.57 Dagat Rocks (13°59'N., 123°59'E.) are a group, 1m high,

near the NW end of an extensive coral reef, lying 3 miles SW

of the W island of the Palumbanes Islands. A 7.3m patch lies

0.35 mile NNW of Dagat Rocks.

5.57 A small patch awash lies about 1.75 miles SSE of Dagat

Rocks. In calm weather it cannot be seen from any distance.

There are depths of 8 to 17m over the remainder of the reef.

5.57 Caution.—A rock awash lies 3 miles SSW of Sail Rock. It

can be distinguished at all times, but when the sea is smooth, it

is not very noticeable.

Catanduanes Island

5.58 Catanduanes Island (13°45'N., 124°15'E.) is mountainous with rugged coasts. The N and S coasts are indented by

a bay. The W coast is rugged and fairly regular. 

5.58 The E coast is irregular and indented by numerous small

coves and bays. The island is reported to give a good radar return up to 18 miles.

5.58 Yog Point (14°06'N., 124°12'E.), the N extremity of Catanduanes Island, is covered with grass and a few shrubs. A

rocky islet lies close N of the point. 

5.58 A rock stands on the N side of the islet. The islet may be

safely rounded at a distance of 0.25 mile.

5.58 Pandan Bay (14°04'N., 124°10'E.), entered between Yog

Point and Pandan Point, 4.25 miles SW, is fringed by reefs extending up to 0.5 mile from the shores of the bay. 

5.58 A small peninsula divides the head of the bay into two small

coves. The NE cove is foul, but there are depths of 9 to 15m between the reefs on either side of the cove.

5.58 Two small islets, 18.3 and 15.2m high and covered with coconut trees, are located about 0.6 mile and 1.1 miles ESE, respectively, of the Pandan Point. The Mambang River empties

into Pandan Bay through a narrow channel lying between these

islets.

5.58 A shoal, with a depth of 10m, lies about 1 miles NE of Pandan Point. A bank, with a least depth of 12.8m, lies about 1.5

miles NNE of the same point.

5.58 Pandan Light is shown from a concrete tower, 9m high,

standing on the shore in the W part of Pandan Bay.

5.59 Pandan (14°03'N., 124°10'E.), a small village, stands

0.25 mile inland from the head of the W cove. The village,

which contains a church, is nearly hidden by coconut trees. It is

a port of call for small craft and launches coming to load copra

and hemp. No fresh water, provisions, or stores are obtainable.

There are no medical facilities in the town. Postal and telegraph facilities are available. There are no repair facilities.

5.59 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage with the E

islet on the W part of Pandan Bay bearing 205°, and the N extremity of the small peninsula, bearing 087°, in depths of 22 to

24m. 

5.59 Small craft can anchor SSE of this position, in a depth of

about 16.5m, between the fringing reefs. These anchorages are

open to the N and fully exposed to the Northeast Monsoon.

Vessels wishing to communicate with Pandan usually anchor in

Cobo Bay.

5.59 Vessels from the E should make the approach with the E islet, bearing 205°. Vessels from the W should make the approach with the N extremity of the small peninsula bearing

102°. This course should be held until the E islet bears 205°, at

which time the course should be altered to that bearing and anchorage taken when the same extremity bears 087°.

5.59 Balangona Point (14°04'N., 124°07'E.), 0.75 mile WSW of

Pandan Point, is the NW extremity of Cataduanes Island. It is

30m high and covered with grass. 

5.59 The shores of the point are bold and steep-to. The cove close

S of the point is shallow at its head and restricted by the fringing reefs.

Cobo Bay (14°01'N., 124°08'E.), located 2.5 miles S of Balangona Point, affords protection from the Northeast Monsoon.

Toytoy Point, the S entrance point of the bay, is a sharp, prominent, and partly wooded neck of land about 22m high. Its

shores are rocky and there is a 15.2m bluff on its W side. 

5.59 A rounded and wooded hill, 86m high, stands near the head

of the bay in a position about 1 mile NE of the N extremity of

Toytoy Point. Cobo, a small village, is located close S of this

hill and partially obscured by trees.

5.59 Reefs and shoals extend up to 0.25 mile from the S shore and

0.15 mile from the N shore. The head of the bay is shoal.

Depths of 9 to 15m are found in the middle of N part of the

bay. 

5.59 Two rocks, the highest of which is 5.5m, are located about

0.1 mile SSE of Toytoy Point. Three smaller rocks lie about 0.1

mile E of these rocks.

5.59 Vessels can take anchorage with the rounded hill, bearing

098°, and Toytoy Point, bearing 206°, in a depth of 13.7m,
136 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

sand. A heavy swell is found at this anchorage during periods

of strong N winds. 

5.59 Small craft may obtain protection from the swell by anchoring in a break in the fringing reef, in depths of 7 to 9m, sand.

5.60 Port Manamrag (13°44'N., 124°06'E.) is located

about 16 miles S of Toytoy Point; the intervening coast is hilly

and densely wooded. The head of the bay is shoal and rocky.

Depths of 9 to 15m are found in the outer part of the bay. 

5.60 A shoal, with a depth of 3.6m at its outer end, extends about

137m S from Manamrag Point, the N entrance. Manamrag

Point is 30m high and rocky.

5.60 Vessels can anchor in a position about 0.2 mile S of Manamrag Point, in a depth of 14.6m.

5.60 The coast between Borigay Point, 0.75 miles SSE of Manamrag Point and Sialat Point, 5.75 miles SE, is high, rugged,

and mostly steep-to. A shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, lies 0.35

mile offshore in a position 1.25 miles SW of Borigay Point.

5.60 Sialat Point (13°40'N., 124°01'E.), the W extremity of Catanduanes Island, is a high, rocky bluff. Several rocks that dry

lie about 0.1 mile SW of the point. A rock awash lies about 1.5

miles SSE of the point. A light is shown on the point.

5.60 Agoho Point (13°36'N., 124°03'E.) is located about 4 miles

SSE of Sialat Point; it is a mangrove swamp fringed by a drying reef to a distance of 0.25 mile. A reef-encumbered bight,

with numerous rocks and dangers, lies close N of the point.

5.61 Calolbon (13°36'N., 124°06'E.), a small town, is situated about 3 miles E of Agoho Point. The town church and a

large water tank are conspicuous from offshore. 

5.61 Vessels can take anchorage off the town, in a depth of 18.3m,

0.75 mile offshore. A light is shown NW of the water tower. 

5.61 The anchorage is usually approached with the light structure

ahead bearing 036°. 

5.61 The anchorage is protected from winds from W, through N,

to ESE. A depth of 3m is located close WNW of this anchorage.

5.61 A shoal, with depths of 6 to 18m, extends 1.25 miles SW

from a position 1 mile SE of Calolbon. A rock awash lies about

2.25 miles SE of Calolbon Light. 

5.61 Two shoals, with depths of 6 and 7.3m, lie 3.25 and 3.5 miles

SE, respectively, of the same light.

5.61 Taguntun Bank, with a depth of 7.8m, lies about 5 miles SSE

of Calolbon Light. Teresa Bank, with a least depth of 3.1m, lies

about 2 miles NNW of Taguntun Bank.

5.61 Virac Point (13°31'N., 124°13'E.), the S extremity of Catanduanes Island, is located 8 miles SE of Calolbon.

5.61 Pechili Reef (13°30'N., 124°11'E.) lies about 2.5 miles SW

of Virac Point. The reef has a least depth of 4.5m and breaks in

heavy weather. A shoal, with a least depth of 10.9m, lies about

0.5 mile SE of Pechili Reef. 

5.61 Virac Bank, with a least depth of 11m, and on which the sea

breaks in heavy weather, lies about 4.5 miles SE of Virac Point.

5.61 Johns Reef (13°32'N., 124°14'E.), with a least depth of 0.9m

and on which the sea breaks, lies about 1.25 miles ENE of Virac Point. A rock, with a least depth of 6.7m, lies 1 mile E of

the shallowest part of Johns Reef.

5.61 Cabugao Bay (13°34'N., 124°16'E.) is entered between Virac Point and Nagumbuaya Point, about 7.75 miles ENE. The

shore of the bay is mostly sand and is partly fringed with coral

reefs. 

5.61 The Pajo River discharges into the W side of the bay and the

Bato River discharges into the NE part of the bay. 

5.61 The mouths of both rivers are blocked by reefs and shoals.

Winds between E and S cause heavy seas in the bay. A number

of rocks and shoals lie in the bay.

5.62 Virac (13°35'N., 124°14'E.) (World Port Index No.

58130) stands on the W side of Cabugao Bay. The town is clearly

visible from seaward. The white dome of the town church is conspicuous. A light is shown near the E end of the town.

5.62 A concrete pier, 51m in length, stands at the end of a rock

causeway which projects 117m from the shore. Depths vary

from 6.1m at the head, to 1.5m at the inshore end of the pier.

5.62 The submerged outer end of an L-shaped breakwater, which

projects from the shore SW of the pier, lies 109m S of the pierhead and constitutes a danger in the approach to the pier. The E

side of the pier should be favored to avoid this danger.

5.62 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.75 mile SE of the town

church with the lighthouse bearing 344°, in depths of 15 to

17m. This anchorage is reported to be uncomfortable during

the Northeast Monsoon (October to March). Small vessels can

anchor 0.15 mile off the sandy beach at Virac.

5.62 Directions.—Vessels proceeding to the anchorage off Virac

should steer 344° with the light structure ahead. 

5.62 This course leads W of Virac Bank, E of Johns Reef, and W

of a charted depth of 8.2m, 0.75 mile ESE of Johns Reef.

Catanduanes Island—East Coast

5.63 The coast between Yog Point and Bugao Point, about

7.5 miles SSE, is composed of cliffy projections that are

fringed by narrow and steep-to reefs.

5.63 Horadaba Rocks (14°07'N., 124°17'E.) are three bare rocks

lying 4.5 miles E of Yog Point. The rocks lie close together.

Matulin Rock lies about 0.6 mile SE of Horadaba Rocks. A

number of sunken rocks and rocks awash lie between Matulin

Rock and Horadaba Rocks.

5.63 Tabugoc Cove (14°04'N., 124°14'E.) and Minaile Cove,

both small and encumbered by reefs, lie 3 miles and 4.5 miles

SE, respectively, of Yog Point.

5.63 Tarahid Point (14°02'N., 124°16'E.), 0.5 mile SE of Mnaile

Cove, is 15m high and rugged.

5.63 Purog Bay (14°01'N., 124°16'E.) is entered 0.5 mile S of

Tarahid Point. The bay is encumbered with reefs, but there are

two narrow boat channels through them leading to the head of

the bay. Minigil Islet lies in the middle of the entrance to the

bay and is connected with the shore by a reef awash.

5.63 Bugao Point, 1.5 miles SSE of Minigil Islet, is low, sandy,

and covered with bushes and small trees. The point is fronted

by a reef for a distance of 1 mile; a reef, with a depth of 4.9m at

its outer end, extends 0.5 mile SE from the reef. 

5.63 Tahidan Point, 2 miles S of Bugao Point, is reddish in color,

has a conical summit covered with grass, and is very prominent. A reef awash extends 0.75 mile NE from Tahidan Point.

5.63 Panay Island (13°58'N., 124°20'E.) lies 1.75 miles E of Tahidan Point. The island is fringed by coral reefs on all but the

SW side. The island is reported to give a good radar return up

to 27 miles. 
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 137

Pub. 162

5.63 A loran tower situated on the NW extremity of the island. 

5.63 Lete Island lies close off the W side of Panay Island. A shoal

spit, with a depth of about 0.9m, lies between Lete Island and

the W side of Panay Island. 

5.63 The Macarilan Islets lie on the fringing reef 1 mile WSW of

the N extremity of Panay Island.

5.64 Port Bagamanoc (13°57'N., 124°17'E.) lies between

Lete Island and the coast of Catanduanes Island. The bay is

open to the N and provides no protection from the Northeast

Monsoon. 

5.64 Bagamanoc, a small town which contains a church, stands at

the head of the port in a position about 1.5 miles S of Tahidan

Point. The town is partially obscured by a low ridge of gravel

which is covered with bushes. The shores of the port are

fringed by reefs extending up to 0.35 mile offshore. 

5.64 A reef, with a depth of 1.8m, lies in the middle of the port in

a position about 0.5 mile ESE of Tahidan Point.

5.64 There are depths of 9 to 18m in the outer part of the port. 

5.64 Arch Rock, 18.3m high, a prominent, reddish-brown, archshaped rock, lies near the edge of the shore reef in a position

about 0.75 mile SSE of Tahidan Point.

5.64 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.25 mile E of Arch Rock,

in depths of 5.5 to 6.4m, mud. 

5.64 The swinging room in this anchorage is restricted by the

shoals lying on either side.

5.64 Directions.—Vessels bound for Port Bagamanoc should

round the Macarilan Islets at a distance of about 0.5 mile and

steer for the SW extremity of Lete Island, bearing 181°. 

5.64 The course should be held until Arch Rock bears 214°, when

she should steer for it on this bearing, passing midway between

the 1.8m reef in the middle of the port and the reef fringing the

W side of Lete Island. 

5.64 Anchorage can then be afforded in the inner part of the port.

5.65 Babaguan Bay (13°56'N., 124°19'E.) lies between

the SW side of Panay Island and the coast of Catanduanes Island. The bay is very shallow, especially in the S part, where

there are extensive drying mudflats. A river, used by boats,

flows into the S part of the bay.

Port Anajao (13°57'N., 124°21'E.) lies between the S side

of Panay Island and Catanduanes Island. The port is small but a

well-sheltered harbor of refuge. The only entrance is from the

E. Lolong Point, the SE extremity of Panay Island, is the N entrance point of the harbor. It is 27m high, covered with grass,

and terminates in cliffs, 9m high. A light is shown from a concrete tower, 9m high, situated on the point.

5.65 Anajao Point, the S entrance point of the port, lies about 0.4

mile SSW of Lolong Point. It is covered with grass and is 30m

high. The coast between Anajao Point and Viga Point, about

1.25 miles WSW, is slightly indented by two small and shallow

coves.

5.65 The shores of the port are bold and well defined by low

rocky cliffs. Densely wooded hills, about 122 to 152m high,

stand on each side of the port abreast its narrowest part.

5.65 Reefs and shoals extend about 0.1 mile E from Lolong Point.

Komagat Rock, 5.5m high and surrounded by rocks awash, lies

about 91m E of the point. Reefs and shoals extend about 0.25

mile E from Anajao Point. 

5.65 Two islets are about 45m and 137m E of this point. The inner

one is a bare rock 8.5m high. The outer islet is 17.7m high and

covered with grass, brush, and a few small palms.

5.65 Manyagui Rock, 4.9m high and dark in color, lies on the S side

of the outer entrance to the port in a position about 0.4 mile ENE

of Anajao Point. The rock is steep-to on all sides except its SW

side, which is fronted by shoals to a distance of 0.1 mile. 

5.65 The rock may be passed on either side, but the recommended

channel into the port is N of the rock. This channel is 0.25 mile

wide and 28m deep in the middle.

5.65 Minaaso Islet, 25m high and densely wooded, lies at the

head of the port in a position about 0.3 mile S of Omuntol

Point. It is bordered by cliffs and fringed by a reef that extends

about 0.1 mile NE from it. 

5.65 A rock, 3.6m high, and several rocks, awash, lie on this reef.

5.65 Several rocks, the outermost of which is awash at LW, extend

about 0.1 mile S from the E entrance point of Babaguan Cove.

5.65 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle part of the port, in

depths of 7 to 15m. Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in about 6.4m, mud, in a position S of the middle of the

entrance to Babaguan Cove.

5.65 Directions.—A vessel entering Port Anajao should steer for

Minaaso Islet bearing 255° and just open of the S shore. This

course leads about midway between Manyagui Rock and Komagat Rock. 

5.65 As the narrows are approached, a mid-channel course should

be steered and anchorage taken as convenient. 

5.65 Small vessels proceeding to the inner anchorage should continue on a mid-channel course until the village of Babaguan

opens, then steer for Omuntol Point, bearing 288°. Vessels can

take anchorage when the stone building in the village bears

001°.

5.66 Agutayan Island (13°54'N., 124°24'E.) lies about 3.5

miles SE of Lolong Point. The island is high and covered with

grass. Several rocks, some awash, lie off the N extremity of the

island. 

5.66 Soboc Bay, a narrow inlet, lies close W of Agutayan Island.

A village lies at the head of the bay. Botinagan Bay indents the

coast for about 1 mile and lies about 0.5 mile E of Soboc Bay.

5.66 Linampanan Island (13°53'N., 124°24'E.), a small grass

covered island, lies on the E side of the entrance to Botinagan

Bay. A number of detached rocks, the highest is 20m high, lie

close N and E of the island.

5.66 Botinagan Bay (13°53'N., 124°24'E.), entered between the

E face of Agutayan Point and Sohoton Point, about 0.5 mile

SSE, indents the coast about 1 mile.

5.66 Bocana Bay, entered between Conloy Point, located 1.25

miles S of Sohoton Point, and Minabat Point, about 0.5 mile S,

indents the coast about 0.75 mile.

5.66 Lictin Point (13°51'N., 124°25'E.), located 0.75 mile SE of

Minabat Point, is 42m high and rugged. The cliffs are about

23m high, and the slopes leading to the 114m hill, 0.75 mile W

of the point, are largely covered with grass and small trees.

5.66 Sicmil Bay, entered between Lictin Point and Bantayao

Point, about 1 mile SW, indents the coast about 1 mile.

5.66 Bagalayag Point (13°48'N., 124°25'E.), located about 3

miles S of Lictin Point, is formed by rugged cliffs, and is very

prominent from N or S. It is densely wooded, except for a

small grassy area on its seaward side, and is about 23m high. A

group of rocks, from 3 to 12m high, extend about 0.25 mile E
138 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

from the point.

5.66 Pondanan Island, located about 0.5 mile N of Bagalayag

Point, is 26m high, and is covered with grass. Numerous rocks,

varying high from 2 to 6m, lie close SW of the island. The island is connected to the coast to the W by a shoal spit. A shoal,

with a depth of 5.1m on its SW end, lies about 0.3 mile N of

the island. 

5.66 The outer limit of the 20m curve enclosing this shoal lies

about 1 mile NNE of the island and the same distance E of the

coast of Catanduanes Island. A reef, with a depth of 10.5m, lies

about 0.4 mile E of the island.

5.67 Dalaynay Point (13°47'N., 124°25'E.), located about

0.75 mile S of Bagalayag Point, is 94m high and covered with

grass. A densely wooded hill, 131m high, lies about 0.75 mile

SW of Bagalayag Point.

5.67 The Dalaynay Islets are two small grass-covered islets lying

close E of Dalaynay Point. The N and large islet is 47m high

with rugged cliffs. The S islet rises to a sharp point, 23m high. 

5.67 A number of bare rocks, varying in height from 3 to 12m, lie

near these islets.

5.67 Poro Island, located about 0.3 mile SE of the Dalaynay Islets, is 57m high and appears as a truncated cone. 

5.67 The E side of the island is steep-to, but reefs fringe its other

sides to a distance of 0.1 mile.

5.67 Gigmoto Bay (13°47'N., 124°25'E.) lies about 1.25 miles

SSW of Bagalayag Point, and is entered between Dalaynay

Point and Macalanhag Island. A small village stands near the

head of the bay. Coral reefs fringe both sides of the bay and

limit the width of the channel to 0.1 mile. 

5.67 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay, N of the

central part of Macalanhag Island, in a depth of 16m, mud.

Small vessels can anchor in the middle of the inner part of the

bay.

5.67 Nagsilag Point (13°45'N., 124°24'E.), located about 2 miles

SSW of Dalaynay Point, is 42m high, and is covered with

grass. The point is connected to the high land to the W by a

neck of land 15.2m high. 

5.67 Two steep-to rocks, 5.8 and 6.7m high, lie 0.7 mile NE and

0.4 mile SE, respectively, of the point. A rocky islet, 24m high

and covered with brush, lies 0.1 mile S of the point.

5.67 Bitaogan Point (13°44'N., 124°24'E.), located 0.75 mile SW

of Nagsilag Point, is the E extremity of a prominent and densely-wooded ridge that extends about 3 miles W. The W portion

of this ridge rises to two peaks that are 628m and 571m high.

The valley between the two points is prominent.

5.67 Balacay Island, a densely wooded islet, rises to a height of

80m near its SW end. The islet is fringed by a drying reef

which connects it with Catanduanes Island to the W.

5.68 Agban Bay (13°43'N., 124°23'E.) lies about 4 miles S

of Gigmoto Bay and is entered between the S side of Balacay

Island and Vinticayan Point, about 0.4 mile S. 

5.68 Small vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay, in

depths of 7 to 18m. This anchorage is well protected from the

Southwest Monsoon and partially from the Northeast Monsoon. Vinticayan Point is composed of high rocky cliffs, with

grass on its E extremity. 

5.68 Binorong Point (13°40'N., 124°25'E.), located about 2.75

miles SSE of Vinticayan Point, is formed by high, dark-colored, rocky cliffs. A wooded peak, 81m high, stands about 0.1

mile within the point, and is prominent.

5.68 Zayao Islet, lying in the middle of the approach to Guinsaanan Bay, about 0.5 mile N of Binorong Point, is 24m high and

barren. It is connected to the mainland W and NW by a reef

that breaks in a moderate sea.

5.68 A rock, 5.5m high, lies about 0.2 mile SSE of Tominongton

Point, located about 1.25 miles SW of Binorong Point.

5.69 Guinsaanan Bay (13°40'N., 124°25'E.) lies about 3

miles SE of Agban Bay. The bay is encumbered with rocks and

reefs.

5.69 Kalapadan Bay (13°39'N., 124°22'E.) is entered between

Bandayanon Point and Taris Point, 2.25 miles SW. The shores

of the bay are fringed by reefs up to 0.5 mile offshore. 

5.69 The town of Baras stands on the NE side of the bay. A white

iron roof at the E end of town is prominent. 

5.69 It is visible from the vicinity of Sinalog, 5 miles SSW. Pinohagan Islet, wooded, lies on the edge of the fringing reef close

SW of Bandayanon Point.

5.69 The Jumbit Islets, consisting of seven grassy islets, extend

about 1 mile S of Bandayanon Point. The larger islets vary in

height from 19 to 34m and are covered with grass and bushes. 

5.69 The smaller islets are mere rocks, from 2 to 9m high. The entire group rises from a reef extending 0.25 to 0.5 mile W and

0.25 mile E of the islets. A rock, 0.9m high, lies 91m S of the

islet farthest S. 

5.69 The most dangerous part of the reef is at the NW end where

depths of as little as 0.3m are found.

5.69 Detached reefs, with depths of 5.5 to 9.1m, lie 0.75 mile and

1.1 miles WSW, respectively, of Pinohagan Islet. A shoal, with

a depth of 8.2m, lies about 0.4 mile NNE of Maguinling Islet.

A shoal, with a depth of 4.1m, lies about 0.5 miles SW of Minabalay Islet.

5.69 Vessels can take anchorage in Kalapadan Bay about 0.4 mile

W of Pinohagan Islet, in a depth of 16.5m, sand. Small vessels

can anchor about midway between Minabalay Islet and the W

face of the peninsula that forms Bandayanon Point, in a depth

of 7.3m, mud. 

5.69 Baras Light is shown on a point 0.5 mile NNW of Bandayanon Point.

5.69 Cagaray Point (13°37'N., 124°21'E.), located 0.75 mile S of

Taris Point, is a narrow densely wooded neck of land, and

faced with rugged cliffs. An islet of the same name lies close N

of the point. Sinactan Point, 1.25 miles S of Cagaray Point, is a

densely wooded point of land.

5.69 Locot Bay (13°34'N., 124°20'E.) lies about 2.25 miles SSW

of Sinactan Point. A coral reef near the middle of the head of

the bay extends almost 0.75 mile E, thus dividing the bay into

two parts.

5.69 The Locot Islets, two in number, lie on the E extremity of

this reef. Both islets are rocky and covered with bushes.

5.69 Nagumbuaya Point (13°33'N., 124°21'E.) is the S entrance

point of Locot Bay. The point is the termination of a narrow

strip of land. It is very rugged, especially near the outer end,

where the cliffs rise abruptly. Four hills stand near the E end of

the point. The land W of these hills is low and wooded. A rock,

10.6m high, lies close E of the end of the point.
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 139

Pub. 162

Lagonoy Gulf

5.70 Lagonoy Gulf (13°35'N., 123°50'E.), entered between Nagumbuaya Point and Ungay Point, the E extremity of

Rapu Rapu Island, is a deep body of water, about 23 miles

wide at the entrance. There are considerable depths in the middle of the gulf and there are no reported dangers outside a distance of 3 miles from its shores.

5.70 Palag Bay (13°44'N., 123°56'E.) lies about 2 miles NW of

Rungus Point. The head of the bay is fringed by a steep-to reef.

Both entrance points are free of charted dangers on their seaward side.

5.70 Rungus Rock, an above-water danger, lies 0.2 mile NNW of

Rungus Point. A shoal, with a depth of 4.5m, lies 0.25 mile offshore in a position 0.75 mile NW of Rungus Point.

5.70 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay, in

depths of 37 to 55m. 

5.70 The space available is small, but well protected from all but

SE winds.

5.70 Guijalo Bay (13°44'N., 123°52'E.) lies about 3.5 miles W of

Palag Bay. The bay is deep and clear of dangers in its middle

part. The head of the bay is fringed by a steep-to reef. 

5.70 Port Minas, a small port, lies in a cove on the W side of

Guijalo Bay. Anchorage can be taken off the entrance to the

cove.

5.70 Alto Point (13°43'N., 123°39'E.), about 18 miles W of Rungus Point, is moderately high and steep-to. Rosa Islet, low and

wooded, lies about 0.75 mile ESE of Alto Point. It is fringed by

a reef. There is a clear, deep channel, 0.5 mile wide between

the islet and the N shore of the gulf. 

5.70 Alto Reef, part of which dries, lies 0.5 mile SW of Alto

Point. The channel between the reef and Rosa Islet is about 1

mile wide and clear of dangers. 

5.70 Directions.—When passing N of Rosa Islet and Alto Reef,

keep 0.25 mile from the Luzon shore which is clear of dangers

and steep-to.

5.71 Panagan (13°44'N., 123°36'E.) lies about 3.5 miles

WNW of Alto Point. A wharf extends in a S direction from the

port. Sabang, a small town, lies about 1.25 miles WSW of Panagan, and stands on the S side of the entrance to the Lagonoy

River. A light is shown from the town. 

5.71 Vessels can take anchorage, in depths of 18 to 22m, 0.5 mile

offshore with Sabang Church bearing between 316° and 001°.

5.71 Sagnay Point (13°36'N., 123°33'E.) lies 7.5 miles SSW of

Sabang. A reef, on which there are some above-water rocks,

extends about 0.5 mile N from Sagnay Point. A small town

stands about 1.5 miles W of the point.

5.71 The Nato River (13°36'N., 123°33'E.) empties into the gulf

close N of Sagnay Point. The entrance to the river is blocked

by reefs and shoals. Nato, a small town, stands on the N bank

about 0.75 mile from the mouth of the river. A small wharf is

located N of the town.

5.71 Vessels can take anchorage with Sagnay Point bearing 171°,

Atulayan Island bearing 148°, and Rosa Islet bearing 054°, in a

depth of 26m. A small boat showing a flag meets incoming

vessels and leads them to the anchorage.

5.72 Atulayan Bay (13°35'N., 123°33'E.), extending between Sagnay Point and Gorda Point, indents the coast for

about 2 miles. A reef fringes the shores of the bay. 

5.72 Atulayan Island, fringed by a narrow reef, lies in the middle

of the entrance to Atulayan Bay. Reefs, with a least depth of

3.6 and 1.8m, lie 0.25 mile SW and 0.25 mile NW of the island.

5.72 Vessels can take anchorage with Sagnay Point bearing 012°,

the W extremity of Atulayan Island bearing 040°, and the SE

entrance point of the bay bearing 098°, in a depth of 37m, mud. 

5.72 Vessels entering the bay may pass either NW or S of Atulayan Island. When using the NW entrance, vessels should pass

fairly close to Sagnay Point in order to avoid the large reef NW

of Atulayan Island.

5.73 Tabaco Bay (13°20'N., 123°47'E.), lies SE of Gorda

Point and is entered between Tiwi Point and San Miguel Point,

about 7 miles SE. The bay extends about 12.5 miles in a SE direction.

5.73 A 7.3m rocky shoal lies 1 mile NW of San Miguel Point and

a 10.4m patch lies about 0.25 mile farther N; this latter patch

was found to have extended S. The fairway into Tabaco Bay

lies between these shoals. 

5.73 A bank, with depths from 1 to 16m, extends 3.25 miles NW

from a position 1.75 miles NW of San Miguel Point, leaving a

deep, narrow channel between its NW end and the N coast of

Luzon, 2 miles SE of Tiwi Point (13°29'N., 123°40'E.). There

is a sand cay near the NW end of the bank.

5.73 The shores on both sides of the bay are steep-to. The towns

of Malinao, Tabaco, and Malilipot, located about 5, 8, and 10.5

miles SSE, respectively, of Tiwi Point. The churches at Tiwi,

Malinao, and Tabaco serve as good landmarks for vessels entering Tabaco Bay. There are a number of prominent warehouses and buildings at Tabaco. 

5.73 Malinao leading marks are situated at Malinao (31°24'N.,

123°42'E.). The front is a white concrete pillar, 7m high, on the

beach NE of Malinao. The rear is a wooden, framework tower

0.65 mile WSW of the front mark. Fixed red lights are shown

from these beacons, which in line 238°55', lead into Tabaco

Bay, N of the 7.3m shoal but across the S end of the 10.4m

patch mentioned above. 

5.73 Caution is therefore required when making the approach.

The leading marks have been reported difficult to see.

5.73 Bacacay, a small town, is located on the SW shore of the bay

in a position about 3.5 miles ESE of Malilipot. A reef extends

about 1 mile NE from the W side of the head of Tabaco Bay,

about 1 mile E of Bacacay. 

5.73 Buguias Islet, low and flat, lies on this reef about 0.5 mile

within its outer end. There are several islets and shoals lying

SE of this reef and near the head of the bay.

5.73 Pili Bay is a long shallow inlet extending from the SW side

of the head of the bay almost to Albay Gulf; its S end is separated from the gulf by a narrow, gravel bank about 1.8m high. 

5.73 Sula Channel, with a least depth of 1.5m, is a narrow and tortuous channel that separates Luzon from Cagraray Island and

connects the head of Tabaco Bay with Albay Gulf.

5.74 Tabaco (13°22'N., 123°44'E.) (World Port Index No.

58150) is the most important point in Lagonoy Gulf. 

5.74 The town church and several large buildings are prominent.

The port is protected by a natural breakwater formed by a sandbar which is partly covered with vegetation and trees.
140 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

5.74 Tides—Currents.—During the Northeast Monsoon (November to early March), berthing at the pier is very difficult.

Rain and wind squalls occur quite frequently during the

months of December and January. During the typhoon season

(June to November), typhoons often cause severe damage in

the Tabaco Bay area.

5.74 The tidal currents are weak and reported variable in Tabaco

Bay. It is reported by local pilots that the flood current sets N

and the ebb S off the face of the pier at Tabaco. A strong eddy

current is reported to exist in the vicinity of Baculud Point.

5.74 Depths—Limitations.—There is a concrete wharf about

300m long and 12m wide, with a depth of 9.1m alongside. A

dangerous wreck lay at the N end of the wharf. The maximum

size of vessel accepted is 300m in length and a draft of 8.5m.

Improvements to the port are planned. 

5.74 Pilotage.—Requests for pilotage, which is compulsory,

should be communicated to the Harbor Pilot Association,

Legazpi City, at least 24 hours before arrival. The pilot boarding area is established 2.25 miles NNE of San Miguel Point.

5.74 Anchorage.—There are no good anchorages in Tabaco Bay

due to the deep water. An anchorage area is established 0.9

mile ESE of the pier, in a depth of about 75m, mud. 

5.74 Directions.—Tabaco Bay should be approached with Malinao Leading Marks in line, which leads 0.3 mile NW of the

7.3m shoal in the entrance. When Tabaco Church bears 186°,

steer to pass close E of Baculud Point and then to the anchorage.

5.74 Caution.—Vessels should not enter Tabaco Bay at night, but

may leave after dark. It has been reported (1994) that the range

is obscured by trees.

5.74 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.5 mile S of Baculud Point, in

a position approximately 0.25 mile E of the pierhead. 

5.75 San Miguel Island (13°23'N., 123°48'E.) is densely

wooded. Drying reefs extend 1 mile off its NE side. 

5.75 A shoal, with a depth of 11m, lies 2 miles N of Budias Point,

the E extremity of the island.

5.75 The town of San Miguel stands on the S side of San Miguel

Island in a position about 2.75 miles SE of San Miguel Point

(13°24'N., 123°46'E.), the NW extremity of the island. The offshore end of a small landing at San Miguel is destroyed.

5.75 Cagraray Island (13°18'N., 123°52'E.), densely wooded

and 383m high, is separated from the SE side of San Miguel Island by Casolgan Pass, a narrow strait that nearly dries at LW.

There are four small islets in the pass, the one farthest S being

the largest. 

5.75 The deeply indented E side of the island is separated from

Batan Island by Cagraray Pass, a narrow strait that is blocked

by reefs. 

5.75 Mango Islet, which lies in the middle of the pass, is low and

partly covered with coconut trees.

5.75 The N shore of Cagraray Island is fringed by a reef that extends up to 1 mile offshore. A shoal, with a depth of 11m, lies

about 3.25 miles NW of Tumaras Point, the NE extremity of

the island.

5.75 Cagbulauan Island, 76m high, and Guinanayan Island, 56m

high, lie in the N end of Cagraray Pass, E of the NE side of Cagraray Island and N of the W part of the N coast of Batan Island. 

5.75 The islands are small, wooded, and surrounded by reefs that

extend about 0.5 mile offshore from their N sides.

5.76 Batan Island (13°15'N., 123°59'E.) extends about

11.25 miles E from Mancao Point, its W extremity, which is located about 2.75 miles SSW of Tumaras Point. 

5.76 Mount Viscaya, 396m high and located about 7 miles ESE of

Mancao Point, is the summit of the island. The island is heavily

wooded and is rich in coal. The N coast between Mancao Point

and Kalanaga Bay, about 7.25 miles E, is fringed by a reef extending about 1 mile offshore in places. 

5.76 Small craft, with local knowledge, can find protected anchorage SE of Guinanayan Island. The approach to this anchorage is narrow and bordered by reefs.

5.76 Gaba Bay, entered between Labcan Point, located about 4

miles E of Mancao Point, and Nanlampalay Point, about 1 mile

E, indents the coast about 1.75 miles. A light is shown from

Labcan Point. The entrance is encumbered with shoals and the

shores of the bay are fringed with reefs. 

5.76 A very narrow channel, with depths of 7 to 17m, leads between the reefs to the head of the bay. Small craft, with local

knowledge, can find protected anchorage in the middle of the

bay, in a depth of 16.5m.

5.76 Cone Island, a small, sharp islet about 61m high, stands

close off Nanlampalay Point. Mount Bilbao, densely wooded

and 288m high, is the summit of the peninsula that separates

Gaba Bay from Kalanaga Bay.

5.76 Kalanaga Bay, entered between Sharp Point, located about

1.75 miles ESE of Nanlampalay Point, and Kalanaga Point,

about 0.5 mile ENE, indents the coast about 1 mile. The shores

of the bay are fringed by drying reefs, leaving only a narrow

channel and a limited anchorage space. The bay is surrounded

by wooded hills. 

5.76 The town of Kalanaga stands on the SE shore of the bay.

There are a few huts on the low spit on the E side of the entrance. The surf breaks heavily on the W side of the entrance.

5.76 Vessels can take anchorage E of Sharp Point, in depths of 16

to 18m. The coast between Kalanaga Point and East Point,

about 4 miles ESE, is bold and steep-to. A shoal, with a depth

of 8m, lies about 1 mile ENE of East Point.

5.76 Rapu Rapu Island (13°13'N., 124°08'E.) lies with its W extremity 1.5 miles SE of the SE extremity of Batan Island. The

island is mountainous and heavily wooded. 

5.76 The NE coast is fringed by a narrow coral reef that dries, and

detached shoals lie up to 2 miles off this coast. 

5.76 Ungay Point, the E extremity of the island, is bold and prominent. A light is shown from a concrete tower, 16m high, situated on the point.

5.77 Rapu Rapu Strait (13°14'N., 124°05'E.) lies between

Batan Island and Rapu Rapu Island. The strait is 5 miles long

and 0.4 mile wide at its narrowest point. The channel is tortuous and is encumbered with numerous reefs, but there is a good

channel through it with a least depth of 6.4m. It should only be

used with local knowledge. 

5.77 Navigational aids mark some of the dangers in the strait and

can best be seen on the chart.

5.77 Drying reefs and shoals lie up to 1.5 miles off the E coast of

Batan Island. Reefs and shoals extend 0.6 mile WNW and 1.75

miles W from Acal Point, located about 4.25 miles ENE of Ba-
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 141

Pub. 162

bayon Point. The remainder of the NW coast of Rapu Rapu Island is fringed by reefs and shoals up to a distance of 0.4 mile.

5.77 Middle Reef lies on the W side of the channel in a position

about 1.5 miles SSW of East Point. The reef is awash at LW

and breaks heavily during the Northeast Monsoon. Drying

reefs and shoals lie between this reef and the coast of Batan Island to the WNW and W.

5.77 A shoal, with a least depth of 6.9m, lies on the E side of the

fairway in a position about 1.25 miles S of East Point. 

5.77 The channel between the 10m curve surrounding this shoal

and the 10m curve surrounding Middle Reef has a least width

of about 0.1 mile.

5.77 A large drying reef lies about 0.4 mile E of Middle Reef. A

shoal spit extends about 0.1 mile SW from its SW side.

5.77 A shoal, with a depth of 6m, lies about 0.4 mile S of the S

end of Middle Reef.

5.77 Derickson Reef extends about 0.5 mile NE from its S extremity, which is located about 1.25 miles ENE of Babayon

Point. The reef is partly awash and generally can be readily

identified. The channel passes close SE of the S extremity of

this reef.

5.77 A shoal, with a least depth of 2.3m, lies about 0.2 mile N of

the N extremity of Derickson Reef.

5.77 A shoal, with a depth of 7.8m, lies about 0.9 mile NE of Babayon Point. Two small shoals, with depths of 6.9m, lie close

together in a position about 0.5 mile N of the same point. 

5.77 A shoal, with a least depth of 5.1m, lies about 0.6 mile NW

of Babayon Point. The channel passes well S of these shoals.

5.77 Columbia Reef, with a least depth of 1.3m, lies about 1 mile

W of Babayon Point. Detached shoals, with depths of 4.1 to

14.6m, lie between this shoal and the coast of Batan Island to

the N.

5.77 Babayon Reef, which partly dries, lies about 0.4 mile WSW

to Babayon Point. The channel between the 10m curve surrounding this reef and the 10m curve surrounding Columbia

Reef is about 0.3 mile wide.

5.77 Two range beacons, located about 2.25 miles ENE of Babayon Point, mark the channel E of Middle Reef. These beacons in

range 185.5° lead between Middle Reef and the reefs E of it.

Ships passing through Rapu Rapu Strait from N should use this

range.

5.77 Tidal currents in Rapu Rapu Strait attain a rate of 1.5 knots.

5.77 Batan Harbor (13°14'N., 124°03'E.) lies on the SE coast of

Batan Island. The entrance to the harbor, which is easy of access, lies N of the SW entrance of Rapu Rapu Strait. 

5.77 A wooden wharf extends SE from the shore and was reported to have a depth of 3.7m alongside. The channel leading to

the wharf is marked by beacons. 

5.77 Small vessels usually anchor 0.2 mile SE of the wharf, in

depths of 15 to 18m.

5.78 Coal Harbor (13°15'N., 123°55'E.) (World Port Index No. 58160) is entered between Binalbagan Point, the SW

extremity of Batan Island, and Cagraray. 

5.78 The harbor extends about 2 miles NW, beyond which it is

blocked by reefs. 

5.78 Numerous shoals and dangers lie in the middle of the harbor,

through which there is a deep channel leading from the outer

harbor into the inner harbor. 

5.78 Liguan, a small town with an abandoned coal mine, stands

near Liguan Point about 2.75 miles NW of Binalbagan Point.

Misibis, a small town, stands on the W side of the harbor in a

position about 0.5 mile NNW of Cagraray Point.

5.78 A drying reef extends about 0.3 mile offshore from a position about 0.5 mile NW of Binalbagan Point. Detached shoals,

with depths of 0.3 to 6.9m, lie up to 0.5 mile S and 0.3 mile

SW of Tinukawan Point, which is located about 2 miles NW of

Binalbagan Point. 

5.78 Liguan Point is fringed by a drying reef that extends 0.4 mile

W and 0.5 mile S. A rock, 6.1m high, stands near the middle of

this reef. A shoal, with a depth of 4.1m, lies on the E side of the

channel in a position about 10.75 miles WSW of Liguan Point.

A lighted buoy marks the NE side of the shoal extending from

Cagraray Point. 

5.78 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage in the outer harbor, sheltered from all winds, except from SE, about 0.5 mile N

of Cagraray Point, in depths of 46 to 55m. 

5.78 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor in a small

bight, fringed by coral reefs, about 0.35 mile NW of Liguan

Point, in a depth of 33m.

5.79 Cagraray Point (13°14'N., 123°55'E.), located on the

W side of the entrance to Coal Harbor, is fringed by a reef that

extends 0.3 mile offshore. A shoal spit extends 0.25 mile E

from the reef; a least depth of 1.2m is found on the spit.

5.79 A detached reef lies awash about 0.4 mile offshore in a position 0.75 mile SW of Cagraray Point. A shoal, with a depth of

5.1m, lies 0.4 mile SSW of the same point.

5.79 Port Sula (13°14'N., 123°52'E.) lies about 2.75 miles WSW

of Coal Harbor, and is entered between Cabadea Point, and a

point about 0.3 mile to the NW. The port is about 0.25 mile

wide from the entrance to Picadero Point. 

5.79 A light is shown on Cabadea Point. The channel above Picadero Point is narrow, shoal, and unfit for navigation. 

5.79 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the unmarked

channel, in depths of 11 to 18m.

5.79 Libog (13°14'N., 123°47'E.) is a small town located in the

NW corner of Albay Gulf, about 5.5 miles W of Port Sula. The

twin spires of the town church is prominent. A drying reef extends up to 0.25 mile offshore abreast of and E of the town.

Albay Gulf

5.80 Albay Gulf (13°10'N., 124°00'E.) is entered between

Ungay Point and Bingay Point, 7 miles SSW. 

5.80 The shores of the gulf are mostly steep-to and the depths are

considerable, but there are several dangerous reefs lying up to

3 miles from the head of the gulf.

5.80 Rapu Rapu (13°11'N., 124°08'E.), a small town, is located

about 5.5 miles W of Ungay Point. There is a post office and

radio station in the town.

5.80 The S side of Rapu Rapu Island is clear of dangers, except

for a large drying reef that extends about 0.75 mile offshore in

the vicinity of the town of Rapu Rapu. This reef extends along

the coast for about 2.5 miles. On the outer edge of the reef,

abreast the W end of the town, are two rocks, about 6.1m and

9.1m high.

5.80 Small vessels can take anchorage, protected from SW winds,

in a small bay located close E of the E end of the reef. There is

a narrow channel entered from W, between the reef and the S
142 Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 

Pub. 162

side of the island, which leads to within 0.5 mile of the town.

5.80 Bugton Point (13°13'N., 124°01'E.), the S extremity of Batan Island and the SW entrance point of Rapu Rapu Strait, is

low, rounded, and backed by high hills.

5.80 A small cove, located about 2.25 miles WNW of Bugton

Point, indents the coast to a distance of about 0.75 mile. The E

shore and the head of the cove are fringed by reefs. A rock, 7m

high, stands on the W edge of the reef that fringes the E shore. 

5.80 A drying reef lies in the SW approach to the cove in a position about 3 miles WNW of Bugton Point and about 0.25 mile

offshore. 

5.80 Small vessels can take anchorage off the W side of the cove,

in a depth of 5.8m.

Mayon Volcano (13°15'N., 123°41'E.), the most prominent

landmark in this part of Luzon, is located about 5.5 miles W of

Libog. The volcano has the shape of a perfect cone, and at

times emits a considerable amount of vapor.

5.80 Mount Linguoin, a conical wooded hill, 169m high, exhibiting an obstruction light, is located 5 miles SSW of Libog.

5.81 Legazpi Port (Legaspi) (13°09'N., 123°45'E.) (World

Port Index No. 58170), the principal seaport on the E coast of

Luzon, lies at the head of Albay Gulf. It is the center of the

largest hemp-producing area of the Philippines.

5.81 Winds—Weather.—From October to May, the prevailing

winds are from the N and NE. The rest of the year is predominated by SW winds.

5.81 Depths—Limitations.—Legazpi Port is not considered to

be a safe harbor, except under the most favorable weather conditions. Berthing should be attempted only in daylight hours.

5.81 The harbor consists of a basin formed by two breakwaters.

There is a wharf, about 328m long, on the N side. It was reported that the usable length was limited to 69m, with a depth of

4m. 

5.81 It was reported that the maximum size of vessel accepted in

Legazpi Port was 120m loa with a 7.6m draft. The maximum

size of vessel accepted at Legazpi Oil Company pier is 230m

with a draft of 10m.

5.81 There are two small piers on the waterfront N of the basin.

The piers extend about 45m from the shore. Vessels moor

stern-to to these piers. These piers have been reported to be

damaged.

5.81 A conspicuous copra plant made of galvanized metal, and

well lighted, stands 2.25 miles N of the entrance to Legazpi

Port. 

5.81 There is an L-shaped pier, reported to be in poor condition at

the plant, with a berthing head of 14m and a depth of 11.9m

alongside. Dolphins are placed to form a 167m long berth. Vessels up to 230m in length and 10.6m in draft can use the berth.

5.81 It has also been reported that there is usually a heavy swell at

the berth, with January being unsafe and July and August being

the calmest. 

5.81 All grades of fuel are reported to be available by road tanker.

5.81 Aspect.—The port is distinguished by the number of houses

with metal roofs and the various small piers jutting out from

the warehouses on the waterfront. 

5.81 A light, partly obscured by trees when viewed from NE and

difficult to distinguish in the early morning light, is shown 0.5

mile N of the port. 

5.81 An obstruction light is shown from the top of a hotel in the

port but has been recently reported extinguished. A prominent

church stands on a hill, 3 miles W of Capuntucan Point.

5.81 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 100 grt or

more. The pilot boarding area is approximately 4 miles NE of

Legazpi Light. A 48-hour notice should be given, and the ETA

to be confirmed 24 hours before arrival. 

5.81 Anchorage.—An anchorage area is established 10.8 miles E

of Legazpi Light, in a depth of about 66m.

5.81 The holding ground is poor because of the irregular steep

bottom. The anchorage is open to the E and exposed to the

Northeast Monsoon, which causes a heavy swell. 

5.81 During heavy weather from the E, vessels should seek anchorage in Coal Harbor or in Port Sula.

5.81 Directions.—Lagazpi Port is usually approached by skirting

the N shore of Albay Gulf at a distance of at least 1 mile, until

the harbor bears 211°, when it should be steered for.

5.81 The anchorage may be approached directly by steering for

the light 0.5 mile N of the port, bearing 255°, which leads midway between Barao Reef and Denson Reef. 

5.81 In daylight, the prominent church at Daraga (13°09'N.,

123°43'E.), bearing 257° and just open N of the light, is a good

leading mark for this channel.

5.82 Catubeg Reef (13°11'N., 123°48'E.), with a depth of

3m, lies about 3.5 miles NE of Capuntucan Point. Three reefs,

one uncharted, with depths of between 13.2 to 21.9m, lie between 1 mile and 1.5 miles W of Catubeg Reef. Barao Reef,

with a least depth of 1.2m, lies about 0.5 mile SW of Catubeg

Reef

5.82 Denson Reef, with a least depth of 1.2m, lies about 1.25

miles S of Barao Reef. 

5.82 Poliqui Reef, with a depth of 5.1m, lies about 1.5 miles SE

of Denson Reef. Legazpi Reef, with a least depth of 4.6m, lies

about 1 mile NNW of Lubas Point.

5.83 Poliqui Bay (13°06'N., 123°48'E.) lies in the SW corner

of Albay Gulf and is entered between Lubas Point and Cauit

Point, 5 miles E. The bay indents the SW side of the gulf for about

5 miles. There are no ports of any importance in the bay.

5.83 Manito Reef (13°09'N., 123°51'E.), with a least depth of

2.7m, lies about 1 mile WNW of Cauit Point. Cauit Reefs, 0.5

mile S of Manito Reef, consists of two reefs separated by a narrow, deep channel. The N reef has a depth of 0.3m, while the S

reef has a depth of 0.9m.

5.83 The S shore of Albay Gulf, from Cauit Point to Bacon, 12

miles SE, is fringed by a narrow reef.

5.83 Bacon (13°02'N., 124°02'E.) is a small town. A prominent

hill stands 1 mile W of the town. The town church and red

roofed schoolhouse are conspicuous. A dangerous rock lies

awash N of the church and 0.2 mile offshore. 

5.83 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.75 mile offshore, with

the church bearing 181°, in depths of 22 to 28m, mud and sand. 

5.83 Small vessels can anchor on the same bearing, 0.25 mile off,

in a depth of 9.1m. These anchorages are open roadsteads and

fully exposed to the Northeast Monsoon. The holding ground

is poor where small vessels can anchor.

5.83 Sugot Bay (13°02'N., 124°05'E.), entered between Papucha

Point, 1.5 miles SW of Bacon, and Pagjuriran Point, 3 miles

NE, indents the coast for about 2.75 miles in a S direction. 

5.83 A town stands on the NE side of the bay, about 1.25 miles S
Sector 5. Luzon—East Coast 143

Pub. 162

of Pagjuriran Point. A village stands 1.25 miles S of the town. 

5.83 A mole extends 0.2 mile from the E shore, about 1.25 miles

from the head of the bay. 

5.83 Vessels can take anchorage about 1 mile N of the head of the

bay, in depths of 22 to 27m.

5.83 Bingay Point (13°04'N., 124°11'E.), the S entrance point to

Albay Gulf, is low and wooded. It is fringed by a drying reef

extending about 0.25 mile N and about 1.5 miles E. The reef is

well defined and steep-to.

5.83 Bingay Island, a rock 4.5m high, is located 0.4 mile E of

Bingay Point; the reef extends about 0.1 mile N of theislet. A

dangerous wreck lies close E of the edge of the reef 2 miles

ESE of Bingay Point.
145

Pub. 162

6. 

Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and 

Cebu—East Coast

6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

6.0SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
147

Pub. 162

SECTOR 6 

SAMAR AND LEYTE—WEST COASTS, BOHOL—NORTHEAST COAST, AND CEBU—EAST 

COAST

6.0 Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of Samar from

Cape Espiritu Santo S, to and including Leyte Gulf, Surigao

Strait, and the NE coast of Mindanao S to Cauit Point, including adjacent islands.

6.0 This sector also describes the E and S shores of the Samar

Sea and the islands in its central part, the Camotes Sea and the

islands therein, the NE coasts of Cebu and Bohol, and the W

coast of Leyte. 

General Remarks

6.1 Winds—Weather.—The climate in the area covered

by this sector is typically warm and humid.

The two main seasons are the Northeast Monsoon from October to April, and the Southwest Monsoon from May to September. April and May is the transition period from winter to

summer monsoon. 

6.1 The area N of 10°N experiences spells of settled weather

with high temperatures in April under the influence of the SE

Trades from the West Pacific.

6.1 Fog is seldom encountered along the coast; also sea fog is

rare. High temperatures prevail. Local land and sea breezes

prevent extreme high temperatures at the ports. 

6.1 The high temperature often occurs just before the onset of

the sea breeze. The low temperature is reached around dawn.

Most places endure high humidity and conditions become very

oppressive at times, especially during the evening hours.

6.1 The predominate winds are of the Northeast Monsoon,

which prevail from November to March, and the Southwest

Monsoon, which prevail from June to September.

6.1 The winds are normally light to moderate, the average velocity being about 6 to 7 knots. Due to coastal configuration and

high mountains, the wind direction on various parts of the coast

may not always conform with the prevailing monsoon.

6.1 The weather on the E coast of Samar is considerable influenced by the large amount of rainfall, most of which occurs in

November to January, during the Northeast Monsoon. 

6.1 The maximum annual rainfall is about 3,559mm, of which

about 50 per cent occurs during the winter months. 

6.1 There is no dry season. Much of the rain from April to September is with thunderstorms, which occur most often in the

late afternoon and in the early morning at sea.

6.1 The annual mean temperature in the vicinity of this coast is

about 26°C. The average monthly temperature ranges from

about 25°C in February to about 27°C in August. The relative

humidity ranges from about 80 to 88 per cent.

6.1 The cloud amount is greatest on this coast in December and

January and again in July, the latter probably because of the

general cloudiness of the typhoon season. The clearest months

are April and May.

6.1 Visibility may be reduced to less than 0.5 mile during heavy

rain, but this is usually only for a few minutes at a time. Visibility of less than 5 miles occurs about 2 or 3 days a month during the monsoon seasons because of haze or mist.

6.1 On Cebu, November, December, and January are reported to

be the most likely months for the occurrence of typhoons. They

seldom, if ever, get so far S during the Southwest Monsoon

season. They are least likely to occur in February during the

Northeast Monsoon season.

6.1 Leyte is crossed by the average paths of 25 storms during

October, December and May.

6.1 Between 8°N and 11°N, typhoons are slightly more frequent

than farther S, and about 7 per cent of more serious typhoons

which affect the archipelago are experienced.

6.1 From 11°N to 13°30'N, typhoons are frequent and destructive, this area experiences 19 per cent of all typhoons.

6.1 The mean track of typhoons moves progressively N from

February until the middle of August and then S again until January resulting in the W moving typhoons of winter and spring.

They generally strike the region S of 15°N.

6.1 From January to March, that part of the area lying N of 11°N

is almost, if not completely, immune from typhoons.

6.1 Typhoons are quite frequent and often destructive on the E

coast of Samar. About 20 typhoons occur each year; an average

of about four of them are severe. Although they may be encountered any time of year, the typhoons season is from June to

November.

6.1 The maximum typhoon activity occurs in September and

early October, and the least activity is in the months of January

through April. The typhoons dangerous to the Philippine Ilands

originate in the vicinity of the Caroline Islands.

6.1 During January, February, and March about 90 to 95 per cent

of the typhoons recurve to the NE as they approach the Philippines. In April about 75 per cent recurve, and in May about 80

per cent recurve.

6.1 In June and July about 65 per cent recurve, and in the months

of August through November about 60 per cent recurve. In December about 65 per cent of the typhoons recurve.

6.1 The typhoons which do not recurve but continue W across

the Philippine Islands do so in the latitude of about 10°N, in

December and January. In subsequent months the latitude of

their tracks increase until August, when it is unusual for them

to lie S of 18°N.

6.1 Storm and typhoon warnings are broadcast and signals are

displayed at various ports throughout the Philippine Islands.

Typhoon harbors of refuge on this coast Helm Harbor and

Pambugan Harbor.

6.1 Tides—Currents.—The North Equatorial Current approaches the Philippine Islands as a broad W flow across the

Pacific. This current is at its strongest during the Northeast

Monsoon with average velocities of about 1 knot in the latitude

of Samar.

6.1 Towards Samar, this current diverges. One branch flows

SSW with some of the waters flowing through Surigao Strait

into the Bohol Sea. Most current passes SE of Mindanao.

6.1 There are two principal flood tidal currents, coming from op-
148 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

posite directions, that are felt in the Camotes Sea and adjacent

areas off Cebu, Leyte and Bohol.

6.1 One branch of the flood current coming from the N through

the Samar Sea sets S between Cebu and Leyte into the Camotes

Sea. Flood current from Suriga Strait enters the Mindananao

Sea and sets W between Panglao Island and Siguijor Island,

then branches as it nears the coast of Cebu and Negros.

6.1 The branch that sets N passes through the channel between

Cebu and Bohol, and in a position 5 or 6 miles S of the

Camotes Islands it meets the opposite flood current coming

from the N. The meeting is reported as hardly noticeable. The

ebb current sets in the opposite directions.

6.1 The flood current from the N sets E in the passage between

Ponson Island, of the Camotes Islands group, and Calunangan

Point on Leyte, and curves around the island and sets S.

6.1 Vessels approaching Suriago Strait from the W should keep

well over toward Panaon Island to avoid being set toward Camiguin Island.

6.1 The currents in the Samar Sea are dominated by the tidal currents. The Pacific tide enters the Samar Sea from the N through

the San Bernardino Strait and flows in a general S direction into the Visayan Sea. The flood currents sets S; the ebb current

sets N.

6.1 In the passes between the islands in the N entrance of the

sea, the flood sets SSE and the ebb in the opposite direction at

a velocity of about 4 to 8 knots through the E channels. 

6.1 Between the Naranjo Islands and Masbate, the flood current

sets SE and the ebb NW at a lesser velocity. Close S of the central and E part of the N entrance of the Samar Sea, the flood

current sets SSW and the ebb NNE.

6.1 On the W side of the Samar Sea the tidal currents tend to

parallel the Masbate coast, the flood sets SW and S and the ebb

is in the opposite direction.

6.1 The tidal currents on the E side of the sea are presumed to set

similarly parallel to the coast of Samar.

6.1 Between Tagapula Island and Almagro Island, in the central

part of the sea, the flood current sets SW and the ebb NE. The

tidal currents have considerable velocity in the wide deep channels between the larger islands and the coasts of Samar and

Masbate.

6.1 In the SE part of the Samar Sea and through the SW entrance

of the sea, the S setting currents have been reported to have a

velocity of less than 0.5 knot and a little over 0.5 knot, respectively.

6.1 Observations taken midway between Malapascua Island and

the N end of Cubu indicate that the flood current sets NW and

the ebb sets SE. 

6.1 In general, the bays and straits of Leyte are free of currents,

but any exceptions are described with the related features.

6.1 Off the N coast of Bohol, strong variable currents occur in

the vicinity of Danajon Bank. Off the E coast of Bohol, the

flood current sets N and the ebb current sets S through Canigao

Channel between Bohol and Leyte. 

6.1 The island of Leyte, between Cebu and Samar, is generally

mountainous, but it contains several large and fertile valleys. It

is the eighth largest of the Philippine Islands. Several of the

mountains are the extinct craters of volcanoes and are covered

with forests. The climate is hot and humid, but healthy. 

6.1 Typhoons, although infrequent, do occur and cause great

damage. The rivers are small and shallow, and are suitable only

for small craft.

6.1 Samar is moderately high and densely wooded. It is sparsely

populated and only a small part is cultivated. 

6.1 The E coast of Samar is irregular and consists mostly of a

low shore that is closely backed by hills with mountainous terrain inland. 

6.1 Numerous bays and bights, encumbered with reefs, indent

the coast and are separated by rocky points. Leyte Gulf occupies the large indentation S of Samar. 

6.1 It has general depths of more than 37m, but there are a number of shoals and reefs in the W and NW parts. San Juanico

Strait, navigable by small vessels, connects Leyte Gulf with

Samar Sea.

6.1 The W coast of Samar is closely backed by hills and mountains, the summits of which attain a height of as much as 707m

about 4.5 miles inland, but there are low coastal plains in the

vicinity of the mouths of several rivers. 

6.1 The N part of the coast is clear and unbroken, but the central

and S parts are fringed with a number of small islands and become increasingly indented by small bays and bights. Several

large shoal water bays indent the S part of the coast. 

6.1 The Libucan Islands and the Canahauan Islands are small

groups that lie between about 3.3 and 6.3 miles off the central

part of this coast. Daram Island and Buad Island are larger islands fronting the S part of this coast.

6.1 There are a number of comparatively small detached islands

in the central part of the Samar Sea. They are all very mountainous and have summits from about 305 to over 914m high.

6.1 There are depths of about 91m to more than 183m in the W

part of the Samar Sea through which the preferred shipping

tracks pass, and of about 37 to 73m in the E part of the sea. 

6.1 The steep-to islands in the central part of the sea have depths

of more than 37m less than 0.5 mile offshore, but a few detached pinnacle rocks and shoals lie up to about 1.3 miles offshore.

6.1 Most of the coastal dangers are contained within the 20m

curve, which follows the trend of the W coast of Samar at a distance of about 0.3 mile to 3.3 miles offshore, passes close westward around Buad Island and Daram Island, and then follows

the coastal trend about 0.3 mile to a little over 1 mile off the N

coast of Leyte. 

6.1 A few detached islets and shoal patches lie outside the 20m

curve and up to about 0.5 mile off Daram Island and the smaller islands adjacent to it and Buad Island. 

6.1 Several detached islets and rocks lie up to about 1.5 miles of

the N part of W side of Biliran Island, and up to about 2.25

miles N of the NW end of that island. 

6.1 The Libucan Islands and the Canahauan Islands are steep-to

and have detached dangers up to about 0.8 mile off them, as

well as between the two groups.

6.1 Large vessels frequently pass through the Samar Sea when

bound to or from San Bernardino Strait and Cebu, Iloilo, or

other ports in the S part of the archipelago. 

6.1 Small inter-island vessels use San Juanico Strait, which separates Samar from Leyte, and connects the Samar Sea with

Leyte Gulf.

Vessels proceeding through the Samar Sea, from San Bernardino Strait to the Visayan or the Camotes Seas, usually enter by

Naranjo Pass which lies between Capul Island and the Naranjo

Islands in the N entrance of the sea. 
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 149

Pub. 162

6.1 The track passes W of Destacado Island, the S islands in the

N entrance, then trends S between the islands in the central part

of the sea and the Masbate coast, and then through the SW entrance. 

6.1 Northbound vessels frequently pass E of Destacado Island.

At night or in bad weather, vessels bound N are advised to keep

close to the Masbate coast and pass W around the Naranjo Islands.

6.1 The track through the Samar Sea for vessels using Dalupiri

Pass, the easternmost and safest pass in the N entrance, trends

SSW between Tagapula Island and Almagro Island, in the central part of the sea, and then S into the Visayan Sea.

Samar—Cape Espiritu Santo to Bunga Point

6.2 Cape Espiritu Santo (12°33'N., 125°11'E.) forms no

projection from the coast but is conspicuous because of its

height. The densely wooded mountains in the vicinity rise

abruptly from the coast and attain an elevation of 451m less

than 0.75 mile inland SW of the cape. 

6.2 About 0.5 mile NW of this latter summit is another summit,

444m high, both being prominent from NE. 

6.2 These mountains are visible for a distance of about 40 miles

and make good landmarks for approaching San Bernardino

Strait. 

6.2 The mountains back the coast to a position SW of Dapdap

Bay, and then to Sila Point, the coastal hills are about 91 to

222m high.

6.2 Palapag Mesa (12°28'N., 125°09'E.), a flat-topped ridge

about 1.5 miles long, lies about 5.5 miles SSW of Cape Espiritu Santo. This ridge, which attains a height of 375m at its SW

end and is 374m high at its NE end, is conspicuous because of

its shape rather than its height. 

6.2 Although prominent to vessels off the N coast of Samar, Palapag Mesa is concealed by higher mountains from vessels

rounding Bacan Island and proceeding SE along the coast. 

6.2 It cannot be seen again until a vessel is 2 or 3 miles SE of Sila Point.

6.2 A black conical rock, 46m high and conspicuous from seaward, lies on the edge of the coastal reefs about 4.5 miles SE of

Cape Espiritu Santo.

6.2 Manjud Point (12°28'N., 125°17'E.) is formed by a spur

that extends NE from the mountains island. The point rises perpendicularly from the sea to a height of 15.2m and then to a

167m summit less than 1 mile WSW. Some high rocks lie nearly 0.5 mile offshore about 0.5 mile NNW of the point.

6.3 Sacamalig Bay (12°27'N., 125°18'E.) is a bight that

indents the coast between Manjud Point and Sila Point, about

4.5 miles SE. Canmanai Rocks, 6.1m high, are two rocks that

lie about 0.3 mile off the NW side of the bay and about 1 mile

SSE of Manjud Point. The SW shore is a sandy beach. Anchorage can be taken, in 18m, sand, about 1 mile off the sandy

beach.

6.3 Sila Point (12°24'N., 125°20'E.), 59m high, rises abruptly

less than 0.5 mile inland to the 169m summit of the W and

highest of three pyramidal hills; the latter hills are conspicuous

from NW and SE. 

6.3 A reef, on which there are numerous rocks, and shoal water

fringe the point up to a about 0.3 mile offshore. A high rock

and several pinnacle rocks lie on the edge of the reef N of the

point.

6.4 Gamay Bay (12°20'N., 125°20'E.) indents the coast

between Sila Point and Hiuinatungan Island, about 8 miles

SSE. Although there is deep water, from about 13 to more than

37m close to the reefs fringing the shore, the bay is encumbered with many dangerous detached reefs, with depths of less

than 1.8 or 3.7m, and over which the sea does not ordinarily

break. 

6.4 The numerous small bays and bights that indent the shore of

the bay are separated by reef-fringed points. 

6.4 Although the shores of the bay are low, they are closely

backed by hills that attain heights of about 152m about 2 miles

inland; these hills are backed by higher mountains farther inland.

6.4 Higunum Rock (12°24'N., 125°21'E.), a flat rock 7.9m

high, over which the sea breaks in heavy weather, lies in the

entrance of Gamay Bay about 1.5 miles SE of Sila Point. 

6.4 Sora Cay, low and sandy, lies in the middle of the entrance of

Gamay Bay about 3.5 miles SE of Sila Point. The islet changes

shape after every gale and should be given a berth of at least 1

mile when passing E of it.

6.4 Canabayon Island (12°20'N., 125°20'E.), a low wooded islet with a sandy beach, lies on the W side of Gamay Bay about

4.5 miles S of Sila Point.

6.4 Gamay (12°23'N., 125°18'E.) is a small village that lies at

the mouth of the Gamay River, which empties into Gamay Bay. 

6.4 During the Southwest Monsoon, good anchorage can be taken, in 14.6m, mud, with the S entrance point of the river bearing 335°, distant nearly 0.75 mile. This anchorage is not safe

with a swell from eastward.

6.5 Helm Harbor (12°18'N., 125°21'E.) indents the SW

side of Gamay Bay between Barabod Point, low and covered

with mangroves, and a point about 1 mile ESE. 

6.5 Nanuntugan Reef and the shoal patches between it and the

entrance points reduce the entrance channel to a width of about

0.3 mile. 

6.5 Although not large, the harbor provides good typhoon anchorage for vessels of moderate size, in 8 to 9m, mud, about

0.5 mile SW of the E entrance point. As there are no navigational aids, strangers should enter the harbor at LW when the

reefs are visible or when it is rough enough to cause breakers.

6.5 San Ramon Bay (12°17'N., 125°23'E.) indents the S side of

Gamay Bay between Binarayan Island, about 2 miles ESE of

the entrance of Helm Harbor and Hiuinatungan Island, about

0.8 mile farther SE. 

6.5 The island is low and fringed by reefs. The narrow bay has

depths of 10.5m to over 18.3m in its central part, but it is a little

less than 0.5 mile wide between the steep-to reefs fringing the

shore. Although the main entrance is on the W side of Hiuinatungan, vessels can enter through a narrower channel that passes along the E and S sides of that island. 

6.5 A 1.2m patch lies on the S side of this latter channel S of Hiuinatungan Island. The small village of San Ramon is situated

at the head of the bay. A rock causeway is located at San Ramon.

6.5 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in the S part of San Ramon Bay, in about 9.1m, mud, about 1.3 miles SSW of Hiuina-
150 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

tungan Island. A branch of the bay extends NW from the

central part of the bay and affords safe typhoon anchorage for

small vessels, in 7 to 8m, mud, about 0.2 mile from the mangroves on the NE shore and 0.3 mile from the bushes on the

NW shore. 

6.5 Vessels should moor, using about 82.3m of chain, with the

starboard anchor N, where the first blow comes from, and the

port anchor S. Although this latter anchorage is confined, it is

considered as good as Helm Harbor and is much easier to access.

6.5 Between Hiuinatungan Island and Bunga Point, about 9.5

miles SE, the coast consists of a low mangrove shore. 

6.5 A high level-appearing wooded ridge of hills backs this part

of the coast and attains a height of 154m about 2 miles inland.

A drying reef fringes this entire section of coast. The outer

edge of the reef breaks continually.

Samar—Bunga Point to Anitaguipan Point

6.6 Most of the coast between Bunga Point and Anitaguipan Point is low and wooded. In many places the heavilywooded coastal hills, about 30 to 122m high and which gradually increase in height southward, lie within 0.5 mile inland.

They are backed by mountains that rise to elevations of more

than 610m within 10 miles inland. 

6.6 In the vicinity of Port Libas, the mountains approach the

coast to about 1.8 miles inland at the head of that bay.

6.6 The coast is fronted by a drying coral reef which extends 1.5

miles offshore at the NW end and gradually narrows to 0.75

mile at the SE end.

6.6 Bunga Point (12°10'N., 125°30'E.), a low inconspicuous

point bordered with mangroves, rises close NNW to a wooded

ridge, 15.2m high. 

6.6 A group of jagged boulders, up to 6.1m high and which are

very prominent from NW or SE, lie near the edge of the steepto coastal reef about 1 miles NE of the point. 

6.6 Apiton Island, a wooded islet, lies about 0.5 mile SE of Bunga Point. The islet is fringed by a steep-to reef, on which there

are numerous rocks, that extend up to about mile NE and about

0.3 mile SE from it. A rock, 19.2m high, lies on the edge of the

fringing reef close off the SE end of the islet.

6.6 A detached 5.9m depth, over which the sea breaks heavily in

bad weather, lies about 1.3 miles SE of Apiton Island.

6.6 Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from E winds and sea,

can be taken, in 18.3m, mud, about 0.3 mile off the steep-to

SW side of Apiton Island.

6.7 Tubabao Island (12°07'N., 125°33'E.) lies in a position about 3 miles SSE of Aption Island. The island has a small

village on its SW side. A wooded ridge, 31 to 32m high, extends the length of the island. There is good anchorage off the

W side of the island, in depths of 18 to 30m.

6.7 Other islands, all low and covered with coconut trees or

bushes, extend S for 7.75 miles to Fulin Island, the S island of

the group. These islets all lie on a reef, which is narrow at its N

end and gradually widens until it extends 1 mile E and S of Fulin Island. A light is shown about 0.3 mile NW of the N extremity of Fulin Island.

6.7 Pasig Island (11°58'N., 125°32'E.), lying about 3 miles

SSW of Fulin Island, is a detached islet located on the W side

of a partly drying reef, on which there are a number of abovewater rocks. This reef is fringed up to about 0.5 mile by shoal

water, beyond which there are depths of more than 18.3m. 

6.7 A prominent wreck lies on the NE edge of the reef. An

11.9m patch lies about 1 mile NE of Pasig Island.

6.7 Between Bunga Point and Cabra Point, about 6.5 miles S,

the coast recedes to form a bight that is much indented by small

bays and inlets and at the head of which lies Oras Bay. 

6.7 The shores are mostly low and closely backed by detached

hills, up to about 61m high, behind which are the higher coastal

hills. There are many detached below-water reefs which extend

up to 1 mile offshore.

6.8 San Policarpo Bay (12°11'N., 125°30'E.), a confined

reef-fringed cove with numerous coral heads, lies on the W

side of Bunga Point. 

6.8 The best channel into this cove is on the W side of some

reefs that lie up to about 0.5 mile SSW of Bunga Point. 

6.8 Anchorage can be obtained in the middle of the bay, in a

depth of 9m, with Bunga Point in line with the N extremity of

Apiton Island bearing 104°.

6.8 Several other small bays lie between San Policarpo Bay and

Ludo Point, a low point about 2.5 miles SW. 

6.8 Although there is deep water close in to the reef-fringed

shore, these latter bays are fronted by a number of shoal patches, with depths of about 0.6 to 4.5m, that lie up to about 1.3

miles offshore.

6.8 Oras Bay (12°07'N., 125°27'E.) indents the coast between

Ludo Point and Bankari Point, about 2 miles S. 

6.8 Both of the entrance points are fringed with reefs that extend

up to about 0.8 mile offshore.

6.8 The small town of Oras is situated on the N bank of the

mouth of the Oras River, which empties into the NW end of

Oras Bay. The channel at the river mouth is constantly shifting

and suitable only for small craft. There is small pier and a

warehouse at the town.

6.9 Between Cabra Point (12°04'N., 125°31'E.), prominent and steep-to, and Paninihian Point, about 16 miles SSW,

the coast forms a bight that recedes about 4 miles W.

6.9 The Dolores River (12°02'N., 125°29'E.) empties into the

sea about 2.3 miles SW of Cabra Point. A channel over the bar,

at the river mouth, has a least depth of about 2.1m at HW. The

town of Dolores, from which a moderate amount of lumber is

exported, is situated on the N bank just inside the river entrance.

6.9 Vessels can obtain anchorage NE of the river mouth, in a

depth of about 9m, mud and sand.

6.9 The Ulut River (12°00'N., 125°27'E.) empties into the sea

about 3 miles SW of the Dolores River. Only small boats can

cross the shallow bar at the entrance.

6.9 From a position about 1.5 miles SSW of the Ulut River, the

coast trends about 6 miles S to Pindilin Point. The low and

mostly-wooded coast is backed less than 0.5 mile inland by

hills, about 33 to 68m high.

6.9 Taft (11°54'N., 125°25'E.) is a small town situated on the S

side of the mouth of the Tubig River, which empties into the

sea about 5.75 miles SSW of the Ulut River. 

6.9 The bar at the river mouth has a depth of 1.8m at LW. Tugasan Point is the low N entrance point of the river mouth. A
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 151

Pub. 162

reef extends 0.5 mile ESE from the point.

6.9 Anchorage.—The usual anchorage for Taft is nearly 1 mile

E of Tugasan Point, in 18.3m, mud, with the town bearing 270°

and Pindilin Point bearing 181°. This anchorage is frequently

untenable during the Northeast Monsoon.

6.9 Pindilin Point (11°52'N., 125°27'E.) is a low point fringed

by a reef that extends about 0.5 mile NE. The coast in this vicinity consists mostly of a sandy beach backed by coconut

trees. 

6.9 Between Pindilin Point and Taig Point, about 3.3 miles SSE,

the coast is fronted by several islands. The channels between

the islands and also between them and the mainland are so encumbered with reefs and shoals that they are suitable only for

boats.

6.9 Makate Island is a wooded islet that lies about 1.5 miles

ENE of Pindilin Point. A dangerous 5.8m pinnacle, which

breaks heavily in bad weather, lies about 1.3 miles NE of the

islet.

6.9 Catalaban Island, the largest of these islands, lies about 0.8

mile S of Makate Island. The E and W ends of the island are

about 30m high and are separated by a low isthmus. Macalayo

Island, 26m high, and Anajao Island, low and wooded, are two

islets that lie about 0.3 mile N and 0.5 mile S, respectively, of

the W end of Catalaban Island.

6.10 Sulat Bay (11°50'N., 125°28'E.), open to E, lies between Catalaban Island and Taig Point, 2 miles S. 

6.10 A 0.9m dangerous patch lies about 0.8 mile SE of Anajao Island, close to the reef off Taig Point. 

6.10 Taig Point is conspicuous because of a drying reef that extends about 1.3 miles NE. There are four rocky islets, up to

9.4m high, on this reef. The town of Sulat, at which there is a

post and telegraph office, is situated at the mouth of the Sulat

River on the W side of Taig Point. 

6.10 The ruins of a church, within which there is a nipa edifice,

are conspicuous at the town.

6.10 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in Sulat Bay, in 9m, mud,

about 0.8 miles N of Taig Point, with the ruined church at Salat

bearing 195°; inside this position depths shoal rather abruptly.

When a heavy sea sets in during the Northeast Monsoon, this

anchorage is untenable and better anchorage can be taken in

the N part of the bay.

6.10 Caution.—Care should be exercised when entering Sulat

Bay to avoid the above-described dangerous 0.9m patch.

6.11 Paninihian Point (11°48'N., 125°28'E.), lying about

1.5 miles SE of Taig Point, is the E extremity of the broad projection of the coast that separates Sibut Bay from Port Libas.

The reef extending from Taig Point continues S and fringes Paninihian Point and Cannomanda Point (11°46'N., 125°28'E.),

the N entrance point of Port Libas, where it extends 0.3 mile

offshore. It has many large boulders on it and is steep-to.

6.11 Port Libas (11°46'N., 125°26'E.) indents the coast between

Cannomanda Point, about 1.5 miles SSW of Paninihian Point,

and Najibil Point, nearly 1 mile farther S. Both points are low,

and fringed by steep-to reefs and foul ground. 

6.11 The low shores of the bay are much indented by shallow low

reef-fringed coves that are separated by points, fringed with

drying reefs. Hills, about 67 to 111m high, closely back the

shores, and there are higher hills and mountains, over 305m

high, within about 2 miles W of the head of the bay.

6.11 Magnana Point (11°46'N., 125°26'E.), on the SW side of

the bay, is conspicuous because of two, steep conical hills, of

which Mount Magnagua, the higher and eastern hill, rises to a

summit about 0.5 mile SW of the point. Tubigan Point is on the

N shore of the bay about 0.5 mile NNE of Magnana Point.

6.11 A pier, serviced by an aerial tramway having numerous oneton buckets, is located at Port Libas. Ore can be delivered to the

pier at a rate of 65 tons per hour.

6.11 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1m, mud, about

0.5 mile E of Tubigan Point. In good weather, with a smooth

sea, small vessels can go farther into the bay and anchor, in

4.6m, sand, between Tubigan and Magnana Points.

6.11 Directions.—When entering Port Libas from a position 1

mile offshore, steer with Mount Magnague in line with the depression between the horns of a saddle-topped mountain in the

interior, bearing 250°, which leads midway between the reef

extending S from Cannomanda Point and the foul ground on

the S side of the entrance. 

6.11 When San Julian begins to open W of Palan Point, steer for

Tubigan Point, which leads to the anchorage.

6.11 Between Najibil Point and Anitaguipan Point, about 5.5

miles ESE, the low coast is backed about 2 miles inland by

hills, 116 to 128m high

Samar—Anitaguipan Point to Sungi Point

6.12 Anitaguipan Point (11°40'N., 125°30'E.) is a wellwooded rocky headland that somewhat overhangs the sea. 

6.12 Capinas Point, 0.75 miles further SW, has a reef extending

0.4 mile SE from it.

6.12 Napla Bay (11°39'N., 125°28'E.) indents the coast between

Capinas Point and Andis Island, about 1 mile S. 

6.12 Numerous small shallow coves indent the bay, and there are

several villages on its shores.

6.12 Anchorage.—Good anchorage can be taken in the middle

part of the bay, in about 11.4m, mud, except when heavy seas

often set in during the Northeast Monsoon.

6.12 Amogotada Point (11°39'N., 125°29'E.), lying 1 mile S of

Capinas Point, is a rocky headland at the NE end of the island.

A detached 4.6m patch, over which the sea breaks in heavy

weather, lies about 0.3 mile S of the S end of the island. The

low SW side of the island is fringed by a narrow drying reef

that is steep-to.

6.13 Port Borongan (11°36'N., 125°26'E.) (World Port Index No. 58640) occupies a bay that indents the coast between

Andis Island and Divinubo Island, about 1.8 miles SSE. A coral reef extends 0.2 mile from the E side of Andis Island. The

town of Borongan is situated at the head of the port. 

6.13 A few hills, up to 93m high, closely back the low and wooded shores of the NW and S sides of the bay, and higher hills lie

about 1 mile or 2 miles inland from the head of the bay. Although open to eastward, from which direction swells set in

during the Northeast Monsoon, the bay affords shelter in the

lee of Andis Island.

6.14 Divinubo Island (11°36'N., 125°30'E.), which is

about 27m high, marked by a light and appears flat, lies on the

S side of the entrance of Port Borongan. 

6.14 Candamat Reef (11°36'N., 125°26'E.), which dries at LW,
152 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

extends about 0.5 mile ENE from a point that projects E from

the head of the bay westward of Divinubo Island. The reef was

reported to have extended about 0.1 mile farther NE than charted.

6.14 Tides—Currents.—The tides at Port Borongan are predominantly semidiurnal. The mean range of the tide is 1.2m, and

the diurnal range is 1.5m. The lowest LW falls as much as 0.4m

below chart datum of MLW.

6.14 Depths—imitations.—The head of Port Borongan consists

of a sandy beach that extends about 1 mile N and about the

same distance SSE from the point from which Candamat Reef

extends. 

6.14 The town of Borongan is obscured by coconut trees, but its

location is indicated by the breakwater and pier on the N side

of the point. 

6.14 A 183m long breakwater, reported partially in ruins, extends

NW from the root of Candamat Reef. 

6.14 A pier, about 73m long and 12m wide, extends NNW from

the head of the breakwater. Depths of 4.9 to 5.5m alongside

and 11m off the head were reported. Reefs lie along the outer

face of the breakwater and on both sides of the inner part of the

pier.

6.14 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in about 16.5m,

mud, about 0.5 mile SSW of a small reef, which breaks. 

6.14 The anchor can be dropped when the reef bears 025° and a

wooded islet bears 300°. The islet is located close to the NW

shore, about 0.8 mile N of Candamat Reef. 

6.14 This anchorage is untenable during the Northeast Monsoon.

Anchorage can be taken closer in to the breakwate, in about

11.4 to 12.8m, mud, about halfway between the above wooded

islet and Candamat Reef. This latter anchorage can be used

only in good weather when there is not too much swell.

6.14 During the Northeast Monsoon, the best anchorage is in the

N part of Port Borongan about 0.3 mile offshore and SSW of

the NW end of Andis Island, in 18.3 to 21.9m, mud, with Anitaguipan Point just open of the latter extremity of the island. 

6.14 This anchorage does not afford protection during typhoons

because of heavy seas that make in around the S end of Andis

Island.

6.14 Caution.—A 4.6m shoal in which the sea breaks in heavy

weather lies 0.2 mile SW of the S point of Andis Island. A

steep-to rocky shoal, awash, lies 1.25 miles WSW of the same

point. Breakers mark the point when the sea is calm.

6.15 Lalawigan Point (11°35'N., 125°29'E.), located close

W of Divinubo Island, the coast trends about 5.75 miles SSE to

the Maydolong Islands and consists of a steep-to sandy beach,

which becomes rocky and closely fringed with reefs toward the

latter islands. 

6.15 The Soribao River, which has a depth of about 0.6m at its

mouth, empties into the sea about 2.8 miles S of Lalawigan Point.

6.15 The Maydolong Islands (Maiduun Islands) (11°30'N.,

125°31'E.), two wooded islets, lie a about 0.3 mile offshore.

They are located on a drying reef that extends about 0.8 mile

NE from the mainland. 

6.15 The E edge and N end of the reef lie about 0.3 mile ENE and

about 0.5 mile N of the islets, but a narrow submerged part of

the reef extends about 0.5 mile farther N. This dangerous reef

is steep-to and should be given a wide berth.

6.15 Maydolong Cove recedes about 0.8 miles S between the

above reef and the coast W. There are depths of about 11 to

21.9m in the cove, but some detached reefs lie on the E side of

its central part. Small vessels can take fair but confined anchorage in Maydolong Cove.

6.15 Minasangan Island (11°29'N., 125°31'E.), about 2 miles S

of the Maydolong Islands, is an islet located on a steep-to reef

that extends about 0.8 mile from the coast and over the E end

of which the sea usually breaks heavily.

6.15 Cabay Bay (11°28'N., 125°31'E.), a narrow inlet with the

village of Cabay at its head, indents the coast about 2 miles SW

between Minasangan Island and a point about 1.3 miles S. 

6.15 Hills up to 139m high rise abruptly from the shore at the

head of the bay, and somewhat lower hills lie close S of the S

entrance point. Several shoals, with depths of 3 to 5m, lie within 0.3 mile of the S shore. 

6.15 A somewhat confined anchorage, exposed to the NE, can be

taken in Cabay Bay.

6.15 Minanut Island (11°26'N., 125°33'E.), the NE side of which

consists of cliffs about 30m high, is an islet that lies about 2.5

miles SE of Minasangan Island and about 0.3 mile E of Sang

Miguel Point, a low point. It is fringed within 0.25 mile by a

steep-to reef, which is separated from San Miguel Point by a

deep but very narrow channel.

6.16 Minanut Anchorage (11°26'N., 125°33'E.) has

depths of about 16.5 to 20.1m in its central part, but the shores

are fringed up to about 0.2 mile off by steep-to reefs and several detached patches. It affords protection from NE, but is not

recommended during the typhoon season nor when the Northeast Monsoon is strong. 

6.16 During a heavy NE sea, while the cove is absolutely smooth,

breakers on the reefs at the N entrance fill it with foam and

send in a strong current, which quickly reverses itself with the

receding waters. 

6.16 These currents make a vessel swing sharply and cause sudden heavy strains on the anchor. Anchorage can be taken about

0.2 mile WSW of the SW end of Minanut Island, in 16 to 18m,

mud, with the SE end of the island bearing 086° and San

Miguel Point bearing 350°. 

6.16 Vessels entering the anchorage should approach from E and

pass about 0.3 mile S of Minanut Island, being careful to avoid

the reefs on either side. As soon as San Miguel Point opens W

of Minanut Island, change course to the NW and steer for the

anchorage. The N entrance is not recommended.

6.16 On the SW side of Minanut Anchorage and just SE of a

rocky bluff, there is a good boat landing in a break in the reef;

there is a deep cave on the NW side of the bluff.

6.16 The Lanang River (11°25'N., 125°33'E.), the mouth of

which is shallow, empties into the sea about 1 mile SW of the

SE end of Minanut Island. 

6.16 The E entrance point is low, wooded, and fringed up to about

0.2 mile offshore by a steep-to reef. A sandy beach lies between the low W entrance point of the river and a rocky point

about 1 mile SSE. The latter point extends about 0.5 mile NE

from the coast and is closely fringed by a steep-to reef, on

which there are several islets.

6.16 Llorente (11°25'N., 125°33'E.) is a village on the S side of

the mouth of the Lanang River. The ruins of a church, several

buildings, and a tall flagpole are visible from seaward, the latter being the most conspicuous. Coastal vessels call here to
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 153

Pub. 162

load hemp and copra.

6.16 Anchorage can be taken, in 18m, sand, about 1 mile E of the

mouth of the river, and small vessels can anchor closer in to the

town, in about 12.8m, sand. These anchorages are open to the

E, and at times they are untenable during the Northeast Monsoon.

6.16 Iniyao Island (11°24'N., 125°34'E.) is a rocky islet that lies

about 0.3 mile offshore in a position about 1.8 miles SE of Minanut Island. It appears like many of the high rocky points and

is situated on the N end of a drying reef that extends N from the

coast.

6.16 From Iniyao Island to Tugnug Point, about 4.3 miles SE, the

coast is indented by several small bights and consists of rocky

cliffs, 12 to 27m high. 

6.16 Heavily-wooded hills, about 91 to 152m high, back this

coast a short distance inland. Reefs extend up to 0.25 mile offshore.

6.17 Tugnug Point (11°21'N., 125°38'E.), high and cliffy,

has a very small cove on its S side. The point is in the middle of

the E side of a bluff headland that rises to a height of about

61m a short distance inland, and is prominent from N and S.

Sheer cliffs, 8 to 15m high, continue for about 1 mile S to

Agdan Point, the SE end of the headland.

6.17 Agdan Point (11°20'N., 125°38'E.), a bluff headland, rises

to an elevation of 60m to the tops of the trees a short distance

from the cliffs. The point is prominent from N or S.

6.17 Nagaha Bay (11°20'N., 125°38'E.), the low shores of which

are fringed up to about 0.3 mile offshore by steep-to reefs and

shoal water, is a small bight between the SW side of Agdan

Point and Panadlihan Point. 

6.17 During fine weather, anchorage can be taken in the middle of

the bay, in 29m about 0.3 mile SW of Agdan Point.

6.17 Panadlihan Point, 15.2m high and cliffy, lies about 0.5 mile

SW of Agdan Point. It is steep-to and has depths of more than

36.6m within about 0.3 mile SE. 

6.17 The low coast between Panadlihan Point and Bura Point,

about 1.5 miles SSW, is fringed up to about 0.5 mile offshore

by a steep-to reef; depths of more than 37m lie close off the

reef.

6.17 Bura Point (11°18'N., 125°37'E.) is low and wooded. It terminates in a line of black rocks, 6 to 9m high, and is prominent. Beyond these rocks the point is steep-to and has depths of

more than 37m about 0.3 mile SE, but a reef extends up to

about 0.5 mile from the coast immediately SW of the point.

This latter reef fringes the coast to a position about 1.3 miles

WSW of Bura Point. 

6.17 The low coast in the vicinity of Bura Point is backed about

0.5 mile inland by hills, 68 to 121m high. A wooded ridge of

hills, 281 to 288m high, backs the coast about 1.5 miles inland

between a position NW of Bura Point and the hills on the NW

side of Matarinao Bay.

6.18 Matarinao Bay (11°14'N., 125°34'E.) occupies a

bight that indents the coast between Bura Point and Matarinao

Point, about 4.3 miles SSW. Although much of the bay is encumbered with dangerous reefs, it is the largest and most easily

accessible of any on the E coast of Samar.

6.18 Matarinao Point (11°14'N., 125°35'E.), with the village of

Matarinao on its N side, forms the S entrance point of Matarinao Bay. It is the NW end of a peninsula that extends about 2.5

miles NW from the mainland and is conspicuous as the N termination of the bold wooded ridge, about 122m high. 

6.18 The ridge extends almost the entire length of the peninsula

from Matarinao Point to Sungi Point, being broken in several

places by steep gaps. Its general appearance is one of uniform

height and a vertical seaward side that is over 91m high and

parts of which are bare. 

6.18 The ridge is only about 0.1 to 0.2 mile wide. The coast consists of sandy beaches and coral bluffs. 

6.18 A low narrow wooded belt, less than 0.75 mile wide, lies between them and the ridge.

6.18 There are numerous above and below-water dangers in Matarinao Bay, and the entrance is a little less than 0.5 mile wide

between the reefs on both sides. Most of the reefs on each side

of the entrance partly dry and are marked by breakers.

6.18 Lalauigan Island (11°17'N., 125°34'E.), 81m high, lies on

the N part of a reef about 2.5 miles SW of Bura Point and can

be seen over the latter from a position off Panadlihan Point.

Capocpocanan Island, low and wooded, lies about 0.5 mile SW

of Lalauigan Island. 

6.18 Anahao Island is a low and wooded island that lies close SW

of Capocpocanan Island. From the entrance channel this island

appears like a low point.

6.18 A detached steep-to 7.3m patch lies in the middle of the entrance channel a little less than 0.5 mile SE of Anahao Island.

An obstruction, with a depth of 12.8m, is located about 1.8

miles N of Matarinao Point.

6.18 Pou Rock is a small black rock that lies about 0.8 mile

WNW of Matarinao Point. It is located on a small sand cay at

the SE end of a reef, which has depths of more than 11m, less

than 0.5 mile off its W and S sides.

6.18 Minaloa Island is a round-topped islet that lies almost 1.5

miles W of Matarinao Point. It is the highest island on the S

side of the entrance channel. Minadion Island, a low and wooded islet, lies on a steep-to reef about 0.8 mile WSW of Minaloa

Island.

6.18 Most of the W shore of Matarinao Bay is very low and

wooded, but hills, 166 to 266m high, lie from about 0.8 mile to

1.5 miles inland.

6.19 Pambuhan Harbor (11°14'N., 125°32'E.) lies between the S end of Anahao Island and a partly-drying reef

about 0.5 mile SW on the W side of Matarinao Bay. 

6.19 This reef extends about 0.3 mile SE from a small wooded island that lies close to the W shore of the bay. 

6.19 There are depths of more than 11m within about 0.1 mile E

of this reef and within less than 0.25 mile off its NE end. 

6.19 An ore-loading pier, in ruins, extends more than 0.25 mile E

across the N part of the above reef. There are depths of about

10 to 15m in the central part of the harbor, which lies between

the pier head and the S end of Anahao Island. 

6.19 North of the pier shoal water lies up to over 0.3 mile offshore, and most of the N part of the harbor is very shallow.

6.19 The entrance channel into Matarinao Bay trends WSW between the entrance reefs to Pambuhan Harbor and leads almost

directly to the pier. The preferred channel passes between the S

end of Anahao Island and the 7.3m patch that lies about 0.5

mile SE. The pier at Pambuhan Harbor and the higher islands

on each side of the entrance are conspicuous from outside the
154 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

bay. 

6.19 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor off the pier in Pambuhan Harbor, in 11 to 12.8m, mud, about 0.5 mile SW of the S

end of Anahao Island. Smaller vessels can anchor farther N, in

not less than 9.1m, mud, because the reefs are very steep-to. 

6.19 These anchorages are untenable at times during the Northeast Monsoon, when sheltered anchorage may be found in the

S part of Matarinao Bay.

6.20 General MacArthur (Pambuhan Sur) (11°15'N.,

125°32'E.), the most important of several small towns on Matarinao Bay, is situated on the W side of Pambuhan Harbor, W

of the S end of Anahao Island. 

6.20 There are several small landings at the town from which copra is taken by barge to vessels loading at the anchorage.

6.20 Between Matarinao Point and Sungi Point, about 25 miles

SE, the coast consists of sandy beaches separated by coral

cliffs, about 6m or more in height. The most prominent feature

of this coast is a partly-wooded coral ridge.

6.20 Asgad Point (11°12'N., 125°40'E.) is a bluff that lies about 5

miles ESE of Matarinao Point. The cliffs from close NW of

Asgad Point to 1 mile SE of Pananamitan Point, a total distance of 3.25 miles, are vertical, mostly bare, and very prominent.

6.20 Bagtong Point (11°05'N., 125°44'E.), 5 miles SE of Pananamitan Point, is a 6 to 9m high bluff. It is not easily distinguished from seaward, but a steep bluff that rises abruptly to a

height of 124m close behind the point is one of the most conspicuous parts of the ridge. The coast from Bagtog Point to

abreast Luyong Point, 2 miles SE, is one vertical wall of coral

with a few bushes.

6.20 Three islands, Calicoan, Leleboon, and Candolu, lie on a reef

extending about 8 miles SE from the above described peninsula. The bold wooded ridge on the peninsula, also extends down

the chain of islands. The ridge is broken by several steep gaps,

but the general impression is of one continuous ridge.

6.21 Calicoan Pass (11°02'N., 125°46'E.), the passage between the peninsula and the NW extremity of Calicoan Island,

as well as the passages between the islands, are narrow, shallow, and dry in places.

6.21 Calicoan Island (11°00'N., 125°47'E.) has a ridge of hills

extending down it from 75 to 105m high. The bluff facing Calicoan Pass is nearly vertical, but changes into moderate slopes

further SE. 

6.21 For a distance of about 3.5 miles SE of the N extremity of

the island the coast consists of coral rock, 6.1m high. 

6.21 There are several villages on the W coast of Calicoan Island.

6.21 Leleboon Island (10°56'N., 125°50'E.) is 61m high. Candolu Island, close S of Leleboon Island, is 57m high and wooded.

6.21 Sungi Point (10°55'N., 125°50'E.), the S extremity of Candolu Island, is 46m high, and has a reef extending 0.5 mile

from its E side. Patches of reef lie within the same distance S

and W of the point. Two shoals, with a depth of 4m, lie 1 mile

SSE and 0.75 mile SSW of the same point. 

6.21 A 4.9m shoal and a 5.5m shoal lie 0.9 mile SE and 0.75 mile

S, respectively, of the same point. 

6.21 A bank, with a depth of 12.8m, lies 2.75 miles SW of Sungi

Point.

Leyte Gulf and Surigao Strait

6.22 Winds—Weather.—The climate in this area tends to

be hot and humid. Except for the W side of Dinagat, the S end

of Samar, and the N extremity of the E side of Leyte, which are

somewhat protected from the NE, the coasts described herein

are exposed to the Northeast Monsoon and the trade winds. 

6.22 Although parts of these coasts are lee shores during the

Southwest Monsoon, they are subject to the effects of the monsoon. There is considerable rainfall and practically no dry season. In general, there is no bad weather in this part of the

Philippines unless a typhoon should occur.

6.22 The predominant winds are the Northeast Monsoon, which

prevails from October to March or April, and the Southwest

Monsoon, which prevails from June to September. 

6.22 The Northeast Monsoon deposits a large amount of rain on

these coasts and brings the coolest temperatures. Near the coast

the Northeast Monsoon may be variable, particularly where the

land is mountainous, and land and sea breezes may develop

when the monsoon is weak. 

6.22 Typhoons frequently develop during the season of the Northeast Monsoon. The Southwest Monsoon, which is not as strong

as the Northeast Monsoon, is intermittent due to frequent

storms. 

6.22 During the Southwest Monsoon the winds near the coast are

variable, and land and sea breezes may be better developed

than during the Northeast Monsoon. Sometimes the land

breeze may be very squally along mountainous parts of the

coast.

6.22 The winds on various parts of the coast may not always conform with the prevailing monsoon. At Surigao the winds seem

to conform with the monsoon and prevail from the NE from

November through May, and from the SW from June through

October. 

6.22 At Tacloban, the winds prevail from the NW from October

through March, from the SE in April and May, from the NW in

June, and from the W from July through September. 

6.22 At Guiuan, easterly winds are most frequent, and winds from

N and NE occur about twice as often as those from S or SW.

During the Northeast Monsoon E winds prevail more than 80

per cent of the days. Even at the height of the Southwest Monsoon, SW winds at Guiuan are not as frequent as E winds during the Northeast Monsoon.

6.22 At the mouth of Surigao Strait, the Northeast Monsoon begins toward the end of September and continues through November. In December, NE winds alternate with N gales. In

January winds blow from NE to ENE and are accompanied by

heavy rain. In February and March easterly winds prevail. In

April through June SW winds prevail with occasional southerly

gales. During July through September SW winds are frequent.

6.22 Winds from the NE, though strong, cease during the night,

but winds from SE through SW continue to blow. It usually

rains with NNE and ENE winds. The rain ceases and the

weather clears with E winds and more so with SE winds. It remains clear with SW winds unless a gale arises, which sometimes brings rain.

6.22 Typhoons do not occur as often in this area as they do farther
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 155

Pub. 162

N and about 7 per cent of the more serious typhoons affecting

the Philippine Islands are experienced in this part of the archipelago. 

6.22 Although they may be encountered at any time of the year,

the season when typhoons usually occur is from the end of July

to the beginning of January. They begin to blow from the NW

and finish from the SE, having passed through NE or SW.

When they haul through NE they blow stronger and more rain

falls.

6.22 During January, the typhoons which do not recurve move

from E to W across the Philippine Islands in the latitude of

about 10°N. In subsequent months the latitude of the mean

track of the typhoons that cross the islands increases to about

18°N in August, and hence it moves S again to the above minimum.

6.22 During the months of least typhoon activity, January through

May, Surigao Strait and Leyte Gulf are either in or on the S

edge of the mean track of the few typhoons that occur. 

6.22 During the months of July, August, and September this area

is almost completely free of typhoons, the mean tracks of

which lie well to the N. In October, November, and December

typhoons occur most frequently in this area, particularly during

the latter two months. 

6.22 Although the N end of Mindanao lies S of the main area of

typhoon activity, Surigao has experienced several typhoons at

rather long intervals.

6.22 Storm and typhoon warnings are broadcast and signals are

displayed at various ports throughout the Philippine Islands.

6.22 The weather in the vicinity of Surigao Strait and Leyte Gulf

is considerably influenced by the large amount of rainfall, most

of which occurs during the Northeast Monsoon. 

6.22 Storms during the Southwest Monsoon sometimes pass

across the islands and bring considerable rain to these coasts. 

6.22 There is no dry season. Much of the rain from April to September is with thunderstorms, which occur most often in the

afternoon or at night. The maximum amount of rainfall is about

3,559mm at Surigao, about 2,542mm at Tacloban, and about

3,432mm at Guiuan. 

6.22 More than 50 per cent of the annual rainfall occurs during

the winter months. At Surigao, about 2,619mm falls between

November and March, but only about 80mm between May and

September.

6.22 Fog is rare, but it may sometimes develop on the coast during the latter part of the night when there is little or no wind.

Such fog quickly disperses after sunrise. Early morning mist is

not uncommon over the land during fine weather.

6.22 Visibility is generally good. It may be reduced to less than

0.5 mile during heavy rain, but this usually lasts only for a few

minutes at a time. Moderate visibility may be experienced because of haze or mist that occurs during the Northeast Monsoon or along coasts exposed to the Southwest Monsoon when

the latter prevails.

Tides—Currents.—The North Equatorial Current divides E

of the Philippine Islands, and the S branch tends to set S across

the E entrance of Surigao Strait and along the E side of Mindanao. Because of the seasonal shifting N and S of the North

Equatorial Current and the fact that the dividing position lies E

of Samar, the currents E of Sungi Point and the E entrance of

Surigao Strait may set contrary to the above. Comparatively

few observations have been made in this vicinity, but the following may be experienced.

1. During January and February in the above vicinity,

the current tends to set SSW at a velocity of about 1 knot,

however in January a WNW set of about 1.3 knots has been

experienced off the entrance of Surigao Strait. 

2. In March, April, and May the current sets SW and

SSW at a velocity of less than 0.5 knot to almost 1 knot. 

3. From June through August the current sets WSW and

SW at a velocity of about 0.5 to 1 knot, but E of Sungi Point

a current setting NW at about 1 knot was experienced in July.

In September, the current tends to set between SW and SSE

at a velocity of less than about 0.5 knot. 

4. In October, November, and December the current at

the E entrance of Surigao Strait tends to set between WSW

and SW at a velocity of about 0.5 knot. In the S part of Leyte

Gulf and the central part of Surigao Strait during these latter

three months, the current sets SW, SSW, and S, respectively,

at a velocity of about 1 knot.

6.22 The Pacific side enters the Mindanao Sea from E through

Surigao Strait. The tidal current sets W into the E entrance of

Surigao Strait and Leyte Gulf on the rising tide and E on the

falling tide. It attains a velocity of about 6 knots between the N

end of Dinagat Island and Homonhon Island. In that part of

Surigao Strait that lies between Dinagat Island and Leyte, the

flood current sets S, and the ebb sets N. 

6.22 In the S entrance of the strait the flood current sets SSW into

the Mindanao Sea, and the ebb sets in the opposite direction.

Between Hibuson Island and the N end of Dinagat Island the

flood current sets SSW, and the ebb sets NNE.

6.22 In the W end of Hinatuan Passage between Bilaa Point and

the islands at the S end of Dinagat Island, the flood current sets

NW into Surigao Strait, and the ebb sets SE.

6.22 Tidal currents of a local nature are described in the parts of

this sector where their related coastal features appear. 

6.22 Caution.—A large area of sand waves exists NE of Desolation Point, extending from the meridian of 125°45'E to about

the 200m curve.

Samar—Sungi Point to San Pedro Bay

6.23 Guiuan (11°02'N., 125°43'E.) (World Port Index No.

58655) harbor occupies an area of deep water within the reefs

between Manicani Island and the coast ENE. The town of

Guiuan is situated on the coast about 4.5 miles ENE of Manicani Island.

6.23 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor at Guiuan consists of a

roadstead that lies within and is somewhat confined by many

dangerous steep-to reefs. It is sheltered except that the reefs

southward protect it only from the sea and leave it exposed to

winds from between SSE through SW.

6.23 The main entrance channel, about 0.5 mile wide and 11 to

29m deep between the steep-to reefs and shoals on either side,

trends about 5.5 miles NE from a position about 1 mile S of

Manicani Island to the middle of the harbor anchorage area,

about 1.3 miles SW of Guiuan. 

6.23 A beacon is located about 1 mile SE of Inatoulan Island and

marks the NW edge of a drying reef. This beacon, in range

048° with the church at Guiuan, leads through the entrance

channel to the harbor anchorage.

6.23 A buoy marks a 7.8m patch that lies on the S side of the en-
156 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

trance of the channel in a position about 1.5 miles SE of the S

end of Manicani Island. A reef, marked by pile beacons, lies

awash on the S side of the channel about 1 mile SE of the SE

extremity of Manicani Island. 

6.23 Most of the other steep-to dangers on each side of the entrance channel are marked by pile beacons, but there are a few

6 to 9m patches close off them. 

6.23 Vessels are advised to adhere to the entrance range, except at

a position about 1 mile S of Inatoulan Island, where it leads

over a depth of 7.8m. This patch can be avoided by keeping

slightly S of the entrance range line in that vicinity. 

6.23 A beacon marks the SE edge of a drying reef. The beacon is

located about 2 miles WSW of the head of the pier at Guiuan.

A lighted buoy is moored on a 12.8 patch about 0.5 mile S of

the beacon.

6.23 The channel to Buenavista (11°00'N., 125°39'E.), located on

the N side of Manicani Island, is entered through the outer part

of the entrance channel to Guiuan. 

6.23 From a position about 1.5 miles SE of the NE end of Manicani Island and well clear of a number of detached 4 to 6m

patches that lie up to about 0.8 mile E of that island, the channel trends NNE. 

6.23 At a position about 0.8 mile E of the wharf at the NE end of

Manicani Island, a channel, with a least charted depth of

10.5m, trends W to the wharf. Several shoal patches and reefs

lie close N of the latter channel.

6.23 A channel, with charted depths of about 8 to 20m, leads

about 5.3 miles in an ESE direction from close N of Bar Islet

on the S side of the harbor anchorage, to a confined anchorage

off the town of Soroc (10°59'N., 125°48'E.). 

6.23 A beacon is situated on the N side of a detached reef in a position about 2 miles SSW of the head of the pier at Guiuan.

6.23 A SE entrance channel to Guiuan trends about 8.5 miles NW

from a position about 1.5 miles W of Sungi Point to the harbor

anchorage off the town. Although it has charted depths of

about 6 to 13m between the reefs on either side, this channel is

unmarked and requires local knowledge.

6.23 Aspect.—Manicani Island is a prominent landmark on the N

side of the entrance to the channel to Guiuan.

6.23 Tubabao Island, 30m high and on which there is a conspicuous water tower, lies close offshore NW of Guiuan. 

6.23 Inatoulan Island, a low wooded islet, lies on the N side of the

harbor, less than 0.3 mile S of Tubabao Island. 

6.23 A church spire is conspicuous at the town of Guiuan, and the

buildings, there and at the other small towns in the vicinity, are

easily seen. 

6.23 A light is shown from Guiuan church. A concrete causeway

extends SW over the reef fringing the shore in front of Guiuan.

6.23 Pilotage.—Although pilotage is not compulsory, vessels

lacking local knowledge should not attempt to enter without a

pilot. Pilots for Guiuan are available at Tacloban. Vessels entering and navigating in the harbor should exercise extreme caution to avoid the numerous unmarked dangers.

6.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the harbor, in a

depth of 20.1m, about 0.8 mile SE of Inatoulan Island with the

church at Guiuan bearing 048°, and the SW side of Inatoulan

Island bearing 308°.

6.23 The harbor anchorage area is about 1.3 miles long and about

0.5 mile wide between the partly drying reefs that almost surround it. Except for the following shoal patches and those that

lie close off the reefs, there are depths of about 12 to 20m in

this harbor area. 

6.23 A detached 7.8m patch, with a 6.4m patch about 0.3 mile NE

of it, lies in the central part of this anchorage in a position SE

of the entrance channel range line and about 1 mile SSE of Inatoulan Island. Several channels, for small vessels of limited

draft, lead from this anchorage to the causeway at Guiuan and

to a pier N of the town.

6.23 Caution.—In addition to the previously described buoys and

beacons, there are a number of buoys marking parts of the

above channels. Caution must be exercised as many of the

buoys have been reported missing or out of position. Storm

warnings are displayed at Guiuan but they are not visible from

the harbor.

6.24 Manicani Island (11°00'N., 125°38'E.) is a conspicuous island that lies on the SW edge of the reefs and dangers

fronting this section of the coast in a position about 4.3 miles

offshore SW of the town of Guiuan. 

6.24 There are several radio towers in the central part of the island, and the town of Buenavista is situated on the NE end. A

large wharf at this latter place and the channel to it are described with the approach to Guiuan in paragraph 6.23.

6.24 A detached 7.3m patch lies about 1 mile offshore in a position about 1.8 miles W of the S end of Manicani Island. A

steep-to, partly drying reef, with numerous above and below

water coral patches close off it, extends about 5.3 miles NW

from Manicani Island. Baul Islet lies on the NW end of this

reef. The wreck of a barge, loaded with ammunition, lies sunk

in 18.3m in a position about 3 miles ENE of Balinatio Islet

(11°06'N., 125°35'E.).

6.24 A deep channel lies between the islets and dangers on the E

side of this latter reef and those NE. It is encumbered with

many coral heads, some of which are marked by piles. Most of

the buoys marking the channel have been reported missing.

The S entrance, which is entered from the channel to Guiuan,

lies between shoals that fringe the E side of Manicani Island up

to about 0.8 mile and a partly drying reef, about 1.8 miles ENE

of that island.

6.24 Except for a 4.6m depth, about 1.3 miles ENE of Manicani

Island, the S entrance of the above channel has depths of 13m

or more. A drying rock lies about 0.8 mile NNE of the NE extremity of Manicani Island. 

6.24 The best track through the channel trends NW and passes

NE of the above rock and Cambasingan Islet (11°02'N.,

125°39'E.) and Cabalarian Islet, which lie about 1.5 miles N

and 2.75 miles NNW of the NE end of Manicani Island. 

6.24 It passes W of Caninoan Islet, which lies about 0.8 mile N of

Cambasingan Islet. Vessels are advised not to enter the above

channel without local knowledge.

6.24 A floating dock is situated 2 miles N of Manicani Island,

about midway between Cambasingan Islet and Cabalarian Islet.

6.24 Walker Shoal (11°01'N., 125°32'E.), with a depth of 0.6m,

is a detached steep-to coral depth. It is the southwesternmost of

the dangers off this part of the coast and can be distinguished

by the light-green color of the water over the shoal.

6.24 Balinatio Islet (11°06'N., 125°35'E.), low and wooded, lies

so close S of Cabarasan Point that it appears as part of the

point.
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 157

Pub. 162

6.25 Quinapundan Bay (11°07'N., 125°33'E.), which is

encumbered with extensive steep-to reefs and a number of islets, lies between Cabarasan Point and Gigoso Point, low and

wooded, about 4 miles WSW. 

6.25 Among the numerous islets and reefs, good protected anchorages may be obtained with local knowledge.

6.25 A channel leads close around Gigoso Point into a confined

area of deep water in the SW part of the bay. Another deep

channel leads along the E shore to a small basin at the NE end

of the bay.

Between Gigoso Point and Capines Point, about 16.5 miles

W, the coast is indented by a number of unimportant small bays

and bights, on the shores of which there are a few villages. The

low coast is closely backed by hills that attain a height of 305m

about 1.5 miles inland. In several places steep-to reefs lie up to

as much as 2.3 miles offshore.

6.26 Cablagna Point (Cablagua Point) (11°05'N.,

125°24'E.) is low and wooded. A coral reef, nearly awash, lies

0.75 mile S of Cablagna Point. A 1.8m shoal lies 0.75 mile W

of the same point.

6.26 Lucson Point (11°06'N., 125°22'E.), 122m high and prominent, lies about 2 miles WNW Cablagna Point. 

6.26 Lauaan Point (11°07'N., 125°19'E.), a low point, lies 3.5

miles further WNW.

6.26 Lauaan Bay (11°07'N., 125°17'E.) indents the coast between Lauaan Point and Capines Point, about 5.5 miles WSW.

The shore at the NW end of the bay is steep-to and there are

several beacons in this latter vicinity. 

6.26 Capines Point is the S extremity of a prominent headland

that rises abruptly to a height of 122m less than 0.25 mile inland and to a summit about 1.8 miles N. It is steep-to. A detached 9.1 to 11.4m depth lies about 0.7 mile E of Capines

Point.

San Pedro Bay

6.27 San Pedro Bay (11°10'N., 125°05'E.) occupies a

bight formed by the N end of the E coast of Leyte and the SW

end of Samar.

6.27 The E side of the bay, which is closely backed by hills and

mountains, trends about 12.5 miles NNW from Capines Point

and is sparsely populated. The low W side of the bay trends

about 10.5 miles S from Cataisan Point (11°14'N., 125°02'E.),

close SE of Tacloban, to Vigia Point.

6.27 Although a large part of the bay has depths of 9.1 to 33m,

much of the N end is shallow. There are a large number of

reefs, shoals, and islets throughout the bay. 

6.27 The recommended channel leads safely through these dangers to the entrance of the channel to Tacloban, or to several

large clear areas of deep water.

6.27 A large number of steep-to shoal patches lie across the entrance of San Pedro Bay and its approach. These dangers comprise several groups, between which there are deep clear

channels, and vessels should have no difficulty if they adhere

to the recommended channel.

6.27 Caution.—Dynamiting for fish is common in San Pedro

Bay, and there may be numerous fishing nets or traps in the N

part of the bay. Less water than charted and numerous uncharted obstructions exist in San Pedro Bay.

6.28 Mariquitdaquit Island (11°05'N., 125°09'E.),

marked by a light, lies in the entrance of San Pedro Bay. The

islet consists of a flat rock, partly awash, on which there are

several rocky lumps, about 5.5m high.

6.28 Punubulu Islet (11°13'N., 125°06'E.), low and wooded, lies

in the middle of the N part of San Pedro Bay.

6.28 Dio Islet (11°13'N., 125°03'E.), low and wooded, lies about

1 mile offshore. A dangerous sunken wreck lies about 0.3 mile

W of the islet. A dangerous wreck was reported to lie about 1.3

miles E of Dio Islet. The above-water wreck charted on the

NW side of Dio Islet was reported missing.

6.28 The dredged part of the outer channel, from Dio Islet to Jinamoc Island (11°16'N., 125°05'E.), is reported to have

shoaled to depths of 5.5m, but the projected depth is 7.6m.

There are charted depths of 8 to 13m in the inner part of the

channel from the latter island to Tacloban.

6.28 The towns on the low W and N shores of the bay are conspicuous. Some hills and mountains back the low coastal plain

on the W shore of the bay about 1 to 2 miles inland between

Palo and Tacloban. 

6.28 Mount Guinhandang lies close N of Palo, and Mount Naganaga lies about 2 miles SW of Tacloban and is the highest of

these mountains. Mount Danglay is a conspicuous summit that

lies at the NW end of the bay about 1 mile N of the entrance

point of San Juanico Strait. 

6.28 A number of small rivers, navigable only by small craft,

empty into the bay in the vicinity of some of the towns.

Tacloban (11°15'N., 125°00'E.)

World Port Index No. 58690

6.29 Tacloban, the chief port of Leyte, lies in the SE entrance of San Juanico Strait at the NW end of San Pedro Bay. It

is a first port of entry. Although the harbor area includes all of

the entrance of San Juanico Strait, the main part of the harbor

occupies a small bight that recedes about 1 mile S between

Panirugan Point and Anibong Point, about 1 mile WNW. There

is a wooden pier partly in ruins on the E side of Anibong Point.

6.29 Winds—Weather.—There is practically no dry season at

Tacloban. Rain is frequent, and the maximum rainfall occurs

during December, January, and February. 

6.29 During July, August, and September severe typhoons may

occur, and the prevailing winds are then reported from the SW.

6.29 Tides—Currents.—The tides at Tacloban are chiefly diurnal. The mean tidal range is 0.4m and the maximum range is

1.1m. The mean height of higher HW is about 0.6m, and that of

higher LW is about 0.1m. The tides show their greatest inequality during HW.

6.29 In the entrance of San Juanico Strait off Tacloban, the flood

current sets NW and the ebb SE, and they may attain a maximum velocity of about 3 knots.

6.29 Depths—Limitations.—The controlling depth for vessels

entering the port of Tacloban, by way of San Pedro Bay, is

5.79m, liable to silting. The entire bay is encumbered with islets, reefs, shoals, and fish traps. Use caution in entering and

proceeding to the pilot station.

6.29 The maximum length of vessel that can be accommodated is

154m, with a maximum draft of 6m. 

6.29 The City Wharf is a concrete structure divided into four sec-
158 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

tions. The N end is 114m long, the W end is 411m long, the S

end is 102m long, and the fourth section connects to the shore

and has lengths of 58m. Depths alongside the pier range from 2

to 9m, but are subject to silting. 

6.29 Expansion and modernization is planned to meet foreign and

domestic traffic needs. The project calls for improvement to the

existing wharf, construction of new berths and upgrading the

entrance channel.

6.29 There is also a T-shaped pier for smaller vessels E of the

main wharf. The T-head is 20m long and about 30m wide. The

depth at the N face is 3.4m. It is not safe for large vessels.

6.29 Anibang Point Pier, 1.25 miles WNW of Panirugan Point,

extends 52m from shore. It has a 12m long T-head, with a

depth of 7.3m alongside the head. Fuel is discharged onto this

pier through pipelines.

6.29 Aspect.—A white statue, 7m high and standing on the 74m

hill behind the town, is prominent. A 61m high radio tower, located 1 mile NW of the city, is also prominent.

6.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 grt

bound for Tacloban, for passing through San Juanico Strait, for

anchoring in the Quarantine Area in the harbor current, and for

shifting or changing berths within the harbor.

6.29 Vessels requiring a pilot must make a request to Tacloban

Harbor Pilot Association at least 24 hours prior to arrival.

When approaching from the N, pilots board approximately 2

miles NW of Canauay Island. When approaching from the S,

pilots board approximately 1.5 miles N of Mariquitdaquit Island Light.

6.29 The pilot station at the NW entrance of San Juanico Strait is

located at Canauay Island (11°26'N., 124°51'E.) and maintains a continuous lookout for vessels requiring a pilot.

6.29 In case of inclement weather vessels are advised to anchor 3

miles S of Dio Island when waiting for a pilot.

6.29 Signals.—Storm warnings are shown at Tacloban from an

observatory on Panirugan Point.

6.29 Anchorage.—The quarantine anchorage for the port of

Tacloban is about 0.5 mile N of Panirugan Point.

6.29 All vessels subject to quarantine inspection shall drop anchor

within the limits of this anchorage and await quarantine inspection.

6.29 Any vessel subject to quarantine inspection, anchoring in an

area in the Port of Tacloban outside the quarantine anchorage,

may not be cleared from quarantine until such vessel proceeds

within the limits of the anchorage.

6.29 A vessel subject to quarantine measures may not be allowed

to leave the quarantine anchorage until given free pratique by

the quarantine officer.

6.29 Vessels carrying explosives, inflammable liquids, or other

dangerous cargo must obtain special permission from the harbormaster to go alongside the wharf.

6.29 The bottom at the anchorage is clear sand and a little mud. 

6.29 Anchorage can be taken, in about 7.8m about 0.3 mile N or

NW of Panirugan Point or, in about 4 to 5m, about 0.3 mile

NW of the wharf. A mooring buoy is located about 0.5 mile

NW of the N end of the wharf. 

6.29 Vessels of too deep a draft to enter the harbor can anchor S

of Dio Islet, in 9 to 11m, mud. Vessels awaiting pilots can anchor in the latter anchorage or N of Egbert Shoals, in about 13

to 15m, mud. 

6.29 Anchorage can be taken about 1.5 miles N of Mariquitdaquit

Light, in a depth of 33m.

6.29 Directions.—When approaching from S or E, pass 1.25

miles SSW of Capines Point (11°05'N., 125°14'E.) and follow

the charted track. When 1 mile E of Dio Islet, bring Basey

Church spire to bear 004°, and steer for it on that course. Care

should be taken to avoid a charted dangerous wreck and a 4.9m

shoal lying 1.25 miles E and NE; respectively, of Dio Island. 

6.29 When 0.25 mile SSE of Buoy No. 1, alter course to 328° until 0.25 mile NNW of the same buoy. Then course should be altered to 291° to pass N of Buoy No. 3, taking care to avoid the

5.5m shoal close NW of the buoy. When about 0.3 mile NW of

Buoy No. 3, Janamoc Light should be brought astern, on a

bearing 089° and a course 269° steered to pass between Buoy

No. 2 and Buoy No. 5. Then proceed as requisite to anchor or

berth alongside, taking care to avoid the 2.7m shoal, 0.2 mile N

of the wharf.

6.30 Tanauan (11°07'N., 125°01'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58695) can be identified by its long pier and by the large

tank, warehouses, and sheds near its root. 

6.30 Depths—Limitations.—The pier, a wooden T-head, extends

332m from the S shore of Tanauan. The T-head, 27m long, is

oriented in a 105°-195° direction. A line of five dolphins exists

along the T-head and off either end of the head.

6.30 Depths of 8.2 to 9.1m were found alongside. The pier is unlighted and of wooden construction. There was a strong surge

between the ship and the pier. 

6.30 The maximum size of vessel accepted is 305m, with a beam

of 27m and a draft of 9.4m. Berthing is in daylight hours only

and tugs are not available.

6.30 Copra meal and copra oil are loaded from the pier; the oil is

loaded through an 8-inch pipe with a rate of about 150 tons per

hour.

6.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and a 12-hour and a 24-

hour notice are required. Pilot boards 1 mile N of Mariquitadaquit Island. 

6.30 Vessels can enter at any state of the tide; however, it is recommended to enter or leave during daylight hours due to the

unsafe conditions at night.

6.30 Caution.—Numerous fish traps are located in the approach

to the pier at Tanauan.

Leyte—Vigia Point to Taytay Point

6.31 Vigia Point (11°04'N., 125°02'E.) is backed by Tolosa Mount, a rocky headland that appears as a pyramid from

the S. There is an old fort on the summit of the point. The small

town of Tolosa lies on the S side of the point. A light is shown

from a concrete tower on the fort. A water tank situated 2.25

miles NW of Vigia Point.

6.31 Liberanan Head (11°00'N., 125°02'E.), a conspicuous hill

122m high lying about 4.5 miles S of Vigia Point, is the SE end

of a ridge of hills that attains a height of 427m in Catmon Hill,

about 2 miles NW of the head. Although there is no extension

seaward of the land in this vicinity, the hills rise so abruptly

from the flat country southward that they appear as a headland

from the offing.

6.31 A detached 2.3m depth lies about 0.5 mile offshore about 2.3
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 159

Pub. 162

miles NNE of Liberanan Head, and is the farthest W of the

dangers in the entrance of San Pedro Bay.

6.31 Dulag (10°58'N., 125°02'E.) is a town situated on the coast,

about 2.5 miles S of Liberanan Head. A large stone church at

the town and a chapel in the cemetery N of the town are the

most conspicuous of a number of buildings with metal roofs.

Considerable amounts of hemp and copra are shipped from

here. There is a post office at Dulag.

6.31 Abuyog (10°45'N., 125°01'E.), a town situated on the coast,

is easily identified from seaward. A large stone church and a

municipal building, both of which have metal roofs, are conspicuous. A conspicuous water tank is situated in the S part of

the town. There is a telegraph office, and the town is connected

with Tacloban by road.

6.31 Abuyog Light is shown from a concrete tower, 8m high.

6.32 Tangbo Point (10°44'N., 125°02'E.) is a rocky point

that rises abruptly to a 190m summit. Between Tangbo Point

and Taytay Point, about 5 miles ESE, the rocky intervening

coast rises abruptly to summits of as much as 530m high, less

than 1.5 miles southward.

6.32 Taytay Point (10°42'N., 125°07'E.) is a sharp rocky headland with a conspicuous hill, 30m high. The land rises abruptly

to heights of more than 305m about 1 mile SW of the point. A

narrow ledge, about 1m high, extends about 0.1 mile ENE from

the point, and a rock, 4.5m high, lies about 91m N of the outer

end of this ledge.

6.32 A dangerous wreck, part of which shows above water, lies

about 1 mile offshore, 8.5 miles NW of Taytay Point.

6.32 Homonhon Island (10°44'N., 125°42'E.), a heavily wooded

and mountainous island, lies on the E side of Leyte Gulf about

10 miles SW of Sungi Point and because of lower land between

its extremities, the island appears as two islands from a considerable distance S. 

6.32 Cagosoan Point (10°43'N., 125°49'E.) is the E extremity of

the island.

6.32 A depth of 18.3m is located 6.5 miles S of the S shore of

Homonhon Island. A deep channel lies between this shoal

depth and Dinagat Island. It has been reported that depths up to

20m less than originally charted lie in this deep channel.

6.32 Depths of 34.7, 36.6, and 38.4m were reported 10 miles S,

9.5 miles S, and 11 miles SSW, respectively, of Cagosoan

Point.

6.32 The village of Homonhon is situated at the head of Casogoran Bay, which occupies a large bight on the NE side of

Homonhon Island.

6.32 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken during fair weather,

in 42m, coral and sand, about 1 mile E of the village and about

0.3 mile offshore; easterly swells roll in heavily, but it is partly

protected from SE swells. 

6.32 Landing can be made through breaks in the reef in front of

the town and about 1.3 miles NW. In the latter and better opening there is a rock, with a depth of 0.3m and marked by a post,

that should be left to N in entering. 

6.32 The best anchorage at Homonhon Island is E of the S end of

Montoconan Islet (10°47'N., 125°39'E.), in 11 to 20m, sand,

in the middle of a small bight open to the S. It affords shelter

from all winds except those from S to SW. 

6.32 The clearest approach to this latter anchorage is found by

following the W shore of Homonhon Island at a distance of

about 0.3 mile.

6.32 Several narrow banks, with depths of 12 to 18m, lie parallel

to each other about halfway between Homonhon Island and

Suluan Island, about 7.75 miles E. When the sun is high and

the sea smooth, these banks can be distinguished by the lighter

color of the water and by rips that sometimes occur over them. 

6.32 The banks are extending S, and a depth of 22m has been

found E of the S limits in a position 4 miles SSW of the S extremity of Suluan Island.

6.32 Suluan Island (10°46'N., 125°57'E.) is high and hilly; a

light is shown from an aluminum tower, 16m high, standing on

the summit of the island. The village of Granadas in situated on

the SW side of Suluan Island at the head of a small bight between two reefs. 

6.32 Anchorage, sheltered from NW through SE winds, can be

taken in this bight, in 11 to 13m, sand, 0.5 mile W of Granadas. 

6.32 Caution.—Sandwaves are present in an area, best seen on

the chart, centered about 17 miles SE of Homonhon Island.

Depths are subject to change and may be less than charted.

Surigao Strait—West Side

6.33 The W side of Surigao Strait trends SSE from Taytay

point to Binit Point and appears high and rugged. 

6.33 This entire steep-to coast is closely backed about 1 to 2 miles

inland by a coastal range of mountains, 427 to 945m high.

There are a number of high prominent points, but much of the

intervening coast particularly in the bights, is low.

6.33 Tide—Currents.—The currents tend to set parallel to this

part of the coast and along the coast adjacent to the S part of

Surigao Strait the currents tend to be similar to those in the

strait. 

6.33 At the entrance of Panaon Strait the flood sets W and the ebb

E, and they attain a velocity of 3 to 4 knots at springs in that

strait. Strong eddies and whirlpools occur at the entrance of

Panoan Strait.

6.33 Between Amagusan Point and Pandan Point the flood current sets N and the ebb S, which is contrary to the general set of

the currents in Surigao Strait. There are rips off this section of

the coast as well as off the Cabugan Islands and some of the

more prominent points.

6.33 There is apparently little or no current in the bays and bights.

6.33 Between Taytay Point and Hingatungan Point, about 8.5

miles SE, the coast trends quite regularly and is fringed up to

about 0.3 mile offshore by reef and shore bank, which are

steep-to. A rock islet, 17.3m high, lies on the edge of the shore

bank in a position about 0.8 mile S of Taytay Point.

6.33 Hingatungan Point (10°35'N., 125°11'E.) appears as a long,

low, and heavily wooded projection when seen from N or S. It

is fringed by a narrow reef, and a number of above and belowwater rocks lie up to about 0.1 mile off the S side of the point.

These rocks are dark and do not show up well when the sea is

smooth. There are tide rips 1 mile ENE of the point.

6.33 A detached 10.5m depth lies about 0.5 mile SSE of Hingatungan Point.

6.33 Hingatungan is a village situated about 0.5 mile NW of Hingatungan Point at the head of a small break in the coastal reef. 

6.33 Small vessels, up to about 24m long, can anchor here and be

sheltered in any weather.
160 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.33 Pelada Rock (10°34'N., 125°11'E.), 10m high, is a steep-to

danger that lies on the edge of the 20m curve about 0.3 mile SE

of a point, about 1 mile S of Hingatungan Point. The channel

between the rock and the reef fringing the coast is about 0.3

mile wide and requires local knowledge. Foul ground and

rocks, which sometimes break, extend about 0.3 mile E from

the point off which Pelada Rock lies.

6.34 Lagome (10°33'N., 125°11'E.), the site of a sawmill,

lies at the head of a small cove. There is a small wharf with reported depths of 3.3m alongside. A boat from Cebu and Tacloban calls here weekly. The cove provides fair shelter for small

craft during heavy NE’ly weather. 

6.34 Small vessels can either go alongside the wharf or take anchorage in the entrance of the cove, in 9.1m, about midway between the reefs fringing the entrance points, with Pelada Rock

bearing 080°.

6.34 The village of Silago lies about 2.3 miles SW of Pelada

Rock. A cluster of black rocks lies just inside the 20m curve

about 0.5 mile offshore and about 1 mile NE of Silago. One of

these rocks is about 1.8m high, but most of the others are

awash. They are surrounded by shoal water, and the channel

between them and the shore is shallow and should not be used.

6.34 Sogod Point (10°28'N., 125°11'E.), low and wooded, lies

3.75 miles SSE of Silago.

6.34 Saingan Point (10°27'N., 125°11'E.), 2 miles S of Sogod

Point, is composed of dark rocks and is low and steep-to.

6.34 Hinunangan Bay (10°25'N., 125°13'E.) recedes SW between Saingan Point and Pandan Point, about 4 miles further

SE. Hinunangan is a small town situated on the SW side of Hinunangan Bay about 2 miles W of Pandan Point. Copra is

shipped from here. There is a post and telegraph office at the

town.

6.34 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken close off the town, in

about 13 to 22m, sand, or in lesser depths depending on draft.

During the Northeast Monsoon, when it is too rough off the

town, anchorage can be taken off the village of Kanipaan,

about 1.3 miles NNW of Hinunangan. 

6.34 Coastal vessels usually discharge their cargoes at the latter

anchorage when strong NE winds make it impossible to do so

at Hinunangan. Sheltered anchorage can also be taken in the

lee of the Cabugan Islands, but the depths are greater.

6.34 The Cabugan Islands (10°27'N., 125°14'E.), two small populated islands, lie between about 2 and 5 miles N of Pandan

Point. Cabugan Chico Island is the S and smaller. 

6.34 Cabugan Grande Island lies about 0.8 mile NNE of the S island. Rips occur in the deep narrow channel between the islands.

6.35 Pandan Point (10°24'N., 125°14'E.), composed of

coral rock, 4 to 5m high, rises abruptly to a 244m wooded summit. This very conspicuous point is at the NE end of short ridge

of hills that attains a height of 305m about 1 mile SW of the

point.

6.35 Between Pandan Point and Amagusan Point, about 8.5 miles

S, the coast is low and wooded, and the mountain range paralleling it lies several miles inland. Several detached hills rise

abruptly from the coast in the vicinity of Pandan Point.

6.35 Bugho Point (10°22'N., 125°15'E.), the N entrance point of

Hinundayan Cove, is low and fringed by a narrow steep-to reef.

The wooded land rises steeply to a 116m summit about 1 mile

WNW. There are tide rips off the point.

6.35 Hinundayan (10°21'N., 125°15'E.), a regular port of call for

coastal vessels, is a small town situated at the head of Hinundayan Cove. The cove, the only indentation on this section of

coast, recedes about 0.5 mile W and is less than 0.75 mile

wide. Except for a small detached reef, with a depth of 6.9m,

that lies in its S part between 0.25 and 0.5 mile offshore, the

cove is clear of dangers and has depths of about 7 to 24m.

There is a small pier for boats at the town. 

6.36 Anchorage can be taken about 0.2 mile offshore in the

cove, in 12.8m, with the extremity of Bugho Point bearing

026° and the church at the town bearing 243°. Being open to

the E, the cove is exposed to the Northeast Monsoon.

6.36 Amagusan Point (10°16'N., 125°15'E.), lying about 6.5

miles S of Bugho Point, is the N entrance point of Cabalian

Bay. The point is low and covered with mangroves. There are

tide rips about 2.5 miles NNE of the point.

6.36 Mount Cabalian (10°17'N., 125°13'E.) 945m high and the

most conspicuous mountain in the vicinity of Surigao Strait,

lies about 2.5 miles NW of Amagusan Point. The mountain is

conical, with the upper part broken off, and it has three peaks,

the middle one being the highest.

6.36 Between Amagusan Point and Caligangan Point, about 8

miles SSW, a bight recedes about 6.5 miles WNW.

6.36 Although the shores of the bight are low in many places, the

coastal ranges attain heights of about 335 to 945m about 0.5

mile to 2 miles inland. The low and in the immediate vicinity

of Panaon Strait forms a break in these ranges.

6.37 Cabalian Bay (10°15'N., 125°10'E.), on the N side of

which is situated the small port of San Jose, occupies a part of

the above-described bight between Amagusan Point and Mangayao Point, about 8 miles SW.

6.37 The N side of Cabalian Bay trends about 7 miles W from

Amagusan Point to the head of the bay and has a steep rocky

beach. There are coconut groves and a number of villages on

this shore.

6.37 The W side of the bay trends very regularly about 6.3 miles

S from the head of the bay to Mangayao Point and consists of

steep rocky bluffs interspersed by small sand beaches. 

6.37 Two prominent rocky islets lie on the edge of a reef that

closely fringes the shore in front of the village of Loctob (Molopolo), situated about 0.8 mile N of Mangayao Point. 

6.37 Marangay Point, about 1.8 miles N of Mangayao Point, is a

conspicuous wooded bluff, 61m high, that descends steeply to

the rocks at its foot. A rock, 6.1m high, lies on the edge of a

narrow shore bank about 1 mile N of Marangay Point.

6.37 San Jose (Cabalian) (10°16'N., 125°10'E.), the principal

town in the vicinity, is situated on the N side of Cabalian Bay.

A white church, with a yellow-roofed building on one side and

a red-roofed building on the other, is conspicuous at the town. 

6.37 A concrete tower, 10m high, from which it is intended to

show a light, stands near the shore. The shore is very steep-to,

with depths of 18 to 64m, close off the town.

6.37 There is a small stone landing in ruins and not usable. 

6.37 There is a copra warehouse with a capacity of 800 tons, and

small quantities of that product and hemp are shipped. 

6.37 Local labor is available and lighters can be obtained from
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 161

Pub. 162

Tacloban. Fresh water and stores are not available.There is a

post office and a radio station at San Jose; telegraph communication is maintained with Hinuangan and Anahawan.

6.37 Vessels can anchor in good holding ground just off the landing at San Jose. Although it is well protected from the Northeast Monsoon, this anchorage is untenable during the

Southwest Monsoon.

6.38 Mangayao Point (10°11'N., 125°08'E.), about 15.2m

high and precipitous, is a small rocky promontory. A detached,

steep-to 6.4m patch lies about 0.5 mile E of the point, and there

is deep water between them.

6.38 Calingangan Point (10°08'N., 125°13'E.), about 5 miles SE

of Mangayao Point, rises to an elevation of 241m about 0.6

mile further S.

6.38 Between Caligangan Point and Bolobolo Point, 13 miles

SSE, the coast on the NE side of Panaon Island is clear of dangers and very steep-to. A coastal mountain range rises abruptly

from the sea to 352 to 871m summits about 1.5 miles inland.

6.38 Binit Point (9°55'N., 125°17'E.), the SE extremity of Panaon

Island, rises abruptly to the summit of Mount Nelangcapan,

about 1.5 miles NW. Binit Point, which is very steep-to, has

depths of more than 18.3m less than 0.25 mile offshore. 

6.38 Several small villages are situated near the point. Bolobolo

Point, which lies on the E extremity of the SE end of Panaon

Island in a position about 1.3 miles NE of Benit Point, rises to

256m summit close inland and is similarly steep-to.

Surigao Strait—East Side

6.39 Dinagat Island (10°07'N., 125°35'E.), including the

islands contiguous with its S end, forms the E side of Surigao

Strait and extends about 40 miles N from Rasa Island, about 9

miles ESE of Bilaa Point. 

6.39 A mountain range, about 183 to 457m high, backs the W

side of Dinagat Island less than 2 miles inland, and another

range, up to about 914m high, closely backs the E side of the

island. The W side of Dinagat Island is indented by many

bights and bays that are separated by prominent points. 

6.39 Numerous small streams empty into the sea along the coast.

Except for small coastal villages, the island is sparsely inhabited. Hemp, copra, and some minerals are exported.

6.39 The N end of Mindanao, the W side of Dinagat Island, and

the islands adjacent thereto are mostly steep-to and have depths

of more than 18.3m about 0.8 mile offshore. There are a number of steep-to detached rocks, shoals, and other dangers that

lie at some distance offshore. 

6.39 Except as indicated, the dangers on these coasts are so steepto and the depths in their vicinity so great and irregular that the

fathom curves are of little help in approaching them.

6.40 Bilaa Point (9°49'N., 125°26'E.) is the termination of

the range of mountains which traverses the E coast of Mindanao. It is composed of dark rock and is fringed by a narrow

steep-to reef. Discolored water has been reported to extend 0.5

mile offshore on the NE side of the point.

6.40 Bilaa Shoal (9°50'N., 125°26'E.), composed of sand and

dark coral heads, has a least depth of 3.6m and lies 0.75 mile N

of Bilaa Point, from which it is separated by a deep channel

about 0.5 mile wide. Vessels using this channel should keep

about 0.3 to 0.5 mile from the point. The shoal is usually

marked by rips. During the Southwest Monsoon, anchorage

can be taken on the slope of the shoal out of the strength of the

tidal current.

6.40 Between Bilaa Point and Sugbu Islet, about 13 miles ESE,

the coast trends irregularly along the N end of Mindanao and

the numerous islets contiguous thereto. Except for Bilaa Point,

this coast is low and wooded. Its E half is fronted by numerous

low mangrove islands, which lie so close to shore and to each

other that they appear to be part of Mindanao. 

6.40 The narrow passage between these islands are navigable

only by boats with local knowledge. The hills close to the coast

are detached from a coastal mountain range, the summits of

which attain heights of between about 305 to 396m less than

2.25 miles inland. 

6.40 Although it is fringed by reefs and shoal water, this coast is

fairly steep-to and has depths of more than 18.3m about 0.5

mile offshore. A number of small rivers discharge along this

coast.

6.40 Between Bilaa Point and Surigao, about 4 miles SE, the

coast is low and wooded. It is closely backed by mountains that

attain a height of more than 366m about 2 miles inland. The

first two miles of this coast is stony, with a few sand beaches,

and is fringed by jagged coral heads that lie up to about 91m

offshore. Close outside these dangers depths increase abruptly

to more than 18.3m. 

6.40 The remainder of this section of coast is a narrow, sandy

beach fronted by a shore bank that drops off abruptly to depths

of more than 18.3m about 0.3 mile offshore. Several small rivers, navigable only by boats, empty from this coast.

6.41 Basol Island (9°50'N., 125°29'E.) is an islet that lies

about 2 miles offshore, about 2.8 miles ENE of Bilaa Point. It

is located in the middle of the W end of Hinatuan Passage and

is a prominent mark for vessels entering that passage or bound

for Surigao. 

6.41 The E part of the island is covered with coconut trees and has

a sandy beach; the W part, which is higher than the E, is woody

with a rocky coast. A tower stands at the E end of the islet. The

islet is closely fringed by a steep-to reef, and there are depths

of more than 18.3m, about 0.3 mile offshore. There are numerous detached patches in the vicinity of the islet.

Surigao (9°47'N., 125°30'E.)

World Port Index No. 59340

6.42 Surigao, the capital of Surigao Province, stands on

low land on the E side of the mouth of the Surigao River in a

position about 4 miles SE of Bilaa Point. The town is of considerable importance because most of the trade of eastern Mindanao passes through it. There are extensive mining operations

in this area. A limited amount of gold concentrates is shipped.

6.42 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents off this part of the

coast in the W end of Hinatuan Passage set NW on the rising

tide and SE on the falling tide. 

6.42 They attain a velocity of 7 knots in the narrow part of the

passage. 

6.42 There are strong rips and swirls in the vicinity of Bilaa Shoal

and Basol Island as well as in parts of Hinatuan Passage.
162 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.42 Depths—Limitations.—The Surigao River, discharging on

the W side of Surigao, has a depth of 0.3m over its bar at LW.

The mouth of the river is blocked by the ruins of an iron bridge.

6.42 The E half of Bilanbilan Bay has a number of dangerous

steep-to 0.5 to 5m patches that lie between about 1.5 miles and

1 mile E of Bilanbilan Point. A 7.3m shoal is charted 1.25

miles ENE of the light at Surigao.

6.42 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.1 mile ENE of the light; another wreck lies about 0.4 mile SE of the light.

6.42 A concrete wharf, suitable for inter-island vessels, is situated

on the SE side of Bilanbilan Point. The wharf is 168m long,

with depths of 5.5 to 9m alongside. An extension, 72m long in

a NE direction, has a controlling depth of 4.6m alongside.

6.42 There is an L-shaped pier, with a berthing face 28m long and

a depth of 10m alongside, at which vessels are loaded by conveyor.

6.42 Cargo operations for large vessels are handled at the anchorage. Loading or discharging is reported to be slow because of

the difficulty in operating barges in the exposed anchorage.

The maximum permissible size of vessels allowed is 150m in

length and a draft of 8m at MLLW.

6.42 Aspect.—The port area does not show up until a position E

of the light is reached. The numerous large buildings in

Surigao are visible from well offshore. The provincial capitol

and the red church dome, with its yellow tower, are prominent.

Two spires near the beach on the E side of the town are useful

landmarks for vessels approaching the wharf.

6.42 The port of Surigao is located on the W side of Bilanbilan

Bay in a position about 0.5 mile SE of the town. Bilanbilan

Point, the W entrance of Bilanbilan Bay, lies about 0.5 mile SE

of Surigao. 

6.42 The shore bank fringing Bilanbilan Point extends to 0.15

mile E of the point, where a depth of 11.9m has been reported.

Port Surigao is a Port of Entry. 

6.42 A small inlet at the W end of the bay recedes about 0.3 mile

SW between Bilanbilan Point and a low point about 0.3 mile S.

6.42 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and a 24-hour notice is

required. Pilots board in the following positions:

1. Domestic vessels—9°47.7'N, 125°30.7'E.

2. Foreign vessels—9°51.5'N, 125°28.5'E.

6.42 The following vessels are exempt from pilotage: 

1. Government vessels.

2. Foreign government vessels entitled to courtesy.

3. Ferry vessels authorized by the Maritime Industry Authority to engage in daily service between two places within

the port or two ports.

4. Philippine-flagged vessels departing from anchorage

to engage in coastwise trading.

5. Vessels calling at private ports in which the owners

have formally waived the requirement of compulsory pilotage.

6.42 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 26 to 29m, sand, within

a circle with a diameter of 0.5 mile located E of the light. This

anchorage lies close off the steep-to edge of the shore bank and

is exposed to the Northeast Monsoon. 

6.42 Some protection is afforded by the islands to the NE. Ships

over 140m in length should not anchor within about the 20m

curve fronting the bay.

6.42 Caution.—Vessels can approach Surigao from the W by

passing either side of Basol Island, or from the E through Hinatuan Passage. The shore bank fringing Bilanbilan Point has

been reported to have extended farther offshore.

6.42 Vessels are advised to round the N and E sides of Bilanbilan

Point at a distance of not less than about 0.1 mile.

6.43 Kabo Island (9°47'N., 125°33'E.) is the northernmost

of several low mangrove islands that are practically part of the

coast, from which they are separated by very narrow creeks. 

6.43 Kabo Reef, a 3.6m coral head, is a steep-to danger that lies

on the S side of Hinatuan Passage about 0.8 mile NNW of the

NE extremity of Kabo Island. A 4.9m patch lies 0.4 mile S of

Kabo Reef.

6.43 Between Kabo Island and Bitogan Point, about 5 miles ENE

and at the N end of Bayagnan Island, the low mangrove coast is

fronted by numerous small islands which lie so close to each

other and the shore that they appear as part of the mainland.

6.43 The above islands, mostly low and covered with mangroves,

lie up to 1 mile or about 5 miles from the coast of Mindanao.

Many of the islands have no hard land, and the tide rises in the

mangroves to a depth of about 0.6m. 

6.44 The network of narrow channels and creeks between

these islands and the coast are navigable only by small boats

with local knowledge. This low shore is backed about 1 to 2

miles inland by a coastal range that rises abruptly to summits

of 91 to over 396m.

6.44 Bayagnan Island (9°47'N., 125°39'E.), the largest of the

above islands, lies about 4.3 miles E of Kabo Island. Telegraph

Mountain, a sharp peak 252m high and covered with tall green

trees, is a conspicuous summit near the SE end of the island.

The island is well inhabited, and there are numerous houses.

6.44 The village of San Jose is situated on the SE end of the island. Bitogan Point, the N end of Bayagnan Island, rises to a

height of 83m less than 0.5 mile S. 

6.44 Sugbu Islet, 65m high and wooded, lies on the outer part of a

reef which extends from the NE side of Bayagnan Island. Sagasae Islet, 53m high, lies on the end of a steep-to reef that extends nearly 0.8 mile SE from the SE end of Bayagnan Island.

6.45 Masapelid Passage (9°44'N., 125°37'E.), the N entrance of which lies on the W side of Bayagnan Island, is narrowed to less than 0.25 mile by dangerous reefs and shoals, and

the tidal currents are very strong. The channel is unmarked and

requires local knowledge.

6.45 Hinatuan Island (9°47'N., 125°43'E.) is high and conspicuous. From a distance it appears as two islands, the large S part

being separated from the small N part by a narrow neck about

9.1m high. The S part is 346m high and has large patches of

bright red soil showing through the sparse growth. The N part

presents nearly vertical, dark, stone cliffs and rises to a 185m

summit. The island is uninhabited.

Hinatuan Passage—West Part

6.46 Hinatuan Passage (9°50'N., 125°45'E.), connecting

the S end of Surigao Strait with the Pacific Ocean, is deep and

clear of dangers except for Kabo Reef and Hinatuan Rock

(9°41'N., 125°46'E.), which lies about 4.5 miles SSE of Hinatuan Island. The narrowest part of the passage is about 1.3
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 163

Pub. 162

miles wide between Rasa Island and Lapinig Island, an islet to

the S.

6.46 The tidal currents follow the trend of the passage; however,

the flood current sets W from the Pacific Ocean toward Surigao

Strait and the ebb current in the opposite direction. 

6.46 They attain a velocity of about 7 knots between Kabo Island

and Rasa Island. 

6.46 A velocity of 10.5 to 11 knots has been reported about 1 mile

off Rasa Island; however, the velocity was about 7.5 knots at a

distance of about 0.5 mile off that island. There are heavy rips

and swirls at certain stages from Kabo Reef to Hinatuan Island. 

6.46 These are more severe in the narrow part of the channel during the flood current, particularly in the vicinity of Kabo Reef.

In the deep, very narrow channel on the N side of Rasa Island,

the current practically becomes a race, and during the ebb current it produces heavy rips and swirls where it joins the current

coming more slowing around the S side of the islet.

6.46 The time of HW slack abreast Rasa Island occurs about 40

minutes before HW at Surigao, while LW slack occurs generally occurs about 50 minutes before LW at Surigao, although occasionally the times of both high and LW slack will vary from

the foregoing by as much as 40 or 50 minutes.

6.46 Less current is reported in Banug Strait than along the longer

route around Hinatuan Island. The strait is deep and clear of

dangers.

6.46 Pilotage.—Pilots for Hinatuan Passage can be obtained at

Surigao, at the W entrance, and Cantilan, at the E entrance. 

6.46 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken out of the strength of

the tidal currents in Panag Bay, a confined bight that recedes

about 1 mile S from close SE of Lapinig Island (9°46'N.,

125°35'E.). The best anchorage is in 37m, sand, about 0.8 mile

S of Lapinig Island, and nearly 0.5 mile SW of a conspicuous

bare, white sand cay. 

6.46 Anchorage can also be taken, in 37m, sand, near the middle

of Panag Bay.

6.46 Caution.—Hinatuan Passage is not recommended for large

vessels, low powered vessels, and sailing vessels unless local

knowledge is possessed. Strong currents, heavy rips, and swirls

are found throughout the passage, especially in the vicinity of

Rasa Island. In case of necessity, vessels can anchor off

Surigao to wait for slack water.

6.46 If Banug Strait is used, caution must be exercised in order to

avoid Hinatuan Rock, which lies on the track to it.

Dinagat Island—West Sidet

6.47 Between Rasa Island and Kanhatid Point, about 16.5

miles NNW, the coast on the E side of Surigao Strait trends

along the W side of Dinagat Island and is indented by numerous bays and bights. Most of the more prominent points are

closely fringed by steep-to reefs, with depths of more than 37m

about 0.3 mile offshore, but reefs and foul ground lie up to

about 0.8 mile offshore in the bays and bights. 

6.47 These dangers are contained within the 37m curve, which

gives little warning because of its close proximity to them.

Much of this coast is low, but it rises abruptly to a coastal range

with summits over 305m high less than 1 mile inland. 

6.47 Numerous detached islands and dangers, with deep water between them, lie up to about 9 miles off this coast and are described below.

6.47 Rasa Island (9°48'N., 125°35'E.), 7.6m high, is the S islands

contiguous with the S end of Dinagat Island. A light, 3m high,

stands on the S edge of Rasa Island, which lies on a partly drying and extensive reef. A 12.8m patch lies 0.4 mile E of the

light. The NE side of the islet is steep-to, and there are depths

of more than 37m in the narrow unobstructed channel between

it and Doot Islet. 

6.47 This channel is not recommended because of the very strong

tidal currents. As the current changes from flood to ebb very

quickly, there is scarcely any slack water.

6.47 Between Rasa Island and the S end of Dinagat Island, about

5.5 miles NE, there is a group of islands that lie so close to

each other and to Dinagat Island that they appear as part of that

island. The passages separating these islands are so narrow that

they are navigable only by small craft.

6.48 Doot Islet (9°49'N., 125°36'E.), about 0.3 mile NE of

Rasa Island, lies close to the SW end of Nonoc Island, from

which it is separated by a very narrow and shallow channel.

The S part of the islet is low and covered with mangroves.

Three conspicuous hills stand on the N part of the islet. 

6.48 A reef extends more than 0.25 mile W from the islet almost

to the village of Nonoc, on the SW end of Nonoc Island, where

the reef terminates in several above-water rocks. A 12.2m

patch lies 0.6 mile W of the SW extremity of Nonoc Island.

6.48 Nonoc Island (9°51'N., 125°38'E.) is the largest of the islands contiguous with the S end of Dinagat Island. On its W

side, this hilly island attains a height of 335m in the summit of

Mount Conico. 

6.48 There are several prominent, green grassy hills at the base of

the SE slope of Mount Conico. Although the hills at the W and

E ends of the island are heavily wooded, the ridges between are

nearly bare, with bright red soil showing.

6.49 Port Nonoc (9°49'N., 125°37'E.) is situated 2 miles

SSE of Mount Conico. Nickel and cobalt are loaded at a Tshaped wharf, 260m in length. Minerals are loaded by coveyor

belt. Ammonia and naphtha are unloaded at a jetty close N of

the wharf. Tankers secure to dolphins at the jetty. Depths

alongside are unknown. No provisions are available at the port.

Pilots and tugs are available from Surigao.

6.49 Port Gaboc (9°52'N., 125°41'E.), formed between the S end

of Dinagat Island and the E end of Nonoc Island, is easily

made out from seaward. The shores are bold and fringed by a

narrow steep-to reef. 

6.49 The reef projects about 0.3 mile N from the S shore of Port

Gaboc, constricting the entrance of Gaboc Channel to about

0.2 mile between about the 10m curves. Gaboc Island, 30m

high, is a wooded islet lying on the projecting reef.

6.49 Small vessels can take sheltered anchorage, in about 27.4m,

close to the N shore of the port.

6.49 Awasan Island (9°54'N., 125°38'E.) lies at the N end of

Nonoc Island, of which it appears to be part, being separated

from the latter by a shallow channel less than 0.1 mile wide.

This wooded island is fringed with mangroves, except for a

sand beach at its NW end. There is a house on this latter end of

the island.

6.49 Hanigad Island (9°53'N., 125°35'E.), hilly and wooded, lies

about 0.3 mile off the NW sides of Nonoc Island and Awasan

Island. 
164 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.49 The mangrove shores are interrupted by conspicuous sand

beaches and coconut groves on the W side of the island and at

its S end near the village of Hanigad. Kantiasay Bay, between

Hanigad Island and Nonoc Island, is blocked at both ends by

rocks and shoal water. 

6.49 A small bay that lies between the N part of Hanigad Island

and Awasan Island is encumbered with reefs. Dangerous foul

ground and depths of less than 1.8m lie up to about 0.8 mile N

of the island.

6.49 Sibale Island (9°54'N., 125°34'E.), which rises to a sharp

summit, lies close W of Hanigad Island, being separated from

the latter by a channel less than 14m wide. The island is cultivated and is noticeably greener than the other islands. 

6.49 There are sandy beaches in the bay. The village of Zaragoza

lies on the N end of the island; hemp and copra are shipped

from here. A small detached reef, with a least depth of 4.6m,

lies about 0.8 mile W of the N end of Sibale Island. A small

bank, with a depth of 8.2m, lies 0.25 mile SW of the S extremity of the island.

6.50 Hikdop Island (9°53'N., 125°31'E.) is rugged, wooded, and narrow. There are several villages, of which Buenavista

on the SW side of the island, is the most important. The channel between Hikdop Island and Sibale Island is about 0.8 mile

wide and can be safely navigated by keeping in midchannel.

The N part of the island is mostly covered with coconut trees

and grass, while the S part is mostly wooded.

6.50 Onate Rock (9°52'N., 125°30'E.) lies about 1 mile SW of

the middle of the SW side of Hikdop Island. It is a small coral

reef with several black rocks, one of which is awash at HW. 

6.50 Beelzebub Reef, with a least reported depth of 3.3m, is a

small reef that lies about 0.5 mile W of Onate Rock; a deep but

narrow channel lies between them. Both of these dangers are

steep-to and have depths of more than 37m close around them.

6.50 Danaon Island (9°56'N., 125°30'E.) is an islet that lies

about 0.8 mile W of the NW end of Hikdop Island. It is low,

flat, sandy, and covered with coconut trees on the E side. The

remainder of the island is rocky and wooded. 

6.50 A rock, 1.2m high, lies on a small detached reef about 0.5

mile NE of the island. Danaon, a small village, stands on the E

side of the island. The area W of the village is planted in coconut trees.

6.50 Satan Rock (9°56'N., 125°28'E.), a conical black steep-to

above-water rock, lies about 1.5 miles W of Danaon Island. It

may be passed fairly close on either side. A detached 14.6m

depth lies about 0.5 mile WSW of the rock.

6.50 Sumilon Island (9°55'N., 125°26'E.) is the westernmost of

the islands and dangers off this section of Dinagat Island. 

6.50 A sand spit extends about 0.3 mile SE from the islet. Two

conspicuous rocks, one of which is 8.2m high, lie on the outer

end of the spit. A concrete tower, 9.8m high, stands at the SE

end of the island. A light is shown from the SW end of the island. 

6.50 Awasan Bay (9°56'N., 125°36'E.), entered between Zaragoza Point, the N tip of Sibale Island, and Dinagat Point, lying

about 3.5 miles NNE of Zaragoza Point, has depths of more

than 27m in its central part, but steep-to reefs and shoal patches, with depths of less than 0.9m, fringe the shores of the bay. 

6.50 Two islets lie at the head of the bay, and the SE one marks

the N side of the entrance of Gaboc Channel. The channel leading to this entrance is narrow and tortuous.

6.50 Gaboc Channel, separating the S end of Dinagat Island from

Awasan Island and Nonoc Island, is a deep and narrow channel

that is navigable only by small craft with local knowledge.

6.51 Dinagat Point (9°58'N., 125°35'E.), a wooded promontory, 48m high, extends from the W coast of Dinagat Island.

Dinagat, a small town, stands on the N slope of Dinagat Point.

6.51 Tagbayakao Islet (9°59'N., 125°35'E.), a small cone-shaped

rock 31m high, lies about 1 mile NNW of Dinagat Point. The

islet is connected to the Kanhinaud Point peninsula close N by

a partly drying reef. Foul ground extends 0.25 mile S from the

islet. There are bushes on the summit of the islet.

6.51 An irregular bight, most of which is encumbered with reefs

and shoals, indents the coast to a distance of about 1.8 miles E

between Dinagat Point and Tagbayakao Islet. 

6.51 Dinagat Cove and Masiub Cove lie in the SE and NE ends,

respectively, of this bight. Deep channels lead into these coves,

but the reefs and dangers fringing their shores limit their use to

small vessels.

6.51 Dinagat (9°58'N., 125°35'E.) can be identified by its church

and schoolhouse. A small pier E of the town has a depth of

1.5m alongside. Small craft from Surigao often call at Dinagat

to load copra. Lighters can be obtained from that port. The

town has a post office. Fresh stores in limited quantities can be

obtained.

6.51 Anchorage.—Anchorage for vessels calling at Dinagat is

anywhere off the town, preferably just N, in 18.3 to 37m. This

anchorage is fully exposed to the Southwest Monsoon, but offers some protection from the Northeast Monsoon. It is reported that currents in this vicinity are strong at certain times of the

year. The approach to the outer anchorage should be made

from the S of the Cabilan Islets.

6.51 Smaller vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor within

Dinagat Cove, in depths of 26 to 37m.

6.52 Capaquian Island (9°59'N., 125°33'E.), lying across

the entrance to Masiub Cove and Dinagat Cove, is 79m high

and wooded. Black rocky ledges lie on the SW side, while the

NE side is bordered by mangroves. 

6.52 A reef, partly awash, lies with its outer end 0.7 mile SE of

the S extremity of the island. Dakit Rock, 1m high, lies 0.4

mile from the W side of Capaquian Island. 

6.52 The Cabilan Islets (9°57'N., 125°32'E.), two in number, lie

on the same reef, 0.9 mile SSW of Capaquian Island. 

6.52 The W islet is 42m high, while the E islet is only 26m high.

A detached reef, with a depth of 0.3m, lies 0.35 mile ESE of

the E islet.

6.52 Unib Island (10°01'N., 125°31'E.), 1.25 miles N of the N

extremity of Capaquain Island, is 198m high, rugged, and

densely wooded. Sibanac Island is separated from the SW side

of Unib Island by a narrow deep channel.

6.52 Baong Rocks (9°59'N., 125°29'E.), 1m high, lies 0.3 mile W

of the S side of Sibanac Island. Drying rocks and a 0.3m patch

lie 137m W and ESE, respectively, of Baong Rock. With W

and SW winds, the sea breaks heavily over these rocks. 

6.52 Viray Islet (10°00'N., 125°31'E.), 24m high and wooded,

lies 0.75 mile S of Unib Island. Partly-drying reefs extend 0.4

from its NE side.

6.52 A rocky islet, with some coconut trees, lies 0.5 mile E from
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 165

Pub. 162

the E extremity of Sibanac Island, with a drying reef lying

137m E of the islet.

6.53 Kinhinaud Point (10°00'N., 125°34'E.), the W extremity of a rather prominent peninsula, lies about 1.3 miles

NW of Tagbayakao Islet. A hill, 119m high, lies near the middle of the peninsula about 1 mile E of the point and is conspicuous from a considerable distance. 

The point is bordered with mangroves and closely fringed by

a steep-to reef that bares at LW.

6.53 Melgar Bay (10°03'N., 125°32'E.) occupies a bight that indents the coast between Kanhinaud Point and Kambagio Point,

about 4.5 miles NW. The low shores of the bay rise abruptly to

high hills, which attain a height of more than 305m about 2

miles N of the head of the bay. 

6.53 A broken series of ridges culminates in the summit of Mount

Tristan, which lies on the E side of Dinagat Island about 4.8

miles NE of the head of the bay.

6.53 The SE side of the bay trends about 3.8 miles NNE from

Kanhinaud Point to Mahangin Point and is indented by numerous small deep coves. The village of Wilson is situated near the

head of Kambay Cove, which indents the coast between Kansadok Point (10°02'N., 125°34'E.), about 2.3 miles NNE of

Kanhinaud Point, and Kanayut Point, about 0.8 mile farther N. 

6.53 The latter point has a cliffy face, about 9.1m high, that is

conspicuous from many parts of the bay. Vessels desiring to

call at Wilson can anchor N of the town, in 18 to 37m.

6.54 Mahangin Point (10°03'N., 125°35'E.), about 0.8

mile NE of Kanayut Point, has a black rocky beach, and is bold

and steep-to. The two points are at the NW end of a prominent,

wooded peninsula. 

6.54 A deep narrow channel, about 0.2 mile wide, lies between

Mahangin Point and Sibukauan Island, close N. It forms the

common entrance of several deep coves at the head of Melgar

Bay. These coves afford sheltered anchorage for moderate

sized vessels with local knowledge.

6.54 Sibukauan Island (10°04'N., 125°35'E.), 30m high and easily identified, is a wooded islet that lies at the head of Melgar

Bay. It is closely fringed by a steep-to reef, and a narrow reef,

parts of which dry at LW springs, which connects the islet with

Bilabid Point, about 0.3 mile N.

6.54 The N side of Melgar Bay recedes about 1.8 miles N between Bilabid Point and Kambagio Point, about 2.8 miles W.

The shore, which is mostly steep-to, is rocky around the points

and closely fringed by reefs, which extend up to about 0.5 mile

S from a position on the shore about 1.8 miles NE of Kambagio Point. 

6.54 A detached, steep-to coral patch, with a least depth of 1.8m

and which usually shows plainly, lies about 0.3 mile SSE of a

point about 0.8 mile NE of Kambagio Point.

6.54 Kambagio Point (10°04'N., 125°31'E.) is steep, rocky, and

rises abruptly to the 61m summit of a grassy conical hill. It is

prominent from the W and SW. A reef, that partly dries at

LWS, extends nearly 0.5 mile SE from the E side of the point.

The small village of Melgar is situated on the E side of the

point.

6.54 Anchorage, sheltered from SW winds by the above reef, can

be taken E of the village, in 35m or more.

6.54 Kanhatid Point (10°04'N., 125°30'E.), the W entrance point

of Babas Cove, rises abruptly to a hill 79m high about 0.5 mile

N. An islet, 15.2m high, lies close S of the point, to which it is

practically connected.

6.55 Between Kanhatid Point and Tungo Point, about 4.8

miles NNW, there are a number of islets that lie up to about 1.5

miles offshore about halfway between the two points. These

high and mostly steep-to islets have deep channels between

them and shelter a number of small inlets that indent the S part

of this section of the coast.

6.55 Kakub Point, which terminates at its S end in a 15.2m hill,

lies about 2 miles NNW of Kanhatid Point. A narrow steep-to

reef, on which there are a number of small and partly-wooded

rocky islets, 6.7 to 33m high, extends about 0.8 mile S from the

point. 

6.55 The largest islet is located on the S end of the reef. A deep

bay, less than 0.5 mile wide, lies on the E side of Kakub Point

and the reef extending S from it. The steep-to shores of this bay

are practically a wall of coral from 3 to 9m high.

6.55 The Twin Islets (10°05'N., 125°29'E.), 18.3m high, lie in the S

approach to San Roque Channel, about 0.3 mile SW of the S end

of the above-described reef. They are located on a steep-to reef

that extends about 0.2 mile N from them. Although the islets may

be passed at a distance of 0.1 mile on either side when approaching or leaving San Roque Channel, the channel on the E side of the

islets is only about 91m wide between the reefs.

6.55 Hagakhak Island, 43m high, lies about 0.3 mile W of the

Twin Islets and it is separated from them and from the reef extending S from Kakub Point by a deep channel about 0.1 mile

wide. The SE and W sides of the island are closely fringed by

steep-to reefs, and a steep-to reef, on which there are several islets, extends about 0.3 mile from the NE side and N end. 

6.55 An islet, 21.3m high, lies at the NE end of the reef. Tinao Islet, 10.6m high, lies close off the edge of the island. There are

two rocky columns on the W side of Tinao Islet. 

6.55 A deep channel, about 0.1 mile wide, separates the reef

fringing the NE side of Hagakhak Island from the islets off the

S end of Kotkot Island.

6.55 Little Hagakhak Island lies about 0.3 mile SW of Hagakhak

Island. The islet is steep and very prominent. It is closely

fringed by steep-to reefs, and a rock, 15.8m high, lies at the SE

end of the islet.

6.56 Kotkot Island (10°06'N., 125°29'E.), 52m high and

thickly wooded, lies less than 0.5 mile N of Hagakhak Island

and is separated from the coast, about 0.1 mile NE, by San

Roque Channel. Several islets lie on the edge of the reef fringing the S end of the island. 

6.56 Rabo Rock, 7.6m high, lies on the E edge of a reef that extends about 0.3 mile ESE from the SE end of the island. The

deep channel between this latter reef and Kakub Point is only

about 55m wide. A detached 3.2m patch lies about 0.3 mile N

of the NW end of the island.

6.56 Puerto Princesa (10°06'N., 125°29'E.) is a village that lies

on the coast about 0.8 mile NW of Kakub Point. A hill, 104m

high, lies close behind the village and appears as a perfect cone

from SE or NW.

6.56 San Roque Channel, which lies between the coast at Puerto

Princesa and Kotkot Island, is narrowed to a width of about

91m by the reefs fringing each side. The channel has a depth of
166 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

about 9.1m off Puerto Princesa, and depths increase from there

toward the S and N entrances. 

6.56 A short distance SE of the port the channel widens into a basin, about 0.3 mile in width and a little more in length. The basin is clear of known dangers except for two reefs that extend

about 0.1 mile from the N side.

6.56 Good anchorage can be taken in the basin, in 40 to 46m. The

channel leading S from the basin narrows to a width of about

55m between the reef fringing the E side of Rabo Rock and

that fringing the W side of Kakub Point.

6.56 Tungo Point (10°08'N., 125°29'E.) is a steep-to point that

rises to a 93m summit about 0.3 mile southward.

6.57 Between Tungo Point and Pelotes Point, about 4.3

miles NNE, the coast is indented by numerous small bays and

bights. A number of steep-to islets and above and below-water

rocks lie up to about 2.5 miles offshore. Hills rise abruptly to

heights of about 171 to 256m about 0.5 mile inland.

6.57 Kanhanusa Island (Kanhanus Island) (10°09'N.,

125°29'E.), 99m high, is an islet that lies about 0.5 mile NNE

of Tungo Point and has Tamburay Island, a smaller islet, at its

S end. Although the passage between them and the coast, about

0.3 mile E, is deep, there are a number of steep-to reefs that

render it navigable only by small craft with local knowledge.

6.57 Kayitan Bay (10°08'N., 125°29'E.), which has depths of 20

to 55m, indents the coast on the E side of Tungo Point. It is entered through a deep channel, about 0.3 mile wide, between the

latter point and Tamburay Island. 

6.57 A 3m patch lies in the central part of the bay about 0.5 mile

SE of Tungo Point, and there is a 0.9m patch near the head of

the bay. A narrow drying passage leads into a cove at the S end

of the bay.

6.57 Fairly good anchorage can be taken, in 38m, mud, about 0.2

mile E of the entrance of the bay. Care must be taken to avoid

the above dangers and the reefs extending toward Tamburay Island from the N side of the bay.

6.57 Arellano (10°08'N., 125°30'E.), a small village, is situated

on the coast about 0.5 mile E of the NE end of Kanhanusa Island. There is a sandy beach in front of the village. A small

steep-to islet, with a reef extending about 0.2 mile S, lies about

0.5 mile NW of the village.

6.58 Kanihaan Island (Nanihaan Island) (10°10'N.,

125°28'E.) is the westernmost of the islets in this vicinity. A

small detached reef, with a depth of about 0.9m, lies about 0.3

mile W of Kanihaan Island and is steep-to. 

6.58 Heavy rips and overfalls in the vicinity make the reef difficult to see. A 23.5m coral patch is charted about 1.3 miles W of

the island.

6.58 Currents have been experienced setting S off the points of

Dinagat Island and around Kanihaan Island. They were very

strong in the vicinity of the N end of Kanihaan Island and the

reef close W. When the currents set N they were found to have

very little strength as a rule.

6.58 Pelotes Point (10°13'N., 125°30'E.) is the steep, rocky, NW

end of the Tabunan Peninsula. This wooded peninsula, 180m

high, is connected to the coast about 2 miles SE, by a short narrow isthmus, 30m high. The village of Tabunan is situated on

the W side of the peninsula about 0.8 mile SSE of the point. 

6.58 The Tabunan Islets, 15 to 64m high and rocky, lie up to about

0.5 mile offshore close S of the point. A rock, 17.7m high and

topped with bushes, lies less than 0.25 mile NE of the point. A

detached 10.1m patch lies nearly 0.5 mile NNW of the point.

6.58 Binaliu Rocks (10°12'N., 125°29'E.) are two rocks that lie

about 1 mile WSW of Pelotes Point. The sea breaks over them

in moderately heavy weather. Pelotes Rocks are wooded and

lie about 1 mile N of Pelotes Point. They are located close together on a steep-to bank about 0.3 mile long.

6.59 Between Pelotes Point and Esconchada Point, about 7

miles NNE, the coast is indented by several bays, separated by

high steep-to points. The coastal ridge of hills rises abruptly to

summits more than 335m high about 1 mile inland.

6.59 Libjo Bay (10°13'N., 125°31'E.) indents the coast between

Pelotes Point and Tamoyauas Point, about 2.25 miles NNE.

The latter point is high and wooded, with rocky ledges at its

foot. The village of Libjo is situated at the head of the bay.

Fairly protected anchorage can be taken, in 31m, about 0.3

mile NW of Libjo. 

6.59 Little Layauan Bay lies close S of Layauan Bay from which

it is separated by a steep rocky bluff. The greatest depths are on

the N side of the bay.

6.59 Layauan Bay (10°17'N., 125°32'E.) about 2 miles N of

Tamoyauas Point, is a small narrow inlet. The entrance is about

0.3 mile wide between two high rocky points. The mangrove

covered, rocky shores are fringed with steep-to reefs, 50 to

91m wide. 

6.59 There are depths of more than 26m as far as a position S of a

sand spit on the W side of the entrance of the N arm of the bay,

but there are reefs and foul ground E of this position. 

6.59 A channel, 137m wide, leads up the middle of the N arm and

has depths of about 18.3m for about 0.3 mile. In entering the N

arm, the steep-to sand spit mentioned above should be passed

close to in order to avoid the reefs that extend from the point on

the E side.

6.59 Anchorage, protected from all but W winds, can be taken in

the middle of the bay, in 29m. Small vessels can enter the N

arm, where there is a landlocked anchorage, in a depth of 18m.

6.59 Esconchada Point (10°19'N., 125°31'E.), 76m high, is a

broad partly-wooded bluff headland that lies about 2.25 miles

N of Layauan Bay. Part of the bluff has a steep, reddish, rocky

face that is prominent. The point is fringed by a steep-to rocky

beach. There are heavy rips off Esconchada Point, particularly

during the rising tide.

6.60 Between Esconchada Point and Desolation Point,

about 12 miles NE, the steep-to coast is indented by two large

open bays. The ridge of hills and mountains closely backing

the coast increases in elevation toward the N end of Dinagat Island and attains a height of about 914m about 2 miles inland. 

6.60 Mount Redondo, 934m high, lies on the E side of Dinagat Island, about 2.8 miles SE of the head of Looc Bay.

6.60 Berrugosa Point (10°23'N., 125°33'E.), which lies about 4.5

miles NNE of Esconchada Point and rises abruptly to a 201m

summit, is the N end of a hilly peninsula that extends about

2.25 miles NNW from the coast. There is a depth of 3.7m close

N of Berrugosa Point.

6.60 Looc Bay (10°24'N., 125°35'E.) indents the coast between

Berrugosa Point and Babatnon Point, a low wooded point
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 167

Pub. 162

about 3.5 miles ENE. The shores are fringed by narrow steepto reefs, with depths of 11 to 18.3m close off them. Puyo Island

lies about 0.5 mile off the E side of the head of the bay. The islet appears steep-to except for reefs and shoal water that fringe

its W and N sides.

6.60 The villages of Loreto and Santiago are situated at the head

of Looc Bay. There is a post office and radio station at Loreto.

Small inter-island vessels call here occasionally.

6.60 Anchorage can be taken W of Puyo Island and about 0.5

mile N of Loreto, in about 27m. Fair anchorage can be taken

between the SE side of Puyo Island and the coast, in about 18

to 22m. Both anchorages are exposed to N winds.

6.61 The Kayasa Islets (10°26'N., 125°34'E.) are two

rocky and wooded islets that lie in the approach to Looc Bay

about 2.5 miles NNE of Berrugosa Point. 

6.61 They are located about 0.5 mile apart on an 11 to 18m bank,

and there are depths of about 6.4m close NE of the S islet. 

6.61 A rock lies awash about 0.1 mile W of the S islet, and a detached steep-to rocky patch, with a depth of 1.8m, lies about

0.3 mile NW of the N islet. Caution should be exercised to

keep well clear of these dangers.

6.61 The tidal currents attain a velocity of 5 or 6 knots in the vicinity of the Kayasa Islets and between them and the coast to

the E and Hibuson Island to the W. They cause rips off some of

the points on the coast of Dinagat Island. 

6.61 There are also tide rips NE and S of the islets.

6.61 The coast, for a distance of about 3.8 miles SW of Desolation Point, contains several low rocky points with small white

sand beaches between them.

6.61 Desolation Point (10°28'N., 125°39'E.) is low and rocky.

The land rises abruptly from the point and about 1.5 miles S it

attains a height of 438m in the northernmost summit of the

coastal ranges. Breakers were reported within 1 mile N of Desolation Point.

6.61 Hibuson Island (10°27'N., 125°29'E.), 10 miles W of Desolation Point, is 189m high, and wooded. Its coasts are mostly

steep-to. 

6.61 There is anchorage off Hibuson village, which stands at the

head of Tinaga Cove, on the E side of the island, in a depth of

37m, protected from all except E winds. A bank, with depths

from 2 to 4m, extends 0.3 mile from the S side of the cove.

6.61 Little Hibuson Island, an islet, lies so close to the SW side of

Hibuson Island that it appears to be part of the latter and is connected thereto by reefs. Kanhandon Point, the NW extremity of

the island, is prominent.

6.61 The tidal currents are strong in the vicinity of Hibuson Island

and cause rips off the points of the island.

6.61 Caution.—It is advisable to pass NW around Hibuson Island in order to avoid the dangers eastward. Vessels may pass

between Hibuson Island and the N end of Dinagat Island, but

the currents are very strong and caution must be exercised to

keep clear of the Kayasa Islets.

6.61 A branch of the North Equatorial Current flows SW at a velocity of 0.5 to 1 knot at distances greater than 4 miles off the

NE coast. Within 1 mile offshore there are eddies, and the direction of the current is influenced by the tides. 

6.61 The flood current sets from the Pacific toward Surigao Strait,

the ebb current in the opposite direction. In the narrow channels between the islands, the tidal currents are strong and in

some places there are tide rips and dangerous whirlpools.

6.61 At the E entrance of Hinatuan Passage the flood current sets

NW and the ebb current sets in the opposite direction. The velocity is reported to reach 2.5 knots at times. 

Dinagat Island—East Side

6.62 The E side of Dinagat Island is bold and not heavily

wooded. Because of the lack of good harbors, the strong tidal

currents, and dangerous ground encumbering the approaches

through Dinagat Sound, this side of the island is seldom visited

by vessels.

6.62 The E side of Dinagat Island trends S from Desolation Point,

the N extremity of the island, for about 37 miles to Gaboc

(9°52'N., 125°41'E.). 

6.62 A mountainous ridge extends along the coast. The summit of

the island is Mount Redondo, about 7 miles S of Desolation

Point. The lower slopes and valleys are wooded. Growth on the

higher slopes is sparse. Spurs from the mountain terminate at

the shore in steep cliffs. 

6.62 The shore is fringed with reefs extending as far as 0.5 mile

offshore. There are no towns. The E coast is a lee shore and is

exposed to the Pacific. A safe coastal track leads about 1 mile

E of the salient points with a least depth of 20m.

6.62 Between Desolation Point and Kalanugan Point, about 5.25

miles SSE, the coast is bold and steep-to. Masdang Cove, about

1.8 miles S of Desolation Point, affords shelter for boats. A

landing can usually be made in foul weather.

6.62 Between Kalanugan Point and Malinao Inlet, 8.5 miles SSW,

the coast is a continuous mountain ridge rising abruptly from

shore. 

6.62 Mount Redondo, the summit of Dinagat Island, is about 3.5

miles SW of Kalanugan Point. Narrow steep-to reefs fringe the

shore.

6.62 Malinao Inlet (10°15'N., 125°38'E.) is about 0.5 mile wide

at the entrance between heavily wooded mountains rising

steeply on either side. Foul ground extends about 0.5 mile E

and about 0.8 mile SE from the N entrance point of the inlet

and drying reefs fringe both N and S entrance points. 

6.62 Small craft can obtain sheltered anchorage in the inlet and

vessels with local knowledge can anchor off the foul ground

during the Southwest Monsoon. Approach should be made

from SE, passing SW of the foul ground off the N entrance

point.

6.62 Between Malinao Inlet and Gaas Bay, 3.5 miles S, the coast

consists of wooded mountains rising steeply from the shore

which is fringed by reefs less than 0.25 mile wide. 

6.63 Peninsula Point (10°10'N., 125°41'E.) is a 161m high

densely wooded peninsula that lies about 5 miles SSE of Malinao Inlet. It appears flat on top. Reefs and foul ground fringe

the SE and NE sides of the peninsula up to 0.5 mile offshore.

6.63 Gaas Bay (10°11'N., 125°39'E.), on the N side of Peninsula

Point, is about 1.5 miles wide and indents the coast about 1

mile. The shores of the bay are fringed with reefs which are

about 0.3 mile wide at the head of the bay. 

6.63 Depths in the bay vary from 51m at the entrance to about

14.6m at the head. A small village is on the S shore of the bay.

Vessels can take temporary anchorage about 0.3 mile NE of the

village, in 14.6m.
168 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.63 Gaas Inlet is a tortuous channel with steep rocky banks leading from Gaas Bay SW to a small basin about 1.5 miles long. It

affords good protection for small vessels with local knowledge. 

6.63 Between Peninsula Point and Penascales Point, 6.5 miles to

the SSE, the coast is bold and fringed with reefs extending up

to 0.3 mile offshore.

6.63 Penascales Point (10°03'N., 125°42'E.) is fringed by a

steep-to reef about 0.3 mile wide. A group of large black rocks,

6.7m high, is on the reef and is conspicuous from N and S. An

11.3m bank is about 0.3 mile E of the point. 

6.63 The W edge of the dangerous ground in Dinagat Sound is

about 2.8 miles ESE of Penascales Point.

6.63 Between Penascales Point and the N entrance point to Lahi

Bay, about 6.25 miles SSW, the coast is bold and fringed with

reefs and foul ground extending as far as 0.25 mile offshore.

There are several small coves along the coast.

6.64 Lahi Bay (9°57'N., 125°40'E.) indents the coast about

1 mile to the W. Reefs and foul ground extend up to 0.5 mile

from the head of the bay and its S shore. There are depths of 33

to 44m in the bay.

6.64 Kagdyanao Bay (9°55'N., 125°41'E.), about 1 mile wide,

lies close S of the Lahi Bay, and is nearly blocked by reefs.

Kagdyanao Village is at the head of the bay. 

6.64 There is a recess in the reef where small vessels with local

knowledge can anchor off the village, in 22m.

6.64 Tabuk Island, 45m high, is on the shore reef projecting about

0.8 mile E from the N side of the entrance to Kagdyanao Bay.

The island is covered with grass and trees. A 16.4m bank is

1.75 miles ESE of the island.

6.64 Sayao Island, 37m high, is a sparsely wooded island about

0.5 mile NE of Tabuk Island. The SE end of Sayao Island is

steep-to. Reefs extend as far as the island. 

6.64 Dakit Rock, a conspicuous 3.9m rock, marks the NE extremity of the reef. A boat passage, about 0.1 mile wide with depths

of 15 to 20m, is between Sayao Island and the reef fringing Tabuk Island.

6.64 The S end of Dinagat Island consists of a bold promontory

fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. 

6.64 Mount Gaboc (9°53'N., 125°41'E.), on the N side of Port

Gaboc, is the highest peak of the promontory. It appears as a

flat-topped ridge covered with scrub and it slopes about 3 miles

N from the summit to an isthmus about 1 mile wide and 30m

high.

Dinagat Sound

6.65 Dinagat Sound (10°00'N., 125°50'E.) is N of Hinatuan Passage between the NW side of Siargao Island and the E

side of Dinagat Island. It is avoided by shipping because of

dangerous ground and unknown dangers. The sound is encumbered with several dangerous reefs. The bottom is very uneven

and there are numerous detached banks with depths of less than

18.3m.

6.65 Little is known about the tidal currents in Dinagat Sound except that they are strong.

6.65 Halian Island (9°56'N., 125°48'E.) is a sandy, wooded islet

about 24m high. It is on the S end of a reef about 8 miles ENE

of Mount Gaboc. Foul ground extends about 0.5 mile N from

the reef. 

6.65 The 20m curve is about 0.3 mile off the edge of a reef fringing the E and W side of the island and about 0.5 mile off the

SW end of the island. The N end of the reef is marked by

breakers. 

6.65 There is a sandy beach at the SW end of the island where

boat landings may be made.

6.65 Depths—Limitations.—A 10.3m shoal is on the N part of a

14.6m bank about 3 miles ESE of Halian Island. A deep channel about 1.5 miles wide is between the above shoal and the

reef fringing Kangbango Island (Kagbangio Island). A 9.1m

shoal is located about 3.5 miles NE of Halian Island and an obstruction is about 0.3 mile SW of this shoal.

6.65 The remainder of the known dangers in Dinagat Sound are

contained within an area 6 miles square W of 125°50'E and N

of 10°N. The W limit of the dangerous ground is about 2.8

miles ESE of Penascales Point. 

6.65 The least charted depth in this area, 6.1m, lies about 3.5

miles SE of that point.

Mindanao—Northeast Coast

6.66 The NE coast of Mindanao is bold and heavily wooded. Steep cliffs rise from the sea except for coastal lowlands

bordering Becebos Bay, Carrascal Bay, and Lanuza Bay. The

rivers are short swift mountain streams and fewer in number

than most other parts of Mindanao. 

6.66 The Dinuta Range trends parallel to the coast about 10 miles

inland and averages about 1,158m elevation. Mount Legaspi,

lying in a volcanic region about 8 miles WSW of Tugas Point,

is an active crater which erupted many years ago.

6.66 There are no large ports or towns along this coast. The principal industry is mining. Placer is the shipping place for the

surrounding mining district. The pilot station for the E entrance

of Hinatuan Passage is at Cantilan village on the W shore of

Lanuza Bay.

6.66 Typhoon tracks have crossed the NE coast of Mindanao with

greatest frequency during the month of November and with the

least frequency during February, March, and April.

6.66 Trade winds predominate during March and April. They may

be NE, E, or SE and can seldom be distinguished from the

Northeast Monsoon. The climatology of this coast is otherwise

the same as the Surigao Strait area.

6.66 On the NE coast, at positions open to the Pacific, the effect

of the tropic tides is less marked than in the inland waters of

the archipelago and semidiurnal tides occur throughout lunation.

6.66 Magnetic compasses of vessels navigating these waters are

greatly affected by the large iron deposits in the mountains between Claver Point and Tugas Point, and on Dinagat Island.

6.66 The N part of this coast borders Masapalid Passage and is a

large mangrove swamp, interspersed with many tidal streams

(esteros) that extend as far as two miles inland and form large

islands of mangroves. 

6.66 The hills nearest the coast are covered with grass and coconut trees and are detached from the mountains farther inland

which are heavily timbered.

6.66 Cog Point (9°41'N., 125°36'E.), which forms the W side of

the entrance of Canal Bay, is a steep hill covered with coconut
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 169

Pub. 162

trees. The W side of the point is low and covered with mangroves. The point, which is also known as Cogbabagang Island, is prominent.

6.67 Masapelid Passage (9°43'N., 125°37'E.) is used occasionally by small coastal vessels with local knowledge. Its

use by vessels without local knowledge is not recommended

because detailed directions from the intricate channel, which is

constricted by dangerous shoals and reefs, are not available.

The tidal currents are strong and there are no good landmarks.

6.67 Bilabid Island (9°45'N., 125°38'E.) consists mostly of mangroves. The E side of the island is covered with grass and scattered coconut trees. A hill, with a conspicuous clump of trees

on its summit, rises in the NE part of the island. Caye Island,

about 0.5 mile SE of Bilabid Island, is a small island with mangroves on its W side and a sand beach on its E side.

6.67 Masapelid Island (9°42'N., 125°39'E.), mostly fringed by a

narrow reef, lies about 0.5 mile S of Caye Island. The W part is

wooded and there are many small peaks. The NE part is covered with grass and scattered trees. 

6.67 The S part is a ridge which is heavily wooded on its W side

and has cogon grass on its E side. The summit of the island is

about 0.5 mile N of Sampetan Point, the S extremity of the island. Lakandula is a village on the W side of the island and is

situated about 1 mile NW of Sampetan Point.

6.67 Canal Bay (9°41'N., 125°37'E.), entered between Sampetan

Point and Cog Point, 1 mile E, is encumbered by several islands and dangers. Strong tide rips occur N of Cog Point

(9°41'N., 125°36'E.).

6.67 Opong Island lies at the head of Canal Bay. The island is

covered with vegetation and may be easily identified. It is composed of rough, jagged coral, eroded at the waterline and has a

mushroom appearance.

6.67 Dinago Island, lying about 0.5 mile S of Opong Island, is

covered with vegetation and has a similar appearance. Close E

of Dinago Island there is a small islet with two summits. A

rock awash lies about 0.5 mile E of the islet. 

6.67 A 0.9m patch lies about 0.5 mile NE of the NE end of Dinago Island. Foul ground extends from the N side of Dinago Island and from the S side of Opong Island.

6.67 The NW side of Canal Bay is foul as far as 0.25 mile offshore and consists of low mangroves bordered shores in the N

part. The S part rises to cogon-covered hills in the vicinity of

Cog Point.

6.67 Placer (9°40'N., 125°35'E.), a small village standing on an

unnamed point about 1 mile S of Cog Point, is the shipping

place for the surrounding mining district. 

6.67 The harbor is formed by a small bay between Cog Point and

a large drying reef which extends about 0.6 mile NE from the

town. 

6.67 Bancay Islet is a large rock lying near the middle of the N

side of this reef. An 8.2m patch lies in the approach to the harbor about 0.3 mile NE of the NE extremity of the reef. A 0.9m

patch lies near the middle of the harbor about 0.2 mile N of

Bancay Islet.

6.67 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor, in 22 to 24m, in the

middle of the harbor.

6.67 There is a rock causeway with a timber landing at Placer

with a reported depth of 3.9m at its head. A pier, with a depth

of 1.5m alongside, is located in a small cove about 0.5 mile N

of Placer.

6.68 Between Cog Point and Claver Point, about 9.5 miles

SE, foul ground lies as far as 1.5 miles offshore. The NE coast

of Mindanao is bold and heavily wooded as far as the valley of

the Bacuag River, about 5 miles W of Claver Point. From the

Bacuag River to Claver Point, the coast is low plain traversed

by several small rivers and backed by wooded mountains rising

about 3 miles inland.

6.68 The mountains along this stretch rise almost directly from

the coast and are heavily wooded, except those near Tugas

Point which are conspicuously bare of vegetation and bright

red in color.

6.68 Bacuag (9°37'N., 125°38'E.), a village, lies about 3.5 miles

SE of Placer on the S side of the mouth of the Tenanan River. A

shoal spit, with a depth of 2.7m at its offshore edge, extends

about 0.5 mile NE from the mouth of the Tenanan River. Puyo

Rock, which is large and conspicuous, lies on the spit.

6.68 Anchorage can be taken, in 9 to 13m, mud, about 0.3 mile

from the beach about 0.5 mile E of Puyo Rock.

6.68 Byby Island (9°35'N., 125°42'E.) is low, flat, and consists of

mostly mangrove and nipa swamp in the E part. The W part is a

long sandpit fronting Gigaquit village. There is a coconut

grove on the island.

6.68 Cabgan Island (9°36'N., 125°43'E.), a grassy islet, lies

about 0.5 mile off Byby Island about 2 miles E of the mouth of

the Gigaquit River. A reef, usually marked by breakers, surrounds Cabgan Island.

6.68 Claver Point (9°36'N., 125°44'E.) projects about 0.5 mile N

from the coast and forms the E side of Becebos Bay. A 5.5m

shoal was reported to lie 0.75 mile NNE of Claver Point.

6.68 Hinatuan Rock (9°41'N., 125°46'E.), a steep-to reef with a

depth of 6.4m, lies in the fairway of Hinatuan Passage, about 6

miles NNE of Claver Point.

6.68 Nagubat Island (9°39'N., 125°43'E.) is a small island lying

in the middle of a long narrow reef in a position about 4 miles

SW of Hinatuan Rock. Dijut Rock is a conspicuous rock with

light vegetation on it. The rock lies on the same reef as Nagubat Island about 0.8 mile N of the latter. A 6.4m channel crosses the reef about midway between Nagubat Island and Dijut

Rock.

6.68 Isa Reef (9°39'N., 125°41'E.), a dangerous reef with a depth

of 2.1m, lies about 1.5 miles W of Nagubat Island.

6.68 Lapinigan Island (9°35'N., 125°46'E.), lying about 1.5 mile

E of Claver Point, is covered with grass and scattered trees.

6.68 Good sheltered anchorage can be taken in Candos Bay W

and S of Lapinigan Island, in depths of 11 to 18m, mud. A ship

drawing 6.2m was reported to have touched bottom about 1.2

miles, bearing 342°15' from the W summit of Lapinigan Island.

6.69 Pagbuy Rocks (9°35'N., 125°47'E.) consists of a

group of rocks, 5 to 10m high, lying on a steep-to reef about 1

mile E of Lapinigan Island. A small drying patch lies about 0.3

mile W of Pagbuy Rocks.

6.69 Aling Islet (9°33'N., 125°50'E.) is about 3m high and wooded. It consists of conspicuous, white sand beaches which distinguish it from the other islets in the vicinity which have rocky

shores. A drying reef extends 0.6 mile N of the islet.
170 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.69 Telegraph Islet (9°33'N., 125°51'E.), 67m high, and two

other islets, lie on the coastal reef about 0.8 mile SE of Aling

Island.

6.69 The Lang Islets (9°32'N., 125°52'E.) are a group of small

rocky islets from 0.5 to 1 mile from the coast of Mindanao

about 1.3 miles E of Telegraph Island.

6.69 Amaga Islet (Amagat Islet) (9°32'N., 125°54'E.), 51m high

to the tops of the trees, is in the middle of Hinatuan Passage,

about 1.8 miles E of the Lang Islets. It is steep-to, composed of

jagged coral, and can be passed on either side.

6.69 Hinadkaban Bay (9°31'N., 125°54'E.) is entered between

an unnamed point and Kaba Point (9°30'N., 125°54'E.), which

lies about 2 miles SE. The bay recedes about 1 mile S. The

shores are fringed with coral which extends as far as 0.5 mile

offshore at the head of the bay. Kaba Point is bold and rocky. It

is fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef at its extremity.

6.69 The most conspicuous natural feature is the bright red color

of the Red Hills about 1 mile S of the head of Hinadkaban Bay. 

6.69 The Red Hills are nearly bare of vegetation and consists of

bright red soil and red rock which is weathering rapidly. The

hillsides are eroded, leaving deep gullies where the soil has

washed into the sea.

6.70 Dahikan Bay (9°29'N., 125°56'E.) is entered between

Kaba Point and Tugas Point, 3 miles ESE. It is divided into two

arms by Pagtigian Point (9°28'N., 125°56'E.), a high, narrow,

and rocky point of land 31m extending in a N direction.

6.70 The main danger in the approach is a 10.5m patch lying in a

position about 1.3 miles NW of Tugas Point. The W arm of the

bay extends about 2.8 miles S from the entrance, forming a

narrow cul-de-sac fringed by reefs. 

6.70 Rock debris from the Red Hills has formed beaches of red

soil in the small coves along the shore.

6.70 Anchorage.—Anchorage, protected from all directions except from the N, can be found inside the bay, in depths of 31 to

46m, mud. Small vessels can also obtain anchorage in the head

of the bay E of Pagtigian Point, in a depth of 31m, mud, sheltered from the Northeast Monsoon (October to March).

6.71 Tugas Point (9°29'N., 125°57'E.) is the NE extremity

of the Tugas Peninsula. The extremity of the point consists of a

cliff, 24m high, backed by hills. The point is fringed by a steepto reef about 0.3 mile wide.

6.71 From Tugas Point to Cauit Point the coast is indented by two

large adjacent bays, Carrascal Bay and Lanuza Bay. The coast

from the head of Carrascal Bay to the head of Lanuza Bay is a

low cultivated plain. Along the SE shore of Lanuza Bay, the

mountains rise steeply from the shore and are heavily wooded.

6.71 The Tugas Peninsula (9°28'N., 125°57'E.) is a bold, wooded, and irregularly-shaped peninsula. It is connected to the NE

coast of Mindanao by a low narrow isthmus about 2.5 miles

SSW of Tugas Point. The E side of the peninsula consists of

rocky bluffs interspersed with sand beaches. 

6.71 A tongue-shaped steep-to reef, which partly dries at LW, extends about 0.5 mile SW from the S end of the Tugas Peninsula

and forms a sheltered cove on the N side of Carrascal Bay. The

edge of the reef can be easily made out. Small vessels can

round it fairly close to, and anchor in the cove NW of the reef,

in 18 to 31m.

6.72 Carrascal Bay (9°25'N., 125°58'E.) is entered between the SE side of the Tugas Peninsula and Capungan Point,

about 3 miles SE. Gorda Point, 52m high, lying about 2.8 miles

S of the S end of the Tugas Peninsula, divides the bay into two

parts. 

6.72 The bay is exposed to the Northeast Monsoon, and it is reported that a heavy swell sets into the bay during most of that

season. A reef extends 0.25 mile E from the point.

6.72 The NW arm of the bay is backed by the active volcano of

Mount Legaspi which rises about 4 miles W. Intervening hills

rise abruptly from a mangrove-bordered shore that is fringed

by mud flats about 0.5 mile wide.

6.72 The SE arm of the bay is backed by a level, cultivated, coastal plain through which the Carrascal River flows. 

6.72 The mouth of the river lies about 0.8 mile W of a low isthmus connecting the mainland with the Capungan Peninsula.

The peninsula forms the E shore of the SE arm of the bay.

6.72 Carrascal is a village located on the W bank of the Carrascal

River mouth. A church bell tower on the N side of the village

and a yellow building on the beach are conspicuous.

6.72 Anchorage can be taken in a position about 0.8 mile N of the

church tower, in 18.3 to 22m. 

6.72 During the Northeast Monsoon, heavy swells are felt at the

anchorage.

6.73 General Island (9°25'N., 126°01'E.) lies close NE of

Capungan Point, the SE entrance point of Carrascal Bay. 

6.73 The NE and NW sides of the island consist of a series of

bluffs which are conspicuous from E or W. The S side of the island is indented by two bays separated by a small peninsula.

The E bay is of little value to shipping.

6.73 General Island Anchorage (9°25'N., 126°00'E.), the W bay

on the S side of General Island, is fringed in places by narrow

shore reefs which form a basin about 0.3 mile in diameter. A

conspicuous rock on the edge of the reef projecting from the

SW end of the island marks the W entrance point of the anchorage. 

6.73 The E entrance point is steep-to and consists of the S of two

spurs protruding W from the peninsula on the S side of the island. Small vessels can pass midway between the entrance

points and obtain sheltered anchorage, in 26m, mud, with the N

spur bearing 090°.

6.73 Ramillete Rock, a 17m high, steep-to, and conspicuous rock,

lies about 0.4 mile NNW of the SW end of General Island.

6.73 Auqui Island (Auquit Island) (9°24'N., 126°03'E.) is 102m

high and lies 1.75 miles SE of General Island. The SW extremity of the island is steep-to. The other sides are fringed by reefs

which extend 0.5 mile N from it. 

6.73 There is foul ground between General Island and Auqui Island.

6.73 Triton Rocks lie 1.25 miles NNW of Auqui Island. The N

rock is 5m high and marks the N extremity of the foul ground

between General Island and Auqui Island.

6.74 Whale Rock (9°29'N., 126°04'E.), a small black rock

4m high, lies on a bank about 4.5 miles NNE of Triton Rocks.

Foul ground, over which the sea breaks in moderate weather,

extends as far as 0.15 mile from Whale Rock. An 8.5m patch

lies about 0.4 mile SE of the rock, while a 14.6m patch lies

about 0.8 miles NW of the rock.
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 171

Pub. 162

6.74 Lanuza Bay (9°17'N., 126°05'E.) is entered between Capungan Point and Cauit Point, about 14.5 miles SE. The E side of

the Capungan Peninsula comprises the NW shore of the bay.

6.74 The SW shore of the bay consists of a continuous dark sand

beach. A cultivated plain, about 5 miles wide, backs the SW

shore of the bay and is traversed by several small rivers. The

SE shore of the bay is bold, with black rocky cliffs.

6.74 Cantilan (9°20'N., 125°59'E.) is a small town on the N bank

of the Cantilan River about 0.5 mile from its mouth. 

6.74 There are several warehouses and a large stone church in the

town. A pilot for Hinatuan Passage is available at Cantilan.

6.74 Lanuza (9°14'N., 126°04'E.) is a village situated at the head

of the bay on the E bank of the Lanuza River mouth. There is a

stone church in the village. The village can also be identified

by a hill, 168m high, lying 0.25 mile S of the village, which is

the W hill in this vicinity.

6.74 Along the SE shore there are black rocky cliffs and the

mountains rise steeply to form a bold heavily-wooded promontory. About 3 miles SW of Cauit Point the spur of mountains

ends in a conspicuous step, 329m high. 

6.74 There are short sand beaches about 1 mile SW and 1 mile

NE, respectively, of the step. The N end of the promontory

consists of hills terminating in Cauit Point.

6.75 Unamao Island (9°23'N., 126°00'E.) lies about 0.5

mile E of the SE end of the Capungan Peninsula. The island is

wooded and has four conspicuous peaks.

6.75 Cantilan Shoals consists of a number of rocky patches, with

a least depth of 1.2m, which are grouped in an area of foul

ground that extends about 1.5 miles NE from the E end of the

drying reef which fringes the mouth of the Cantilan River. Vessels should not attempt to pass inshore of Cantilan Shoals.

6.75 Anchorage can be taken, in 12.8m, mud, NNE of Cantilan in

a position about 1 mile SW of Unamao Island.

6.75 Cauit Point (9°18'N., 126°12'E.), the NE extremity of a

wooded promontory formed by a spur of the E mountain chain

of Mindanao, is described in paragraph 9.68 

6.75 There are some rocks, 9.1m high, on the N side of the promontory, lying close offshore, from 0.5 to 1.5 miles W of Cauit

Point. The E side of the point is fringed by a reef, which extends 0.6 mile offshore.

6.75 Cauit Bank (9°20'N., 126°16'E.), with a least charted depth

of 14.6m, rock, lies from 2.75 to 4 miles NE of Cauit Point.

The Bucas Islands

6.76 The Bucas Islands consist of Bucas Grande Island,

Middle Bucas Island, and East Bucas Island. Bucas Grande Island, the largest of the group, forms the E entrance of Hinatuan

Passage. 

6.76 Middle Bucas Island lies close to the NE side of Bucas

Grande Island and is separated from it by Port Batuecas. 

6.76 Mount Sibonga, a conspicuous wooded conical peak in the

SE part of the island, is the highest summit of the Bucas Islands group. East Bucas Island lies close E of Middle Bucas Island and is separated from it by a boat passage.

6.76 North and S of Siargao Island, and E of the Bucas Islands,

the depths on the coastal shelf are irregular. 

6.76 Bathymetric conditions are likely to be unstable in this vicinity because of frequent and severe earthquakes. Most of the

marine epicenters lie in the Philippine Deep. There is a concentration of epicenters recorded about 30 miles E of the Bucas Islands.

6.76 Banks and isolated soundings that have depths of less than

37m should be regarded with caution. 

6.76 Wherever possible vessels should avoid passing over charted

inequalities in soundings. 

6.76 Under no circumstances should vessels navigate in this vicinity in depths less than 18.3m without taking every precaution to avoid possible dangers.

6.76 Bucas Grande Island (9°40'N., 125°56'E.) is indented by

coves and small bays. 

6.77 Dahakit Point (Darakit Point) (9°34'N., 125°56'E.),

21.3m high at its extremity, projects about 0.5 mile W from the

S end of Bucas Grande Island. A narrow reef fringes its N side.

The point is marked by a light.

6.77 The SW side of Bucas Grande Island, which lies about 4.5

miles off the NE coast of Mindanao and forms the NE side of

the E entrance of Hinatuan Passage, is indented by two bays. A

number of small, steep, and heavily wooded peaks distinguish

this side of the island.

6.77 Kalunis Point (9°35'N., 125°54'E.), about 1.8 miles NW of

Dahakit Point, is 58m high and fringed by a steep-to reef about

0.1 mile wide. An islet, 15.2m high, lies on the edge of the

reef.

6.77 Between Kalunis Point and the SE entrance point of Sohutan

Bay, about 1 mile NNW, the shore is fringed by a narrow steepto reef. A small cove lying about 0.3 mile N of Kalunis Point is

blocked by reefs on which there are several islets. The largest

islet is 49m high.

6.77 Sohutan Bay (9°36'N., 125°54'E.) is about 1.3 miles wide

between its SE entrance point, 57m high and Nakiauit Point,

about 2.25 miles NW of Kalunis Point. 

6.77 The shores of the bay are fringed by steep-to reefs. Two

patches, 0.9 and 1.8m, lie about 0.5 mile SSW and ESE, respectively, from Nakiauit Point.

6.77 A steep-to reef extending about 0.5 mile NNW from the SE

entrance point forms a S arm of the bay about 0.5 mile long.

Several rocks lie on the reef. 

6.77 The largest rock, 33m high, lies on the N edge of the reef. An

island, 57m high, and an islet, 22m high, lie on a steep-to reef

close W of the SE entrance point. The reef extends as far as 0.1

mile W from the islands W side.

6.77 Sohutan Inlet, which extends about 1 mile E from a break in

the shore reef in the S arm of Sohutan Bay, is of no navigational importance because its entrance is blocked by a 0.4m shoal.

6.77 Good sheltered anchorage can be taken in the S arm of Sohutan Bay about 0.3 mile offshore, in 42m. 

6.77 When approaching this anchorage from S, the 33m high rock

should not be brought to bear less than 047°, in order to pass

outside all dangers off the SE entrance point.

6.77 Nakiauit Point (9°37'N., 125°53'E.), the SW extremity of

Bucas Grande Island, is about 61m high and conspicuous. A

4.6m shoal lies about 0.5 mile W of the point and a 4.6m patch

lies about midway between. The shoals cannot be distinguished at any distance. The point should be given a berth of

about 1 mile.

6.77 The W side of Bucas Grande Island is indented by a number
172 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

of small bays, mostly too deep to provide anchorage. The coast

is fringed by steep-to reefs.

6.78 Kanlanuk Bay (9°39'N., 125°55'E.), entered 3 miles

NNE of Nakiauit Point, has a reef extending 0.5 mile NW from

the S entrance point. There is anchorage, in a depth of 44m, 0.4

mile N of Pamosaingan village, located at the head of the bay.

6.78 Manaol Point (9°43'N., 125°54'E.), 6.5 miles N of Nakiauit

Point, is bold and fringed by a narrow steep-to reef.

6.78 Bucas Point (9°46'N., 125°55'E.), the NW extremity of Bucas Grande Island, lies about 2.5 miles NNE of Manoal Point.

The point is bold and is fringed by a steep-to reef about 0.2

mile wide. The N part of Bucas Grande Island consists of a

sparsely-wooded flat-topped ridge, 271m high at its summit.

Dark red bluffs rise abruptly from the shore.

6.78 Dayanayog Cove (9°45'N., 125°57'E.), Baybagun Cover,

and Soung Cove are adjacent coves with a common entrance.

The N entrance point of the coves is fringed by a steep-to reef

about 0.3 mile wide. A conspicuous rock, 1.2m high, lies on a

reef about 0.4 mile N of the N entrance point of the coves. 

6.78 There is a depth of 14.6m between the reef and the shore.

Vessels should pass NE of the rock.

6.78 Port Batuecas (9°43'N., 125°58'E.) is a narrow inlet separating the W side of Middle Bucas Island from the E side of Bucas Grande Island. The entrance of Port Batuecas is a narrow

passage, about 0.8 mile long, which leads S and E to the W

side of Port Sibonga. 

6.78 It is constricted by reefs on either side to a navigable channel, about 91m wide, with a controlling depth of 5.8m. The tidal currents in the channel are strong.

6.78 The S part of Port Batuecas is foul as far as 0.3 mile offshore. Drying reefs fringe most of the remaining shores of the

port. At the head of the port, reefs, which dry at 0.3m, connect

the NW side of Middle Bucas Island with the E side of Bucas

Grande Island. 

6.78 About 0.8 mile NW of the W end of the entrance channel,

the reef fringing the E shore of the port projects about 0.5 mile

offshore. Sheltered anchorage, in 16m, mud, can be taken

about 0.3 mile S of the projecting reef. 

6.78 The N part of Port Batuecas is encumbered by an 8.2m patch

lying about 0.3 mile N of the projecting reef. A 1.2m reef lies

about 0.2 mile farther N.

6.79 Port Sibonga (9°41'N., 126°00'E.) is a small bay entered S of Middle Bucas Island. The navigable width is about

0.5 mile between the 9.1m curves. Banluto Islet, 58m high,

rocky and wooded, lies in the middle of the bay. 

6.79 The islet is surrounded by a reef which extends N to Middle

Bucas Island, dividing the bay into two separate basins.

6.79 Anchorage can be taken in the E basin off the town of Consolacion, in 13 to 15m. Vessels over 5.5m draft should not use

this anchorage. Vessels having a draft of 4.5 to 5.5m should

proceed with utmost caution as the bottom is of coral and is

very uneven. It is reported that the best anchorage is located

between the E entrance point and Banluto Islet.

6.79 The E side of Bucas Grande Islet trends about 7 miles SSW

from Port Sibonga to Dahakit Point and consists of bold rocky

promontories interspersed with sandy beaches. 

6.79 The summit of the island, 282m high, rises about 2.5 miles

NE of Dahakit Point. A prominent white scar is located about

1.5 miles ENE of Dahikit Point. This scar was reported to be

more prominent than the charted white scar to the NE.

6.79 Socorro (9°37'N., 125°58'E.) is a village located on the S

side of the Socorro River mouth in a position about 4 miles

NNE of Dahakit Point. A sandy beach, about 2 miles long and

fringed by a reef about 0.3 mile wide, fronts the village.

6.79 Middle Bucas Island (9°43'N., 125°59'E.) is separated from

Bucas Grande Island by Port Batuecos. Mount Sibonga, 291m

high, a wooded, conical peak in the SE part of the island, is the

highest point of Bucas Island, and is a prominent landmark.

6.80 Bagum Island (9°44'N., 125°59'E.), a conspicuous

islet 18.3m high, lies on a reef in a position about 0.1 mile N of

the N extremity of Middle Bucas Island.

6.80 East Bucas Island (9°43'N., 126°02'E.) is separated from

the E side of Middle Bucas Island by a narrow, drying boat

channel. 

6.80 The island is 183m high and well wooded. Its coasts are

fringed by reefs which extend up to 1 mile offshore, on which

there are several rocks and islets.

6.80 San Miguel Point (9°44'N., 126°02'E.), 44m high, is the N

extremity of East Bucas Island and the S entrance point of the

W entrance of Dapa Channel. Reefs and foul ground extend as

far as 0.15 mile N from the point. 

6.80 The village of San Miguel is located on the sandy extremity

of the point. It can be identified by the metal roofs of the houses.

6.81 Casulian Island (9°42'N., 126°05'E.), lying 0.75 mile

SE of the SE extremity of East Bucas Island, is wooded in the

E part, where it is 90m high. The W part is lower and is covered with coconut trees. There is a narrow deep channel between Carulian Island and East Bucas Island.

6.81 Lajanosa Island (9°38'N., 126°10'E.), Mamon Island

(Manon Island), and Antokon Island (Antokan Island) lie on

the same reef, about 6 miles SE of Casulian Island. 

6.81 Lajanosa Island, the northernmost island, has three hills on

its W side. Mamon Island, the middle island, is 82m high. 

6.81 Antokon Island, about 1 mile S of Lajanosa Island, has three

cones on it.

6.81 Anajauan Island (Anajawan Island) (9°37'N., 126°08'E.),

lies 1.5 miles W of Mamon Island. It lies on the SW part of a

bank, on which there are a number of below-water rocks and

shoals, with the southernmost lying about 0.6 mile SSE of the

SW extremity of the island. 

6.81 A 2.7m patch lies 0.5 mile SE of the NE extremity of the island, while a 3m patch lies 1.75 miles NE of the same point.

Dapa Channel

6.82 Dapa Channel (9°46'N., 125°58'E.) separates the N

side of East Bucas Island from the S side of Siargao Island.

The W entrance of the channel lies between San Miguel Point

and Cambasac Point, about 0.5 mile NNE. 

6.82 Immediately W of the W entrance points, Dapa Channel

opens to a width of about 1.5 miles, between the reefs fringing

the N shore of East Bucas Island and the reefs fringing the S

shore of Siargao Island. 

6.82 The E entrance lies between Inayauan Point and the S side of

Siargao Island. Inayauan Point is the NE extremity of East Bu-
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 173

Pub. 162

cas Island. Reefs and foul ground fringe the point as far as 0.5

mile N and about 1 mile E and SE.

6.82 Dapa Channel is encumbered with a number of islets and

reefs. Three narrow passages lead through the reefs, the edges

of which are easily made out in good light. 

6.82 Dapa Channel can be negotiated by small vessels with sufficient power to overcome the strong tidal currents. 

6.82 The controlling depth of Dapa Channel is 9.6m. 

6.82 Vessels coming from W usually favor the NE side of Dapa

Channel in order to avoid Quico Reef (9°45'N., 125°59'E.) and

Barrabas Reef about 0.8 mile SE. They then enter the middle

passage between Abanay Islet and Bancuyo Islet.

6.82 The tidal currents run with considerable velocity in Dapa

Channel and in the channels leading to Numancia, Port Batuecas, and San Benito.

6.82 During both monsoons the wind abates about sunset and

freshens about sunrise. This area is most frequently struck by

typhoons during November.

6.83 Bancuyo Islet (9°44'N., 126°03'E.) lies about 1 mile

E of San Miguel Point. It is a good mark in the approach to Dapa Channel from W. The S passage lies between Bancuyo Islet

and the reefs and foul ground that fringe the N side of East Bucas Island. The passage is narrow and intricate and is not recommended.

6.83 Abanay Islet (9°45'N., 126°02'E.) lies with its SW extremity about 0.2 mile E of Cambasac Point. Reefs fringe the SW

and N sides of the island. Dapa Reef extends about 1.3 miles E

from the E side of Abanay Islet. 

6.83 A 7.3m patch lies about 0.3 mile farther E. The middle passage is the recommended channel. It leads fairly straight between Abanay Islet and Bancuyo Islet and has a least depth of

12.8m. The navigable width is about 91m.

6.83 The N passage is used by small inter-island vessels and lighters. It is marked by beacons and leads W and N of Abanay Islet

and then N of Dapa Reef. It is a very constricted and intricate

channel, with depths of 7 to 12m as far as Dapa. 

6.83 In the passage SE of the town the controlling depth is 6.4m.

A 2.7m patch, marked by a beacon, lies about 1 mile SE of the

town. 

6.83 The channel W of Abanay Islet is not recommended to those

who are not familiar with the area due to the narrow passage

and the swift current.

6.83 Dapa (9°45'N., 126°02'E.) is a small town standing on the N

shore of Dapa Channel. There is a stone causeway with a concrete pier extension. The offshore end of the pier has depths of

4.2 to 5.2m at its S to NW corners and 5.8 to 6.1m about 7.6m

off its end. 

6.83 Vessels of more than 240 tons calling at Dapa usually anchor

about 1.6 miles ESE of the town, in 14.6m, mud.

Siargao Island

6.84 The S side of Siargao Island trends about 3.5 miles E

from the town of Dapa to Dolores Point (9°45'N., 126°07'E.),

which is low and covered with coconut palms. 

6.84 The controlling depth in the fairway of the E approach to Dapa Channel is 10m. A 6.4m shoal patch is on the E side of the

fairway about 0.8 mile S of Dolores Point.

6.84 The SE side of Siargao Island between Dolores Point and

Tuason Point, about 5 miles to the NE, is a smooth sandy beach

with groves of coconut, hemp, and bananas. 

6.84 The village of Union is about 0.5 mile N of Dolores Point at

the mouth of the Union River. 

6.84 The village of General Luna is on the shore about 3.25 miles

NE of Dolores Point. 

6.84 The SE shore of Siargao Island is fronted by an area of foul

ground studded with reefs extending as far as 4 miles offshore.

A drying barrier reef, marked by breakers, is on the edge of the

foul ground. A dangerous, detached dark coral reef, 6m deep,

is about 2.5 miles SSE of Dolores Point. 

6.84 Daco Islet (9°45'N., 126°10'E.), on the SE end of the barrier

reef about 2.5 miles ESE of Dolores Point, is a good landmark.

The island is 40m high on its E end, 32m high on its W end,

and appears flat on top. The islet is fringed on its SE and SW

sides by a reef extending as much as 1 mile offshore.

6.84 Guyang Islet, small, sandy, and covered with coconut palms,

is about 1.3 miles N of the E end of Daco Islet.

6.84 Seco Reef, a drying reef with a small sand cay at its NW

side, is about 1 mile SE of Dolores Point.

6.85 Tuason Point (9°49'N., 126°10'E.), the E extremity of

Siargao Island, is a very rocky point 40m high. It has an 18.3m

bluff at its face. The point is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef.

6.85 Between Tuason Point and Sharp Point, 2.5 miles to the NW,

the shore is fringed by drying reefs extending as far as 1.5

miles offshore. Three large rocks are on the outer edge of the

reef; the highest, 15.2m high, is about 1.3 miles N of Tuason

Point. About 0.5 mile NW of this rock there is a break in the

reef about 0.4 mile wide. This is the entrance to a recess in the

reef about 0.8 mile wide with depths of 9 to 26m. 

6.85 Each side of the entrance is marked by a rock 7.6m high.

6.85 Sharp Point (9°51'N., 126°08'E.) is low and covered with

coconut palms. The fringing reef extends 1 mile E and about

0.3 mile N of the point. 

6.85 A mangrove-covered islet, 3.1m high, lies about 0.3 mile

NNE of the point. 

6.85 Between Sharp Point and Isda Island, about 1.8 miles to the

WNW, a drying reef extends up to 0.5 mile offshore. 

6.85 A recess in the reef, about 0.8 mile wide and with depths of

11 to 27m is formed SE of Isda Island. A drying patch is in the

entrance about 0.5 mile ESE of Isda Island.

6.85 Isda Island, 37m high with several large rocks adjacent,

stands on the edge of the shore reef and marks the S side of the

entrance to Port Pilar.

6.86 Port Pilar (9°52'N., 126°07'E.) entered between Isda

Island and Pilar Point, about 0.66 mile to the N, indents the

coast about 1 mile W. The depths vary from 145m in the entrance, to 12.8m near the head of the bay. 

6.86 Although the bay does not afford good shelter and is not recommended, it is the best anchorage on the E side of Siargao Island. Even during the Southwest Monsoon a heavy swell runs

in around Pilar Point. The S part of the bay is filled with a drying reef extending as much as 0.25 mile offshore. 

6.86 The N shore of the bay is steep-to. The Pilar River discharges into the head of the bay. Drying reefs extend about 0.2 mile

from the head of the bay. An 8.2 and a 9.1m shoal are about 0.3

mile offshore at the head of the bay. Pilar Village is on the NE

side of the Pilar River mouth.
174 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.86 Anchorage can be taken, in 12.8m or 14.6m, about 0.5 mile

ESE of the village. Small vessels with local knowledge can enter the Pilar River NE of a 0.4m shoal encumbering the river

mouth and proceed to a sheltered anchorage about 0.1 mile

above the village. The controlling depth in the channel is 6.4m.

Pilar Point (9°52'N., 126°07'E.) is identified by a conspicuous, column shaped rock about 0.2 mile off the point. Between

Pilar Point and Sugbuhan Point, about 12 miles NNW, the

coast is bold and has a regular coastline fringed by steep-to

reefs from 0.25 to 0.5 mile wide. The edges of the reef are easily identified and are marked by breakers even during the

Southwest Monsoon. 

6.86 There are no salient points along this stretch of coast; the

most conspicuous landmark is a 183m ridge at Arena Point

(9°58'N., 126°06'E.), which is a slight projection of the shore

about 6 miles NNW of Pilar Point.

6.87 Sugbuhan Point (10°04'N., 126°04'E.), the N extremity of Siargao Island, is low and covered with trees and

bushes. The point is fringed by a drying reef extending as much

as 0.65 mile offshore.

6.87 Sugbuhan Reef (10°06'N., 126°02'E.) is about 2.5 miles

NNW of Sugbuhan Point and has a depth of 2.7m. 

6.87 Tide rips occur on the reef and it can be identified with good

light. The reef is about 1 mile long and is on a bank about 1.5

miles long, with a depth of 12.8 to 18.3m. A 14.6m bank is

about 1.5 miles NNW of Sugbuhan Point.

6.87 The NW side of Siargao Island trends about 15.5 miles SSW

from Sugbuhan Point to Venus Point and is fronted by reefs, islands, and dangers extending as far as 6 miles offshore. Only

small vessels with local knowledge should attempt the intricate

channels among the reefs. 

6.87 Other islands and dangers which are further offshore are described in paragraph 6.65 under Dinagat Sound.

6.87 Between Sugbuhan Point and the village of Sapao, about 3

miles SSW, the shore is fringed by drying reefs extending 1.25

miles offshore.

6.87 The village of Sapao (10°01'N., 126°02'E.) is at the head of

a mangrove-bordered cove. There is a passage through the reef

abreast of the village and small vessels with local knowledge

can anchor off the break, in 12.8m, about 1 mile W of the village. A 4.9m patch is about 0.3 mile further W.

6.87 Between Sapao and the village of San Benito, 4 miles to the

SW, detached reefs extend as far as 6 miles offshore. 

6.87 Drying reefs and foul ground extend about 2 miles offshore.

Several low islets are on the reefs.

6.87 Kambiling Islet (Cabiling Islet) (10°01'N., 126°00'E.),

about 2 miles W of Sapao, is a small sand cay, awash at HW

and fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. A 6.7m shoal patch is

about 0.5 mile SW of the islet. Vessels can pass N of the islet in

26m or SW of the islet in 11.9m.

6.87 Malayo Reef (10°02'N., 125°56'E.), lying about 3.75 miles

WNW of Kambiling Islet, has a least charted depth of 2.7m.

Three charted reefs, with least charted depths between 3.2 to

5.8m, lie between Kambiling Islet and Malayo Reef.

6.87 Pagbasayan Islet (10°00'N., 126°01'E.), a low, sandy islet

covered with trees and bushes, is on the S side of a large drying

reef and 1.5 miles SSE of Kambiling Islet.

6.88 San Benito (9°57'N., 126°00'E.) is a small village lying about 2 miles S of Pagbasayan Islet. Litalit Island lies 1.25

miles SW of San Benito. San Benito is fronted by a sand beach

and is visible from seaward

6.88 Dahican Islet (9°57'N., 125°57'E.), on an extensive drying

reef about 2 miles W of San Benito, is a flat mangrove-covered

island with a small wooded area in its middle part.

6.88 Kangun Islet (9°58'N., 125°59'E.) is a low sandy islet about

3 miles SSW of Kambiling and close NE of Dahican Islet. A

drying reef extends 1 mile NNE of Kangun Islet.

6.88 Litalit Bay (9°58'N., 126°00'E.) is formed E of Dahican Islet and Kangun Islet. The bay is encumbered by foul ground.

Only small vessels with local knowledge can navigate the constricted channels N and S of Kangun Islet, and they can anchor

about 0.8 mile NW of San Benito, in 10.5m, coral. Litalit Island is 1.25 miles SW of San Benito.

6.88 Sayung Channel, connecting the head of Litalit Bay with Baban Lagoon, is a mangrove-fringed channel navigable only by

small craft and leads S to Numancia.

6.88 Between San Benito and Venus Point, about 8 miles SSW,

the W part of Siargao Island is a wide mangrove flat, intersected with numerous streams and small boat channels forming

large mangrove-bordered islands fronting the shore.

6.88 Poneas Island (9°54'N., 125°57'E.), the largest island fronting Siargoa Island, has a summit 200m high, and from seaward

appears as numerous peaks separated by deep ravines. 

6.88 The drying reef fringing Dahican Island extends about 2.25

miles SW as far as Megancub Island and fringes the NW side

of Poneas Island as far as 1.25 miles offshore. 

6.88 Foul ground is 1 mile farther offshore and nearly fills the area W and NW of Megancub Island, and that is encompassed

between the SW side of Poneas Island and the E sides of Cowhagan Island and Kangbanyo Island.

6.88 Laonan Island (9°53'N., 125°55'E.), 138m high, is a small

wooded island close to the SW end of Poneas Island.

6.88 Kangbanyo Island (Kangbanio Island) (9°55'N.,

125°54'E.), 134m high, is 0.5 mile NNW of the N part of Laonan Island and consists of numerous wooded peaks.

6.88 Cowhagan Island, which is low, lies on a reef extending NW

from Kangbanyo Island. A rock, 19m high and wooded, lies

close N of Cowhagan Island.

6.88 Tona Island (9°52'N., 125°57'E.), a large mangrove island,

is close SE of Poneas Island and is separated from it by a narrow small boat channel. Narrow boat channels also separate the

NE and SE sides of Tona Island from the W part of Siargao Island.

6.89 Numancia (9°52'N., 125°58'E.) is situated about 2.5

miles NNE of Venus Point. 

6.89 The only part of the town visible from seaward is the conspicuous church tower. A 183m stone pier is at the town. Currents are strong and there are dangerous whirlpools, but it is

reported that small vessels with 2.4m draft and with local

knowledge, can reach the town at HW and anchor off the pier.

6.89 The SW side of Siargao Island from Venus Point to Cambasac Point, about 7.5 miles to the SW, is rocky and bordered

with mangroves. A steep-to reef less than 0.5 mile wide fringes

the shore.

6.89 Pamay Point (9°50'N., 125°57'E.), a low mangrove-covered

point, is about 0.8 mile SE of Venus Point. A fringing reef extends about 0.4 mile W of the point.
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 175

Pub. 162

6.89 Pamay Bay (9°49'N., 125°58'E.), a recess in the coast about

0.8 mile wide, is formed by the S side of Pamay Point. The Lumaton River discharges into the head of the bay. 

6.89 The summit of Siargao Island, 275m high, rises 3 miles E of

the bay. A green hill, visible from seaward, is on the N side of

the Lumaton River and marks the deserted village of San

Fernando. 

6.89 Vessels can anchor in Pamay Bay, in 28m, mud, about 0.5

mile S of Pamay Point with the town bearing 060°.

Samar—West Coast and Off-lying Islands

6.90 The Libucan Islands (11°54'N., 124°39'E.), a group

of three small islands and several islets and rocks, lie about

3.25 miles off the coast of Samar. Each of them is very steep-to

and has depths of more than 18.3m, less than 0.25 mile off.

6.90 Good anchorage can be taken, in 22 to 26m, mud, in a bay on

the N side of Libucan Daco Island, the largest of the group.

Vessels on the coast take shelter here during SW gales.

6.90 Dapdap Rocks (11°52'N., 124°40'E.), a steep-to rocky pinnacle that is partly awash, lies about in the middle of the deep

channel between the Libucan Islands and the Canahauan Islands.

6.90 The Canahauan Islands (11°49'N., 124°42'E.), a group of

several islands, islets, and rocks, lie about 3.25 miles off the

coast of Samar about 3 to 8 miles SSE of Libucan Daco Island.

6.90 Port Aguirre (11°49'N., 124°42'E.), a sheltered anchorage,

occupies a bight formed by the SE side of Canahauan Daco Island and the NE side of Timpasan Island. It affords good refuge during typhoons, and vessels anchored off Calbayog or

Catbalogan frequently take shelter here. 

6.90 Large vessels can anchor, in 27 to 29m, mud, NNW of Batgangon Island. Small vessels can anchor, in 16 to 20m W of the

latter island, or in a confined inner basin entered through a narrow channel that passes S and W of two islets at the W end of

the port. 

6.90 Vessels can enter the port through the wider passages between the islands and islets to the E and SE. In approaching

from N it is advisable to pass E of Canmamot Island to avoid

the rocks W of it. 

6.90 The approach from SE is about 0.8 mile wide between Bolo

Rock and Boloang Island, but a 7.6m depth lies almost in midchannel.

6.91 Maglagabon Point (12°18'N., 124°21'E.), about 30

to 61m high, is steep-to, clear of dangers, and has depths of

37m less than 0.25 mile offshore. It is closely backed by hills

that rise abruptly from the coast so that the point may not be

very conspicuous. A village is situated at the head of a small

bight on the S side of the point.

6.91 Between Maglagabon Point and Jibatan Point, about 16

miles SE, the steep-to coast rises abruptly from the sea to hills

that attain heights of 122 to 274m about 0.3 mile inland. Mountains, up to 707m high, back the coastal hills. 

6.91 Parts of the coast are rocky, with cliffs in some places, but

there are a few short sandy beaches. Toward the S end of this

section of coast, the hills are lower and recede inland in the vicinity of Jibatan Point. 

6.91 Tungoo Point (12°10'N., 124°25'E.), a low point that extends about 0.3 mile from the coast, has a hill, 51m high, on its

outer end. It is steep-to, but several rocks, close off a short

coastal reef, lie about 0.5 mile offshore about 0.5 mile SE of

the point. A small village is situated on the coast about 0.5 mile

E of the point.

6.91 From Tungoo Point the coast trends about 7.5 miles SE to Jibatan Point. Although the narrow reefs and shore banks fringing parts of this section of the coast are steep-to, several islets

and rocks lie up to about 0.5 mile offshore.

6.91 Binalio Point (12°08'N., 124°27'E.), about 30m high, lies

about 2.5 miles SE of Tungoo Point. Binalio Islet, 35m high,

lies 0.4 mile SW of the point.

6.91 Damita Rock (12°06'N., 124°28'E.) lies about 0.5 mile offshore about 4 miles SE of Binalio Point. The rock is steep-to,

but there are depths of less than 6m between it and the coast.

6.91 Jibatan Point (12°05'N., 124°31'E.) has a hill 81m on it.

The coast in this vicinity is low. It is clear of dangers, but a

steep-to shore bank extends about 1 mile offshore SW and S of

the mouth of the Jibatan River, about 1.5 miles ESE of Jibatan

Point. Depths of less than 1.8m lie just inside the 20m curve on

the outer edge of this shore bank. The land is low and marshy

at the mouth of the river.

6.92 Calbayog (12°04'N., 124°36'E.), a town, is situated

on the E side of the mouth of the Calbayog River. It is one of

the principal ports for the export of copra and hemp. 

6.92 The port is an open roadstead; cargo is lightered to vessels

anchored off the town. Small vessels moor alongside the inner

end of the E jetty. A bridge crosses the river, some distance

from the entrance. 

6.92 A light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m high, at Calbayog.

6.92 A church in the town has a conspicuous red dome. The

mouth of the river is confined by two parallel jetties, less than

91m apart, that extend about 0.3 mile S from the shore. There

is a controlling depth of 1.2m in the entrance channel between

the jetties. Boats and lighters navigate this channel to a number

of small wharves at the town.

6.92 Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in 12.8m, about 1 mile

S of the light at the river mouth. Large vessels should not go

closer in as the depths are irregular and shoal rapidly in places.

This open roadstead is somewhat sheltered from the Northeast

Monsoon, but it is open to the Southwest Monsoon. 

6.92 Vessels on this part of the coast can take anchorage, sheltered from S and SW weather, in a bay on the N side of Libucan Daco Island, about 10 miles SSE of Calbayog.

6.92 Supplies are very limited at Calbayog. A number of small

powered lighters are available. There are a few warehouses of

limited capacity. Inter-island vessels call regularly from Manila

and Cebu. 

6.92 There is a post and telegraph office, and the town is connected by highway with Catbalogan and the other important towns

on Samar.

6.93 Santa Margarita (12°02'N., 124°40'E.) is a small

town situated on the coast about 4.5 miles ESE of Calbayog.

The low intervening coast is fronted by a sandy beach, and is

clear of known dangers.

6.93 The Gandara River (11°58'N., 124°43'E.), the largest and

most important river on the W coast of Samar, empties through

a delta into the sea about 8 miles SE of Calbayog. Small craft,
176 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

less than 27m long and 1.8m in draft, can navigate the river at

HW to the town of Gandara, about 7 miles inland. The currents

in the river are usually weak. 

6.93 There is a depth of 3m alongside a landing at Pagsanjan, a

village situated about 1.8 miles upstream at the junction of the

N and S entrances.

6.93 The N and deepest entrance of the Gandara River lies about

8 miles SE of Calbayog. It has a least depth of 0.9m at LW, and

there are depths of about 3.7 to 9.1m inside the bar. 

6.93 A light is shown from a concrete tower, 9m high, on the N

extremity of Caprangasan Island, situated on the S side of the

entrance to the Gandara River.

6.93 Between Tarangnan Point (11°54'N., 124°44'E.), a prominent headland, and Madalonot Point, about 14 miles SE, the

coast is rugged and hills rise abruptly from the sea to heights of

about 91 to 244m. Mountains, over 457m high, back the coastal hills in the vicinity of Catbalogan. 

6.93 Numerous bays and bights, most of which are small and

shallow, indent this part of the coast. Although much of this

coast is high and cliffy in places, the heads of the bays and

bights are low.

6.93 Cambatutay Bay (11°53'N., 124°45'E.), the largest of the

above-mentioned bays, indents the coast about 3 miles NE between Tarangnan Point and Mangcares Point, a low point about

3 miles SE. Except for a number of rocks and islets, depths in

the bay shoal fairly regularly. Several steep-to rocks lie about

0.5 mile W of Mangcares Point.

6.93 Silanga Bay (11°49'N., 124°51'E.) occupies a bight that recedes about 1.3 miles NNE between the steep-to SE side of

Buri Island and Anas Point, about 1.3 miles SE. The bay is

clear of dangers.

6.93 Excellent anchorage, sheltered from all but S winds, can be

taken in the bay, in 5 to 9m, mud.

6.93 Jesus Point (11°47'N., 124°52'E.), on the N side of Catbalogan Harbor, lies about 1 mile SE of Anas Point at the S end of a

rather steep-to headland that rises abruptly from the sea to several hills, 58 to 71m high. 

6.93 A number of islets and reefs lie up to about 1.5 miles offshore in the approaches to Catbalogan between Jesus Point and

Cujao Point, about 2 miles SSE.

6.94 Catbalogan (11°46'N., 124°53'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58670), the capital of Samar Province, lies about 0.8 mile

SE of Jesus Point at the head of a small bight. The port consists

of an open roadstead between the coast and several reefs and

islets about 1 mile offshore. 

6.94 Large vessels anchor in the harbor, and their cargo is handled

by lighters. Smaller inter-island vessels go alongside a pier at

the town.

6.94 The town of Catbalogan is situated on a very short narrow

coastal plain, on low ground that is sometimes partly flooded

during heavy rains but which drains off rapidly. It is confined

by hills rising abruptly to heights of more than 152m. 

6.94 The Catbalogan River, navigable only by boats, empties into

the head of the harbor at the N end of the town. 

6.94 A light is shown from a concrete tower, 7m high, standing on

the N side of the entrance to the Catbaloga River, and the buildings at the town are conspicuous from offshore. The light was

recently reported extinguished.

6.94 Depths—Limitations.—Quinutay Reef, a small drying reef,

lies at the outer end of a narrow, sandy shore bank that extends

about 0.8 mile W from the coast. A buoy is moored off the NW

end of Quinutay Reef. Depths in the harbor shoal regularly

from about 8.2m at the entrance to the 5.5m curve, which lies

about 0.3 mile offshore. 

6.94 Between Quinutay Reef and Cujao Point (11°45'N.,

124°53'E.) several shoal patches, contained just inside the 5.5m

curve, lie up to about 0.3 mile offshore. 

6.94 A detached 2.7m patch lies about 0.5 mile offshore about 0.5

mile S of Quinutay Reef.

6.94 A causeway extends about 260m SW of the town. It terminates in a 140m long concrete pier, with depths of 2.1 to 4.6m

alongside its fendered piles. Several inter-island vessels can be

accommodated at one time.

6.94 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 8.2m, mud, about 0.8

mile offshore with the light at the mouth of the Catbalogan

River bearing 063°, or they may anchor anywhere W of the

town depending on draft. Sheltered anchorage can be taken in

Silanga Bay, about 2 miles NW of Catbalogan, or in Zumarraga Channel, about 7 miles SW of the harbor.

6.94 Directions.—Either North Channel or South Channel may

be used in entering Catbalogan, but the latter is preferred. In

approaching South Channel steer to a position about 2.5 miles

S of Buri Island, and before the larger of the Cagdullon Islands

bears W of 316°, bring the light at Catbalogan to bear 063°. 

6.94 Steer for the light on the latter course through South Channel

into Catbalogan Harbor. The harbor can also be entered S

through Darajuay Channel, which lies between the Darajuay

Islands and the coast. 

6.94 Vessels entering this channel steer to pass about 0.3 mile S

and E around the Darajuay Islands, and then steer a course of

322°. When the light at Catbalogan bears 052°, steer for it into

the harbor.

6.94 Caution.—The remains of a breakwater, with a depth of

1.2m, lie 0.1 mile S of the causeway. An obstruction, awash at

LW, lies 0.15 mile N of the pier head.

6.95 Madalonot Point (11°45'N., 124°54'E.) is a promontory that lies about 1.5 miles ESE of Cujao Point. Maqueda

Bay and Villareal Bay form an extensive bight that lies between Madalonot Point and Guintarcan Island, about 7.75

miles S. Maqueda Bay is one of the best known fishing

grounds in the Philippines. 

6.95 Extensive muddy shore banks, that dry at LW, lie at the

heads of these bays. The low mangrove shore is backed several

miles inland by low hills and a few mountains. 

6.95 Wright, a small town accessible only by small craft, lies at

the head of Maqueda Bay, and there are a number of villages

on the shores of both bays.

6.95 The Calbiga River (11°40'N., 124°58'E.), with a depth of

about 0.6m over the bar and navigable only by boats, empties

on the S side of a low point that lies about 6 miles SE of Madalonot Point and separates the two bays.

6.95 Buad Island (11°40'N., 124°51'E.), about 4.5 miles long and

nearly as wide, lies in the approach to Maqueda and Villareal

Bays about 3.75 miles SW of Madalonot Point. The island is

mountainous. It is indented by numerous small bights and there

are many islets close to shore. 

6.95 A 3.7m rocky patch lies about 0.3 mile N of the NE end of

the island. A small, detached drying reef lies about 0.5 mile N
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 177

Pub. 162

of the middle of the N side of Buad Island, and another small

reef lies about 0.3 mile off the SW end of the island.

6.95 Several islets lie just outside the 5.5m curve about 0.3 mile

off the S end of Buad Island. 

6.95 A number of islets lie up to about 1 mile off the middle of the

E side of the island and are contained just inside the 5.5m

curve.

6.95 The small town of Zumarraga is situated on the SW end of

Buad Island. A concrete pier, the outer end of which is in ruins,

extends about 137m NW into the harbor from the town and has

depths of 3.6m at its outer end decreasing to 2.1m near the

shore. 

6.95 Small coastal vessels, which call regularly, moor to either

side of the pier. The town has a post office and radio communications. The small harbor in front of the town affords sheltered

anchorage for large vessels, in about 8.5m, mud. Deep-draft

vessels should approach only from N.

6.96 Zumarraga Channel (11°38'N., 124°50'E.) separates

Buad Island from Daram Island. It trends about 7 miles SE and

joins the S end of Buad Channel in the NE approach to Daram

Channel. There are two 12.8m rocky patches in the middle of

the N part of the channel, but otherwise depths shoal regularly

from 29m in the N entrance to 7.3m in the S end southward of

Buad Island, with a least depth of 10.4m.

6.96 Anchorage.—Sheltered anchorage can be taken in Zumarraga Channel, in about 9 to 15m, mud. Although protected from

the monsoons, strong winds sometimes cause rough water.

6.96 Buad Channel is usually taken by coastal vessels bound from

Catbalogan to Daram Channel. It has a least depth of about

5.9m, and its narrowest part is about 0.5 mile wide between a

0.9m patch off the N end of Guintarcan Island and the SE end

of Buad Island.

6.96 The Basiao Islands (11°42'N., 124°54'E.), up to 58m high,

are three small islets. A narrow shoal, with depths of less than

5.5m, extends about 0.5 mile NW from the middle islet, and a

reef extends about 0.1 mile W from the S islet; otherwise, these

islets are steep-to. There are conspicuous white cliffs, 9 to 24m

high, on the E sides of the N and middle islets.

6.96 Daram Island (11°36'N., 124°48'E.), mountainous and rugged, is separated from the coast SE by the narrow Daram Channel described below in paragraph 6.97. The island appears as a

high peninsula. Hills and mountains rise abruptly from the sea

to heights of about 122 to 383m. 

6.96 The island is mostly steep-to and, except for the shores adjacent to the SE part of Zumarraga Channel and the NE approach

to Daram Channel, there are depths of more than 11m about

0.3 mile or less offshore. 

6.96 Numerous high islets and a comparatively few above and below-water rocks fringe the island up to about 0.5 mile offshore. 

6.96 The larger of the many bays and bights indenting the island

afford good sheltered anchorage depending on the season. 

6.96 There are a number of villages at which small craft call regularly from Catbalogan and Tacloban.

6.97 Parasan Island (11°43'N., 124°46'E.) lies so close to

the E side of the N end of Daram Island that it appears as part

of the latter, being separated by a channel less than 91m wide

and about 3.6m deep. 

6.97 The island is steep-to and has depths of more than 18m close

offshore. A detached steep-to islet lies about 0.5 mile NE of the

NE end of Parasan Island, and a 0.9m patch lies about 0.3 mile

off the middle of the W side of the island. 

6.97 Parasan Harbor occupies a small bight on the S side of the island off the village of Parasan. It is entered from E through the

N end of Zumarraga Channel.

6.97 Parasan Harbor affords sheltered anchorage, in 18 to 27m,

mud, 0.2 mile SE of Parasan town. This anchorage can be approached from E through Zumurraga Channel.

6.97 Dulugdug Point (11°31'N., 124°49'E.), the W entrance

point of the S end of Daram Channel, is the NW end of the

high headland between Laguinit Bay and Janabatas Channel.

The point shows prominently from SW as a rounded knob.

6.97 Daram Channel (11°32'N., 124°50'E.), separating the S end

of Daram Island from Samar, joins the S ends of Zumarraga

Channel and Buad Channel. It is used by coastal and interisland vessels. 

6.97 The channel, which has a least width of about 0.3 mile, has

depths of about 9 to 27m in the SW part, but there are depths of

5.5m in the fairway over the shore bank that extends across the

NE entrance from Guintarcan Island. 

6.97 The Aocon Islets lie close together in the middle of the NE

end of the channel and have fairly deep water on either side.

Except for the latter islets and several others on each side of the

NE entrance, the fairway of the channel is clear. In the vicinity

of Talalora, the deeper water is on the NW side of the channel,

but otherwise the fairway lies in mid-channel and is easy to negotiate.

6.97 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in Daram Channel set

NE on the flood and SW on the ebb. They are reported to attain

a velocity of 1 to 1.5 knots, the ebb having greater strength

than the flood.

6.98 Talalora (11°32'N., 124°50'E.) is a village on the Samar shore of Daram Channel. 

6.98 A causeway extends about 46m NW from the town. The

small wharf at the end of the causeway has a depth of about

3.3m alongside. 

6.98 There is a small cargo shed at the town. Coastal vessels call

regularly.

6.98 Between Dulugdug Point and Diutay Point, about 2.5 miles

S, the coast is indented by several small bights and presents a

very high rugged aspect. 

6.98 There are some narrow sandy beaches, but high hills rise

steeply from the shore and attain a height of 363m about 1.5

miles inland.

Janabatas Channel and San Juanico Strait

6.99 Janabatas Channel (11°27'N., 124°50'E.), the W approach to San Juanico Strait, is entered from westward between Diutay Point and Baluarte Point, about 2.8 miles SSW. 

6.99 The narrow passage formed by Janabatas Channel and San

Juanico Strait separates the SW end of Samar from the NE end

of Leyte and connects the Samar Sea with Leyte Gulf. 

6.99 It is used by inter-island vessels, but transit of the passage is

restricted by shoal water and dangers to vessels of not more

than 107m in length and 5.5m in draft. The greatest draft that

has been taken through is 5.2m.

6.99 Tides—Currents.—In Janabatas Channel, the tidal currents
178 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

set W on the flood and E on the ebb at a velocity of about 1 to 2

knots. A velocity of as much as 2.5 knots may be experienced.

6.99 In San Juanico Strait the tidal currents set N on the flood and

S on the ebb at an average velocity of about 1.5 knots off Uban

Point and about 2 knots off the E side of Nababuy Island; however, velocities of as much as 3 and 3.75 knots, respectively,

may be encountered at those places. 

6.99 The tidal current may attain a velocity of 4 to 5 knots in

some parts of the strait and is reported to cause violent rips and

eddies.

6.99 The tide shows considerable inequality in San Juanico Strait.

In the N part of the strait, N of Uban Point, this inequality occurs in both HW and LW, but in the S part of the strait it is

mainly in the HW.

6.99 Depths—Limitations.—The depths in the fairway of Janabatas Channel vary from a swept depth of 5.8m in Samputan

Pass to more than 26m. The 10m curve lies somewhat across

the W entrance of the channel from Diutay Point to Baluarte

Point, and immediately within it depths decrease to about 7.3

to 8.2m in the middle, and 6.4m on the S side of the fairway.

6.99 Although there are general depths of about 9 to 27m in San

Juanico Strait, there are numerous 5.5 to 7.3m patches of less

than 2.7m. 

6.100 Baluarte Point (11°26'N., 124°49'E.), the S entrance

point of Janabatas Channel, rises to a 143m summit about 0.5

mile SE. The coast in the vicinity rises abruptly to heights of

more than 305m about 0.5 mile inland, and attains an elevation

of 558m in the summit of Mount Busay, which lies about 2

miles SE of the point and is a prominent mark to steer for in

making the channel entrance. 

6.100 Calaguan Island is an islet that lies about 0.3 mile NE of Baluarte Point and is connected by a partly drying reef. The point

is steep-to and clear of dangers, with depths of more than 11m

less than 0.25 mile offshore. A small foul area lies about 0.5

mile NNE of Calaguan Island. Some stakes are located about

0.3 mile farther N.

6.100 Janabatas Channel trends about 8 miles E to the N entrance

of San Juanico Strait. The shore on both sides is very irregular,

indented by numerous shallow bays into which small streams

discharge. 

6.100 Much of the shore is low and in some places swampy, but

there are many hills that rise abruptly from the shore. 

6.100 Several small towns and a number of villages lie on both

sides of the channel.

6.100 The N side of Janabatas Channel trends about 3 miles E from

Malagining Point, about 0.8 mile SE of Diutay Point, to Tinigrapo Point, close SE of which lies an islet, 23m high. 

6.100 A shore bank, defined by the 5.5m curve, extends about 0.3

mile offshore between Malagining Point and the village of Igangigang about 1.3 miles E, but it extends about 1 mile offshore from the head of a bight between the latter village and

Tinigrapo Point. Some pilings stand near the S edge of this

bank. 

6.100 Between Tinigrapo Point and Santa Rita, about 3 miles ESE,

an extensive shore bank, with depths of less than 2m and defined by the 5.5m curve, extends S from the N shore to within a

little less than 0.25 mile of the S side of the channel.

6.101 Dabun Island (11°27'N., 124°54'E.) is an islet that

lies on the W part of the above shore bank in a position about 1

mile SE of Tinigrapo Point. A rocky 2.3m patch, on the W extremity of the above shore bank, lies about 0.8 mile W of

Dabun Island and nearly that distance S of Tinigrapo Point. 

6.101 An obstruction is charted on the N side of the channel a little

more than 0.5 mile WSW of the W extremity of Dabun Island.

The tidal currents apparently meet in this vicinity. The fairway

of the channel lies S of this rocky patch.

6.101 Santa Rita (11°27'N., 124°56'E.), a small town on the N

shore of the E end of Janabatas Channel, is very conspicuous

from most parts of the channel. The shore bank extends about

0.3 mile offshore in front of the town, and encumbers a bight

SE. 

6.101 There are depths of about 4.9m alongside the S end of a pier

at Santa Rita. Small craft call regularly from Catbalogan and

Tacloban. There is a post office and the town has radio communication.

6.101 The S side of Janabatas Channel trends very irregularly E.

Babatngon Point, about 91m high, lies about 1.5 miles E of

Baluarte Point. The town of Babatngon lies at the head of a

small bay on the W side of Babatngon Point, and the E part of

the town is on a small bay on the E side of the point. 

6.101 A pier, about 73m long, with a depth of 0.6m at its head, extends N from the NE part of the town. There is daily communication by small craft with Santa Rita and Tacloban.

6.101 Canauay Island (11°26'N., 124°51'E.) lies on the S side of

the channel about 0.5 mile ENE of Babatngon Point. A group

of drying rocks stand on the shoal ground fringing the N coast

of Canauay Island. A detached 4.5m patch lies about 0.3 mile

NNW of the island. A detached 5.5m patch lies about 0.5 mile

N of Canauay Island.

6.101 A pilot station, which keeps a continuous watch, is located

on Canauay Island.

6.101 Binuntuan Point (11°27'N., 124°53'E.), the N end of a hilly

peninsula, lies about 1.5 miles E of Canauay Island. Ivantacut

Islet, low and rocky, lies about 0.5 mile NNW of Binuntuan

Point. 

6.101 A 0.3m rocky patch lies about 0.2 mile N of the islet and is

on the edge of a shore bank, which is very steep-to in this vicinity. The fairway of the channel is about 0.3 mile wide between this rocky patch and the shore bank extending from the

N side of the channel. Small craft frequently pass S of Ivantacut Island, but the bottom is rocky and uneven.

6.101 Caltagan Island (11°26'N., 124°53'E.), 55m high and

fringed with mangroves, lies close to shore about 0.5 mile E of

Binuntuan Point. Samputan Point, on which there is a small

village, lies about 1 mile SE of Caltagan Island. 

6.101 Navahay Island, 34m high, lies about 0.3 mile NNE of Samputan Point and is located on the S part of the extensive shore

bank that extends S from the N side of the channel between Tinigrapo Point and Santa Rita. 

6.101 Small craft use a shallow channel N of Navahay Island, but

the recommended channel lies S of that island.

6.102 Samputan Pass (11°25'N., 124°55'E.), through

which the fairway of the channel trends, lies between the SW

and S edge of the shore bank on which Navahay Island is located, and the shore bank that fringes the S side of the channel up

to about 0.5 mile from the heads of the larger bays in the vicinity of Samputan Point. 
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 179

Pub. 162

6.102 From a position about 0.3 mile NE of the N end of Caltagan

Island, the fairway of the channel trends SSE to Samputan

Point and then about 2 miles ENE to Magkasuang Point. 

6.102 It is narrowed by the shore banks to a width of about 0.1 mile

between Caltagan Island and Navahay Island, and has least

swept depths of 5.8m about 0.3 mile E and NW, respectively,

of Samputan Point. 

6.102 Patches, with swept depths of 5.5m, lie in the fairway a little

more than 0.5 mile E and about 0.5 mile NW, respectively, of

the above point. 

6.102 A 4.1m patch lies near the E entrance of the pass, on the S

side of the fairway, about 1.8 miles ENE of Samputan Point.

The N part of Samputan Pass is marked by beacons; one on

each side of the entrance of the channel NE of the N end of

Caltagan Island, and one on the W side of the channel eastward

of the S end of that island. 

6.102 The fairway through the E part of Samputan Pass is marked

by the below-described beacon on the E side of a hill on Samputan Point.

6.102 Ranges for Samputan Pass are formed by three beacons on

Samputan Point and indicate the middle of the fairway through

the channel. 

6.102 Two beacons, on the N side of the hill close S of the point, in

range bearing 146.5°, lead through the NW reach. The rear

beacon serves for both reaches. 

6.102 A beacon, on the E side of the hill S of the point, in range

bearing 251.25° with the rear beacon, leads through the E

reach.

6.102 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory through San Juanico

Strait for vessels of 60 gross tons or over, and smaller vessels

without local knowledge are advised to take a pilot. 

6.102 Vessels approaching the strait from NW can obtain a pilot

from the pilot station on Canauay Island. A small rowboat with

an outboard motor serves as a pilot boat. It flies an "H" flag at

the stern pole.

6.102 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken by large vessels in the

W entrance of Janabatas Channel, in about 7 to 9m, mud. Smaller

vessels can anchor inside the channel depending on draft.

6.103 San Juanico Strait (11°20'N., 124°58'E.) trends

about 11.5 miles S from the E end of Janabatas Channel to

Tacloban Harbor. 

6.103 It has a width of about 0.3 to 0.5 mile, but in many places,

shoals, rocks, and islets reduce the navigable width to about 0.1

mile. The shores are low and fringed with mangroves.

6.103 Santa Rita Island, about 30m high, lies on the N side of the N

entrance of San Juanico Strait about 1.3 E of Magkasuang

Point. It has a square-topped bushy summit, and an old fort,

partly obscured by trees, is situated on the islet. The S end is

steep-to, but a narrow reef and shoal water fringe the W side. A

lighted beacon stands close W of the SW point of Santa Rita Island.

6.103 The deep fairway of the channel is about 0.3 mile wide between Santa Rita Island and a shore bank, defined by the 5.5m

curve, that encumbers a bight SW of the island. 

6.103 A 6.9m patch is located about 0.2 mile NNW of a point on

the SW side of the fairway, about 0.35 mile SSW of Santa Rita

Island. 

6.103 A buoy is moored about 0.3 mile NNW of the above-described point and marks the S side of the fairway. A 4.1m patch

is located about 0.3 mile NW of the same point. There are rips

in this vicinity.

6.103 Anajao Island (11°26'N., 124°58'E.), 16.4m high, is an islet

that lies on the S side of the fairway. Its NW end should be given a berth of at least 137m.

6.103 Nababuy Island, 30m high, lies on the S side of the channel

close SE of Anajao Island. 

6.103 It is reported (1990) that an overhead power cable crosses

San Juanico Strait about 1.5 miles S of Nababuy Island. The

cable is supported by pylons (red and white) on either side of

the strait, and there is a reported clearance of 17m. 

6.103 A privately maintained lighted beacon stands at the N end of

the strait, 0.3 mile E of Nababuy Island. There are a number of

lighted buoys, buoys, and beacons as indicated on the chart. 

6.103 The fairway of the preferred channel passes around the N

and E sides of Nababuy Island at a distance of about 0.3 mile.

Small vessels sometimes use the narrow channel S of Nababuy

Island, but caution is necessary to avoid a detached, partly drying reef close S of Anajao Island and the reefs fringing the

shore on each side. 

6.103 A number of shoal patches, with depths of 2.7 to 8.2m, lie in

this channel and in its N approach. Reefs and shoal patches, on

the S and W side of the fairway, lie up to about 0.2 mile N and

ENE of the N end of Nababuy Island. A detached 5m patch lies

about 0.3 mile NW of Silaga Beacon. 

6.103 A detached 5m depth lies in the fairway of the channel about

0.3 mile ENE of the NE end of that island, and a 3.2m patch

lies in the middle of the fairway about 137m farther NE in a

position about 0.3 mile NNW of Silaga Beacon. 

6.103 A 7.3m patch is located close NE of the 3.2m patch. A beacon, on the W side of the fairway, is located about 0.1 mile E of

Nababuy Island on the S part of a narrow steep-to reef that lies

up to about 0.1 mile E of the island.

6.103 Silaga Beacon, a temporary low structure that is barely visible at HW, is located on the E side of the fairway about 0.3

mile E of Nababuy Island. It marks a steep-to rocky patch that

dries at LW. 

6.103 A number of shoal patches, with depths of 3.2 to 5.5m lie

from 185 to 0.3 mile SE of the beacon.

6.103 A 0.4m rocky patch lies on the E side of the fairway about

0.3 mile S of Silaga Beacon. It is marked by a beacon. Shoal

water lies up to about 137m WNW and 0.1 mile S. A detached

4.1m patch lies in mid-channel about 0.1 mile SW of the rocky

patch. 

6.103 Several 4.1 to 5.5m patches lie up to about 0.1 mile offshore

from the W side of the channel about 0.5 mile and 0.75 mile S

of Nababuy Island.

6.104 Torre Island (11°24'N., 124°59'E.), about 7.6m high,

lies on the E side of the channel about 0.8 mile SE of Nababuy

Island. A 5m patch lies about 0.3 mile W of the S end of Torre

Island. The island is steep-to on its W side. 

6.104 Between Torre Island and Bagalibas Island, about 1 mile S

on the E side of the channel, the fairway follows mid-channel.

The fairway passes E of a 4.6m patch that lies about 0.1 mile

ESE of the village of San Vicente, located about 0.5 mile SSW

of Torre Island. 

6.104 A 5m patch is located about 0.3 mile SE of the same village. 

6.104 Bagalibas Island and several islets close N are steep-to on

their W sides. A 0.9m patch lies about 0.1 mile N of Guintigu-
180 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

ian Island, a small islet, 27m high, located about 0.3 mile N of

Bagalibas Island. 

6.104 A 6.4m patch lies close off the NW extremity of Guintiguian

Island. A 6.4m patch is located about 0.1 mile W of the NW

extremity of Bagalibas Island. The fairway lies between a 4.6m

patch about 0.1 mile SW of Bagalibas Island and a 4.6m patch

about 0.2 mile farther W. 

6.104 A drying reef, with a 2.7m patch about 0.1 mile SSW, lies on

the W side of the fairway about 0.3 mile off the W shore about

halfway between Bagalibas Island and Uban Point.

6.105 Uban Point (11°22'N., 124°59'E.) lies on the W side

of the strait. A beacon stands on the W edge of the dangers on

the E side of the fairway opposite Uban point. 

6.105 A small steep-to reef lies on the E side of the fairway about

0.3 mile N of the beacon. The channel is only about 0.1 mile

wide between the beacon and a small drying reef W of it.

6.105 Between Uban Point and the Bagasumbut Islands, which lie

about 1.8 miles S on the W side of the strait, the fairway trends

S. It is barely 0.25 mile wide between the shoals and islets on

either side. 

6.105 A 3.2m rocky patch lies on the E edge of the fairway about

0.8 mile S of the beacon opposite Uban Point. 

6.105 Three 4.1m patches lie on the W side of the fairway within

0.2 mile NE of the northern Bagasumbut Island, and an islet

lies on the E side of the fairway nearly 0.25 mile farther NE.

Cauayan Point Beacon is located on a reef that lies about 0.5

mile S of the northern Bagasumbut Island. 

6.105 A 3.2 to 5.5m patch, on the W side of the fairway, lies up to

about 0.3 mile SE of the latter island and 0.2 mile E of the beacon. In this vicinity the fairway favors the steep-to E side of the

strait.

6.106 Cangom Island (11°19'N., 124°58'E.) lies close to

the E shore of the strait and is steep-to on its W side. 

6.106 A 4.6m patch, on the W side of the fairway, lies about 0.3

mile SW of Cangom Island. 

6.106 A reef, with a depth of 0.6m, lies on the E edge of the fairway a little less than 0.5 mile S of the island. A buoy is moored

in 9.1m on the W edge of the latter reef. A 5m patch lies on the

W side of the fairway about 0.2 mile W of the reef.

6.106 The channel fairway tends SSE and lies close to the steep-to

W sides of the Kabalawan Islands, about 0.8 mile S of Cangom

Island, and Tinaogan Point, about 0.8 mile farther SSE. The W

side of this part of the strait is encumbered with steep-to

shoals.

6.106 A bridge crosses the river from the W side of Kabalawan Island in a SW direction and from the N side of that island in a

NNE direction to the opposite shore. The bridge has a vertical

clearance of 30.7m and a horizontal clearance of 176m. Four

lights are shown from the central portion of the bridge.

6.106 Between Tinaogan Point and Anibong Point about 1.5 miles

SSE, the fairway of the channel trends SE to Tacloban Harbor

and the S entrance of the strait, Lazareto Island, on the SW side

of the fairway, lies about 1 mile SSE of Tinaogan Point and is

NE a number of islets and extensive shoals that encumber the

W side of this part of the strait. A 4.1m rocky patch lies midchannel about 0.3 mile NNW of Lazareto Island. 

6.106 The fairway of the channel is about 0.2 mile wide between

the latter patch and an extensive shoal that lies up to about 0.5

mile off the NE side of the strait between Tinaogan Point and

Binatac Point, about 2 miles SE. 

6.106 The light, shown from Tacloban, bearing 139°, is reported to

lead through the best water in this part of the channel; however,

it appears to be very close to the edge of the shoal on the NE

side of the strait. Vessels are advised to use this range with caution.

6.106 The village of Amandayehan is situated on the NE shore of

the strait about 0.5 mile NW of Binatac Point. It is approached

from the SE through a narrow 6 to 9m channel that trends close

around the W side of the latter point. A wharf at the village has

a berthing length of 30m with depths alongside of about 3 to

4m. A road connects with Basay, and there is regular ferry service to Tacloban. Inter-island vessels call occasionally.

Janabatas Channel to Biliran Strait

6.107 Between Baluarte Point and Talairan Point, about

10.5 miles W, the coast receded about 8 miles S to form Carigara Bay. A steep-to shore bank, with depths of less than 1.8m,

fringes the SE side and head of the bay within about 0.8 mile

offshore. The W side of the bay is very steep-to, and the 20m

curve lies about 0.3 mile offshore.

6.107 From Baluarte Point the coast trends about 2 miles SSW and

is very high and steep-to. It then becomes very low and trends

about 11 miles SW to the head of Carigara Bay. 

6.107 There are a number of small towns and villages on this latter

part of the coast, and numerous rivulets, navigable only by

boats, empty from it.

6.107 The small town of Barugo is situated about 7.5 miles SW of

Baluarte Point. There is a post and telegraph office at the town.

6.107 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 14.6m, about 1

mile offshore, with a large white storehouse in the town bearing 170°. The edge of the shore bank extends about 0.8 mile

offshore in this vicinity.

6.107 Carigara (11°18'N., 124°41'E.) is the largest of the towns on

Carigara Bay. The church and a monument on the beach at

Carigara are prominent. A light is shown from the W side of

the mouth of a small river that empties into the bay at the town. 

6.107 A stone causeway extends N from the town. Diesel oil, gasoline, and fresh water can be obtained. There is a post and telegraph office, and a highway connects Carigara and Barugo

with Tacloban.

6.107 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken about 0.8 mile N of

the town, in about 15m, mud. Both this anchorage and that off

Barugo are sheltered from the Southwest Monsoon and exposed to the Northeast Monsoon.

6.108 From a position about 5 miles W of Carigara, the

steep-to SW side of the bay trends about 7.5 miles NW to Talairan Point. It is backed by a mountain range that rises abruptly from the sea to heights of about 152m to over 305m less than

0.75 mile inland, and to summits of as much as 716m within 3

miles inland.

6.108 Talairan Point (11°26'N., 124°32'E.) rises abruptly to a

390m summit about 0.5 mile SW. Pacdahauan Peak, 636m

high, and another peak, 570m high, are conspicuous landmarks

that lie about 1.3 miles W and WSW, respectively, of the point.

6.108 Between Talairan Point and Rabin Point, about 15.5 miles

NW, the coast is fronted by Biliran Island. The passage separat-
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 181

Pub. 162

ing that island from Leyte narrows from both ends to a width of

less than 91m at Biliran Strait, which is so shallow that only

small craft can use it.

6.108 The E approach to Biliran Strait recedes about 3.75 miles W

between Talairan Point and the S side of Biliran Island, about 3

miles N. The coast on the S side of this approach is steep-to,

with depths of more than 18.3m within about 0.3 mile offshore,

but a steep-to shore bank extends about 0.3 mile offshore about

0.5 mile SE of the narrowest part of the strait.

6.108 The N side of the E approach to the strait is fringed by reefs

and shoals that lie up to about 0.5 mile off Biliran Island between Magbagun Point, about 3 miles NNW of Talairan Point,

and Poro Islet. 

6.108 A detached 1.8m patch lies about 0.5 mile mile SW of Magbagun Point on the W side of the narrow channel leading into

Magbagun Cove, a small bay on the W side of Magbagun

Point. A detached 8.2m patch lies about 0.5 mile mile SW of

that point.

Biliran Strait

6.109 Biliran Strait (11°27'N., 124°29'E.), the narrowest

part of the passage separating Biliran Island from Leyte, lies

between a point on the Leyte coast about 4 miles WNW of Talairan Point and Poro Islet, about 108m NNE. 

6.109 The latter wooded islet is on the SW edge of a drying reef

that extends about 0.5 mile mile S from the S extremity of Biliran Island. 

6.109 The S and SW edge of the above reef and Poro Islet are

steep-to. A narrow reef, from which a light is shown, extends

about 41m from the point on the S side of the strait and narrows the channel to a width of about 69m. 

6.109 This part of the strait has a least depth of 4m and the fairway

lies within about 46m of Poro Islet. There is a least depth of

about 3m over that part of an extensive shore bank that lies

across the W approach to the strait.

6.109 A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 19m, spans the strait. 

6.109 Tides—Currents.—At times the tidal currents run through

the strait with considerable velocity and caution must be exercised.

6.109 Culajit Islet, rocky and nearly awash at HW, lies on the N

side of the W entrance of Biliran Strait, about 0.3 mile W of

Poro Islet.

6.110 Biliran (11°28'N., 124°28'E.) is a small town on the

N side of the W entrance of Biliran Strait. A stone causeway

extends about 0.3 mile S from the town. There is a telegraph

office at the town, and small inter-island vessels call regularly.

6.110 It is reported that a road bridge has been constructed across

Biliran Strait, linking Leyte and Biliran Island.

6.110 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in about 5 to 6m,

mud, about 0.3 mile W of Culajit Islet, but anchorage N of that

islet is not recommended as depths decrease abruptly.

Biliran Island

6.111 Biliran Island (11°35'N., 124°30'E.) is heavily wooded and very mountainous, attaining a height of 1,300m on the

summit of Mount Suiro at its SE end. 

6.111 Mount Naliwatan lies in the N part of the island. It is very

prominent, having a summit that appears conical from W. 

6.111 Most of the coast rises abruptly from a low shore to hills and

mountains close inland, but there is a low coastal plain on the S

and SW sides of the island.

6.111 Pawikan Point (11°30'N., 124°36'E.) is the SE extremity of

Biliran Island. From Pawikan Point the coast trends about 3

miles NNE to Gamay Point. A conspicuous rock, painted white

and visible 3 or 4 miles, lies about 0.3 mile S of the latter point.

6.111 Caibiran (11°34'N., 124°35'E.) is the largest of several villages on the NE side of Biliran Island. There is a post office

and radio communication at Caibiran. Small vessels call occasionally.

6.111 Amambahag Point (11°41'N., 124°32'E.), the NE extremity

of Biliran Island, lies about 6.7 miles NNW of Caibiran.

6.111 Buhoc Point (11°40'N., 124°20'E.), 110m high, is the NW

end of Biliran Island. Tincansan Islet lies about 0.3 mile W of

the point and is separated from it by a deep channel. Just W of

the village of Telegrafo, on the S side of Buhoc Point, there are

some conspicuous reddish-brown cliffs about 61m high.

6.111 From Buhoc Point the coast of Biliran Island trends 4.5

miles SE to Bagombong Point and appears rather high.

6.111 Rabin Point (11°34'N., 124°19'E.) is the NW extremity of

Leyte and S entrance point of the NW approach to Biliran

Strait. It is the termination of a high and wooded promontory

that rises to a 194m summit about 2 miles SE of the point and

to higher peaks farther S. 

6.111 A bank, with a depth of 12.8m at its outer end, extends about

0.8 mile NNW from the point which is otherwise steep-to and

has depths of more than 18m about 0.5 mile offshore.

6.111 Gigantanban Island (11°33'N., 124°15'E.), 46m high,

wooded and marked by a light on its summit, lies 2.25 miles W

of Rabin Point. The passage between the island and the coast

of Leyte is 1.5 miles wide, deep, and clear of dangers. From

Rabin Point, the coast, which is fronted by a low sandy shore,

trends about 2 miles SW to Dungun Point.

6.111 The NW approach to Biliran Strait is entered from W between Bagombong Point and Rabin Point. Both sides of the approach trend quite regularly SE and gradually narrow the

passage to a width of about 2.25 miles, about 2 miles W of Poro Islet. 

6.111 The low NE shore, which consists of shingle beaches interrupted by a few small reef-encumbered bights, is backed by a

narrow coastal plain and high mountains inland. The SW shore

is also low, but is closely backed by very high hills. There are a

number of villages on both shores.

6.112 Naval (11°33'N., 124°24'E.), largest of the small

towns on the SW side of Biliran Island, is situated on the NE

side of the approach about 3 miles SSE of Bagombong Point.

A radio tower, marked by a light, is located at Naval. 

6.112 A causeway, with a depth of 1.8m at its outer end, extends

about 122m SW from the town and is suitable only as a landing

for small boats. There is a radiotelegraph office at the town,

and inter-island vessels call each week from Cebu.

6.112 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken close off the edge of

the shore bank, in 5.9m, about 0.1 mile off the end of the

causeway. Large vessels can anchor a little farther off, in 18 to

37m, mud.

6.113 Calubian (11°27'N., 124°26'E.) is a small town on
182 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

the Leyte coast, W of Biliran Strait. The shore bank lies within

less than 0.25 mile offshore in this immediate vicinity, but it

extends nearly 0.5 mile offshore a little eastward. A causeway,

with a depth of 2.7m at its outer end, extends NE from the

town. 

6.113 The ruins of a wooden pier, bare at LW, lie about 0.2 mile

NW of the causeway. 

6.113 There is a post and telegraph office at the town, and inter-island vessels call regularly from Cebu. That part of the approach that lies N of Calubian affords moderately-sheltered

anchorage, in 12 to 22m, mud.

6.113 An extensive shore bank, with depths of about 3 to 5m, encumbers the entire W entrance of Biliran Strait between a position about 0.5 mile E of Calubian and Poro Islet, about 3 miles

ENE of the town. The W edge of this shoal water trends NNE

across the approach.

6.113 Leyte Bay (11°25'N., 124°28'E.), which is very shallow, indents the Leyte coast between Calubian and Manoc Point,

about 2 miles E, on the S side of the W entrance of Biliran

Strait. 

6.113 A narrow channel, with depths of about 2 to 4m, leads between the shore banks to the small town of Leyte (11°23'N.,

124°30'E.) on the E side of the head of the bay. There is a pier,

suitable for small craft at HW, located at the town. 

Islands in the Samar Sea

6.114 There are five mountainous islands that lie in the central part of the Samar Sea. These islands, together with a number of detached islets and several rocks and shoals adjacent to

them, are very steep-to. 

6.114 There are a few small villages on the islands, but otherwise

they are sparsely inhabited. The detached islets, some of which

are very small, lie up to about 2 miles off the larger islands.

6.114 Tagapula Island (12°04'N., 124°11'E.) is steep-to and clear

of dangers, except for Espana Shoal, a 3.7 to 5.5m area that lies

about 0.8 mile E of the NE extremity of the island. Sibugay Island, 130m high, lies 0.75 mile off the N coast of Tagapula Island, with a deep channel between.

6.114 Almagro Island (11°55'N., 124°18'E.), which rises to a flat

summit in its S part, lies about 7.5 miles SE of Tagapula Island.

The small village of Almagro is situated at the head of a cove

indenting the SW end of the island. 

6.114 Santo Nino Island (11°55'N., 124°26'E.) is closely fringed

by a steep-to rocky ledge. A rock, 3m high, and a rock, 16.1m

high, lie on the edge of the ledge close off the middle of the E

side and W extremity of the island.

6.114 A concrete column, 9.8m high, stands on an old fort on the N

end of Santo Nino Island.

6.115 Santo Nino Harbor (11°56'N., 124°27'E.), a small

cove at the N end of Santo Nino Island, affords excellent typhoon refuge for small craft up to 46m long and is frequented

by coastal vessels. 

6.115 The entrance channel, which has a depth of 3.1m, is only

about 18m wide between a partly-drying shingle spit that extends about 37m W from the E entrance point and a rock. The

rock, with a depth of 0.6m, that lies on the W side of the channel close E of some rocks awash. 

6.115 The channel leads into a circular basin, about 183m in diameter, but most of the rest of the harbor dries at LW. 

6.115 The shingle spit on the E side of the channel is covered at

HW, but its edge is visible and should be passed close to on a

course of 158° into the basin.

6.115 Anchorage can be taken in the center of the basin, in about

10.5m, mud.

6.115 Maripipi Island (11°48'N., 124°19'E.) lies about 5 miles S

of Almagro Island and about that distance N of the NW end of

Biliran Island. It is steep-to and clear of dangers. 

6.115 Maripipi, a town marked by a conspicuous church with a galvanized iron roof, is situated on the SE coast of the island. The

seaward end of the pier at the town was reported to be destroyed. Maripipi has regular communication with Cebu and

Tacloban and is connected with the telegraph system by radio.

6.115 The Sambauan Islets (11°46'N., 124°15'E.), 18 to 40m

high, are four rocky islets that lie close together about 2 miles

WSW of Maripipi Island. They are situated on a narrow, steepto sand shoal. A concrete column, 9.8m high, stands on the W

extremity of the largest islet.

6.115 Buga Rock, 2.4m high, is a detached danger that lies about

1.3 miles W of Paripipi Island and 0.75 mile N of the Sambauan Islets. A rock lies awash close NE of Buga Rock.

The Camotes Sea

6.116 The Camotes Sea can be entered northward by way of

the Visayan Sea or the Samar Sea, from southwestward by Bohol Strait, and from SE by way of the Bohol Sea through Canigao Channel.

6.116 Most of the Camotes Sea has considerable depths with the

exception of its S part where Danajon Bank lies along the entire length of the N coast of Bohol. Several detached shoals lie

in the N part of the sea and there are patches of reef in the SE

entrance area.

6.116 The large Camotes Islands, lying in the central area of the

Camotes Sea, are high and steep-to. Other small islands and islets lie in or near the N entrance, and the Cuatro Islands group

is located in the SE part of the sea.

6.116 The N end of Cebu consists of flat, low plains and rolling

hills rising to 143m. Southward, the remainder of the E coastal

section of Cebu has a narrow coastal plain lying at the foot of

rolling hills that are backed by mountains more than 610m high

in places.

6.116 There are no good harbors for large vessels along this sector

of Cebu. Unprotected anchorages are to be found almost anywhere along this coast, in depths of 91m or less, and at a distance of about 0.3 mile off the narrow coastal reef. A number

of small towns and villages are situated near this coast.

6.116 The W coast of Leyte trends about 88 miles SSE from Dungun Point to Green Point. As far as Dulhugan Point, the area is

mountainous and rugged with no pronounced high peaks. 

6.116 This part of the coast is broken by numerous small bays and

coves. In many places the mountains rise sharply behind the

shore, and such small areas of coastal plain, as do exist, are forested or planted to coconut trees.

6.116 Ormoc Bay, about 10 miles E of Dulhugan Point, is the only

large indentation on the W coast of Leyte. It is deep and clear

of dangers and the narrow fringing reefs are steep-to.

6.116 Eastward of Ormoc Bay is an area of cultivated gently rolling hills. Mountains blanket the S end of Leyte and are irregu-
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 183

Pub. 162

lar in height and have no pronounced ranges. 

6.116 They fall off rather sharply in the vicinity of the coast, leaving a very narrow coastal plain. A number of unimportant rivers drain the S half of the W part of Leyte.

The N approaches to the Camotes Sea from the Samar Sea

and Visayan Sea are deep and adequately lighted. A number of

islands and islets lying N of Cebu have deep channels between

them, but most are fringed by foul areas and should not be

passed close to.

6.116 There are several unmarked shoals in the N part of the

Camotes Sea.

6.116 With the exception of the NE end of Cebu, this part of the

coast of Cebu as far as Managao Point is mostly steep-to. The

NW part of the coast of Leyte is generally steep-to, except the

area between Canaguayan Point and Duljugan Point, where

there is considerable steep-to coastal reef.

6.116 The principal towns in this section are Bogo on Cebu, and

Palompon, Villaba, and San Isidro on Leyte.

Cebu—Off-lying Islands and Dangers

6.117 Near the E coast of Cebu, the 20m curve lies about up

to 2 miles off the coast and contains several detached coral

heads with depths of 1.8m. There is some coastal reef in this

same area which dries for a distance of 1 mile offshore. A deep

channel lies between the coastal reef and the outer detached

heads.

6.117 The Manocmanoc Islets (11°35'N., 124°03'E.) are three

flat-topped, vertical-sided, and uninhabited rocks lying on a

reef. The N and largest is 8.8m high, the middle one is 14.6m

high, and the S and smallest is 16.4m high. 

6.117 The reef between them bares at LW. There is some foul

ground about 0.3 mile W of the group, and a 16.5m patch lies

about 1.5 miles ENE of the northernmost island.

6.117 Carnasa Island (11°31'N., 124°06'E.), lying about 4.25

miles SE of the Manocmanoc Islets, has a group of wooded

hills, 45m high, at the NE part of the island. On the E side are

18.3m cliffs. 

6.117 A detached rock, 13.1m high, lies close off the S end of the

island. The SE side of the island is inhabited.

6.117 Tide rips occur in the area midway between Carnasa Island

and the Manocmanoc Islets.

6.117 Maria Islet (11°29'N., 124°07'E.), 18m high, rocky, and

steep-to, lies 1 mile SSE of Carnasa Island. The channel between is 0.5 mile wide, with a least charted depth of 22m.

6.117 Gato Islet (11°27'N., 124°01'E.), lying nearly 5.75 miles

SW of Carnasa Island, is a precipitous rock, 98m high, that

forms a prominent landmark. There is some vegetation on its

top. The cliffs are underworn by the action of the sea, making

landing almost impossible.

6.117 Directions.—Vessels from Jintotolo Channel bound for the

port of Cebu pass about 2 miles S of Gato Islet if intending to

proceed N of Malapascua Island; those vessels using the passage between Malapascua Island and the mainland of Cebu

should pass about 6 miles S of Gato Islet.

6.118 Malapascua Island (11°20'N., 124°07'E.) is covered

by small trees and bushes. Its shoreline is very irregular and

consists of a succession of rocky headlands with many off-lying pinnacle rocks. Its N, E, and S coasts are fringed by reefs

and shoals for a distance of 0.5 mile.

6.118 There is an islet, 7.6m high, and several rocks, 0.9 to 4.2m

high, lying about 0.4 mile SW of Malapascua Island. Close off

the NW point of the island there is a rocky islet, 5.5m high. A

rock, 0.3m high, lies 0.5 mile N of the same point, and a rock

lies awash nearly 0.5 mile E of the 0.3m rock.

6.118 During the Northeast Monsoon, good anchorage can be taken, in 18.3m, in a position about 0.5 mile SW of a light on Malapascua Island.

6.118 Chocolate Islet (11°19'N., 124°04'E.) lies about 3.25 miles

SW of Malapascua Island. It is a small, steep-to, wooded islet

and forms a prominent landmark. Tide rips occur in the area

about midway between Chocolate Islet and Bulalaqui Point.

6.118 Monad Shoal (11°17'N., 124°12'E.), a 10.1m rocky area

about 1.3 miles in extent, lies about midway in the N entrance

of the Camotes Sea. The bottom consists of sand and boulders. 

6.118 A shoal patch with a least depth of 24.5m lies 4.5 miles ESE

of the shoal. 

6.118 A 10.1m patch has been reported (1995) to lie about 3.5

miles SE of Monad Shoal.

6.118 Nunez Shoal (11°06'N., 124°13'E.) and Calangaman Island (11°07'N., 124°15'E.) lie 11.25 miles and 13.5 miles E,

respectively, of Bogo Bay. A shoal area, with a depth of 1.4m,

surrounds Calangaman Island. Nunez Shoal is a steep-to coral

head with a depth of 5.5m. 

6.118 During the Northeast Monsoon (October to March), good

anchorage sheltered from the sea exists, in a depth of 14.6m,

off the S side of Calangaman Island.

6.119 Ormoc Shoal (11°02'N., 124°09'E.), a steep-to shoal

with a least known depth of 8.2m, lies 6.25 miles SW of Calangaman Island. This shoal should be avoided as there may be

some coral heads on it with less depths than charted.

6.119 Capitancillo Islet (11°00'N., 124°06'E.) is 4.5m high and

has a reef extending about 0.5 mile N and S. A steep-to reef,

with a depth of 4.6m, lies about 0.8 mile N of the islet.

6.119 There are considerable depths in this portion of the Camotes

Sea, the maximum being 869m about 3 miles SE of Capitancillo Islet.

6.119 The NW part of the coast of Leyte, from Dungun Point SSE

to Canaguayan Point, has the 10m curve approaching mostly

close-to, its greatest distance off being 0.75 mile in the vicinity

of Canaguayan Point. 

6.119 To the S of the latter point, and as far as Duljugan Point, drying coastal reef extends up to 2 miles offshore. 

Cubu—East Coast

6.120 Bulalaqui Point (11°17'N., 124°04'E.), the NE extremity of Cebu, is formed by a 27m cliff which rises steeply

inland to a height of 44m. The point is steep-to on its N side.

6.120 Between Bulalaqui Point and Campatoc Point, about 1.8

miles S, there is a small unnamed bay blocked by drying reefs.

Coastal reefs extend from about 0.4 mile E of Campatoc Point

in a direct line to the E side of Bulalaqui Point.

6.120 A wreck lies stranded on the edge of the reef about 0.5 mile

N of Campatoc Point. The bow and foremast were visible.

6.120 Campatoc Reef (11°13'N., 124°04'E.), with a least depth of

1.8m, lies about 1.8 miles S of Campatoc Point.

6.120 From Campatoc Point the coast trends SSW for about 7
184 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

miles to Malontod Point. This section of coast is generally low,

bordered by mangrove, and fringed by a coastal reef extending

0.75 mile offshore in places.

6.121 Bogo Bay (11°06'N., 124°02'E.), lying between Malontod Point and Nailon Point, about 5.5 miles S, is nearly

blocked by a reef, most of which is awash. Between Malontod

Point and Tindug Point, about 1.8 miles SSW, there is a bluff,

rocky shore about 4.5m high. 

6.121 From Tindug Point, the remainder of the shores of the bay

are mostly bordered by mangrove.

6.121 The navigable entrance of the bay is a break in the reef about

1.8 mile NNW of Nailon Point. The entrance is about 0.2 mile

wide and has a depth of 48m. From this entrance a channel

trends W about 0.8 mile and then branches. A beacon marks

the edge of the reef on the S side of the channel at the juncture. 

6.121 One arm, of no value to navigation extends NW, and the

main channel trends SW for 0.75 mile where it again divides.

One arm extends toward the entrance of the Daijagon Canal

and the other arm extends S, shoaling gradually toward the

town of Bogo. 

6.121 There is a small coral patch, with a depth of 0.9m, about in

the center of the reach which trends SW. A beacon marks the

patch and should be passed on it N side. 

6.121 A wreck, with a 0.6m depth, lies on the edge of the reef

about 0.2 mile W of the latter beacon.

6.121 Anchorage.—Fairly good anchorage can be taken, in 9 to

11m, mud, SW of the beacon in a position about 1.3 miles N of

the town of Bogo. Here the channel widens to about 0.2 mile

and is well protected from heavy seas, but it is open to the

winds between NNE and ESE.

6.122 Bogo (11°03'N., 124°00'E.), a town with a church,

stands on the SW side of Bogo Bay. There is a stone pier in

front of the town. It can be reached by small boats at HW, but

at LW it dries off its outer end. A light stands on the N side of

the entrance to Bogo Bay. 

6.122 Baluarte Point, about 1 mile NNW of Bogo, has a causeway,

with a concrete landing at its head, extending NE across the

reef to the channel. 

6.122 There was a reported LW depth of 3m at the outer end; there

were no dolphins or mooring bitts. The causeway is connected

with a road to Bogo. 

6.122 The village of Polambato (11°04'N., 124°00'E.) is situated

on Baluarte Point.

6.122 On a clear day, at LW, the reefs in Bogo Bay are plainly defined, showing a bright green, but with the sun in the W and the

tide high, it is hard to distinguish the reefs at the entrance.

There are numerous fish traps on the reefs. 

6.122 During the Northeast Monsoon when the wind is strong,

there is a heavy sea running which combined with the current

that sets down the coast at quite a good velocity, makes it hazardous to enter without considerable way on a vessel.

6.123 Nailon Point (11°03'N., 124°02'E.) is low, wooded,

and fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. It can be passed at a distance of 0.5 mile.

6.123 From Nailon Point, the coast trends S for about 11 miles to

Managao Point. 

6.123 The shores are mostly fringed by narrow, steep-to reefs, nowhere exceeding 0.25 mile in width. The coast is slightly indented by Tabagon Bay. 

6.123 Discolored water has been seen at various times off Managao

Point, giving the impression of shoal water, but a survey failed

to develop anything of this nature.

6.123 Saac Point (11°00'N., 124°03'E.), 4 miles S of Nailon Point,

is a low, wooded bluff, steep-to and clear of dangers. Less than

1 mile inland from the point, the land rises to a height of about

122m.

6.123 Between Saac Point and Pamoboan Point, about 2.25 miles

S, the coast is irregular and consists of bold rocky cliffs, 6 to

9m high, back of which the land rises rapidly.

6.123 Bantulin Point (10°55'N., 124°03'E.) is a steep, clay bluff

about 15.2m high, inland of which the land rises to a height of

over 122m within 0.5 mile of the point. It can be recognized

from N by a bare cliff showing white on its N side.

6.123 The town of Tabogon, 2 miles NNW of Bantulin Point, is

partly obscured by trees, and the white-roofed school is all that

can be seen from seaward. 

6.123 The depths off Tabogon are too great to afford anchorage. At

HW, small boats can land at the ruins of a small stone dock.

There is a telegraph office in the town.

Leyte—Northwest Coast

6.124 A mountain chain, about 5 miles inland, trends parallel with the coast. Mount Majuyag, 1,348m high and about 25

miles E of Gumalac Island, is probably the highest point on the

island.

6.124 Between Dungun Point (11°32'N., 124°17'E.) and Matung

Point, nearly 8 miles SSE, the coast is generally fringed by a

narrow steep-to reef. Tagawigan, Daja, and Tinago are small

coves, blocked by reefs, that indent this section of coast; villages of the same names as the coves lie at their heads. 

6.124 A prominent house, with a galvanized iron roof, stands at the

head of the small bay of which Dungun Point is the W entrance

point.

6.124 Caution.—Numerous unlit fishing stakes and small dugout

canoes occupy the waters of the NW coast of Leyte from Gigantangan Island (11°33'N., 124°15'E.) and Calangaman Island (11°07'N., 124°15'E.).

6.125 San Isidro Bay (11°24'N., 124°20'E.) lies nearly 1

mile S of Matung Point. The center of the bay is deep and affords good anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon, but the

head is filled by shoals and drying mud flats.

6.125 San Isidro (11°25'N., 124°20'E.), a town at the head of the

bay, is a port of call for small coastal vessels. An L-shaped

concrete pier, about 0.5 mile SW of the town, has a depth of

3.6m off its seaward face. Vessels can steer for the pier on a

bearing of 090° and anchor, in a depth of 5.5m, about 0.3 mile

seaward of it. 

6.125 Five partly-submerged wrecks lie within a radius of about

0.2 mile of the face of the pier.

6.125 Between Sangabon Point, the S entrance of San Isidro Bay,

and Canapog Point, 10.5 miles SSE, there are four small bays

and a number of coves. 

6.125 The bays are quite conspicuous as the entrance points are

generally formed by bluffs 15 to 23m high.

6.125 Arevalo Bay (11°22'N., 124°21'E.), about 2 miles S of San
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 185

Pub. 162

Isidro Bay, is nearly blocked by reefs and shoals. A bare cliff

marks the N entrance point. 

6.125 The village of Arevalo (11°22'N., 124°22'E.) is situated in

the SE part of the bay. There is a small stone landing on the S

shore of the bay just inside Cauayan Point, the S entrance point

of the bay. 

6.125 Anchorage can be taken, in 5.5m, about 0.1 mile N of the

landing and partially protected from SW by Cauayan Point.

6.125 Pulingbato Hill, about 2.5 miles S of Cauayan Point and 0.6

mile inland, forms an excellent landmark. It rises gently to a

flat-topped cone.

6.125 Tabango Bay (11°17'N., 124°23'E.), about 4 miles SSE of

Cauayan Point, is nearly blocked by reefs.

6.125 Campopo Bay (11°17'N., 124°22'E.) is separated from Tabango Bay by Liog Point, over 30m high. A large part of this

bay is encumbered by reefs and shoals. 

6.125 Burabud Point, at the S entrance of Campopo Bay, is a sharp,

prominent cone that forms a good landmark.

6.125 Dauajon Islet (11°16'N., 124°22'E.) lies about 1 mile SW of

Burabud Point. The channel between it and Leyte is deep and

clear in the fairway. The islet is mostly steep-to except about

0.3 mile NW of it where there is a depth of 8.2m. Dauajon Islet

is sometimes not clearly visible against the dark background of

the mainland of Leyte.

6.126 Silad Bay (11°14'N., 124°23'E.), about 2.5 miles S of

Burabud Point, is fringed by drying reef. The village of Silad is

situated on the SE shore of the bay.

6.126 An 18.3m rock lies close offshore in a position about midway between Silad Bay and Villaba Bay, 1.5 miles S. 

6.126 The rock is bare, sharp-pointed, yellow in color, and is a

good inshore landmark.

6.126 Villaba (11°13'N., 124°24'E.) is situated at the head of Villaba Bay. A rock causeway, about 0.5 mile SW of the town, has a

depth of 1.5m off its end. There is a privately maintained pier,

with a depth of 2.7m at its outer end, close S of the town. Two

private mooring buoys, in a depth of 3.6m, are located off the

open coast about 1.5 miles SW of Villaba. 

6.126 Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1m, at the entrance of the bay,

about midway between the S entrance point and the aforementioned 18.3m rock. Anchorage, in 5.5m, can be taken about 0.2

mile off the end of the landing.

6.126 Canaguayan Point (11°04'N., 124°22'E.), at the N entrance

of Port Palompon, is the most salient point in this vicinity. It is

low, flat, covered by coconut trees and fringed by mangrove.

6.126 It is bordered by a reef and a bank, with a depth of 6.4m at its

outer end, extends about 0.6 mile SW from the point.

6.127 Port Palompon (11°03'N., 124°23'E.) (World Port Index No. 58800), the principal commercial port in western

Leyte, is formed by a narrow channel lying between the mainland of Leyte S of Canaguayan Point and the N end of the drying reef surrounding Taboc Island and lying over 0.3 mile S of

the point. 

6.127 This is the only approach to the town of Palompon, as the S

end of the channel is blocked by reef. Mangrove-covered Taboc Island and its surrounding reef protects the anchorage from

W winds and seas.

6.127 Depths—Limitations.—There is a T-head concrete pier

fronting the town. This pier has a berthing face of 101m. There

were depths from 6.7m at its N end to 8.8m at its S end.

6.127 Anchorage.—There is anchorage for vessels up to 40m in

length, in a depth of 16m, mud, about 0.2 mile SW of the pier,

but the swinging room is restricted.

6.127 Directions.—Enter Port Palompon from a position with

Canaguayan Point bearing 046° and the light at Palompon

bearing 105°; then steer for the light on a 105° heading. 

6.127 The reefs on either side of the channel show well at LW and

are generally marked by fish traps and bamboo stakes with

bushy tops. When the pier at Palompon bears 140°, haul S in

mid-channel and head for the pier, or anchor as described

above. There are no pilots available.

6.127 Gumalac Island (11°00'N., 124°23'E.) is low, mangrove

covered, and lies on the same reef as Taboc Island. This reef

extends in places more than 0.5 mile W from the islands.

6.127 Cabgan Island is a similar but smaller island lying on the reef

S of Gumalac Island and separated from it by an unimportant

channel forming a break in the reef. Cabgan Island is also surrounded by reef which extends about 0.5 mile seaward.

6.127 Caution.—The reefs which surround the aforementioned islands and border the coast from Canaguayan Point to Duljugan

Point, about 9 miles S, have their greatest width about 2.5

miles NW of Duljugan Point. 

6.127 Although marked by stakes at many places along its edge, a

number of vessels have struck this reef. When rounding the

reef from N, mariners are advised that Canaguayan Point

should not be brought to bear less than 014° until Duljugan

Point bears less than 111°.

The Camotes Sea—West Part

6.128 The E coast of Cebu, between Managao Point and

Bagacay Point, about 30 miles S, has a relatively narrow coastal plain varying from 46m to 0.75 mile as far as Kotkot Point

where it begins to widen. Hills rise between 122 to 152m, 1

mile inland from the coast, and between Danao Point and Kotkot Point, they rise to 396m about 3.5 miles inland.

6.128 Streams are numerous along this section of coast, but none

are navigable and they become very small during the dry season. 

6.128 This coast is rather irregular, but there are no large indentations of importance as such. Towns of any importance in this

area are Danao and Liloan. There are a number of villages

along the coast.

6.128 Managao Point (10°53'N., 124°03'E.) is low, rocky, and

steep-to. It appears very prominent when coming from N or S.

Hills slope down to the shore in this vicinity and rise gradually

to 91 and 122m at about 1 mile inland. 

6.128 The white roof of the school at Tagnukan, about 0.5 mile

WSW of Managao Point, is prominent.

6.129 Borbon (10°50'N., 124°02'E.), a small town, lies at

the mouth of the Jimuguit River. A church with a galvanized

iron roof stands at an elevation S of the town; it is a good landmark although, obscured by trees. A stone mole can be used by

small boats at HW. 

6.129 A wreck, awash about 0.3m at HW, lies on the edge of the

reef 37m SE of the stone mole. The shore reef N and E of Borbon is quite extensive and backed by a thick growth of mangrove.
186 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.129 The Jimuguit River is small and can be entered only by small

boats at HW.

6.129 Anchorage can be taken, in 37m, mud, about 229m from the

edge of the shore reef and with the church at Borbon bearing

294°.

6.129 Bingkay Point (10°48'N., 124°01'E.), about 5 miles S of

Mangao Point, is a 6.1m rocky bluff covered by vegetation. A

series of these bluffs and an occasional short strip of white

sand beach forms the coast for 1 mile on either side of Bingkay

Point.

6.130 Sogod Bay (10°45'N., 124°00'E.) is clear and steepto, but it offers no protection from E winds and sea. At the NW

part of the bay, there is a very peculiar steep-sided, narrow ravine, 9 to 12m deep, which penetrates nearly 1 mile inland and

up which the sea enters for about 274m. 

6.130 A prominent cliff, 17m high, is located 0.5 mile S of the ravine. A reef extends 91 to 274m offshore from here to 1 mile S

of the town of Sogod.

6.130 Sogod, marked by a light at the head of Sogod Bay, is prominent from seaward, the town being situated on a slope and

with few trees to obscure it. A church on elevated ground back

of the town is prominent from NE and E, and the municipal

building, about 0.3 mile S, also shows from NE.

6.130 Catmon Point (10°44'N., 124°01'E.) is low and consists of

dark sand and gravel. The Bao River discharges through the

point; thick coconut groves line the shore on both sides.

6.130 Catmon, a town about 0.8 mile S of Catmon Point, is almost

entirely concealed from seaward by coconut trees. 

6.130 The church at Catmon stands on an elevation in a position

about 0.5 mile S of Catmon Point. It is very conspicuous, having a prominent tower surmounted by a dome.

6.130 A highway bridge across the Panalipan River, 5 miles S of

Catmon Point, shows prominently from seaward.

6.130 Binongkalan Point (10°38'N., 124°02'E.) is low, steep-to,

and composed of dark rock. The point lies about 5.3 miles S of

Catmon Point. The village of Binongkalan is situated on the

slope immediately W of the point and consists of a cluster of

brown houses visible from seaward.

6.130 Luyang (10°36'N., 124°01'E.), a good-sized village, lies at

the mouth of the Luyang River about 1.8 miles S of Binongkalan Point. The bar of the river is shoal and can be crossed

only at HW by small craft.

6.131 Port Carmen (10°35'N., 124°01'E.) is entered on the

S side of a reef, which extends 731m SSE from Poo Point

(10°35'N., 124°02'E.), which lies 2 miles N of Catadman Point.

It is nearly filled with reefs and mud flats and affords a very

limited anchorage area. 

6.131 The entrance, 183m wide with a least depth of 10.1m, lies S

of the above reef. From midway of the entrance, the top of the

church at the town of Carmen is visible over the trees on a

bearing 294°.

6.131 A drying reef extends from the shore toward the center of the

entrance and forms the S side of Port Carmen. The channel N

of this reef has a least width of about 91m and leads to the anchorage at Port Carmen.

6.131 A prominent clump of mangrove stands on the edge of the

reef extending S from Poo Point, and immediately W of the

clump is a well-defined sand spit which dries about 0.6m; the

spit can be rounded close-to. 

6.131 Inside the port, the water is usually muddy and only at LW

do the reefs show plainly. A large cement factory with two tall

stacks stands about 0.8 mile WSW of Poo Point. 

6.131 A beacon stands in a clump of mangrove. Caution should be

used by vessels entering without local knowledge, being guided principally by the color of the water on the steep-to reefs.

Fish weirs are scattered over the shoal parts of the port and

along the reefs.

6.131 The town of Carmen, situated on the W side of the port, is

partly concealed by trees. The church has a nipa roof and can

be seen over Poo Point from seaward and from the entrance of

the port, but is obscured from the anchorage; it is not prominent at any time. The municipal building is more conspicuous.

6.131 Cogon (10°36'N., 124°01'E.), a village at the head of the

port, is situated about 0.5 mile N of Carmen, and the villages of

Davis and Villa Hermosa stands on the shore 0.5 mile and 2

miles S, respectively, of Carmen. At Cogon there are two stone

moles, partly destroyed, where small boats can land at HW.

6.131 Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1m, W of the above-described

clumps of mangrove, or about 183m farther N, in 7 or 8m. The

edge of the reefs fringing the anchorages are steep-to.

6.132 Catadman Point (10°33'N., 124°04'E.) is formed by

a wide steep-to coastal reef heavily overgrown by mangrove

that extends for 1 mile in either direction, giving it the appearance of land. It is quite conspicuous from N or S.

6.132 Danao (10°31'N., 124°01'E.) is the largest and most important town in northern Cebu. The cream-colored church standing on low ground near the beach is prominent. The church and

surrounding buildings form a large group, but they are partly

obscured by coconut groves N and S of them and are only visible between 220° and 350°. Prominent factories stand 5 miles

N and 2 miles S of the city. The beach in front of the town is of

dark sand.

6.132 There is a small pier at Danao. The pier was partially destroyed by a typhoon and was being rebuilt.

6.132 A large shipyard and industrial complex was under construction in the vicinity of Danao. 

6.132 Anchorage can be taken, in 37m, mud and sand, E of the

church and about 0.3 mile offshore; it is exposed during the

Northeast Monsoon.

6.132 Danao Point (10°30'N., 124°02'E.), about 1 mile S of Danao, has a bare and steep appearance. The point is fringed by a

dark steep-to reef of moderate width.

6.132 Compostela (10°27'N., 124°00'E.), a town located about 3

miles S of Danao Point, has a church that stands on the beach.

The town is visible only between the bearings of 294° and 350°

because of the thick coconut groves bordering the coast in this

area. 

6.132 The ruins of a concrete railroad bridge, 0.5 mile N of Compostela, is visible from seaward. The shore for 3 miles N and

for 1 mile S of Compostela is fringed by an almost unbroken

narrow steep-to reef. There is little sand beach, the remainder

of the coast being bordered mostly by gravel and a few stretches of rocky ledges.

6.132 Kotkot Point (10°25'N., 124°00'E.) is low and not prominent except from N. Between Kotkot Point and the town of

Liloan, about 1.3 miles S, there is a stretch of prominent beach.

6.132 Liloan (10°24'N., 124°00'E.) lies at the head of a wide bay
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 187

Pub. 162

which indents the coast for about 0.8 mile between Kotkot

Point and Bagacay Point. The bay is open to the Northeast

Monsoon. A large church with a galvanized iron roof stands

close to the beach. 

6.132 The town is situated in back of the church and along the side

of a channel, known as the Liloan River, which connects Silut

Lagoon with the sea. A rock, awash, lies on a small reef about

0.3 mile NE of the church at Liloan.

6.132 Bagacay Point (10°23'N., 124°01'E.), about 1.3 miles SE of

Liloan, is further described in paragraph 7.37.

The Camotes Sea—East Part

6.133 The Camotes Islands (10°41'N., 124°25'E.), consisting of Ponson Island, Poro Island, Pacijan Island, and Talong

Island, are, in general, fringed by narrow, steep-to reefs. There

are no good anchorages in the group. The island group is of little commercial importance and only a few vessels call at the

larger towns.

6.133 Pacijan Island (10°40'N., 124°20'E.) is 247m high in the S

part, and near the N part there is a small flat hill, 102m high.

San Francisco, a town situated near the E extremity of Pacijan

Island, is connected to Poro Island by a bridge. 

6.133 Drying reefs extend N and S from the bridge for about 1 mile

in either direction. Cargo for San Francisco is landed at the

town of Poro on Poro Island; a road, about 2 miles long, joins

the two towns. There are postal and radio facilities at San Francisco.

6.133 Talong Island (10°44'N., 124°19'E.), lies about 0.3 mile N

of Pacijan Island. The navigable channel between them is reduced to a width of about 274m by the reefs on either side.

6.133 Tudela (10°38'N., 124°28'E.) is a small town on the S side of

Poro Island. A light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m high,

which stands on the E side of the town. 

6.133 A stone landing at Tudela, with a depth of 1.2m off its end,

can be used by small boats. 

6.133 There are postal and telephone facilities at Tudela and bus

transportation to San Francisco.

6.133 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 13 to 27m, mud and

coral, about 366m offshore S of the town. This is the best anchorage in the Camotes Islands group, but it is open to S winds.

There is anchorage off Poro similar to that at Tudela; however,

it also is exposed to S winds.

6.134 Poro (10°38'N., 124°24'E.), a town about 3.75 miles

W of Tudela, has a church that is prominent from SW. A stone

causeway fronting the town is accessible to small boats only.

6.134 Hermosa Bank is a small, detached coral patch, with a depth

of 11.9m and steep-to, lying about 1 mile E of Villa Hermosa

Point, the E extremity of Poro Island.

6.134 Ponson Island (10°47'N., 124°33'E.) is the most northerly

of the group. It is 221m high and fringed by a narrow coral

reef, except on its NE side, where the reef extends 1097m from

a shallow bay. 

6.134 Kawit is a village situated on a conspicuous sandy beach at

the SW extremity of Ponson Island.

6.134 Anchorage can be taken off Kawit, but only close in because

of the great depths. This anchorage should be approached with

caution as the bank is very steep. In case of necessity, anchorage can be taken off the villages of Lanao or Dapdap, which

are located on the NW coast of Ponson Island.

6.134 Pilar (10°48'N., 124°34'E.) (World Port Index No. 58760), a

town at the NE end of Ponson Island, has a stone mole with a

concrete landing, extending from the beach E of the town. The

controlling depth off the landing was 1.8m. 

6.134 A dangerous shoal, having a depth of 0.6m at MLW, extends

from the shore to a position about 30m SE of the end of the

causeway. 

6.134 Boats calling here head in parallel to the line of the causeway

and for the NE corner.

6.134 In fine weather, anchorage can be taken off the end of the

mole, in depths of 35 to 37m.

6.135 Dulhugan Point (10°55'N., 124°23'E.) is low and

flat. Mangrove grows on the reef W of Dulhugan Point and surrounds a small islet lying about 0.8 mile offshore, giving it the

appearance of forming a part of the point. The S side of the

point is steep-to.

6.135 Dupon Bay (10°55'N., 124°25'E.), entered between Sacay

Point, situated 1.75 miles E of Dulhugan Point, and Catiyoman

Point, about 1.5 miles farther SSE, is a spacious harbor. The

entrance is deep, the depths decreasing toward the head which

is foul. It was reported (1999) that the tidal current in the bay is

negligible, but a strong current is reported to set E along the

coastline outside of the bay. 

6.135 Isabel (10°56'N., 124°26'E.) (World Port Index No. 58795),

marked by a lighted tower, is a town located on the E side of

Dupon Bay. The light is shown from a concrete tower, 10m

high, standing on the shore at Isabel. Red obstruction lights are

shown from a chimney (red and white) standing 1.5 miles SE

of the light. 

6.135 Depths—Limitations.—Port Isabel, in the SE part of Dupon Bay, has been developed to serve local fertilizer and copper swelting plants. A vessel of 64,000 dwt has been handled at

the port.

6.135 Philiphos Wharf has five berths totaling 760m in length for

grab discharge of bulk cargo and loading of bagged and bulk

fertilizer. The S end of the main quay is reported to be used for

discharge of liquid ammonia, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid.

6.135 Reported depths alongside the berths are, as follows:

1. Berth No.1—12m.

2. Berth No.2—9m.

3. Berth No.3—7m.

4. Berth No.4—7m.

5. Berth No.5—5m.

6.135 Passar Wharf is situated close S of the Philiphos Berth No.1,

and is reported to be 90m in length, with a depth of 12m alongside. Ore for the copper smelting plant is discharged at this

berth.

6.135 Two tugs of 6,000 horsepower are available. There are three

grab cranes feeding conveyor belt systems. Cranes are also

available for loading.

6.135 Fuel and diesel oil can be supplied by barge from Cebu.

6.135 Since this area is on the W side of Leyte it is protected from

the direct influence of a typhoon by the central mountain range

running from N to S.

6.135 The prevailing winds are from NNW, SSW, and NNE. The

SSW winds, which occur frequently from March to August,

cause wave action at the wharf.
188 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

6.135 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is available day or

night. The boarding place is 1,372m SW of Catiyoman Point.

Pilots are provided by Tacloban Pilot Association; a 24-hour

notice of ETA is required.

6.135 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, for vessels with

drafts between 9 and 30m, at the entrance to Dupon Bay. 

6.135 Anchorage can also be obtained 0.5 mile from the W shore

of the bay, in a depth of 15m, although it is advisable to use

two anchors due to the poor holding ground. 

6.135 The quarantine anchorage is situated about 1,463m W of

Catiyoman Point, in a depth of about 80m.

6.136 Matlang Bay (11°53'N., 124°27'E.), about 1 mile E

of Dupon Bay, is small and sheltered from all except S winds.

The anchorage area is restricted by reefs extending from both

sides and the head of the bay.

6.136 Mount Maanga (10°57'N., 124°30'E.) is a sharp doubletipped peak and an excellent landmark from all directions. The

N peak is the higher.

6.136 Calunangan Point (10°52'N., 124°31'E.), about 4.5 miles E

of Matlang Bay, is low, flat, fringed by mangrove, and skirted

by a very narrow steep-to coral reef. 

6.136 A light is shown from Calunangan 1 mile W of Calunangan

Point. 

6.137 Ormoc Bay (10°57'N., 124°35'E.), entered E of Calunangan Point, is deep and free from dangers. 

6.137 Anchorage can be taken, in 15 to 27m, good holding ground,

all around the shores of the bay.

6.137 Merida (10°55'N., 124°32'E.) is a small town on the W

shore of the bay. 

6.137 A concrete pier, on which there is a cargo shed, has a controlling depth of 1.8m off the end. A privately-maintained fixed

red light, 9.1m above HW, is shown from a stand in front of the

cargo shed.

6.138 Port Bello (10°59'N., 124°32'E.), in the NW part of

Ormoc Bay, affords anchorage during the Southwest Monsoon,

in 17 to 22m, mud, off the end of the pier. 

6.138 There is a stone causeway and wooden landing about 149m

long at the Hacienda Puerto Bello. The small boats and lighters

which call here for cargo lie at the S face of the pier near the

outer end where there is a depth of 1.2m. 

6.138 Vessels call here only by previous arrangement. The pier was

reported badly in need of repairs and the hacienda was not in

operation.

6.138 A dangerous wreck lies in Port Bello about 0.5 mile ENE of

the village of Biasong.

6.139 Ormoc (11°00'N., 124°36'E.) (World Port Index No.

58770), at the NE part of Ormoc Bay, is the largest town in

western Leyte and of some commercial importance.

6.139 A radio tower, 82m high and showing a red light, stands near

the coast about 2.3 miles SE of Ormoc. Another radio tower,

61m high, stands near the coast about 1 mile SE of Ormoc.

6.139 Prominent landmarks in the approach to Ormoc include several chimneys situated about 2.3 miles SE of the town, a water

tank about 0.8 mile SE of the town, and a church spire at the

town.

6.139 Depths—Limitations.—A concrete city pier, about 12.2m

wide at its outer end, extends about 341m SSW from the shore.

There is a depth of about 4.5m at the outer end of the E side of

the pier, but the water shoals rapidly along each side toward the

shore. 

6.139 It was reported difficult to go alongside because of the poor

condition of the pier. A prominent building stands at the root of

the pier. Six mooring buoys are laid in the bay 1 mile WNW of

the root of the pier.

6.139 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 26 to 27m, sand

and mud, about 0.3 mile SW of the pier head. 

6.139 Caution.—Several sunken wrecks, swept to 11.9m, lie between the anchorage and the pier and should be avoided; caution must be exercised not to get inside about the 20m curve

when anchoring as the depths shoal rapidly.

6.139 From Ormoc to Baybay, about 22.5 miles SSE, the coast is

low and consists of steep-to beaches of cobblestones and small

boulders. Near the coast are heavily wooded hills, 305 to 610m

high and immediately back of them is a mountain range, 914 to

1,219m high, lying parallel to the coast.

6.140 Panalian Point (10°59'N., 124°38'E.) is located about

1.8 miles SSE of Ormoc. The small landing, about 0.3 mile SE

of the point, is reported destroyed. Its seaward end reportedly

dried at LW. Vessels calling for cargo anchor, in 12.8m, about

0.3 mile offshore, and load from lighters.

6.140 Albuera (10°55'N., 124°41'E.), lying about 7.5 miles SE of

Ormoc and reportedly marked by a light, is visible from seaward. It has postal and telegraph facilities. A highway connects

the town with Ormoc and Baybay.

6.140 Baybay (10°41'N., 124°48'E.) (World Port Index No.

58750), lying on the S side of the Pangbagaran River, about

15.5 miles S of Albuera and marked by a light, presents a

prominent appearance from seaward. The light was recently reported extinguished. 

6.140 The old stone church with one tower is a good landmark.

6.140 Depths—Limitations.—A concrete government pier, with

about 73m of berthing space, had a reported controlling depth

of 3.9m off its seaward end.

6.140 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 22 to 27m, mud,

about 0.5 mile W of the town.

6.141 From Baybay, the coast trends S about 2 miles, then

WNW about 1 mile, forming a bay between the town of Baybay and the reefs fringing Catarman Point (10°38'N.,

124°47'E.). 

6.141 A conspicuous hill, 96m high, stands close inland from the E

shore of the bay. A small steep-to reef, with a depth of 1.8m,

lies about 0.8 mile NNE of Catarman Point. The fringing reef

extends 0.5 mile N from the point.

6.141 Good anchorage can be taken, in 11 to 18m, mud, E of the

reef or off the village of Punpunan at the head of the bay.

6.141 A rock causeway is situated on the N side of Catarman Point,

and is the loading site for manganese ore.

6.141 Between Catarman Point and the village of Guadalupe, 6

miles S, the coast consists of steep-to, coarse gravel beaches,

backed by hills 183 to 610m high. 

6.141 A reef, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.8 mile WSW of

Guadalupe, and another reef, which dries at LW, lies about 1

mile SW of the same position. 
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 189

Pub. 162

6.141 A depth of 2.7m, coral bottom, was reported to lie 326°,

about 1.3 miles from Guadalupe.

6.142 Amogotada Point (10°29'N., 124°43'E.) is low,

fringed by mangrove, and covered with coconut trees. Mount

Bontoc, a very prominent flat-topped hill, 203m high and

steep, is located about 1.5 miles SSE of the point. When first

seen from N it appears as an island and is liable to be mistaken

for low Amogotada Point.

6.142 The Cuatro Islands (10°31'N., 124°39'E.) are a group for

four islets lying W and NW of Amogotada Point. Himuquitan

Islet, the S and largest, is conspicuous. Daquio Islet, the northernmost of the group, is low and sandy and about 12.2m high

to the tops of the trees.

6.142 Hindang (10°26'N., 124°43'E.), a small town about 3 miles

S of Amogotada Point, offers anchorage, in 13 to 18m, about

0.5 mile offshore with the church bearing 141°. Hindang Light

is shown from a fort at Hindang.

6.142 The small towns of Hilongos, Bato, Matalom, and the village

of Cahagnaan are situated on the coast between Hindang and

Green Point (10°09'N., 124°45'E.). There are postal and telegraph facilities at Hilongos, Bato, and Matalom.

6.142 Canigao Island (10°15'N., 124°45'E.) is low, flat, and covered with coconut palms.

6.142 The N, W, and S sides of the island are fringed by reefs extending up to 0.6 mile offshore. The island is marked by a light.

6.143 Canigao Channel (10°15'N., 124°43'E.), between

Danajon Bank and Leyte, is over 6 miles wide, but is divided

into several passes by Cain Reef, Adam Reef, Eve Reef, and

Canigao Island. The pass between Canigao Island and Leyte is

over 0.75 mile wide, has a depth of 18.3m, and is the one generally used.

6.143 Cain Reef (10°15'N., 124°43'E.), with a depth of 7.3m, lies

1.75 miles WNW of Canigao Island.

6.143 Adam Reef (10°15'N., 124°42'E.), with a depth of 0.3m, lies

2.5 miles W of Canigao Island. An 8.2m patch was reported to

lie 1.5 miles WNW of Adam Reef.

6.143 Eve Reef (10°14'N., 124°44'E.), with a depth of 5.8m, lies

1.5 miles WSW of Canagao Island. Abel Reef, with a depth of

6.7m, lies 1.75 miles S of Canigao Island.

6.143 Taguus Point (10°11'N., 124°45'E.) lies about 3.5 mile S of

Canigao Island. 

6.143 A 2.7m coral patch is reported to lie 0.6 mile W of the point.

6.143 Green Point (10°09'N., 124°45'E.), lying 2 miles S of Taguus Point, is the SW extremity of Leyte and is reported to be

clear of dangers. Green Cone, a hill 140m high, located close E

of the point, is prominent.

The Camotes Sea—South Part

6.144 Lapinin Island (10°06'N., 124°34'E.), lying close off

the NE end of Bohol, is generally low, but of rugged appearance. It has a wide rice-cultivated flat broken by low, conspicuous hills covered with grass. 

6.144 A well-defined hill, 129m high, lies close within the S end of

the island. Its coasts are indented by several mangrove-fringed

bays, except in a few places where there are small stretches of

sand beach, and are bordered by reefs. 

6.144 There are no rivers, the openings in the mangrove extending

only a short distance inland. Three small islets, Bonoon, Budlaan, and Pamasaun lie on the reef fringing the N side of Lapinin Island.

6.144 Tinuibo Island, 121m high, lies about 2 miles SE of Tugas

Point, the NE extremity of Lapinin Island. A light is shown

from the point.

6.145 Basiao Channel (10°04'N., 124°32'E.) is about 0.5

mile wide and tortuous. At the NW end of the channel is Lapinin Chico Islet, fringed with mangrove. 

6.145 From the E entrance, a mid-channel course in a depth of

5.5m can be carried to within about 1 mile of the islet. 

6.145 A sand bar, bare at half tide, connects the islet with a sand

spit lying about 0.8 mile SE of Lapinin Chico Islet, and then

divides the channel into two arms at this position. 

6.145 There is a depth of 4.6m in the NW arm. The other arm,

which extends N, has a controlling depth of 2.7m. 

6.145 It is foul and should not be attempted without local knowledge.

6.145 A rock, which lies awash about 274m S of Lapinin Chico Islet, has a depth of 4.6m close off its S side. On the opposite

side of channel, about 0.5 mile S of the rock, a small rock lies

in 2.7m at LW.

6.145 Anchorage.—Excellent, but limited anchorage can be taken

in Basiao Channel, in 5 to 9m, sand and rock.

6.145 A rock causeway and a concrete pier, 142m in length, with a

depth of 4.2m at its outer end, stands on the SW shore of Basiao Channel at Tapal (10°03'N., 124°31'E.). 

6.145 The latter place serves as the port of the town Ubay, located

about 3 miles W of the pier, and is connected to it by a highway.

Bohol—North Coast

6.146 Centinela Point (10°05'N., 124°30'E.), the N coast of

the island trends irregularly WNW about 14.5 miles to Tabon

Point, the N extremity, then W about 8.5 miles to Corte Point. 

6.146 This shoreline is mostly fringed by mangrove and bordered

by a bank that extends a considerable distance offshore in places.

6.146 Mount Cogtong (9°57'N., 124°29'E.), in the NE part of Bohol, is a 459m high, prominent, and grass-covered double peak.

West of the Cogtong Mountains is a large valley extending in a

W direction along the coast to the Ipil River (10°07'N.,

124°21'E.) and S between the Cogtong Mountains and Mount

Batuanan. 

6.146 The latter mountain is the E termination of the long E-W

ridge SW of the Cogtong Mountains. It descends with a clifflike abruptness to the E and presents an easily-distinguished

landmark.

6.146 West of the Ipil River, a belt of gentle rolling country extends

inland from the coast for 1 to 3 miles, narrowing to the W.

South of this belt are rounded hills, 183 to 274m high.

6.146 Cantamulig Hill (10°09'N., 124°15'E.), the northernmost of

the hills in this vicinity, is situated 2.75 miles SW of Tabon

Point. It has a long sloping shoulder extending NNW from its

summit. The hill is conspicuous from E or W.

6.146 Mount Corte (10°08'N., 124°09'E.) is a round-topped

grassy hill. It has a long shoulder extending about 1 mile S, terminating abruptly at the village of Corte.
190 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

Bohol—Off-lying Islands

6.147 Danajon Bank (10°17'N., 124°30'E.) is an extensive

area lying off the N side of Bohol. Its N limit is marked by a

chain of steep-to reefs 0.5 to 2 miles wide.

6.147 The only islets lying on these N reefs, other than Pandanon

Islet (10°11'N., 124°05'E.), are the two Caubyan Islets lying up

to about 8 miles N of Corte Point; Danajon Islet, about 6.8

miles N of Tugas Point, the NE extremity of Lapinin Island;

and the three Tood Islets lying about 2.3 miles E of Danajon Islet. 

6.147 The Caubyan Islets are small, low, and partly wooded; Danajon Islet is very small; the Tood Islets are small, sandy, and

have some low vegetation on them. There are some trees and

houses on Danajon Islet. There are some huts on the southernmost of the Tood Islets.

6.147 Danajon Bank can be approached from either E or W, or

through several breaks in the outer reefs. The greater part of

these outer reefs bare at LW; because of the coral sand they are

usually easily seen under favorable conditions.

6.147 On Danajon Bank, within these reefs, there are a number of

low, wooded islands and islets as well as numerous detached

reefs, some of which dry. Between them are many intricate and

tortuous channels which should not be attempted without local

knowledge. 

6.147 The shoals and reefs on the bank are not indicated by a

change in color of the water, and in the most favorable light

show as brown patches which can scarcely be distinguished

from cloud shadows. 

6.147 This is attributed to the presence of silt in the water and the

absence of coral sand.

6.148 Jinutangan Island (10°14'N., 124°29'E.), Nunu Island, Malingui Island, and Gindacpan Island have coconut

groves of various sizes; scattered coconut palms stand on the

other islands. Most of the outer islands have sandy beaches

while those close to Bohol are usually fringed by mangrove.

6.148 Calituban Reef, with its E extremity located about 1 mile NE

of Calituban Island (10°15'N., 124°18'E.), extends about 13.5

miles WSW. It is similar to the outer reef on the N side of Danajon Bank and roughly parallel to it. It shows up well because

of the coral sand and is steep-to, the 10m curve lying close-off

its edges and deepening abruptly beyond it. 

6.148 Between Calituban Island and Banacon Island are long sand

banks, bare at LW, on which stand many fishing huts on piles.

6.148 Caution.—The area bounded roughly by Talaban Island,

Nunu Island, Maumaun Island, Macaina Island, and the E ends

of Jau Island and Saae Island should be considered dangerous

and navigable only by small craft using caution. 

6.148 There are depths for fairly large vessels in the narrow channels, but reefs, discolored water, and strong currents render the

area unsafe for navigation with exception of the channel W of

Malingui Island and Maumann Island S of Sagasay Island.

Foul ground, on which lie drying reef patches, extends about 2

miles SE from Nunu Island.

6.148 Strong variable currents make the greater part of Danajon

Bank unsafe for other than very small vessels.

6.149 Danajon Bank can be approached through Basiao

Channel which separates Lapinin Island from Bohol; the channel N of Lapinin Island; Northeast Pass, a break in the outer

reef; Middle Pass, a smaller but similar break in the outer reef;

and Northwest Pass (10°10'N., 124°04'E.), between the reefs

fringing Pandanon Islet and Cabulan Islet. 

6.149 A narrow entrance channel, with a depth of 4.6m, is situated

about 1.3 miles NW of Northeast Pass. The channel is of little

importance and it use is not recommended.

6.149 Talibon (10°09'N., 124°20'E.), about 12 miles WNW of the

W entrance to Basiao Channel, has a stone landing for small

boats. The church in the town is large and prominent and the

roof of the public market shows well coming from the N. 

6.149 There is bus connection with other towns on Bohol. There

are postal and telegraph facilities at Talibon. A light is shown

at Talibon.

6.149 The harbor at Jetafe (10°09'N., 124°09'E.) is sheltered and

has depths of 7 to 20m, mud. The stone causeway is T-shaped

and about 293m long and 9.1m wide. The old landing to the W

is in ruins. 

6.149 Anchorage can be taken, in 20.1m, offshore of the stone

causeway NE of the town.

6.149 Middle Pass (10°18'N., 124°15'E.) is a narrow channel

about 274m wide with a least reported depth of 5.8m. 

6.149 Unless familiar with the channel, it should not be attempted

when the reefs do not show well. The deeper water will be

found on the W side of the channel; spits extend a short distance from the W reef at the inner and outer ends of the pass.

Bohol—East Coast

6.150 The E coast of Bohol, between Basiao Channel and

the village of Cogling, about 3 miles S, is mostly fringed by

mangrove except in the vicinity of the village where it is rocky.

There are a number of small patches, with depths of 3 to 9m,

off this section of coast.

6.150 Kabulao Bay (9°56'N., 124°33'E.), lying between Huagdon

Point and Kabulao Point, nearly 4 miles S, is encumbered with

reefs, as are its approaches. Its shores are fringed by mangrove.

6.150 Kabulao Point (9°55'N., 124°34'E.), separating Kabulao

Bay from Cogtong Bay, is a bold, wooded promontory rising to

a height of 145m about 0.3 mile inland. Its seaward side is

clear and steep-to, but its N and S sides are fringed with reefs

which gradually widen toward the inner side of the bays.

6.150 Cogtong Bay (9°51'N., 124°32'E.), lying between Kabulao

Point and Lamanoc Point, 6.5 miles SSE, is nearly blocked by

Lumislis Islet, Tabangdio Islet, Calangaman Islet, and Catiil Islet. These islets are all low, mangrove covered, and connected

with the shore by reefs which bare at LW.

6.150 Lamanoc Point (9°48'N., 124°36'E.) consists of low rocky

cliffs and forms a very prominent coastal projection. Three

rocky islets lie close offshore on the narrow reef fringing the

point. 

6.150 Between Lamanoc Point and Agio Point, about 2.8 miles S,

the coast recedes W forming a bight blocked by coastal reef on

which is a scattered growth of mangrove.

Leyte—South Coast

6.151 Off the S end of Limasawa Island, the flood current

sets NW and the ebb current sets SE, sometimes attaining great
Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 191

Pub. 162

velocity. During the Southwest Monsoon, heavy swells are

prevalent off the S coast of Leyte.

6.151 Green Point (10°09'N., 124°45'E.), the SW extremity of

Leyte, was previously described in paragraph 6.143.

6.151 Between Green Point and the town of Maasin, about 5 miles

ESE, is a broad coastal reef extending offshore more than 0.25

mile in places. Behind this reef the shore is bordered by mangrove. 

6.151 From the town of Looc, 1.5 miles SE of Green Point, to

Maasin, the mangrove fringed coast is backed by a narrowing

coastal plain which rises into lightly-timbered hills. 

6.151 Near Looc, a low rock spur projects into the sea from the

face of a steep cliff. 

6.151 About 1 mile farther SE is the mouth of the mangrove-lined

Looc River.

6.152 Maasin (10°08'N., 124°50'E.) (World Port Index No.

58740) is located on a small plain in back of which is a semicircle of hills, the highest being 170m and standing about 1

mile NE of the town. Sharp Peak, 366m high, is prominent in a

trio of hills more than 2 miles NNE of Maasin. The town is

protected by a seawall from which a wide coral reef extends

about 366m S.

6.152 East of the reef is a wooden pier, with a depth of 5.8m at its

outer end and shoaling gradually to 2.1m at the inshore pile

clusters. 

6.152 Vessels using the pier should take care to avoid a submerged

wreck lying about 15m eastward of the seaward end. The pier

is exposed to winds from E to SE and is usable only during the

Northeast Monsoon.

6.152 Steering for the light on a bearing of 328° leads to the pier,

or to the anchorage, in 9 to 11m, SE of the town. 

6.152 Small craft can anchor closer in, off the NE part of the reef,

in 5 to 7m, sticky bottom. The church at Maasin is prominent.

6.152 East of Maasin, the coastal section extends through sparse

coconut plantations to San Roque, with hills in the back country. Amparo Point, 4.5 miles SE of Maasin, is covered with coconut trees. 

6.152 Between San Jaoquin, 5.5 miles SE of Maasin, and Macrohon, 1.5 miles farther SE, there is a stretch of flat sandy beach,

about 1.5 miles long, paralleled by a coastal road practically on

the beach. 

6.152 There is a narrow cobblestone beach at Macrohon; post office and telegraph facilities are located in the town.

6.152 Tancaan Point (10°00'N., 125°01'E.), located about 9 miles

SE of Amparo Point, is a low rock formation underworn by the

sea. It is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef, outside of which the

depths increase rapidly, with 18.3m being found within 0.3

mile of the point. 

6.152 Tancaan Point is the S termination of a low, wooded peninsula about 1.5 miles long. The N part of the peninsula consists of

mangrove swamp.

6.152 Limasawa Island (9°56'N., 125°04'E.), 3 miles S of Tancaan Point, from which it is separated by a clear, deep channel,

is well-wooded. The island is fringed by a narrow, steep-to

reef, but depths outside the reef are too great to afford good anchorage for large vessels. The W part of Limasawa Island is

well populated and much of the land is planted to hemp and coconut trees. 

6.152 An 8.5m coral reef, lying about 1.3 miles NNE of the S extremity of the island, is the only known detached danger. A

light marks the N extremity of the island.

6.153 Sogod Bay (10°15'N., 125°00'E.) is entered between

Tancaan Point, Leyte, and Ilijan Point on Panaon Island. The

bay is free of dangers and usually calm, but offers no good anchorages with sufficient swinging room, except for the smallest

class of vessels, because of the great depths.

6.153 Between Tancaan Point and the San Jose River, about 8.5

miles N, the beach is backed by a narrow strip of scattered

palms behind which rise between 274 to 366m at a distance 1

mile inland.

6.153 Malitbog (10°10'N., 125°00'E.) is a small town on the W

shore of Sogod Bay. A privately-owned pontoon pier, with a reported depth of 2.7m, is located at Malitbog. Wrecks are reported to lie along the N side of this pontoon pier. 

6.153 The best anchorage. in 27m, hard sand, lies just N of this

pier. A large white building is prominent from well offshore.

6.153 There are two additional piers further N of the above pontoon pier. The S pier has a depth of 6.4m at its head, and the N

pier a depth of 3.3m at its head. 

6.153 Southwest and NNW of Malitbog there are large coconut

plantations. The coastal plain is up to 0.5 mile wide and 2.5

miles long. 

6.153 The W boundary of the plain is another ridge of mountains.

Mount Savejon, 288m high, is located 2 miles WNW of Malitbog. Broken hills behind the coast, 213 to 274m high, extend to

the head of Sogod Bay.

6.153 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in 31m, sand and

coral, in a bight about 9.5 miles N of Malitbog and close N of

the village of Banday.

6.153 A bight immediately N of the village of Bontoc, nearly 3

miles N of Banday, offers refuge during periods of typhoon

weather to coasting vessels.

6.153 A stone causeway, about 24m long, extends off Bontoc.

6.154 Sogod (10°23'N., 124°59'E.), a town at the head of

Sogod Bay, is located on a flat coastal plain about 2 miles in

extent. The Pandan River empties through the E part of the area, entering the bay by a delta having five mouths. Rice paddies and coconut plantations occupy the river flats in this

vicinity. The town of Consolacion is situated about 1 mile E of

Sogod. 

6.154 Both Sogod and Consolacion have considerable trade and

are regular ports of call for coastal vessels. The pier at Sogod

has a depth of 4.2m off its seaward end. Anchorage can be taken, in 64m, mud, about 0.3 mile off the end of the pier.

6.154 The terrain on the E side of Sogod Bay, as far as Panaon

Strait, consists of a central mountain range forming the backbone of the peninsula. 

6.154 Mount Bitanhuan, 6 miles ESE of Sogod, and Mount Gascat,

411m high at the S end of the range, are prominent peaks.

There are no extensive coastal plains.

6.154 Libagon (10°18'N., 125°03'E.), a town on the E shore of Sogod Bay, about 5.75 miles SSE of Consolacion, is a regular

port of call for coasting vessels. 

6.155 Panaon Island (10°05'N., 125°10'E.) is divided

throughout its length by a mountainous ridge which rises to
192 Sector 6. Samar and Leyte—West Coasts, Bohol—Northeast Coast, and Cebu—East Coast 

Pub. 162

Mount Baganting, near the N end of the island, and terminates

with Mount Nelangcapan, which forms the S end of the island.

The W coast of the island is open to the Southwest Monsoon. 

6.155 With the exception of Liloan Bay, there are no good anchorages; coasting vessels call off the larger towns.

6.155 Panaon Strait (10°10'N., 125°08'E.) has a width of about

82m in the narrowest part where the depth near the middle is

about 11m, but is constricted by a bank extending about 55m

from the S shore and having a depth of 5.5m at its outer edge.

6.155 Tidal currents in the strait run at a rate of 3 to 4 knots at

springs. There are strong eddies and whirlpools at either entrance.

6.155 Caution.—A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 13.7m,

crosses the strait. The bridge is prominent from seaward.

6.155 The E entrance of the strait is somewhat encumbered by

shoals, with a least depth of 2.7m at a position about in midchannel, 0.25 mile E of the narrows. 

6.155 Coasting steamers using the strait usually pass S of this 2.7m

spot and favor the Panaon Island side to avoid the stronger current and whirlpools on the Leyte side. 

6.155 A sunken wreck, reported to be marked by a small drum, lies

in the middle of the E part of the strait about 0.1 mile E of the

narrows. 

6.155 A detached rocky patch lies in the W approach to the strait in

a position slightly more then 0.3 mile W of the N extremity of

Panaon Island. 

6.155 Vessels should pass S of this patch to avoid the foul ground

between it and the coast of Leyte.

6.156 Liloan Bay (10°10'N., 125°07'E.) lies close SW of

the W entrance of Panaon Strait. 

6.156 A light is shown from a concrete column on the extremity of

the W entrance point of Liloan Bay. 

6.156 A reef extends about 91m N and NE from the W entrance of

the bay, and the head of the bay is fringed by reefs extending

more than 137m offshore.

6.156 Liloan (10°10'N., 125°07'E.), a small town on the SW shore

of Liloan Bay, is easy of access. 

6.156 There is a pier with a reported depth of 4.3m off its outer

end.

6.156 Anchorage can be taken by small vessels, in 12.8m, sand and

coral, about 0.1 mile NE of the pier. 

6.156 Liloan Point, the W entrance point of the bay, can be rounded at a distance of about 0.1 mile; then haul S for the anchorage.
193

Pub. 162

7. 

Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast

7.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

7.0SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION
195

Pub. 162

SECTOR 7 

TANON STRAIT, BOHOL STRAIT, AND BOHOL—SOUTH COAST

7.0 Plan.—This sector includes Tanon Strait, described from N

to S, and Bohol Strait, also described from N to S. 

7.0 The islands in the N entrance to Tanon Strait are also described. The S coast of Bohol is described W to E. 

General Remarks

7.1 Tanon Strait (10°00'N., 123°30'E.), between Cebu

Island and Negros Island, is about 100 miles in length and has

a width of about 20 miles at the N entrance and 3 miles at the

S. It is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway. On the Cebu

side there are no off lying dangers except Tajao Reef. On the

Negros side there are a few detached reefs, none of which lies

more than 2 miles offshore. There are no harbors suitable for

large vessels on either side of the strait. 

7.1 Bohol Strait (10°00'N., 123°45'E.) is the passage between

the W side of Bohol and the island of Cebu. It connects the

Camotes Sea with the Bohol Sea (Mindanao Sea). The strait is

wide and deep through its length. 

7.1 The SE coast of Cebu, between Bagacay Point (10°23'N.,

124°01'E.) and Tanon Point, trends SW for about 72 miles. 

7.1 A Cebu coastal plain, which reaches a maximum width of 4

miles, lies about 5.8 miles SW of Bagacay Point. It extends as

far S as Talisay, 14 miles SW of Bagacay Point. The city of Cebu, which lies on this coastal plain, is the second largest city in

the Philippines. 

7.1 Behind the coastal plain, the land rises rapidly inland for a

distance of about 7 miles. Farther S, the coastal plain varies in

width with mountains rising steeply from 1 to 3 miles inland. 

7.1 The W coast of Cebu, being steep-to, can be approached almost anywhere by large vessels to within 0.5 mile to 1 mile of

the coast. 

7.1 Unprotected anchorages, in depths of 92m or less, can be

found along this coast at a distance of about 0.3 mile from the

shore reefs. 

7.1 Bohol, lying SE of Cebu, is mostly mountainous or hilly

throughout. The coastal plain is usually narrow, being about 1

mile wide on the W side. On the SW coast hills rise rather

abruptly from the plain, and a fairly extensive lowland area is

centered around Tagbilaran, the principal town on the island. 

7.1 The small islands adjoining Bohol are low and the majority

of them are flat. Panglao Island, close off the SW coast, is the

largest. Siquijor Island, lying about 17 miles SSW of Panglao

Island, is mostly mountainous and hilly country. 

7.1 Negros is the fourth largest island of the Philippine Islands.

It is located W of Cebu Island. The coasts of Negros are little

indented and contain no harbors suitable for large vessels. The

rivers can only be used by small craft. 

Winds—Weather.—The general climate of the Philippines

is, for the most part, governed by three main air currents: the

Northeast Trade Wind, the Northeast Monsoon, and the Southwest Monsoon. Squalls are somewhat prevalent during the

Southwest Monsoon, particularly near the land. During such

squalls the wind gust may reach gale force. These squalls are

often associated with thunderstorms. Strong and squally SW

winds called Collas sometimes blow for several days in summer and early autumn. This phenomenom is generally associated with typhoons centered some distance to the N and

accompanied by rain. 

7.1 The land and sea breeze effect is well marked in coastal waters, particularly when and where the prevailing monsoon is

weak. Topography may modify the prevailing winds. 

7.1 The climate in the area covered by this sector is normally

warm and humd. Maximum temperatures occur in April, May,

and June with December, January, and February being the

months of minimum temperatures. 

7.1 Comparatively high values of relative humidity are observed,

with minimum values generally occurring around March and

April. In this area the seasonal variation of humidity on the

whole follows that of rainfall, highest values occurring from

September to January. 

7.1 Eastern Negros has no pronounced maximum rain period,

and has a short dry season lasting from 1 to 3 months. Central

and S Cebu have practically the same prevailing conditions.

During the short dry season, days with rain generally average

between 4 to 10 a month, while 15 to 20 a month may be expected during summer and autumn. 

7.1 Northern Cebu has no dry season and no pronounced rain period. In general, the average number of days with rain is not

less than 10 in the spring and exceeds 15 from June to December. 

7.1 Torrential rains of short duration occur at times in spring and

summer during thunderstorms. 

7.1 From October or November to April, the Northeast Monsoon

is usually fresh from N and blows straight down the axis of

Tanon Strait. It is seldom troublesome in the strait S of Pasil

Point. 

7.1 At the end of May, the winds of the Southwest Monsoon begin to blow. They become established in a month and terminate

in October. They bring rain squalls and storms which occur

principally in July, August, and September. 

7.1 During July and August, squalls and SW winds of the outer

zones of typhoons affect the area. During these months there

are frequently periods of clear weather with S and SE breezes.

In September and October fine weather prevails. 

7.1 The S end of Tanon Strait is protected from the Southwest

Monsoon by mountains, and it is only when the wind is strong

that it is felt in the strait. 

7.1 It is always stronger at the N end and like the Northeast

Monsoon, it blows along the axis of the strait. Usually a quiet

sea prevails in the S half of Tanon Strait. 

7.1 The Northeast Trade Wind predominates during March and

April, and often during February and May as well. It is of moderate strength and is the driest of all the winds affecting this area. 

7.1 In general, wind velocities are very moderate, reaching 30

knots or more only during thunder squalls, or when associated

with tropical storms. 
196 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

7.1 Typhoons occasionally pass N of Negros and Cebu, moving

in a NW direction. These islands are not frequently visited by

typhoons, as only about 7 per cent of the more serious disturbances of this nature which affect the Archipelago, occur in the

zone 8°N to 11°N in which Negros and Cebu are located. 

7.1 In October and November an occasional typhoon will cross

the islands in a general W direction, but this may not occur in

several years. 

7.1 During the Northeast Monsoon, the sea rises along the N

coastline of Negros and surf is found along the beaches of the

island from the N half of Tanon Strait to Tomonton Point. 

7.1 Surf is seldom experienced at the S end of the strait, and is

generally very light along the coastline on the Cebu side. 

Tides—Currents.—Currents in the vicinity of Negros and

Cebu are largely tidal. In the Samar Sea the flood current generally sets to the SW, among and around the islands, and enters

the E part of the Visayan Sea and Tanon Strait. 

7.1 In the Bohol Sea (Mindanao Sea), a branch of the flood tidal

current from Surigao Strait strikes the SE coast of Negros off

Dumaguete and divides into two arms, one of which enters

Tanon Strait with great force. 

7.1 The tidal currents run at a considerable rate through the

whole width of the strait, but decrease rapidly in strength as the

strait widens. 

7.1 In the S part they attain a rate of 5 or 6 knots, with strong

races and eddies. At neaps, the rate is 2 to 3 knots. 

7.1 In the Bohol Sea (Mindanao Sea) the current produced by

the tidal wave which enters Surigao Strait divides into two

branches after passing between Panglao Island and Siquijor Island. 

7.1 One branch flows NE through Bohol Strait, the other flows

W striking the SE coast of Negros at Dumaguete and again divides into two branches, one of which turns S between Negros

coast and Siquijor Island. 

7.1 Off Bonbonon Point, it meets the flood from around the S

end of Negros and both are diverted SE towards Mindanao; the

other branch enters Tanon Strait. During the ebb the directions

of flow are reversed. Combined with the tidal stream in Bohol

Strait, there appears to be a nontidal flow S which continues

past the S end of the strait toward the S end of Negros. 

7.1 In the NW part of Bohol Island, the Inabanga River has a

large volume of flow and a moderately strong current. 

7.1 There are swift and variable currents in the channel through

the reefs that lead to Tubigon. 

7.1 Off the S coast of Bohol, the flood current set W and the ebb

E. In addition, there is a nontidal flow with an estimated velocity of 1 to 2 knots. Cervera Shoal is usually marked by tide

rips. 

7.1 Caution.—It was reported (1994) that unlit fishing vessels

up to 20m long, and which were almost invisible on radar, were

observed in the S part of Tanon Strait.

Tanon Strait—North Approach

7.2 Guintacan Island (11°20'N., 123°53'E.) lies about

6.25 miles WNW of Bantigu Point, the NW extremity of Cebu.

It is bordered on all sides by rocky cliffs ranging from 30m

high at the N end, to 12m at the S end and is steep-to. The top

of the island is a level grassy plateau covered with low trees

and bushes. Several villages are situated on the island. There is

poor anchorage, in a depth of 29m, about 0.4 mile off the villages of Pasil on the SE coast and off Langob on the SW coast. 

7.2 Four buoys lie about 3.5 miles NW of the N extremity of

Guintacan Island. 

7.2 Bantayan Island (11°13'N., 123°44'E.), the largest and

northernmost of the island group lying in the N approach to

Tanon Strait, is located about 8 miles W of the N part of Cebu.

A hill, 90m high, is located on the N end. The remainder of the

island is flat with a gradual slope toward the S end. 

7.2 A light is shown on Buntay Point (11°18'N., 123°44'E.), the

N point of the island. 

7.2 The E coast of the island, from Buntay Point to Booc Point,

is generally low with small bluffs at several places. 

7.2 A concrete column, 9.8m high, stands on Booc Point. The

town of Madridejos lies just S of Buntay Point. 

7.2 Santa Fe (11°09'N., 123°48'E.), a town on the S shore of

Booc Point, is the terminus of ferry service to Hagnaya on the

island of Cebu. A concrete pier, with a reported depth of 2.7m

along its face, lies about 1 mile N of the town. A stranded

wreck lies 0.25 mile NNW of the pier. The villages of San

Agustin, Silion, and Ocoy are situated on the E coast. The village of Pook (Maricaban) is situated on the S coast. 

7.3 Bantayan (11°10'N., 123°43'E.), the largest town on

the island, is located on the SW coast. It cannot be approached

closer than 1 mile and then only by small craft. Prominent objects are the red church with a detached bell tower and white

municipal building. There is a radio station at Bantayan. 

7.3 Bantayan Light stands about 1 mile N of the town. Perla

Reef, which dries, lies 2 miles W of the light. 

7.3 Silion and Jilantangan are small islands lying about 1.5 miles

off the E side of Bantayan Island. They are fringed by narrow

reefs. There is a deep channel between the two islands and also

between them and Bantayan Island. Silion Island, the N and

smaller island is 6m high and flat. 

7.3 Jilantangan is 43m high at the N end and slopes to the S end

where there is a village. There is good anchorage between

these islands and Bantayan Island, which affords protection

from the Southwest Monsoon. 

7.3 Doha Shoal (11°15'N., 123°51'E.), a small coral patch with

a depth of 3.7m, lies midway between Jilantangan and Guintacan Island. 

7.3 A reef, with a depth of 3.4m, lies about 5 miles N of Bantayon Island. 

7.3 Tanguingui Island (11°30'N., 123°43'E.), which shows a

light, lies 11 miles N of Buntay Point. 

7.4 The Don Islands (11°05'N., 123°39'E.), a group of

five islands, lie on drying reefs extending about 10 miles SW

from the SW extremity of Bantayan Island. These consist of

Botiquis Island, Doong Island, Lipayran Island, Mambacayao

Island, and Yao Island. 

7.4 Between the Don Islands and Bantayan Island are a number

of small islands and islets, the largest of which are Panitugan

Island, Maamboc Island, Silagon Island, Sagasa Island, and

Botong Island. There are no navigable channels between them. 

7.4 Yao Island (11°02'N., 123°35'E.), the SW island of the Don

Islands, is small and heavily wooded with large trees. It is clear

of dangers and can be rounded at a distance of 0.25 mile. A

9.1m patch lies 1 mile WSW of the island. 
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 197

Pub. 162

7.4 The channel between Yao Island and Mambacayao Island is

0.25 mile wide and deep in the middle. A 2.7m coral shoal lies

about 3 miles SE of Yao Island. The island is prominent when

passing N of Negros and W of Bantayan Island. 

7.4 The channel between Yao Island and Molocaboc Island, 4

miles SSW, is deep in the fairway. 

7.4 Doong Reef (11°08'N., 123°34'E.), a sand and coral formation that dries 0.8m, lies 8 miles W of the SW end of Bantayan

Island. 

7.4 Lutungan Island, about 4.5 miles WSW of the town of Bantayan, lies on a reef extending from the SW port of Bantayan

Island. 

7.4 The channel between Doong Reef and the reef extending W

from Lutungan Island is about 1 mile wide with a depth of 18m

in the middle. A 5.8m rocky patch lies in the N approach to this

channel. 

7.4 Asuncion Pass (10°56'N., 123°33'E.) lies between Molocaboc Island and Sagay Point, on Negros, about 2.8 miles SW. It is

deep in the fairway and is 1 mile wide between drying reefs on

either side. A lighted buoy is moored about 0.8 mile WSW of

Molocaboc Island. 

Negros—East Coast—Sagay Point to Refugio Island

7.5 Sagay Point (10°56'N., 123°30'E.) to Vito Point,

about 2.5 miles, has an intervening coast that is overgrown

with mangrove covering the fringing reef for a distance of 0.5

mile mile N and over 1 mile E. A small village stands on a

small area of firm ground on the E side of the point. 

7.5 Mount Solitario (10°49'N., 123°28'E.), located 8 miles S of

Sagay Point, is a prominent conical-shaped wooded peak about

341m high. It is easily identified from the N and E of Negros. 

7.5 Pamaaun Reef (10°55'N., 123°34'E.), which dries and is

about 0.3 mile in length, lies on the SE side of Asuncion Pass

about 2.5 miles E of Vito Point. About 0.8 mile SE of Pamaaun

Reef is a rocky patch. A 7m channel lies to the N of this patch

and a 7.4m channel lies S of it. 

7.5 Bagunbanua Island (10°52'N., 123°34'E.), about 3 miles

SE of Vito Point, lies on the SW angle of a large triangular reef

which dries. It is small and covered with bushes. The reef extends over 0.75 mile N and the same distance E. 

7.5 Between Bagunbanua Island and the coastal reef is a channel

with depths of 10m in the fairway. Rocky patches, with a depth

of 2.7 to 5.5m, lie close W of the channel. 

7.5 A detached drying reef lies 0.5 mile SE of Bagunbanua Island and between them is a narrow pass with depth of 2.7m.

Between the detached reef and Panalsalon Reef, about 0.5 mile

SW, is a channel with a depth of 20.1m. 

7.5 Panalsalon Reef (10°51'N., 123°34'E.) partly dries at LW.

Large boulders, awash at HW, lie in the center of the drying area. Between Panalsalon Reef and the coastal reef of Negros,

there is a channel with a depth 11m. 

7.5 From Vito Point, the coast trends SSE about 4 miles and then

ENE about 2 miles to Mocaboc Point, forming Escalante Bay.

The bay is bordered by wide coral reefs, bare at LW, and faced

by Bagunbauna Island and detached reefs. 

7.5 Escalante (10°50'N., 123°33'E.) is a town on the W side of Mocaboc Point. Because of the coastal reef N of the town, vessels seldom anchor in the bay but enter the Danao River S of Mocaboc

Point, or anchor outside N of the bar, in 3.6 to 4.5m. 

7.5 Large vessels anchor off the river entrance, in 15m, mud.

This latter anchorage is open with no protection from the

Northeast Monsoon. 

7.6 Mocaboc Point (10°51'N., 123°34'E.) is 12m high

and formed of yellow clay and rock. It is bordered by a coastal

reef extending nearly 0.3 mile N from it. 

7.6 The Danao River (10°49'N., 123°34'E.), which discharges

between Mocaboc Point and Ocre Point, 3 miles S, has a least

depth of 3.7m on its bar, deepening within to 18 to 22m. The

channel across the bar is narrow and tortuous, and vessels

should proceed cautiously. The river is about 0.3 mile wide at

its mouth, but soon narrows to 0.1 mile and varies in width

from 91 to 137m for a distance of 4 miles; the banks are steepto. 

7.6 On the N bank of the river, about 0.5 mile inside the bar, are

two small wharves with a depth of 2.7m alongside. A light is

shown from a structure between the wharves. 

7.6 Mount Solitario, about 5 miles W of the wharves, is a useful

landmark for making the mouth of the Danao River. 

7.6 There is good protected anchorage for small vessels inside

the bar. The anchorage area off the wharves is only about 91m

wide and there is considerable difficulty in turning, especially

with an ebb current. 

7.6 Vessels loading sugar from the Danao River wharves usually

anchor about 1.5 miles off the river mouth, in about 15.2m. 

7.7 Ocre Point (10°48'N., 123°34'E.), about 1.3 miles S

of the mouth of the Danao River, is about 15.2m high and

formed of yellow clay and rock. 

7.7 From Ocre Point to Paulino Point, about 16 miles SSW, the

coast is fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef, with no detached dangers lying more than 0.75 mile offshore. 

7.7 The Salamanca River (10°45'N., 123°32'E.) discharges

about 3 miles SSW of Ocre Point. The village of Salamanca,

with a small pier, stands here. Arcolon Point lies about 1.5

miles S of Salamanca, and Lemery Point is 5.5 miles farther S. 

7.7 A vessel approached an anchorage off Salamanca on course

310° and anchored when Ocre Point bare 018° and Arcolon

Point 225°. This anchorage had a depth of 40m. 

7.7 Calatrava (10°36'N., 123°29'E.), a small town, is situated

on the S side of the mouth of the Calatrava River, about 3 miles

N of Paulino Point. It can be recognized by a group of white

buildings with red roofs standing near the beach. The buildings

are visible from seaward. 

7.7 There is anchorage, in 22m off the S side of the point on

which the town stands, with the point bearing 013°, distant

about 0.4 mile. 

7.7 Between Paulino Point and Pinabuntan Point, about 1.5 miles S,

there is a coastal indentation, the head of which is filled by a mangrove swamp which extends up to 0.5 mile inland. 

7.7 Ticlin Island (10°32'N., 123°28'E.), covered with mangroves and fringed by a drying reef, lies about 0.4 mile S of

Paulino Point. Ticlin Reef, which partly dries, lies 0.75 mile

SSE of Ticlin Island. A shifting sand cay, which dries 0.9m,

lies on the S part of Ticlin Reef. 

7.7 There is anchorage, in 15.2m, for vessels with local knowledge, about 0.3 to 0.4 mile SW of Ticlin Island. A more sheltered anchorage for small vessels in 11m, mud is in a basin
198 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

about 0.3 mile in extent about 0.15 mile NW of Ticlin Island,

with the SW point of the island in range, bearing 155° with the

sand cay on Ticlin Reef. 

7.7 Two channels lead to this latter anchorage, the N one being

the better. In rounding the N end of the reef bordering Ticlin Island, the depth decreases from 27m outside to 9.1m in the basin just before the anchorage on the aforementioned range. The

S passage is narrow and has a depth of 3.7m in mid-channel; it

should be marked unless the light is favorable. 

7.7 Talabe Point (10°30'N., 123°27'E.), about 1.5 miles SW of

Pinabuntan Point, is low, flat, and covered with mangrove and

coconut trees. A conspicuous white monument stands about

0.3 mile NNE of the point, while a prominent tank lies 0.75

mile NNE of the point. 

7.7 The coastal reef, part of which bares at LW, extends nearly

0.6 mile E and about 0.3 0.25 mile SE from Talabe Point. The

Talabe River discharges close N of the point. A reef, with a

depth of 4.3m and steep-to, lies about 0.7 mile SE of Talabe

Point; it is the outer danger on the W side of the N approach to

Refugio Pass. 

7.8 Refugio Island (10°27'N., 123°26'E.) is nearly flat,

the highest point of elevation is about 15.2m. It is completely

surrounded by a reef that partly dries and extends about 0.5

mile NE and about 1.3 miles SW from it. The reef on the W

side is fairly narrow and steep-to and that on the E side extends

up to 0.6 mile from the central part of the island. 

7.8 A buoy marks the edge of the reef, 0.5 mile NNE of the island, and a buoy is moored off the reef, 1 mile SW of the island. There are two piers, suitable only for boats, on the NW

coast of the island. A light is shown on the NE side of the island. It was reportedly periodically obscured by foliage. 

7.8 Ermita Rock (10°26'N., 123°26'E.), composed of coral

heads, with a depth of 2.4m, lies about 1 mile SE of the S extremity of Refugio Island. There is a deep channel between the

rock and the reef fringing the island. 

7.8 Refugio Pass (10°28'N., 123°24'E.) separates Refugio Island from the E coast of Negros, and has a least navigable

width of 1 mile abeam San Carlos Point. The W side of the

pass is mostly fringed with mangrove and is bordered by a narrow steep-to reef. 

7.8 San Carlos Point (10°29'N., 123°25'E.), a low sandy point

about 2 miles SW of Talabe Point. 

7.9 San Carlos (10°29'N., 123°25'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59070) is located on the W side of Refugio Pass. The town

is nearly obscured by trees and only a few houses are visible. 

7.9 Depths—Limitations.—The port is accessed from the N via

Refugio Pass. Vessels may load/discharge alongside or at anchor, via lighters, in depths of up to 18.3m. Cargo handled includes molasses, sugar, and general cargo. 

7.9 A government pier, 46m long and 9.1m wide, is situated at

the end of a rock causeway on San Carlos Point. At this pierhead the controlling depth is 7.5m, but depths decrease rapidly

along the sides of the causeway. 

7.9 The ruins of a wooden pier, visible only at LW, lie about 91m

W of the government pier. 

7.9 A T-headed pier, owned by the sugar mill with a berthing

face 16m in length, projects 0.25 mile SE from the shore, 0.5

mile NE of San Carlos Point. The depth at the head of the pier

was reported as 7.9m. Three mooring buoys are laid on each

side of the pierhead. The pier is equipped with an automatic

conveyor for loading sugar. A launch runs mooring lines. 

7.9 A heavy swell may be experienced alongside these piers during the Northeast Monsoon (October to March). 

7.9 Aspect.—The twin spires of the church and the metal chimney of the sugar mill are prominent. Two water tanks, 24m

high, are located 0.75 mile N of San Carlos Point. A radio tower, 49m high, stands 0.5 mile W of the point. 

7.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available. A radio is not available. Pilots for San Carlos can be obtained at Dumaguete. 

7.9 Anchorage.—There is anchorage, in 9 to 15m, mud, about

0.2 to 0.3 mile S of San Carlos Point. Large vessels can anchor

off the end of the sugar pier, in about 15m. 

7.9 Directions.—When approaching Refugio Pass from N and

when about 3 miles NE of Refugio Light, steer for the sugar

mill chimney, bearing 265°. When about 0.4 mile of the buoy

marking the N edge of the N of Refugio Island, alter course for

the piers or anchorages. 

7.9 The E side of San Carlos Point should be given a berth of

about a 0.5 mile to avoid the flat, with depths of less than 3.7m,

which extends 0.25 mile from the point. 

Negros—East Coast—Refugio Pass to Guihulngan

7.10 The entrance to the Mainit River (10°26'N.,

123°22'E.) is located 3.75 miles SW of San Carlos Point. There

are no prominent features between this entrance and Guihulngan, 20.5 miles SSW; the hills approach close to the coast. The

rivers are small and cannot be navigated. 

7.10 This part of the island Negros is well populated and there are

numerous villages scattered along the coast. 

7.10 There is anchorage for vessels with local knowledge off De

La Vina Hacienda (10°21'N., 123°20'E.), about 6 miles SSW

of the mouth of the Mainit River. This anchorage is well protected during the Southwest Monsoon (May to September),

and also from S and SE winds by a detached coral reef which

lies parallel with the coast and dries in two places. 

A vessel approaching this anchorage should steer for the

prominent iron roofed dwelling on a bearing of 226° and anchor, in a depth of 9m, when the mouth of the small steam on

the N side of the hacienda bears 271°. A small, detached 3.7m

patch lies off the N entrance about 0.2 mile offshore, and vessels should pass about 137m SE. 

7.11 Vallehermoso (10°20'N., 123°20'E.), a town about

1.5 miles S of De La Vina Hacienda, has a sand flat, with

depths of 5.5m along its outer edge, extending about 0.1 mile

from the shore E of the town. 

7.11 Immediately outside this flat the depths increase abruptly to

18m, mud, where anchorage can be taken with the large and

prominent convent near the coast bearing 271°. Vallehermoso

is an occasional port of call for coastal vessels. 

7.11 Jilaitan Point (10°15'N., 123°19'E.) is located 5.5 miles S of

Vallehermoso. A small reef, with three coral heads, awash, lies

0.6 mile ESE of Jilaitan Point. Between this reef and the coastal reef is a deep channel about 0.1 mile wide. This is the only

off-lying danger in the vicinity. 

7.11 Guihulngan (10°07'N., 123°16'E.) is a small town situated
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 199

Pub. 162

about 7.8 miles SSW of Jilaitan Point. The mouth of a large

river located N of the town is closed by a bar. A light is shown

from a white concrete beacon, 11m high, standing on the beach

at Guihulngan. 

7.11 Depths off the town increase gradually to 7.4m about 0.4

mile offshore, then deepen abruptly to 22m, and to over 90m at

a distance of little more than 0.5 mile. 

7.11 A pier, about 0.8 mile SSW of the town, is reported to have a

depth of 1.5m off its seaward end. There is anchorage, in 22 to

27m, mud, with Guihulngan Church bearing 290°. 

Negros—East Coast—Guihulngan to Calongcalong Point

7.12 The La Libertad River (10°02'N., 123°14'E.) discharges about 6 miles SSW of Guihulngan and although appearing large, is completely blocked by steep-to drying reefs.

Small craft enter the river at HW. 

7.12 Pasil Point (10°00'N., 123°14'E.) is low, flat, and well cultivated. A white beacon situated on Pasil Point. The Magingin

River, small and of no navigational value, empties through Pasil Point. 

7.12 Jimalalud (9°59'N., 123°12'E.), a small town about 2.5

miles SSW of Pasil Point, can be identified by a red-roofed

convent. There is anchorage, in 27m, mud, E of the convent

and about 0.1 mile offshore. 

7.12 Tayasan Point (9°55'N., 123°10'E.) about 5.8 miles SW of

Pasil Point, is steep-to, low, flat, and well-cultivated. The town

of Tayasan is located on the S side of Tayasan Point. 

7.12 The Tibiauan River empties close W of the town. There is

anchorage, in 40m, mud, in the elbow of the coast about 0.8

mile WSW of Tayasan Point. The anchorage is fairly protected

during either monsoon. 

7.12 Calagcalag Bay (9°50'N., 123°09'E.), about 6 miles SSW of

Tayasan Point, is formed by drying reefs. There is good shelter

for small vessels with local knowledge during either monsoon.

The bay is divided into two sections. 

7.12 The outer part has an anchorage about 0.3 mile in width. The

inner part is entered between two mangrove covered points and

is mostly fringed by drying reefs. A well-defined channel,

about 137m wide at its entrance, leads to the inner anchorage. 

7.12 This channel is clear of dangers and has a mud bottom,

shoaling gradually from 27m at the entrance, to 5.5m about

91m from a causeway which crosses its head. The village of

Calagcalag is situated close S of the S entrance point of the

bay. 

7.12 There are no navigational aids for use in entering Calagcalag

Bay. The outer anchorage can be approached on a 270° course,

keeping about 0.1 mile S of the reef forming the N side of the

entrance and anchoring, in 27 to 37m, off the entrance to the

inner part. 

7.12 Tinaogan Reef (9°48'N., 123°09'E.), consisting of a circular

formation of detached coral heads, lies off the coast about 2

miles SE of the N entrance point of Calagcalag Bay. 

7.12 The area enclosed by reefs is about 1 mile in diameter and

has depths of 20 to 33m. About 1.5 miles offshore, part of the

E edge of the reef dries. The reef is steep-to on all sides, and

soundings give no warning of its proximity. 

7.12 Manjuyod Point, in range bearing 190° with Diutay Islet in

Bais Bay 5.25 miles southward, leads E of the reef when coming from the N. 

7.12 The village of Tinaogan (9°47'N., 123°09'E.) is located

close SW of the reef. 

7.13 Manjuyod Point (9°42'N., 123°10'E.), 5.5 miles S of

Tinaogan Reef, is bold with rocky bluffs from 6 to 30m high

for 1 mile on each side of it. The town of Manjuyod is situated

about midway between Manjuyod Point and Campoyo Point, 4

miles S. The Manjuyod River empties S of the town. 

7.13 Campoyo Point (9°38'N., 123°09'E.) is a narrow strip of

land with a few trees. Drying reefs extend 1 mile E and 2 miles

SSE from it. 

7.13 North Bais Bay and South Bais Bay, lie between Campoyo

Point and Canamay Point, about 5.5 miles S. The shores of

both bays are low, fringed by mangroves, and are backed by a

large cultivated area. 

7.13 There is good anchorage in both bays for vessels of moderate

size having local knowledge, but the area of extensive reefs

make them difficult to enter, especially in bad weather. The entrances are between drying reefs. 

7.13 Daco Island (9°35'N., 123°09'E.), 167m high near its N end,

lies about 2.5 miles S of Campoyo Point and separates North

Bais Bay from South Bais Bay. The S end of the island is low

and covered with mangroves. There is a narrow boat channel,

with a depth of 1.8m at HW, between the island and mainland. 

7.13 Reefs, which partly dry, extend up to 1.5 miles from the E

side of Daci Island and form the S side of the channel into

North Bais Bay. 

7.13 North Bais Bay (9°38'N., 123°08'E.) is obstructed by reefs,

between which are narrow tortuous channels leading to good

anchorages, but due to the abscence of navigational aids it is

impractical to use them without the benefit of local knowledge.

There are good depths in the channels and the reefs are visible

at LW. 

7.13 The entrance to the bay lies between the reef extending SSE

from Campoyo Point and that extending from the E side of Daco Island. It is deep and about 0.2 mile wide in the fairway. It

has been reported that the beacons have been replaced by

buoys which mark both sides of the entrance. 

7.13 Diutay Islet (9°37'N., 123°09'E.), 63m high and cultivated,

lies on an extensive drying reef in the center of the bay. 

7.14 Bais (9°35'N., 123°07'E.) (World Port Index No.

59080), an important sugar exporting port, is situated on the

SW shore of North Bais Bay. About 1 mile NNE of the town is

a wooden pier, with a depth of 4m off its face. 

7.14 Depths—Limitations.—It lies at the head of a long, tortuous channel between the reefs, and from it the ruins of a stone

and earth embankment, about 1 mile long, extends over the

mud flats to the main road which passes through Bais. 

7.14 Another pier, with a depth of about 4.6m off its face, extends

nearly about 0.3 mile N from Daco Island and is connected

with Bais by a good road. This pier is partly destroyed. 

7.14 A channel leading to the pier from the entrance of the bay is

marked by beacons and are reported numbered from seaward. 

7.14 Anchorage.—Well-protected anchorage, in depths of 15 to

17m, can be obtained between the pier and the entrance. 

7.14 Directions.—The beacons in North Bais Bay are numbered.

Beacon No. 1 and Beacon No. 3 on the port side; Beacon No.

2, Beacon No. 4, and Beacon No. 6 on the starboard side. Ap-
200 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

proach the bay on a course of 270° to pass 0.1 mile S of Beacon No. 2. 

7.14 When abeam of Beacon No. 2, haul NW and steer for Beacon No. 4. Round Beacon No. 3 at a distance of about 0.1 mile

and steer SW with Beacon No. 6 slightly open on the starboard

bow. 

7.14 When abeam Beacon No. 6 steer for the head of the pier,

having regard for the shoal area E of it. 

7.14 Caution.—It has been reported that Beacon No.1 and Beacon No. 2 have been replaced by buoys. 

7.15 South Bais Bay (9°34'N., 123°08'E.), entered between Canamay Point and Banlas Point, the SE extremity of

Daco Island, is generally shallow throughout. The best depths

are found in the entrance. The maximum draft permitted is 7m. 

7.15 Canamay Point, low and covered by mangrove, is fringed by

a drying reef extending about 0.3 mile NNE. 

7.15 A shoal, with a depth of 14.6m, was reported to lie about 0.6

mile ENE of Canamay Point. 

7.15 A detached reef, that partly dries, lies about 0.3 mile SW of

Arboles Point, the SW extremity of Daco Island. 

7.15 There are some rocks lying on the SW end of the reef and are

usually visible. 

7.15 There is a channel about 73m wide, with a depth of 11m, between this reef and that fringing Arboles Point; it is generally

marked by stakes. 

7.15 Another channel, having a width of about 0.2 mile and a

depth 11m, leads S and W of the aforementioned detached reef.

On the W side of this channel is a small rocky patch with a

depth of 1.2m. 

7.15 A T-shaped concrete pier, about 69m long, extends about 0.6

mile N from the S shore of South Bais Bay. A light is shown

from the head of the pier. The seaward end of the pier, lying

about 0.6 mile NW of Canamay Point, had a least alongside

depth of 7.9m and a width of 10.1m. 

7.15 Four mooring buoys are laid within 0.1 mile of the face of

the pier, two to seaward and two inshore of it. Three aluminum

painted tanks stand on the pier about 0.1 mile S of the head;

they are visible well offshore. 

7.15 There is a small stone pier and prominent concrete building

with a nipa roof on Guindung Point in the NW part of South

Bais Bay. 

7.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots for Bais Bay can

be obtained in Dumaquete. 

7.15 Anchorage.—There is anchorage, in 16.5m, off the S end of

Daco Island with Arboles Point bearing 306° and Banlas Point

bearing 058°. The inner anchorage is described below with the

directions for entering South Bais Bay. 

7.15 Directions.—Enter South Bais Bay on a course of 270° to

pass about 0.3 mile S of Daco Island. If bound for the sugar

pier, head for it when Arboles Point is abeam. 

7.15 Vessels proceeding to the inner anchorage continue to steer

270° until the pier on Guindung Point bears 352° and head for

it on that bearing, anchoring, in 5.8m, when Arboles Point

bears 091°, or farther N if the draft permits. 

7.16 Amblan Point (9°28'N., 123°14'E.), lying about 6.5

miles SE of Canamay Point, is low, sandy, and steep-to, it is

covered with coconut trees. A light is shown on Amblan Point. 

7.16 The town of Ayuquitan is situated close W of the point and is

prominent from seaward. There is anchorage, in 18m, sand, off

the town. 

7.16 Two mooring buoys are laid close SE of the point. A steep-to

coral reefs extends up to 0.5 mile offshore in places between

the two points. 

7.16 Between Amblan Point and Calongcalong Point, about 9

miles SSE, the coast of Negros is bordered by steep-to sandy

beaches having little reef and being generally clear of dangers. 

7.16 From SSE of Amblan Point, for a distance of 3 miles, 30m

hills rise close to the coast; then to Calongcalong Point the land

is low and covered with coconut trees, with an occasional

rocky bluff. 

7.16 There are a number of villages along this coast off which anchorage can be taken in good weather, but usually close in because of the great depths. A radio tower, marked by two

vertical obstruction lights, stands about 1.5 miles NW of Calongcalong Point. 

7.16 Tampi (9°26'N., 123°14'E.), a village lying about 1.5 miles

SSE of Amblan Point, has a pier with a depth of 3.7m alongside. Two mooring buoys lie off the pier. 

7.16 A conspicuous church tower is situated about 0.8 mile SE of

the mouth of the Ocoy River. 

7.16 Calongcalong Point (9°20'N., 123°18'E.), is low, sandy, and

fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. Two small sand cays lie on

the edge of the reef 91m NE of the point. 

Cebu—West Coast—Tapilon Point to Balamban

Point

7.17 Tapilon Point (11°17'N., 124°01'E.), the NE point of

Cebu, is rocky. The village of Tapilon is situated on the beach

about 0.3 mile E of the point. 

7.17 Between Tapilon Point and Bulalaqui Point, about 2.25 mile

E, the coast of Cebu is low and fringed by a narrow reef. Three

patches of 9.1m or less lie as far as 1 mile offshore between

these points. 

7.17 Anchorage can be taken, in 12.8m, sand, about 0.5 mile N of

the village. 

7.17 Bantigui Point (11°16'N., 124°00'E.), lying 1.75 miles

WSW of Tapilon Point, is the NW extremity of Cebu. The

point is low, sandy, and bordered by a reef that extends 0.5 mile

offshore. 

7.17 Daabantayan (11°15'N., 124°00'E.), a small town, is situated at the mouth of the Dalingding River, about 1.3 miles S of

Bantigui Point. There is a prominent church in town. There is

anchorage in good weather, in depths of 16 to 18m, mud, 0.5

mile W of Daabantayan. 

7.18 Cauit Point (11°11'N., 123°57'E.), 5.5 miles SW of

Daabantayan, is low, flat, covered with coconut trees, and bordered by a narrow strip of steep-to reef. East of the point the

land rises gradually inland. There is a prominent church near

the point. 

7.18 Jibitnil Island (11°11'N., 123°55'E.) lies 1.5 miles W of

Cauit Point. It is 33m high, table-topped, and wooded. A deep

channel lies between the island and Cauit Point. 

7.18 Hagnaya Bay (11°07'N., 123°57'E.) is entered between

Tajad Point, located 2 miles S of Cauit Point, and Sabil Point

(11°06'N., 123°56'E.), 3 miles farther S. A light is shown on

the edge of the reef extending S from Tajad Point at the N en-
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 201

Pub. 162

trance to Hagnaya Bay. The greater part of the bay E of a line

joining the entrance points is encumbered with reefs and

shoals. 

7.18 The shores of the bay are generally fringed with mangroves.

Several streams discharge into the bay. Twin stacks and a water

tank on the E side are good landmarks. 

7.18 Sabil Point is low, with a few coconut trees and bushes growing on it. The point is bordered by a reef extending about 0.5

mile N and 0.25 mile W from it. A beacon stands on the reef

about 0.2 mile N of the point. 

7.18 A narrow tortuous channel beginning about 0.5 mile NE of

Sabil Point leads to the town of Medellin (11°08'N.,

123°59'E.), at the mouth of the Dagosungan River in the NE

part of the bay. Only vessels with local knowledge should use

this channel. The land in this vicinity is flat with no distinctive

features. 

7.18 A light is shown on a small pier inside the mouth of the Loya

River (11°07'N., 123°58'E.), 1.5 miles NE of Sabil Point.

There is anchorage for small vessels, in 14.7m, about 0.8 mile

NNE of Sabil Point. 

7.18 Vessels proceeding to the anchorage can approach the bay

with the light on the N side of the entrance in range, bearing

100° with the aforementioned water tank. 

7.18 Large vessels can anchor, in about 29m, just S of this range

and about 0.5 mile W of the light. This anchorage is protected

from the Northeast Monsoon but is open to the Southwest

Monsoon. 

7.18 Daijagon Canal (11°04'N., 123°58'E.), connecting Hagnaya

Bay with Bogo Bay on the E coast of Cebu, is approximately 4

miles long and dries about 1 mile near midway of its length.

Both sides are bordered by mangrove swamps. The canal can

be used only by small boats at HW. 

7.18 Between Sabil Point and the town of San Remigio

(11°05'N., 123°56'E.), about 1.5 miles S, a number of rocky islets, 1.8 to 3m high, lie on a coastal reef at a distance of 91 to

137m from the shore. There is a prominent white church at San

Remigio which is partially obscured from seaward by coconut

trees. 

7.18 There is anchorage for small vessels, in 27.4m, with the

church bearing 091° and the outer of the two rocky islets on the

reef, northward, in range with Sabil Point. There is barely

swinging room to clear the reef at this anchorage. 

7.19 Mangcao Point (11°02'N., 123°54'E.) is located

about 5 miles SSW of Sabil Point. The extremity of the point

consists of low cliffs rising gradually to Guintorijan Hill

(11°03'N., 123°56'E.), 82m high, located 2.25 miles ENE of

the point. The point can be safely passed at a distance of 0.5

mile. 

7.19 Bangtad Point is 2 miles SE of Mangcao Point, where the

fringing coastal reef is 0.75 mile wide. There is good anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge off the mouth of the

Lambusan River, which discharges E of Bangtad Point, between the reef extending S from that point and the reef fringing

the coast S of it, in a depth of 11m, mud. Good protection exists except from SW winds. 

7.19 Between Bangtad Point and Bagasaue Point, 16 miles SSW,

the coast is bordered by a steep-to reef extending not more than

0.75 mile offshore. 

7.19 Casimon Point (10°53'N., 123°53'E.), about 8 miles SSW of

Bangtad Point, is formed of dark rock. It is bordered by a reef,

which mostly dries, extending about 0.3 mile offshore. On this

reef is a wooded islet and several rocks. 

7.19 The Batauang River (10°50'N., 123°52'E.), the largest in

the vicinity, empties about 2.5 miles S of Casimon Point. 

7.19 Its mouth is formed by a small bay indenting the rocky coast

and having a depth of 3.7m, but too small to be of any value to

shipping. 

7.19 The village of Tabuelan, which shows a light, is located

about 0.5 mile S of the entrance to the Batauang River. 

7.19 Tuburan Bay (10°44'N., 123°49'E.) is entered between Bagasave Point and Languyon Point, nearly 2.5 miles SW. Bagasaue Point is low and bordered by drying reef extending about

0.3 mile offshore. 

7.19 Languyon Point is low, wooded, and steep-to. Fringing reefs,

some of which bare at LW, and other detached patches are

found in the bay. 

7.19 The town of Tuburan (10°44'N., 123°49'E.) is on the SW

shore of the bay, close W of the mouth of a small river of the

same name. A church and convent are good landmarks. Small

craft can enter the river at HW. The pier at Tuburan is in ruins. 

7.19 Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1m, mud, by steering for the

bell tower of the church on a bearing of 142° and anchoring

when Languyon Point bears 229°. This course leads about 0.1

mile NE of a 4.7m patch lying 0.75 mile NW of the church.

Small craft may anchor farther in. On the S reef there is a

prominent limestone boulder, bare at LW, which forms an excellent mark. 

7.20 From Languyon Point to Macalbang Point, about 6.8

miles SW, the intervening coast is bordered by a narrow reef.

Macalbang Point is low and sandy. 

7.20 Asturias Point (10°34'N., 123°43'E.), 4.5 miles further SW

is low, and the fringing reef extends 0.25 mile N from the

point. The town of Asturias is close ENE of the point. 

7.20 There is a prominent church in the town. There is a landing

at Langob village, 0.5 mile ENE of Asturias. 

7.20 Two concrete stumps, the remains of beacons, mark the entrance to the channel between the reefs. Small vessels can enter

midway between these markers and steer for Langob, bearing

113°. 

7.20 The bight between Asturias Point and Uag Point, nearly 1.5

miles SSW, is a shoal area, with depths of 3.6m, extending 0.5

mile from a line drawn between the points. 

7.20 Balamban Point (10°31'N., 123°42'E.), about 2 miles S of

Uag Point, is low and wooded with trees. It terminates in a

sandy spit that dries and has several dangerous rocky patches

lying outside it. The outer patch, with a depth of 3m, lies about

0.5 mile SW of the point. 

7.20 Balamban Bay (10°30'N., 123°43'E.), lies between Balamban Point and Mambocayan Point, about 1.5 miles S. Although

this bay indents the coast only a little more than 0.5 mile, added protection is afforded vessels at anchor during the Northeast

Monsoon (October to March) by the sandspit and reefs extending from Balamban Point. On the S side of the bay a coral reef,

with depths of 0.3 to 5.5m, extends 1 mile NNW from Mambocayan Point. 

7.20 Balamban (10°30'N., 123°42'E.) is a small town on the N

shore of the bay. There is a large prominent church and convent. A light is shown on the beach in front of the town. A
202 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

stone mole, privately maintained, is situated about 0.1 mile S

of the light. 

7.20 Vessels bound into Balamban Bay should steer for the light,

or the seaward gable of the church, on a bearing of 083° and

anchor, in 16.5m, mud, less than 0.5 mile from the light. Caution is necessary as this bearing leads only 0.1 mile from the

dangers on either side. 

Cebu—West Coast—Balamban Point to Copton

Point

7.21 Between Mambocayan Point, about 1.5 miles SE of

Balamban, and Tajao Point (10°19'N., 123°35'E.), about 12.5

miles further SW, the coastal reef is narrow and there are no

dangers more than 0.5 mile offshore. Tajao Point is low and

steep-to. 

7.21 Daanglungsod Point (10°24'N., 123°39'E.) lies 6.5 miles

SW of Mambocayan Point. 

7.22 Sangi (10°24'N., 123°38'E.) (World Port Index No.

59015) is a small port about 0.5 mile S of Daanglungsod Point,

and should not be confused with Toledo, located about 1 mile S

of Sangi. 

7.22 Depths—Limitations.—There are three piers with reported

depths alongside at LW as follows:

No. 1 Pier is for general and bulk cargo. Facilities are available for the handling of liquid cargo. The pier length is 70m,

with a draft of 3.6m. 

No. 2 Pier is an Island berth with a loading conveyor for copper silicates. The pier length is 15m, with a draft of 9.2m. 

No. 3 Pier has a bulk discharge conveyor system for coal. Facilities are available for the discharge of liquids. The pier

length is 70m, with a 15.2m draft. 

7.22 Lights are shown from No. 1 Pier and No. 2 Pier. The piers

are exposed to the Southwest Monsoon (May to September). 

7.22 Diesel fuel oil is available at the pier heads. Fuel oil is reported to be available by road tanker. 

7.22 Aspect.—At a distance of 5 miles offshore several gray

buildings, three oil tanks, and four tall aluminum chimneys

about 0.5 mile inland may be seen at Sangi. At night, lights

from the buildings can be seen afar. 

7.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is advisable on

the first visit. The pilot will board off the piers upon 4 hours

notice. Berthing can take place at any time, weather permitting.

A pilot may also be obtained at Cebu City. 

7.22 Directions.—It is advisable to use an anchor to assist berthing. In the Northeast Monsoon (October to March), especially on the falling tide, the piers should be approached from S. 

7.22 In the Southwest Monsoon (May to September), especially

on the rising tide, the piers should be approached from N; as

the land provides no lee, berthing can be hazardous under these

conditions. Vessels should be prepared to leave the berth on the

first sign of bad weather. 

7.23 Toledo (10°23'N., 123°38'E.) is the largest town on

the W coast of Cebu, and is located about 1.5 miles SSW of

Daanglungsod Point. 

7.23 A pier, 122m long with a depth of 4.6m at its head, is located

at Toledo. The pier was reported in poor repair, but is still in

use. 

7.23 Twin church spires, about 25m high, and a large fertilizer

plant close to the root of the pier, are prominent. 

7.23 The recommended anchorage off Toledo is in a position with

Toledo Church bearing 125° and Luok Point, situated 3 miles

SW of Toledo, bearing 228°. This anchorage has a depth of

33m and is about 0.4 mile off the beach. 

7.23 Tajao Reef (10°18'N., 123°34'E.), which dries, extends

about 1.8 miles SW of Tajao Point. A shifting sand cay covers

a small part of the reef; the outer edge of the reef is steep-to.

There is a channel with a depth of 11m, and a width of about

0.3 mile at its narrowest part, between Tajao Reef and the reef

fringing the shore. 

7.23 There is anchorage where a break occurs in the reef off the

town of Pinamungajan (10°16'N., 123°35'E.), about 3 miles S

of Tajao Point. 

7.23 Vessels anchor, in 33m, mud, about 0.3 mile offshore, with

the white gable end of a church, with two towers on a slight

rise, bearing 078°. 

7.23 By anchoring nearer the S side of the bight, off a small indentation in the reef, fairly good shelter will be found during

the Southwest Monsoon (May to September). The ruins of a

wooden pier stands in front of the town. 

7.23 Aloguinsan (10°14'N., 123°33'E.) is a small town situated at

the mouth of the Aloguinsan River, about 3.5 miles SW of Pinamungajan. 

7.23 Gorda Point (10°11'N., 123°31'E.), about 3 miles SW of

Aloguinsan, rises to a flat topped hill 197m high, about 1 mile

SW of the point. 

7.24 Japitan Point (10°08'N., 123°29'E.), about 3.5 miles

SW of Gorda Point, is the N entrance point of Barili Bay. It is

high, rocky, and has vertical cliffs. A steep-to reef extends

about 0.1 mile from Japitan Point. 

7.24 Barili Bay (10°07'N., 123°29'E.) is entered between Japitan

Point and Tayong Point, about 0.6 mile SSW. The bay can be

recognized from the N by a conspicuous white landslide on its

S side; a drying reef fringes this side of the bay. 

7.24 The head of the bay is filled with an extensive growth of

mangrove, outside of which are partly drying mud flats extending about 0.3 mile seaward. 

7.24 A canal, used by small boats at HW, leads through the mangrove and coastal swamp for about 1 mile to the town of Barili

(10°07'N., 123°31'E.). The town is not visible from offshore. 

7.24 Guibuangan (10°07'N., 123°30'E.), a village on the S shore

of the bay, has a large white house that is a good landmark. 

7.24 Tayong Point (10°07'N., 123°29'E.) is a rocky, vertical cliff

about 18.3m high, which rises to a 211m hill about 1 mile SE

of the point. The point is fringed by a partly drying reef which

extends about 0.15 mile N from it. A prominent round rock,

about 1.8m high, lies on the reef in a position about 137m from

the point. 

7.24 Small vessels can anchor, in 35m, mud. Vessels entering

Barili Bay can steer for the aforementioned white house on a

bearing of 144° and anchor when the prominent rock on the

reef off Tayong Point bears 266°. 

7.25 Tangil Point (10°05'N., 123°37'E.), low and covered

with mangroves, is located about 3.5 miles SW of Tayong

Point. 

7.25 Dumanjug Bay (10°04'N., 123°26'E.) is entered between
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 203

Pub. 162

Tangil Point and Dumanjug Point, 1.5 miles SW. 

7.25 The Dumanjug River empties between the reef fringing the

head of the bay. 

7.25 Mud flats, with depths of 2.8 to 5.5m, extend beyond the

drying reef for a distance of 0.3 mile offshore. Close outside

this flat the depths increase abruptly to 24m or more. 

7.26 Dumanjug (10°04'N., 123°26'E.), one of the largest

towns on the W coast of Cebu, has a large conspicuous church.

Because of the reef fronting the town, there is no pier in Dumanjug. Most of the commerce for the area is handled through

the village of Tangil, about 1 mile NNE, across a conspicuous

steel bridge. 

7.26 A stone mole, laid across the reef in front of Tangil, has a

wooden landing with a depth of 2.5m off its face. It is used as

an inter-island ferry landing. A rock, awash at LW, lies about

36m from the NW end of the landing. A light is shown on the

beach at Tangil. 

7.26 Vessels entering Dumanjug Bay can anchor almost anywhere

according to draft, but the anchorage should be approached

slowly as the depths decrease rapidly. Small vessels can steer

for the light on a bearing of 095° and anchor, in 14.6m, mud,

about 137m WNW of the landing at Tangil. 

7.26 Good anchorage for large vessels is in 37m, with the steel

bridge bearing 110° and the church at Dumanjug bearing 197°.

The best landing for boats is on the beach at the mouth of the

Dumanjug River, nearly 0.25 mile E of the church. 

7.26 From Dumanjug Point, the coast trends SSW for about 2.5

miles to a point near the village of Santa Cruz. 

7.26 Kambuang Hill (10°02'N., 123°24'E.), a well-defined ridge

with a flat top 102m high, lying close NE of the village, is a

good landmark. 

7.26 Libao Hill (10°00'N., 123°24'E.), about 1.8 miles farther S,

is 145m high. It is a conspicuous landmark and can be seen a

long distance. Care must be taken not to mistake it for Pescador Islet (9°55'N., 123°21'E.). 

7.26 Copton Bay (9°59'N., 123°25'E.) lies between the Copton

Peninsula and the mainland of Cebu. The bay is almost entirely

blocked by mud flats and drying reefs. There is a narrow channel, with a depth of 0.4m, which leads through the bay as far as

the village of Alcantara on the E side. Off the seaward edge of

the reef, at the entrance to this channel, the depths increase

abruptly to 46m. 

7.26 Ronda (10°00'N., 123°26'E.) is a village on the NE side of

Copton Bay. The ruins of a stone mole extend almost to the

edge of the reef fronting the village. Beyond the reef the depths

increase too rapidly to afford anchorage. 

Cebu—West Coast—Copton Point to Liloan

Point

7.27 Copton Point (10°00'N., 123°23'E.) is a rocky bluff,

about 4.5m high, underworn by the sea. It is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef on which are four detached peculiarly-shaped

rocks, 3 to 4.5m high, lying 20 to 45m offshore. 

7.27 The Copton Peninsula (9°58'N., 123°23'E.), low, flat, and

covered with coconut trees and brush, is connected to the mainland by an isthmus about 0.5 mile wide and 6 to 15m high. 

7.27 The W side of the peninsula is steep-to with a sandy beach.

Tongo Point, the S part of the peninsula, is low, covered with

trees, and terminates in a rocky bluff about 6m high. 

7.27 Badian Bay (9°55'N., 123°23'E.), lying between Tongo

Point and Badian Point about 4 miles S, is bordered by a steepto reef that extends offshore nearly 0.5 mile in places. 

7.27 Moalboal (9°56'N., 123°24'E.), a small town at the NE part

of Badian Bay, is situated about 1 mile E of Tongo Point. A

church, convent, and bell tower, close together in town are

prominent as they show up white. 

7.27 A stone mole, more than 0.25 mile long extending over the

reef in front of the town, in ruins, is used only by small boats.

There is anchorage, in 15 to 37m, mud, protected during the

Northeast Monsoon off the mole head. 

7.27 Badian Island (9°53'N., 123°22'E.), 108m high and cultivated, lies less than 0.5 mile N of Badian Point, to which it is connected by a drying reef. 

7.27 The greater part of the area between the island and the mainland is blocked by drying reefs. At HW there is a small boat

channel over these reefs to the town of Badian, in the SE part

of the bay. A church and bell tower are poor landmarks from

offshore. 

7.27 There is protected anchorage during the Southwest Monsoon, in 18 to 37m, mud, E of the N end of the island and about

1.3 miles NW of the town. 

7.28 Pescador Island (9°55'N., 123°21'E.), 9.1m high and

steep-to, lies off the entrance to Badian Bay and is small, flat,

and rocky. A light is shown from the island. 

7.28 Between Badian Point and Liloan Point, the SW extremity of

Cebu, there are no bays or prominent points. 

7.28 The coast is bold with hills of moderate elevation rising

close inland. Anchorage is limited by the considerable depths

close offshore. A number of small towns and villages are scattered along the shores. 

7.28 Malabuyoc Point (9°39'N., 123°19'E.) is located 13.5 miles

S of Badian Point. Culasi Point, 10.5 miles S of Malabuyoc

Point, is low, rather craggy, and white; thence to Liloan Point,

the coast is sandy and very steep. 

7.28 San Sebastian (9°28'N., 123°18'E.) is situated about 3 miles

N of Liloan Point. 

7.28 There is an L-shaped pier with a reported controlling depth

of 6.1m alongside. 

7.28 Liloan Point (9°25'N., 123°18'E.) forms the N entrance to

the S end of Tanon Strait. It is the terminus of a spur from the

main range of hills, and can be recognized by an old white fort

standing on its W side. The point is about 15.2m high and

sparsely wooded. 

Negros—South Coast

7.29 The S coast of Negros between Calongcalong Point

(9°20'N., 123°18'E.) and Siaton Point, about 25 miles SW, is

clear and steep-to. 

7.29 Apo Island lies about 4 miles ESE of Zamboanguita Point

(9°06'N., 123°12'E.). Cuernos de Negros are three very prominent peaks about 9 miles SW of Calongcalong point. The highest peak is conical in shape and 1,903m high. 

7.29 Dumaguete is the principal city in the area. There are several

small and villages along the coast. Port Bonbonon offers the

best anchorage along this coastal section. Siquijor Island lies

about 10.5 miles SE of Dumaguete. 
204 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

7.30 Dumaguete (9°18'N., 123°18'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59090) is the capital and largest town of Oriental Negros,

being the commercial center of SE Negros. 

7.30 The offshore approach to the city is easy with no hazards, except that caution should be used in coming from the N to avoid

rounding the N entrance point too closely in making for the

piers. The open harbor has no protection other than the mountains to the W. 

7.30 Winds—Weather.—The winds are generally light and variable, but during the Northeast Monsoon they can become

strong enough to interfere with shipping. During the year there

are three to four typhoons which come close enough to make it

hazardous for ships at the pier. 

7.30 Depths—Limitations.—No. 1 Pier, the N and main reconstructed pier, is 126.5m long on its S face and 12m wide. Vessels normally berth on the S side. Depths alongside have been

reported to be from 5.7 to 9.4m. It was reported that there was

a depth of 12.2m alongside the S side at the seaward end of the

pier. Vessels up to 8,600 tons can be handled. The N face of the

pier has depths of 5.5 to 9.1m alongside; depths are maintained

by dredging. 

7.30 No. 2 Pier, Y-shaped, is situated 91m off the root of No. 1

Pier. The outer NE section, 60m in length, has a charted depth

of 7.3m at its head, but shoals rapidly towards the shore. 

7.30 No. 3 Pier, 162m long, lies 91m S of No.2 Pier, with a draft

alongside of 6m. 

7.30 Vessels up to 20,000 dwt, with a 12m draft, can be accommodated at the Bacong Ammonia Tanker Terminal. of which

the length of the pier head is 40m. Wooden fenders fore and aft

exist 40m from the pier head. 

7.30 It has been reported that the maximum dimensions accepted

are a length of 101m and a draft of 6m. 

7.30 Aspect.—A light is shown from the root of No.1 Pier. A

light is also shown from a radio tower about 0.2 mile SW of

No. 1 Pier, but was recently reported extinguished. 

7.30 A church stands close N of Dumaguete Point, while a radio

tower stands 1.5 miles S of the point. 

7.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for docking or undocking

and from quarantine to any anchorage in stream or shifting.

Previous arrangements should be made at Cebu City to board a

pilot in that vicinity, or off Dumaguete. 

7.30 Pilots and Port Officials come from Dumaguete City, which

is close N of Bacong Terminal. 

7.30 Anchorage.—The anchorage off Dumaguete is bad. The

coastal bank is steep-to and the holding ground is poor. Vessels

are liable to drag off into deep water. 

7.30 It is open E and during the Northeast Monsoon (October to

March) it is frequently unsafe to anchor or go alongside the

main pier. 

7.30 If anchoring, the best positions are SE of the light, in a depth

of 27m, or N of the town, in about 45m. 

7.30 Directions.—Vessels should approach the port with the light

bearing 265°. An eddy has been reported 90m off the pier, producing a S set away from the main pier. 

7.30 Vessels berth usually bow in at the S side of the main pier

and generally moor without difficulty. 

7.30 Caution.—There are no buoys marking the reefs in the vicinity. 

7.31 From Dumaguete to Zamboanguita Point, a distance

of about 14 miles SSW, the coast is clear of dangers and the

depths are too great for anchorage. The coast is formed of coral

sand, bordered by grass or coconut trees. The country for 0.5

mile inland rises gradually to the mountain range which dominates the SE part of Negros, and then is practically flat. 

7.31 Bacong (9°15'N., 123°18'E.), a small town with a large

prominent church, stands about 3.5 miles S of Dumaguete. A

210m long timber and concrete pier, built to handle ammonium

nitrate and nitric acid, extends E from the shore. Two mooring

dolphins lie 20 to 60m from either side of the head of the pier.

Vessels of 20,000 dwt, with a maximum draft of 12m, can use

this pier. There is a conspicuous tank 200m inshore of the pier. 

7.31 Pilotage is compulsory. Anchorage and Port of Entry is at

Dumaguete, which is described in paragraph 7.30. 

7.32 Dauin Point (9°11'N., 123°16'E.), 4 miles SSW of

Bacong, is sandy, flat, and covered with trees somewhat higher

than those generally found in this vicinity. The town of Dauin

stands close W of the point. A large stone church standing on a

slight elevation and the ruins of two forts are good landmarks.

The top of the church tower shows above the coconut trees

which obscure the town. 

7.32 Zamboanguita Point (9°06'N., 123°12'E.), flat and sandy, is

located about 6.8 miles SSW of Dauin Point. 

7.32 Shoal water extends 0.25 mile S from the point. Zamboanguita town, concealed by coconut trees, stands on the point. 

7.32 Apo Island (9°05'N., 123°16'E.), 120m high, lies 4 miles E

of Zamboanguita Point. Rocks, awash, extend 0.15 mile S from

the island; the remainder of the coast is steep-to. The N end is a

tableland sloping steeply on all sides; the S end is about 45m

high, and in the middle the land is low and cultivated. A light is

shown from the summit of the island. 

7.32 There is a constant S current with a variable rate in the channel between Apo Island and the coast of Negros. 

7.33 Port Siyt (9°05'N., 123°09'E.) is situated about 3.5

miles SSW of Zamboanguita Point. It provides shelter for

small vessels; the narrowest part of the channel is about 37m

wide, with a least depth of 11m. 

7.33 The best anchorage is near the head of the harbor, with

depths of 13 to 15m, soft mud. Access is comparatively easy as

the reefs on both sides of the entrance are plainly visible. 

7.33 Bonbonon Point (9°03'N., 123°07'E.), about 1.8 miles SSW

of Port Siyt, is the end of a long ridge which trends N. A cliff,

12m high, extends around the point. The land rises steeply N of

the point, and attains an elevation of over 60m at a distance of

0.5 mile inland. 

7.33 Port Bonbonon (9°03'N., 123°07'E.), entered 0.75 mile NW

of Bonbonon Point, is a small inlet which affords good protection for small craft at all times. The channel at the entrance is

46m wide at the narrowest part, and has a least depth of 5.5m. 

7.33 The best anchorage in Port Bonbonon is in a depth of 9m,

mud, off the mouth of the Talocoy River, which discharges into

the NW side of the harbor. 

7.33 Directions.—Port Bonbonon is comparatively easy access in

daytime, as the reefs show plainly on both sides of the channel.

The N side of the E entrance point is clear of dangers and fairly

steep-to; it may be passed at a distance of 91m. After passing

the point, keep towards the S shore as a small reef, generally

marked by a fish trap, extends from the first point on the N
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 205

Pub. 162

side. From here the shores of the harbor to within 0.25 mile

from the head are clear of dangers to within 91m, and steep-to. 

7.33 Siaton Point (9°02'N., 123°01'E.), the S point of Negros,

lies about 6.5 miles W of Bonbonon Point. The Siaton River

discharges 1 mile NE of Siaton Point. Siaton town, which is

not visible from seaward, stands 1 mile inland on the E bank of

the river. 

Siquijor Island

7.34 Siquijor Island (9°10'N., 123°35'E.), 10 miles E of

the S part of Negros, is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef off

which depths are generally too great to afford anchorage. The

coasts are clear of dangers, except for the W end of the island,

where the reef extends 1 mile offshore. 

7.34 Mount Malabahoc (9°11'N., 123°35'E.), near the center of

the island, is 628m high, and Mount Cudtingan, 3.75 NE of

Mount Malabahoc, is 466m high. 

7.34 Sandugan Point (9°18'N., 123°36'E.), the N extremity of

the island is low, but rises gradually to a 165m hill about 1.5

miles SE of it. 

7.34 Port Canoan (9°15'N., 123°35'E.), a narrow indentation in

the coast, 3 miles SSW of Sandugan Point, is very small, but

offers fair shelter for small craft in all weather. Mud flats at the

head of the harbor and reefs on either side reduce the available

anchorage space to 0.2 mile in length and 0.1 mile in width. 

7.34 Both sides of the entrance are marked by low, yellow bluffs,

and fringing reefs extend 0.1 mile from the N side and 91m

from the S side. 

7.34 Larena (9°15'N., 123°36'E.), the capital of the island, is located on a slight elevation on the S side of Port Canoan. The

roof of the church is a good landmark from seaward. 

7.34 An L-shaped concrete pier projects 50m from a bluff N of

Larena. Depths of 8.2m off the NW corner shoal gradually to

4m at the E end. 

7.34 No anchorage is recommended because of considerable

shoaling at the head of the bay, which limits swinging room.

Seas enter the harbor during heavy weather. 

7.34 A dangerous wreck, whose position is doubtful, lies N of the

fairway, about 0.3 mile NW of the front range structure. 

7.34 Another dangerous wreck lies close off the face of the pier. 

7.35 Siquijor (9°13'N., 123°31'E.), the largest town on the

island, stands 5 miles WSW of Port Canoan. The metal roofs of

a large church and other buildings, painted white, are prominent from seaward. Depths off the town are too great to afford

safe anchorage. 

7.35 Tonga Point (9°13'N., 123°28'E.) and Tambisan Point lie 3

miles W and 3.75 miles WSW, respectively, of Siquijor forming the W end of the island. They are fringed by a partly-drying

reef which extends 1 mile offshore. 

7.35 This reef shows well, and its edge is usually well defined by

fish traps. 

7.35 San Juan (9°09'N., 123°30'E.), a town with a prominent

church, is situated about 3 miles SE of Tambisan Point. 

7.35 Lazi Bay (9°06'N., 123°39'E.) is on the S side of the island,

about 9 miles ESE of San Juan. The E entrance point of the bay

is the extremity of a prominent tableland over 120m high.

Canaba Point, the W entrance point, lies 2.25 miles WSW. 

7.36 Lazi (9°08'N., 123°38'E.) (World Port Index No.

59100), a town at the head of the bay, has a large prominent red

roofed church and convent. Vessels berth along the W side of a

concrete pier which is marked by a light. Depths at the pier are

2.4 to 3.7m. Depths alongside the E side are 2.4 to 3m. 

7.36 There is anchorage in the bay, well-protected during the

Northeast Monsoon. Vessels entering the bay steer for the

church on a bearing of 317° and anchor, in 33 to 37m, mud and

sand. Inshore of this position the depths decrease very rapidly. 

7.36 Minalulan Point (9°09'N., 123°42'E.), the SE extremity of

Siquijor Island, is moderately high, well wooded, and very

prominent. 

7.36 Maria Bay (9°11'N., 123°42'E.), entered between Minalulan

Point and Daquit Point, 4.25 miles N, is free of dangers except

for a reef which fringes its shore. The town of Maria, standing

at the head of the bay, has a prominent church. 

7.36 There is anchorage, in 37m, sand, just S of the river on the S

side of town. This anchorage offers good protection during the

Southwest Monsoon (May to September). 

7.36 Daquit Point (9°13'N., 123°41'E.), on the N side of the entrance to Maria Bay, is formed by a 60m hill about 0.5 mile inland, sloping gradually toward the sea and terminating in low

rock bluffs. An islet close to the point is connected by a reef. 

7.36 Daquit Shoal (9°16'N., 123°41'E.), a coral reef with a depth

of 2.7m and steep-to, lies 2.5 miles N of Daquit Point and 2

miles offshore. It is usually marked by discolored water. 

7.36 Enrique Villanueva (9°17'N., 123°39'E.), a large town on

the coast about 4.25 miles NNW of Daquit Point, has a prominent church. The shore in front of the town is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. 

Bohol Strait—West Side—Bagacay Point to Cebu

7.37 Bagacay Point (10°23'N., 124°01'E.), located about

54 miles S of the N extremity of Cebu Island, is low, rugged,

and bordered by a bank extending 0.1 mile E from it. The point

is about 7.6m high at the seaward end, rising gradually to about

30m about 0.5 mile inland. 

Bagacay Point Light is shown from the point. The light was

reported to be obscured by a large tank, and several buildings,

when approaching from the NE. There is a small pier NE of the

light. 

7.37 Between Bagacay Point and Cansaga Bay, a fringing reef attains its greatest width of 0.5 mile about 2.8 miles SW of Bagacay Point. 

7.37 Cansaga Bay (10°21'N., 123°58'E.) is large and shallow,

with depths of 0.4m. It is bordered by drying mud flats; a number of rocks lie in the entrance. 

7.37 Mactan Island (10°18'N., 123°58'E.) consists of an old coral reef, about 3m high. Its coast is fringed with mangroves and

the remainder of the island consists of coconut plantations. 

7.37 Bantolinao Point (10°20'N., 123°59'E.), the NW extremity

of the island, is located about 3.5 miles SW of Bagacay Point.

A light is shown close N of the point on the reef extending N

from the point. 

7.38 Magellan Bay (10°20'N., 124°01'E.), lying E of Bantolinao Point, is blocked by drying reefs extending from its

head. Magellan’s Monument stands near the shore at the head

of the bay, 2 miles SE of Bantolinao Point. 
206 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

7.38 Panguian Point (10°20'N., 124°03'E.), the NE extremity of

Mactan Island, is clear and steep-to. An obstruction in a depth

of 10m lies 1.25 miles W of the point. There are several villages on the SE side of the island. 

7.38 The SW part of the island has a large reef extending about

2.5 miles to the SW. Part of the reef dries at LW. 

7.38 Lauis Ledge (10°14'N., 123°54'E.), the SW part of the reef,

is marked by a small coral islet. A light is shown from a prominent metal framework tower, with a concrete dwelling, located

about 0.2 mile SW of Lauis Ledge. 

7.38 Care must be taken not to mistake this light for Mactan Airport Beacon Light or Cebu Customs Beacon Light. This error

has caused the grounding of several vessels. 

7.38 Lauis Ledge Light, at the S entrance. is reported out of use

and not yet repaired. A temporary light is is mounted on a steel

pole on top of the ruins of the old structure. 

7.38 Several buoys mark the S edge of the reef SW of Mactan Island. These buoys maybe missing. 

7.39 Hilutangan Channel (10°16'N., 124°00'E.), separating Mactan Island and Olango Island, is more than 1.35 miles

wide, straight, deep, and free of obstructions. 

7.39 Olango Island (10°16'N., 124°03'E.), 2.25 miles SE of Mactan Island, is about 12m high. 

7.39 Mabini Point (10°17'N., 124°04'E.), the NE extremity, is

clear and steep-to. The village of Mabini stands near the point.

The W and E side of the island are fringed by reefs. 

7.39 On the S side, a wide reef, bare at LW, extends 4.5 miles SW

and surrounds Sulpa Islet, Camungi Islet, Panganan Islet, Hilutangan Islet, Caohagan Islet, and Lassuan Islet. 

7.39 On Olango Island, half the E shore, the N shore, and most of

the W shore consists of overhanging bluffs of coral. Most of

the S shore is coral, sand, and mangrove. 

7.39 The villages of Santa Rosa and Poo are on the W side of the

island. 

7.39 Olango Channel, between Olango Island and the far W reef

of Danajon Bank, is about 1.8 miles wide in its narrowest parts,

and deep and clear in mid-channel. 

7.39 Mandaue (10°20'N., 123°56'E.), a town on the NW side of

the channel leading to Cebu Harbor, has a prominent tower

standing 0.1 mile N of the N root of the Mandaue-Opon

Bridge. The bridge is described under Cebu in paragraph 7.40.

A pier, used only by small boats, fronts the town. 

Cebu (10°18'N., 123°54'E.)

World Port Index No. 58960

7.40 Cebu City, the capital of Cebu Province, is the second

largest city in the Archipelago and is a port of entry. 

7.40 Cebu Harbor, one of the finest in the Philippines, is formed

by the strait between Cebu and Mactan Island and has safe anchorage with good holding ground. Entrance is generally made

from the S end of the channel. Deep water access channel has

been recently dredged for the new International Port.

Winds—Weather

7.40 At Cebu City, N and NNE winds averaging 7 to 10 knots prevail from around November to May. During the remaining

months, S and SW winds 6 to 12 knots are experienced. 

7.40 Average maximum wind velocities at Cebu City are somewhat less than 12 knots in February, March, and April, about

12 knots in January, May, June, and December, and reach 18

knots in June, July, and August. 

7.40 During a 27-year period, wind velocity has averaged more

than 31 knots for 1 hour on seven occasions. A velocity of 44

knots was once recorded. The wind dies down after sunset at

Cebu City. 

7.40 Storm warning signals are displaced both day and night from

the tower of the Custom House. 

7.40 There is no pronounced maximum rain period in this area.

Torrential rain of short duration occurs at times in spring and

summer months. Visibility is generally good, fog is rare. 

7.40 Temperature is moderately high; the average yearly maximum is about 33°C while the minimum is about 28°C. 

7.40 Relative humidity is generally high; the yearly mean is about

76 per cent. 

Tides—Currents

7.40 The currents in the channel set NE during the rising tide and

SW during the falling tide with an average velocity of 1 knot,

at times 2 knots may be experienced. The time of slack water

coincides closely with those of HW and LW at Cebu. 

7.40 At HW stand there is usually a period of about 2 hours of

variable currents, from 0.25 to 0.5 knot, swinging through S,

and at LW stands there is a similar period with the currents

swinging through N. Maximum velocities are usually midway

between HW and LW. 

7.40 During flood, there is a strong eddy off Fort San Pedro. It is

most violent at spring tides, but practically disappears during

neaps. This reverse current is reported to start about 1 hour 30

minutes after the beginning of the flood and is felt in the area

alongside the marginal wharves and piers inside a line drawn

Bagacay Point Light
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 207

Pub. 162

from the angle of the marginal wharf off Fort San Pedro across

the end of Pier 1. 

7.40 During the ebb, the eddy is felt through an arc of about 035°

from the marginal wharf and SW of the point of the abovementioned marginal wharf. 

7.40 An additional eddy current, reverse in direction, is experienced at berths 1 and 2 immediately E of the jetty during the

flood. The diurnal range of the tide in the vicinity of Fort San

Pedro is about 1.5m. 

Depths—Limitations

7.40 The area NE of Pier No. 3 has been reclaimed, providing a

quay 1,980m in length with charted depths of 0.6 to 6.4m

alongside. 

7.40 However, it is understood that the approach from the SW is

dredged to 10.5m with 9.5m alongside. This quay serves as an

extension to the domestic port and Cebu International Port container terminal at its NE end. 

7.40 Vessels engaged in foreign trade must use Cebu International

Port which can accommodate vessels up to 172.5m in length

and a draft of 9.14m. 

7.40 It was reported that the area up to 300m off the International

Port Berths was dredged to a depth of 8.5m only. An obstruction, consisting of piles showing above water, is reported to lie

close off the NE corner of the container terminal. 

7.40 It was reported that the NE part of the berth, for a distance of

about 690m, has been extended 50m into the harbor. The depth

alongside this section is reported to be 9.5m. 

7.40 Numerous mooring buoys and a buoy marking a dangerous

wreck inhibit berthing and unberthing at this berth. 

7.40 Least depths alongside are, as follows:

7.40 Marginal Wharf Berth No. 7, Pier No.1, and Pier No. 2 are

used for ocean-going vessels. Container and bulk cargoes can

be handled. There is also container handling at Berth No.7 and

Berth No. 8.

7.40 It was reported that the concrete structures and mooring

posts in Cebu Port area were in a poor state of repair. 

7.40 Mandaue, close NE of Cebu City, has a draft limitation of

3.6m and is not used by vessels engaged in foreign trade. 

7.40 Opon (Lapu-Lapu) (10°19'N., 122°57'E.) is situated on the

W coast of Mactan. The principal oil companies in the

Philippine Islands have installations here. These facilities are

of the W coast of Mactan and are described from N to S. 

7.40 Coming from N, the first wharf is the Philippine Refinery

Company Wharf, with an 8.5m depth alongside, but in poor

condition. 

Berth Length Depth

Marginal Wharf

Section A 816m 4.9-6.8m

Section B 262m 3.7-6.7m

Section C 494m 3.9-7.8m

Section D 1,265m 4.3-8.3m

Section E 690m 8.3m

Berth No. 7 193m 8.5m

Berth No. 8 258m 8.0m

Pier No. 1

South side 155m 7.9m

North side 155m 7.6m

Pier No. 2

South side 155m 7.3m

North side 155m 7.0m

Pier No. 3

South side 155m 4.8m

North side 155m 4.2m

Cebu
208 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

7.40 The Standard Vacuum Oil Company Wharf lies 0.75 mile

SW of the Mandaue-Opon Bridge. There is a depth of 9.4m

alongside. 

7.40 Mobil No. 1 Pier has a depth of 10.7m at a distance of 3m off

it, shoaling to 8.5m at a distance of 70m SW of the SW dolphin. The maximum allowable draft is 7.6m. 

7.40 Caltex Oil Company Compound Wharf has a depth of 7.6m

at a distance of 6m off it, shoaling to 5.5m at a distance of 60m

SW of the dolphin SW of the wharf. The maximum allowable

draft is 7.6m. An L-head grain pier 61m long lies close SW of

the Caltex Pier. 

7.40 The Shell Tank Farm (10°17'N., 123°54'E.) forms an island

facing Cebu City, on the NW corner of the reef W of Mactan

Island. 

7.40 A dolphin stands 137m W of the tank farm and another close

N of the NE corner of the wharf on the N side of the installation. There is a depth of 8.5m alongside this wharf. 

7.40 A 2.7m patch lies close off the NW corner of the tank farm. 

7.40 A submarine cable, marked by a light at its SE end, is laid

NNW across the channel 0.1 mile W of Shell Tank Farm. A

rock which covers lies in the middle of the cable lay. 

7.40 The Ludo Soap Wharf is a 182m long T-headed finger pier

with a draft limitation of 12.1m. 

7.40 A high gantry and two derricks stand on the head of the pier. 

7.40 The Mandau-Opon Bridge (Mactan Bridge), with a vertical

clearance of 23m at HW and a horizontal clearance of 113m

connects Mandaue and Opon.This bridge is 1,010m long. Foreign ships are not allowed to use the channel spanned by the

bridge. 

7.40 There are general depths of 9m in the harbor. The harbor was

reported to be dredged to a depth of 11m. The maximum draft

that may be carried in Cebu Channel is 12.1m. The largest vessel to use this port had a length of 186m. 

7.40 Numerous sunken wrecks and obstructions lie within the vicinity of Cebu Harbor, especially in the vicinity of Pier No. 1,

Pier No. 2, and Pier No. 3. Most of these dangers are uncharted

and unmarked. 

7.40 Lipata Bank (10°15'N., 123°52'E.) lies in the middle of S

entrance, about 1 mile WNW of Lauis Ledge Light. The W and

larger part dries, while the E patch has a swept depth over an

obstruction of 2.3m. 

7.40 Narvaez Reef, with a depth of 0.3m, lies about 0.4 mile NW

of Lipata Bank. 

7.40 Campanario Shoal (10°16'N., 123°53'E.), with a depth of

0.9m, lies about 1 mile NNE of Lipata Bank. 

7.40 Numerous charted wrecks and obstructions lie in or near the

fairway of the S entrance channel. 

7.40 These obstructions are gradually being removed and some of

those charted may not be present. The least swept depth is 6.7m. 

7.40 Banilad Shoals (10°19'N., 123°56'E.), part of which is

awash, lies on the NW side of the channel. Several rocks bare

at LW. Lazarino Shoal, nearly 0.75 mile farther SW, has a

depth of 1m. 

7.40 A submarine cable, marked by a light at the SE end, crosses

the channel, about 0.3 mile SW of the bridge between Mandaue and Mactan Island. 

Aspect

7.40 The harbor limits are defined by a line extending from Bantolinao Point, on Mactan Island, due N to the mainland of the

island of Cebu, and a line extending from Lauis Ledge, on

Mactan Island, to Lipata Point on Cebu. 

7.40 Prominent features at Cebu City are the Provincial Capitol

Dome, the Custom House tower, radio and TV towers marked

by obstruction lights, water tanks, and several church towers,

all of which are shown on the charts. 

7.40 A light is shown from the Capitol Dome. A church with twin

spires, from each of which a red light is shown, stands 0.45

mile SE of the Capitol. Cebu Plaza Hotel stands 1.5 miles NNE

of the Capitol and is reported conspicuous. 

7.40 Approaching from NE, the tower at Mandaue is conspicuous. Coming from the S, a radio tower, marked by three obstruction lights, stands near Lipata Point. A green neon sign

erected over a soap factory in SW Cebu is prominent. 

7.40 Cauit Island is reported to be a good radar target at 12 miles. 

7.40 A TV tower, marked by an obstruction light 0.5 mile N of the

Capitol Dome, is prominent. 

7.40 Several radio towers, which are marked by red lights, stand

on the shore from about 2 to 3 miles SW of the same dome. 

7.40 The tower of Santo Nino Church was reported to be pink in

color and difficult to identify. 

Pilotage

7.40 Pilots are compulsory and available 24 hours. A 48-hour advanced notice of ETA is required by the pilots, with an update

within 24 hours. Pilot launches are painted white with a block

“P” and show a blue flag with a white letter “P.”

7.40 Pilots should be advised as to ETA and deep draft, also

which harbor entrance to be used. 

7.40 Vessels taking a pilot through the channel are exempt from

mooring and unmooring pilotage. The use of a pilot from a pier

on a wharf in Cebu Channel, and for shifting from berth to

berth to anchorage or vice versa, is compulsory. 

7.40 Vessels can wait for pilots midway between Lipata Bank and

Lauis Ledge Light; if entering from the NE, vessels wait E of

Buoy C-1. 

The Mandaue-Opon Bridge (Mactan Bridge)
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 209

Pub. 162

Regulations

7.40 There is a speed limit of 5 knots in the harbor in the area N

of Cauit Island and SW of Bantolinao Poin

Anchorage

7.40 Anchorage areas are established, as follows:

1. Large vessels—0.5 mile ENE and 0.4 mile SE of

Cauit Island Light. 

2. Quarantine—0.7 mile NE of Cauit Island Light. 

3. Small vessels—Ten numbered berths located in the

vicinity of Banilad Shoal, about 1 mile WSW of Mandaue

Tower. 

7.40 The quarantine anchorage is established 10.3 mile NE of the

pier on Cauit Island. An alternative quarantine anchorage is situated about 0.2 mile E of No. 3 Pier. 

7.40 Vessels approaching the quarantine station on the N side of

Cauit Island from the S should give the NE tip of the island a

berth of about 0.3 mile until it bears 270°, then head for the anchorage. 

7.40 Large vessels can anchor, in a depth of 14.6m, about 0.6 mile

NE of the NE extremity of Cauit Island. 

7.40 An explosives anchorage, which can accommodate 3 vessels

with a length of less than 183m, lies S of Lipata Point and W of

Lauis Ledge. 

7.40 Anchoring of any vessel in Cebu Harbor between the limits

of Cebu City and Mactan Island and in the channel between

Bantolinao Point and Lauis Ledge Light is strictly prohibited

unless authorized in writing by the Collector of Customs. 

7.40 Prohibited anchorage also lies in a charted area SE of Cebu

International Port. 

7.40 A number of individual anchor berths are reported to be established both NE and SW of the port. 

Directions

7.40 Cebu Harbor can best be entered from the S. The channels N

of Bago Shoal, Osteng Shoal, and Lagundi Shoal and those W

of Lipata Bank and Campanario Shoal are not recommended. 

7.40 Steer for the Capitol Dome (10°19'N., 123°52'E.) in line,

bearing 004° with a chimney (red and white bands), the right

hand one of three standing 1.5 miles S of the Capitol, leading

midway between No. 3 Buoy and Lauis Ledge, but close to or

over several obstructions, swept to 8.5 and 10.4m lying about 1

mile NNW of Lauis Ledge Light. It has been reported (2006)

that the light on the Capitol Dome is obscured by construction.

7.40 Deeper water can be carried by keeping E of the bearing line. 

7.40 With the N end of Cauit Island abeam, alter course to bring

the tower of Santo Nino Church and the cathedral spire ahead

bearing about 033°. 

7.40 When the center of the Shell Tank Farm is bearing about

090°, a course of 070° leads past the piers. 

Caution

7.40 Piracy is a serious problem in both the N and S anchorage areas. 

7.40 There are many small canoe-type fishing vessels in the S entrance channel. 

7.40 Lipata Bank, Narvaez Reef, and the edge of the reef off Mactan Island are marked by fish traps, but as these are being constantly shifted, they should not be relied upon as a mark. 

7.40 A number of dangerous wrecks are reported to lie in the harbor and approaches.

7.40 Depths of up to 5m less than charted lie in the anchorage areas NE of Benilad Shoals.

7.40 Numerous changes to navigational aids have occurred. Extreme caution and advice from the Cebu Port Authority are essential as these changes may not be currently charted (2006).

7.40 Extensive work is in progress in Cebu Harbor and the

approaches; this work includes land reclamation, coastline

changes, and port development. Depths less than charted exist

throughout the harbor and approaches. 

Bohol Strait—West Side—Lipata Point to Tanon

Point

7.41 Lipata Point (10°15'N., 123°52'E.) is low and flat.

From this point to Langtad Point, 8.75 miles SW, there are numerous detached reefs lying up to 1 mile offshore. This part of

the coast should be given a wide berth. 

7.41 Lagundi Shoal (10°14'N., 123°50'E.), with a depth of 4.6m,

lies about 2 miles SW of Lipata Point. 

7.41 Osteng Shoal, with a depth of 7.6m, and Bogo Shoal, with

4m, lie about 0.5 and 0.8 mile E, respectively, of Lagundi

Shoal. 

7.41 Vessels should not pass between these shoals and the shore. 

7.41 Naga (10°13'N., 123°45'E.), a small town about 6.5 miles

WSW of Lipata Point, has a church and cement plant which are

good landmarks. 

7.41 Pilots, if required, can be obtained at Cebu City. There is anchorage in 27m, sand, about 0.3 mile off the town with the

church bearing 271°. 

7.41 Tinaan Anchorage (10°12'N., 123°45'E.), 1 mile S of Naga,

is formed by a small bay in the coast and an extensive reef,

awash, lying 0.5 mile SE. 

7.41 It has depths of about 9 to 18m, but anchorage is recommended only for those vessels with local knowledge. There is a

pier to accommodate vessels of 4.6m draft. 

7.41 Tankers moor to buoys off the end of the pier and discharge

through a submerged pipe line. The anchorage and pier are exposed to the Southwest Monsoon. 

7.41 San Fernando (10°10'N., 123°42'E.), a small town with a

prominent church, stands close within Lauis Point (10°10'N.,

123°43'E.), about 2 miles SW of Langtad Point. There is anchorage for a small vessel, in 37m, sand, in front of the town. 

7.41 Carcar Point (10°05'N., 123°41'E.), covered with coconut

trees, is located about 4.75 miles SSW of Lauis Point. 

7.41 Carcar Bay (10°05'N., 123°39'E.) is entered about 1.5 miles

W of Carcar Point. A low mangrove islet lies on the W side of

the entrance, connected to the shore by a drying reef. There is a

small sheltered anchorage between reefs on either side. The

head of the bay is fringed by mangroves. 

7.41 Carcar (10°06'N., 123°39'E.), a small town about 1 mile

NNW of the head of the bay, has a prominent church. The entrance to the bay is deep and clear. It should be entered by

bringing the church to bear 334° before Carcar Point bears
210 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

more than 063° and steering on a course of 334°. Anchorage

can be taken, in 13m, mud. 

7.42 Sibonga (10°01'N., 123°37'E.), a small town about

5.5 miles SW of Carcar Point, has a stone church with twin

spires, but is obscured from the S by trees. 

7.42 The municipal building on the beach is a better landmark

from N or S. There is also a ruined pier. A 5.5m detached reef

lies 0.5 mile offshore, in range with the N church spire and the

end of the ruined pier. Another 4m patch lies immediately SW

of the reef. When approaching Sibonga Pier pass N of these

shoals. 

7.42 Argao (9°53'N., 123°36'E.) town is located about 8 miles S

of Sibonga; it stands between the Argao River and Argao Point.

It has a large and prominent church. The concrete pier extending from the beach E of the town was reported in ruins. It has

been reported (1995) that a new pier had been constructed.

7.42 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor N or S of Argao Point, but close in because of the great depths. 

7.42 There is anchorage E of the town, in 27 to 37m, sand, with

the church bearing 316°, or S of the point, in 18 to 27m, sand,

according to the swinging room desired. 

7.43 Dalaguete Point (9°46'N., 123°32'E.) is located about

8.25 miles SSW of Argao Point; the point is flat, sandy, densely-wooded, and steep-to. Dalaguete, the leading town in this vicinity, is situated on the N side of the point. 

7.43 The town has a church, visible only from the N. There is anchorage, in 27 to 37m, sand, close inshore, with the church

bearing 316°, or S of the point in 18 to 27m, sand, about 0.1

mile from shore. 

7.43 The coast from Dalaguete Point to Cayangon Point, 10 miles

SSW, is low, with steep sandy beaches, interspersed by rocky

bluffs. Several detached patches, with a least depth of 2.3m, lie

about 3.5 miles SSW of Dalaguete Point and 0.3 mile offshore. 

7.43 Mambagi Reef (9°41'N., 123°30'E.), about 5 miles SSW of

Dalaguete Point, has its outer edge about 0.5 mile E of the village of Mambagi. The reef is composed of rock and sand and

the greater part of it dries. There is a narrow deep channel between it and the coast. Dalaguete Point, bearing 018°, leads

clear of the E side of the reef. 

7.43 There is temporary anchorage W of the reef for small boats,

but the entrance from both N and S is very narrow. The anchorage area is limited with poor holding ground. 

7.43 Boljoon (9°38'N., 123°29'E.), a town situated in a cove with

considerable depths, 3.75 miles SSW of Mambagi, can be recognized by the white cliffs, 30m high, on Ili Point, on the N

side of the cove. 

7.43 The red roof of a church is prominent from the E. There is no

anchorage off the town, but there is temporary anchorage for

small vessels, in 37 to 46m, off the mouth of the Losapon River (9°37'N., 123°29'E.) just S of the town and 91m from shore. 

7.44 Cayangon Point (9°36'N., 123°29'E.), 33m high, located about 1.5 miles S of Boljoon, is fringed by a partly drying reef which extends 0.25 mile E. 

7.44 Iuisan Point (9°34'N., 123°28'E.), located about 2.5 miles

SSW of Cayangon Point, is low, and terminates in sand and

rocks. Iuisan Shoal, which dries near its center, lies 1 mile S of

Iuisan Point and 0.5 mile offshore. 

7.44 The channel between the shoal and the reef fringing Santa

Monica Point (9°33'N., 123°27'E.) to the W is about 0.2 mile

wide, with depths of over 37m, but should not be used without

local knowledge. Vessels coming from the S should steer well

clear of the shoal. 

7.44 Oslob Point (9°31'N., 123°26'E.), about 3 miles SW of

Iuisan Point, is low, sandy, and well wooded, with a prominent

white stone fort on its extremity. It is fringed by a steep-to reef

which extends about 0.3 mile SE. The town of Oslob is situated

on the point. There are houses that are scattered and partly concealed by trees. The church with a red roof and a tower nearby

are both prominent. There is anchorage, in 7 to 16m, off the S

side of Oslob Point. 

7.44 The coast between Oslob Point and Tanon Point, 8.75 miles

SW, consists of sheer white cliffs between 3 to 37m high alternating with sandy beaches and is steep-to. 

7.45 Tanon Point (9°25'N., 123°20'E.) is low, sandy, and

surrounded by a reef about 0.1 mile wide. 

7.45 Santander, a town on high ground back of the point, is prominent. A large white church, with a tower and steps down to the

beach, is very conspicuous. 

7.45 Sumilon (9°26'N., 123°23'E.), about 31m high and wooded,

lies 3.5 miles ENE of Tanon Point. There is a prominent stone

tower, 7m high near the S end, which has the appearance of a

clump of trees due to the brush growing on or about the tower.

The channel between Sumilon Island and the coast of Cebu is

deep and clear of dangers. 

Bohol—West and South Coasts—Off-lying Dangers

7.46 Northwest Bank (7°13'N., 118°22'E.), fronting the

NW coast of Bohol between Corte Point (10°09'N.,

124°09'E.) and Abucayan Point (9°53'N., 123°50'E.), is an extensive area of numerous small islets and reefs extending up to

7.5 miles offshore. 

7.46 The outer edge of this bank is steep-to, with the 18.3m curve

lying close along the reefs, and the depths increasing rapidly

beyond this contour. A number of channels, of varying depths,

lead in between the outer dangers. 

7.46 Pandanon Islet (10°11'N., 124°05'E.) is located on the reef

on the NE side of Northwest Pass. This pass connects the inner

channels in this area with Olango Channel. 

7.46 Cabulan Island (10°09'N., 124°03'E.) stands on the reef on

the SW side of Northwest Pass; it is the northernmost of the islets on Northwest Bank. Extending SW from it are Coamen Islet, Magcalingao Islet, Mocaboc Islet, and Bagambanua Islet.

The reefs around and between the islets are partly bare at LW. 

7.46 There are least depths of 7.4m in the pass between Magcalingao Islet and the small drying reef 1 mile SW of it. Between

Mocaboc Islet and Bagambanua Islet there is a least depth of

6.4m. 

7.46 Between a 4.5m patch located about 5 miles SW of Bagambanua Islet and Mantatao Islet (9°57'N., 123°51'E.), lies a

deep wide channel that serves as a SW entrance to Northwest

Bank. 

7.46 There are numerous islets, reefs, and rocks, some of which

bare at LW, located in the central area of Northwest Bank.
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 211

Pub. 162

Their size and location can best be seen on the chart. There are

no maintained navigational aids in this vicinity. 

Bohol Strait—East Side—Corte Point to Tagbilaran

7.47 Corte Point (10°09'N., 124°09'E.) lies about 1.5

miles N of Mount Corte, 177m high, a principal landmark in

the area. The coast in this area is low, mostly fringed by mangroves, intersected by several small rivers, and bordered by

shoal water. 

7.47 Corte (10°07'N., 124°08'E.), a small village, stands at the

head of a small cove about 1 mile SW of Mount Corte. Pampang, a small village, lies 3.5 miles SW of Mount Corte. It has

a conspicuous stone church with a nipa roof. 

7.47 The village is reported to be fronted by shoal water and is not

easily approached even by small boats, except at HW. 

7.47 The Inabanga River (10°05'N., 124°05'E.), which empties

about 5 miles SW of Mount Corte, is the largest river in western Bohol. The bar at the entrance can be crossed by small

boats at HW. 

7.47 The town of Inabanga stands 2.5 miles S of the river mouth.

A large stone church with a square tower is prominent. 

7.48 Tubigan (9°57'N., 123°58'E.) (World Port Index No.

58890), about 7.8 miles SW of Inabanga, is the most important

town of the NW coast of Bohol. A large church and convent

form good landmarks. A pier extends about 0.4 mile out from

shore. There are depths of 9.1m at the head of the pier. A light

is also shown from the head of the pier. There is anchorage, in

5.5 to 9m, mud, about 0.3 mile seaward of the pier. 

7.48 Directions.—The approach to Tubigon is difficult owing to

the many reefs and lack of navigational aids. 

7.48 Local knowledge should be used when available. The best

approach is between Mocaboc Islet and Bagambanua Islet

where there is 6.5m at LW. The channel, through narrow in

places and somewhat tortuous, is deep. 

7.48 The following directions should only be used as a rough guide.

After crossing the ridge between Mocaboc Islet and Bagambanua

Islet, proceed SE until Mocaboc Islet bears 030° and then change

course to 210° and continue until Bagambanua Islet bears 348°,

then alter course to 168° bringing Bagambanua Islet astern and the

E end of Hayaan Islet directly ahead. 

7.48 When Pangap Islet bears 090°, alter course to 099° and steer

for the center of Cancostino Islet, passing about 0.3 mile S of

Pangap Islet. The reef that surrounds Pangap is steep-to and

bare at LW. It should be favored to avoid a small 2m patch lying 0.5 mile SW of the W end of Pangap Islet. When abreast of

Pangap alter course and steer for the church at Tubigon, bearing 154°. 

7.49 Between Tubigon and Calape, a town situated about

6.5 miles SW, the foothills at several localities rise to conspicuous heights. 

7.49 The most prominent are Mount Ilihan, 222m high; Mount

Tanauan, 443m high, about 3 miles S of Tubigon; and Mount

Candungao, 480m high, 3.25 miles SW of Mount Tanauan. 

7.49 Calape Bay (9°54'N., 123°52'E.), 6.5 miles SW of Tubigon,

is small and constricted. The bay is inaccessible from the N except by small craft at HW. The S entrance can be used by small

boats; the channel is unmarked and should not be attempted

without local knowledge. 

7.49 Calape, a small town at the head of the bay, has a prominent

church with twin towers. 

7.49 Pangangan Island (9°54'N., 123°49'E.), low and cultivated,

lies about 2 miles W of the town of Calape. 

7.49 Magtung Point, on the NW side of the island is clear and

steep-to, but the remainder of the island is fringed with reefs

which dry on the N side. 

7.49 Sandingan Island (9°51'N., 123°48'E.), lying about 2 miles

SW of Pangagan Island and marked by a light, 81m high and

wooded. It is connected with Bohol by swamps and drying

reefs. 

7.49 Cabilao Island (9°53'N., 123°46'E.), 34m high and wooded,

is separated from the NW side of Sandingan Island by Sauang

Pass, a 0.75 mile wide deep channel. A concrete pole stands

near the NE extremity of Cabilao Island. Tidal currents in the

vicinity of the island set N and S at a considerable rate. 

7.50 Loon (9°48'N., 123°48'E.), 2.5 miles S of Sandingan

Island, stands on the NW slope of Mount Canmanoc, 445m

high, situated 2 miles SE. A large church and convent stand on

a plateau 23m high, reached by a wide flight of steps. 

7.50 A stone mole, used by small boats, extends 0.15 mile from

shore. There is anchorage for small vessels, in 7 to 14.6m, with

the head of the mole bearing 097°, 0.25 mile off. 

7.50 Care should be taken when anchoring as there are several

large coral heads in this area, with depths of 1.2 to 2.4m. 

7.50 Cruz Point (9°44'N., 123°47'E.), the extremity of the peninsula

lying between Loon and Maribojoc, lies about 4 miles S of Loon.

The point is 6.1 to 9.1m high, rocky, and covered with trees. There

is a prominent stone watchtower standing near the seaward end of

the point. 

7.50 Maribojoc Bay (9°42'N., 123°50'E.), entered between Cruz

Point and Cocales Point, 5.25 miles SE, is fringed by a reef

which extends 1 mile offshore on the S end. 

7.51 Maribojoc (9°45'N., 123°51'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58880), a town on the NE side of the bay, has a large

church visible from all parts of the bay. A mole, with a depth of

1.3m off its outer end, extends 0.2 mile SW between the reefs.

A light is shown at the head of the mole. 

7.51 There is anchorage, sheltered only from the Northeast Monsoon, in 11 to 18m, mud, with the seaward end of the mole

bearing 053°, distance 0.25 mile. 

7.51 Four concrete beacons mark the edges of the reef leading to

the mole; the edges are generally marked by fish traps. Small

craft drawing not more than 2.4m can proceed farther in

through a short, winding channel to within a short distance of

the mole. 

7.52 The Abatan River (9°43'N., 123°52'E.), 2 miles SE

of Maribojoc, has a depth of 1m on the bar at LW, with greater

depths inside. It is navigable by small craft to above the town

of Cortes, where it is spanned by a steel bridge. 

7.52 Cortes, a small town on a bluff on the E bank of the Abatan

River, lies about 1.8 miles from the entrance of the river. 

7.52 Paminuitan Hill (9°41'N., 123°52'E.), 99m high, conspicuous, round topped, and wooded, stands about 1.5 miles S of the

Abatan River and 0.5 mile inland from the coast. 
212 Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 

Pub. 162

7.52 There is anchorage providing fair shelter about 0.5 mile offshore, with the low, wooded point which marks the S limit of

the flats off the mouth of the Abatan River bearing 100°, Paminuitan Hill bearing 125°, and a conspicuous bushy tree on a

reef near the entrance of the river bearing 018°. Depths shoal

gradually from 27 to 7m, mud. 

7.53 Tagbilaran (9°39'N., 123°51'E.) (World Port Index

No. 58870), the seat of the provincial government of Bohol, is

situated 2 miles SSE of Cocales Point. It is a town of growing

commercial importance. 

7.53 Depths—Limitations.—The channel was reported to be

about 61m in width, with a controlling depth of 7.8m, although

depths of as little as 1.4m have been reported in the channel.

Local knowledge is necessary.

7.53 An L-shaped concrete pier projects 0.25 mile from shore

about 0.5 mile NNW of the town. The pier has a berthing face

95m long with a least depth of 6m reported alongside. Improvements to the port facilities were recently planned. A Theaded stone pier 9m wide, projects 290m from the shore,

about 0.2 mile SSE of the L-shaped pier. 

7.53 Aspect.—The standpipe behind the town and the church

tower in town are prominent objects in the approach. A cross,

which is outlined at night by green lights, is situated atop a college near the church. 

7.53 A tower, marked by obstruction lights, stands 0.5 mile NE of

the church. The N side of the entrance channel is marked by

lighted beacons. 

7.53 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available 24 hours. The pilots board

near the beginning of the channel, about 1.3 miles WNW of the

head of the L-shaped pier.

7.53 Regulations.—Cargo vessels must send their ETA 36 hours

prior to arrival. Passenger vessels must send their ETA 24

hours prior to arrival.

7.53 Anchorage.—There is a confined anchorage area, with a

depth of 26m, W of the government pier. Anchoring positions

are best seen on the chart. The outer anchoring positions are for

vessels greater than 3,000 grt. The inner anchoring positions

are for vessels of 3,000 grt and under, with a depth of 26m, W

of the government pier. 

Bohol—South Coast—Tagbilaran to Agio Point

7.54 Panglao Island (9°36'N., 123°47'E.), off the SW extremity of Bohol, is almost joined to it as the harbor of Tagbilaran that separates them is only about 0.3 mile wide at the

narrowest part and nearly dry at LW. 

7.54 A causeway extends from the town of Dauis, at the NE end

of the island, to the Bohol shore. There are gaps in the causeway to allow for the passage of boats. A church spire at Dauis

is conspicuous. 

7.54 There are two hills near the NE part of Panglao Island.

Mount Biking rises to 197m and is the higher. A third hill rises

to 97m on the S side of the island. The rest of the island is fairly level and covered with vegetation. 

7.54 The town of Panglao, open to small craft at HW, stands at the

head of Panglao Bay. 

7.54 An extensive drying reef extends 3.25 miles SW from the

SW end of Panglao Island. Two small wooded islets are located

on this reef. 

7.54 Balicasag Island (9°31'N., 123°41'E.), 4 miles SW of Tahuruc Point, the SW extremity of Panglao Island, is low, flat, and

surrounded by a narrow steep-to reef. A few houses and the ruins of an old fort stand on the island. 

7.54 The channel between the island and the reef extending SW

from Pangalao Island is 1.75 miles wide and deep. 

7.54 Cervera Shoal (9°30'N., 123°50'E.), with a depth of 6.4m

and steep-to, lies about 9.5 miles E of Balicasag Island. The

shoal can usually be distinguished by tide rips and discolored

water. 

7.54 Pamilacan Island (9°30'N., 123°55'E.), 15m high at its W

side, lies about 14 miles E of Balicasag Island. The N extremity is clear of dangers and steep-to, but the rest of the coast is

fringed by a reef which, in places, extends about 0.2 mile offshore. A small rock, with some bushes, lies nearly 0.1 mile off

the S side. A fort, in ruins, stands on the N point of the island. 

7.55 The S coast of Bohol, from Tagbilaran to Agio Point

about 46 miles E, is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef. There

are no off-lying dangers and the S coast of Bohol can be safely

navigated at a distance of 0.75 mile. 

7.55 Baclayon (9°37'N., 123°54'E.), a small town about 3.5 miles

ESE of Tagbilaran, has a church and other buildings that show

well from seaward. There is a small stone landing in front of

the town. A light is shown at the outer end of the landing. 

7.55 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 37m, with the church

tower bearing 317°; Mount Biking, on Panglao Island, bearing

248°; and the round-top hill, 145m high, on Bohol bearing

013°.

7.55 Care should be taken to avoid a 1.8m patch lying on the approach to this anchorage, 2.75 miles SE of Tagbilaran church.

7.55 Small vessels can find anchorage, in 22m, about 0.3 mile off

the shore of Panglao Island, with the church tower at Tagbilaran bearing 321°, the small chapel on Panglao Island bearing

285°, and the round-top hill on Bohol bearing 029°.

7.55 Outside the reef along the S coast of Bohol the depths increase so abruptly that anchorage is afforded in only a few

places.

7.55 Alburquerque (9°37'N., 123°57'E.), a small town about 2.5

miles E of Baclayon, has a large prominent stone church. 

7.55 Loay (9°36'N., 124°01'E.), a town about 3.5 miles E of Alburquerque, is situated on low flat ground on the E side of the

mouth of the Loay River. 

7.55 A church and convent stand on a small hill overlooking the

town. A light is also shown from the E bank of the river. 

7.55 The small harbor, formed by the river, is about 137m wide

off the town. It has two rock jetties and a marginal wharf. 

7.55 The channel is marked by three beacons, two of which mark

the outer ends of the jetties. 

7.55 The other beacon stands midway between the E jetty beacon

and the marginal wharf, the latter having depths of 1.5 to 2.4m

reported alongside. There is temporary anchorage, in 14.7 to

27m, outside the bar of the river. 

7.55 The Loay River is navigable by small boats as far as the town

of Loboc, about 2.5 miles inland from the coast. 

7.55 From Loay to Loboc, the river is very tortuous and mostly

fringed by swamps. It is spanned by a bridge at Loay and a

bridge at Loboc. 

7.56 Tayong Peak (9°38'N., 124°04'E.), 506m high and
Sector 7. Tanon Strait, Bohol Strait, and Bohol—South Coast 213

Pub. 162

conical, stand prominently in a group of hills 4 miles NE of

Loay. 

7.56 Lila (9°35'N., 124°06'E.), a town about 5 miles E of Loay,

has a church with a galvanized roof; the S gable is prominent. 

7.56 Dimiao (9°36'N., 124°10'E.), a town about 4 miles E of Lila,

has a church whose peaked roof forms a good landmark. 

7.56 There is anchorage for small craft in the bight close W of

Dimiao with fair shelter from all winds except SW. The town

has a small wooden pier. 

7.56 Valencia (9°36'N., 124°12'E.), a small town about 3 miles E

of Dimiao, offers anchorage, in 14.6 to 18.3m, sand, but without shelter. 

7.56 Gorda Point (9°36'N., 124°16'E.), about 3 miles E of Valencia, forms a barely noticeable projection from the general coast

line and derives its name from the height and prominence of

Mount Gorda. The coast in this vicinity is clear and steep-to. 

7.56 Mount Gorda (9°36'N., 124°16'E.), a narrow steep ridge, is

about 1.5 miles long. Its summit, 328m high, is located about

0.5 mile NW of Gorda Point. Its bluff-like tree-covered sides

show distinctly against the range farther inland forming an excellent landmark. 

7.56 Garcia Hernandez (9°37'N., 124°17'E.), a small town about

2.25 miles E of Gorda Point, has a large prominent stone

church. There is temporary, unprotected anchorage off the

town, in 9 to 27m. About 1 mile ENE of Garcia Hernandez

there is a pier. 

7.57 Canopao Point (9°38'N., 124°22'E.), about 4 miles E

of Garcia Hernandez and Cantagay Point, 0.75 mile farther NE,

with a small bay between them, are formed by bluffs 9 to 15m

high. 

7.57 Jagna (9°39'N., 124°22'E.), a small town about 0.5 mile N of

Cantagay Point, stands at the head of Jagna Bay. Its shores are

fringed by reefs that dry at LW. Government Pier, L-shaped and of

concrete construction, is 33m long at its face, with depths of 4 to

9.4m reported alongside. 

7.57 The pier was being extended. A light is shown at the inner

end of the pier. Vessels may berth either side to the pier, but

starboard side-to is recommended during the Southwest Monsoon, using the port anchor. 

7.57 Pilots and tugs are not available and entry into the bay at

night is not recommended. The largest vessel to berth here was

141m long. 

7.57 There is an anchorage area 0.25 mile wide N of Cantagay

Point, in depths of 26 to 33m, protected from S, through W and

N, to NE. In heavy weather from E, the pier and anchorage are

untenable. 

7.58 Nauco Point (9°39'N., 124°24'E.), where the coast

makes an abrupt change of direction to the N, is located about

2 miles E of Jagna. The point is clear and steep-to, rising almost vertically to a height of 22.8m, then gradually to over

30.5m at a distance of 137m inland. The vertical face of Nauco

Point makes a good landmark. 

7.58 Duero (9°42'N., 124°24'E.), a small town about 3.3 miles N

of Nauco Point, offers fairly good anchorage, in 27m, E of the

church and about 0.2 mile offshore. 

7.58 Guindulman Bay (9°45'N., 124°30'E.), between Cabantian

Point and Napacao Point, 4 miles E, extends about 3 miles N. It

is very deep at the entrance, but shoals rapidly near its head.

The only detached danger in the bay is a 0.9m patch in the NE

corner about 0.3 mile off the mouth of the Tabahan River

(9°46'N., 124°30'E.). 

7.59 Guindulman (9°45'N., 124°30'E.), the town at the

head of the bay, is close W of the river entrance. The town is

concealed by trees, and although the tower of the church is visible above them, it is inconspicuous. 

7.59 Vessels can anchor according to draft outside the fish traps

lining the shore in front of the town, mud and sand bottom.

This anchorage is exposed to the Southwest Monsoon. 

7.59 A T-shaped pier, 204m long, with depths of 5.2m at the NW

end and 7.9m at the SE end, stands on the E shore of Guindulman Bay, 0.5 mile SE of the town. Two buoys mark the shoal

and the edge of the reef NW and S of the pier. There is anchorage, in 14.6m, about 0.1 mile SW of the pier. 

7.59 From Napacao Point, the coast trends E for about 3.5 miles

to Quinali Point (9°44'N., 124°34'E.), then NE for nearly 2

miles to Agio Point. Mount Pugatin (9°47'N., 124°34'E.),

with twin peaks 375m and 390m high and about 0.5 mile apart,

lies up to 2.25 miles NNW of Agio Point. 

7.59 Anda (9°45'N., 124°34'E.), a small town lying on a sandy

point, the extremity of which is about 1 mile N of Quinali

Point, has a large white conspicuous church. An extensive

mangrove swamp lies between Anda and the mainland. 

7.59 There is anchorage for small craft, in 22m, close off the edge

of the reef SE of the extremity of the point. 

7.59 Agio Point (9°46'N., 124°35'E.), the SE extremity of Bohol

is low, but rises to a height of 163m less than 0.5 mile inland.

The point is fringed by a narrow steep-to reef with a growth of

mangrove. 
Pub. 162

8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts

8.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

8.0SECTOR 8 — CHART INFORMATION
217

Pub. 162

SECTOR 8 

MINDANAO—WEST AND NORTH COASTS

8.0 Plan.—This sector describes the W and N coasts of Mindanao. The descriptive sequence is N from Caldera Point to Sibalic

Point (Sibalik Point), then W to E to Madilao Point. 

General Remarks

8.1 The W coast of Mindanao borders on the Sulu Sea

and consists of the W side of the Zamboanga Peninsula. Heavily-forested mountains rise to elevations of about 366 to 610m,

forming a wide central ridge which is virtually unexplored, and

extending the length of the Zamboanga Peninsula. The 20m

curve fringes the W coast, varying from 0.2 to 0.5 mile offshore. 

8.1 The 200m curve varies from 0.25 mile to 5 miles offshore.

There are no known dangers seaward of the 200m curve. It is a

very exposed coast and heavy seas are experienced, especially

during the Southwest Monsoon. The best sheltered anchorage

on the W coast is Port Santa Maria. There is no recommended

typhoon refuge. 

8.1 The N coast of Mindanao is indented by four large bays separated by broad peninsulas which terminate in bold capes. The

largest of these, Iligan Bay, has a long SW reach nearly dividing the island in two, with only 7.5 miles at the narrowest part. 

8.1 The terrain of the N coast is rugged and otherwise similar to

the W coast except that the hinterland is much higher. The

200m curve fringing the N coast varies from about 0.3 mile to

4 miles offshore, except for a narrow shelf extending about 11

miles NW from the NW extremity of the island. Nasipit Harbor

and Port Ozamiz are recommended typhoon refuges. 

8.1 Wind—Weather.—The Southwest Monsoon prevails from

the end of June until November. It is not as strong and steady as

the Northeast Monsoon. It is usually accompanied by overcast

sky and rain, especially on the W coast of Mindanao. Southwesterly gales, which are accompanied by heavy rains, occur

occasionally during the Southwest Monsoon. In October, the

winds vary from SW to N and are usually accompanied by

squalls and thunderstorms. 

8.1 From December until early March, the Northeast Monsoon

prevails with some strength on the N coast of Mindanao and

occasionally reaches gale force in the open sea. 

8.1 Mindanao is S of the usual typhoon tracks, however, occasionally they pass across the island from E during the month of

December. 

8.1 Tides—Currents.—Off the W coast of Mindanao, the W

tidal current from Basilan Strait (6°50'N., 122°00'E.) flows N,

meeting the S tidal current from Surigao Strait (10°28'N.,

125°23'E.) about midway up the coast. 

8.1 Strong E eddies set toward Caldera Point (6°57'N.,

121°58'E.). A rough sea rises off this coast during the Southwest Monsoon. 

8.1 In the Bohol Sea (Mindanao Sea) (9°21'N., 124°00'E.) there

is a W set in both monsoons, varying in strength according to

wind and tide. Between the S end of Negros (9°03'N.,

123°03'E.) and Tagolo Point (8°44'N., 123°23'E.), there is a

SE set. 

8.1 Vessels approaching Surigao Strait (10°28'N., 125°23'E.)

from the W should keep well N of the Camiguin Island

(9°15'N., 124°43'E.) N extremity to offset the SW set. In the S

part of Bohol Sea, the currents are weak and follow the direction of the prevailing monsoon. Along the N coast of Mindanao, the currents are influenced by the discharge of the rivers. 

Mindanao—West Coast

8.2 The coast between Caldera Point (6°57'N.,

121°58'E.) and Coronado Point, about 62 miles NNE, consists

of heavily-wooded mountain slopes which rise steeply from

the shore except on the SW coast of the peninsula, which is low

and extensively cultivated. A number of exposed bays, which

afford temporary anchorage, indent the coast. 

8.2 Caldera Point, a sandy point with a coconut plantation, is located on the SW extremity of Zamboanga Peninsula. A prominent white chimney, 17m high, and a large conveyor, marked

by lights, stand on the point. 

8.2 San Ramon (7°00'N., 121°55'E.), 3.75 miles NW of Caldera

Point, is the site of a penal colony. The buildings are quite

prominent, day or night, as many lights are kept on all night. A

monument stands on the coast in the middle of the colony. 

8.2 Batorampon Point (7°07'N., 121°54'E.) lies about 7 miles

NNW of San Ramon; the coast between is low, covered with

trees, and bordered with steep sand beaches. Batorampon Point

is backed by a sand hill, 137m high, flat on top, and densely

wooded. 

8.2 Vessels approaching from N by night, keep well clear of Alimpaya Point, 2.25 miles N of Batorampon Point, as it is low

and flat and does not show up well against the higher point S. 

8.2 From Alimpaya Point to Pangian Point (7°17'N.,

122°01'E.), the S entrance point of Sibuco Bay, the coast trends

NE about 10.5 miles. 

8.2 The coast is steep-to and free of dangers, except for close

offshore rocks lying about 6 miles NE of Alimpaya Point. 

8.2 Sibuco Bay (Sibuko Bay), entered between Pangian Point

and Sibuco Point, about 3.3 miles NNE, offers no protection

during either monsoon, and a considerable swell sets in. The

bay is deep and clear of dangers. 

8.2 Vessels calling at Sibuco Bay anchor about 0.2 mile offshore, in a position about 0.5 mile SW of Sibuco town, at the

head of the bay. 

Between Sibuco Point and Cauit Point (7°32'N., 122°05'E.),

about 12 miles NNE, the coast is high and has several small

coves that afford temporary anchorage for coastal vessels. 

8.2 From Cauit Point to Siraguay Point (7°33'N., 122°07'E.),

about 2.5 miles ENE, several small bays indent the coast. Piacan Bay, a small cove located E of the former point, affords

protection to small vessels during the Southwest Monsoon. 

8.2 Panabutan Bay, entered between Siraguay Point and Balatacan Point, about 2.8 miles N, has a very irregular shore line. A

timber mill stands at the head of Panabutan Bay. The N part of
218 Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 

Pub. 162

the bay is sheltered from the Northeast Monsoon, with a depth

of 18m. 

8.2 A good landmark for approaching Panabutan Bay is the

270m hill close E of Balatacan Point. The hill is heavily wooded, except for the lower slope of its S side. 

8.2 Anchorage can be taken E of Panabutan Point (7°35'N.,

122°07'E.), in 18m, mud. This anchorage is open to W and SW

winds. 

8.2 Caution.—A rock awash, lies 91m off Balatacan Point. It is

difficult to distinguish at HW. 

8.3 Siocon Bay (Siocan Bay) is entered between Balatacan Point (7°36'N., 122°06'E.) and Dulunguin Point, 8.5 miles

N. It provides anchorage for small vessels in the N part, sheltered from NE winds, but close in because of the great depths. 

8.3 A 4.9m patch lies 0.75 S of Dulunguin Point, and a group of

rocks, 2m high, lies 10.75 mile N of the point. 

8.3 The Siocon River flows into the bay about 3 miles SE of Dulunguin Point (7°44'N., 122°05'E.). 

8.3 A good landmark for the N part of the bay is a hill, 75m

high, located on the N bank of the river about 1.3 miles NE of

the river mouth. 

8.4 Port Santa Maria (Puerto) (7°46'N., 122°07'E.), a

timber port, lies in a nearly landlocked bay 2 miles N of Dulunguin Point. The entrance, which is difficult to distinguish from

a distance, is 0.2 mile wide between the shoals just inside it and

has considerable depths in the fairway. 

8.4 Mount Santa Maria, 197m high, lies about 0.8 mile S of the

S entrance point of the harbor and is a good landmark. 

8.4 A privately-owned wooden wharf, 67m in length, with a Thead 24m long, is situated on the N side of the E bay. Depths of

9.1m were reported alongside. It is reported that fish traps lie

on the N and S side of the approach to the wharf, and vessels

should pass between them. 

8.4 There is good anchorage in either bay at the head of the harbor, in depths of 22 to 27m. It provides the best sheltered anchorage on the W coast of Mindanao. 

8.5 Nunuyan Bay, entered between Sampoak Point

(7°47'N., 122°06'E.), 1.5 miles N of the entrance to Port Santa

Maria, and Nunuyan Point, 1.5 miles NE, provides good anchorage during the Southwest Monsoon (May to September).

Several small settlements stand along the shores of the bay. 

8.5 Baligian Bay, entered N of Nunuyan Point provides good anchorage, in depths from 9 to 27m, protected from the NE. 

8.5 The approach lies S of Candulingan Island (7°49'N.,

122°07'E.), which lies 0.6 mile W of the N entrance point of

the bay, with shoal water between. The island is steep-to, but

should be given a berth of 0.25 mile. 

8.5 Coronado Bay is entered between Tumao Point (7°52'N.,

122°10'E.), located 3.5 miles NE of Candulingan Island and

Coronado Point (7°57'N., 122°13'E.), 5.75 miles farther NE. 

8.5 Anchorage, protected from NE, can be obtained close S of

Coronado Point, in 18 to 36m. Coronado Point is reported to be

a good radar target at 24 miles. 

8.5 Two shoals, with depths of 3m and 11.3m, lie 2 miles SSW

and SW, respectively, of Coronado Point. Two other shoals,

with depths of 3.2m and 7.6m, lie 1.25 and 1.75 miles S, respectively, of the same point. 

8.5 Between Coronado Point and Quipit Point (8°04'N.,

122°28'E.), about 16 miles NE, the coast is backed by heavily

wooded mountains. The lower slopes and foothills are undulating and have large, coarse, tall grass areas. 

8.5 Sibalic Point (8°03'N., 122°21'E.), 10 miles NE of Coronado Point, is steep-to and bold. Quipit Point, low, flat, and

sandy, is located 6.75 miles ENE of Sibalic Point. The 20m

curve is charted less than 1 mile offshore, except N of Quipit

Point where shoals and banks extend about 3.5 miles offshore. 

8.6 The Murcielagos Islands (8°07'N., 122°27'E.) are

two islands lying on the same reef, 3 miles NNW of Quipit

Point. The E and larger island is 12m high to the top of the

trees. The reef is steep-to; a 3m shoal lies off its E end. 

8.6 There is a deep channel between the Murcielagos Islands and

the coastal bank off Quipit Point, but there is a 11.9m patch lying 0.75 mile S of the larger island. There are tide rips E of the

channel. 

Quipit Bay, entered between Quipit Point (8°04'N.,

122°28'E.) and Sawigan Point (8°05'N., 122°31'E.), low, flat,

and sandy located 3.5 miles E, provides shelter protected from

SW. Several shoals, with depths of 2.7 to 8.5m, lie between the

entrance points. 

8.6 Anchorage, protected from SW winds and swells, can be taken, in 13 to 17m, in the middle of the bay. The approach is

made from NE, passing about 0.5 mile off Sawigan Point. 

8.6 Sindangan Bay, entered between Sindangan Point (8°10'N.,

122°40'E.) and Lanboyan Point, about 19 miles NE, is a broad

exposed bay with great depths; it is clear of dangers right up to

the shore. The 20m curve is found less than 0.5 mile offshore,

except off the town of Sindangan, where depths of 7 to 15m are

found as far as 1 mile offshore. 

8.6 Anchorage, protected from SE, can be taken in the E part of

the bay, WNW of Sindangan, in 7.3 to 14.6m, mud. The anchorage lies about 295° from the town, at a distance of 0.5 to 1

mile from the shore. 

8.7 Lanboyan Point (8°18'N., 122°56'E.), the NE entrance point of Sindangan Bay, appears as a yellow slide that

rises abruptly from the water’s edge to a height of 46m to the

tree tops on the point. Strong tide rips are found NW of the

point. 

8.7 Between Lanboyan Point and Blanca Point, about 14.5 miles

NNE, sparsely wooded lower slopes extend inland to heavilywooded mountains. The coast is clear seaward of the 20m

curve, which is charted less than 0.75 mile offshore. 

8.7 Madalag Point (8°25'N., 122°59'E.), 6.75 miles NNE of

Lanboyan Point, is high and steep-to. Dark trees cover the seaward side of the point and show well against the lighter vegetation surrounding it. 

8.7 Diwait Point (8°29'N., 123°02'E.), about 5.3 miles NNE of

Madalag Point, is steep-to and fringed by a narrow reef. Lumayag Rock, on the edge of the latter reef, resembles a sail

from NE or SW. 

8.7 Mount Disacon (8°29'N., 123°05'E.), 456m high, 3.5 miles E

of Diwait Point, is the most prominent landmark in the vicinity. 

8.7 Blanca Point (8°31'N., 123°03'E.), 2.5 miles NE of Diwait

Point, is a vertical cliff of white clay, 15m high, and is formed

by a long horizontal tableland covered with grass, but with no

trees. The hinterland in this vicinity is mountainous, and there
Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 219

Pub. 162

are many densely wooded small peaks and ridges. 

8.7 Between Blanca Point and Boton Point (8°39'N.,

123°22'E.), about 20 miles NE, the coast forms a broad unnamed bay, which is deep and free of dangers seaward of the

20m curve; the latter is charted less than 1 mile offshore. The

bay is exposed to both monsoons. 

8.7 Port Roxas (8°31'N., 123°15'E.) is situated about 12 miles E

of Blanca Point, close SE of the mouth of the Pian River. The

area is floodlit at night. Coconut oil and copra are loaded in

bulk from a jetty which projects about 91m offshore and which

is equipped with four concrete mooring dolphins, two on each

side of the jetty. 

8.7 Vessels berth heading 150°. A vessel of 31,766 dwt, with a

length of 169m, berthed at the jetty. The pilot boards 0.5 mile

from the jetty. There are no tugs. 

8.8 Dipolog (8°35'N., 123°20'E.) stands on the S side of

the mouth of the Dipolog River, about 4 miles SSW of Boton

Point. There is anchorage anywhere W of the town according

to draft; depths of 9m are found 0.4 mile offshore. 

8.8 A concrete cross stands at the seaward end of the main street.

During the Southwest Monsoon, when it is too rough to load

off Dipolog, coastal vessels call at Pulauan (8°38'N.,

123°24'E.), lying about 4 miles NNE. 

Aligbay Island (8°45'N., 123°13'E.), lying about 10.5 miles

NW of Boton Point, is about 30m high and wooded. 

8.8 A steep-to coral reef extends 0.25 mile from its NW side,

and shoal water extends 0.5 mile from its E side. The island is a

good radar target up to 22 miles. 

8.8 Challenger Reef, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies about 2

miles SSE of Aligbay Island. 

8.8 Don Reef (8°40'N., 123°18'E.), with a depth of 3.7m, coral

and steep-to, lies 4.25 miles WNW of Boton Point. 

Dapitan Bay (8°40'N., 123°24'E.), entered between Boton

Point and Tagolo Point, 5 miles N, is free of dangers and provides shelter from all except NW winds. There are numerous

fish traps in the bay. Pilots can be obtained at Cebu or at Cagayan de Oro. 

8.9 Pulauan (8°38'N., 123°24'E.), on the SW side of

Dapitan Bay, is located 0.75 mile SE of Boton Point. The pier

at Pulauan is 55m long with a depth of 8.8m at its head. A light

is shown from Pulauan. It is the loading port for Dipolog and

Dapitan. 

8.9 Dapitan (8°39'N., 123°25'E.) is situated at the head of the bay

on what is virtually an island formed by the two mouths of the

Dapitan River. With a smooth sea, small craft can cross the bar at

HW. Two pyramidal spires of the church at Dapitan are prominent. 

8.9 There is anchorage, from 0.4 to 0.6 mile offshore, with Dapitan Church bearing 092°, in a depth of 6.4m, but anchorage

may be obtained in any part of Dapitan Bay. 

8.9 Tagolo Point (8°44'N., 123°23'E.), 30m high, is located

about 5 miles N of Boton Point. A narrow steep-to reef fringes

the point, with wooded slopes rising inland. 

8.9 The tidal currents are very strong off the point, setting either

E or W. A light marks Tagolo Point. Tidal currents set E and W

at a considerable rate off Tagolo Point. 

Mindanao—North Coast

8.10 Between Tagolo Point and Sulauan Point, about 66

miles ESE, the coast trends about 23.5 miles ESE and then recedes about 26 miles S to form Iligan Bay, the largest bay on

the N coast of Mindanao. Panguil Bay is the shoal arm extending about 18 miles SW from the head of Iligan Bay; a number

of small bays and coves indent the shores of Iligan Bay. 

8.10 A coastal plain of varying width rises to high, rugged, wooded mountains. Between Sulauan Point and Bagacay Point,

about 28 miles NE, the coast is indented about 12 miles SE by

Macajalar Bay. Northward of the E shore of the bay heavilywooded mountains reach an elevation of 914m. 

8.10 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents appear to be very

weak along the coast and the currents follow the direction of

the wind in both monsoons. The tidal currents set SE from the

S end of Negros Island toward Tagolo Point and Silla Point. 

8.10 Caution.—Seaward of the 200m curve, which follows the

general trend of the coast from 0.25 mile to 3 miles offshore,

the only dangers are Iligan Reef and Alutaya Reef. 

8.11 Iligan Reef (8°39'N., 123°52'E.), lying about 7.8

miles ENE of Polo Point (8°36'N., 123°45'E.), is a dangerous

reef consisting of coral and white sand; it has a least depth of

2.7m. 

8.11 Silino Island (8°51'N., 123°25'E.) is a low, flat, wooded island lying about 8 miles NNE of Tagolo Point. 

8.11 A steep-to reef which is narrow on the E side extends about

0.3 mile from the W side of the island. 

8.11 Depths of less than 183m prevail as far as 2 miles from Silino Island. 

8.11 A depth of 12.8m was reported to lie 1.5 miles NNW of Silino Island. 

8.12 Between Tagolo Point and Silla Point (8°42'N.,

123°30'E.), the coast trends ESE for about 6 miles and thence

NE for about 2 miles to Silla Point, forming a reef-fringed bay. 

8.12 The head of the bay W of Silla Point is fringed by a wide

coral reef, through which a passage leads to Cavite village on

the W shore. Mount Silla, 292m high, is located 0.75 mile S of

Silla Point; it is prominent from E or W. 

8.12 Murcielagos Bay, entered between Silla Point and Bulalo

Point (8°40'N., 123°35'E.), 5.5 miles ESE, is encumbered by

numerous coral reefs and shoals, through which are several

channels where small vessels may obtain sheltered anchorage. 

8.12 With light and smooth sea, the edges of reefs fringing the

passage may be seen. The W and S shores are hilly, rising gradually to the mountains inland. 

8.12 A channel in the W part of the bay leads to an anchorage

near the N end of Sinipay Daco Island, 2 miles S of Silla Point. 

8.12 Directions.—When proceeding to the anchorage off Sinipay

Daco Island, steer for Mount Canim (8°39'N., 123°28'E.),

334m high, located 4 miles SSW of Silla Point, bearing 232°,

until Mount Silla bears 293°, to clear the bank extending E

from Latungon Point, 1 mile SSE of Silla Point. 

8.12 When Talulac Islet, lying 0.25 mile NW of the NW point of

Sinipay Daco Island, bears 234°, steer for it on that bearing until the W extremity of Sinipay Daco Island bears 207°. Then

steer 216°, which will lead to the anchorage, with the N point

of Sinipay Daco Island bearing 090°. 
220 Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 

Pub. 162

8.13 Baliango Bay, with Baliango (8°40'N., 123°36'E.)

standing near the NE corner of Murcielagos Bay, is a loading

port for copra. Large vessels or vessels without local knowledge should not enter the bay, as aids to navigation are unreliable and the charted coastline is reported to be difficult to

recognize. 

8.13 Anchorage.—Vessels usually anchor 0.5 mile NW of the

largest of the Cabgan Islands, located on the E side of Murcielagos Bay, in a depth of 35m, rocky bottom. 

8.13 During the Southwest Monsoon, a strong E set may be experienced at this anchorage. 

8.13 Directions.—When approaching the anchorage in Baliango

Bay from N or E, steer 182°. Pass 91m W of a can buoy marking the W edge of a bank, with depths of 0.5 to 10m, extending

0.75 mile W from the largest of the Cabgan Islands. 

8.13 The Cabgan Islands are connected with Bulalo Point

(8°40'N., 123°35'E.) by a drying reef. 

8.14 From Bulalo Point the coast trends E to Baliango

Point (8°40'N., 123°37'E.), then 4 miles ESE to Usucan Point. 

8.14 Polo Point (8°36'N., 123°45'E.) lies about 4.8 miles SE of

Usucan Point. 

8.14 The entire coast from Bulalo Point to Polo Point is backed by

a low plain and is fringed in places by a narrow steep-to reef. A

light is shown from Polo Point. 

8.14 Usucan Shoal (8°39'N., 123°42'E.), with a least depth of

2.7m, lies outside the 37m curve, 0.6 mile ENE of Usucan

Point. Langaran Shoal, with a least depth of 3.7m, lies close

offshore outside the 37m line, 1 mile SE of Usucan Shoal. 

8.14 The town of Plaridel is situated about midway between Usucan Point and Polo Point. During the Southwest Monsoon, anchorage can be taken, in 18.3m, with the bell tower in the town

bearing 182°, about 0.5 mile distant. The approach to this anchorage is encumbered by the two shoals described above. 

8.14 Inamucan Bay (8°36'N., 123°43'E.) lies about 1 mile SE of

Plaridel and is entered between two points, about 0.1 wide, between the reefs. 

8.14 Plaridel Light is shown from a structure standing 0.5 mile W

of Baubaon Point. 

8.14 Large vessels usually anchor outside the bay, in about 75m,

with the light on Polo Point bearing 129.5° and the pier in the

bay bearing 223.5°. 

Iligan Bay

8.15 Iligan Bay (8°30'N., 124°00'E.) is entered between

Polo Point, a low, flat point, and Initao Point, about 33 miles E;

the bay extends 25 miles S. The long narrow inlet of Port

Ozamiz, including Panquil Bay extend 22 miles farther SW

from the SW part of the bay. The W shore of the bay is low and

flat. 

8.15 The foothills begin to rise gradually from 1 to 2 miles inland

to a mountain range about 10 miles distant which parallel the

coast. The S and E shores of the bay are planted in coconuts. 

8.15 The interland is mostly wooded hills rising gradually from

the S shore to volcanic peaks about 1,219m high, some 13

miles inland. 

8.15 The bay is deep outside the 200m curve, which lies less than

3.5 miles off the W shore and less than 1.25 miles off the S and

E shores of the bay. 

The W side of Iligan Bay trends in a SSE direction from Polo Point to Tabu Point, 17.5 miles distant. 

8.15 The hills for a distance from 6 to 10 miles from the coast are

cultivated; there are many large trees on the uncleared portion.

The mountains are heavily wooded, and the peaks appear to be

very steep and the valleys are precipitous. 

8.15 Mount Ampiro (8°26'N., 123°38'E.), 771m high, rises

12.75 miles SW of Polo Point. 

8.15 Caution.—The dangers along this stretch of coast are all

contained within the charted 20m curve, with a few exceptions. 

8.15 A dangerous rock is charted about 0.3 mile offshore, 7.25

miles NNW of Tabu Point (8°20'N., 123°52'E.). A detached

reef lies 0.75 mile offshore, 2.25 miles N of Tabu Point. 

8.16 Polo Bay, lying between Polo Point and Silanga

Point (8°33'N., 123°46'E.), 2.5 miles SSE, is encumbered by

reefs. 

8.16 Capayas Islet, covered with bushes about 1.5m high, lies on

the coastal reef in the mouth of the bay. Silanga Island, covered

with trees 18.3m high, lies on the coastal reef 0.5 mile SE of

Silanga Point. 

8.16 Layaban Point (8°31'N., 123°47'E.), located 2.5 miles SSE

of Silanga Point, is low, sandy, and bordered with densely

growing coconut trees, which give the point appearance of a

bluff when viewed from a distance. 

8.16 Papayan Bay is entered between Layaban Point and a point

0.75 mile S. The bay is fringed by a reef, awash, that extends

up to 0.4 mile offshore. 

8.16 Loboc Cove, an opening in the coastal reef, is located about

1 mile SSE of Papayan Bay. A shoal, with a depth of 25.6m,

lies 2 miles ENE of Loboc Cove. There is a pier at the head of

the cove, with a depth of 3.4m on its face and 6.1m on the N.

The final approach to the pier is through a narrow break in the

reef and is navigable only by very small vessels. 

8.17 Oroquieta (8°29'N., 123°49'E.), the capital of Misamis Occidental Province, one of the largest towns in Iligan

Bay, is situated 0.75 mile SSE of Loboc Cove on the N side of

the mouth of the Oroquieta River. 

8.17 The buildings of the town are conspicuous from northward.

The church standing W of the river’s mouth is ornamental, and

is easily made out from seaward. 

8.17 Anchorage, sheltered from S and W, but exposed to the

Northeast Monsoon, can be taken about 0.3 mile offshore, in

27m, mud, good holding ground, with the church bearing 215°. 

8.17 Simio Point (8°28'N., 123°49'E.), located 0.75 mile SE of

the mouth of the Oroquieta River, is low, sandy, and covered

with coconut trees. 

8.17 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 7.3m, close N of the

mouth of the San Vicente River, which discharges 1 mile S of

Simio Point. 

8.17 Balaring Point, 3.25 miles SSE of Simio Point, is sandy and

bordered by mangroves and nipa palms. 

8.17 The coastal reef for 4 miles S of Balaring Point does not extend more than 0.5 mile offshore, but for the next 2.5 miles it

extends up to 1 mile offshore. 

8.18 Jimenez (8°20'N., 123°50'E.) (World Port Index No.

59670) is situated about 1 mile inland, 5.75 miles S of Balaring

Point. It may be identified by a prominent white stone church
Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 221

Pub. 162

with a square tower and dome, visible through the trees fronting the town. 

8.18 The Palilan River enters the bay E of Jimenez; there is a

shallow bar fronting the entrance. A black metal warehouse

stands 0.25 mile S of the river entrance, and marks the position

of a small lighterage pier extending 0.1 mile offshore, with a

depth of 4.6m at its head. 

8.18 It has been reported that shoaling has occurred and that a

heavy swell sometimes reaches the pier during the Northeast

Monsoon. Four prominent white tanks stand on the N side of

the root of the pier. 

8.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for berthing and unberthing and is reported available during daylight hours only. The

pilot boards about 10.7 mile SE of JOMI Pier in position

8°19.4'N, 123°51.7'E. 

8.18 The coast in the vicinity of Jimenez is fringed by a bank

which extends 0.25 mile offshore. It is fronted by Poricos Reef

and Madre Reef and other reefs, mostly awash, which are usually well defined and easy to distinguish. 

8.18 These reefs provide a sheltered anchorage in front of the

town. 

8.18 Directions.—To approach this anchorage a vessel, from a

position with Tabu Point Light bearing 285°, distant 2 miles,

steer 270° which leads about 0.2 mile S of the reef 0.3 mile SE

of Tabu Point. When the light bears 340°, alter course N and

pass from 91 to 137m E of Tabu Point and then, after rounding

the point, steer for the anchorage. 

8.19 From Tabu Point (8°20'N., 123°52'E.) the W coast of

Iligan Bay trends 10.5 miles S to Ozamiz. This coast is low,

with shores of sand and mangroves; most of the coast is fringed

by coral. There are isolated shoals that lie between the 20 and

200m curves. 

8.19 A T-headed private pier owned by JOMI of Jiminez, stands

about 0.1 mile SW of Tabu Point. The pier extends about 130m

from the shore. In 1990, it was reported that the head of the

pier, 40m long and 12m wide, had a depth of 11m alongside its

outer face. Two dolphins off each end of the T-head provide a

mooring length of 200m. 

8.19 A factory and large warehouse stand at the SW side of the

root of the pier, with two conspicuous tanks close NE of the

pier. 

8.19 Range lights are shown, in line bearing 307°. The front range

is on the SW end of the pier head and the rear from the top of a

water tank. They lead to the pier, clear of all dangers. 

8.19 There is anchorage 0.1 mile SE of Tabu Point, in a depth of

22m. The anchorage should be approached with the SW end of

the T-headed pier bearing 307°. When Tabu Point Light bears

328°, it should be steered for on that bearing, anchoring when

the head of the pier, or at night, the front range light, bears

238°. 

8.19 Tidal currents set N and S in the approach to the pier or anchorage and must be guarded against. 

8.19 It is reported that vessels up to 25,000 dwt, with a maximum

length of 180m and a maximum draft of 10m, can be accommodated. Copra expellers and coconut oil are exported. 

8.19 Fresh water is available in limited quantities. 

8.20 Balicaocao Point (8°14'N., 123°52'E.), about 5.5

miles S of Tabu Point, is sandy and bordered with coconut

trees. A chain of reefs, part of them dry, extend from 1 mile S

of Tabu Point to within 0.5 mile NE of Balicaocao Point. The

outer edge of these reefs, which are steep-to, lie about 1.5

miles offshore. Shoals,with depths of 2.7m and 4m, lie 0.4 mile

E and 0.7 mile SE, respectively, of the point. 

8.20 Loculan Point, located about 1.5 miles S of Balicaocao

Point, is low and sandy. The village of Clarin (Loculan) lies

close W of the point, and the mouth of the Loculan River lies

about 0.3 mile N of the point. 

8.20 Anchorage can be taken 0.4 mile E of Loculan Point, in a

depth of 11m, sand. 

8.20 Loculan Shoals consists of two groups, lying from 0.5 to

1.75 miles from the W shore, midway between Loculan Point

and Opol Point, 2.5 miles S. The W shoal has a dangerous

wreck lying close NW of it.

8.20 The W group consists of sand and rock, parts of which dry;

trunks of trees may often be seen on these shoals. 

8.20 The E group, with depths from 0.9 to 2.1m, lie 0.5 mile E of

the W group, with a deep channel between. A lighted buoy

marks the E side of the shallowest patch of this group. 

Port Ozamiz (8°08'N., 123°51'E.)

World Port Index No. 59680

8.21 Port Ozamiz, also known as Port Misamis, lies with

its entrance between Loculan Point and Binuni Point, low and

wooded, 9 miles E. The shores are low and fringed with mangroves, but N of Ozamiz City, the site of the main piers, on the

W shore, there is an extensive sandy beach, and S of the city on

the opposite shore, there are high hills. Port Ozamiz is a Port of

Entry. 

8.21 Wind—Weather.—The port is sheltered from all directions

except NE, but winds rarely exceed force 6. There is some rainfall the year around, but more falls during the Southwest Monsoon. Port Ozamiz is a recommended typhoon refuge. 

8.21 Tides—Currents.—About 1 mile E of Misamis Point the

tidal currents set either NE or SW; the maximum rate is reported to be about 4 knots. The ebb current sets E across the head

of the pier at Ozamiz City. 

8.21 In the approach to the pier at Migcaniguing Point, on the E

side of Port Ozamiz, the tidal current sets SW on the rising tide

and NE on the falling tide. In the vicinity of the pier they set

more E and W. In the vicinity of the pier the rate is estimated to

be about 0.8 knot. Strong currents of 4 to 5 knots were reported

in the outer anchorage areas, and the same year about 2 knots

was reported in the vicinity of the pier. 

8.21 The mean tidal range is about 0.9m and the diurnal range is

about 1.4m. 

8.21 Depths—Limitations.—The main concrete pier at Ozamiz

extends 67m SSW from the S side of Misamis Point; it has an

extension 15m in length, and a 30m long arm extends W from

the center of the pier. 

8.21 There were depths from 3 to 4.3m alongside the W side of

the main pier. There were also depths from 3 to 3.7m alongside

the N side of the arm, and from 3.7 to 5.5m alongside the S

side, with 7.3m off the head. Inter-island vessels berth on either

side of the pier. 

8.21 When approaching alongside, care must be taken to avoid an

underwater obstruction, the outer end of which lies 115m E of
222 Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 

Pub. 162

the pierhead. It extends NNW to the shore and is entirely submerged at HW. 

8.21 The port has 2 reinforced concrete general purpose piers for

foreign and domestic dry bulk and general cargoes as well as

passengers. 

8.21 Pier No. 1 has a length of 167m, with a depth of 5.2m alongside. 

8.21 Pier No. 2 has a length of 81m, with depth of 5.2m alongside. 

8.21 A stone mole extends 80m SE from the shore, near the old

fort at Misamis Point. A small pier stands between the mole

and the main pier. 

8.21 A timber pier, 175m in length, stands close E of Migcaniguing Point. There were depths on the E side from 7.6m at the

head, decreasing to 6.1m, about 255m from the head. On the W

side there were depths of 8.2m at the head, decreasing to 7.3m

about 128m from the head. The pier must be approached with

caution as the submerged remains of an old pier extends about

61m beyong the head. 

8.21 Land reclamation for the development of back-up areas and

the construction of a 135m reinforced concrete wharf with a

rock bulkhead are underway.

8.21 Aspect.—On the NW side of Ozamiz City, Mount Malindang rises to a height of 2,425m. It is the highest peak of a

mountain range, and is situated about 13 miles W of Loculan

Point. Ozamiz City is easily distinguished by its numerous

buildings. 

8.21 The old fort standing on Misamis Point 0.5 mile SE of the

city is marked by a light; a water tower painted aluminum

stands 0.2 mile NW of the light. A large isolated metal-roofed

building stands 1 mile NW of the light and Bucagan Hill, 96m

high, stands 1.5 miles WSW of the city. 

8.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is recommended

because of the dangers in the approach and the strong tidal currents. Pilots may be obtained from Ozamiz City or from Manila or Cebu City. The pilot will embark in the vicinity of No. 2

buoy, which will be lit on advance notice of nighttime arrival. 

8.21 Anchorage.—Deep-draft vessels can anchor, in 18.3m, 0.7

mile ESE of Misamis Point. Vessels with a lighter draft may

anchor 0.3 mile SSW of the point, in a depth of 7 to 9m. There

is anchorage, in a depth of 8m, 0.75 mile NNE of Migcaniguing Point. 

8.21 Directions.—Port Ozamiz should be approached with caution and in daylight only. From a position about 6 miles NE of

Misamis Point, steer course 193° on the alignment of the lighted beacons on Migcaniguing Point, pass close E of No. 2 buoy

and W of a 4.6m patch, 0.4 mile E. 

8.21 Two prominent oil tanks stand close E of the leading lights.

If bound for Ozamiz City, alter course to 226° when Ozamiz

Light bears 235°. If the vessel is proceeding to the anchorage

or pier near Migcaniguing Point, hold the 193° course to the

pier or anchorage as desired. 

8.21 Caution.—Narvaez Shoal, with a least depth of 0.9m, and

Panguilinan Shoals, with a least depth of 2.1m, lie on the E

side of the approach to Port Ozamiz, 4 and 2.5 miles NNE, respectively, of Migcaniguing Point. Pasil Shoal, with depths of

0.3 to 5.5m, is an extensive shoal which lies about 1.5 miles

NW of Migcaniguing Point. 

8.22 Panguil Bay (8°01'N., 123°44'E.), a continuation of

Port Ozamiz, is a shallow bay about 10 miles in length from

NE to SW and has a width of about 4 miles. 

8.22 It is bordered by nipa palms backed by mangroves and fish

traps are numerous in the bay. Most commerce between the

towns scattered along the shores of the bay is conducted by

sailboats and small launches. 

8.22 Pasnguil Bay Light is shown close S of Jandadalao Point. 

From Binuni Point (8°12'N., 124°01'E.), the E entrance of

Port Ozamiz, the coast trends in an E direction to the Agus

River, about 10 miles distant. 

8.22 The coast is backed by heavily wooded hills that rise a short

distant inland, and is fringed by a reef which extends as far as

0.5 mile offshore. There are a number of small rivers traversing

the narrow coastal plain. 

8.22 The Agus River flows into the SE corner of Iligan Bay. It is

an outlet for a mountain lake that lies about 14 miles S. The

mouth of the river is fronted by a bar, with a depth of 1.2m at

LW. A tank, painted aluminum color and standing 0.75 mile S

of the mouth of the Agus River, has been reported to be a good

landmark. 

From the Agus River, the coast trends about 3.3 miles NE to

Iligan, then N 19.5 miles to Initao Point, the E entrance point to

Iligan Bay. 

8.23 Camp Overton (8°12'N., 124°12'E.), an abandoned

military post, located about 1 mile NE of the mouth of the

Agus River, is now the site of considerable industrial development. Large buildings which are prominent from seaward included the chimneys of a steel mill, a fertilizer factory with a

tower, and a tank. 

8.23 There is a pier at Camp Overton of concrete construction

with a T-head; depth alongside is 5.5m. A wooden pier stands

about 0.8 mile E of the T-head pier, with a depth of 3.7m at its

head. 

8.23 An offshore berth capable of taking up to 20,000 grt oil tankers, consists of three mooring buoys. It is situated 0.2 mile NW

of the T-head pier and is connected to the shore by a submarine

pipeline. 

8.23 The berth is suitable for ships up to 175m long with a draft

of 9.75m. Ships secure to one buoy ahead and two astern. The

berth is closed from mid-November to mid-February due to adverse weather conditions. 

8.23 Iligan Steel Mill Pier, 230m long, lies about 1.3 miles E of

the T-head pier at Camp Overton. The pier is of steel and concrete construction. There are depths of 10m alongside its E side

and 6.1m alongside its W side. 

8.23 A 160-ton fixed leg crane is mounted on the offshore end of

the pier. The pier can be identified by a steel furnace on the W

side and four oil tanks on the E side. It was reported that the

pier could accommodate vessels up to 229m in length and a

draft of 11m. 

Iligan (8°14'N., 124°14'E.)

World Port Index No. 59700

8.24 Iligan, an important port, stands at the mouth of the

Iligan River, 2 miles NE of Camp Overton. The city’s importance has increased because of the many power projects in the

vicinity. 
Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 223

Pub. 162

8.24 Tides—Currents.—The mean range of tides is about 0.8m

and the diurnal range is about 1.5m. The tidal currents on the

ebb set N across the piers. They are especially strong when the

Iligan River is in flood. 

8.24 Depths—Limitations.—There are three concrete piers. The

two S piers, about 91m apart, are each 96m long. The S pier

has a controlling depth of 13.1m at its seaward end and 3.7m

midway along its length on either side. The middle pier has a

controlling depth of 9.1m at its head and 1.8m midway along

its length. Vessels over 30m in length and drawing more than

4m forward should not attempt to berth on the sides of these

two piers. 

8.24 The N pier, standing 0.1 mile NE of Iligan City Light, has

been reconstructed to form a wharf 240m in length and 15m

wide, with a depth of 7.6m alongside. 

8.24 It was reported (1993) that vessels of 23,000 grt with a draft

of 10.7m could be accommodated. 

8.24 Fresh water is available at the S and N piers. Fuel oil and gas

oil are available by road tanker, with prior notice. 

8.24 Aspect.—The cross on the dome of the church is conspicuous. At night the numerous lights of the electric plant, 3 miles

SW of Iligan, are prominent as is a building standing on a 45m

hill 0.75 mile SE of the church. High Peak, 521m high, rises

2.75 miles SE of the city. 

8.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots will meet the vessels 1 mile NW of the piers. Vessels from foreign ports intending to dock at private piers must first anchor. 

8.24 Domestic vessels may berth at any time, day or night, but

foreign-going vessels must berth during daylight hours. 

8.24 Anchorage.—Anchorage is not recommended due to the

deep water near the fringing reef. Vessels waiting to berth can

obtain temporary anchorage, in 48m, about 500m W of Iligan

Light. During the Northeast Monsoon, vessels can find sheltered anchorage in Quinalang Cove, about 3 miles NNE. 

8.25 Quinalang Point (8°16'N., 124°15'E.), 2 miles NNE

of Iligan is the S entrance point to Quinalang Cove. The Mandulog River flows into the bay close N of Quinalang Point. 

8.25 The village of Santa Filomena (Mandulog) stands on the

shore close NE of the river mouth. A pier, 90m in length, is situated near Santa Filomena. Pile clusters and mooring dolphins

stand W and E of the head, forming a T-head. 

8.25 Caution must be used as the piles are loose, the pier weak,

and the local labor inexperienced in line handling. 

8.25 The shore of Quinalang Point, for a distance of 1.25 miles N

of the river’s mouth, is low and comprised of a swamp with

dense growth. 

8.25 Three parallel concrete piers extend S from the N end of

Quinalang Cove, 1.5 miles NNE of Quinalang Point. The W

pier has a depth of 10.7m at its head. The other two piers are Theaded. The W T-head pier has a depth of 4.9m along its seaward face and the E T-head pier has a depth of 7m alongside its

seaward face. A wharf, 93m long, lies between the W pier and

the T-head piers. It has a least depth of 4.6m alongside. 

8.25 These three piers serve the grain silo, the bulk copra loading

berth, and the bulk cement loading berth. 

8.25 It is reported that vessels of 183m length can berth at the

grain and copra berths, with depths of 12.2m and 9.8m alongside. The cement berth is reported capable of accommodating

vessels of 25,000 grt. The Coconut Oil Berth was reported to

accommodate vessels having a draft of 13.7m. 

8.25 The conspicuous white chimney of a cement factory, where

there is a small pier, stands near the coast, 0.3 mile SE of the

above concrete piers. 

8.25 It is reported that a berth for loading coconut oil and coconut

products, with a depth alongside of about 11m at LW, is situated N of Santa Filomena. 

8.26 From Quinalang Cove, the coast trends in a NNE direction to Manticao Point, about 5.5 miles distant, thence about

5 miles farther NNE to Naawan Head (8°28'N., 124°17'E.).

Naawan Head can be identified by its low cliff face. A narrow

steep-to reef extends about 0.3 mile offshore along this coast. 

8.26 The Talabaan River flows into the bay 1.5 miles S of Naawan

Head; the village of Naawan lies on the S side of the river.

There is anchorage 0.6 mile offshore, SW of the mouth of the

river, in a depth of 73m, good holding ground. The anchorage

is used at times to load ore. 

8.26 Initao Point (8°33'N., 124°19'E.), the E entrance point of

Iligan Bay, is about 5.3 miles NNE of Naawan Head. 

8.26 The intervening shore consists of a series of cliffs interspersed with short sandy beaches. Initao Point is wooded and

undercut by wave action. The coast is fringed by a narrow

steep-to reef. 

8.26 The village of Initao sits at the head of Initao Bay, about 2.8

miles SSE of Initao Point. Anchorage for vessels calling at Initao may be taken in the bay W of the city, in a depth of 5.5m. 

8.26 Sulauan Point (8°37'N., 124°29'E.) is situated 10.5 miles

NE of Initao Point. The coast between these two points consists of a series of cliffs interspersed with sandy beaches. Sulauan Point is low and wooded. 

Macajalar Bay

8.27 Macajalar Bay (8°34'N., 124°37'E.) is entered between Sulauan Point on the W and Gorda Point, 16.75 miles

ENE. The W shore of the bay is low and fringed by steep-to

coral reefs. 

8.27 At the head of the bay, grass-covered hills rise about 1 mile

inland, to elevations of more than 460m. 

8.27 The E shore is higher and consists of sand beaches separated

by low, rocky points. Several rivers, which are navigable by

boats, flow into the bay. 

8.27 The 20m curve lies close to the edge of the reef fringing the

shores of the bay. The shoal fringing Macabalan Point, near the

head of the bay, was reported to have extended at least 91m farther NE than charted. 

8.27 Alutaya Reef (8°41'N., 124°41'E.), lying in the NE part of

the bay, consists of a patch of sand and rocks which uncovers. 

8.27 The passage between the reef and shore is about 2.5 miles

wide between the 20m curves. 

8.28 The SW side of Macajalar Bay extends in a SE direction from Sulauan Point to Cagayan de Oro at the head of the

bay. The shore, in general, is backed by grass covered hills. 

8.28 Alubijid Bay (8°36'N., 124°29'E.), close S of Sulauan Point,

is a loading place for the chromite ore mined in the vicinity. A

privately owned pier, with a depth of 4.2m alongside, is located

near the head of the bay. 
224 Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 

Pub. 162

8.28 A church that is prominent from the offing stands close inland 3.5 miles SE of Alubijid Bay. 

8.28 Molugan Point (Malugan Point) is fringed by a reef, which

partly dries, that extends 0.75 miles offshore. 

8.28 Opol (8°31'N., 124°35'E.), a small town 8 miles SE of Sulauan Point, lies close S of Molugan Point. Chrome ore is usually loaded into lighters from a pier which has a depth of 5.2m

alongside. 

8.28 The water off Opol is too deep for vessels to anchor. An anchorage, exposed to the Northeast Monsoon, is available N of

Molugan Point, with the church in the village of Molugan

(Malugan) bearing 180°, in a depth of 30 to 33m. 

Cagayan de Oro (8°30'N., 124°39'E.)

World Port Index No. 59710

8.29 Cagayan de Oro, situated 2 miles inland on the E bank

of the Cagayan River in the SW part of Macajalar Bay, is an

important commercial center. It is a Port of Entry. 

8.29 Port Authority is Philippine Ports Authority, Port of Cagayan

de Oro Port Manager, Macabalan, Cagayan de Oro City, Philippines. 

8.29 Winds—Weather.—During the Southwest Monsoon, the

harbor is sheltered from the prevailing winds, but it is exposed

during the Northeast Monsoon. 

8.29 The dry season which is short, lasts only 1 to 3 months, usually occurring from February to April. 

8.29 There is no period of a pronounced maximum rainfall reported. 

8.29 Tides—Currents.—The mean tidal range is about 0.8m.

The tide becomes diurnal around the time of the moon’s maximum N and S declination. The diurnal range is about 1.3m.

High and LW occurs 15 minutes earlier than at Cebu. 

8.29 The tidal currents are weak in Macajalar Bay. 

8.29 Depths—Limitations.—The approach to the port is deep

and clear of dangers with the exception of Alutaya Reef. 

8.29 Port Cagayan de Ore has been constructed for the import and

export of container freight and timber. 

8.29 The port is reported (1996) to have 11 berths, which can handle general cargo, break-bulk, containers, ro-ro, and liquid bulk

cargo. Alongside depths vary between 8.5 and 13m.

8.29 Aspect.—The buildings and wharf at Cagayan de Oro are

prominent. Two radio towers stand 0.5 mile SW of the light on

Macabalan Point, and a silo stands 0.5 mile farther SW. 

8.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels anchoring in the stream, docking, or undocking. Pilotage is optional for vessels leaving the anchorage. Pilots will embark

0.75 mile E of Macabalan Point or off the wharf. 

8.29 Anchorage.—The usual anchorage for vessels not proceeding alongside is 0.1 mile SE of the wharf, in depths of 33 to

55m. 

8.29 Directions.—Vessels from NW can pass about 4.5 miles E

of Sulauan Point and steer for a position about 1 mile NE of

Macabalan Point, then to the anchorage area. 

8.29 Vessels from N or E, after clearing Alutaya Reef, can steer

for a position about 0.2 mile E of Macabalan Point, then anchor, or go alongside the wharf, in daylight only. 

8.29 Caution.—Two below-water wrecks lie together about 60m

off the middle of the main wharf. 

8.30 A prominent red-roofed house stands on the S shore

of the bay, in a position 3.5 miles ESE of Macabalan Point. 

8.30 A conveyor-belt pier was reported to be in operation at Agusan, 4.5 miles ESE of Macabalan Point. The pier appears to be

capable of handling large vessels. There is a mill and a cupola

standing near the pier. 

8.30 Bugo (8°31'N., 124°45'E.) (World Port Index No. 59720),

the site of a cannery, stands in the SE corner of Macajalar Bay. 

8.30 There are two piers at Bugo, 90m apart, and faced with dolphins, which provide berths for deep-draft vessels. The pier

heading is N and S. 

8.30 The S pier, a T-headed wooden main pier, is 61m long, with

a least depth of 10.1m alongside. Pile clusters at either end of

the pier give a total berthing length of 183m. The pier was reported to be 121m long. Vessels usually berth port side to. A

wreck, awash, is reported to lie close S of the pier. 

8.30 The N pier, which is L-shaped, has a berthing face 20m long

and a controlling depth of 7.9m alongside. It was reported that

the berthing face of each pier was to be joined to extend the

berthing area. A dangerous wreck lies 91m NE of the N end of

the pier. 

8.30 An oil installation, consisting of three mooring bollards and

a floating pipeline, is situated N of the piers. 

8.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and may be obtained

from Cagayan de Oro or by prior arrangement with the cannery

company at Bugo. The pilots embark 0.5 mile off the piers, farther out if awaiting a berth. 

8.30 There is anchorage 0.2 mile W of the piers, in depths of 55 to

73m, or 0.5 mile NW of the piers, with a good holding ground,

in a depth of 42m. 

8.31 Gorda Point (8°42'N., 124°45'E.), the NE entrance

point of Macajalar Bay, is located 12 miles N of Bugo. It is a

conspicuous steep-to promontory with wooded slopes and a

flat crown. The point can be easily identified from any part of

the bay. 

8.31 A pier, 50m long with a depth of 9.1m alongside, is situated

1.5 miles NW of Bugo. 

8.31 The Tagoloan River discharges into the bay about 2.5 miles

N of Bugo. The bar at the river mouth is shallow, and outside

the depths are too great to provide anchorage. The holding

ground is poor. 

8.31 An L-shaped pier, with a depth of 6.1m, is situated at the

town of Tagoloan, about 1.3 miles within the mouth of the

Tagoloan River. 

8.31 A 3.6m shoal, marked by privately maintained buoys, lies 2

miles NNE of the N entrance point of the Tagoloan River. 

8.32 Villanueva (8°35'N., 124°46'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59725), about 2.5 miles NNE of the N entrance point of

the Tagoloan River, has an ore terminal. The terminal consists

of a wharf constructed on piles about 400m long in a 050°-

230° direction. 

8.32 The outer side of the wharf has depths of 23 to 29m and is

capable of accommodating 350,000 dwt bulk ore carriers.

There is a quay for medium sized vessels close NE of the main

berth. 

8.32 Loading of iron ore is by means of a conveyor system; the

discharge of iron ore is carried out with the use of two gantry
Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 225

Pub. 162

cranes. Reported loading and discharge rates are 4,500 tons per

hour and 25,000 tons per day, respectively. 

8.32 Tugs and some lighters are available. Fresh water is reported

to be available. Fuel oil and diesel oil can be supplied by road

tanker. No repair facilities are available. 

8.32 Lighted buoys, privately maintained, mark the dangers in the

approach to the main berth. 

8.32 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing. Movements are only by

day. Pilots are available at Cagayan de Oro, and are reported to

board about 4 miles N of that port. A boat or tug is used for

boarding and the pilot cab be contacted by VHF radio. 

8.32 There is anchorage, in depths of 70 to 80m, about 2 miles

NNW of the terminal. 

8.32 Cabulig Bay (8°38'N., 124°46'E.), situated 5.5 miles N of

the entrance to the Tagoloan River, affords anchorage close inshore during the Northeast Monsoon. There is a pier, about

94m long, with a depth of 7.6m at its head, situated at the village of Jasaan near the head of the bay. A church, which is conspicuous, stands in the village. 

8.32 Gorda Point lies 4 miles N of Cabulig Bay. 

8.33 Banbayan (8°46'N., 124°46'E.), about 4 miles NNE

of Gorda Point, is the N entrance point of Balingasag Bay. The

town of Balingasag stands at the head of the bay. There is a

church in the town, and a monument which stands on the beach

W of the town that is prominent. 

8.33 There is anchorage, in a depth of 16m, sand, 0.2 mile offshore in front of Balingasag. During the Southwest Monsoon,

there is better protected anchorage near the head of the bay in a

depth of 22m, mud, with the church bearing 005° and the N

tangent of Gorda Point bearing 265°. 

8.33 Between Banbayan Point and Bagacay Point, 12.5 miles N,

the terrain rises abruptly from a narrow coastal plain to heavily

wooded slopes reaching an elevation of 914m about 4 miles inland. 

8.33 The coast is fringed by a steep-to coral reef which dries in

places. Constancia Reef, with a depth of 0.5m, lies outside the

20m curve, 0.75 mile NW of Banbayan Point. A reef, with a

depth of 4.6m, lies outside the 20m curve, 6 miles NNE off the

same point. 

8.33 From Bagacay Point (8°59'N., 124°47'E.), the coast trends

in a general ENE direction about 6 miles to Sipaca Point. Steep

bluffs and cliffs rise abruptly from the shore in the vicinity of

Bagacay Point and it is fringed by a steep-to drying reef as far

as 0.5 mile offshore. 

8.33 Canauayon Islet (9°01'N., 124°51'E.), 33m high, lies 4.5

miles NE of Bagacay Point; it is connected to the mainland,

0.25 mile SE, by a reef which nearly dries. 

8.33 Canauayon Anchorage (9°01'N., 124°51'E.) is a small protected bay entered 0.15 mile W of the islet through a break in

the coastal reef. There is also anchorage for small vessels with

local knowledge, in depths of 14 to 17m, about 0.15 mile N of

a warehouse with a metal roof, standing in the W part of Baligoan village. The village is located on shore about 0.4 mile

SSE of Canauayon Islet. 

Camiguin Island

8.34 Camiguin Island (9°10'N., 124°43'E.), a high, steep

volcanic island, lies with its S extremity 6 miles N of Bagacay

Point. Mount Mambajao, a volcanic peak, rises to a height of

1,713m, near the center of the island. 

8.34 Mount Hibok Hibok, 1,332m high, is an active volcano located 3.5 miles NW of Mount Mambajao. The island is reported to be a good radar target at 18 miles. 

8.34 The entire island, except the upper mountain slopes, is cultivated. Above a height of 460m the mountains are heavily

wooded. 

8.34 The channel between Camiguin Island and the coast of Mindanao is clear of dangers. 

8.34 The island is steep-to, with the 20m curve lying less than

0.25 mile offshore. The S and W sides of the island are clear of

off-lying dangers, but there are several reefs and islets lying off

the N and E sides. 

8.35 Medano Islet (9°16'N., 124°39'E.) is a sand cay, 2m

high, with a few bushes, lying 1 mile NW of Agoho, on the

NW side of Camiguin Island. The fringing reef extends 0.5

mile off the entire islet. The channel between the islet and

Camiguin Island is deep and clear of dangers, however, tide

rips form 0.5 mile NW of the islet. 

8.35 Jigdup Reefs (9°16'N., 124°47'E.), with a depth of 1.2m,

lies 4 miles E of the light at Mambajao. 

8.35 Bulias Shoal is a small shoal, with a depth of 7.6m, located

4.75 miles SSE of Jigdup Reefs. Mantigui Islet is a low, wooded and sandy islet lying 1.5 miles S of Bulias Shoal that is

fringed by a reef that extends about 0.5 mile off its N side. 

8.36 Mambajao (9°15'N., 124°43'E.), the principal town

of Camiguin Island, stands at the N extremity of the island. 

8.36 The harbor consists of a break in the coastal reef which extends 0.1 mile to seaward on either side. There is a pier which

had reported depths on its W side from about 2.1 to 2.4m. The

E side of the pier is not usable. 

8.36 A light is shown at Mambajao. 

8.36 There is anchorage off Mambajao, in 33m, sand, with the

light bearing 204°, about 0.1 mile distant. 

8.36 Mahinog (9°09'N., 124°47'E.), a small town, is located on

the E side of Camiguin Island, 7.5 miles SSE of Mambajao.

The white tower of the church can be identified at a distance of

5 miles. There is anchorage off the town, in a depth of 27m,

sand. 

8.36 Binoni (9°08'N., 124°48'E.), standing 1 mile S of Mahinog,

is the second busiest port on the island. 

8.36 The L-shaped wharf has a berthing face 38m in length. There

were reported depths from about 8.5 to 10.4m along the S side.

The N face is foul. A wreck lies about 40m off the end of the

pier. 

8.36 A light is shown from a small point between Mahinog and

Binoni. 

8.36 Farol Point (9°05'N., 124°46'E.) is the S extremity of Camiguin Island. The tidal current S of this point is dangerous to

small vessels when the current sets against the wind. 

8.36 Sagay is a small town 3 miles NW of Farol Point. The white

church in the town is visible at a distance of 20 miles. Anchorage, sheltered only during the Northeast Monsoon, can be taken, in 22m, sand, with the N gable of the church bearing 002°. 

8.36 Catarman, one of the islands principal villages, is located

about 3 miles NW of Sagay. A 18m pier, with a depth of 3.7m

alongside, is situated at the village. 
226 Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 

Pub. 162

8.36 Catarman Point (9°13'N., 124°38'E.), about 6 miles NNW

of the village, is one of the few bluff points on the island.

Catarman Light is shown from this point. 

Gingoog Bay

8.37 Gingoog Bay (8°57'N., 125°06'E.) is entered between

Sipaca Point and Diuata Point, 20 miles ENE. Densely wooded

mountains rise to an elevation of 1,177m, a short distance inland, between Sipaca Point and Gingoog, 17.5 miles SE. The

shores of the bay are fringed with narrow steep-to coral reefs;

there are no charted dangers outside a distance of 1 mile offshore. 

8.37 Sipaca Point (9°01'N., 124°52'E.), located 1.75 miles ENE

of Canauayon Islet, is an excellent landmark and consists of a

bold conical hill rising from the water’s edge to an elevation of

267m, about 0.1 mile inland. It is separated from the mainland

by a mangrove swamp and appears as an island when viewed

from a distance. 

8.37 Talisayan (9°00'N., 124°53'E.), the principal town in Gingoog Bay, stands 1.25 miles SSE of the summit of Sipaca

Point. 

8.37 A detached coral shoal, 7.3m deep, lies 0.1 mile offshore. 

8.37 There is a deep channel between the shoal and the coastal

reef fronting the town. A pier, 165m in length, with a depth of

4m alongside its head, is situated in the town. 

8.37 There is anchorage, exposed to NE winds, close to the coastal reef N of Talisayan, in a depth of 37m. 

8.37 Small vessels sometimes anchor on the shoal patch, with Sipaca Point bearing 321° and a prominent metal-roofed building

near the beach bearing 237°. 

8.38 Medina (8°55'N., 125°02'E.) is a small harbor, situated on the S side of Medina Point, about 11 miles SE of Sipaca

Point. 

8.38 Depths—Limitations.—The N pier, which is government

owned, is T-headed, with a berthing face of 20m in length. Pile

clusters off either end provide a berth 122m in length. 

8.38 A vessel reported depths of 7.3 to 14.6m along the inboard

side. A privately-owned L-shaped pier is situated about 91m

SE of the government pier. The berth facing is 7m long, but

dolphins off the NE corner have increased the berth to take vessels of about 150m in length. Such a vessel, berthing starboard

side to, reported depths of 8.2 to 16.5m along the inboard side. 

8.38 A wreck, partly awash, lies on the N side of this pier. 

8.38 Aspect.—The town may be identified by several buildings

with metal roofs. A concrete tower 10m high stands near the

town. There are two piers here exposed to the Northeast Monsoon. 

8.38 Pilotage.—Pilotage is advisable for berthing and unberthing,

as coral heads encumber the inshore ends of the S pier. Pilots

can be obtained from Davao. Vessels should arrive during daylight only and berth starboard side to the head of the pier. Care

must be taken to keep the stern clear of the wreck, which is

awash. 

8.38 Anchorage.—Anchorage is not recommended on account of

deep water close offshore. 

8.39 Minlagas (8°53'N., 125°03'E.) is located about 2.5

miles SE of Medinas. 

8.39 There is a berth for loading copra pellets and coconut oil.

The berth consists of a concrete pierhead 6m in length, standing about 150m offshore. There are breasting and mooring dolphins on each side, providing a total berth length of 150m and

a mooring berth of 350m. 

8.39 The pier head supports a loading gantry and manifold, supplied by a conveyor system and pipeline from the shore installation. The depth alongside is reported to be 15m at MLLW. 

8.39 A smaller berth for the discharge of copra is situated about

70m N of the main berth. 

8.39 Pilotage is compulsory and pilots are obtained from Cagayan

de Oro, boarding from a canoe about 2 miles from the berth. 

8.39 There are no tugs or facilities for provisions, fresh water or

fuel. 

8.40 Lunao (8°51'N., 125°04'E.), a small timber-loading

town, is situated 5 miles SSE of Medina. The T-headed pier is

difficult to identify until well into Gingoog Bay; however, a

light is shown from the SE corner of the pier. 

8.40 The pier face is 61m long, there were depths of 9.1m at the S

end, decreasing to 5.8m at the N end. There are mooring posts

for securing bow and stern lines. The pier can be used by large

vessels. It is recommended that vessels berth starboard side-to

during the Southwest Monsoon and port side-to during the

Northeast Monsoon. The use of an anchor is recommended. A

pilot boards just off the pier. 

8.40 A 2.7m coral shoal lying 1 mile ESE of the pier is reported to

be clear of the approach. 

8.40 There is anchorage 0.2 mile off the pier at Lunao, in depths

of 30 to 55m. 

8.41 Gingoog (8°50'N., 125°06'E.) (World Port Index No.

59475) a town standing at the head of the bay in a position 2

miles SE of Lunao, is visible from seaward. There is a wooden

pier 152m long located at the town. A concrete tower, 10m

high, stands close W of the root of the pier. Pilotage is compulsory. 

8.41 Anchorage can be taken 0.25 mile N of the town, in a depth

of 27m. 

8.42 Anakan (8°51'N., 125°09'E.), the site of a lumber

camp, stands in a bight 3 miles ENE of Gingoog. Timber is

loaded at a pier or in the anchorage. 

8.42 The privately-owned L-shaped pier has a controlling depth

of 8.2m, alongside. The berthing space was reported to be

183m long, with a depth of 9.8m alongside. 

8.42 A pair of beacons, in range bearing 132°, are secured to trees

on the hillside, but they are difficult to distinguish beyond 1.5

miles distance. The E peak of a low ridge of hills behind the

beacons, bearing 132°, serves as a guide from a distance. 

8.42 Pilots are not available, but a representative from the timber

mill will board 1.5 miles offshore. 

8.42 There is anchorage NW of the pier, in a depth of 73m, good

holding ground, with Gingoog bearing 243°. 

8.42 There are numerous logs adrift in the vicinity of Anakan,

some of them large enough to damage a ship’s propeller. The

approach should be made in daylight. 

8.42 Odiongan (8°51'N., 125°10'E.), a village at the mouth of the

Odiongan River, is situated on the SE shore of the bay, 1 mile E

of Anakan. 
Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 227

Pub. 162

8.42 There is anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge

on a ridge of sand and coral, N of the E side of the entrance to

the river. Larger vessels may anchor 0.2 mile offshore, in a

depth of 37m. 

8.42 The E side of Gingoog Bay, from Odiongan to Linugos, 10.5

miles N, is fringed by a narrow steep-to drying reef. 

8.43 Linugos (9°01'N., 125°11'E.) is a small town which

stands on the N side of the mouth of the Linugos River. 

8.43 The coastal plain, less than 0.5 mile in width, is backed by a

ridge which quickly rises to a height of over 305m. 

8.43 A break in the coastal reef, about 0.3 mile wide off Linugos,

affords good anchorage, sheltered from NE winds, in 13m,

sand and mud. Between Linugos and Diuata Point, about 5

miles N, the terrain rises steeply from the shore, with some

cliffs. In this area a narrow steep-to drying reef fringes the

shore. 

8.43 Diuata Point (9°06'N., 125°13'E.), low and densely wooded,

rises to a height of 355m, 3 miles S. 

Butuan Bay

8.44 Butuan Bay (9°07'N., 125°27'E.), entered between

Diuata Point and the entrance to the Tubay River, 19 miles

ENE, is open and clear of dangers. 

8.44 Vessels can proceed directly from the entrance to any part of

the bay. Pilotage is compulsory and at Masao. 

8.44 The ports of Butuan, Masao, Nasipit, and Surigao are administered by the Philippine Ports Authority, Port Management

Unit, Agusan del Norte. 

8.44 The port limits extend from Diuata Point to NE of Surigao

and include the islands of Siargao and Dinagat. 

8.44 Nasipit Harbor (9°00'N., 125°20'E.) is located about 10

miles SE of Diuata Point. The harbor is formed by an opening

between bluff rocky headlands 0.5 mile apart. 

8.45 Nasipit (8°59'N., 125°20'E.) (World Port Index No.

59345), a timber port of some importance, stands on the E side

of the harbor. 

8.45 Vessels up to 170m long and 7.6m draft can be accommodated. 

8.45 Tides—Currents.—The spring tides rise about 1.2m, and

neaps about 0.8m. The LWS tides can fall as much as 0.5m below chart datum. There is a rather strong tidal current which

sets in a S direction during the rising tide and in a N direction

during the falling tide. 

8.45 Depths—Limitations.—The reef, on the W side, extends

about 700m N from the W entrance point; the reef, which partially dries and shows plainly on a clear day, is marked by a

buoy on its SE edge. A small restricted area is established

about 274m SW of this buoy. The fringing reef on the E side

outside the entrance extends about 183m offshore. A buoy is

moored about 183m NE of the E entrance point; a beacon

stands close W of the same position. 

8.45 The timber mill pier has a T-head 140m long, extending in a

NNW direction, with a depth of 13.4m alongside. The pier face

is 85m from shore. There are two dolphins off the inner face of

the N arm of the T-head. The berth can accommodate vessels

168m in length. Vessels usually berth starboard side-to. 

8.45 Another pier, for loading copra, extends 183m W from the

shore in the SE part of the harbor. It has a 64m long berthing

head, with a depth of 6.4m alongside, although depths of 7 to

7.9m alongside have been reported. A mooring buoy is laid

183m S of the pierhead. 

8.45 The International Port at Nasipit has a berth 299m in length,

with a depth of 6m alongside, for container, general, and ro-ro

traffic. There are also facilities for handling petroleum products. 

8.45 Aspect.—A large timber mill stands on reclaimed land on

the E entrance point. The cross on the church in the town, the

timber mill’s pier, the buildings, and the black chimney of the

timber mill are prominent from seaward. 

8.45 A conical kiln 24m high and two black oil tanks stand on the

E side of the harbor. 

8.45 Pilotage.—Pilotage in Nasipit Harbor is compulsory and it

is recommended that a pilot be used due to changing harbor

conditions and the numerous log rafts within the harbor. 

8.45 Anchorage.—Large vessels can take anchorage, in depths of

37 to 46m, sand and mud, about 0.5 mile offshore close E of

the harbor entrance. 

8.45 The S shore of Butuan Bay, between Nasipit and the Agusan

River, which discharges into the bay 11 miles E, is low and

heavily wooded to the sandy beach. The coastal bank does not

extend more than 0.5 mile from the shore. 

8.45 Buenavista (8°59'N., 125°25'E.) is a small town which

stands 4.5 miles ESE of Nasipit. 

8.46 Masao (9°00'N., 125°29'E.) (World Port Index No.

59343) is situated about 4.75 miles ENE of Buenavista and 1.5

miles WSW of the entrance to the Agusan River. The port of

Masao was developed to service a number of operating areas in

the locality. Vessels are directed to deep-water anchor berths in

open water off the entrance to the Agusan River. 

8.46 Requests for pilotage, which is compulsory, should be communicated to the Port Authority at least 24 hours before arrival. 

8.46 The quarantine and waiting anchorage is 2.5 miles W of

Masao in position 9°00.5'N, 125°28.25'E. 

8.46 Ten anchor berths are located between 1.25 and 2.25 miles

W of Agusan River Light, in general depths which vary between 73 and 164m. 

8.46 Masao Pier, a concrete structure, stands on the S side of the

entrance to the Agusan River, close ENE of Masao. 

8.46 Recent development is reported to have included land reclamation and extension of the available berth space. 

8.47 The Agusan River (9°01'N., 125°31'E.), which discharges into the SE corner of Butuan Bay, is the second largest

river in Mindanao. Pontod Island, a sandy cay, lies off the NE

entrance point of the river and divides it into two channels.

There is a pilot station and a settlement on the island. 

8.47 It is reported that the entrance to the river can be identified

from W by two small groups of hills on the N side of the river

mouth. 

8.47 A prominent triangular-shaped hill about 180m high, about

2.5 miles NE of Agusan River Light, is reported to be a useful

mark and a good radar target. 

8.47 The S entrance channel is 137m wide at its narrowest part,

and a depth of 2.7 or 3m can usually be carried over the bar at

LW, and from 3.7 to 4.3m at ordinary HW. A hard gravel shoal,

with depths of 0.3 to 1.2m, extends 0.25 mile S from Pontod Is-
228 Sector 8. Mindanao—West and North Coasts 

Pub. 162

land. 

8.47 Caution.—The entrance channel is constantly changing, and

no vessel should attempt to enter without current local knowledge. 

8.48 Butuan (8°57'N., 125°33'E.) (World Port Index No.

59760) stands on the W bank of the Agusan River, 5 miles

from the entrance. A depth of 4.6m can be carried from the bar

to the town. 

8.48 During the rainy season, which begins in November and lasts

four months, the river is high and filled with floating debris,

most of which can be avoided by anchoring in the lee of a

point. There is a constant current running out of the river all

year, and at times it runs at a considerable rate. The river is at

its lowest in September and October. 

8.48 The services of river pilots can be arranged. 

8.48 Development of the port has been undertaken in recent years,

and it is reported that there is a berth 138m in length with a

depth of 5m alongside at MLLW. 

8.49 Magallanes (9°01'N., 125°31'E.) stands on the W

bank of the Baug River, close within the entrance of the Agusan River. 

8.49 The T-head pier of a lumber company extends 0.2 mile from

shore in a NW direction, 1 mile N of Magallanes. The pier

head is about 91m long, with a least depth of 7.3m alongside,

and can accommodate a large vessel. It is reported that the best

approach to the pier is from the N towards the NE end of the

pier head, berthing port side-to. 

8.50 Cabadbaran (9°07'N., 125°32'E.), on the E shore of

Butuan Bay, stands on the S bank of the Cabadbaran River, 6

miles N of the mouth of the Agusan River. 

8.50 The mountains which back this coast rise to a height of about

1,829m, 12 miles E of the mouth of the Cabadbaran. The shore

is low, densely wooded, and fringed by a steep-to ledge as far

as 0.75 mile offshore. 

8.50 A light is shown from a round metal tower, 9.1m high, standing on the S side of the river mouth. 

8.50 The bar of the Cabadbaran River dries at LW. A stone pier,

0.5 mile S of the light, provides landing for small boats. 

8.50 It is reported that there is anchorage, 0.1 mile offshore, 1

mile N of the Cabadbaran River entrance, in 18.3m. 

8.51 Tubay (9°10'N., 125°31'E.), a small town, sits on the

S bank of the Tubay River 3 miles N of Cabadbaran. There is

little water reported on the bar that fronts the Tubay River. 

8.51 Anchorage can be taken about 0.4 mile offshore, in 22 to

27m, with the town bearing 167°, distant 1 mile. 

8.51 Mount Tubay (9°11'N., 125°32'E.), 447m high located 1.5

miles NE of Tubay, is prominent. 

8.51 Between the mouth of the Tubay River and Madilao Point,

37 miles NNW, the coast is bold, steep-to, and has no known

off-lying dangers. 

8.51 Madilao Point (9°46'N., 125°24'E.) is 82m high, steep-to,

and composed of dark rock. 

8.51 Bilaa Point (9°49'N., 125°26'E.), the N extremity of Mindanao, lies 3.75 miles NE of Madilao Point. It is at the N end of

a range of coastal mountains. 

8.51 The coast between these two points recedes and forms a

slight bay. The 20m curve lies close to a ledge, less than 0.5

mile wide, which fringes this bay. 

8.51 There is anchorage, close in, which is sheltered from NE,

through E to SW winds. 
Pub. 162

9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts

9.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

9.0SECTOR 9 — CHART INFORMATION
231

Pub. 162

SECTOR 9 

MINDANAO—SOUTH AND EAST COASTS

9.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S and E coasts of Min-danao, including off-lying islands and dangers. The first part of the

sector describes the S coast from Caldera Point, E to Cape San

Agustin. This is followed by a description of the E coast from S

to N, from Cape San Agustin to Cauit Point. '

General Remarks

9.1 Wind—Weather.—In the vicinity of Basilan Strait E

and NE winds, accompanied by clear weather, occurs in January. The same conditions prevail during February, March, and

April, but there are occasional NW breezes of short duration. 

9.1 In May and June the wind blows from the SE and is more or

less variable. Squalls occur during June, and towards the end of

the month, fresh SW breezes commence. Winds from the SW

of some strength blow during July, August, and September. 

9.1 These winds are accompanied by much rain and foul weather. Gales occuring at this time last more than 3 or 4 days. North

and NE winds occur during November and December, and the

Northeast Monsoon becomes more or less steady during the

latter month. 

9.1 Throughout the year, when the seasonal wind is not strong,

land and sea breezes are prevalent. 

9.1 About 1 per cent of the total number of typhoons occuring in

the Philippines affect the Davao area. Typhoons passing to the

N, between June and October, cause increased seas and swells.

The storms develop far enough S so as to affect Davao can be

expected from November to February. They do not form during

the normal typhoon season. 

9.1 The visibilty is generally good, although it is temporarily restricted in heavy rain squalls. 

9.1 The rainfall at Davao averages about 2,000mm a year. It is

fairly evenly distributed throughout the year. There is no definite dry season. Less rain falls in January and February, with

averages between 117 to 127mm. The wettest months are May

and June with about 235mm of rainfall. 

9.1 On the S coast of Mindanao, the Northeast Monsoon predominates. Interruptions to the Northeast Monsoon occur more

frequently at Davao Gulf than at places farther N. There are no

pronounced maximum rain nor dry seasons. 

9.1 On the E coast, the Northeast Monsoon does not become established until December, when it prevails over the area until

March. 

9.1 The Southwest Monsoon, which is neither as strong nor

steady as the NW, is usually accompanied by cloudy and rainy

weather. The entire E coast is exposed to the full force of the

Northeast Monsoon. 

9.1 Typhoons are most frequent from July to November and are

in most cases severe. The winds usually blow 60 to 70 knots

but a velocity of 131 knots has been recorded. These storms

cause heavy swells and high seas. Typhoons are rarely experienced S of 5°N. 

9.1 Tides—Currents.—Semi-diurnal tides predominate on the

S and E coast of Mindano. Strong tidal currents are known to

exist close off the S and E coast, and their direction, strength

and consistency, depend to a great extent upon the prevailing

monsoon and on the character of the coastline. 

9.1 The tidal currents in the Mindanao River are strong. It is reported that the ebb current has a rate of 2 knots and the flood

current a rate of 0.5 knot. 

9.1 There is a weak N current off the S coast of Mindanao. Close

to the coastal reef this current appears to set in an opposite direction. 

9.1 The tidal currents in Basilan Strait follow the direction of the

channel, and near the islands and shoals they follow the edges

of the reefs. Their general direction, when obstructed, is W

during the rising tide and E during the falling tide. The rate is 2

to 3 neaps and from 5 to 6 knots at springs. 

9.1 The tidal currents have been observed as setting in the reverse directions during the months of November and December. They also have been observed as setting in the same

direction for 24 hours even though two high and two low tides

occured on that day. The direction is generally E. 

9.1 The turn of the currents takes place later in Basilan Strait

than at Zamboanga. The change begins first first on the coast of

Mindanao, and finally on the coast of Basilan Island. Strong

and irregular tidal currents and rips are found in the vicinity of

the shoals and banks off the NW side of Basilan Island. 

9.1 Close W of Malamaui Island, the curents set N on the rising

tide and S during the falling tide. The rate diminishes as the

distance from the island from the island increases. 

9.1 Davao has a semidiurnal type of tide. There is some inequality but the principal variations follow the moon’s changing

phases. 

9.1 The current in Pakiputan Strait has a rate of about 2.5 knots

and occasionally sets S both with a rising and falling tide. This

usually occurs during strong N winds or after a SW wind during which the water has been backed up into the N end of the

gulf. The current off Davao floods N and ebbs S. It sweeps at

right angles with N and S faces of the pier. 

9.1 Between Tapian Point and Linao Point there is a small continuous N current offshore. Along the reef line, a reverse current of 0.5 to 1 knot sets SE with a current in the opposite

direction close inshore between Tuna Point and Sarangani Bay. 

9.1 Off Palimban Point, 12.5 miles SE of Tuna Point, a moderate

current, sets NW along the shore. 

9.1 Offshore, a strong SE current setting toward Sarangani Strait

is encountered. 

9.1 Tidal currents in the vicinity of the Sarangani Islands are

strong. Through Sarangani Strait the flood sets W and the ebb

E. On the E side of Sarangani Island the flood sets S with a rate

of about 3 knots, being deflected by the 37m bank off the SE

side of the island. Heavy rips have been observed N and S of

Saranangani Island and S and W of Balut Island. 

9.1 Off the E coast of the Philippines the North Equatorial Current divides into two major parts. One part turns N, sending

branches into the insular waters of the archipelgo and the remainder continues N along the coast of Luzon to become the
232 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

Kuroshio. The other part turns S along the E coast of Mindanao

sending a branch SE into the Pacific Equatorial Counter current. 

Directions.—The S coast of Mindanao may be approached

from the E or the S in deep water mostly free of dangers. 

9.1 The W approach through Basilan Strait should be made with

caution, using one of the two channels separated by the Santa

Cruz Bank. 

9.1 The ocean approaches to the E coast are mostly free of dangers. Most of the dangers are found within a few miles of the E

coast except to the NW of Cauit Point, and this part should be

approached with caution. 

Caldera Point to Zamboanga

9.2 Caldera Point (6°57'N., 121°58'E.) forms the SW extremity of the Zamboanga Peninsula. The point forms the W

side of Caldera Bay. A prominent white chimney, 17m high,

and a large conveyor, marked by lights, stand on the point. 

9.2 The bay affords anchorage, in depths of 11 to 14.6m, but is

open to the SE. Tidal currents set strongly onto Caldera Point. 

9.2 Recodo (6°57'N., 121°58'E.) lies within Caldera Bay, close

E of Caldera Point. 

9.2 The inner part of the port has space for four light-draft vessels, with a depth in the channel of 2m. The Timex Wharf, a Theaded concrete wharf, projects 36m E from Caldera Point. 

9.2 The wharf is 96m long and has a reported depth of 11m. Vessels up to 183m can be accommodated, heading N, using both

anchors. Pilots are available and board off Zamboanga. 

9.2 Berthing and unberthing is reported to be difficult during the

Southwest Monsoon (May to September). Vessels usually

berth at the start of the E current. 

9.2 Between Caldera Point and Zamboanga, about 7 miles ESE,

the coast is low, steep, and wooded. There are four oil depots at

Gavilan Point and Baliwasan, capable of accepting vessels of

up to 4,000 grt and a 5.5m draft. 

9.2 Anchorage may be taken off the town of San Mateo, 4 miles

ESE of Caldera Point, in depths of 14.6 to 27.4m, sand. 

9.2 Elsewhere along this coast, the bottom is foul and uneven.

Prominent white oil tanks stand 1 mile ESE of San Mateo. 

9.3 Baliwasan (6°55'N., 122°03'E.) lies about 2 miles

ESE of San Mateo. A T-shaped wharf, privately maintained for

loading copra pellets and coconut oil, extending 140m from the

shore with an 85m long berthing face, and an alongside depth

of 12.5m can accommodate vessels up to 152m long, heading

ESE using both anchors. Draft on the completion of loading

must not exceed 9.75m forward and 10.97m aft. Shoal water

exists 0.1 mile ESE of the pier. A pilot is available and will

board off Zamboanga. 

9.3 Santa Cruz Bank (6°53'N., 122°01'E.) is a coral bank, the N

edge of which lies about 1.5 miles from the coast of Mindanao.

The islands of Great and Little Santa Cruz lie within the bank. 

9.3 Great Santa Cruz Island (6°52'N., 122°04'E.), which is

low, flat, and wooded lies on the E part of Santa Cruz Bank.

President Shoal lies S and SE of Great Santa Cruz Island and

has depths of 4.6 to 8.5m, which may best be seen on the chart.

There is a 18.3m patch 2 miles SE of President Shoal. 

9.3 Little Santa Cruz Island (6°53'N., 122°02'E.), which lies

about 0.8 mile NW of Great Santa Cruz Island, is also low, flat,

and wooded. A light is shown on the N side of the island. Recently, this light was reported extinguished. 

9.3 A drying reef extends 0.5 mile from the E and W extremities

of the islands. 

Zamboanga (6°54'N., 122°04'E.)

World Port Index No. 59580

9.4 Zamboanga is the capital of the Province of Zamboanga and the principal town in Mindanao. It is a first port of

entry and a quarantine station.

9.4 Wind—Weather.—The harbor area of the town is well protected from the Northeast Monsoon. Southwest gales are sometimes experienced in the port. Their approach can be usually

foretold by masses of flying clouds and threatening skies to the

NW. The wind usually begins to blow from the NW and then

backs to the SW. 

9.4 Tides—Currents.—The current alongside the town pier

moves W at 6 knots on the flood and E at 4 knots on the ebb,

depending on the range of tide. . 

9.4 Depths—Limitations.—The government pier, a T-headed

concrete pier, projects 122m SSW from the main quay at Zamboanga. 

9.4 The T-head is about 500m long, with reported depths alongside of 9.1m at the E end, diminishing to 6.4m at the W end. It

has also been reported that the depths at this pier range from

5.6 to 8.8m. 

9.4 A buoy is moored about 0.1 mile SE of the SE extremity of

the pier and marks a shoal with a swept depth of 0.9m. 

9.4 It was reported that a new jetty close NW and a new wharf

800m ESE of the existing Government Pier have been constructed. 

9.4 There is also a 274m long marginal wharf, with depths of 3.7

to 5m alongside. 

9.4 Aspect.—Zamboanga is partially obscured by palm trees,

but the silver dome of the church and the red roof of the government building are prominent as is the main wharf and the

light on it. A radio tower stands 0.4 mile NE of the light. Two

radio towers, showing red obstructions lights, stand about 0.3

mile N and 0.4 mile NE of the light. Another radio mast stands

about 0.7 mile NW of the light. 

9.4 Pilotage.—While pilotage is compulsory for vessels berthing alongside, it is optional if anchoring off the main wharf.

The pilot boards off Little Santa Cruz Island for vessels approaching from the W and off the Rio Hondo from the E. The

pilot boat is white with the word “Pilot” on the deck house. Pilotage should be requested at least 24 hours in advance. 

9.4 Regulations.—A coastal reporting station, operated by the

Philippine Navy, applies to all vessels, including pleasure craft

and seaplanes on the water transiting the Basilan Strait around

Zamboanga.

9.4 Vessels should report the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Call sign.

3. Course and speed.

4. Port of registry and nationality.

5. Type of vessel.

6. Type of cargo on board.

7. Port of destination and ETA.
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 233

Pub. 162

8. Last port of call.

9. Number of crew on board.

10. Master’s name.

9.4 Anchorage.—The anchorage off Zamboanga is not very

good due to the steep bank, hard and uneven bottom, and the

swell and currents. Anchorage may be taken 0.25 mile SSE of

the E end of the main wharf, in a depth of 29m. This anchorage

is exposed to gales from the W and SW. 

9.4 Storm signals are shown from a mast in front of the custom

house at the inner end of main wharf. 

9.4 Directions.—The approaches to Zamboanga are deep and

clear. However, vessels coming alongside the S face of the

main wharf should proceed with caution, especially during the

W current. This is due to the existence of a shoal area near the

W end of the wharf, with depths of 4.9m.

9.4 Approaches to the wharf should be made against the current.

Departure should be made during slack water. 

Tictauan Channel and Off-lying Islands

9.5 Tictauan Channel (6°54'N., 122°09'E.), between

Tictauan Island and the S end of the Zamboanga Peninsula, is

about 0.5 mile wide at its narrowest point. 

9.5 There are depths of 18 to 26m in the fairway. This channel

should not be used for other than a temporary anchorage because of strong tidal currents. 

9.5 Tictauan Shoal (6°54'N., 122°09'E.), with a depth of 5.5m,

sand and coral, lies in the middle of Tictauan Channel, about 2

miles E of Mariqui Point (6°53'N., 122°06'E.). It is usually

marked by tide rips. 

9.5 Masinloc Anchorage (6°56'N., 122°11'E.) is formed by the

channel between Sacol Island and the SE side of the Zamboanga Peninsula. 

9.5 Vessels may anchor virtually anywhere in the anchorage, in

depths of 11 to 22m, sheltered from wind and sea. A village

stands on the SW side of the anchorage. 

9.5 The N entrance of Masinloc Anchorage, which requires local

knowledge, is divided into two channels by a number of shoals.

The W channel, which is about 0.3 mile wide, has a depth of

10m. 

9.5 The E channel, which is 0.5 mile wide, has a least depth of

11m. Three islands lie off the S entrance to Masinloc Anchorage, but are clear of the fairway. 

9.5 Sacol Island (6°58'N., 122°14'E.) is low on its W side and

consists mainly of mangrove swamps. Two prominent hills

stand on the E part of the island. Pangapuyan Island lies close

off the SW extremity of Sacol Island and is covered with palm

trees. The channel between Pangapuyan Island and Tictauan

Island should not be attempted without local knowledge. Balabac Island, a small mangrove island, lies on the W side of the N

entrance of Tictauan Channel. 

9.5 Roldan Rock, with a depth of 1.2m and steep-to, lies 2.25

miles NNE of Sacol Island. 

9.6 Malanipa Island (6°53'N., 122°17'E.) lies 6.25 miles

E of Tictauan Island. The island is wooded and has a prominent

village on its SW side. 

9.6 A small island lies on a bank extending 0.5 mile E from the S

extremity of Malanipa Island. Great Sand Bank, made up of

coral and sand, extends nearly 5 miles W of Malanipa Island.

The bank has a least depth of 0.9m. 

9.6 Sinonog Island (6°58'N., 122°20'E.) lies 2.75 miles SE of

the E extremity of Sacol Island. The island is low except for a

cliff on its E side. A sand patch, with a depth of 8.5m, lies

about 1.5 miles ESE of Sinonog Island. 

9.6 Tulnalutan Island (6°59'N., 122°21'E.) lies about 3.75

miles E of the E extremity of Sacol Island. The island is cone

shaped. An islet lies close off the E side of the island. Angosto

Shoal is a rocky patch, with a least depth of 2.7m, and lies 3.75

miles ENE of Tulnalutan Island. 

Sibuguey Bay

9.7 Sibuguey Bay (7°25'N., 122°35'E.) lies with its entrance between the Panubigan Islands and Lutangan Island,

36.5 miles ENE. A number of small reefs and shoals lie across

the entrance to the bay and can best be seen on the chart. Sharp

Peak, 753m high, is a prominent peak and stands 34 miles N of

the S extremity of the Zamboanga Peninsula. 

9.7 Mount Silingan, on the W side of the head of the bay, is

prominent from all parts of the bay. 

9.7 Malasugat Point (7°05'N., 122°14'E.) lies on the SE side of

the Zamboanga Peninsula. The point is low, wooded, and

fringed by a narrow reef. Two shoal patches, with depths of 1.8

and 6.7m, lie 1.5 miles and 1.25 miles S, respectively, of the

point. 

9.7 The Panubigan Islands (7°09'N., 122°16'E.) lie up to 2

miles off the coast between Malasugat Point and Lawigan

Point. This group of about 20 islets and rocks provides sheltered anchorage for vessels with local knowledge. The seaward

sides of these islets are steep-to, but foul ground lies between

them and the coast. 

9.7 Taguite Bay (7°20'N., 122°18'E.) is entered between Taguite

Point and Bluff Point. The bay is shallow and indents the coast

to a distance of two miles. Taguite Island, a small wooded islet,

lies in the middle of the entrance to Taguite Bay. 

9.8 Vitali Island (7°22'N., 122°21'E.) lies NNE of Taguite Bay. The irregular shaped SW end of Vitali Island forms the

NE side of Taguite Bay.

9.8 Vitali Point forms the NE extremity of the island. The island

is densely wooded except for the area near Vitali Point, where

low hills are grass covered. A steep-to rock, awash, lies about

0.8 mile SSE of Vitali Point. 

9.9 The Tigbauan Islands (7°22'N., 122°25'E.) are a

group of five islands and one rock lying E and SE of Vitali

Point.

Tigburacao Island, 3.75 miles SE of Vitali Point, the southeasternmost of the group, is low, flat, and densely wooded.

Two large rocks lie 91m SE of the island. These rocks are very

prominent and when seen from the SW they appear as one. 

9.9 White Rock (7°21'N., 122°25'E.), 0.3m high, lies on a reef 0.75

mile WSW of Tigburacao Island. The Gatusan Islands, two wooded islands fringed with rocks, lie 1.75 miles SSE of Vitali Point. 

9.9 Bacungan Island (7°23'N., 122°25'E.) lies 2.75 miles E of

Vitali Point. The channel between the island and Vitali Point

has a least depth of 5m in the fairway. 

9.9 Lapinigan Island (7°24'N., 122°24'E.), 57m high and

densely wooded, lies 0.6 mile NE of Vitali Point. The island
234 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

appears as a cone from SW, with a steep slope on its E side. 

9.9 Tungauan Bay (7°27'N., 122°22'E.) is entered between Vitali Point and Linguisan Point, about 7 miles NNE. The bay indents the coast to a distance of about 4 miles. There are

extensive mud flats off the W shore of the bay. Basan Reef, a

dangerous detached coral reef, lies on the S side of the bay. 

9.9 Tigbucay Bay, a small cove, lies in the N part of Tungauan

Bay. The S part of Tigbucay Bay is deep and clear of dangers,

but the N part is shallow. There is anchorage in this bay, in a

depth of 18m, mud. 

9.9 Port Banga (7°31'N., 122°26'E.) is entered between Tig-bucay Point and Linguisan Point. The entrance is two miles wide

between the two points. The port provides good anchor-age,

protected from all winds, and is navigable for 2 miles from the

entrance for large vessels, and nearly to its head for small vessels. 

9.10 Linguisan Point (7°30'N., 122°26'E.), low and wooded, is fringed by a reef which extends 0.2 mile offshore. East of

the point is a coral shelf which extends 0.3 mile offshore.

Above-water rocks lie on the E extremity of this shelf. A dangerous drying detached coral reef lies 1 mile SE of the SE point

of the peninsula, of which Linguisan Point is the SW extremity. 

9.10 Bangaan Island (7°30'N., 122°25'E.), which is sparsely

wooded, lies in the middle of the channel to Port Banga. The

island divides the entrance into two channels. Buildings and a

ruined wharf may be seen on the N side of the island. A rocky

ledge, covered at HW, extends 0.45 mile from the SW point of

the island. 

9.10 Bagolibud Point (7°35'N., 122°30'E.) lies at the NE end of

the peninsula which forms the SE side of Port Banga. The E

shore of the peninsula is composed of cliffy points with sandy

beaches between. The S part of the peninsula is grassy with

scattered trees. A small cove lies nearly 1 mile SSW of

Bagolibud Point. 

9.10 A small islet, which is connected to the mainland, lies about

3 miles SSW of Bagolibud Point. 

9.11 Busan Bay (7°36'N., 122°28'E.) lies about 2.5 miles

N of Port Banga, and is entered between Bagolibud Point and

Calug Point, 3.5 miles NNW. Tupilac Hill lies 3 miles NNW of

Calug Point and is the most prominent landmark in the vicinity

of Busan Bay. It is a conical grassy hill, and having a wooded

background, can be seen a considerable distance. 

9.11 Good anchorage in Busan Bay exists between Lalim Point,

situated 1.75 miles W of Bagolibud Point, and the reefs extending from the SW corner of Busan Bay, in depths of 11 to 13m,

mud. The bay is exposed to NE winds. 

9.11 Diligan Island (7°35'N., 122°29'E.) lies about 1.3 miles NW

of Bagolibud Point. The island is low and densely wooded. The

island, fringed by a narrow reef, may be passed at a distance of

about 0.5 mile. 

9.11 Laboyoan Point (7°42'N., 122°31'E.) lies about 4 miles

NNE of Calug Point. The point is mangrove covered and

fringed by a reef. A rock, awash, lies 1 mile SSW of the point.

Buluan Island is the largest and most conspicuous island in

Sibuguey Bay and lies about 1 mile ESE of Laboyoan Point. 

9.11 There is a channel about 0.3 mile wide between Buluan Island and Laboyoan Point, with depths of 14 to 18m in the fairway. 

9.12 Madiaop Point (7°44'N., 122°35'E.), lying 4.5 miles

NE of Laboyoan Point, is bordered by mangroves and numerous rocks awash. Mount Silingan, 5.5 miles W of Madiaop

Point, is conspicuous from all parts of Sibuguey Bay. 

9.12 Bacalan Point (7°46'N., 122°37'E.), covered with trees, lies

2.5 miles ENE of Madiaop Point. The point is part of an islet

which lies at the mouth of a small river. The islet is connected

to the mainland by an extensive mangrove swamp. 

9.12 Taynabo Point (7°46'N., 122°40'E.) lies about 3.25 miles E

of Bacalan Point. The S and E sides of the point are composed

of cliffs about 4.6m high. A narrow isthmus of mangrove connects the point with the mainland. 

9.12 The Kabasalan River (Kabsalan River) (7°46'N.,

122°46'E.) enters the NE corner of Sibuguey Bay from a NW

direction and has a common entrance with the Siay River. 

9.12 Kabasalan (Kabsalan), the headquarters of a rubber company, stands on the banks of the river, 3.75 miles above its confluence with the Siay River. There is a wooden wharf with a

berthing face 32m long and a depth of 2m alongside. 

9.12 Santa Clara (7°47'N., 122°41'E.), a lumber-loading pier,

lies 1.5 miles NE of Taynabo Point. A conspicuous green warehouse, which shows a light, stands near the root of the pier. A

least depth of 7m was reported alongside the SW part of the

pier. 

9.13 Tayoman Point (7°41'N., 122°47'E.) is situated on

the NE side of Sibuguey Bay, 8.5 miles SE of Taynabo Point. 

9.13 The coast between Tayoman Point and Patan Point, about 5.5

miles S, is intersected by a number of small rivers. Mount

Sibuguey stands 1.75 miles ENE of Patan Point. 

9.13 Taba Bay (7°34'N., 122°48'E.) is entered between Patan

Point and Cabog Point, about 3 miles S. Two small islands lie

on a reef about 0.3 mile N of Cabog Point. 

9.13 There is a SW entrance into the bay between Cabog Point

and the two small islands. This entrance has a beaconed channel, with a depth of 3.7m, and is used by small vessels with local knowledge. 

9.13 The N channel, about 0.3 mile wide, is entered about 0.3

mile SW of Patan Point and has depths within the entrance of

22 to 29m. Depths decrease gradually to 9m about 1.8 miles

within the entrance. The head of the bay is shallow. 

9.13 Taba Bay is considered the best anchorage on the E side of

Sibuguey Bay. Vessels anchor according to their draft. The

deepest water is found in the middle of the bay. Generally, the

anchorages are well protected and the holding ground is good. 

9.13 Locsico Bay (7°27'N., 122°47'E.) lies 6.5 miles S of Taba

Bay. The shores of the bay are fringed with reefs and lined with

mangroves. A reef divides the bay into two arms. The bay is

only suitable for small vessels with local knowledge. 

9.14 Pandalusan Island (7°28'N., 122°41'E.) is wooded

and lies about 5.5 miles W of Locsico Bay. A drying reef extends 0.2 mile SW from the island. A reef, nearly awash, extends 0.2 mile E from the island. Northwest Rock is situated

about 2.3 miles NW of Pandalusan Island. This rock, which is

awash, is hard to identify and should be given a wide berth. 

9.14 West Circe Shoal (7°28'N., 122°38'E.) lies about 11 miles

SSW of Northwest Rock. The shoal is steep-to, with a least

depth of 5.5m. East Circe Shoal lies 3.5 miles ESE of West

Circe Shoal. This shoal is steep-to on its N side and has a least
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 235

Pub. 162

depth of 4.9m. A number of unnamed shoals lie to the S of

West Circe Shoal and can best be seen on the chart. 

9.14 Olutanga Island (7°21'N., 122°52'E.) lies close S of the

peninsula that forms the E side of Sibuguey Bay. The island is

large and irregular in shape. The W part of the N coast of the

island is separated from the mainland by a narrow and tortuous

strait. Seboto Point, the SW extremity of the island, is bordered

by a sandy beach. A village stands on the point. 

9.14 Lutangan Island (7°17'N., 122°51'E.) is the SE entrance

point of Sibuguey Bay. The island is low and densely wooded.

It lies on the SE edge of a partly drying reef extending 1.25

miles from the S side of Seboto Point. The SE side of the island

is bordered by low cliffs and a sandy beach. 

Sibuguey Bay to Dumanquilas Bay

9.15 Silagui Island (7°17'N., 122°51'E.) lies on the same

reef as Lutangan Island, and close N of it. The island is low and

partly wooded. A small rocky islet, covered with bushes, lies

0.25 mile E of Silagui Island. 

9.15 A small coral head, which dries, lies 0.25 mile NE of the islet. Small vessels with local knowledge may take anchorage in

a pocket of the reef, 0.75 mile NNW of Silagui Island, in a

depth of 15m. 

9.15 Suba Nipa (7°18'N., 122°51'E.), a lumber port, lies 1 mile N

of Silagui Island. There is a privately-owned pier, 670m long

and 15m wide, with a depth of 11m alongside. The pier can accommodate vessels of up to 10,000 grt. 

9.15 Pongca Bay (7°21'N., 122°57'E.) lies about 7 miles NE of

Lutangan Island. This bay is encumbered with dangers and

does not offer anchorage. 

9.15 Arayat Shoal (7°16'N., 122°58'E.), with a least depth of

4.9m, lies about 6.5 miles E of Lutangan Island. A buoy marks

the SE side of the shoal. There are several dangerous shoals

within the area encompassed by a line drawn through Lutangan

Island, Taguisian Point, and Arayat Shoal. These dangers can

best be seen on the chart. 

9.15 Liscum Bank (7°15'N., 123°05'E.), with a depth of 13.7m,

lies 9.5 miles SE of Taguisian Point. Breeches Shoal, an extensive rocky shoal with a least depth of 7.6m, lies about 9.5 miles

E of Taguisian Point. 

9.15 Port Sibulan (7°29'N., 122°54'E.) is a large irregularly

shaped body of water which lies between the NE coast of Olutanga Island and Mindanao. The port is entered between Taguisian Point and Lapat Point. 

9.15 Coayan Bay (7°24'N., 122°57'E.) is situated on the SW side

of Port Sibulan. This bay has not been thoroughly surveyed and

its head is shallow. A rock, 5.1m high, lies close off the S entrance to the bay. 

9.15 Middle Reef (7°25'N., 122°59'E.), a large detached reef,

with a least depth of 2.7m, lies in the middle of the entrance to

Port Sibulan. A beacon marks the W. 

9.15 Balangan Bay (7°29'N., 122°58'E.) lies on the NE side of

Port Sibulan. The head of the bay is shoal for a distance of 0.75

mile from its head. The bay is approached between the reefs

projecting from Lapat Point and Letayen Island. This channel

has a least depth of 18m in the fairway. 

9.15 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 15m, about 0.5 mile

NE of Letayan Island. 

9.16 Sumangul Point (7°27'N., 122°54'E.) forms the N

extremity of Olutanga Island. It terminates in a narrow neck of

land covered with coconut trees and is separated from the land

S of it by a depression, very noticeable from E. The point is

easily identified from the entrance to Port Sibulasn. 

9.16 A small settlement stands on the point. Tumalung Bay indents the middle of the N coast of Olutanga Island. 

9.16 Depths in this bay are very irregular, with numerous detached patches of sand and coral in its N part. The S side shoals

gradually to within 1 mile of the head, where there are extensive drying mud flats. 

9.16 Tantanang Bay (7°31'N., 122°54'E.) lies at the head of Port

Sibulan. The bay has depths of 18.4m in the entrance and

shoals gradually towards its head. Sheltered anchorage may be

taken in the bay. 

9.16 Alicia (7°31'N., 122°56'E.), a small town and the site of a

sawmill, lies on the E side of Tantanang Bay. There is a Theaded wharf, with a berthing space of 43m and an alongside

depth of 5.2m. 

Dumanquilas Bay

9.17 Dumanquilas Bay (7°35'N., 123°05'E.) is 11 miles

wide at its entrance between Lapat Point and Dumanquilas

Point. The bay provides shelter and anchorage, with good holding ground, among the islands and bays within the bay. 

9.17 Tidal currents within the channels entering the bay usually

are not greater than 1 knot, but the currents near the shoals in

the approaches are stronger. 

9.17 Bacao (7°33'N., 123°01'E.), the site of a lumber mill, lies 6

miles NNE of Lapat Point. The wooden pier at the mill is in ruins. 

9.17 Malangas (7°38'N., 123°02'E.) lies about 4 miles N of Bacao. There is an L-shaped pier 0.3 mile SE of Malangas, with a

berthing face 41m long and depths of 5.8 to 7m alongside.

Depths alongside the inner face range from 4 to 5m. 

9.17 Conspicuous landmarks off Malangas are a schoolhouse

with a metal roof, the coal storage bin, and the pier. There is

anchorage off Malangas, in depths of 11 to 14m, mud. Malangas light is shown from a position approximately1 mile W of

Igat Point. 

9.17 The Nipa Nipa Islands (7°37'N., 123°05'E.) are three densely wooded islets that lie in the middle of the entrance of the inner part of Dumanquilas Bay. 

9.17 Puli Puli Island, small and reef fringed, lies about 0.3 mile

NE of Igat Point. 

9.17 Pamintayan Point (7°41'N., 123°05'E.) lies about 3.5 miles

NNE of Igat Point. A pier, with a conveyor belt, projects SE

from the point. The head of the pier has a reported depth of

11.6m. A small wharf lies close N of the pier and had a reported depth of 5.5m alongside. 

9.18 Between Dumanquilas Point and Carabuca Point,

about 7 miles NW, the coast is made up of low hills covered

with high trees. Tide rips may be seen about 0.5 mile SW of

Labucan Point. 

9.18 Triton Island, high and wooded, lies about 2.5 miles NW of

Dumanquilas Point. 

9.18 Igat Point (7°36'N., 123°06'E.), the W extremity of Igat Island, lies 2.75 miles N of Carabuca Point. 
236 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

9.18 The entrance to a bay lies between these two points. Igat Island is separated from the mainland by a drying channel. Igat

Bay is a large inlet on the E side of Dumanquilas Bay. 

9.18 Margosatubig (7°35'N., 123°10'E.) (World Port Index No.

59550) lies on the S shore of Igat Bay. The hospital building

standing on a hill SW of the town is prominent. 

9.18 The town wharf has a length of about 22m, with a depth of

4.5m alongside. 

9.18 Vessels take anchorage off the town, in depths of 22 to 26m,

0.5 mile offshore, W of the wharf. 

9.19 Maligay Bay (7°30'N., 123°15'E.) is entered between

Dumanquilas Point and a point on the Baganian Peninsula, 6

miles E. The W and N sides of the bay consist of a series of

small rocky points and in places some mangroves. 

9.19 The E side is bordered by mangroves and fringed with drying coral which extend up to 1 mile offshore. A series of extensive shoals extend about 3.5 miles W from the E entrance point

of the bay. 

9.19 Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 9 to 27m, in an area

about 0.5 mile wide close N of the westernmost bank in the entrance to the bay. 

9.19 There is also anchorage, in 26 to 29m, about 0.3 mile NE of

Maculay Island. Small vessels can anchor in a bight in the NE

corner of the bay. 

9.19 The Baganian Peninsula (7°27'N., 123°20'E.) lies between

Maligay Bay and Illana Bay. Flecha Point forms the S extremity of the peninsula. A river discharges about 1.5 miles NE of

the point. 

9.19 There is anchorage on a sandy flat that extends 1 mile off

Flecha Point, in depths of 18.3 to 37m. This anchorage is exposed to the Southwest Monsoon. 

9.19 Paniquian Island (7°22'N., 123°20'E.), which is sandy and

wooded, lies about 4.5 miles W of Flecha Point. A drying reef

fringes the island and extends up to 0.5 mile to the W and S of

it. 

9.19 There is an exposed anchorage over a shoal extending S from

the island, in depths of 9 to 15m. 

Illana Bay

9.20 Illana Bay (7°35'N., 123°40'E.) is entered between

Tambulian Point and Tapian Point, about 39 miles ESE. The

bay indents the coast in a N direction. The bay is very deep in

its middle part. 

9.20 Tidal currents run at a considerable rate within the bay. Vessels crossing the bay are often set well S. 

9.20 Limbug Cove (7°28'N., 123°24'E.) lies 6 miles NNW of

Tambulian Point. Reefs project from both entrance points narrowing the entrance channel to about 0.1 mile. 

9.20 A bare, white rocky bluff is a good mark for identifying the

entrance. Small vessels with local knowledge may take anchorage in the cove, in a depth of 18m. 

9.20 Port Sambulauan (7°33'N., 123°21'E.) lies about 6 miles

NNW of Limbug Cove. It is a narrow tortuous break in the

coastal reefs and is of little importance. 

9.20 Tidal currents are reported to produce eddies at the entrance.

Sambulauan Hill is prominent and stands at the head of Port

Sambulauan. 

9.20 Malubug Bay (7°36'N., 123°25'E.) lies about 3.5 miles

NNE of Port Sambulauan. The bay is encumbered by reefs,

most of which dry. Narrow and unmarked channels lead between the reefs and dangers. 

9.20 The shores of the bay are bordered by mangroves. Two small

settlements stand on the N shore of the bay. 

9.20 Rios Rock (7°31'N., 123°28'E.), with a least depth of 1.8m,

lies about 4 miles NE of the entrance to Limbug Cove. 

9.21 Sagayaran Island (7°37'N., 123°28'E.), high and

wooded, lies S of the N entrance of Malubug Bay. The island is

fringed by a reef and separated from the mainland by foul

ground. Anchorage can be taken by small vessels with local

knowledge, in a depth of 29m, about 0.3 mile W of the W extremity of Sagayaran Island. 

9.21 Pagadian Bay (7°49'N., 123°31'E.) lies about 10 miles N of

Sagayaran Island. The land on the W side of the bay rises gradually towards the mountains inland, while the land on the N

side is low and flat. 

9.21 Boca Reefs are a chain of reefs which lie in the entrance to

Pagadian Bay. Some of these reefs are always awash. There are

several narrow and unmarked channels between these reefs. 

9.21 Pagadian (7°50'N., 123°26'E.) (World Port Index No.

59530), with a 158m long pier having a depth of 6m alongside,

lies in the NW part of Pagadian Bay. A light is shown from the

pier. A 3m coral patch lies 161m SSW of the pier head. 

9.21 Vessels can anchor in the middle of Dupulisan Bay, 2.5 miles

S of Pagadian, in a depth of 27.4m, mud. Anchorage can also

be taken between Dumagok Islet and Lampaqui Islet, in a

depth of 23.8m. 

Illana Bay—East Side

9.22 Calibon Point (7°50'N., 123°37'E.), about 9 miles E

of Pagadian, is fringed by a narrow steep-to coral reef. The

land N of it rises to an elevation of over 300m, and is covered

with tall grass and small trees. This ridge can easily be identified off Tambulian Point by its green appearance. 

9.22 Caromata Bay (7°47'N., 123°42'E.) is 7.25 miles ESE of Calibon Point. A chain of reefs fronts the bay. Narrow channels lead

between the reefs into the clear part of the bay. Vessels can take

anchorage in the middle of the bay, NE of the chain of reefs, in a

depth of 37m, mud. 

9.22 Sigayan Bay (7°44'N., 123°45'E.) is separated from Caromata Bay on its W side by Semaruga Point, a well-wooded

40m high promontory. The bay is deep and clear of dangers. 

9.22 Vessels can take good anchorage near the head of the bay, in

a depth of 37m, sand. 

9.22 The coast between Sigayan Point (8°43'N., 123°46'E.), the

E entrance point to Sigayan Bay, and Lapitan Point, 13 miles

ESE, is steep-to and consists of a number of bold points with

scattered bays between them. The land appears mountainous

from seaward. 

9.23 Mount Iniaoan (8°50'N., 123°56'E.), 1,585m high,

situated 11 5 miles NE of Sigayan Point, is wooded, conical in

shape, and the only prominent peak in this vicinity. 

9.23 Tuka Bay (7°40'N., 123°58'E.), a small cove situated about

1 mile N of Lapitan Point, is only 0.5 mile in extent. 

9.23 A settlement stands on a bluff by the E side of the bay. 

9.23 Port Baras (7°39'N., 124°01'E.), a small cove, lies about 2
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 237

Pub. 162

miles E of Lapitan Point. The W side of the cove is backed by

dense wooded hills. The E side is low and covered with coconut trees. A small island lies about 0.2 mile S of the E entrance

point of Port Baras. 

9.23 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the entrance to

Port Baras, about 0.3 mile NW of the above small island, in

depths of 24 to 31m, mud. 

9.24 Malabang (7°36'N., 124°04'E.), a small lumber loading port, lies 4 miles SE of Port Baras. 

9.24 The port stands 0.75 mile up the Malabang River and two

houses, with white roofs, stand on the beach off the town. 

9.24 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.3 to 0.4 mile S of the two

above houses, in depths of 22 to 28m. Vessels loading lumber

should anchor off the mouth of the river. 

Tetian Bay (7°28'N., 124°08'E.) lies about 9 miles SE of

Malabang. The N shore of the bay is low and sandy. The E

shore is composed of sandy beaches and rocky points. A river

flows into the head of the bay. A small settlement stands on the

E side of the mouth of the river. 

9.24 Vessels can take anchorage in the middle of the bay, in a

depth of 35m. 

9.24 Pinatayan Shoal (7°28'N., 124°06'E.), with a least depth of

2.7m, lies about 2 miles W of Tetian Bay. Buford Reef, with a

depth of 3.6m, lies about 4 miles NW of Pinatayan Shoal. A

reef, with a depth of 5.8m, lies about 0.3 mile N of Buford

Reef. 

9.24 Lalabugan Bay (7°25'N., 124°09'E.) lies about 3 miles SE

of Tetian Bay. Two small coves indent the E and SE shores of

the bay, at the head of which are sandy beaches and a few houses. Depths of over 37m are found throughout the bay, but does

not afford good anchorage. 

9.25 Polloc Harbor (7°23'N., 124°11'E.), entered between

Tugapangan Point (7°24'N., 124°09'E.) and Marigabato

Point, 4.25 miles SE, is an excellent well-sheltered harbor, easy

to enter, but with considerable depths. It is protected from W

winds by Bongo Island. 

9.25 Polloc Island forms the S side of the entrance to Polloc Harbor and is separated from the shore by Sampintan Creek. The

N and E sides of the island are fringed with reefs. 

9.25 Parang Anchorage is on the E side of Polloc Harbor, W of

Parang. 

9.25 Lalayanga Point is situated on the N side of Parang Anchorage, 0.75 mile WNW of Parang. 

9.25 Two shoal patches, with depths of 11m and 12.8m, lies 0.2

mile S and 0.15 mile W, respectively, of Lalayanga Point. 

9.25 The tidal current in Polloc Harbor sets E on the N shore with

the flood tide and follows the bend of the coast S and W. The

ebb current sets in the reverse direction. 

9.25 Polloc (7°21'N., 124°13'E.) (World Port Index No. 59500),

stands about 1 miles E of Marigabato Point. The main wharf,

aligned in a N to S direction, is 400m long with an alongside

depth of 10.5m. Two lighterage wharves, each 67m long, are

situated at each end of the main wharf. 

9.25 The quarantine anchorage is in the center of Polloc Harbor, 1

mile NE of Port Polloc. Other vessels may anchor S of the

quarantine anchor as shown on the chart. 

9.25 Pilotage is compulsory; however, 24 hours notice of ETA is

required. 

9.26 Parang (7°22'N., 124°16'E.), a shipping port, lies 2.5

miles ENE of Polloc. 

9.26 An L-shaped pier extends in a WSW direction from the

shore of the port. Depths of 9.7 to 12.2m are found alongside

its SW face; depths of 5.2 to 6.1m are found alongside its NE

face. 

9.26 There is good anchorage for large vessels about 0.3 mile W

of the pier head, in depths of 26 to 28m. 

9.26 Sugut Bay (7°24'N., 124°14'E.) is situated 2 miles NW of

Parang. Vessels can take anchorage on the E side of Quidamak

Bay, W of Sugut Bay, in a depth 15m. 

9.26 Bongo Island (7°20'N., 124°02'E.) lies with its NE extremity about 7.75 miles W of Marigabato Point. The island is

densely wooded and fringed by a reef. Bongo Shoal, with a

depth of 6.4m, lies about 4 miles W of Bongo Island. A reef,

with a depth of 7.3m, lies about 1 mile W of Bongo Shoal. 

9.27 Panalisan Point (7°16'N., 124°12'E.) lies about 5.3

miles S of Marigabato Point. The coast between these two

points is low, intersected by several streams, and fringed by a

reef extending about 0.8 mile offshore. 

9.27 The Mindanao River (7°16'N., 124°12'E.), the largest river

in Mindanao, flows out close S of Panalisan Point. 

9.27 The river divides into two arms, 21 miles from its mouths.

Large floating masses of grass resembling small islets are

found offshore of and in the vicinity of the mouth of the river.

The entrance bars at the river mouth are subject to change, especially during freshets. 

9.27 The N entrance, situated close S of Panalisan Point, is used

by small vessels bound for Cotabato. Vessels drawing about

2.5m can usually cross the bar at HW. 

9.27 The S entrance, used only by local craft, lies close N of Bulusan Point. There is a depth of 0.9m on the bar. 

9.27 The tidal currents in the river are strong. It is reported that

the outgoing current has a rate of 2 knots and the incoming current has a rate of 0.5 knot. 

9.27 Vessels can anchor 1 mile NW of Panalisan Point, in depths

of 9 to 18m. Depths shoal very suddenly in the anchorage area.

This anchorage is not recommended for large vessels nor during Southwest Monsoon (May to September). 

9.28 Cotabato (7°14'N., 124°15'E.), a river port, stands on

the S side of the Mindanao River, about 5 miles from its N entrance. Its importance as a port is declining as its trade is taken

over by Polloc Harbor. There is a concrete wharf, 268m long

on the S bank of the river, in front of the town. A depth of 2m is

maintained at the wharf. 

9.28 The coast between Bulusan Point and Tapian Point, about

6.5 miles WSW, is wooded to a distance of 1 mile inland. A

small village stands about 1 mile S of Bulusan Point. 

9.28 Mount Cabalata (7°09'N., 124°09'E.), an excellent landmark, stands 3 miles S of Bulusan Point. It is 709m high,

shaped like a sugar loaf, and covered with grass. 

Tapian Point to Davao Gulf

9.29 Tapian Point (7°09'N., 124°04'E.), the E entrance

point of Illana Bay, is low, sandy, and wooded. It is fringed by a

reef about 0.1 mile wide. 

9.29 A reef, with a least depth of 4.6m, lies about 0.8 mile NNW
238 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

of Tapian Point. 

9.29 Manangula Point (7°06'N., 124°02'E.), a low point, lies

about 3 miles SSW of Tapian Point. A river discharges on the S

side of the point. Tenotungan Point lies about 4 miles SSW of

Manangula Point. A village stands close S of the point. 

9.29 Small vessels can take anchorage between a 5.5m shoal and

Tenotungan Point, in depths of 18 to 22m, sand. 

9.29 Logung Point (6°58'N., 123°58'E.) lies about 5 miles SSW

of Tenotungan Point. The point rises to a grassy prominent

knoll. Mount Binaca, the highest mountain in the coastal range,

lies 3.25 miles ESE of Logung Point. 

9.29 Mount Blik, 15 miles E of Logung Point, is an excellent

landmark for approaching the coast. 

9.30 Resa Bay (6°52'N., 123°58'E.) is situated about 4.5

miles S of Logung Point. The bay is open to the W and is tenable only in fair weather.

9.30 The Lapacan River flows into the SE part of the bay. Vessels

can take anchorage about 0.5 mile N of the mouth of the river,

in depths of 31 to 42m, sand.. 

9.30 Quidapil Point (6°49'N., 123°57'E.), steep and rocky, lies

2.25 miles S of Rasa Bay, and is prominent from N or S. It appears as an island when first seen from these directions. It is

formed by a narrow ridge, 107m high, covered with grass and

bushes. 

9.30 Sadam Bay (6°47'N., 123°58'E.) lies about 2.5 miles S of

Quidapil Point. The bay is a deep cove bordered by mangroves

and coral. Huidobro Reef, with a depth of 5.8m, lies about 2

miles SSW of Sadam Bay. The reef is marked by discolored

water. 

9.31 Linao Bay (6°46'N., 124°00'E.) is entered between

Linao Point and Kalingmomo Point, about 3.75 miles further

SE. The shores of the bay consist of sand and hard mud, lined

with bushes and trees along the HW mark. 

9.31 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the N

part of the bay, in depths of 13 to 20m. This anchorage is reported to be not tenable with strong SW winds. 

9.31 Lebak Point (6°33'N., 124°02'E.), which rises to an elevation of 104m close within, is situated 10 miles S of Kalingmomo Point. There are no charted offshore dangers between these

points. 

9.31 Port Lebak (6°33'N., 124°03'E.) is entered between Lebak

Island, 0.25 mile SSW of Lebak Point and Nara Point, 1.5

miles further SW. The port is sheltered and easy to approach.

The shoreline is fringed by a reef. 

9.31 A river discharges into the S part of the port about 1.5 miles

from the entrance. Tubotubo Island stands on a reef, about 0.3

mile from the S shore.

9.31 A wooden pier projects about 215m from the shore, about

0.5 mile SE of Tubotubo Island. Alongside depths of 4.6 to

12.8m have been reported. Oil discharge facilities are available

at the outer end of the pier. A floating pipeline berth is N of the

pier. 

9.31 A town stands on the N side of Port Lebak. A red and white

radio tower marks the town. A light is shown from a position

137m SW of the radio tower. 

9.31 Vessels can take anchorage E of Tubotubo Island, in depths

of 29 to 33m, mud. Vessels may also anchor NE of Lebak Island, in depths of 26 to 29m. 

9.31 Donauang Shoals (6°30'N., 124°00'E.) are a group of shoals

lying parallel to the coast S of Nara Point. All the shoals are

steep-to and separated from the mainland by a channel about

0.8 mile wide. Basiauang Bay lies 4 miles S of the entrance to

Port Lebak. 

9.31 Anchorage in this bay is difficult due to its great depths.

Donauang Island lies close W of the S entrance point of Basiauang Bay. The island is a conspicuous landmark. 

9.31 Caution.—Vessels not entering Basiauang Bay or Port Lebak should keep at least 5 miles offshore in order to avoid

Donauang Shoals. 

9.32 Tuna Bay (6°23'N., 124°04'E.) lies about 4.5 miles

SSE of Basiauang Bay. The bay is open to the S, and a heavy

swell sets in during the Southwest Monsoon. The W shore of

the bay is fringed by a coral reef. Vessels can take anchorage

near the head of Tuna Bay, in depths of 33 to 37m, protected

from all but S winds. 

9.32 Malatuna Point (6°19'N., 124°06'E.) lies about 4.5 miles

SE of Tuna Bay. The point is easily identified from NW or SE

by an islet lying close off it. Taytayan Island, wooded at its

summit, lies close offshore, about 2.8 miles SE of Malatuna

Point. The channel between the island and the mainland is

shallow. 

9.32 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the

channel between the reefs and the coast, in depths of 28 to

37m. 

9.32 Caution.—A chain of reefs lies from 0.5 mile to 2 miles offshore, between Taytayan Island and Pola Point, about 11 miles

to the SW. The channels between the reefs, and between the

reefs and the mainland, are deep and clear of dangers. 

9.32 These reefs are difficult to distinguish due to the discolored

water from the rivers in the vicinity. 

9.33 Milbuk (6°09'N., 124°16'E.), a lumber loading port,

lies about 1 mile ENE of Pola Point. The approach to the harbor is encumbered by several reefs, some of which dry. Three

buoys marking the channel into the anchorage were reported

missing. 

9.33 A tidal current, with a rate of 2 to 4 knots, was reported as setting in an E direction across the entrance during the flood tide. A

W set, of lesser strength, was reported during the ebb tide. 

9.33 There are no pilots at the port, but a coastal pilot can be obtained at Zamboanga. A launch meets the vessel in the entrance

and indicates the anchorage. 

9.33 Vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage about

137m SSE of the pier head, in a depth of 12.8m. The harbor is

small, but offers good shelter from N winds. 

9.33 Maculi Point (6°07'N., 124°20'E.) lies about 4 miles SE of

Milbuk. The point is low, broad, and rounded. A small river

discharges near the E side of the point. 

9.33 Vessels can take anchorage about 2 miles E of the river entrance, 0.25 mile offshore, in depths of 26 to 37m. 

9.33 Pinol Point (6°06'N., 124°23'E.), with a prominent yellow

cliff, lies 3.25 miles SE of Maculi Point. Pagang Point, a sharp

rocky point, lies about 9 miles SE of Pinol Point. Bacud Point

is composed of rocky cliffs and lies about 6 miles ESE of Pagang Point. Bacud Reef, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies about 4

miles SE of Bacud Point. 
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 239

Pub. 162

9.34 Kiamba (5°59'N., 124°37'E.), a small town, lies

about 1 mile E of Bacud Point. A concrete pier, with a wooden

extension, is situated close E of the town. Coastal vessels use

the anchorage S of the town. 

9.34 Kling, a small village, lies 6.5 miles ESE of Bacud Point.

Bual Point, low and wooded, lies about 8 miles SE of Kling. A

beacon stands on the shore 2 miles ESE of Bual Point. It is

used as a guide when anchoring. 

9.34 Matil Point (5°52'N., 124°55'E.), low and flat, lies about 6.5

miles ESE of Bual Point. The point consists of coral and sand.

9.34 Taliak Point, about 6.5 miles E of Matil Point, is rounded

with low hills in the interior. A chain of shoals lie S of Taliak

Point and can best be seen on the chart. A conspicuous cliff,

15m high, is situated 2 miles E of Taliak Point. 

9.34 Tampuan Point (5°52'N., 125°05'E.), about 1.8 miles NE of

the cliff, is marked by prominent vertical cliffs, 11m high. 

Sarangani Bay

9.35 Sarangani Bay (6°00'N., 125°12'E.) is entered between Tampuan Point and Sumbang Point, about 16 miles

ESE. The hills on the E side of the bay are heavily wooded. At

the head of the bay the land is flat, with high hills and mountains in the distance. 

9.35 Anchorage.—The bay provides poor anchorage in the various small bays due to the great depths. The quarantine anchorage and the recommended anchorage lie near the head of

Sarangani Bay, in positions best seen on chart. Anchorage may

also be found off the mouth of the Siloway River. These anchorages are located near the edge of the deep water shelf and

local area knowledge is recommended for anchoring. The W

shore of the bay The W shore of the bay trends 14 miles NNE

from Tampuan Point to Makar and is generally straight and

regular. There are numerous fish traps moored in the bay. 

General Santos (Makar)
240 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

9.36 General Santos (Buayan City) (Dadiangas) (6°07'N.,

125°11'E.) (World Port Index No. 59485) lies about 1.5 miles

NE of Makar. The limits of the port extend over the whole area

N of a line drawn from Tampuan Point to Sumbang Point, the

entrance points into the bay and includes Makar where most of

the port facilities reside.

Depths—Limitations.—Makar Wharf (6°06'N., 125°10'E.),

reinforced concrete, includes a berth 261m long, another 300m

long, and one 27m in length with a 22m extension for RoRo

vessels. Another wharf 152m long completes the complex.

There are depths alongside of 8.5 to 11m. A light, marking the

E edge of a reef, is exhibited NE of Makar Wharf. 

9.36 Dole Wharf (6°05'N., 125°09'E.), constructed of concrete

piles, extends 185m NE from the shore. The SE side of the

head of the wharf is 139m long and between 12 and 18m wide. 

9.36 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 1 mile from

the Dole Wharf in Makar. Vessels should send ETA through

Manila Coast Radio. Vessels are berthed night and day. 

9.36 Anchorage.—Vessels can take anchorage about 0.3 mile

offshore, S of a large green warehouse, in depths of 18 to 37m.

The quarantine anchorage is situated about 0.8 mile ESE of

this anchorage. 

9.36 Lago Cove (6°04'N., 125°16'E.) lies about 6.5 miles ESE of

General Santos. The cove has limited anchorage, in a depth of

37m, close inshore. The depth drops sharply from the beach

and this restricts the anchorage. 

9.36 Sapu Bay (5°55'N., 125°16'E.) lies about 8.5 miles S of Lago Cove. The bay offers limited anchorage, protected from S

and SW winds, in depths of 37 to 48m, off the mouth of the Big

Sapu River, which discharges into the head of the bay. 

9.36 Canalasan Cove (5°50'N., 125°12'E.), entered between

Sumbang Point and Letue Point, about 1.5 miles E, is the best

harbor in the area during the Southwest Monsoon. The S and E

shores are fringed by a reef and a narrow strip of mangroves. 

9.36 Glan (5°50'N., 125°12'E.), a small town, is situated at the

head of Canalasan Cove. The outer end of a concrete pier is in

ruins. 

9.36 Vessels can take anchorage about 0.1 mile NW of the end of

the pier, in depths of 16 to 18m, mud. 

Sumbang Point to the Sarangani Islands

9.37 Lefa Point (5°47'N., 125°11'E.) lies about 3.75 miles

S of Sumbang Point. The point is steep and rocky. A shoal,

with a depth of 8.7m, lies about 1.3 miles SE of the point. Sagby Point, about 4 miles SE of Lefa Point, is high, rocky, and

marked by a prominent red cliff. 

9.37 Tinaca Point (5°33'N., 125°20'E.) lies about 12 miles SSE

of Sagby Point. The point forms the S extremity of Mindanao.

The point consists of two headlands connected by a beach and

has the appearance of a volcanic crater. A light is shown on the

point. 

9.37 Balangonan Cove (5°34'N., 125°21'E.) lies 2 miles ENE of

Tinaca Point and affords poor anchorage. Malavinuan Cove, 1

mile farther E, provides sheltered anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon (October to March), in depths of 22 to 29m. 

9.37 The Sarangani Islands (5°26'N., 125°27'E.) consists of two

large wooded islands and a small wooded cay lying 5.5 miles

SE of Bukid Point and 9.75 miles S of Tinaca Point. 

9.37 Sarangani Strait, separating the two islands from Mindanao,

is deep and clear of dangers. Tidal current in the strait set

WSW and ENE. 

9.38 Balut Island (5°25'N., 125°23'E.), the largest of the

Sarangani Islands, has a volcano near its center, which at times

emits smoke. The island is fringed by a reef. A small islet lies

close off the SW point of the island. 

9.38 There is anchorage for vessels with local knowledge from

0.5 to 1.5 miles S and SE of Lajan Point, the NE point of the island, in depths of 9 to 27m, with good shelter from SW or NE

storms, but the anchorage is encumbered with shoals. 

9.38 Sarangani Island (5°27'N., 125°28'E.) lies about 2 miles

NE of Balut Island. The island consists of several rolling hills

and is fringed by a reef on its NE and SW sides. 

9.38 Port Patuco (5°28'N., 125°28'E.), an inlet which affords

good shelter for small craft, lies on the W side of Sarangani Island. The channel into the port is narrow and tortuous. 

9.38 At the head of the port is an anchorage area about 0.1 mile

wide, with depths of 6 to 9m. 

9.38 Port Tumanao (5°27'N., 125°28'E.), about 1.3 miles S of

Port Patuco, is the largest inlet on the W coast of Sarangani Island. The port is deep except near its shores. Vessels anchor in

the middle or near the head of the port, in depths of 28 to 51m,

mud. 

9.39 Olanivan Island (5°31'N., 125°29'E.) lies about 1.3

miles N of Sarangani Island. The island is fringed by a reef.

There is a deep channel between the fringing reef of the island

and the reef off the NE side of Sarangani Island. The tidal currents are strong in this channel. 

9.39 Bukid Point (5°34'N., 125°25'E.), on the SE coast of Mindanao, lies 5.5 miles NW of Olanivan Island. The point is fringed

by a narrow reef. The point may be approached to within 0.5

mile. 

9.39 Butulan Cove (5°38'N., 125°27'E.), about 0.5 mile wide and

0.25 mile long, lies about 3.75 miles NNE of Bukid Point. The

cove is deep but affected by ground swells. Small vessels anchor about 0.1 mile NE of the mouth of a small stream at the

head of the cove. 

9.39 Banos Point (5°55'N., 125°40'E.), steep, high, and lying

about 25 miles NE of Bukid Point, is formed by a prominent

peaked ridge. 

9.39 There is anchorage, 0.5 mile offshore S of the point and 1

mile N of the point, in a depth of 37m. There are strong rip

tides offshore. 

9.39 Lawayon Point (6°02'N., 125°42'E.) is formed by a conical

hill and lies about 6.7 miles NNE of Banos Point. 

9.39 The point is conspicuous and makes a good landmark and

the coast N of the point is steep and rocky. 

Davao Gulf

9.40 Calian Point (6°07'N., 125°43'E.), lying 5.5 miles N

of Lawayon Point, is the bold and rocky W entrance point of

Davao Gulf. The point is a conspicuous landmark and is

marked by streaks of bare cliff. It rises to a height of 379m

from the narrow valleys on its N and S sides. 

9.40 Lapuan (6°08'N., 125°42'E.), a small village with a dock, is
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 241

Pub. 162

situated about 1.8 miles N of Calian Point. The dock is small

and in poor condition. 

9.40 Lawa is a small village lying about 3 miles N of Lapuan.

There is a basin which is reportedly used by small boats. The

lights from the village are conspicuous. 

9.40 Malita (6°24'N., 125°37'E.) lies about 13.5 miles NNW of

Lawa. A small pier, in ruins, is situated on the point of the

same name. Vessels anchor SE of the pier, in 11 to 15m. Lacaron, with a small pier, lies about 3 miles NW of Malita. 

9.40 Tubalan Head (6°30'N., 125°35'E.) lies about 3 miles N of

Lacaron. The head is a conspicuous landmark. A reef extends

0.2 mile NW of the N extremity of the headland. 

9.40 Port Tubalan lies close W of Tubalan Head. There is deep

water in the middle of the port. 

9.40 The best anchorage is on the W side of the port, 0.5 mile offshore, in depths of 37 to 40m, mud. 

9.40 Sigarin Point (6°32'N., 125°33'E.) lies about 3.25 miles NW

of Tubalan Head. The point consists of a gentle slope notched

by five hills. Foul ground extends about 0.3 mile from the

point. The point forms the E entrance point of Basiauan Bay. 

9.41 Basiauan Bay (6°32'N., 125°31'E.) is divided into

two coves by a point on the S shore of the bay. 

9.41 The bay is deep and clear of dangers, except for the fringing

shore reef, which extends from the SW cove. A small village

stands at the head of the SW cove. 

9.41 Vessels anchor NE of the village, in 26 to 29m. This anchorage is sheltered from all but N and NNE winds. 

9.41 Monkiaua Bay (6°34'N., 125°30'E.) lies close NW of Basiauan Bay. The bay is deep and clear, but seldom used. Kulungan Bay lies close NW of Monkiaua Bay. There are numerous

shoals in the bay, some awash at LW. 

9.41 Colapsin Point (6°38'N., 125°26'E.) lies about 5 miles NW

of Kulungan Bay. The point is the NE extremity of the peninsula forming the NE shore of Malalag Bay. A light is shown from

the point. A 6.4m shoal lies about 0.8 mile NNE of the point. 

9.41 Mount Piapi (6°39'N., 125°23'E.), a conspicuous landmark,

lies near the beach on the W side of the entrance to Malalag

Bay. Piapi Reef, drying to 0.3m at LW, lies about 1 mile offshore, E of Mount Piapi. A lighted buoy marks the reef. 

9.42 Malalag Bay (6°37'N., 125°24'E.) is entered between

Colapsin Point and Piapi Reef buoy. The N part of the W shore

is fringed by mangroves and has shoal water extending from

0.5 to 0.75 mile from the shore. 

9.42 The navigable width of the channel is 1 mile. Bolton Reef,

with a depth of 1m, divides the entrance into two deep channels. A beacon marks the reef. A small village of the same

name stands on the S shore of the bay. 

9.42 A river discharges close W of the village. A concrete pier

30m long, used for loading molasses and handling general cargo, is situated SE of the village. The controlling depth is reported to be 10m. A light is shown on the E side of the bay. 

9.42 Vessels can anchor, in 18.4m, about 0.3 mile N of the mouth

of the river. An anchorage for large vessels is situated NE of

the pier, in 29 to 35m, mud. Anchorage is also available about

1 mile SE of the light. 

9.42 The Padada River (6°42'N., 125°22'E.), navigable by small

boats, discharges about 3 miles N of Mount Piapi. A small

town of the same name stands on the N bank of the river, about

0.5 mile inland. 

9.42 Digos Point (6°45'N., 125°23'E.), low, flat, wooded, fringed

with mangroves, and fairly prominent from the N or S lies about

3.5 miles NNE of the mouth of the Padada River. A reef, which

dries at LW, extends about 0.3 mile from the point. A channel separates the fringing shore reef from the offshore reefs. 

9.42 Digos Reefs (6°45'N., 125°24'E.) are a group of shoals and

detached reefs extending about 1.5 miles from the shore. Part

of the reefs bare at LW. There are several channels between the

reefs, but these should not be used without local knowledge. 

9.42 Digos Outer Reef (6°44'N., 125°24'E.), which dries, lies

about 1.8 miles SSE of Digos Point. The reef is steep-to on its

E and S sides and foul on its W side. A number of shoals lie up

to 0.5 mile S and W of the reef. Digos Islet, a white, coral, sand

cay lies 1 mile S of Digos Point. 

9.42 Digos (6°45'N., 125°23'E.), a town on the N bank of the river

with the same name, lies about 0.5 mile inland. A conspicuous

warehouse stands on the beach, close S of the mouth of the river. 

9.42 There is a concrete pier, 27m in length, for domestic traffic.

The controlling depth is reported to be 5m. 

9.42 Vessels anchor SW of Digos Islet, in depths of 22 to 27m,

with the warehouse bearing 317°. Vessels also anchor NW of

the islet, in depths of 20 to 22m, with the warehouse bearing

249°. Small vessels anchor between the islet and the warehouse on the beach. 

9.43 Tagabuli Bay (6°48'N., 125°23'E.) lies 2.5 miles N of

Digos Point. The bay, about 1 mile long, 0.25 mile wide, is a

deep inlet. The sides of the entrance are low, making the bay

difficult to identify. A causeway with a T-shaped extension is

situated on the S shore near the head of the bay. It is only used

by small craft. 

9.43 There is anchorage in the middle of the bay, in depths of 29 to

37m. There is a width of 0.2 mile between the reefs in the anchorage. The anchorage is protected from all winds except ESE. 

9.43 Santa Cruz Point (6°50'N., 125°25'E.), 2.5 miles NNE of

Tagabuli Bay, is low and wooded. A barrier reef extends about

0.1 mile offshore. The town of Santa Cruz stands on the point.

A large warehouse is a conspicuous landmark. Two patches of

tall grass on the hills lie 0.5 mile inland and 1.5 miles N of

Santa Cruz. These patches can be seen for a considerable distance offshore. 

9.43 There is anchorage SE of the warehouse, about 0.2 mile off

the beach, in 13 to 37m. A well-protected anchorage is found

in the cove 1 mile N of Santa Cruz Point, in depths of 31 to

33m, mud. This anchorage is protected from all winds except

those from the SE and ESE. 

9.43 Malusi Point (6°52'N., 125°27'E.) lies 3 miles NE of Santa

Cruz Point. A prominent white tank stands on the point. Astorga, a

small village, lies 1.75 miles N of Malusi Point. A number of detached shoals encumber the bight fronting Astorga. 

9.43 Tagulaya Point (6°55'N., 125°29'E.), low and wooded, lies

2.25 miles NE of Astorga. A 7.4m shoal lies 1.5 miles NNE of

the point. 

9.43 Darong, a small village, lies about 1 mile WNW of Tagulaya

Point. A large conspicuous house is visible for a distance of 8

to 10 miles offshore. 

9.44 Daliao (7°01'N., 125°30'E.), a coastal village, lies 5
242 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

miles NNE of Tagulaya Point. Numerous houses are visible

and a large warehouse near the beach is conspicuous. Vessels

anchor ESE of a ruined pier, in depths of 13 to 18m, mud. 

9.44 Daliao Reefs consists of two coral reefs lying about 0.5 mile

SSE of Daliao. 

9.44 Talomo Bay (7°03'N., 125°33'E.) is deep and clear of dangers and lies about 3.5 miles NE of Daliao. 

9.44 Talomo (7°03'N., 125°33'E.), a small town, is situated at the

head of the bay. A pier at Talomo is reported to be in ruins. 

9.44 Vessels anchor SW of the pier, in depths of 18 to 37m, mud.

This anchorage is exposed to the Southwest Monsoon. 

9.44 Dumalag Point (7°02'N., 125°34'E.), low and wooded, is the S

extremity of Dumalag Island. The island is separated from the

mainland by a narrow passage which is used by small boats. A

beacon marks a rocky patch close SE of Dumalag Point. 

9.45 Davao (7°04'N., 125°37'E.) (World Port Index No.

59430), a first port of entry, stands on the NW shore of Davao

Gulf, at the S entrance of Pakiputan Strait. 

9.45 The town is the leading port for the export of Manila hemp. 

9.45 Wind—Weather.—The port is protected on all sides, except

the S. There is no rainy season and weather conditions

throughout the year do not vary greatly. The port is normally

outside the typhoon belt. 

9.45 Tides—Currents.—The port has a semi-diurnal type of

tide. The current off the port floods N and ebbs S. It sweeps at

right angles with the N and S faces of the pier at a maximum

rate of 2 knots. 

9.45 Depths—Limitations.—Berthing can be done day or night.

The length and beam of vessels do not pose a problem in entering

the approaches to Davao; however, limiting dimensions at the various piers are given in the accompanying table. 

9.45 Vessels of up to 181m in length, with a draft of less than 9m,

can be accommodated. See caution paragraph. 

9.45 Aspect.—The buildings, warehouses, and pier are conspicuous for a distance of 10 miles from the S. A high hill, 2 miles

W of the port is prominent. 

9.45 A light is shown from the S side of the root of the Santa Ana

Pier. 

9.45 A white stone monument stands close W of the light and is

often mistaken for the light. 

9.45 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Prior notice of 36 hours

must be given. The pilot boards in position 7°02'N, 125°39'E.

The Port Authority and pilots use VHF channel 16. 

9.45 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 22m, mud,

about 0.3 mile SE or NE of the head of Santa Ana pier, or up to

1 mile from the pier, in a depth of 37m. 

9.45 Anchorages are well protected and outside the typhoon belt. 

9.45 Caution.—The dolphins at the Santa Ana North pier are in

poor condition and create a hazard during berthing.

9.45 The S end of Sasa Wharf is fouled by pylons. 

Islands in Davao Gulf

9.46 Samal Island (7°02'N., 125°45'E.), lying near the

head of Davao Gulf, is 18.5 miles long and 8 miles wide. It is

sparsely inhabited on its W coast. Samal, on the W side of the

island, is situated at the head of a small bay. The town has a

stone pier, used as a boat landing. 

9.46 Pohul Point (7°04'N., 125°41'E.) and the general coast of

Samal Island provide poor radar images. 

9.46 Malipano Anchorage (7°00'N., 125°43'E.) lies about 4

miles SSE of Samal. The anchorage is used chiefly by small

craft. A pearl farm, marked by four buoys, lies in the anchorage. 

9.46 The Cruz Islands (7°11'N., 125°46'E.), consisting of Big

Cruz Island and Little Cruz Island, lie off the NE coast of Samal Island. The islands are densely wooded, but a few houses

can be seen from offshore. The channel between the two islands is about 0.8 mile wide and mostly foul. 

9.46 Talikud Island (6°56'N., 125°42'E.) lies off the SW coast of

Samal Island. A light is shown from a round concrete tower,

10m high, standing near the SW extremity of the island.

Talikud Strait, separating the two islands, is a deep navigable

channel about 0.8 mile wide. 

Pakiputan Strait

9.47 Pakiputan Strait (7°07'N., 125°40'E.), separating Samal Island from the NW shore of Davao Gulf, has a least width of

0.5 mile and a deep fairway, except for a 17.4m patch close within

its N entrance, nearly 1 mile WNW of Arboles Island. 

9.47 Several rocky, detached shoals lie off the W side of the S entrance to the strait. The current in the strait has a rate of 2.5

knots and occasionally sets S both with a rising and falling

tide. This occurs after strong winds have backed up the water

in the N end. 

9.47 Arboles Island (7°10'N., 125°41'E.) lies on the NE side of

Pakiputan Strait. The entire island is covered at HW. A narrow

channel, with depths of 11 to 16.5m and about 0.1 mile wide,

separates the island from Samal Island. 

9.47 The most dangerous shoal in the N part of the strait consists

of several drying heads lying 1.5 miles S of Arboles Island. 

9.47 Vessels can anchor about 1 mile NNE of Linao Point, where

there are moderate depths close to the narrow fringing reef of

Samal Island. Anchorage may also be found 1 mile SW of

Linao Point, in depths of 11 to 14m.

Davao Port Facilities

Pier Length Draft Remarks

Santa Ana 

North 104m 4.0m General cargo

Santa Ana 

South

88m 4.0m General cargo

Sasa Wharf 920m 10.6m General cargo 

and ro-ro

Mati Wharf 81m 6.5m General cargo

Shell Oil 40m 8.0m T-shaped petroleum pier

MacLeod 27m 9.3m Petroleum

Stanvac 17m 9.7m Petroleum

Caltex I 66m 7.0m Petroleum

Ilang (Liang) 135m 8.8-10m General cargo
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 243

Pub. 162

Davao Gulf—Head

9.48 Liang (Ilang) (7°11'N., 125°39'E.), a village, lies

about 2 miles NW of Arboles Island. There is a 135m long

conveyor pier and a T-shaped pier with a berthing head about

55m long. 

9.48 The controlling depths are 8.8m and 10m alongside these

piers. There is a chimney here. 

9.48 Tibungko (7°12'N., 125°39'E.) lies about 1 mile N of Liang.

A conspicuous schoolhouse is reported to stand near the beach.

Fish traps mark some of the shoals off the beach. 

9.48 Vessels anchor E of a ruined pier, about 0.5 mile offshore, in

depths of 22 to 27m. Small boats can anchor closer to the

beach, S of the pier. 

9.48 The Bunawan River (7°14'N., 125°39'E.), discharging

about 2.25 miles N of Tibungko, can be used by small boats. A

village of the same name stands about 0.5 mile inland. Vessels

can anchor E of a ruined pier, in depths of 15 to 27m. 

9.49 Tambungon (7°15'N., 125°40'E.), a lumber-loading

port, is situated about 1.5 miles NE of Bunawan. A prominent

gray building stands at the root of a stone mole and pier. Pilings stand where the outer end of the pier formerly stood. 

9.49 Pilotage is compulsory. There is good anchorage, 0.5 mile S

of the pier, in depths of 18 to 37m. 

9.49 Panabo (Kaganjuan) (7°18'N., 125°42'E.) lies about 4 miles

NNE of Tambungon. A T-headed pier, with a berthing face

118m long, extends SE from the shore. The controlling depth

was reported to be 12m alongside the berthing face. The Thead is partly covered with a roof. It was reported that the

length of the berth was about 258m. 

9.49 A government owned pier is situated close N of the above

pier. It was reported that this pier had been enlarged and had

two berths. The S berth faces E and is about 150m in length.

The N berth faces NE and is about 180m in length. The pier is

of concrete construction and is reported to be well fendered.

The controlling depth alongside was reported to be 12m. 

9.50 The Tunganay River (7°19'N., 125°44'E.) discharges

about 0.1 mile W of the Tagum River. Large vessels can anchor

ESE of the mouth of the river, in depths of 27 to 37m. This anchorage is poor and many anchors are reported to have been

lost in this vicinity. 

9.50 The Madaum River (7°22'N., 125°49'E.) lies 3.5 miles ENE

of the mouth of the Tunganay River. Depth over the bar is 0.6m

at LW. An L-shaped pier, 30m wide and 300m long, stands 0.4

mile NE of the river entrance. There are two berths with a controlling depth alongside of about 13m. 

9.50 Maco (Maca) (7°22'N., 125°51'E.) lies about 2.5 miles E of

the mouth of the Madaum River. The sawmill in town is conspicuous. A small pier close to the sawmill dries at LW. 

9.50 There is anchorage offshore, in a depth of 91m, good holding

ground, mud, with the sawmill bearing 057° and the white

plantation house near the mouth of the Madaum River bearing

288°. 

9.51 Pandasan Island (7°17'N., 125°50'E.) lies about 4

miles S of Maco. The island is separated from the mainland by

a narrow channel, almost blocked by a reef at its N end. A fair

anchorage exists 0.75 mile N of the island, in depths of 22 to

27m, or S of the island, in depths of 13 to 37m. 

9.51 Kopia Island (7°17'N., 125°50'E.) is separated from Pandasan Island and the mainland by a channel about 0.3 mile

wide and a village stands on the E coast of the island. There is

good anchorage S of the island, in depths of 13 to 37m. 

9.51 Magnaga Bay (7°10'N., 125°53'E.) lies about 7 miles SSE

of Kopia Island. The bay is clear of dangers and easy to approach. A village stands at the head of the bay. 

9.51 Pangasinan Point, low and sandy, lies about 2.8 miles S of

Magnaga Bay. Several houses on the point are conspicuous.

Detached shoals lie 0.5 mile WNW of the point. 

9.51 Piso Point (7°03'N., 125°57'E.), steep, bold, and marked by

a brown scar, lies 5.5 miles SE of Pangasinan Point. A small

bight lies N of the point. A village is situated on the N shore of

the bight. Vessels anchor in the bight, in a depth of 28m, mud. 

9.51 Mapanga Bay (7°01'N., 125°59'E.) is situated about 2 miles

SE of Piso Point. The bay is encumbered by numerous shoals

of various depths and by reefs awash. 

9.51 Mapanga Reef, awash, lies about 1.5 miles SSE of Piso

Point. 

9.51 Maputi Creek (7°01'N., 125°59'E.) discharges into the head

of a small bight and lies about 3 miles SE of Piso Point. Vessels

anchor about 0.5 mile W of the mouth of the creek in 20m,

mud. 

9.51 Arena Point (6°56'N., 125°59'E.), low and flat, is situated

about 5 miles S of Maputi Creek. The point is fringed by a

sandy beach. Mount Galintan, a conspicuous landmark, lies

about 6 miles ENE of Arena Point. 

9.52 Sumlug Point (6°52'N., 126°01'E.) is low and sandy

and can be identified by the many houses. A 1m shoal patch

lies about 1.5 miles WSW of the point. Cuabo Bay is entered

between Sumlug Point and Bato Point, about 4 miles SE. The

bay is encumbered by shoals and reefs. 

9.52 Bitaogan Point (6°46'N., 126°04'E.) lies 3 miles S of Bato

Point. The point is low and sparsely wooded. Talisay Reef,

partly bare at LW, lies about 3 miles WSW of Bitaogan Point.

Burias Reef lies 2.25 miles S of Talisay Reef. The N side of the

reef bares at LW. 

9.52 Duas Point (6°44'N., 126°05'E.), consisting of bare vertical

cliffs 15 to 30m high, lies about 2.5 miles SSE of Bitaogan

Point. There is anchorage off the point, in a depth of 42m, mud.

A prominent hill stands 1 mile S. 

9.52 Baksal Cove (6°41'N., 126°05'E.) lies 2.5 miles S of Duas

Point. The middle of the cove and the approaches are encumbered by several shoals with depths of 7.4 to 9.2m. A small

rock lies near the head of the cove. 

9.52 Bais Point (6°40'N., 126°04'E.), about 4.25 miles SSW of

Duas Point, is a low point with a sandy beach. Governor Generoso, a town, lies close S of the sandy beach. 

9.52 The town has a number of conspicuous buildings and a church.

Sigaboy Island, with steep cliffs, lies 2 miles S of Bais Point. 

9.52 Borot Cove (6°36'N., 126°05'E.) lies about 2.5 miles SSE of

Sigaboy Island. The entrance points to the cove are steep rocky

bluffs. Shoal water extends 0.2 mile N from the S entrance

point. Anchorage in the cove is restricted.

9.52 Borot Reef lies about 0.5 mile W of Borot Cove. The reef is

partly awash at LW. 

9.53 Monserat (6°36'N., 126°05'E.) is the site of an estate
244 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

and lies at the head of Borot Cove. Several buildings are conspicuous from offshore. A small pier has a reported depth of

5.5m alongside. 

9.53 Vessels can anchor in the entrance to the cove, in a depth of

about 49m, good holding ground. 

9.53 Mount Bilbogan (6°34'N., 126°06'E.) stands about 2 miles

SSE of Monserat. This landmark is very conspicuous when

seen from N or S and shows three small peaks. 

9.53 When seen from the W it appears as a sharp peak with a regular outline. 

9.53 Padada Point (6°32'N., 126°05'E.), low, flat, and rounded,

is fairly prominent and lies about 4 miles S of Borot Cove. A

small village lies about 1.5 miles SSE of the point. 

Nangan Bay (6°27'N., 126°07'E.) is entered 4 miles SSE of

Padada Point. A drying reef extends 0.25 mile W from the N

entrance point. With the exception of this reef, the bay is clear

and easy to approach. 

9.53 Vessels anchor about 0.1 to 0.2 mile from the E shore of the

bay, in 40 to 51m, mud. 

9.53 Abag Bay (6°25'N., 126°08'E.) lies about 2.5 miles SE of

Nangan Bay. The bay is mostly deep and free of dangers. A village situated at the head of the bay. A second village lies 1 mile

farther S. 

9.54 Kaganuhan Point (6°23'N., 126°08'E.) forms the S

side of Tagabibi Bay. When seen from the NW, the point has

six hills rising to the E. The point is fringed by a reef. 

9.54 Tagbanao Cove, a small bight about 0.5 mile in extent, lies 2

miles SE of Kaganuhan Point. Vessels anchor in the middle of

the cove, in 33 to 37m, mud. 

9.54 Lakga Point (6°22'N., 126°10'E.), with several houses visible from seaward, lies about 0.5 mile S of Tagbanao Cove. A

small village lies SE of the point. Vessels anchor SE of the

point, about 0.1 mile offshore, in a depth of 37m. 

9.54 Lavigan Anchorage (6°18'N., 126°11'E.) lies about 3.5

miles SSE of Lakga Point. The anchorage is a narrow inlet extending about 0.3 mile in an E direction. 

9.54 The navigable width of the channel is 46m, with a depth of

14.7m. The anchorage is mainly for small boats. 

9.54 Cape San Agustin (6°16'N., 126°11'E.), the E entrance

point of Davao Gulf, is the S extremity of a long peninsula

which forms the E side of Davao Gulf. A light is shown from

the cape on a concrete tower, 10m high. 

9.54 The currents off the cape are strong and appear to set in a

SW direction. The average rate approaches 2 knots but rates of

3 to 4 knots have been encountered. 

9.54 San Agustin Reef (6°15'N., 126°11'E.), with a least depth of

2.7m, lies about 0.3 mile S of Cape San Agustin. The reef

breaks heavily at times. There is a channel between the reef

and the cape and is used by small craft. 

Cape San Agustin to Cauit Point

9.55 Luban Island (6°26'N., 126°13'E.), about 10 miles

NNE of Cape San Agustin, is connected to the mainland by a

drying reef. A large rock lies close off the E side of the island.

A small village stands on the mainland W of the island. 

9.55 Between Cape San Agustin and Tumago Point, about 30

miles NW, the coast is high, rugged, and steep. There are no

off-lying dangers and deep water lies close to the coast. There

are no good anchorages in this part of the coast. 

Pujada Bay (6°51'N., 126°14'E.) is entered between Tumago Point and Lamigan Point, 6.5 miles NE. The Guanguan

Peninsula forms the E side of the bay, which is fringed by a

narrow reef. The W side of the bay is steep-to and densely

wooded. The head of the bay is fringed by reefs and shoals to a

distance of 0.5 mile. 

9.55 Pujada Island (6°47'N., 126°16'E.) lies near the middle of

the entrance to the bay. It divides the entrance into two wide

and deep channels. The N end of the island is wooded and the

S end is covered with bushes and trees. 

9.55 The N and W sides of the island are steep-to. Reefs and

shoals extend up to 0.35 mile off its E side. Pujada Island Light

is shown from a structure at the SE end of the island. 

9.55 Two sandy islets lie 0.75 mile and 1 mile SE of the island.

They are surrounded by drying reefs. A narrow and foul channel separates the two islets. The channel between the N islet

and Pujada Island is about 0.3 mile wide, with a least depth of

5.8m in the fairway. 

9.55 Uanivan Island (6°50'N., 126°16'E.), high and wooded, is

situated on the E side of Pujada Bay. The island and the Guanguan Peninsula are connected by a rocky ledge, with a least

depth of 9.2m. A drying reef extends 0.25 mile SE from the island. 

9.56 Mati (6°57'N., 126°13'E.) (World Port Index No.

59400), the most important town in the area, lies at the head of

Pujada Bay. 

9.56 Depths—Limitations.—The town has an L-shaped pier,

40m long, with a controlling depth of 6.7m. A light is shown

from the pier. 

9.56 Interco Berth, a T-headed pier, used for loading coconut oil,

lies 1.75 miles SE of Mati. The berth is approached from the S

between two reefs. It consists of two mooring dolphins, in line

095°-275°, alongside an artificial island which is connected to

the shore by a causeway. 

9.56 A refining plant, with prominent tanks, is at the root of the

causeway. Vessels with drafts up to 14m and about 180m loa

can be accepted at this berth. 

9.56 It is reported that loading of expeller pellets is by means of a

fixed loading arm and that, when warping the vessel to change

holds for loading, attention should be given to the existence of

a reef lying W of the berth, and to the shallow water lying E. 

9.56 Pilotage.—The pilot for berthing comes from Davao and adequate notice of ETA is required. The pilot is reported to board

about 1.5 miles S of the berth from a small yellow painted boat. 

9.56 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 28 to 33m, about 0.3

mile off the above pier. Small vessels can anchor in Balete Bay,

in depths of 30 to 37m, near the entrance, or near the head of

Balete Bay, in 14.7m, mud. 

9.57 Mayo Bay (6°55'N., 126°22'E.) is entered between

Lamigan Point and Tugubun Point, 13 miles NE. 

9.57 The N shore of the bay is high, very rugged, and steep-to.

Three small towns lie on the N shore of the bay. Great depths

are found throughout Mayo Bay. The tidal currents in the bay

are weak, but a constant S current of about 2.3 knots is felt offshore at the entrance points. 

9.57 Mayo Bay is protected from N winds, but is not recommended as an anchorage as very deep water lies close offshore. 
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 245

Pub. 162

9.57 Fair weather anchorage is sometimes taken off the three

towns on the N coast. 

9.57 Casauman Point (7°09'N., 126°32'E.) lies about 10 miles

NNE of Tugubun Point. There are five bays, all open to the E

and S, between these two points. There are frequently heavy

tide rips off the point. The Casauman River, on which small

boats can enter at HW, lies 1.5 miles NNW of the point. 

9.57 Manay Bay (7°12'N., 126°33'E.) is situated about 3 miles

NE of Casauman Point. The town of Manay stands at the head

of the bay along with the town of Zaragosa. 

9.57 The bay provides protected anchorage from all winds except

from S and E. 

9.57 Caraga Bay (7°18'N., 126°34'E.) lies about 6.7 miles NNE

of Manay Bay. Alisud Point, the N entrance point, is rocky and

steep-to and is formed by low and bare cliffs. 

9.57 Pusan Point, the S entrance point, is low, rocky, and rounded.

Heavy rips are found off this point and apparently caused by

the constant S current. 

9.57 Caraga (7°20'N., 126°34'E.) stands on the cliff bordering

Alisud Point. The town church is conspicuous. 

9.57 Vessels can anchor close to the shore S of Caraga. Vessels also anchor off Santiago, in the SW corner of the bay, in E and

SW winds. The anchorage at Caraga is used only during fair

weather. 

9.58 Baculin Bay (7°25'N., 126°34'E.) lies about 6 miles

N of Alisud Point. The N and S shores of the bay are high and

rocky while the W shore is reported to be low and sandy. Baculin, a small town, stands on the N shore of the bay. 

9.58 Vessels anchor, in 13 to 18m, about 0.5 mile offshore, 2

miles WSW of Baculin Point. 

9.58 Baganga Bay (7°35'N., 126°34'E.), 8.75 miles N of Baculin

Point, is entered between Lakud Point and Lambajon Point

(7°36'N., 126°35'E.), about 2.2 miles NNW. A river flows into

the S end of the bay. A town stands on the S bank of the river.

Some of the town buildings are visible from seaward. The bay

is deep and clear of dangers in its middle part. 

9.58 There is anchorage in the bay, in a depth of 12.9m, about 0.3

mile offshore and 0.5 mile W of Lambajon Point. Vessels also

anchor, in 9m, protected from S and SE winds, in the SW part

of the bay. 

9.58 San Victor Island (7°40'N., 126°34'E.), about 4 miles NNW

of Lambajon Point, is a small, low islet with a bushy top and

the island is surrounded by foul ground. 

9.58 An extensive area encumbered with shoals lies within 1.25

miles NE, E, and S of the island. The sea breaks heavily at all

times on three drying patches in this area. 

9.58 Bangai Point (7°44'N., 126°34'E.) lies about 4 miles N of

San Victor Island. The point is low and rocky. The coast to the

SW of the point is fringed by a reef which dries in places. Two

prominent islands stand on the reef. 

9.59 Cateel Bay (8°50'N., 126°27'E.), entered between

Bangai Point and Catarman Point, about 17 miles NW, is a

large open roadstead. The bay is free of dangers outside of 1.5

miles from shore. 

9.59 The villages of San Roque and Boston are situated in the

NW part of the bay. Cateel, a town on the S shore of the bay,

lies about 7 miles SE of Boston. Several buildings and a church

can be seen from offshore. 

9.59 Vessels can anchor off the village of Boston, in depths of 9.1

to 12.9m. Vessels calling at Cateel usually anchor, in 11 to

14.7m, about 0.5 mile N of the village of Magdalena, which

lies about 2 miles NW of Cateel. There is a prominent warehouse in the village. The anchorage at Boston may become untenable during E winds. 

9.60 Catarman Anchorage (8°00'N., 126°26'E.) is

formed between the reef fringing the N side of Catarman Point

and the coastal reef enclosing the Majangit Islands to the N.

The reef forming the N side dries at LW. 

9.60 The entrance channel is reduced in width to 0.2 mile by a

small detached reef lying close off the N side of the entrance.

Safe anchorage can be obtained about 0.5 mile W of the small

detached reef. 

9.60 Lingig (8°02'N., 126°25'E.), lying about 3.25 miles NW of

Catarman Point, is a port of call for inter-island vessels. 

9.60 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 3.7m,

sand, about 0.5 mile ESE of Lingig. 

9.60 Tambog Point (8°06'N., 126°27'E.), 4.5 miles NE of Lingig,

is covered with scattered trees and bushes, and is prominent. It

has two prongs, the S being the higher of the two with an elevation of 15m. 

9.60 Barcelona (8°10'N., 126°26'E.) lies about 3.7 miles NNW of

Tambog Point. There is a break in the coastal reef abreast the

town, which forms an inlet. Vessels can anchor in the middle of

the inlet, in a depth of about 12.9m. 

9.60 Sanco Point (8°15'N., 126°27'E.), 5.5 miles NNE of Barcelona and marked by a light, is low, thickly covered with bushes,

and has a white, sandy beach on it. 

9.60 Valencia (8°14'N., 126°27'E.), a small town which is not

visible from offshore, stands near the SE extremity of Sanco

Point. 

9.61 Bislig Bay (8°14'N., 126°23'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59385) is entered between Sanco Point and Mawes Island,

lying about 4 miles to the NW. The NW shore of the bay is low

and bordered by mangrove. The head of the bay is low and

fronted by mud flats. The SE part of the bay is rocky and rather

steep. A town stands in the NW corner of the bay. 

9.61 Mangagoy (8°11'N., 126°21'E.) , a timber-loading port, lies

in the SW corner of Bislig Bay. The buildings of the town and

two sawmills are prominent. Twin spires stand about 0.3 mile

SW of the sawmills. 

9.61 A hill, 280m high, lying 2 miles S of Mangagoy, is also

prominent. Three oil tanks, two painted black and one silver

gray, stand near the shore close S of the timber pier. 

9.61 A timber loading pier is situated 0.75 mile NE of Mangagoy.

The berthing space is 168m long on either side, with alongside

depths of 6.7 to 8.4m. The pier is exposed to the swell, especially during the height of the Northeast Monsoon (January to

March). 

9.61 Vessels must be prepared to leave the berth at short notice.

The largest vessel accepted is 152m and 18,000 dwt. Vessels

usually berth heading SW but during the Northeast Monsoon

should berth heading NE. 

9.61 A breakwater with an L-shaped concrete pier head stands

0.75 miles ENE of the timber pier. The breakwater projects

790m into the bay and has a head 130m long. 

9.61 The berth for large vessels (operated by the PICOP Timber
246 Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 

Pub. 162

Company) with a maximum draft of 9.1m is on the W side of

the pier. A patch, with a depth of 4m, lies off the head of the

breakwater. 

9.61 Pilotage is compulsory and must be requested 48 hours in

advance. 

9.61 Vessels anchor, in a depth of 12.8m, 0.75 mile N of the head

of the L-shaped pier. Vessels also anchor 2 miles E of the

mouth of the Bislig River, in a depth of 9.1m. 

9.61 The quarantine anchorage can best be seen on the chart. 

9.62 Hinatuan Bay (8°21'N., 126°22'E.) is entered N of

Bislig Bay. The coastline at the head of the bay is fronted by

reefs and shoals to a distance of 2.25 miles. 

9.62 A small stream discharges into this part of the bay. Depths of

6 to 46m are found in the middle of the clear part of the bay. A

number of small islands lie in the bay and in its entrance. 

9.62 Hinatuan (8°22'N., 126°20'E.) (World Port Index No.

59380) stands on the N side of Hinatuan Bay. The town is visible from well outside the bay. Within the town, the church is

conspicuous. 

9.62 Vessels usually anchor, in 7.4m, mud, about 1.5 miles SE of

the mouth of the Hinatuan River. The approach to the anchorage is clear and about 1 mile wide. 

9.62 Lamon Point (8°28'N., 126°24'E.) stands about 7 miles NE

of Hinatuan. The point is made up of rocky cliffs. 

9.62 Bagasinan Island lies about 1.3 miles SSW of Lamon Point.

The E end of the island is separated from the rest of the island

by a narrow and shoal passage. 

9.62 Lamon Anchorage (8°28'N., 126°23'E.), an inlet nearly 2

miles long and having a navigable width of about 0.2 mile at its

narrowest point, lies between the reef N of Bagasinan Island

and the reef fringing the coast to the W of Lamon Point. 

9.62 Vessels usually anchor off a ruined pier, which is situated

about 1.3 miles W of Lamon Point, in a depth of 12m. 

9.62 Singag Island (8°33'N., 126°23'E.) lies about 1.3 miles E of

Bakulin Point. The island is separated from the mainland by a

narrow and foul channel, with a depth of 5m in its middle part. 

9.63 Lianga Bay (8°37'N., 126°10'E.) is entered between

Bakulin Point and Jobo Point, about 11.5 miles NW. The bay

indents the coast for about 13 miles in a W direction. The N shore

of the bay is bordered by mangroves and rounded hills. The S

shore of the bay is higher and is fringed by a wide reef. The bay is

clear of dangers in its middle part. Depths of over 37m are found

throughout the greater part of the bay, except for a 15m patch

and a 22m patch. 

9.63 Panirongan Island (8°35'N., 126°07'E.) lies at the head of

the bay and appears to be part of the mainland. A narrow boat

channel separates the two. A village stands on the SE shore of

the island. A small islet lies off the E side of the island. A number of islands and islets lie off the N and S shores of the bay

and can best be seen on the chart. 

9.63 Lianga (8°38'N., 126°06'E.), a small port, lies at the head of

the bay. The town church is prominent from seaward. A concrete tower stands on the reef E of the town. An L-shaped pier

stands 1 mile NE of the town. A private pier stands 0.5 mile N

of the town and is only used by small boats. 

9.63 Vessels can anchor, in 37m, with the church bearing 289°,

with shelter only during the Southwest Monsoon. 

9.63 There also is anchorage available, in depths of 20 to 22m,

with Malinonok Island (8°39'N., 126°08'E.) bearing 224° at a

distance of 0.7 mile. 

9.64 Oteiza Bay (8°44'N., 126°13'E.) is entered between

Jobo Point and an unnamed point lying about 5.8 miles to the

NE. The N and S shores of the bay are bordered by mangroves

and fringed by a drying reef. 

9.64 A river discharges into the N part of the bay. A town stands near

the N side of the mouth of the river. A second town stands on the S

shore of the bay. Vessels anchor, in 12.8m, SE of the N town. 

9.64 Ayninan Island (Agninan Island) (8°47'N., 126°18'E.) lies

about 1.3 miles ENE of the N entrance point of Oteiza Bay. 

9.64 A deep passage, about 0.1 mile wide, separates the islet from

the shore reef of the mainland. There is anchorage, in 29 to

33m, about 0.8 mile NE of the islet. 

9.64 Marihatag (8°48'N., 126°18'E.), a small village visible from

seaward, stands about 1.3 miles NW of Ayninan Island. The

town stands on the S side of the mouth of a river of the same

name. The river can only be entered by small boats at HW. 

9.64 Santa Cruz Bay (8°50'N., 126°20'E.), situated 2.25 miles

NE of Marihatag, is about 0.8 mile wide at its entrance and extends about 1 mile W. A small town stands at the head of the

bay. The bay is unsuitable for shipping. 

9.65 Bitaogan Bay (8°53'N., 126°19'E.), about 1.5 miles

wide at its entrance, is very shallow at its head. A reef, about

0.2 mile wide, fringes the N side of the bay. 

9.65 Aras-Asan (8°53'N., 126°19'E.) stands on the W side of the

bay. Vessels call to load lumber. 

9.65 The Arangasa Islands (8°53'N., 126°20'E.), three in number, lie on a reef in the entrance to Bitaogan Bay. Arangasa Island shows a light. 

9.65 The largest island is merely a mangrove patch. The third island,

close S of Arangasa Island, is small and covered with brush. 

9.65 Vessels usually anchor, in 22m, in the S part of Bitaogan

Bay, with the S extremity of Arangasa Island bearing 096°, in

mid-channel, between the reef on which Arangasa Island lies

and the SW shore of the bay. 

9.65 Vessels with local knowledge anchor in the N part of the bay,

E of Aras-Asan, in a depth of 18m. 

9.65 Caguait Cove (8°56'N., 126°18'E.), a small cove, lies 3.25

miles NW of Bitaogan Bay. The entrance is about 0.3 mile

wide with a depth of 12.8m. A village stands on the S shore of

the cove. There is anchorage in the cove for small vessels with

local knowledge. 

9.65 Magabao Cove (8°59'N., 126°16'E.) is 3.25 miles NW of

Caguait Cove. It is 0.5 mile wide at its entrance. A 6.7m patch

lies in the middle of the entrance. 

9.65 The Tago River (9°01'N., 126°14'E.) discharges 3 miles NW

of Magabao Cove. A narrow channel, with a depth of 1.9m at

LW, leads across the bar. A small town stands on the N bank of

the river. 

9.66 Tandag (9°05'N., 126°12'E.), a small seaport lying

about 5 miles NW of the Tago River, stands on Tandag Point,

which is low and flat. The church and a number of buildings in

the town are prominent. A stone mole, with 2.1m alongside,

stands near the point. 

9.66 Lenungan Island (9°05'N., 126°12'E.) is the larger of two

steep, high, densely wooded, and rocky islands lying close off
Sector 9. Mindanao—South and East Coasts 247

Pub. 162

the N side of Tandag Point. The smaller island is oval in shape. 

9.66 Vessels can obtain anchorage, in depths of 13 to 18m, about

0.3 mile W of the N end of Lenungan Island. 

9.66 Macangani Island (9°07'N., 126°14'E.), 79m high and covered with small trees and brushwood, lies on the S part of a

bank 2.5 miles NNE of Tandag Point. The island is prominent.

Two bare rocks lie close off the N end of the island. 

9.66 Panisaan Point (9°10'N., 126°10'E.), lying about 5.5 miles

NNW of Tandag Point, rises steeply from the water’s edge.

There is a dome-shaped mountain W of the point. It is a good

landmark, but is frequently obscured in cloudy weather. An

11m patch lies about 1.5 miles SSE of the point. 

9.66 Taganauan Island (9°14'N., 126°12'E.) lies on the coastal

reef about 4 miles NNE of Panisaan Point. The island is small

and covered with mangroves. Several islets and rocks lie close

off the E side of the island. 

9.67 Cauit Point (9°18'N., 126°12'E.), situated about 4.8

miles N of Taganauan Island, is the NE extremity of a rugged

and well wooded peninsula. The point is high and rather steepto on its N side. A light is shown on the point. The E and S

sides of the point are fringed by a reef that extends up to 0.6

mile offshore. 

9.67 Cauit Bank (9°20'N., 126°15'E.), with depths of 14.7 to

18.4m, lies from 2.75 to 4.25 miles ENE of Cauit Point. 

9.67 A constant S current has been observed on this coast at a distance of over 4 miles from the shore, with a rate of 1 to 2 knots.

The tidal currents flow N on the flood tide between the numerous reefs lying in the bays on this coast. 

9.67 Anchorage, in about 22 to 37m, sand, or sand and rock, can

be taken anywhere along the coast between Panisaan Point and

Cauit Point. 
249

Pub. 162

10. 

The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers

10.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

10.0SECTOR 10 — CHART INFORMATION
251

Pub. 162

SECTOR 10 

THE CALAMIAN GROUP AND ASSOCIATED DANGERS

10.0 Plan.—This sector describes the islands and dangers in the

area between the NE end of Palawan and Mindoro, and Panay

to the E. The sequence of description is from S to N. '

General Remarks

10.1 The Calamian Group, Linapacan Island, and the Cuyo

Islands, together with the numerous islets and reefs lying off

them, lie approximately between latitudes 10°23'N and

12°29'N, and between longitudes 119°30'E, and 121°15'E.

10.1 These islands and islets together with Palawan form the major part of Palawan Province; they are also known as the Palawan Group and as the Palawan Archipelago. The latter

designations are used most often in describing the winds,

weather, and currents in the group as a whole.

10.1 The Calamian Group consists of three relatively large islands; Busuanga Island, Coron Island, and Culion Island, together with numerous off-lying islets and reefs. 

10.1 The three large islands lie grouped around a position about

midway between the SW coast of Mindoro and the NE end of

Palawan. Mindoro Strait separates Mindoro and Busuanga Island.

10.1 Busuanga Island (12°10'N., 120°00'E.) is the largest island

of the Calamian Group. It has a very irregular outline, its coasts

being indented by an almost continuous succession of bays, in

most of which are one or more islands or islets and rocks. The

coasts of the island and these bays are nearly everywhere

fringed by reef. Busuanga Island is hilly; the highest mountains

are in the SE part of the island. 

10.1 Mount Tundalara is an excellent landmark in that part of the

island. Coron is the largest town on Busuanga Island. Other

ports and anchorages of some maritime importance on the island are Port Caltom and Minuit.

10.1 Coron Island lies S of the SE end of Busuanga Island; the intervening channel is Coron Passage. The island is a rather rugged limestone mass that is high, rocky, and precipitous. Coron

Island is almost barren and is practically uninhabited.

10.1 Culion Island lies close SW of the SW side of Busuanga Island, with numerous small islands and islets lying in the intervening channel. Like the others in the Calamian Group, the

island is hilly and attains its maximum elevation in the SE part.

Culion, in addition to being the largest town on the island, is also the site of a large leper colony.

10.1 Linapacan Island lies SW of the S extremity of Culion Island. The intervening channel is Linapacan Strait.

10.1 The Cuyo Islands, lying SE of Busuanga Island and Culion

Island, are a large group of small, scattered islands that are

generally wooded and hilly.

10.1 Reefs and shoals border the W sides of Busuanga Island and

Culion Island as far as 22 miles W. The 200m curve is the W

boundary of the shoal area, but depths of less than 9.2m are

found close within the curve. Vessels without local knowledge

are advised to remain outside the 200m curve.

10.1 Drilling operations are progressing in position 11°53'10"N,

119°21'32"E. A lighted buoy marks the location.

10.1 Winds—Weather.—In the Palawan Group, the Northeast

Monsoon generally sets in during October, but does not become fully established much before the beginning of November. This monsoon, also called the winter monsoon, continues

until April. The winds of this monsoon are N and NE, tending

to become more easterly toward the close of the season.

10.1 When at maximum development, which is in January, the

Northeast Monsoon blows with remarkable steadiness, averaging 10 to 15 knots over the open sea. 

10.1 Stronger winds are generally associated with rising barometric pressures, but such conditions are of short duration, and become less frequent as the Northeast Monsoon draws to a close. 

10.1 Interruptions to the normal monsoon winds are more frequent in the S part of this area than in the N part; they are associated with typhoons and shallow low pressure systems.

10.1 The Southwest Monsoon prevails from June to October; it

follows a transition period of variable winds and calms. 

10.1 The winds of this monsoon blow most steadily in July and

August, but are not as steady as the winds of the Northeast

Monsoon. The winds, when not interrupted by land masses, average 10 to 15 knots at the height of the monsoon. In the S part

of the Palawan Group, in the latitude belt 8°00'N to 9°30'N, the

close of the Southwest Monsoon season invariably brings

strong, boisterous winds during the early days of October. A

further transition period precedes the onset of the Northeast

Monsoon again.

10.1 Squalls are somewhat prevalent during the Southwest Monsoon, particularly near land, and during such squalls the wind

may attain gale strength in gusts. These squalls are often associated with thunderstorms.

10.1 Squalls and rain lasting for 5 or 10 days occur during the

Southwest Monsoon. Fair weather, sometimes lasting at least a

month, may be experienced between periods of bad weather.

10.1 Strong and squally SW or W winds, known locally as Collas,

sometimes blow in summer and early autumn for periods as

long as 10 days. They are generally observed with typhoons,

centered some distance to the N, and at times in the S with

shallow depressions. These Collas are generally accompanied

by considerable quantities of close driving rain.

10.1 Land and sea breezes are clearly observable in this area, particularly when the prevailing NE or Southwest Monsoon winds

happen to be weak. Along the E and W coasts of the island of

Palawan, the winds of both the Northeast Monsoon and the

Southwest Monsoon give place at sunset to a land breeze,

known locally as the Tugpo. The Tugpo is observable as far as

10 to 15 miles offshore.

10.1 Typhoons are not very frequent over the greater part of the

Palawan Group, although their frequency increases with increasing latitude. Only about 7 per cent of the more serious typhoons occur in the latitude belt 8°00'N to 11°00'N, but in the

belt 11°00'N to 13°30'N, the region in which the Calamian

Group is situated, typhoons are quite frequent and are often destructive, about 19 per cent of all typhoons being experienced
252 Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 

Pub. 162

in this belt. 

10.1 In a normal year 13 typhoons are encountered in the area

0°00'N to 20°00'N, and 120°00'E to 130°00'E, but about 50 per

cent of these begin to recurve to the N and NE before reaching

the Philippines.

10.1 Tides—Currents.—The North Equatorial Current divides E

of the Philippine Islands. Most of the water is deflected to the

N and S; however, some of the water continues W to pass between the various islands. 

10.1 During the Northeast Monsoon, this W drift current continues into the South China Sea, but during the Southwest Monsoon, this water becomes mixed, in the Sulu Sea, with water

flowing E from the South China Sea. Most of the resultant

mixed water turns S to flow into the Celebes Sea. Near shore

and in the passes between the islands the tidal currents are often much stronger than the ocean currents and mask the effect

of the latter.

10.1 Generally speaking, the currents of the South China Sea and

the Sulu Sea need not be considered when navigating in close

proximity to the Palawan Group.

10.1 Regarding sea conditions, the area described in this sector

experiences medium to low seas and moderate to low swell,

from NE, during the period from November to April. The most

disturbed sea conditions occur during this period because wind

velocities are higher than at any other time of the year. 

10.1 During the period from May to October, sea and swell are

predominantly from SW.

10.1 Waterspouts have been observed in the area between Palawan and the Cuyo Islands, and occasionally occur N of Tami

Point in Ipolotte Bay.

The Cuyo Islands

10.2 The Cuyo Islands lie between the N part of Palawan

Island (11°25'N., 119°30'E.) and Panay Island. 

10.2 They are contained within the parallels of 10°40'N and

11°30'N, and between the meridians of 120°40'E and

121°15'E. There are about 40 islands in the group, mostly scattered, except for the Quiniluban Islands.

10.2 Shoals, banks, and reefs are numerous in the vicinity of the

Cuyo Islands. 

10.2 However, most of the islands of the group can be approached

without difficulty from any direction except the waters between Cuyo Island (10°50'N., 121°02'E.) and Canipo Island

(10°59'N., 120°57'E.). These waters are encumbered with numerous shoals known as the Gosong Dangers.

10.2 The route E of the islands is generally used during the Northeast Monsoon from Basilan Strait to Mindoro Strait thus taking

advantage of the N current along the W side of Panay

(11°00'N., 122°00'E.). 

10.2 The channel between the NE coast of Palawan and the Cuyo

Islands is named Cuyo West Pass and that between the Cuyo

Islands and Panay is Cuyo East Pass.

10.2 The Cuyo Islands are exposed to both monsoons. The mean

annual temperature is about 28°C. and the entire area is considered excellent for working conditions. 

10.2 Visibility is rarely obscured by fog or mist, but there are periods of haze during the Northeast Monsoon.

The Quiniluban Islands are the northernmost of the Cuyo Islands, and lie about 35 miles NNW of Cuyo Island. The group

consists of several islands, islets, and rocks lying on a circular

reef about 6 miles in diameter. 

10.2 The group is of limestone formation, covered by tall grass.

The reefs that encircle the islands are flat and sandy with numerous coral heads which dry at LW. 

10.2 Breakers mark the edges of the reef during the monsoon seasons.

10.2 Anchorage, partly protected during the Northeast Monsoon

(October to March), can be taken close off the SW side of the

encircling reef, in depths of 11 to 27m.

10.2 Quiniluban Island (11°26'N., 120°50'E.), the largest of the

group, lies near the NE edge of the reef. The island appears as a

sharp cone on a N approach; whereas, from the E the island resembles a ridge with a dome-shaped elevation in the center. 

10.2 The cone and ridge have a reddish brown color and make a

prominent landmark. The island is a good radar target for a distance of 24 miles.

Quiniluban Island to Cuyo Island

10.3 The Halog Islands (11°22'N., 120°52'E.) are two

small islands rising from a reef about 3 miles SSE of the SE

side of Quiniluban Island. The channel between the islands and

Quiniluban Island is free of dangers and at least 10.9m deep. 

10.3 A shoal, with a depth of 5.5m, lies 6.5 miles ESE of Halog

Island. A steep-to reef, with a depth of 4.9m, lies 5.25 miles

SW of the same island.

10.3 Pamalican Island (11°22'N., 120°44'E.) lies about 7 miles

SW of Quiniluban Island. The island is covered with bushes

and is uninhabited. 

10.3 It is fringed by a drying reef extending 1 mile from its NE

side.

10.3 Manamoc Island (11°18'N., 120°41'E.) lies 2.75 miles SW

of Pamalican Island. The island is fringed by a partly drying

reef which extends up to 1 mile offshore. 

10.3 A lagoon, about 1m deep at LW, lies within a break in the

reef on the SW side of the island. 

10.3 A light is shown from a concrete tower, 12m high, standing

on a hill on the W extremity of the island.

10.4 Lean Island (11°13'N., 120°41'E.) and Imaruan Island lie 4.75 miles S and 5.75 miles SE, respectively, of Manamoc Island. A 3.6m coral patch lies about 5 miles SE of

Imaruan Island.

10.4 Oco Island (11°15'N., 120°51'E.), with a rock close off its E

side, lies 10.5 miles ESE of Manamoc Island. Gosong Rocks,

5m high, lies 3.75 miles SE of Oco Island.

10.4 Dit Island (11°15'N., 120°56'E.) lies about 4.3 miles E of

Oco Island. The island is wooded and has three mountain

peaks in the middle part of the island. 

10.4 Large boulders form the shores but small sandy beaches are

found at the S and W ends of the island. 

10.4 Shoal patches lie as far as 1 mile off the SW side of the island.

10.5 Maracanao Island (11°13'N., 121°04'E.) is located

on a bank, with depths of less than 18m. The island lies 7 miles

E of Dit Island. 

10.5 Chinaman Shoals are two shoals, with depths of 6 to 7m, lying 3.5 and 6 miles NNE, respectively, of Maracanao Island.
Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 253

Pub. 162

Luzon Bank, with a least depth of 14.6m, lies 11 miles E of

Maracanao Island. Several smaller banks, with depths of 13 to

17m, lie between Chinaman Shoals and Luzon Bank.

10.5 Agutaya Island (11°09'N., 120°58'E.) lies about 4.5 miles

SSE of Dit Island. The island is high and hilly in its NE part

with four peaks rising close together. Extensive coral reefs,

bare at LW, extend as far as 0.4 mile off the NW and SE sides

of the island. 

10.5 Agutaya Island Light is shown at the W side of the island.

10.5 A small detached coral reef, with a depth of 3.7m, lies 8

miles W of Agutaya Island.

10.5 Guinlabo Island lies near the E edge of a shoal, 2.25 miles S

of Agutaya Island. A rock, with a depth of 1.2m, lies 3.75

miles W of Guinlabo Island.

10.5 Matarabis Island (11°07'N., 121°09'E.) lies on the S side of

a bank with depths of less than 18m, 9.5 miles E of Agutaya Island. The island is easily identified by its steep conical hill,

which is the most prominent landmark in the Cuyo Islands.

The island is a good radar target up to 27 miles.

10.5 A shoal, with a depth of 10.4m, lies about 3 miles WNW of

Matarabis Island.

10.6 Siparay Island (11°02'N., 121°08'E.) lies about 5

miles S of Matarabis Island. Tacbubuc Island lies about 3 miles

SW of Siparay Island. Both islands lie on banks, with depths of

less than 18m.

10.6 The Tagauayan Islands (10°58'N., 121°13'E.), consisting of

two islands, lie about 6.5 miles SE of Siparay Island. The two

islands are connected by a drying ledge. The larger of the two

islands has three conspicuous high ridges; the highest is reported to be visible for 23 miles. Both islands are reported to be

good radar targets up to 25 miles.

10.6 Tagauayan Bay (10°58'N., 121°14'E.) is the area between

the two islands lying NE of the rocky ledge connecting them.

The bay is open to the E but affords good shelter during the

Southwest Monsoon. 

10.6 A number of hills and a large sharp rock on the above ledge

are good landmarks for entering the bay. 

10.6 A shoal ridge in the middle of the bay extends 0.5 mile E

from the shore and has a depth of 4.9m. Fair shelter from the

Northeast Monsoon can be obtained on the N side of the bay.

10.6 Anchorage can be taken in the N part of the bay, in depths of

14.6 to 18.3m. Anchorage can also be taken off the W side of

the bay, in depths of 18.3 to 27m, about 0.2 mile off the shore,

and 0.35 mile SW of the N entrance point S of the rocky ridge

is an area about 0.2 mile in extent, with depths of 11 to 22m,

where anchorage is available in fair weather.

10.6 Cocoro Island (10°53'N., 121°12'E.) lies 4 miles SSW of

the Tagauayan Islands. The island is fringed by a reef, except

on its S side, and a bank extends about 0.5 mile NW from its N

extremity, with depths of less than 5.5m. It has been reported

the island is a good radar target up to 24 miles.

10.7 Cuyo Island (10°51'N., 121°02'E.) is the largest of

the Cuyo Islands and lies about 7 miles WSW of Cocoro Island. The N and S parts of the island are connected by a low,

narrow isthmus. Mount Bombon, the highest hill on the island,

stands in the N part of the island. 

10.7 The S coast of the island is composed of low, rocky ledges or

mangroves with trees along the beaches. Lucbuan Hill, on the

E side of the island, is a good landmark when approaching the

island from the E. The island has been reported to be a good radar target up to 31 miles.

10.8 Cuyo (10°51'N., 121°00'E.), the largest town in the

Cuyo Islands, stands on the W coast of Cuyo Island. Buoys

mark the N and S entrance points to the port. 

10.8 The entrance channel at the buoys is 7.3m deep and 0.25

mile wide. Depths decrease to 1.5m off a pier at the inner end

of the channel. A light is shown near the middle of the pier. 

10.8 Cuyo is approached from N or W through a channel between

the N side of Bisucay Island and the SW extremity of Gosong

Dangers. This channel is at least 0.5 mile wide with depths of

18.3 to 31m. 

10.8 Bisucay Channel, between Bisucay Island and Cuyo Island,

is 0.3 mile wide, with a fairway about 0.1 mile wide and 11.9m

deep. 

10.8 The immediate approach to town is through a break in the

reef abeam of it. There are numerous shoal patches lying adjacent to the channels.

10.8 There are two piers at Cuyo. The stone mole, about 0.15 mile

long, has a reported depth of 2.1m off its head. The stone

causeway extends almost 0.4 mile offshore, with its outer 40m

submerged 0.3m below water. The remaining part of the causeway is in disrepair and used only by small boats.

10.8 Small vessels can anchor about 0.5 mile W of the pier, in

7.3m, or closer in if draft will allow. During the Southwest

Monsoon (May to September), vessels can anchor closer off

the reef that fringes the N side of Bisucay Island. 

10.8 Anchorage can also be taken during SW storms in the bay on

the SE side of Cuyo Island.

Islands West of Cuyo Island

10.9 Bisucay Island (10°49'N., 120°58'E.) is separated

from the SW side of Cuyo Island by Bisucay Channel. A double-peaked hill rises in the middle of the island. The NE side of

the island is low and sandy. 

10.9 Batas Point, on the SE side of the island, has a hill which is a

good landmark for vessels approaching the S entrance to Bisucay Channel.

10.9 The Gosong Dangers (10°54'N., 120°59'E.) is an extensive

area of foul ground and detached shoal patches which lies W of

Cuyo Island. Gosong Rock, 3m high, lies on the E side of the

Gosong Dangers.

10.9 Indagamy Island, 40m high, is steep and rocky; it lies 1.25

miles ENE of Gosong Rock.

10.9 Putic Island, 1.25 miles E of Indagamy Island, is 128m high;

it lies on the reef, which dries, about 0.4 mile NW of the N part

of Cuyo Island.

10.9 Bararin Island (Bararing) (10°52'N., 120°56'E.) lies 3 miles

NNW of the NW extremity of Bisucay Island. The island is

steep-to on its W side. Pandan Island lies on the SE part of a

detached bank, 4.5 miles W of Bisucay Island.

10.9 Imalaguan Island (Imalauan) (10°45'N., 121°04'E.) lies 3

miles S of the SE extremity of Cuyo Island. The island consists

of three hills which are covered with vegetation. Silat Island

lies about 6 miles S of Bisucay Island. The island is wooded

and inhabited.
254 Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 

Pub. 162

10.10 Capnoyan Island (10°44'N., 120°54'E.) lies about

5.5 miles SW of Bisucay Island. The island is high and wooded

on its SW side. A narrow reef fringes the island except for a

short stretch on its SW side. Malcatop Island lies about 1.3

miles SSW of Capnoyan Island. 

10.10 The island has two summits and is partly cultivated. Pangatatan Island lies 0.5 mile S of Malcatop Island. The island has a

sandy beach on its NE side and the rest is covered with bamboo

and scrub.

10.10 Pacheco Shoal (10°40'N., 120°52'E.), with a depth of 6.4m,

lies about 1.8 miles SSW of Pangatatan Island. Ramon Shoal,

with a depth of 4.5m, lies 4 miles W of the same island.

10.10 Santa Filomena Shoals (10°39'N., 120°44'E.) consists of

three coral formations and lies at the SW end of the Cuyo Islands. 

10.10 There is deep water between the three shoals. The shoals,

which have least depths of 2.1 to 3.6m, can best be seen on the

chart.

10.11 Quiminatin Island (10°43'N., 120°47'E.) lies 6 miles

W of Capnoyan Island. It rises abruptly and is almost inaccessible and the cliffs are undercut by the sea. The NW corner is

separated from the remainder of the island by a deep saddle,

and the W side of this point is the only landing place.

10.11 The Quiminatin Chico Islands (10°43'N., 120°46'E.) comprise two islets on the E edge of a bank, 1 mile WSW of Quiminatin Island. 

10.11 The channel between the islets and Quiminatin Island is

deep and clear.

10.11 Round Island (10°48'N., 120°36'E.), the westernmost of the

Cayo Islands, lies about 11.5 miles WNW of Quiminatin Island. The island is steep-to and partly wooded. Lubic Island

lies 11.5 miles NNE of Round Island. 

10.11 The island is hilly and has a coconut plantation on its S end.

Tabac Rock, with a depth of 0.3m, lies 5.5 miles WNW of Lubic Island. The rock lies on the S end of a partly drying coral

reef.

10.11 An isolated rock, with a charted depth of 4.9m, lies 4.5 miles

SW of Lubic Island.

10.11 Pamitinan Island (11°00'N., 120°46'E.), Patunga Island,

and Paya Island all lie in a NE-SW direction, about 2.5 miles

apart, and steep-to. Cauayan Island lies about 7 miles NNE of

Tabac Rock. A shoal, with a depth of 14m, lies 3.5 miles NW

of Cauayan Island.

The Calamian Group

10.12 The Calamian Group consists of three relatively large

islands; Busuanga Island, Coron Island, and Culion Island, together with numerous off-lying islets and reefs. 

10.12 The islands are generally hilly and the lower slopes and valleys are wooded.

10.12 The climate of these islands is generally hot and unhealthy.

Depths N and E of the islands are very irregular with patches

from 13 to 18m rising steeply from greater depths.

Busuanga Island

10.13 Busuanga Island (12°10'N., 120°00'E.) is the largest

island of the Calamian Group. The coasts of the island and its

bays are fringed by reefs. The highest mountains are in the SE

part of the island. 

10.13 Mount Tundalara is the highest of these mountains and is

very prominent, but is sometimes obscured by clouds. A number of towns and villages are located about the island.

Macachin Point (12°20'N., 119°54'E.), the N extremity of

Busuanga Island, is low, rocky, and reef-fringed. Northwest

Rock, with a flat summit, is barren, has a dark appearance, and

lies almost 5 miles NNW of Macachin Point. 

10.13 Sail Rocks, a group of bare rocks, lie 2 miles SSE of Northwest Rock. A bank, with a depth of 12.8m, lies 1.5 miles NE of

Sail Rocks.

10.13 Dimipac Island (12°22'N., 119°54'E.), with a few trees and

some vegetation, lies about 2 miles N of Macachin Point. The

island is mainly fringed by a drying reef.

10.13 The NW end of Busuanga Island is locally known as Calauit

Island, as it is separated from the mainland by the Ditipac River which flows through the narrow neck connecting them.

10.13 Inagtapan Point (12°19'N., 119°55'E.) lies about 2 miles

ESE of Macachin Point. The point is bold, rocky, and steep,

with a high bare cliff. A low ridge extends from the point SW

to the W coast of the island.

10.14 Tanobon Island (12°21'N., 119°57'E.), high and

wooded, lies 2 miles NE of Inagtapan Point. 

10.14 Tanobon island is also reported to be fringed by a coral reef.

Two rocks lie 1 mile WNW of the SW extremity of the island.

Dumunpalit Island lies 12 miles NE of Inagtapan Point. The island is rocky and encircled by a reef. 

10.14 Colocoto Rocks, a group of large black boulders, lie about 7

miles NW of Dumunpalit Island.

10.14 Calauit Bay (12°16'N., 119°56'E.) lies about 2.8 miles SSE

of Inagtapan Point. The bay has irregular depths of 6 to 37m

and is open to the Northeast Monsoon. A village of the same

name stands on the N shore of the bay. 

10.14 The shores of the bay are fringed by coral reefs. Part of the

year a fishing fleet is reported to be operating out of the bay.

Minuit (12°15'N., 120°01'E.) is situated on the coast 7.5

miles SE of Inagtapan Point. It is a small open bight with

depths of 9.1 to 22m. It is exposed to N winds, but the E part of

the anchorage is protected from NE, E, and S winds by an extensive reef and off-lying islands. 

10.14 Minuit, a village, stands on the shore S of the anchorage. A

wooden pier in ruins, at the SW side of the anchorage, is a

good landmark on approaching the anchorage.

10.14 Anchorage can be taken, in 14.6 to 16.5m, mud, about 0.3

mile NE of the pier.

10.14 Diboyoyan Island (12°16'N., 120°06'E.) lies 5 miles ENE of

Minuit. Dimaquiat Island and Malpagalen Island are connected

together by an underwater ridge of sand and coral. Shoals are

scattered between the above islands and the coast of Busuanga

Island.

10.15 Port Caltom (12°11'N., 120°06'E.) lies about 6 miles

SE of Minuit. The port consists of an irregularly shaped bay,

about 1 mile in extent, which affords good protected anchorages in several bights. 

10.15 A brown hill on the N side of the entrance is a good landmark. A long narrow coral reef extends about 0.5 mile from the

head of the port towards the middle of the entrance, with a deep
Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 255

Pub. 162

passage on either side.

10.15 Sheltered anchorage can be obtained in an area of about 0.2

mile in extent, in depths of 11 to 20m, located W of a stone

mole, in ruins on the E shore. 

10.15 A vessel can also anchor in the N part of the bay, in a depth

of 36.6m, about 0.1 mile offshore and 0.3 mile SW of the

brown hill.

10.15 Directions.—From a position about 1 mile E of Malpaglen

Island, steer 180° until the rocky point on the N side of Port

Caltom bears 270°, distant 0.5 mile. Change course to 246° for

the mouth of the Pangauaran River (12°11'N., 120°06'E.),

and when the entrance point of the river is abeam, change

course to 217° for the anchorage. 

10.15 The channel is about 91m wide at the entrance, and the W

side should be favored as there are shoals off the E side.

10.15 The anchorage in the N part of the bay is easy of access and

can be approached by keeping about 0.1 mile off the N shore.

10.16 Aram (12°07'N., 120°10'E.) lies about 6 miles SE of

Port Caltom. A pier in ruins lies off the village. 

10.16 A beacon marks a 0.9m patch lying 0.5 mile NW of the pier.

A second beacon marks the edge of a reef W of the pier.

10.16 Coconongon Point (12°14'N., 120°13'E.) is located 7 miles

ENE of Port Caltom. The point is the steep, rocky, and cliffy N

end of a peninsula. A rock, 2m high, lies about 1 mile NW of

the point. 

10.16 A mountain, rising just within the point, is a prominent coneshaped wooded landmark.

10.16 Cabilauan Island (12°10'N., 120°10'E.) lies in the bay between Coconongon Point and Port Caltom. A number of islands and several below-water reefs lie between the SW side of

the island and the coast. 

10.16 Good anchorage can be taken off the SE end of the island, in

depths of 12.8 to 26m, subject to weather and visibility.

10.16 Several islets and numerous rocks lie between this island and

Busuanga Island. From N to SE the principal islets are: Dicapadiac Islet, 68m high, Dimalanta Islet, 87m high, Lauit Islet,

83m high, and Liatui Islet, 62m high.

10.17 The Nanga Islands (12°20'N., 120°16'E.), two in

number, lie about 7.5 miles NNE of Coconongon Point. The islands are hilly and encircled by coral reefs and detached rocks.

The channel between the islands is foul, but can be used by

small craft at HW. 

10.17 A rocky islet lies 1 mile NE of the N Nanga Island.

10.17 Camanga Island (12°18'N., 120°16'E.) lies about 2 miles S

of the S Nanga Island. The island is wooded and fringed by

coral reefs as far as 0.1 mile offshore. A bold rock lies 0.5 mile

off the W side of the island. A steep-to rock, awash, lies almost

0.5 mile NE of the island.

10.17 Tara Island (12°17'N., 120°22'E.) lies about 4.5 miles ESE

of the Nanga Islands. The island is made up of light brown colored hills, bare of trees, and appears as a number of islands

when seen from the offing. 

10.17 The W shore of the island is a sandy beach, bound by a wide

coral reef. The E shore is rocky with steep bluffs. 

10.17 Anchorage can be taken off a village on the W side of the island, in depths of 18.3 to 31.1m.

10.17 Lagat Island (12°15'N., 120°22'E.) lies about 0.75 mile SW

of Tara Island. The island is barren and fringed by a coral reef.

The island is also very steep and has nearly bare eroded cliffs,

which show red or white through sparse vegetation. 

10.17 The channel between the island and Tara Island is 0.5 mile

wide and clear of dangers except for a 2.1m patch off the N end

of Lagat Island.

10.17 Bantac Island (12°13'N., 120°23'E.) lies about 2 miles SSE

of Tara Island. The island is connected to Calanhayaun Island

by a drying coral reef. Both islands are dark-colored except

during bright sunlight when they show up as red and yellow. A

light is shown from the SW end of the island.

10.17 Lubutglubut Island (12°11'N., 120°23'E.) is situated about

1 mile SW of Calanhayaun Island. The island appears domeshaped from the E and is a good landmark. 

10.17 Brown Rocks are dark, bare, and lie about 1.3 miles to the S

of Lubutglubut Island.

10.18 Depagal Island (12°10'N., 120°15'E.) lies about 4

miles SE of Coconongon Point. The island is connected by a

reef to Napuscud Island, close S of it. There are high peaks in

the middle of both islands.

10.18 Minangas Bay (12°08'N., 120°15'E.) lies on the NE side of

Busuanga Island, close S of Napuscud Island. The entrance to

the bay is about 0.5 mile wide and can be identified from a distance by several long reddish-brown scars, where small landslides have occurred, on the E end of Napuscud Island. 

10.18 Shoals of 0.5m and 2.2m, lying S and SE of the S end of Napuscud Island, are in the middle of the bay.

10.18 Anchorage can be obtained about 0.3 mile NW of the S end

of Napuscud Island, in a depth of 22m, mud.

10.18 Directions.—From a position about 0.3 mile E of the NE

point of Napuscud Island, steer a course of 218°, which leads

midway between the island and the 2.2m shoal patch. 

10.18 Keep within 0.1 mile of the E side of Napuscud and round

the S end of the island and anchor W. The shoal patches are

visible or show discolored water.

10.19 The coast between Minangas Bay and Alonon Point,

7 miles SE, consists of high, cliffy points with low, mangrove

bights. 

10.19 Mount Minangas (12°05'N., 120°18'E.) is the highest and

northernmost of three peaks close together, which form part of

a saw-tooth range extending SE from the bay. 

10.19 Anchorage for small vessels can be taken during the Southwest Monsoon in small bays lying SE of Demelias Island

(12°06'N., 120°18'E.) and NW of Salung Island (12°05'N.,

120°20'E.). The first bay has depths of 18 to 53m SE of the island; the second bay has depths of 15 to 24m over a width of

0.25 mile.

10.19 Alonon Point (12°03'N., 120°20'E.), the E extremity of

Busuanga Island, is reef-fringed and backed by hilly terrain.

Lungaon, a large fishing village, lies on the N shore of a bay,

1.5 miles N of Alonon Point. 

10.19 Mount Tundalara (12°02'N., 120°15'E.), 464m high, the

highest summit on Busuanga, is conspicuous except when obscured by clouds.

10.19 Port Borac (12°03'N., 120°19'E.), a small inlet, lies about

1.5 miles SW of Alonon Point. The inlet is about 0.3 mile wide

at its entrance, with a depth of 24m, decreasing to 6.7m at its

narrowest part. The inner basin is filled with mud flats. There

are two piers in ruins.
256 Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 

Pub. 162

10.19 Bocao Point (12°00'N., 120°20'E.), the SE extremity of

Busuanga Island, is rocky and encircled with coral reefs for a

distance of 0.3 mile. Two rocky islets lie near the outer edge of

the reef. 

10.19 Dinaran Island lies about 1.5 miles E of Port Borac. The

channel between the island and Busuanga Island is deep except

for a 3.2m patch lying 0.5 mile E of Alonon Point.

10.20 Mataya Reef (12°01'N., 120°22'E.) lies close E and

SE of Dinaran Island. 

10.20 The reef consists of coral and sand, and partly dries at LW. A

small island lies on the E side of the reef. Vessels should stay at

least 2 miles off the island. 

10.20 The narrow channel between Dinaran Island and the reef has

a controlling depth of 16.5m, but is not recommended due to

shoals near the S end.

10.20 Dibatuc Island (11°58'N., 120°19'E.) lies about 1.8 miles

SW of Bocao Point. The island is high and rocky on all sides. It

has very little vegetation and is uninhabited. 

10.20 The island is a good landmark when entering the E end of

Coron Island.

10.20 Coron Island (11°55'N., 120°15'E.) lies close S of Busuanga Island. The island is high, rocky, and very precipitous. The

E side of the island is indented by several small and unprotected bays, which are used mainly by fishermen. 

10.20 Calis Point, the S extremity of the island is steep-to and

formed by a high vertical cliff with an overhanging base caused

by erosion. A bay, situated 2.5 miles NNW of the point, is

about 0.3 mile in extent with depths of 13 to 24m, but the entrance is constricted and has a depth of 7m. The basin just N of

Calis Point is obstructed by a sand bar. A ridge, containing

shoals, extends about 6 miles NE from the E coast of Coron Island.

10.21 Balolo Point (11°57'N., 120°11'E.) forms the NW extremity of Coron Island. The point is fringed by reefs and

should not be passed less than 0.25 mile off. 

10.21 Between Balolo Point and Limaa Point, the coast is rugged,

steep, and mostly indented. There are some sandy beaches

where boats can land.

10.21 Coran Reef (11°53'N., 120°12'E.) lies about 2.5 miles off

the SW coast of Coran Island. The reef lies at the N end of an

underwater ridge extending SE on which there are several

shoals. The reef is awash at LW.

10.21 Delian Island (11°50'N., 120°19'E.) lies about 3 miles E of

the SE coast of Coron Island. The E side of the island is rocky

and indented. An islet lies off the S extremity of the island. The

island has been reported to be a good radar target up to 21

miles. A light is shown from SE end of the island. 

10.22 Alpha Shoal (11°52'N., 120°23'E.), with a least depth

of 5.8m, lies about 4 miles E of Delian Island. Shoal water lies

close N and S of Alpha Shoal.

10.22 Magallanes Bank (11°51'N., 120°26'E.), with a least depth

of 6.7m, lies about 6.5 mile E of Delian Island. 

10.22 Narvaez Bank, about 0.8 mile long and with a least depth of

6.4m, lies about 3 miles S of Magallanes.

10.22 Aguirre Reef (11°44'N., 120°34'E.), with a least depth of

5.5m, lies about 9 miles ESE of Narvaez Bank. 

10.22 Beta Shoal, with a least depth of 8.5m, lies about 6.7 miles

SSE of Delian Island.

10.22 Areta Shoals (11°39'N., 120°47'E.) consists of a 9.1m

patch, lying about 15.5 miles ESE of Aguirre Reef and a 10.3m

patch about 3 miles SW of the above patch.

10.22 The Cabulauan Islands (11°25'N., 120°08'E.) consist of a

group of five islands that lie between Salimbubuc Island and

Alipio Reef. The group consists of Cabulauan Island, Nanga

Island, Nangalao Island, Magranting Island, and Tubug Island.

The islands are all high, rocky, sparsely wooded, and rather

steep-to.

10.23 Cabulauan Island (11°23'N., 120°06'E.) has a conspicuous round summit near its E shore. Two rocky islets lie

close together about 1.3 miles S of the island. 

10.23 A detached 6.7m shoal lies 2.5 miles SE of the islets and an

8.2m patch lies 3.5 miles NE of the islets.

10.23 Panay Bank (11°33'N., 120°20'E.), with a depth of 12.8m,

lies about 18 miles ENE of the N extremity of Nangalao Island.

10.23 Loreto Reef (11°30'N., 120°11'E.), with a least depth of

6.4m, lies about 1.8 miles N of the N end of Nangalao Island.

Bache Reef, a coral head, lies about 3.3 miles NNE of Loreto

Reef, and has a least depth of 4.5m. An 8.5m coral shoal, with

a dangerous wreck, lies about 4 miles NE of Bache Reef.

10.23 Tuna Reef (11°36'N., 120°12'E.), with a least depth of 5.5m,

lies about 3 miles N of Bache Reef.

10.23 Alipio Reef (11°30'N., 120°04'E.), with a least depth of

7.6m, lies about 6.75 miles WNW of Nangalao Island. Basco

Reef, 1.25 miles NE of Alipio Reef, has a least depth of 7.3m.

Sambino Reef, with a depth of 8.5m, lies about 3.75 miles W

of Alipio Reef.

10.23 Salimbubuc Island (11°18'N., 120°14'E.) lies about 9.5

miles SSE of the E extremity of Nangalao Island. Depths of 11

to 18.3m are found on a bank which extends 1.5 miles N from

the island.

10.23 Solitario Rock (11°17'N., 120°20'E.), lying about 5.3 miles

E of Salimbubuc Island, is steep-to and round-topped. 

10.23 Canaron Island lies about 4 miles SE of Salimbubuc Island.

The island lies on foul ground which extends 0.75 mile N of

the island. High rocks rise from the foul ground area and also

lie as far as 0.5 mile S and SE of the island.

10.23 Patterson Reef (11°13'N., 120°08'E.) lies about 8.5 miles

WSW of Canaron Island. There is a least depth of 2.1m at the

reef. The reef is 0.5 to 0.75 mile in extent.

Linapacan Strait

10.24 Linapacan Strait (11°37'N., 119°57'E.), deep and

clear of dangers, lies between the S end of the Calamian Group

and the group of islands off the N end of Palawan. 

10.24 The strait is about 3 miles wide between Dicabaito Island

and Dicapululan Island. 

10.24 The strait has depths of over 55m in the fairway. Tidal currents, with a speed of up to three knots, set ESE on the flood

and WNW on the ebb. Tide rips are experienced in the strait. 

10.24 An offshore platform stands in approximate position

11°59'N, 119°18'E, 38 miles WNW of the strait.

10.24 Binalabag Island (11°35'N., 119°56'E.) lies on the S side of

Linapacan Strait, about 1.5 mile SE of Dicapululan Island. The

island is fairly steep-to on its E side. 

10.24 Depths of less than 11m extend 0.3 mile from its NE side. 
Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 257

Pub. 162

10.24 There is partially sheltered anchorage for small craft in a bay

on the S side of the island.

10.24 Pangaldauan Island (11°36'N., 119°52'E.) lies on the S side

of the approach to the W entrance of Linapacan Strait. The island is rocky and has some prominent cliffs. Boulders lie on a

reef which fringes the island. Beacon Rocks, a cluster of steepto rocks, lies about 0.8 mile N of Pangaldauan Island.

10.24 Dimanglet Island (11°33'N., 119°49'E.) lies about 4 miles

SW of Pangaldauan Island. The island has two peaks, separated by a low neck. The red cliffs of the W and highest peak are

prominent from the W.

10.24 Inapupan Island (11°33'N., 119°51'E.) lies 1.5 miles E of

Dimanglet Island. Bolina Island and Manlegad Island lie 0.75

mile NE and E respectively, from Inapupan Island. A number

of small islands lie farther E of the above islands.

Culion Island

10.25 Culion Island (11°50'N., 120°00'E.), the second largest island of the Calamian Group, is separated from Busuanga

Island by a navigable strait 3 to 4 miles wide. Small islands in

the strait constrict the channel to 0.5 mile at its narrowest part. 

10.25 The N and E sides of the island are very irregular, whereas

the W side is regular with steep and rocky projecting points.

Mount Oltaloro, the highest peak on the island, stands near the

SE end of the island.

10.25 Culion Reservation, for the segregation of lepers, consists of

Culion Island and adjacent smaller islands. It is unlawful for

any vessel to visit these islands or to land without permission

from the Chief of the Culion Leper Colony, Bureau of Health.

10.26 Port Culion (11°53'N., 120°01'E.) lies on the NE side

of Culion Island. The port is a narrow inlet about 0.1 mile wide

and 0.5 mile long, and opens into Coron Bay. 

10.26 There are depths of 14.6 to 18.3m in the middle of the inlet,

with depths of 30m or more in the outer harbor and approaches. A drying reef is marked by a beacon on each side of the entrance. A light is shown on the NW entrance point. A pier is

situated near the light.

10.26 A small wooden pier stands 0.5 mile W of the above light.

The head of this pier had a reported depth of 9.4 to 10.1m.

Three fixed red lights are shown near the root of the pier from

1800 to 2200.

10.26 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 27 to 33m, about 0.3

mile NE of the above pier. Small vessel can find anchorage

within the inner harbor of Port Culion.

10.26 Vessels should approach the pier from the NE and maneuver

to go alongside port side to. Small vessels, with a maximum

draft of 3.1m, can berth alongside the outer face of the pier.

Larger vessels should approach the pier with caution and anchor well off its face.

10.26 West Linapacan Oil Terminal (11°49'N., 119°07'E.), a

floating production and storage tanker, is moored about 45

miles W of Culion Island. Vessels should send their ETA 72,

48 hours, 24 hours, and 4 hours in advance; the ETA should be

confirmed 24 hours and 4 hours in advance, or if the ETA

changes by more than 1 hour. The terminal should be called on

VHF channel 16 when within 4 hours of arrival. The pilot

boards 2 miles W of the terminal. A restricted area, best seen

on the chart, surrounds the terminal.

10.27 Numerous islands lie off the NW, N, NE, and SE

coasts of Culion Island. Relative positions, one to each other,

are best seen on the chart.

10.27 Popototan Island (12°00'N., 119°51'E.) lies off the NW

coast of Culion Island. The shores of the island are fringed by

coral reefs which bare at LW. 

10.27 Foul ground extends as far as 1.25 miles NE and SW of the

island. The channel between Popototan Island and Galoc Island has a navigable width of 0.25 mile and depths of 9.6 to

16.5m. Anchorage for small vessels can be taken anywhere in

this channel.

10.27 Galoc Island (11°57'N., 119°50'E.) lies with its NW extremity 0.5 mile S of the S side of Popotoan Island. The island is

about 5 miles long and is narrow. It is reef fringed, with steep

cliffs on several salient points. The constricted channel between the island and Culion Island is foul and is not recommended.

10.28 Calumbuyan Island (12°01'N., 119°56'E.) lies about

4 miles ENE of the E end of Popototan Island. The island is

fairly steep and fringed by a narrow coral reef which can safely

be passed about 0.2 mile off. 

10.28 The channel between this island and Lajo Island is deep and

free of dangers. It is the preferred channel on a W approach to

Coron Bay. A ruined pier lies on the SE side of Calumbuyan Island.

10.28 Lajo Island (11°59'N., 119°57'E.) lies about 0.8 mile S of

Calumbuyan Island. Lajo Island, Marily Island, and Chindonan

Island, all lying S of the main channel, have several smaller islands adjacent to them.

10.28 Manglet Island (11°59'N., 119°57'E.), lying on the S side of

the main channel to Coron Bay, is steep-to on all sides and has

several summits. S of the island is the entrance to a large, irregular bay formed by several islands.

10.29 Dunaun Island (11°52'N., 120°05'E.) lies close off

the E extremity of Culion Island. The two islands are connected by a coral reef. 

10.29 Several detached rocks and coral reefs, above and below-water, lie SE of Dunaun Island and at the W side of Coron Bay.

10.29 Tampel Pass (11°47'N., 120°07'E.) lies between the NW

side of Bulalacao Island and the SE side of Malcapuya Island. 

10.29 The passage is deep, free of dangers, and at least 0.75 mile

wide.

10.29 Bayuan Bay (11°47'N., 120°09'E.), indenting the N side of

Bulalacao Island, has shores fringed by reefs and fronted by

shoals. The outer part of the bay is deep and clear of dangers. 

10.29 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 11 to 25m, in the E part

of the bay sheltered from the Southwest Monsoon (May to

September) and partially sheltered from the Northeast Monsoon.

10.29 Guintungauan Island (11°46'N., 120°13'E.) lies about 1

mile E of the E side of Bulalacao Island. The island is rocky

and fringed by a coral reef. Vessels entering Coron Bay should

pass at least 1.5 miles off Guintungauan Island. 

10.29 Lapulapu Reef, with a least depth of 2.7m, lies about 7.5

miles S of Bulalacao Island. Tres Reyes are four steep-to rocky

islets lying 3.5 miles NW of Lapulapu Reef.

10.29 Coron Bay (11°54'N., 120°07'E.) lies between Culion Island, Busuanga Island, and Coron Island. This wide bay has
258 Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 

Pub. 162

three main entrances. These channels are the N, W, and S entrance channels. 

10.29 The S entrance channel lies between Calis Point and Guintungauan Island. It is about 3 miles wide, deep, and clear of

dangers. Vessels should favor Calis Point, giving it a berth of

about 1 mile. The N and W channels are discussed in other

places.

10.29 Coron Light (11°59'N., 120°13'E.) stands on a point of land

about 0.8 mile W of East Maquinit Island. 

10.29 Anchorage can be taken throughout the bay, but protected

anchorage for smaller vessels may be taken in Port Uson, Dipulao Cove, and Coron Harbor. 

Culion Island—Southwest Coast

10.30 Dicabaito Island (11°39'N., 119°58'E.), lying close

off the S end of Culion island, is steep, rocky, and irregularly

shaped, with high cliffs. The island is a good landmark. Dicabaito Channel lies between the island and Culion Island. 

10.30 The channel has a navigable width of 0.1 mile with a depth

of 18.3m in the fairway. Anchorage, in the outer part of a bay

indenting the N coast of Dicabaito Island, can be taken, in

depths of 12.8 to 16.5m, sand. A light is shown from the SSW

end of the island.

10.30 Alava Island (11°44'N., 119°56'E.) lies about 4.5 miles

NNW of the NW extremity of Dicabaito Island. The island is

high, rocky, and steep, tapering to a sharp point at its S end.

The island is surrounded by large boulders, with several high

islets lying on foul ground which extends S from the island.

10.31 Halsey Harbor (11°46'N., 119°58'E.) is an irregularly shaped bay which indents the SW coast of Culion Island for

5 miles in a NE direction. The head of the harbor branches into

North Arm and East Arm, with several islands between them.

The N and NE parts of North Arm and the whole of East Arm

are shallow.

10.31 South Channel, the S entrance to Halsey Harbor, leads between Alava Island and the main coast. The channel has a navigable width of 91m and a depth of 24m. Research Channel,

the entrance channel N of Alave Island, has a navigable width

of 0.5 mile with depths of 38 to 48m.

10.31 Anchorage can be taken, in 27m, in the middle of the S part

of the bay, about 0.4 mile SE of the E point of Gage Island.

Sheltered anchorage can be taken, in 24m, mud, N of the highest hill on Gage Island. Halsey Harbor, protected from all

winds, is a designated typhoon anchorage.

10.31 Directions.—From a position 0.4 mile S of the S rock lying

on foul ground off the S end of Alava Island, steer 025°, in

mid-channel, for the 156m hill near the N shore of the channel. 

10.31 When the 134m hill on Rhodes Island bears 095°, change

course to 065°. When the W tangent of Gage Island bears 000°,

change course to 030° with the E point of the island ahead.

10.31 Vessels entering the harbor via Research Channel should

clear Saddle Rock by at least 0.5 mile, and bring the 134m hill

on Rhodes Island between the two peaks of Mount Maus on a

095° bearing and steer on this bearing. 

10.31 When the 156m hill on the N side of the channel bears 025°,

change course to 065° and follow the directions for South

Channel.

10.31 Saddle Rock (11°46'N., 119°53'E.) lies about 2 miles W of

the N entrance point of Halsey Harbor. It has the appearance of

a saddle when viewed from N or S. Two rocks, awash, lie on

the E side of the bank 0.5 mile E of Saddle Rock.

Busuanga Island—South and West Coasts

10.32 Coron Passage (11°59'N., 120°15'E.) separates the N

coast of Coron Island from the SE coast of Busuanga Island.

The passage is about 0.5 mile wide at its narrowest point.

Depths are variable, with a least depth of 26m in the fairway.

Currents, generally weak, set E and W on the flood and ebb. A

3.6m patch lies about 0.8 mile E of Limaa Point.

10.32 East Maquinit Island (11°59'N., 120°14'E.) lies in Coron

Passage, 0.5 mile SW of Limaa Point. The island divides the

passage into two channels, each about 0.5 mile wide. 

10.32 The Maquinit Islands, lying 0.5 mile WNW of East Maquinit

Island, consists of several islets in a compact group which are

surrounded by a reef with 4.1m depth. 

10.32 These dangers can be avoided by keeping close to East

Maquinit Island. A shoal, with a depth of 4.1m, lying about 0.5

mile SE of Coron Point, consists of live coral and should be

avoided. Other unmarked shoals are charted as far as 1.25

miles SW of the point. 

10.32 A finger reef extending off the SE end of Uson Island

(11°59'N., 120°10'E.) is not easily seen at HW.

10.32 Directions.—Foreign vessels calling at Coron or at ports in

Palawan and intending to use this passage should obtain the

services of a pilot from Manila.

10.32 When approaching Coron Passage from the E, pass 2.5 miles

E and S of Mataya Island (12°01'N., 120°23'E.), then pass

close N or S of Dibutac Island. Then, while keeping close to

the NE side of Coron Island, round Limaa Point at a distance of

137m. 

10.32 Then steer to pass the same distance NE of East Maquinit Island.

10.32 If proceeding through Coron Passage, steer to pass 0.1 mile

SE of the reef, awash, extending SE from the SE extremity of

Uson Island, and then the same distance NW of the reef off

Balolo Point (11°57'N., 120°12'E.).

10.32 If bound for Coron, after passing East Maquinit Island, and

when Coron Point (11°59'N., 120°13'E.) bears 000°, steer on a

course of 314°. This will lead to the outer anchorage.

10.33 Coron Harbor (12°00'N., 120°12'E.) is formed between the S coast of Busuanga Island and the NE coast of Uson

Island. The harbor is approached through a narrow passage

marked by beacons, leading through the dangers off the E end

of Uson Island. 

10.33 Coron (12°00'N., 120°12'E.), the principal town on Busuanga Island, is situated about 1.5 miles NW of Coron Point. Access to the port is through Coron Passage. 

10.33 A partly ruined wooden pier 123m long and 12m wide, with

depths alongside of 10m is available. 

10.33 A reef close SE of the pier head extends 150m from the

shore. A stake usually marks its extremity. A white church

spire is a good landmark in Coron. 

10.33 Pilots may be obtained from Manila. Vessels usually anchor

about 0.3 mile S of the pier, in depths of 18.3 to 22m, mud.

This anchorage is constricted and untenable in heavy weather.

A more sheltered anchorage is available W of town and mid-
Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 259

Pub. 162

way between Canitauan Island and Uson Island, where there

are depths of 11 to 12.8m, mud. 

10.33 The channel to this anchorage is unmarked and should not be

attempted without local knowledge. 

10.33 Uson Island (11°59'N., 120°10'E.) has an irregular coastline

backed by hills. An isthmus connects the E and W parts of the

island which is reef fringed and fronted by several islands. Port

Uson lies between the N shore of Uson Island and the S shore

of Baquit Island. 

10.33 There are two channels leading into Port Uson. The approach channel is tortuous, has several scattered shoals, and is

7.3m deep. The preferred W approach channel is at least 0.2

mile wide with a least depth in the fairway of 16.5m and general depths of 24 to 27m.

10.33 Anchorage can be taken in Port Uson between Uson Island

and Baquit Island, in depths of 15 to 17m, mud. 

10.33 Anchorage can also be taken in the NW part of Port Uson, N

of Pinas Island.

10.34 Port Luyucan (11°59'N., 120°07'E.) is an inlet

formed between the NE side of Apo Island and Busuanga Island. The entrance is about 137m wide and has a depth of

12.3m. 

10.34 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 7 to 15m, in the inlet,

except in the area of a 2.3m shoal in the middle of the inlet.

10.34 Tangat Island (11°59'N., 120°04'E.) lies about 0.5 mile W

of Apo Island. An above-water rock lies about 0.5 mile SW of

the N extremity of Tangat Island. Lusong Island lies about 2.25

miles W of Tangat Island. 

10.34 A dangerous wreck and a drying reef lie close S of Lusong

Island (11°59'N., 120°01'E.).

10.34 The Dipuyoy River (12°01'N., 119°59'E.), emptying at the

SW corner of Busuanga Island, has an irregular basin off its

mouth, with depths of 7.3 to 14.6m. 

10.34 The mast of a sunken wreck in the entrance to the river is a

good landmark, although it has been reported to have been removed. There are several piers in ruins within the basin.

10.34 From the basin entrance off the Dipuyoy River, the coast

leading NNW to Detobet Point (12°09'N., 119°51'E.) is irregular with few prominent points. Numerous small islands are

scattered from a few meters to 8.5 miles offshore.

10.34 Conception (12°03'N., 119°58'E.) is a small town situated

about 2 miles N of the mouth of the Dipuyoy River. The town

schoolhouse is conspicuous. Small craft use the town landing

at HW.

10.34 Salvacion (12°08'N., 119°56'E.), a small town, lies 5.25

miles NNW of Conception. The town has a pier about 47m

long where boats may berth alongside at HW. The town

schoolhouse is a good landmark. It can be easily identified

from NW. 

10.34 The church steeple is visible from SW over the tops of the

trees. 

10.35 Gutob Bay (12°10'N., 119°53'E.) is entered between

Salvacion Island and Detobet Point. Depths at the entrance are

25.6m. Several above and below-water rocks and shoals lie in

the bay. Depths in the bay range from 7.3 to 18.3m.

10.35 Gutob Anchorage (12°10'N., 119°52'E.) lies on the W side

of Gutob Bay. The S entrance to the anchorage has depths of

29.3m and is marked by buoys. The N entrance to the anchorage is very constricted and has a depth of 9.6m. The E entrance

to the anchorage has a least depth of 11.4m. 

10.35 Gutob Anchorage, sheltered from all winds, has an area

about 0.4 mile wide, and a depth of 16.5m in the middle.

10.35 Talampulan Island (12°06'N., 119°51'E.) lies about 1 mile

SSW of Detobet Point. The island is encircled by a reef on

which there are several rocks. Buoys mark the S and N ends of

the reef line E of the island. A lighted radio mast, painted red

and white, with several buildings nearby, is conspicuous from

offshore.

10.35 Capare Island (12°08'N., 119°52'E.), a large island bordering the W side of Gutob Bay, is formed by a high ridge which

is highest at the N end. The island is fringed by a reef and numerous rocks. 

10.35 Two buoys mark the outer edges of the coastal reef, about 0.5

mile E of Detobet Point and 0.4 mile E of the same point.

10.36 Busuanga (12°09'N., 119°55'E.) is a small settlement

on the E shore of Gutob Bay, just within the entrance to the

Busuanga River. Small craft can cross the entrance bar at HW

and berth alongside a stone pier. 

10.36 Anchorage can be taken S of the town, in depths of 7.3 to

14.6m, mud. Several detached shoals lie 0.75 to 1.5 miles W of

the river mouth.

10.36 West Nalaut Island (12°03'N., 119°47'E.) lies 6.5 miles SW

of Detobet Point. The island is steep, rocky, and cliffy on its W

side and is low, wooded, and sandy on its E side. 

10.36 East Nalaut Island lies 2.5 miles ENE of West Nalaut Island.

The island is small, rugged, and steep.

10.36 The Pamalican Islands (12°05'N., 119°52'E.) consist of

several small islets lying on detached coral reefs. The islets appear as a cluster of trees. Shoals lie as far as 1 mile off the principal islet.

10.36 Horse Island (12°03'N., 119°54'E.) lies about 2.5 miles SSE

of the Pamalican Islands. The island is wooded and fringed by

reefs and shoals, which extend at least 1 mile offshore. 

10.36 Maltatayoc Island lies about 0.5 mile W of Horse Island.

10.36 North Malbinchilao Island (12°01'N., 119°53'E.) lies 1

mile S of Horse Island. The island is joined to South Malbinchilao Island by a drying reef. 

10.36 The coasts of the island consist of sandy beaches and rocky

point.

10.36 Rat Island (12°01'N., 119°54'E.) is separated from North

Malbinchilao Island by a constricted channel with a depth of

7.3m. A coral reef, about 0.4 mile in extent, lies 0.75 mile SE

of Rat Island. The reef has several rocks, and a sand bar, awash,

on its W and E ends.

10.36 Directions.—Coron Bay may be approached from NW by

three routes, as follows:

1. North of West Nalaut Island.—From a position 0.9

mile NE of West Nalaut Island, steer 118° with the summit

of North Malbinchilao Island ahead. When the hill on the W

end of Maltatayoc Island bears 000°, alter course to 104° until the summit of Pass Island bears 146°, when it should be

steered for, passing between North Malbinchilao Island and

Rat Island on the W side and Malcatop Island (12°02'N.,

119°55'E.) on the E side. 

A good lookout should be kept for reefs on either side of the

channel. When 1 mile from Pass Island, alter course to 094°

with the 189m high hill on Busuanga Island ahead. When the
260 Sector 10. The Calamian Group and Associated Dangers 

Pub. 162

summit of Darab Island bears 180°, course should be altered to

122°.

2. South of West Nalaut Island.—From a position 1.75

miles S of West Nalaut Island, steer 103° with the summit of

Pass Island ahead, passing midway between Popototan Island and Manganguei Island. When the summit of Rat Island

bears 000°, alter course to 078° with a 125m high hill on the

SW extremity of Busuanga Island ahead, and kept so until

the W extremity of Lajo Island bears 190°. Then alter course

to 094° and proceed as described in 1 above.

3. Between Popototan Island and Galoc Island.—No

directions are necessary for the channel between Popototan

Island and Galoc Island. The channel is only 0.2 mile wide at

its narrowest part.

10.37 The W coast of Butuanga, between Detobet Point

(12°09'N., 119°51'E.) and Macachin Point (12°19'N.,

119°54'E.), is very irregular and is fringed by a reef extending

at least 0.5 mile offshore. 

10.37 A small cove, formed by a break in the reef, indents the coast

about 5 miles from Detobet Point.

10.37 Buluang (12°14'N., 119°52'E.), a settlement, is located at

the head of the cove which is exposed to W winds. 

10.37 Coral reefs restrict the navigable area of the cover to 0.3 mile

with clear depths of 11m in the middle. Small vessels use the

cove.

10.37 Illultuk Bay (12°16'N., 119°53'E.) lies about 7.5 miles NNE

of Detobet Point. Depths in the bay decrease regularly from

18m in the entrance to drying mud flats at the E end. 

10.37 A small pier, with a depth of 0.6m at its outer end, lies on the

N side of the bay near its entrance. There is anchorage for vessels with local knowledge, 1.25 miles within the entrance, in

depths of 11 to 13m, mud.

10.37 Elinibinid Point (12°19'N., 119°52'E.), the NW extremity

of Busuanga Island, is low, rocky, and fringed by a coral reef

for at least 0.1 mile. 

10.37 Pinnacle Rock lies about 1.3 miles NW of Elinibinid Point.

Vessels are cautioned not to pass inshore of Pinnacle Rock.
261

Pub. 162

11. 

Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait

11.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

11.0SECTOR 11 — CHART INFORMATION
263

Pub. 162

SECTOR 11 

PALAWAN, PALAWAN PASSAGE, AND BALABAC STRAIT

11.0 Plan.—This sector describes Palawan Passage, the E and W

coasts of Palawan, off-lying islands, and Balabac Strait. The

sequence of description is N to S. 

General Remarks

11.1 Palawan, the fifth largest island of the Philippine Archipelago, separates the Sulu Sea from the China Sea. The island is mountainous and steep with many peaks attaining

heights of over 900m. The mountain peaks are good landmarks, but the higher ones are usually covered by clouds. They

are almost always clear for a brief period in the early morning

and late evening except in stormy weather. The island is

sparsely inhabited and little is known of the interior.

11.1 The W coast of Palawan consists mostly of hills and mountain spurs from the high central range. These spurs terminate in

steep slopes or cliffs. The coast is generally irregular, especially in the N part where there are many small islands and deep

bays. There are some coastal lowlands which are seldom over 2

or 3 miles wide. There are no important ports on the W coast of

Palawan. Malampaya Sound, one of the best natural harbors in

the Philippine Islands, indents the NW coast of the island.

11.1 Within the 200m curve, which lies about 33 miles W of Libro Point and trends SW to a position about 23 miles W of

Cape Buliluyan, the W coast of Palawan is fronted by numerous shoals and reefs. Some of the area has not been thoroughly

examined and additional dangers are frequently reported. Vessels are advised to remain outside the 200m curve unless they

have local knowledge.

11.1 Winds—Weather.—The W coast of Palawan is entirely exposed to the Southwest Monsoon. It is sheltered from the

Northeast Monsoon and from the trade winds by the mountainous terrain. The monsoons on this coast are subject to so much

interruption that it is difficult to state exactly when they begin.

The Northeast Monsoon generally prevails from November to

April. Moderate NE and E winds are experienced during this

season. In November and December the weather is variable

with the prevailing winds changing at times to SE. In November it is not unusual to experience a SW gale with dark cloudy

weather and rain.

11.1 The transition period occurs during May and the early part of

June. It brings the best weather with land and sea breezes predominating. The land breeze blows from the S and SE in the

morning and the sea breeze from the N and NW in the afternoon.

11.1 The Southwest Monsoon generally prevails from June to October. Toward the end of June and through July unsettled

weather can be expected. A slight fall of the barometer, after

fine weather, frequently indicates the approach of squalls from

the WSW. 

11.1 These squalls usually last a week and are followed by a period of fine weather with NW and SW winds. In September and

October strong WSW winds are experienced with dark cloudy

weather. Off the SW coast of Palawan it is not unusual, particularly during squalls, for the wind to veer to the WNW and NW

and to blow violently. Between squalls the wind frequently

shifts to the SE.

11.1 Land and sea breezes are prevalent in coastal waters when

the prevailing monsoon is weak. Even when the monsoon season is fully developed the winds give way at sundown to a land

breeze.

11.1 Thunderstorms are frequent near land between May and October. They are accompanied by severe squalls and heavy rain.

11.1 Typhoons are not frequent off the W coast of Palawan. Only

about 7 per cent of the more serious typhoons that affect the

Philippine Islands are experienced in this area. 

11.1 October and November are the months when typhoons are

most likely to be experienced. Palawan is considered to be in

the typhoon area from December to June. 

11.1 However, there is little chance of a typhoon passing off this

coast, as there are not many typhoons during these months and

most of them recurve NE before reaching Palawan.

11.1 There are two distinct seasons, one dry in the winter and

spring and the other wet occuring in the summer and autumn.

During the wet season (July, August, and September) the average monthly rainfall exceeds 500mm. 

11.1 During the dry season (January, February, and March) the

average monthly rainfall is less than 38mm. The average annual rainfall on the W coast of Palawan averages about 3,051mm.

The climate is reported to be hot and humid. Visibility is generally good, fog being rare.

11.1 Temperatures are uniformly high, but they seldom exceed

35°C or fall below 18°C. Maximum temperatures occur in

April, May, and June. The coolest months are December, January, and February. Relative humidity is comparatively high.

The annual average is not more than 80 per cent, with minimum values recorded in April.

Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in the South China

Sea set from N to S along the W coast of Palawan and enter the

Sulu Sea through Linapacan Strait and Balabac Strait. The

force and direction of the prevailing wind are the principal factors influencing the currents off this coast. Off the NW coast of

Borneo and in Palawan Passage, between the parallels of 2°N

and 11°N, currents may set in any direction throughout the

year with rates of up to 1 knot or more. 

11.1 These currents have caused stranding of vessels on either

side of the passage.

11.1 During the Northeast Monsoon, the current is variable and

seldom runs strong in any direction unless strengthened by

strong winds. At the height of this monsoon, a strong NW and

W set occurs in the S part of Palawan Strait because of the

strong W currents that set through the straits N and S of Balabac Island.

11.1 During the Southwest Monsoon, the current sets N and toward the shore. On occasions there is no perceptible current,

and near the shore the current is mostly weak. A SW set may

occasionally occur in Palawan Passage.

11.1 Tidal currents of a local nature are described with the local
264 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

features.

11.1 Caution.—Parts of the W coast of Palawan and the bank off

it have not yet been thoroughly surveyed, and lesser depths

may exist on some of the shoals that are charted. 

11.1 Ships are advised to stay seaward of the 200m curve unless

proceeding to an anchorage off this coast and having local

knowledge.

11.1 Vessels bound for ports in mainland China should use Palawan Passage in preference to the route on the E side of Palawan.

11.1 When making Palawan Passage from the SW, during the

Northeast Monsoon, a NW set is often experienced resulting in

the possible grounding on the various shoals including Royal

Captain Shoal (9°01'N., 116°41'E.).

11.1 Visibility may be reduced by heavy rain squalls. The light

driving rain of the “collas” is like a mist and reduces visibility.

During these squalls, which sometimes last for as much as 10

days off the S coast of Palawan, it is difficult to make the narrowest part of Palawan Passage between Royal Captain Shoal

and the shoals to the E because Palawan is usually obscured. At

such times it is advisable to pass this shoal during daylight

hours.

11.1 The area bound by the following coordinates is declared off

limits to all ships and watercraft:

a. 11°37'N, 118°51'E.

b. 11°37'N, 119°10'E.

c. 10°46'N, 118°32'E.

d. 10°46'N, 119°04'E.

11.1 Tankers, prior to calling at Matinloc Marine Terminal and

Nido Marine Terminal, which are situated off Palawan within

the boundaries of the above restricted area, should obtain copies of Port Information and Regulations from: 

Philippines-Cities Service, Inc. 

P.O. Box 2283, MCC 

Makati, Metro Manila 3117

Philippines

11.1 Entry is restricted throughout the greater arc of a circle, radius 5 miles, centered from position 11°49'N, 119°7'E, where a

lighted storage tanker vessel is located.

Palawan Passage

11.2 Palawan Passage (9°00'N., 117°00'E.), the alternate

route through the S part of the China Sea, is a deep passage between the 200m curve and wide bank which fronts the W coast

of Palawan, and the E side of the “Dangerous Ground,” which

lies about 30 to 50 miles farther W. 

11.2 This route, indicated on the charts, is recommended for low

powered vessels during the Northeast Monsoon season (October to March). The passage, about 265 miles long with depths

over 183m, is entered W of Libro Point (11°25'N., 119°29'E.)

or W of Cape Melville (7°48'N., 117°00'E.) if heading N, and

is the direct route between Sundra Strait and Manila.

11.2 The most constricted and dangerous part of Palawan Passage

is about 29 miles NNW of Cape Buliluyan (8°20'N.,

117°12'E.) and abeam of Royal Captain Shoal where the passage is 29 miles wide between dangers.

11.2 The NE extremity of the danger area that forms the W side of

Palawan Passage lies about 108 miles WSW of Libro Point.

From this position the E side of the area, which is represented

by a dotted line on the charts, trends 40 miles S and then 165

miles SW to a position about 70 miles W of the N extremity of

Balabac Island. 

11.2 Vessels should not enter this area as it has not been examined

and is known to contain numerous dangers. The existence of

uncharted patches of coral and shoals is likely; the positions of

charted banks and shoals cannot be relied upon.

11.2 Seahorse Shoal (10°50'N., 117°47'E.), the N known danger

on the W side of Palawan Passage, is a pear-shaped reef with a

least depth of 8.2m at its N end and 11m at its S end. Within

the lagoon formed by the curving reef there are depths of 35 to

57m.

11.2 Sandy Shoal (11°02'N., 117°38'E.) and Fairie Queen

(10°38'N., 117°38'E.), the positions of which may be doubtful,

are charted close within the line shown on the charts designating the large danger area.

11.2 Carnatic Shoal (10°06'N., 117°21'E.) has a depth of 6.4m

and lies close within the danger area. Its position is doubtful.

11.2 Bombay Shoal (9°26'N., 116°55'E.), lying about 58 miles

WNW of Hummock Point (9°16'N., 117°54'E.), consists of a

steep-to reef which completely encloses a lagoon. Depths of 29

to 33m, sand bottom, are found in the lagoon. On the reef are

several rocks which dry about 0.6m. Madagascar Rock, which

dries 0.6m, lies near the NE end of the reef. Two stranded

wrecks lie 0.5 mile apart on the NE side of Bombay Shoal. The

N wreck has been reported to be breaking up.

11.2 There is a tidal range of about 1.2m over Bombay Shoal and

the tidal current was observed to set NE on a rising tide.

11.3 Royal Captain Shoal (9°01'N., 116°40'E.) lies on the

W side of the most constricted part of Palawan Passage. This

shoal consists of a narrow, unbroken, and steep-to reef which

encloses a lagoon. Numerous coral heads and a few drying

rocks are found on the reef. 

11.3 Observation Rock, which dries about 1.2m, lies on the NW

corner of the reef. Depths of 27 to 31m sand and coral, are

found in the lagoon. Coral heads exist. There is no entrance

channel to the lagoon, but boats can cross the reef at HW under

favorable weather conditions. A W set of about 0.75 knot has

been experienced around the shoal.

11.3 Two stranded wrecks lie on the NW and SW sides of Royal

Captain Shoal.

11.3 Investigator Northeast Shoal (9°10'N., 116°25'E.), which

dries, lies about 17 miles WNW of Royal Captain Shoal. The

shoal reef encloses a lagoon which is probably accessible to

boats at HW. 

11.3 A rock, whose existence is doubtful, lies 4.5 miles WNW of

Investigator Northeast Shoal.

11.3 Half Moon Shoal (8°52'N., 116°16'E.), lying 63 miles NW

of Cape Buliluyan, consists of a belt of coral reef, awash, that

forms a lagoon. An inclined rock, 1m high, lies on the E side of

the shoal. The lagoon affords good shelter to small craft and

has an average depth of about 27m, although there are several

coral heads with depths of 0.3 to 5.5m. 

11.3 The entrance of the lagoon is about 0.1 mile wide, with a

depth of about 12.8m, located on the SE side of the reef about

0.4 mile SW of the inclined rock. 

11.3 Entry during the strength of the Northeast Monsoon would

probably be impossible. No anchorage is available off the

shoal. There is a tidal rise of 1.2m over Half Moon Shoal.
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 265

Pub. 162

11.3 Directions.—Southbound vessels through Palawan Passage

should follow the recommended track line as shown on the

charts. This line, which parallels the 200m curve fronting the

W coast of Palawan, lies from 20 to 7 miles W of that curve. 

11.3 Vessels obtaining depths of less than 183m should head for

deeper water immediately. 

11.3 Vessels following the recommended track will pass about 25

miles E of Seahorse Shoal, about 21 miles SE of Carnatic

Shoal, about 15 miles SE of Bombay Shoal, and about 11 miles

SE of Royal Captain Shoal.

11.3 Vessels approaching Palawan Passage from S, if uncertain of

the position, can close Balabac Island (8°00'N., 117°00'E.) to

12 miles, during clear weather, in order to obtain a fix. 

11.3 During the thickest weather the land is reported seldom totally obscured and is usually well defined between squalls. 

11.3 The safest part of the 183m bank lies NW of Balabac Island

between 8°05'N and 8°30'N, with Balabac Peak bearing between 120° and 160°. 

11.3 When soundings are obtained on the edge of the bank vessels

should haul NW and give the 200m curve a berth of 10 miles. 

11.3 Then the reverse of the directions as given in the preceding

paragraph should be followed.

Caution.—All the dangers on the E side of Palawan Passage

are contained within the 200m curve that fronts the W coast of

Palawan. The curve lies about 31 miles W of Libro Point and

trends SW to within 18 miles of the coast in the vicinity of Mapankal Point (8°57'N., 117°33'E.). 

11.3 From this position it continues SW and passes about 23

miles W of Cape Buliluyan. Then it trends S to a position about

18 miles W of Cape Melville (7°48'N., 117°00'E.). 

11.3 The 200m curve rises abruptly in many places and there are

several depths of less than 7.3m lying close within the curve. 

11.3 Shoals and other dangers lying within the curve are described with their related features.

Palawan—West Coast—Libro Point to Bacuit

Bay

11.4 Libro Point (11°25'N., 119°29'E.), the N extremity of

Palawan, rises to a height of 145m close SE. The 18.5m curve

lies about 0.1 mile N and 0.75 mile W of the point. A rock,

awash, lies 91m N of Libro Point. 

11.4 Calitan Island (11°25'N., 119°28'E.) lies W of the point. A

sharp double-edged rock lies on a reef extending 0.2 mile E of

the island. The passage between the island and Libro Point is

foul. Cabuli Point and Cabuli Island are described with the E

coast of Palawan, in paragraph 11.49 and paragraph 11.50, respectively.

Between Libro Point and Patuyo Point (11°21'N.,

119°26'E.), the coast is bold and rocky, with occasional sandy

beaches fringed with coral. The 9.1m curve lies about 0.3 mile

offshore.

11.4 Diapila Bay is entered 1 mile SSE of Calitan Island; it is encumbered by shoals and drying rocks. A rock, awash, lies

about 0.3 mile W of the N entrance point.

11.4 Diapila Island, 66m high, lies close within the 20m curve, 1

mile SW of the S entrance point of Diapila Bay.

11.4 Base Bay is entered between Patuyo Point and a point 4

miles NE. A 7.6m patch lies in the bay 3.25 miles NE of

Patuyo Point, with a 10.4m patch, 0.5 mile WSW of it.

11.4 Barotoan Bay (11°20'N., 119°27'E.) is formed between

steep bluffs, with a sandy beach at its head. A rock, 2.4m high,

lies off the W entrance point. A grass-covered plain extending

several miles SE from the head of the bay is backed by mountain ranges leading N to Libro Point. The plain is bound S and

SW by mountain ranges leading from Patuyo Point.

11.5 Patuyo Point (11°21'N., 119°26'E.) is the NW end of

a steep headland with cliffy shores, which rises to a height of

159m, 0.75 mile S.

11.5 Lalutaya Island, 122m high, lies 1.25 miles NW of Patuyo

Point. The island is steep-to except on its W side where there is

a bay with a depth of 5m, and on the E side where coral reefs

extend 0.2 mile offshore. A shoal, with a depth of 0.9m, lies

0.5 mile NW of the NE extremity of the island.

11.5 Crawford Point (11°19'N., 119°25'E.) is a narrow headland,

49m high, located 2.5 miles SSW of Patuyo Point. The intervening coast is a sandy beach backed by heavily wooded hills.

The 20m curve lies 0.25 mile off this point. A rocky islet, 34m

high, lies 0.3 mile N of the point. Bury Islet, 18.3m high, lies

0.9 mile NNW of Crawford Point; a rock, 21m high, lies close

W of the islet.

11.5 A peak, 366m high, stands 4.75 miles ENE of Crawford

Point. From this peak a ridge extends 3.5 miles N to North Hill

(11°24'N., 119°30'E.) and another hill, 294m high, near the W

side of the island. Both hills are conspicuous.

11.5 Emmit Point (11°15'N., 119°25'E.) consists of steep bluffs

rising abruptly from the shore and backed by wooded hills. A

distinctive conical hill rises 1 mile NNE of the point. The central mountain range of Palawan rises to its highest elevation,

658m, about 4 miles E of Emmit Point.

11.5 The coast between Crawford Point and Emmit Point is steep

and rugged, with hills rising abruptly from the shore. Depths of

less than 9m are found up to 0.25 mile offshore.

11.6 Ipil Point (11°11'N., 119°22'E.) is the sharp SW extremity of a rugged headland rising steeply from shore. Between Emmit Point and Ipil Point, there is a wide, level valley

that lies between the range of hills extending SE from Emmit

Point and the steep, rugged range that extends W from Mount

Ynantagung (11°10'N., 119°27'E.) to Mount Bubulugan, located 2 miles E of Ipil Point. 

11.6 The coast between the two points is fringed by a partly-drying reef extending 0.25 mile offshore in places. The 10m curve

lies up to 0.75 mile offshore, and there are numerous dangers

lying within the curve. Also, there are several shoal patches,

with depths less than 11m, lying within 1.5 miles of the coast.

11.6 Bacuit (El Nido) (11°11'N., 119°23'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59310), the most important town on the W coast of Palawan, is situated close E of the peninsula of which Ipil Point is

the SW extremity. The town situated at the head of a small bay

which is fringed by a drying reef and fronted by foul ground as

far as 0.5 mile off its head. 

11.6 A stone causeway, its outer end in ruins, is located at the W

end of town where a church is a prominent landmark.

11.6 Anchorage can be taken 1 mile N of town, in depths of 15 to

16.5m, mud, protected from all but N winds. 

11.6 Occasional variable squalls of hurricane force blow through

the gaps in the highlands making the anchorage untenable.

11.6 Vessels approach the anchorage from W via the narrow pas-
266 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

sage between the headland and Cadlao Island (11°13'N.,

119°22'E.). From the N, the approach lies E and SE of this island.

Palawan—Off-lying Islands

11.7 Caverna Island (11°17'N., 119°21'E.) is the farthest

N island of a group of high and rugged islands of limestone

formation lying N of Ipil Point. A pinnacle rock, lying close N

of the island, is conspicuous from E and W. A reef, awash, extends 0.2 mile S of the island.

11.7 Cauayan Island (11°16'N., 119°21'E.) has two prominent,

high peaks with the terrain between them dropping almost to

sea level. High cliffs forming the shoreline are deeply underscored by sea action. The navigable channel between Cauayan

Island and Cadlao Island is divided into two passages by an islet. The S passage has a least depth of 12.8m.

Cadlao Island (11°13'N., 119°22'E.) has a table-topped

summit which is conspicuous from the W. 

11.7 The Loggerheads, two high peaks rising SE of the summit,

drop almost vertically. A spit, with a depth of 4.9m, extends 0.1

mile from the SE end of the island. 

11.7 A deep channel, about 0.3 mile wide, lies between the spit

and the headland of Ipil Point. 

11.7 The E and W points of the island are reported to be conspicuous. There are sandy beaches at the heads of the bays. Most of

Cadlao Island is fringed by coral reef.

11.8 Dilumacad Island (11°12'N., 119°20'E.) has a conspicuous group of needle peaks near its S end. The W coast of

the island consists of overhanging cliffs; the E coast is sandy

beach fronted by a spit and fringing reefs. 

11.8 The channel between the island and the SW end of Cadlao

Island is deep.

11.8 Anchorage can be taken, sheltered from NE winds, in depths

of 29 to 36m, S of Cadlao Island and E of Dilumacad Island. 

11.8 There is good anchorage protected from SW winds, near Mitre Island (11°14'N., 119°22'E.), in 31m, mud. 

11.8 Additional anchorage can be taken, in depths of 16 to 22m,

close E of Abrupt Point.

11.8 Tapiutan Island (11°13'N., 119°16'E.) is the NW island of a

group of islands which form the W side of the approach to Bacuit Bay; they extend about 7.75 miles NNW and 7 miles W

from a position about 1.5 miles N of Custodio Point. The group

is prominent due to their limestone formation and their rugged

appearance. The sides of the islands consist of bare, vertical

cliffs of various colors. The bases of the cliffs have been eroded by the sea. The summits of the islands consist of small clusters of needle peaks.

11.8 Matinloc Island (11°11'N., 119°17'E.) consists of a narrow

ridge of barren limestone almost divided into three parts by

deep gaps. Mount Horn, prominent near the middle of the island, resembles a horn when seen from N or S. 

11.8 Ilog Bay, on the E side of the island beneath Mount Horn, affords shelter to small vessels having local knowledge during

the Southwest Monsoon (May to September). An islet lies near

the S side of the bay entrance.

11.8 Tapiutan Strait (11°12'N., 119°16'E.), 0.1 mile wide, with

depths of 27 to 38m, separates the islands of Matinloc and

Tapiutan.

11.8 Inambuyod Island (11°12'N., 119°18'E.) is separated from

Matinloc by a deep channel. Inambuyod Island, from a distance, appears like a large turtle in the water with its head facing N. Landing can be effected along sandy beaches on the W

side of the island. A high rock and an islet lie 0.1 mile N and 1

mile N, respectively, of Inambuyod Island.

11.9 Miniloc Island (11°09'N., 119°19'E.) is high, with

coasts consisting of cliffy heads and steep crags. The S and E

sides of Miniloc are indented by several coves. 

11.9 A NE cove is deep, but fronted by a reef. Small, high islets

lie off the NW and E sides of the island, and landing can be effected on the S and W sides.

11.9 There are several small islands lying between Miniloc Island

and Custodio Point. These islands consist of Paglugaban

(11°08'N., 119°19'E.), Entalula, Popolcan, Jip Rocks

(11°07'N., 119°19'E.), Guintungauan (11°07'N., 119°18'E.),

and Pangulasian Island.

11.9 The Guntao Islands (11°08'N., 119°15'E.), two in number,

have densely-wooded tops and bare slopes. The islands are

connected by a coral reef, bare at LW. 

11.9 Destacado Rocks (11°07'N., 119°13'E.) are a group of

rocks, awash, lying on a small reef. The rocks have the appearance of two boats. Other reefs lie within 1 mile N and 0.25 mile

SW of the rocks.

Palawan—West Coast—Bacuit Bay to Cape Ross

11.10 Bacuit Bay (11°07'N., 119°22'E.) is entered between

Ipil Point and Custodio Point (11°06'N., 119°19'E.), and extends about 7.5 miles SSE. 

11.10 The bay is protected W by a high, wooded peninsula terminating at Custodio Point. Rugged, limestone islands front the

bay and a mountain range dominates the E shore.

11.10 Depths of 14.6 to 37m exist throughout the bay, with deeper

water off the bay entrance and between the off-lying islands.

The shore reef extends as far as 0.25 mile off the W side of the

bay and 0.5 mile off the head of the bay. There are many detached reefs and shoals within 0.5 mile of the coast. The many

bights indenting the shores of Bacuit Bay are foul and fronted

by mangroves. Islands and rocks within the bay are mostly

high and sheer.

11.10 Caution.—Dangers are numerous throughout the bay. Only

those in or adjacent to the main channel are described. A 13.1m

patch lies in the middle of the entrance to Bacuit Bay, 1.75

miles SW of Ipil Point. 

11.10 A 14.6m coral patch lies about 0.75 mile E of Entalula Island (11°08'N., 119°20'E.). A reef, with a depth of 3.6m, and a

shoal, with a depth of 3.5m, lie 1 mile S and SSE, respectively,

of Ipil Point. 

11.10 A group of shoals, with a least depth of 9.1m, lies up to 1

mile NW of Inabuyatan Island (11°07'N., 119°23'E.).

11.10 A dangerous steep-to coral patch (11°07'N., 119°22'E.),

depth 6.9m, lies 1.25 miles W of Inabuyatan Island.

11.11 Lagen Island (11°05'N., 119°24'E.), the largest and

highest island in the bay, has two summits with a deep gap between them. The shores are sandy beaches alternating with

sheer cliffs. 

11.11 Between the island and Malpacao Island (11°06'N.,
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 267

Pub. 162

119°24'E.), 0.5 mile NE, is a channel with depths of 14.8 to

22m, clear of dangers. Malpacao Island is a prominent, high

limestone formation. It appears from the offing as a double island. Drying reefs lie SE and E of the S end of the island. The

channel between the island and the point E is foul.

11.11 Coast Hill (11°05'N., 119°20'E.), Mount Maateg

(11°01'N., 119°23'E.), Shark Fin Peak (11°04'N., 119°28'E.),

and the high peak close NE of Ipil Point are all excellent landmarks approaching Bacuit Bay.

11.11 Sheltered anchorage can be taken, in depths of 11 to 13m,

close SE of Malpacao Island, clear of the reefs in the vicinity. 

11.11 Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor in Corongcorong Bay, close with Ipil Point, and communicate with the

town of El Nido while being protected from N winds. 

11.11 Additional anchorage can be taken in the area SE of Pinsail

Island (11°05'N., 119°23'E.) and Ninepin Island (11°05'N.,

119°23'E.), and S of Lagen Island, in depths of 16.5 to 18.3m,

but is subject to sudden wind changes.

11.11 Vessels approaching Bacuit Bay from S should use the passage between Paglugaban Island (11°08'N., 119°19'E.) and

Entalula Island, 0.6 mile E.

11.11 From N, the best approach is between Inambuyod Island

(11°12'N., 119°18'E.) and Dilumacad Island (11°12'N.,

119°20'E.). If proceeding to the anchorage SE of Malpacao Island, avoid the 7m coral patch, 1.25 miles W of Inabuyatan Island, and pass between Malpacao Island and Lagen Island.

11.11 If proceeding to the anchorage SE of Pinsail Island, pass

fairly close to the W side of Lagen Island and then between the

island and Ninepin Island.

11.11 Between Custodio Point and Signal Head (11°02'N.,

119°19'E.), 4.25 miles S, the coast is bold and rocky with several reddish-colored landslides. The mountain ranges running

down to these points are steep and densely wooded. Ragged Island, 18.3m high, lies close offshore, 3 miles S of Custodio

Point.

11.11 Difficult Point (11°03'N., 119°20'E.) lies about 0.6 mile SE

of Ragged Island, and Black Rock Point lies about 0.75 mile

SSE of Difficult Point. Together these points form the entrance

to a narrow inlet which recedes about 1 mile NE. 

11.11 There are depths from 18.3m in the entrance of the inlet to

6.7m at its head. A patch, with a depth of 0.9m, lies in the middle of the inlet 0.25 mile from its head.

11.12 Port Cataaba (11°01'N., 119°21'E.) is a bay entered

between Black Rock Point and Signal Head, 0.5 mile SW. The

bay affords good shelter for small vessels and is free from dangerous winds blowing off the mountains. 

11.12 The peninsulas forming the bay are high and densely wooded, while the shores are alternately rocky points and small

coves backed by mangrove swamps. 

11.12 The head of the bay dries, but there are depths of up to 27m

in the outer part. A spit, with an islet on its NE end, lies about

0.5 mile within the W entrance point of the bay.

11.12 Pin Point (11°01'N., 119°20'E.), 1.25 miles SSE of Signal

Head, is prominent as is Beehive Head, 0.5 mile S of Pin Point.

White Point Island lies on the drying coastal reef close S of Pin

Point.

11.12 Anchorage can be taken E of Pin Point, where there are

depths of 9.1 to 12.8m, mud. The anchorage is reported to be

free of the dangerous winds that funnel through the mountain

passes.

11.12 The entrance to Port Cataaba should be approached either

between Tent Island (11°04'N., 119°18'E.) and Saddle Island,

1.25 miles S or E of both of these islands. 

11.12 A mid-channel course should be steered, avoiding the dangers which extend up to 0.2 mile E of Saddle Island.

11.12 Dangers exist in the approach to Port Cataaba and Endeavor

Strait. Tent Island, steep-sided, lies on a drying reef 2.5 miles

SSW of Custodio Point. A below-water reef extends 0.3 mile N

of the island; it has several above-water rocks on it. 

11.12 Saddle Island (11°03'N., 119°18'E.) has two high rounded

hills, the one farthest S is prominent. The island is fringed by

above-water and below-water reefs. Camago Island lies on the

reef 0.25 mile S of Saddle Island; the reef extends about 0.2

mile S of the island. Needle Rocks, lies in the N entrance to

Endeavor Strait, about 0.9 mile SW of Signal Head. 

11.12 There are depths of 9 to 13m between Needle Rocks, and a

drying rock about 0.3 mile N. Anato Island, 59m high, about

0.1 mile S of Needle Rocks, is separated from the rocks by a

passage 7m deep.

11.12 Tuluran Island (10°59'N., 119°17'E.), separated from the

mainland by Endeavor Strait, is about 4.5 miles long in a N to

S direction and is about 2.5 miles wide; it is the largest island

fronting the W coast of Palawan.

11.12 Peaked Point (11°01'N., 119°16'E.) is the NW extremity of

Tuluran. Peaked Island lies 0.1 mile NW of the point. Rocks,

awash, lie 0.1 mile NW of the island. The channel between the

island and point is 3.7m deep.

11.12 North Tuluran Peak and South Tuluran Peak rise conspicuously near the middle of Tuluran. 

11.12 Thumb Peak, with a table-topped summit, rises 0.75 mile

NW of Pillar Point (10°57'N., 119°18'E.), the SE extremity of

the island.

11.13 Between Signal Head and Cape Ross (10°56'N.,

119°13'E.), 8.5 miles SW, the coast is indented by Malampaya

Sound, one of the best natural harbors in the Philippine Islands.

It extends about 20 miles SE and near its head it is only 2.5

miles from the E coast of Palawan. 

11.13 The sound, which affords safe anchorage for a large number

of deep draft vessels, is divided into two parts by the headlands

projecting from the shore and by several islands.

11.13 The shores of the sound are generally steep and densely

wooded, rising abruptly from a beach intersected by many bold

headlands, rocky points and small areas of mangrove swamp. 

11.13 Tuluran Island, the largest island fronting the W coast of Palawan, lies in the outer entrance of Malampaya Sound. 

11.13 Worcester Strait, the main channel, leads SW of the island

and Endeavor Strait leads E of the island which is rugged and

densely wooded.

11.13 Pyramid Rocks (11°01'N., 119°15'E.) lie about 1 mile W of

Peaked Point, the NW extremity of Tuluran Island. 

11.13 A detached coral rock, with a depth of 1.2m, lies about 0.2

mile NE of the highest rock.

11.13 Endeavor Strait (10°59'N., 119°18'E.) is approached from

N between Signal Head and Peaked Point. The strait has a least

depth of 8.7m in the fairway, is about 5 miles long, and has a

least width of 91m about 1.7 miles SSW of Signal Head. The

mangrove lined shores of the strait are fronted by above and

below-water coral reefs for 0.1 mile. The W entrance point of
268 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

the strait lies 1 mile SE of Conical Head (11°01'N.,

119°17'E.). A bank extending 2.5 miles N from this point contains Anato Island and Saddle Island.

11.13 Relinquish Head (11°00'N., 119°18'E.) and Exertion Point,

about 1.2 miles S of the head, form a bay. A group of drying

rocks lies in the middle of the bay entrance. 

11.13 Good anchorage can be taken in the bay, in depths of 18 to

22m, mud.

11.13 Liminangcong (11°00'N., 119°18'E.), a small town, is situated on the E side of the strait close E of Chase Head, where

the strait is most constricted. A spit, with a depth of 5m, extends 0.1 mile NW of Chase Head. The least depth in the strait

fairway, lies 0.4 mile S of Chase Head. 

11.13 Good anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 12.8m, about 0.2

mile N of town.

11.13 Endeavor Point (10°57'N., 119°19'E.) is the SE entrance

point of Endeavor Strait. A 2.3m and 3.2m patch lie 0.2 mile N

and 0.5 mile NE of the point. 

11.13 Pirates Hold, a sheltered cove, is entered between Bando

Point (10°57'N., 119°19'E.) and Endeavor Point.

11.13 Vessels proceeding S through the strait should keep in midchannel. Caution should be exercised when rounding Chase

Head to avoid being set on the spit by tidal currents which are

strong at times.

11.14 Worcester Strait (10°58'N., 119°15'E.), the main entrance to Malampaya Sound, lies between Tuluran Island and

the Capoas Peninsula (10°50'N., 119°17'E.). The strait, nearly

0.75 mile wide, has depths over 37m. 

11.14 Worcester Strait is approached between Diente Point

(10°57'N., 119°13'E.) and Peaked Point. The terrain S of the

latter point is bold, precipitous, and features Tuluran Point, and

Bold Head (10°59'N., 119°16'E.). 

11.14 White Round Island (10°59'N., 119°15'E.), steep-to, lies

1.25 miles WNW of Bold Head. It is a useful landmark when

approaching the strait from NW. 

11.14 Diente Shoal (10°58'N., 119°13'E.), with a depth of 5m, lies

almost 1 mile N of Diente Point. The channel between is deep

and clear of dangers. 

11.14 Notch Island (10°58'N., 119°14'E.), lying on a drying reef

0.6 mile ENE of Diente Point, is conspicuous from offshore.

Above-water rocks lie 0.1 mile N of the island. 

11.14 Several dangers lying N and E of Notch Island include Pillar

Rock, Entrance Rock, Largon Island, Largon Rock, and Cone

Island. 

11.14 These charted dangers lie on several extensive reefs and foul

ground on the SW side of the entrance to Worcester Strait.

11.14 Tidal currents in the strait are strong. In the sound the tidal

range is 1.1m. With contrary winds there are heavy tide rips in

the strait.

11.14 Bolalo Bay (10°56'N., 119°15'E.), entered S of Cone Island

and W of Parmidiaran Point (10°57'N., 119°16'E.), is deep

and clear of dangers, but in stormy weather is open to wind

squalls from the encircling hills. 

11.14 The shores of the bay consist mainly of coral and mangroves. Drying reefs extend 0.5 mile or more off the head of

the bay which is separated from Inlulutoc Bay (10°54'N.,

119°14'E.) by a narrow isthmus.

11.14 Anchorage can be taken, in 29 to 42m, mud, within the entrance of the bay.

11.14 Vessels approaching Bolalo Bay should pass either E or W

of Largon Island and Cone Island; the former should be given a

wide berth.

11.14 Vessels entering Worcester Strait should favor the Tuluran

Island side of the channel with the N extremity of Malapina

Island (10°56'N., 119°19'E.) bearing 122° leading through the

strait, passing NE of Entrance Rock and Largon Rock and SW

of the shoal which lies 0.9 mile NE of Largon Island.

11.14 Malampaya Sound is divided into Outer and Inner Sounds

which are connected by an inner strait. The sound is entered

from N via Endeavor and Worcester Straits in the vicinity of

Lookout Point, Pillar Point, and Endeavor Point. Because of

the numerous islets, rocks, and reefs in the strait connecting the

two sounds, the navigable passage is reduced to a width of

about 0.2 mile.

The W side of Outer Sound, between Lookout Point and

Pugguiauan Point (10°53'N., 119°18'E.), 3.75 miles SSE, is

indented by three bays, all of which afford safe anchorages.

11.15 Pirate Bay (10°56'N., 119°17'E.), the northernmost

bay of the three bays, is entered between Lookout Point and

Slip Point, the N extremity of Tenabian Island (10°55'N.,

119°17'E.). There are depths over 18.3m in the bay. 

11.15 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 27m, mud. A constricted passage, with a least depth of 11m, separates Tenabian

Island from the mainland. A reef, with a depth of 1.2m, extends

0.2 mile NW of Slip Point.

11.15 Taitai Bay (10°54'N., 119°17'E.) is entered between Taitai

Island and Bullock Head (10°54'N., 119°18'E.). The head of

the bay is divided into two mangrove-fringed coves by Middle

Point.

11.15 Huron Rock (10°54'N., 119°18'E.), with a depth of 5m, lies

in the approach to Taitai Bay and close W of the fairway to Inner Sound.

11.15 Anchorage can be taken in Taitai Bay, in depths of 18 to

20m, mud. On entering the bay from N, round Taitai Island

within 0.5 mile. From S, round Bullock Head within 0.5 mile

to avoid Huron Rock.

11.15 Turung Bay (10°53'N., 119°17'E.), with general depths of

9.1 to 18.3m, is entered between Bullock Head and Pugguiauan Point. Turung Island, on the N side of the entrance, is

encircled by shoals and has a drying rock lying 91m NW, and a

detached 5m shoal lies 0.2 mile NE, respectively, of its N end.

A spit, with depths less than 8.5m, extends 0.2 mile NE from

Pugguiauan Point.

11.15 Anchorage can be taken in the middle of Turung Bay, in

depths of 11 to 15m, mud.

11.16 The E side of Outer Sound, between Endeavor Point

and Calabuctung Point (10°54'N., 119°20'E.), 3.25 miles

SSE, is indented by Northeast Bay (10°56'N., 119°21'E.). 

11.16 Shoals extend up to 0.5 mile from the shores of the bay

which are fringed by mangroves. The bay is encumbered by islands and shoals. Malapina Island lies in the entrance of the

bay. Two reefs, with a least depth of 11.4m, lie between 0.5

mile and 1 mile SE of the island. 

11.16 Boat Rock (10°55'N., 119°20'E.), with a depth of 0.3m, lies

near the middle of a shoal 1.25 miles E of Malapina Island.

Drying rocks lie at the N and S ends of the shoal.

11.16 Anchorage is not recommended in Northeast Bay for deep
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 269

Pub. 162

draft vessels because of the swell which sometimes sets in

from Worcester Strait. Small vessels can take sheltered anchorage in the inner part of the bay.

11.17 Binaluan (10°56'N., 119°21'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59300), a small village with a sawmill situated in the SE

part of Northeast Bay, is a temporary base for some of the fishing fleet operating in Malampaya Sound.

11.17 The inner strait, separating Malampaya Outer and Inner

Sounds, is 2 miles wide between Pugguiauan Point and Calabuctung Point. The strait is encumbered by shoals and islands,

between which there are several navigable channels.

11.17 The W side of inner strait, between Puggiuauan Point and

Alcade Point (10°49'N., 119°21'E.), 4.5 miles SE, is indented

by Alligator Bay and Malipu Bay. 

11.17 Mount Capoas (10°48'N., 119°17'E.) is a dominating feature.

11.17 Alligator Bay (10°51'N., 119°17'E.) is entered between

Green Head (10°52'N., 119°18'E.), 0.45 mile SE of Puggiuauan Point, and Balulu Point (10°51'N., 119°19'E.). Palcocotan Island lies about 0.3 mile E of Green Head, and

Johnstone Point marks the S extremity of the head. The bay affords excellent shelter for vessels.

11.17 Several islands lie just outside the bay entrance and along its

shores. There are numerous dangers. Vessels should keep at

least 0.25 mile off salient points and the shores of the bay. 

11.17 A shoal, with a least depth of 4.1m, lies almost 0.25 mile

SSE of Johnstone Point. There are depths of 11 to 16.5m and

11 to 7.3m in the N and S parts of the bay.

11.17 Alligator Island (10°51'N., 119°18'E.), wooded, lies on the

S side of the bay. A prominent white rock lies 137m E of the

NE end of the island. Durangan Island lies in the navigable

channel through the strait leading to Inner Sound, about 1 mile

NE of Alligator Island.

11.17 Anchorage can be taken in the middle of the bay, between

Johnstone Point and Alligator Island, in depths of 15 to 16m, mud.

11.18 Malipu Bay (10°50'N., 119°20'E.) is entered between

Balulu Point and Alcade Point. It is separated from Alligator

Bay by a narrow ridge of hills. There are depths of 9.1 to 18.3m

in the outer part of the bay and 7.5 to 8.2m in the E part. 

11.18 Bartoc Island (10°51'N., 119°20'E.), 0.75 mile E of Balulu

Point, and Malaoton Island, 0.75 mile E of Bartoc Island, lie in

the approach to the bay. Foul ground encircles both islands.

11.18 Chinicaran Island (10°50'N., 119°20'E.), the largest in the

bay, is separated from the shore by a narrow passage with a

least depth of 3.2m. 

11.18 Damao Island (10°50'N., 119°20'E.), with Micota Island lying close SE, are separated from a peninsula of the mainland

by constricted Damao Channel. The channel, encumbered with

rocks and islets, has a depth of 9.1m. 

11.18 Cinaran Bay (10°49'N., 119°20'E.), lying at the head of Malipu

Bay, is fronted by a drying mud flat and depths of 5.5m.

11.18 Anchorage can be taken in the outer part of Malipu Bay,

about midway between Chinicaran Island and Malaoton Island,

in depths of 11 to 14.6m, mud. Smaller vessels can find more

sheltered anchorage E of Chinicaran, in a depth of 7.3m.

11.18 The E side of the inner strait between Calabuctung Point and

Balauan Point (10°52'N., 119°22'E.), 3 miles SE, is irregular

and fronted by many islands, rocks and shoals. The inner strait

channel leads W and SW of the islands. 

11.18 Tacbolo Island (10°53'N., 119°19'E.), thickly wooded and

partly cultivated, lies in the entrance of the strait. Wedge Head

is the prominent bluff on the NW extremity of the island. 

11.18 The two small Calabuctung Islands lie between Wedge Head

and Calabuctung Point. 

Passage Island (10°52'N., 119°20'E.) forms the SE side of

Tacbolo Passage; Tacbolo Island forms the NW side of the passage. The passage is 137m wide and has a depth of 8.7m. 

11.18 A constricted shoal channel separates the E end of Passage

Island from the NW side of the peninsula that forms Passage

Point (10°52'N., 119°21'E.).

11.19 Passage Island Bay (10°53'N., 119°21'E.) is entered

between Wedge Head and the Calabuctung Islands. Depths of

9.1 to 18.3m exist in this sheltered bay. A 6.4m coral patch lies

0.2 mile N of Cliff Point, the NE extremity of Passage Island.

Shoals lie NE of this patch. 

11.19 There are several navigable channels between the shoals and

islands that are used with local knowledge.

11.19 Anchorage, sheltered, can be taken near the middle of Passage Island Bay, in depths of 13 to 18m, mud.

11.19 Directions.—Vessels approaching Malampaya Inner Sound

from N steer a course of 159° for Wedge Head (10°53'N.,

119°19'E.), until the N extremities of the Calabuctung Islands

are aligned 105°.

11.19 This alignment leads E of Huron Rock (10°54'N., 119°18'E.),

steep-to with a depth of 4.9m. The course is then shaped to pass E

or W of Palcocotan Island and Durangan Island.

11.19 When in transit of the channel E of Palcocotan Island, keep

on the W side of the channel between Passage Island and Durangan Island, thus avoiding the dangers SW of Passage Island.

Durangan Island should be passed at least 0.1 mile distant. Pass

between Malaoton and Ibelbel.

11.19 An alternate route can be taken by passing W of Palcocotan

Island and Durangan Island, in mid-channel between Balulu

Point and Calonhogon Island, S of Bartoc Island and Gull

Rock, and N of Peaked Island.

11.19 Caution.—Dangers W and SW of Passage Island are best

seen on the chart. These dangers include Flat Rock, (10°52'N.,

119°19'E.), above-water, lying on a spit extending about 0.25

mile W of Passage Island. Eniaran Island lies on the same spit.

A 4.6m patch lies in the channel 0.15 mile S of Flat Rock.

Cansea Rock, drying, and Balolo Rock, above-water, are to be

avoided in transit of the channel.

11.19 Between Passage Point and Balauan Point there are several

off-lying islands fringed by rocky shoals.

11.20 Malampaya Inner Sound (10°50'N., 119°23'E.) is

entered between Alcade Point (10°49'N., 119°21'E.) and Balauan Point (10°52'N., 119°22'E.). 

11.20 The shores of the sound are indented by coves and bights

that afford shelter to small craft. 

11.20 Several rivers empty into the various bights causing shallow,

muddy depths of less than 5.5m in the sound between Cliff

Point (10°48'N., 119°21'E.) and Rocket Point (10°52'N.,

119°23'E.), 4 miles NNE. 

11.20 The outer part of Inner Sound has depths of 9.1 to 16.5m. It

is free of dangers except for Coloma Rock (10°50'N.,

119°24'E.), which lies in the middle of the bay, with a depth of
270 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

0.6m. 

11.20 Other inshore dangers may be avoided by keeping at least

about 0.25 mile off the islands and points. The 10m curve lies

close NE of Alcade Point and the 5.5m curve lies about 0.25

mile NE of Cap Rock (10°48'N., 119°23'E.).

11.20 Anchorage for large vessels can be taken anywhere in the

outer part of Inner Sound, taking care to avoid the vicinity of

Coloma Rock. Many of the bays and coves afford shelter to

small craft.

11.20 A charted restricted area lies about 10 miles offshore, in the

approaches to Malampaya Sound, and is bound by lines joining

the following positions:

a. 10°46'N, 118°32'E.

b. 10°46'N, 119°04'E.

c. 11°37'N, 119°10'E.

d. 11°37'N, 118°51'E.

11.20 Malampaya Terminal (11°31'N., 119°07'E.), operated by

Shell, consists of a lighted platform, established in the N portion of this restricted area, and an SBM moored 1.5 miles NW

of the platform. The Malampaya submarine gas pipeline extends to this platform from seabed wells, located 15 miles W,

and continues ENE through Linapacan Strait to the terminal in

Batangas Bay (13°44'N., 121°03'E.). 

11.20 The terminal SBM should be approached from N, passing W

of a coral patch, 3.5 miles ENE of the buoy, which has a depth

of 12.8m. Approach from the S is not recommended due to the

numerous shoals, platforms, and buoys, some of which are uncharted, lying S of the platform. 

11.20 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 3 miles N of the platform for mooring in daylight only. The vessel’s ETA should be

sent 72, 48, 24, and 12 hours prior to arrival. Departure from

the mooring may be taken day or night.

11.20 Vessels must obtain permission prior to approaching the terminal within a distance of 3 miles. Permission to enter the restricted area, as charted, is advised.

11.20 Anchorage may be taken 9 miles from the platform on a

bearing of 153°.

11.20 During the NE monsoon, strong winds and swell may be experienced at the terminal. Strong winds and squalls occur during the SW monsoons.

11.20 South Nido Oil Field, consisting of two production platforms, a storage vessel, and a submarine pipeline, lies within

the above restricted area and is centered 27.5 miles W of Tuluran Island. A radio beacon transmits from the storage vessel

and fog signals are sounded by the SW platform.

11.20 Cadlao Oil Field also lies within the prohibited area and is

centered 30 miles NW of Tuluran Island. This field consists of

three production platforms and an SBM, from which lights are

shown, connected by submarine pipelines. A storage tanker is

permanently moored to the SBM; a tug is available to assist

with berthing. A lighted SBM (11°20'N., 118°59'N.) is moored

7 miles S of the production platforms. 

11.20 West Linapacan Oil Terminal, consists of a production and

storage vessel the FPSO II, moored to an SPM by a stern yoke.

Lights are shown from the vessel. There is no desnigated anchorage; waiting vessels should lie off about 5 miles W of the

terminal.

11.20 A lighted storage tanker is located in approximate position

11°49'N, 119°7'E. Entry is restricted throughout the greater arc

of a circle, radius 5 miles, centered from the tanker’s position.

Palawan—West Coast—Cape Ross to Northwest

Head

11.21 Cape Ross (10°57'N., 119°13'E.), the NW extremity

of the Capoas Peninsula, is a prominent steep-to headland. A

narrow coral reef fringes the cape, and the 20m curve lies about

0.1 mile offshore.

11.21 Between Cape Ross and Northwest Head, about 55 miles

SSW, the coast is indented by many bays which provide sheltered anchorage from NE winds. 

11.21 The 20m curve lies up to 2.5 miles off this sector of the

coast; the 200m curve lies up to 35 miles offshore. There are

numerous isolated shoal patches, with depths of 4.8 to 16.4m,

charted in this area.

Between Cape Ross and Emergency Point (10°46'N.,

119°16'E.), about 11 miles SSE, the coast is rugged, irregular,

and is formed by the W side of the Capoas Peninsula. 

11.21 The peninsula is formed by mountain ranges with short spurs

extending to the coast forming rocky points.

11.21 Mount Capoas (10°48'N., 119°17'E.), a landmark on the

peninsula about 9 miles SSE of Cape Ross, has a high and a

low sharp nipple on its W shoulder and a considerable landslide on its W face. 

11.21 When seen from the S it appears to be table-topped with

steep sides. There is a conspicuous waterfall on the N side of

the mountain.

11.21 Inlulutoc Bay (10°54'N., 119°14'E.) is entered between

Wreck Head (10°54'N., 119°13'E.), a bold rocky head, and Inlulutoc Head, about 1.8 miles SSE. 

11.21 Entrance to the bay may be identified by Saddle Hill

(10°55'N., 119°14'E.), 1.5 miles NE of Wreck Head, and Chinongab Peak, about 2 miles farther NE. Chinongab Peak is

made prominent by a sharp ridge.

11.21 The shores of the bay are reported to be fringed by visible

coral reefs. Depths of 18.3m existing as far as 0.5 mile offshore

contain many dangers. A 12.8m coral patch lies in the center of

the bay.

11.21 Anchorage, in depths of 27 to 29m, mud, can be taken with

offshore winds in the entrance to a cove between Anchorage Islet, on the N side of the bay, and Teodore Point, about 0.5 mile

WNW. 

11.21 The bay affords good shelter during the Northeast Monsoon

(October to March).

11.22 Tanghilahan Bay (10°52'N., 119°13'E.) is entered

between Inlulutoc Head and Cape Capoas, a bold projecting

headland with two peaks located about 1.5 miles SW. 

11.22 The inner part of the bay is encumbered with reefs and

shoals. Above-water rocks lie in the S part of the bay which has

depths over 18.3m.

11.22 Enterprise Point (10°51'N., 119°13'E.), a steep cliffy headland, is the SW prong of Cape Capoas. Between Enterprise

Point and Cotteral Point, 3.75 miles SE, the coast is indented

by three small open bays. The shores of the bays are reeffringed, and are suitable for small craft only. 

11.22 White Islet, 119m high, steep and conical in shape, lies 1.75

miles SE of Enterprise Point; it is connected to the coast on its

E side by a drying reef. An islet and an above-water rock lie

about 0.5 mile W of White Islet.
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 271

Pub. 162

11.23 Menapla Cove (10°49'N., 119°16'E.), entered between Grave Point and Cotteral Point, 1.5 miles SSE, affords

shelter from NE winds. A reef, awash in places, extends 0.5

mile SW from a cliff at the head of the bay.

11.23 Anchorage, sheltered from the Northeast Monsoon, can be

taken in the outer part of the cove, in depths of 9 to 18.3m.

11.23 Binga Bay is entered between Emergency Point, 3 miles SSE

of Cotteral Point, and Binga Point, 3.25 miles SE. The land rises to a height of 188m close NE of Emergency Point. An island

lies on a rocky drying reef, about 1.25 miles E of Emergency

Point. The island lies inside the 20m curve.

11.23 Anchorage, sheltered from NE winds, can be taken about 2

miles E of Emergency Point, in depths of 13 to 18.3m, mud. 

11.23 Small vessels anchor, in 7.3m, about 0.75 mile SE of Binga

Point. The village of Tor lies 0.5 mile N of this anchorage.

11.23 Imuruan Bay (10°40'N., 119°15'E.) is entered between

Emergency Point and Pagdanan Point, 13.25 miles SSW.

11.23 Amalingat Point lies 16 miles farther SW. The bay is fully

exposed to W and NW winds. Binga Bay lies close within the

N entrance of this bay.

11.23 The coast from Emergency Point to Binga Point is rocky; a

sandy beach extends 3 miles farther S. From the S end of the

sandy beach, the coast is bold and rocky from 2.5 miles. The

20m curve lies up to 2 miles off the shore of Imuruan Bay, but

lies as close as 0.1 mile off Emergency Point and 0.4 mile off

Bullock Point.

11.23 Wedge Island (10°44'N., 119°12'E.), 68m high, lies in the

entrance to Imuruan Bay, 4.75 miles SW of Emergency Point.

A bank, with depths of less than 9m, extends 0.1 mile S and E

from the island. 

11.23 The Bay Islands, comprised of Imuruan Island, 158m high,

and Lampinigan Island, 86m high, are located 4.25 miles SSE

of Emergency Point. A reef extends 0.6 mile E from Imuruan

Island, and a channel 0.7 mile wide, with a least depth of 7.3m,

lies between this reef and the coastal reef. 

11.23 Coral shoals, with depths of 7.3m and 9.1m, lie 0.4 mile SW

and 0.4 mile SE, respectively, of Imuruan Island.

11.23 A narrow channel, with a least depth of 6.7m, separates the

two Bay Islands.

11.23 A point of land, located 4.25 miles S of Imuruan Island, rises

to a height of 121m about 0.2 mile inland; a waterfall marks

this height.

11.24 Rocky Islet (10°36'N., 119°19'E.), 15.8m high, lies

close off the coast 1 mile SSE of the above point.

11.24 Islet Head is located 1.5 miles SSW of Rocky Islet; it rises to

a height of 48m. The coast SSW of Islet Head is heavily wooded.

11.24 A drying rock lies 0.75 mile SW of Bokbok Point, about 0.4

mile offshore.

11.24 Bullock Point (10°33'N., 119°15'E.), a narrow rocky headland, is located 4.75 miles SW of Bokbok Point. A shoal, with

a depth of 2.1m, lies about midway between these two points.

Below-water rocks lie close off Bullock Point.

11.24 Pagdanan Point (10°33'N., 119°14'E.), 0.75 mile SW of

Bullock Point, is the extremity of a reddish colored peninsula

of the mainland, 143m high. An islet, 14m high, lies near the

outer end of a foul spit which lies 0.4 mile NW from the point.

11.24 Pagdanan Bay (10°31'N., 119°15'E.) is entered between

Pagdanan Point and Milner Head, the NE extremity of Cacnipa

Island; this is a common entrance with Port Barton. The bay affords shelter from NE winds, but with winds from SW to NW,

a heavy swell is experienced.

11.24 The sandy beach lying at the head of Pagdanan Bay is

fringed by above and below-water reefs which extend 1 mile

offshore. Double Island, nearly connected to shore at LW, lies

near the W end of the reefs. Depths of at least 18.3m exist in

the outer bay. A range of mountains rise to a height of 703m, 4

miles E of the head of the bay.

11.25 Boayan Island (10°35'N., 119°09'E.) is the largest of

a group of islands that extend WNW from Pagdanan Point.

Boayan is densely wooded and lies in the entrance to Pagdanan

Bay, dividing it into two channels. Another group of islands extend NW from Caramatan Point (10°27'N., 119°11'E.).

Saddle Island, 66m high, lies 0.5 mile SSW of the SW extremity of Boayan Island in the outer entrance to Pagdanan

Bay. Royalist Shoal, with a depth of 4.6m, lies 0.8 mile SE of

Saddle Island. 

11.25 Isthmus Cone (10°31'N., 119°08'E.), the NW extremity of

Albaguen Island, lies on the S side of the outer entrance, 2

miles SSE of Saddle Island.

11.25 Village Bay (10°34'N., 119°07'E.) indents the W side of

Boayan Island. There are depths of 35m in the bay, shoaling to

3.7m near its head. 

11.25 Anchorage, sheltered from N and E winds, can be taken near

the middle of the bay, in 35m. 

11.25 Anchorage, sheltered from SW winds, may be taken 0.75

mile N of the E extremity of Boayan Island, in a depth of 26m.

11.26 Niaporay Island (10°33'N., 119°12'E.) lies on foul

ground 0.6 mile S of the E extremity of Boayan Island. Niaporay Rock lies 0.6 mile SE of Niaporay Island; Pagdanan Rock

lies about 1 mile ENE of the same island. These rocks have

depths of 3.6 and 1.8m. A patch, with a depth of 1.8m, lies 0.5

mile NE of Niaporay Rock.

11.26 An anchorage, protected from SW winds, may be taken in

the outer part of Pagdanan Bay, in depths of 29 to 33m, mud, 1

mile NNW of Caramatan Point. During NE winds, anchorage

may be taken about 2.5 miles S of Pagdanan Point, in a depth

of 18.3m.

11.26 Directions.—Vessels approaching either of the above anchorages should keep the S peak of Saddle Island (10°32'N.,

119°07'E.) bearing more than 315° until the summit of Catalat

Island (10°26'N., 119°01'E.) is seen between Dalaga Point

(Baboy Daraga Point) (10°29'N., 119°05'E.) and the S extremity of Cacnipa Island (10°30'N., 119°04'E.), bearing 231° in

order to clear Royalist Shoal.

11.27 Port Barton (10°28'N., 119°08'E.) is entered SW of

Albaguen Island, which lies between Pagdanan Bay and Port

Barton. Albaguen Island, 192m high, has a prominent reddishcolored stripe on its NW side. From this island the NE side of

Port Barton is formed by foul ground, which extends 3.5 miles

SE to Caramatan Point. 

11.27 Cacnipa Island (10°30'N., 119°04'E.), bold and steep with a

double summit, lies off the NW side of the entrance to Port

Barton. The SE end of the island is separated from the NW end

of the rocky headland between Port Barton and Mayday Bay

by a channel 0.5 mile wide. Passage Reef, with above-water
272 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

rocks, lies in the middle of this channel.

11.27 Anchorage in Queens Bay, Port Barton, protected from the

Southwest Monsoon, can be taken 2 miles SSW of Albaguen

Island, in 37m, stiff mud. Anchorage, sheltered from NE

winds, may be taken about 3 miles SSE of the above anchorage, in a depth of 22m, mud. Care must be taken to avoid the

reefs at the head of Port Barton.

11.28 Mayday Bay (10°27'N., 119°03'E.) is entered between the N extremity of Catalat Island and Dalaga Point, 4.75

miles NE. Cacbolo Island, 150m high, lies 0.75 mile NW of

Catalat Island, in the entrance to the bay. Cacbolo Island has

bold, steep cliffs along its N and W sides. A reef, awash, lies

close off the NE end of the island. Catalat Island is connected

to the mainland to the S by a narrow, foul ridge. 

11.28 Two above-water rocks stand on this ridge. The E side of

Mayday Bay is protected by the Dalaga Peninsula, a continuation of Mayday Range.

11.28 Conical Head, one of several steep and rugged headlands

forming the shores of the bay, divides the head of the bay into

two small, sandy bays; the SW one is named Santa Cruz Bay. 

11.28 Watering Bay (10°25'N., 119°02'E.) is located 1.75 miles

SW of Conical Head.

11.28 Anchorage, which is sheltered except during NW winds, can

be taken in the S part of Santa Cruz Bay, in depths of 18 to

27m, soft mud. Good anchorage is also available off the entrance to Watering Bay, in a depth of 35m.

11.28 Crater Shoal (11°01'N., 118°50'E.), with depths from 8.7 to

18.3m, lies with its E extremity about 21 miles WNW of Cape

Ross. Several patches, with depths of 5.8 to 11m, lie within 5

miles E and SE of Crater Shoal. 

11.28 Detached shoals, mostly steep-to and with depths of 8.5 to

18.3m, extend 35 miles NE from the N end of Crater Shoal.

The shallowest patch lies 23 miles WNW of Libro Point

(11°25'N., 119°29'E.). The outermost shoals lie within the

200m curve which trends 26 to 30 miles offshore.

11.28 Capoas Cluster (10°55'N., 118°53'E.), a group of coral

reefs and shoals, with depths of 6.9 to 16.5m, lies 5 to 19 miles

NNE of Crescent Reef. Several shoals, with depths of 5.5 to

11m, lie within 5 miles E of Capoas Cluster.

11.29 Crescent Reef (10°40'N., 118°43'E.) lies about 23

miles NW of Amalingat Point (10°25'N., 118°59'E.), a bold,

steep headland. The reef is a narrow steep-to strip of coral

about 0.75 mile long, with a least depth of 7.3m. 

11.29 Numerous shoals and reefs, with depths of 5 to 11m, lie near

the 200m curve as it trends N and S, respectively, of Crater, Capoas and Crescent Shoals.

11.29 Amalingat Point (10°25'N., 118°59'E.), a steep bold headland 334m high, is located 1.5 miles SW of Catalat Island. A

rock lies close off the point and a reef, awash, lies 0.1 mile W

of the rock.

11.29 Peaked Point (10°22'N., 118°58'E.), located 3 miles SW of

Amalingat Point, is cliffy and is formed by a range terminating

in a 383m high peak. A detached rock, 31m high, lies close off

the point.

11.30 Jibboom Bay (10°20'N., 118°58'E.) is entered between Peaked Point and Long Point, located 3.75 miles S. Bay

Island is the largest and farthest W island of a group of islands

that lie in the entrance of the bay. Underwater ledges connect

this island with the E island in the group.

11.30 Foul ground, with above and below-water rocks and reefs, fill

the bights on either side of Long Point, and in a heavy swell the

sea breaks over an 8.5m patch lying 0.3 mile W of the point.

11.30 The inner parts of two coves forming the NE part of Jibboom

Bay are completely foul. A small sandy bay is formed between

Long Point and a point 1.75 miles NE. 

11.30 Vessels occasionally call here to load timber from Caruray,

which is situated 1 mile inland.

11.30 Anchorage, exposed to the Southwest Monsoon, can be taken 2.5 miles ENE of Bay Island, in a depth of 18m, mud.

Greater protection may be obtained in the cove close NE. 

11.30 Anchorage can also be taken off Caruray, in depths of 7 to

15m, gray sand and mud, in an area about 0.5 mile in extent. 

11.31 Cliff Head (10°18'N., 118°56'E.), a long wooded

promontory terminating in a steep cliff, with Panganakan Point

located 1 mile SW, separate Jibboom Bay from St. Paul Bay. A

small bay, with depths of 7.3 to 10.9m, lies between Panganakan Point and Paodat Point, which is located 1.25 miles S. 

11.31 Stripe Peak (10°12'N., 119°02'E.) rises to a height of

1,470m, 7 miles SE of Paodat Point; it has a distinct drop off to

N from its summit. Another inland landmark is Mount Saint

Paul, which lies 6.25 miles SSW from Paodat Point.

11.31 St. Paul Bay (10°14'N., 118°54'E.) is entered between Paodat Point (10°16'N., 118°56'E.) and Capoas Point, 5 miles SW.

The S shore of the bay is bold, but E and N of Capoas Point,

the shores are sandy with several low, rocky points.

11.31 Depths of more than 15m exist in the outer part of St. Paul

Bay; within the charted 20m curve, which trends up to 2 miles

offshore, there are many rocks, reefs and shoals. St. Paul Rock,

off Paodat Point, and a tower-shaped rock, 3 miles S, are prominent.

11.31 Vessels calling at Sabang (10°12'N., 118°54'E.), in the SE

part of St. Paul Bay, can anchor, in depths of 15 to 17m, sand

and coral, about 1.75 miles SW of Paodat Point. 

11.31 This anchorage gives protection from the Southwest Monsoon, but there is no protection from NW winds.

11.31 Piedras Point (10°11'N., 118°48'E.), a bluff rocky promontory, lies 3.25 miles WSW of Capoas Point; steep ridges extend

SSE from the point.

11.32 Ulugan Bay (10°07'N., 118°48'E.) is approached between Piedras Point and Northwest Head, 4.25 miles SSW. The

coast in the vicinity of Broken Head (10°07'N., 118°49'E.), 4

miles S of Piedras Point, the E entrance point of the bay, is

composed of reddish-brown cliffs.

11.32 Cleopatra Needle (10°07'N., 119°00'E.), a prominent, sharp

peak, is the farthest SE of four conspicuous peaks which form

a good landmark.

11.32 Black Rock is the outermost and largest of a group of rocks

extending 137m offshore, 1.5 miles S of Piedras Point.

11.32 Watering Bay (10°09'N., 118°49'E.), a slight indentation in

the shoreline, is entered between Black Rock and Bentoan

Point, 1 mile S. With offshore winds, temporary anchorage can

be taken in the bay, in 11m, 1 mile or more offshore.

11.32 Camungyan Island (10°09'N., 118°46'E.) is the largest of

two islets, along with an above-water rock, which lie 1.25

miles N of Northwest Head. A ledge, with depths less than 6m,
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 273

Pub. 162

extends from the islets almost to Northwest Head. A light is

shown from the islets. 

11.32 Rita Island, a narrow island steep-to on its E side, lies on the

W side of Ulugan Bay, 2 miles SSE of Northwest Head. The N

part of the channel between the island and mainland is foul, the

S part has a least depth of 18.3m.

11.32 The W side of Ulugan Bay is high, broken by three inlets.

The shoreline is rocky, steep, and cliffy. Several small rivers

flow through mangroves and empty into the head of the bay. 

11.32 Channels lead into the rivers, so that small craft with local

knowledge at HW, can reach some inland villages. The farthest

N inlet of the three inlets has a channel 11m deep leading towards its head. 

11.32 The E side of Ulugan Bay, S of Dalrymple Point (10°07'N.,

118°49'E.), is low and covered with mangroves. From Dalrymple Point S to Good Point, 5 miles SSW, depths of less than

5.5m exist on the foul rocky ground lying as far as 0.75 mile

offshore.

11.33 Oyster Inlet (10°04'N., 118°46'E.), on the W side of

Ulugan Bay, is entered W of the S end of Rita Island. Depths

decrease from 35m in the entrance to 16.5m 0.5 mile from its

head.

11.33 Anchorage can be taken 0.25 mile S of Rita Island during the

Southwest Monsoon, in a depth of 37m, stiff mud. A better anchorage is available in Oyster Inlet with the N entrance point

aligned 071° with Tidepole Point (10°04'N., 118°47'E.).

11.33 Directions.—Vessels approaching Ulugan Bay from the N

can identify the entrance by the valley between Mount Peel and

the high land SW of Cleopatra Needle. The low land at the

head of the bay is invisible until fairly close to Piedras Point.

The 11.4m patch lying 3.5 miles N of Piedras Point should be

avoided.

11.33 When approaching the bay from the S, endeavor to be in a

position about 35 miles 269° from Northwest Head at daybreak. From this position, vessels can identify the entrance of

the bay at considerable distance by Mount St. Paul and Cleopatra Needle on its N side and Mount Peel on its S side. 

11.33 Care must be exercised to avoid the 11m and 9.1m patches

lying about 29 miles W of Northwest Head; the reefs and

shoals extending 37 miles SW from Crescent Reef; Duhme

Shoals (10°06'N., 118°31'E.), and Gode Shoal (10°13'N.,

118°26'E.).

11.33 If bound for Ulugan Bay, or for any harbor N of it on the W

side of Palawan, do not approach the coast within a depth of

183m S of the parallel of 10°07'N.

11.33 When entering Ulugan Bay vessels should pass about 1 mile

N and E of Camungyan Island and 0.25 mile E of Rita Island.

11.34 Northwest Head (10°08'N., 118°46'E.) is the end of a

bold and precipitous promontory that forms the W side of Ulugan Bay. 

11.34 The head rises about 0.25 mile inland to Northwest Hill and

a high rock stands on the N extremity of the head.

11.34 Prominent landmarks along this mountainous coast include

Mount Peel (10°00'N., 118°43'E.), a bold and rocky peak with

sharp ridges and deep ravines extending from its N and W sides.

11.34 Karsoglan Hill (10°02'N., 118°46'E.), near the coast, is angular and connected to Mount Peel by a low ridge.

11.34 Mount Airy (9°57'N., 118°41'E.), with twin summits, stands

on a low ridge connecting Mount Peel with Mount Herschel

(9°55'N., 118°38'E.). 

11.34 Mount Beaufort (9°50'N., 118°37'E.), the northernmost

peak of a mountain range extending to the head of Ulugan Bay,

has a depression in its dome-shaped summit. 

11.34 Thumb Peak (9°48'N., 118°36'E.), with a dome-shaped

summit, is prominent. 

11.34 Mount Stavely (9°44'N., 118°33'E.), with a pinnacle summit rising from the center of its table top, is the southernmost

peak of three remarkable peaks. 

11.34 Anepahan Peaks (9°37'N., 118°27'E.) are two peaks of

equal height with the N peak the sharper of the two. Several

round-topped hills, standing on sloping terrain between the

peaks and Long Point (9°39'N., 118°20'E.), are usually visible

when mountains and peaks are hidden in clouds. 

11.34 A high range of prominent mountains extend from the SW

side of Ulugan Bay to a position about 12 miles ENE of Long

Point. The rocky coast to Table Point is formed of cliffs rising

high close inland. 

11.34 Table Point (10°00'N., 118°39'E.) is a conical hill with a detached rock lying close off it. There is a conspicuous square

patch on a hillside about halfway between Northwest Head and

Escabrosa Point (10°04'N., 118°44'E.).

11.34 Within the 200m curve which lies about 35 miles W of

Northwest Head and about 18 miles NW of Hummock Point,

there are numerous coral patches with depths of 0.3 to 18.3m.

Many of the detached, isolated shoal patches are subject to

changes of position through reported observations and without

doubt, uncharted dangers exist in the area. 

11.34 Because of the multiplicity of these dangers, no attempt is

made to describe them. Vessels are advised to remain outside

the 200m curve unless possessed of local knowledge.

11.35 The Hen and Chickens Islands (9°58'N., 118°37'E.),

a small group of islets and rocks, lie 1.5 miles W of Sprat

Point (9°58'N., 118°39'E.). 

11.35 The coast from Table Point forms an open bight ending at

Bluff Point (9°55'N., 118°36'E.), a spur of Mount Herschel.

11.35 The coast between Bluff Point and Long Point (9°39'N.,

118°20'E.) is rocky and backed by high mountains.

11.35 Penacosa Point (9°46'N., 118°31'E.) is the site of a pier

about 40m long with a depth of 3.4m alongside its outer end. 

11.35 The settlement of Napsahan (Anepahan) is located about 3

miles SW of the pier and close E of a rocky point. 

11.35 Off wooded and rocky Long Point lie North Rock and South

Rock (9°42'N., 118°23'E.), the former nearly covers at HW, the

latter is high and steep-to. There are detached shoal patches,

with a least depth of 3.7m, lying as far as 2 miles offshore in

the vicinity of Napsahan.

11.35 From Long Point, the coast trends in a SW direction about

35 miles to Hummock Point. The 20m curve lies about 0.2 mile

off Long Point and up to 2.5 miles in other places. Isolated

depths less than 18.3m lie 10 to 12 miles offshore; their positions may best be seen on the chart.

11.35 From the impressive Victoria Peaks (9°22'N., 118°20'E.),

1,709m high, a range extends 12 miles NE to high land SE of

Long Point. Many minor ranges and spurs, divided by densely

wooded ravines and gorges, lead to the coast. 

11.35 End Peak, 1,357m high, a conspicuous double-tipped peak,

rises 7.5 miles SW of Victoria Peak. 
274 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

11.35 Cuckold Hill (9°29'N., 118°13'E.), high and prominent, rises close to the coast 13 miles SW of Long Point. 

Palawan—West Coast—Northwest Head to

Hummock Point

11.36 Apurauan Point (9°36'N., 118°20'E.), a low bluff 3

miles S of Long Point, forms one entrance point of a small bay.

Close within the point is Apurauari, a village. The coast in the

vicinity of the point, and as far as 1 mile offshore, is foul.

11.36 Hamburger Rock, awash, lies 1 mile offshore, 3.25 miles SW

of Apurauan Point. Several other dangers lie between this rock

and Apurauan Point.

11.36 Moorsom Point (9°33'N., 118°17'E.), located about 4.75

miles SW of Apurauan Point, is a moderately-high and prominent headland. There are above and below-water rocks lying up

to 1 mile offshore.

Peaked Island (9°30'N., 118°12'E.), 6 miles SW of Moorsom Point, lies on a partly drying reef extending E to the coast;

the area around the island is foul. 

11.36 Bluff Point is located 5 miles SW of Moorsom Point, and

Steep Point lies 4 miles farther SSW.

11.36 Bahia Honda is entered between Steep Point and Bahia Honda Point (9°24'N., 118°07'E.), 4.25 miles SW. The bay has

depths of 18.3 to 22m, 0.5 mile off the shores. A shoal, with a

depth of 3.7m, was reported to lie approximately 2.75 miles

NNW of Bahia Honda Point. 

11.36 An isolated patch, with a depth of 0.6m, is charted midway

between Steep Point and Bahia Honda Point; other dangers are

charted in the area. Local knowledge is required to enter, however, it is reported that Back Cap (9°17'N., 118°05'E.), bearing

196°, open of the low land near Bahia Honda Point, leads W of

the dangers between Peaked Island and Bahia Honda Point.

11.36 From Bahia Honda Point the coast trends SSW 4.5 miles to

an unnamed point; Double Island (9°22'N., 118°05'E.) lies in

the bay formed between these points. 

11.37 Palm Island (9°23'N., 118°03'E.), 30m high, lies off

the entrance to the bay, 4.75 miles WSW of Bahia Honda

Point. Patelan Island and Tidepole Island lie 1 mile SE and

1.25 miles SSW, respectively, of Palm Island. There are several

shoal patches W and NW of Palm Island. 

11.37 Treacherous Bay, formed between the unnamed point and

Durudeen Point (9°18'N., 118°02'E.), 4.25 miles SW, is fronted by reefs, and encumbered with shoals; it should be avoided.

Devils Cap, a prominent yellow cliff, and Back Cap, back the

low, densely wooded coast.

11.37 Bajallanura Island (9°18'N., 117°59'E.), which is low and flat,

lies 3 miles WSW of Durudeen Point. Reefs, which dry in places,

fringe the island and extend 0.25 mile N and NW from it.

11.38 Malanut Bay (9°17'N., 118°00'E.), affording shelter

to vessels of moderate draft with local knowledge, is entered

between Bajallanura Island and Albion Head, 1 mile SW. Albion Head is a bold, sheer, and thickly wooded headland with

several high hills. 

11.38 A reef, with depths of less than 1.8m, lies in mid-channel N

of Albion Head, and a patch, with a charted depth of 0.6m, lies

1 mile NE of Bajallanura Island.

11.38 The channel NE of the reef N of Albion Head is 0.15 mile

wide, with depths of more than 11m. The best time to enter the

bay is at LW, when the reef fringing the W side of Bajallanura

Island is dry. The N extremity of Albion Head should be given

a wide berth.

11.39 Quezon (9°15'N., 117°59'E.), a town, stands at the

head of Malanut Bay near the site of Alfonso XIII, an old military post. There are settlements nearby. A pier, reported in ruins, its outer end drying at LW, is located at Quezon. 

11.39 A light is shown from the shallows, in 1.5m, 0.4 mile N of

the jetty.

11.39 Triple Cima Island (9°19'N., 117°56'E.), the outer island in

the approach to Malanut and Nakoda Bays, is located 2.75

miles NW of Albion Head. 

11.39 The island has three peaks which rise to 50m. It is fringed by

a reef, and depths of less than 5.5m extend 137m from its SE

end; a 5.5m patch lies 0.1 mile SSW of the same extremity. 

11.39 Numerous shoals lie in the vicinity of Triple Cima Island,

some of which are reported to be steep-to; their positions may

best be seen of the chart.

11.39 Nakoda Island, Mariquit Island, and Maricaban Island extend S from a position about 1 mile S of Triple Cima Island;

Sirinao Island, 85m high, lies with its NW extremity, 0.6 mile

NE of Nakoda Island. 

11.39 Nakoda Bay (9°17'N., 117°57'E.) is formed by the above islands on the N, NW, W, and SW sides and by the peninsula

which extends SW from Albion Head. The bay may be entered

between Albion Head and Sirinao Island, about 0.9 mile NW. 

11.39 This passage, about 0.1 mile wide with a least depth of 7.3m,

passes close S of Sirinao Island. 

11.39 The preferred entrance is between Sirinao Island and Nakoda

Island; it is 0.4 mile wide with a depth of 12m. 

11.39 An isolated reef, which uncovers, lies 0.4 mile SSE of the N

extremity of Nakoda Island.

11.39 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor 0.2 mile

SW of the S extremity of Sirinao Island, in a depth of 7.3m; it

is protected from the Northeast Monsoon. 

11.39 In the Southwest Monsoon, vessels should anchor SE of Nakoda Island, taking care to avoid the reef to the E.

Palawan—West Coast—Hummock Point to Cape

Buliluyan

11.40 From Hummock Point (9°16'N., 117°54'E.), the

coast trends in a general SW direction about 72 miles to Cape

Buliluyan, the S extremity of Palawan. The 20m curve lies up

to 4.5 miles off parts of this coast and the 200m curve lies up to

18 miles offshore. 

11.40 There are many isolated shoal patches, with depths of 2.7m

and less, between the 20m and 200m curve and breakers everywhere. A wooded mountainous range exists near the center of

Palawan, terminating about 27 miles N of Cape Buliluyan.

11.40 Hummock Point rises close inland to Point Hill; it is the farthest N peak of a low range extending 5 miles in a SW direction, terminating in a hill with three summits. A high wooded

mound rises from the plain SW of this range; other hills of

nearly the same elevation lie between this range and False

Sharp Peak.

11.40 Marantao Island (9°16'N., 117°52'E.), 75m high, lies near

the edge of the coastal reef, 1 mile W of Hummock Point. Mal-
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 275

Pub. 162

apackun Island, located 1.5 miles SW of Marantao Island, rises

to a height of 104m; the island has a tree covered double summit. Malapackun Island was reported to lie 0.75 mile S of its

charted position.

11.40 Isabel Point (9°10'N., 117°47'E.) lies 9.5 miles SW of Hummock Point. The coast between these points is low and indented by bays, and are separated by low abrupt points from which

drying reefs extend up to 0.4 mile. 

11.40 These bays are mostly free of reefs, with depths of 3.7 to

5.5m close to the shore.

11.40 Caution.—Within the 200m curve, which lies 18 to 20 miles

NW of Hummock Point and Isabel Point, there are numerous

coral heads, some breaking, and all dangerous to navigation.

Vessels are advised to remain seaward of the 200m curve without local knowledge. 

11.40 Among the dangers off this stretch of coast are Collingswood Shoal (9°12'N., 117°32'E.), two coral heads with depths

of 2.7m and 3.2m. There are many shoals, best seen on charts

of the area, lying within 10 miles N and S of Collingswood

Shoal. 

11.40 Scalesby Castle Shoal (9°05'N., 117°18'E.), steep-to, has a

least depth of 5.5m. A chain of shoals, with depths of 6.9 to

11m, extend 20 miles NE from Scalesby Castle Shoal and close

within the 200m curve. Other off-lying shoals are described

with related coastal features.

11.41 Tagbuaya Point (9°08'N., 117°46'E.) lies 2.75 miles

SSW of Isabel Point. The point is low and wooded with a small

coconut grove near its extremity. A reef extends 0.25 mile from

the point; reefs and shoals, with depths less than 5.5m, lie within 1.75 miles WNW and NNW of it. A 1.8m patch lies 1 mile

SW of the point.

11.41 Tagbuaya Bay is located close S of Tagbuaya Point; the

shores of the bay are heavily wooded. Depths in the bay decrease from 15m at the entrance, to a sandy beach at the head.

Small vessels with local knowledge can take anchorage in the

bay when winds are from the N.

11.41 Eran Bay (9°06'N., 117°43'E.) is entered between Tagbuaya

Point and Eran Point, 4.75 miles SW. The bay is open to the N

and W and is identified by the wedge-shaped and prominent

Mount Eran Quoin, which stands 3 miles SW of Eran Point.

There are depths of 11 to 16.5m in the bay, however, there are

detached shoals, visible at LW, with depths less than 5.5m.

11.41 Within Eran Bay there are several smaller bays. In addition

to Tagbuaya Bay, which is the farthest W bay, are Bonog Bay,

Tagnipa Bay, Banisi Bay and Iraan Bay. These bays are separated by low abrupt points.

11.41 Iraan Bay (9°05'N., 117°42'E.) lies between Eran Point and

Banisi Point, a low, wooded point about 2 miles SE. 

11.41 This bay lies in the SW part of Eran Bay. A drying reef extends 1.25 miles N from Banisi Point, but the bay is open N. It

affords good anchorage in S winds. 

11.41 Drying coral reefs lie on both sides of the bay which has a

sandy beach at its head. Depths in the bay decrease from 14.6m

gradually towards the beach.

11.41 Eran Point (9°05'N., 117°41'E.) is low, narrow, and densely

wooded. A drying reef extends 0.5 mile offshore from the

point; mangroves cover the inner end of the reef.

11.41 Between Eran Point and Mapankal Point, 12 miles SW, the

coast is low and densely wooded, and is fronted by numerous

dangers which lie up to 18 miles offshore. Reefs, which dry in

places, extend up to 0.75 mile offshore. A number of small

bays, entered through breaks in these reefs, indent this coast.

11.42 Mantaya Bay (9°05'N., 117°41'E.) is entered between Eran Point and Mantaya Point, a low, wooded point 1.75

miles SSW. Depths decrease from 9m at the entrance to the

sandy beach at the head. Coral heads, with depths of less than

9m, extend 2.75 miles N of Mantaya Point.

11.42 Punta Baja Harbor (9°03'N., 117°38'E.) is entered between

Baja Point (9°04'N., 117°39'E.) and Tarumpitao Point, located

1 mile SW. 

11.42 A black can buoy, with radar reflector, marks the 5.5m curve,

1 mile NW of Baja Point. The harbor entrance, 137m wide, has

depths of 16.5 to 18.3m while there are depths of 7m in the

middle of the harbor. Only one small coastal vessel at a time

can be accommodated. Only vessels with local knowledge

should attempt entry.

11.42 Kinalang Bay (9°02'N., 117°37'E.) is entered between

Tarumpitao Point and a point 1 mile SSW. This very small bay

affords shelter from W and NE winds. There are extensive

shoals, with a least depth of 4.1m, lying 0.75 mile NW of the

entrance. The bay has a depth of 14.6m in the entrance and is

deep within where there is a pier, with a depth of 1.8m alongside. 

11.42 Tarumpitao Point (9°03'N., 117°38'E.) is the site of a Loran

station which is no longer in operation. The buildings and radio

masts, the latter painted in red and white and marked by obstruction lights, stand on the point. The cove entrance adjacent

to the point is free of dangers as far as two buoys which mark

the passage through the reef. Only small vessels with local

knowledge should enter the cove and only then during daylight

hours and under the most favorable conditions. Anchorage can

be taken, in depths of 9 to 11m, in the middle of the cove.

11.42 Directions.—The following directions have been submitted

by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel traversing the inner route between the Loran station at Talampulan Island and the Loran

station at Tarumpitao Point. 

11.42 This vessel no longer uses Palawan Passage as it is very difficult to take bearings from a position 20 to 30 miles offshore

and approach the coast through the reefs with any degree of

safety. This is especially so as the summits of the mountains

are usually cloud covered. 

11.42 This vessel consistently uses a passage between the offshore

reefs and the shore reefs. This passage has been made at night

by radar, but it is desirable to arrive off Table Point (10°00'N.,

118°39'E.) in order to arrive at Tarumpitao Point before dark. 

11.42 No attempt should be made to enter the cove at Tarumpitao

Point at night. Depths of not less than 29m have been found

along the inner passage.

11.42 Vessels depart Talampulan Island on a S course to position

12°03.2'N, 119°50.8'E; then a course of 217° is steered to a position 11°15.2'N, 119°14.1'E. 

11.42 The course is changed to 208°, passing abeam of Tapiutan

Island (11°13'N., 119°16'E.), at a distance of 1.75 miles. The

island is prominent and makes an excellent radar target.

11.42 A long straight run on the last-named course with good radar

targets for night navigation is available. Mount Capoas is

prominent. 

11.42 All the islands and points make good radar targets at night
276 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

and visual bearings during the day. 

11.42 Mount Peel is a perfect pyramid shape at a great distance.

11.43 Dry Reef (10°00'N., 118°36'E.) should be passed at a

distance of 2.75 miles. Bluff Point and Shirt Point (9°51'N.,

118°34'E.) afford good radar targets. At position 9°51.7'N,

118°29.6'E the course should be altered to 224° passing Long

Point at a distance of 1.75 miles. 

11.43 South Rock (9°42'N., 118°23'E.) is visible and is a radar target.

11.43 At position 9°34.5'N, 118°13.5'E, the course should be altered to 235°. Peaked Island can be used for ranges and bearings. Cuckold Hill is conspicuous and stands in the center of a

valley. Palm Island, three pyramid hills, Marantao Island and

Malapackun Island afford good bearings and radar ranges,

even the small rock inshore of the latter island is conspicuous. 

11.43 Devils Cap and Back Cap are also prominent. Having arrived

4.5 miles WNW of Hummock Point or at position 9°19.1'N,

117°50.8'E, the course should be altered to 226° so as to pass

abeam of Isabel Point at a distance of 2.75 miles to a position

3.5 miles NNW of Eran Point. 

11.43 Mount Eran Quoin, the site of an old air strip, is prominent

and appears to rise straight up and sloping back at the far side,

appearing as a wedge. Shoal water has been sighted in the vicinity of the 2.7, 6.8, and 5m patches.

11.43 The inshore area between Malapackun Island and Tarumpitao Point is dangerous and should not be approached closer

than 2 miles. When the center of the Loran station buildings

bears 125°, course should be altered to 130°. 

11.43 On approaching the shore the two buoys marking both sides

of the channel entrance will be sighted. Vessels should steer in

between the two buoys, using great caution to avoid the dangers on either side.

11.43 Malakibay Bay (8°58'N., 117°34'E.) is entered between

Campong Olay Point, located 5 miles SSW of Tarumpitao

Point, and Mapankal Point, 2.5 miles SW. 

11.43 The bay affords shelter for small vessels from SW winds.

There are numerous dangers fronting the bay and adjacent

coast that lie as far as 18 miles offshore. Drying reefs lie up to

0.75 mile seaward. 

11.43 The W part of the bay is encumbered with shoals; the E part

is clear, with depths of 9m decreasing to the shore which is

fringed by a drying reef.

11.43 Mount Landargun and Mount Gantung (8°58'N.,

117°49'E.) are the two highest mountains in the central range

which extends 20 miles NE from Mount Mantalingajan

(8°49'N., 117°49'E.). 

11.43 False Sharp Peak, which may be mistaken for Sharp Peak,

rises close inland of Eran Bay. 

11.43 Mount Calibugon (8°59'N., 117°49'E.) is a table-topped

mountain with a sharp nipple on its summit. Waterfall Peak, a

bare, rocky shoulder, from which there is usually a waterfall, is

located between False Sharp Peak and Mount Guntung.

11.44 Pampandugang Point (Mapankal Point) (8°57'N.,

117°33'E.) is fronted by shoal water to a distance of 1.25 miles;

the 20m curve lies 2 miles offshore. Tatub Point lies about 17

miles SSW of Mapankal Point.

11.44 From Mapankal Point, the coast trends 5.25 miles SSW to

Sicud Point (Jervois Point), at low sandy point. A reef which

dries at LW springs, extends 0.4 mile WNW from the point.

11.44 Culasian Bay (8°52'N., 117°29'E.) is entered between Sicud

Point (8°53'N., 117°29'E.) and Bacao Bacao Point, about 2.5

miles SSW. The bay has a sandy beach backed by a wooded

plain. 

11.44 The Culasian River discharges through the reef close E of

Bacao Bacao Point. The Conduaga River enters the bay about 1

mile NE of the point. 

11.44 Brechtel Shoal (8°53'N., 117°26'E.), with a least depth of

5.5m, lies in the approach to the bay. Numerous reefs, some

partly drying, lie between Brechtel Shoal and the head of the

bay. 

11.44 Three high hills rising within 3.5 miles NE and SW of the

bay entrance points, as well as one hill within each entrance

point, are good landmarks.

11.44 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 7.3m, 0.5 mile NNW

of the entrance to the Conduaga River.

11.44 Arapitan Point (8°48'N., 117°26'E.), also known as

McLean Point, is located 3.75 miles SSW of Bacao Bacao

Point. From Arapitan Point the coast trends 1.75 miles SW to

Balintang Point; a reef extends up to 0.5 mile offshore between

these points.

11.45 Marasi Bay (8°46'N., 117°24'E.), charted as Bulaloc

Bay, is entered between Balintang Point and Tatub (Pinos)

Point, a bluff head 4 miles SW. 

11.45 Dita Dita Island lies about 1 mile W of Balintang Point and

is joined to the point by a drying reef. 

11.45 Datag Islet and Bucid Islet are two sandstone islets lying on

a drying reef, 1 and 1.5 miles ENE, respectively, of Tatub

Point. Reefs that are visible extend E and W from these islets.

A constricted winding channel, with a least depth of 3.7m,

leads between these reefs and the foul ground S. Numerous

dangers, best seen on the chart, lie in the approach to Marasi

Bay which is encumbered with shoals. 

11.45 A channel, with a least depth of 18.3m, leads 1.5 miles SW

of Dita Dita Island and through an opening 0.1 mile wide, in

the reef extending WSW from Balintang Point.

11.45 This opening leads to an excellent anchorage for small vessels, in a reported depth of about 18.3m, ESE of Bucid Islet.

Protection from N is afforded by a reef which has some abovewater rocks on it.

11.45 Between Mapankal Point (8°57'N., 117°33'E.) and Tatub

Point include Vanguard Shoal (8°55'N., 117°16'E.), 17 miles

WSW of Mapankal Point; Merlin Shoal Patches, 3 miles SSW

of Vanguard Shoal, with depths of 3.2 to 11m; and Paragua

Ridge (8°57'N., 117°12'E.), 4 miles NW of Vanguard Shoal, a

narrow, elongated coral ridge with a least depth of 9.1m. An

isolated 10.1m patch lies 1.5 miles SW of this ridge.

11.46 From Tatub Point the coast trends SSW 13 miles to

Gandan Point (8°34'N., 117°14'E.), which is the cliffy termination of a wooded promontory.

11.46 Cliff Point (8°42'N., 117°20'E.), marked with a red cliff, lies

3.5 miles SSW of Tatub Point. A hill rises to a height of 102m,

1.25 miles SE of the point.

11.46 Tagbita Bay (8°41'N., 117°20'E.) is entered between Cliff

Point and Providencia Point, 3 miles SSW; the coast between

these points is fringed with drying coral reefs. 

11.46 The bay is fronted by dangerous reefs. Perigee Shoal, lies
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 277

Pub. 162

3.25 miles SW of Cliff Point and breaks during strong winds.

Coloby Shoal, with a charted depth of 5.5m, lies 3.5 miles NW

of Cliff Point. Many shoals, with depths of 1.2 to 9.1m and

covered with seaweed, lie in the approach to Tagbita Bay. In

the bay there are depths of 13 to 15m. 

11.46 Anchorage, protected from the Northeast Monsoon, can be

taken, in a depth of 14.6m, SW of Cliff Point.

11.46 Latud Point (8°38'N., 117°16'E.) lies 2.25 miles SW of

Providencia Point. The coast between these points is fringed by

a drying reef which extends up to 0.6 mile offshore.

11.46 Simagup Bay, its entrance almost closed by reefs, lies between Latud Point and Siacle Point, 1 mile SW. Siacle Point

may be identified by wooded hills and and by asteep cliff.

Above and below-water shoals extend off both points.

11.46 Canipan Bay, fronted by a drying reef and encumbered with

shoals, is entered between Siacle Point and Gandan Point, the

end of a cliffy promontory. At HW, small vessels transit the river emptying into the head of the bay.

11.46 There are several dangers lying off the coast between Tatub

Point and Cape Buliluyan; these shoals are named from N to S. 

11.46 Northeast Antelope Shoal (8°46'N., 117°14'E.), steep-to,

with a least depth of 3m, lies 8 miles WNW of Tatub Point.

11.46 Antelope Shoal, an extensive area of shoals and coral heads,

with a least depth of 2.7m, is located close SW of Northeast

Antelope Shoal. 

11.46 Breaker Reef (8°41'N., 117°09'E.), with a least charted

depth of 1.5m, is about 0.3 mile in extent; it lies 8.5 miles

WNW of Providencia Point. North Regent Shoal, with a depth

of 2.7m, lies 5 miles SW of Breaker Reef, and Herefordshire

Shoal lies 5 miles farther SW. 

11.46 South Regent Shoal (8°32'N., 117°05'E.), 9 miles WSW of

Gandan Point, has a depth of 2.7m and breaks. Breakers form

on a shoal area with a charted depth of 3.7m, 3 miles NE of

South Regent Shoal. 

11.46 Kamonga Shoal, with a depth of 3.7m, lies 3.5 miles ESE of

South Regent Shoal. Shallow Shoal, a 5.5m patch with possibly less depth, lies 3.5 miles S of South Regent Shoal. A shoal

patch, depth unknown, lies 1 mile NW of Shallow Shoal.

11.47 Neritopsis Reef (8°39'N., 116°55'E.), approximate

position, lies 23 miles W of Providencia Point. It has a depth of

less than 1.8m. 

11.47 Murex Shoal (8°29'N., 116°56'E.) lies 19 miles WSW of

Gandan Point; this position is doubtful. So far as is known,

Murex Shoal is the farthest S of the outer dangers off the W

coast of Palawan.

11.47 From Gandan Point the coast trends SSW 6.5 miles to Reposo Point (8°28'N., 117°30'E.). The intervening coast is

mostly bordered by mangroves and is fringed by a steep-to

reef, which dries and extends 0.75 mile seaward in places.

From Reposo Point the coast extends 8 miles farther SSW to

Cape Buliluyan.

11.47 Mount Wangle (8°27'N., 117°14'E.) rises to a height of

262m, 1.75 miles SE of Reposo Point. It is a prominent peak

with a small triple summit. 

11.47 Escarpado Peak, 11 miles NNE of Mount Wangle, reddish

colored with a long smooth summit, is the highest peak of the

Bulanjao Range. 

11.47 Canipan Hill (8°36'N., 117°18'E.), a steep conical hill with

two peaks 295m high, lies near the E side of Sinagup Bay, 9

miles NNE of Mount Wangle; it is the most prominent landmark, with the exception of Bulanjao Range, on this part of the

coast.

11.47 Reposo Point, which may be identified by a sandy beach, is

fronted by a drying reef and has shoals extending 3 miles seaward. 

11.47 Anchorage can be taken about 0.7 mile N of the point, in

depths of 7.3 to 9.1m. The anchorage is sheltered from the

Northeast Monsoon and the reefs provide some shelter from

the Southwest Monsoon.

11.47 Capyas Island (8°26'N., 117°11'E.), 21m high, lies on the E

side of a reef, 2 miles SSW of Reposo Point. Foul ground and

drying reefs lie between the island and the coast, 1 mile E. 

11.47 Under favorable conditions anchorage can be taken about

0.75 mile E of the island; the approach is through a tortuous

channel, and should only be attempted with local knowledge.

11.47 Cape Buliluyan (8°20'N., 117°12'E.), the S extremity of

Palawan Island, is a low shelving point fronted by mangroves. 

11.47 The S and E sides of the cape have depths of more than 7m

close to, but the W side is fringed by a drying reef which extends up to 0.5 mile offshore, with depths of 11m, mud, close

to the edge. There are several coral patches, with depths of 7.3

to 13.7m, between the W side of Cape Buliluyan and the bank

extending N from Canimeran Island (8°19'N., 117°08'E.).

Palawan—East Coast—General Remarks

11.48 The E coast of Palawan is indented by several open

bays backed by lowland areas ranging from 1 to 6 miles inland.

Many small rivers flow down from steep, mountain ranges inland to the lowlands. The mouths of these rivers are fronted by

continually shifting sand bars. 

11.48 Puerto Princesa (9°44'N., 118°44'E.), the principal port on

the E coast, is an excellent natural harbor with fertile terrain

surrounding it and is described in paragraph 11.73.

11.48 The approaches to the E coast of Palawan are difficult due to

the numerous small islands, reefs, and shoals which lie as far as

20 miles offshore. The mountain peaks, when visible, and the

many coastal islands, afford ready marks for navigating the

various channels.

11.48 Winds—Weather.—The Northeast Monsoon and the Southwest Monsoon each prevail about 5 months of the year in Palawan and vicinity. Interruptions in the monsoons are more frequent in the S part of the island, and the topography may

modify the prevailing wind. Along the E coast of Palawan the

Northeast Monsoon and the Southwest Monsoon are replaced

at sundown by the land breezes which are felt up to 15 miles

offshore. This occurs even when the monsoon season is fully

developed.

11.48 The Northeast Monsoon commences in October and is fully

established by the early part of November. It continues until

April. The direction of the wind is mainly between N and NE.

Towards the end of the season it becomes more easterly. The

most steady winds occur during January and attain a velocity

of 15 knots.

11.48 The Southwest Monsoon, following a transition period of

variable winds and calms, prevails from June to October. 

11.48 Generally speaking the winds of this monsoon are not as

steady as those of the Northeast Monsoon. The most steady

winds occur in July and August and attain a velocity of 10 to
278 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

15 knots. In S Palawan the close of the season of the Southwest

Monsoon invariably brings strong and violent winds during the

first days of October. A further transition period precedes the

onset of the Northeast Monsoon.

11.48 Squalls and thunderstorms are prevalent during the Southwest Monsoon particularly near the land. Strong and squally

SW or W winds (known locally as collas) sometimes blow for

10 days at a time during summer and early autumn. These

squalls are accompanied by a fine driving rain which has the

density of mist in S Palawan. 

11.48 Waterspouts are found between Palawan and the Cuyo Islands and occur in the coastal area N of Tami Point. 

11.48 Typhoons move from E to W but are not frequent over the

greater part of Palawan. The frequency increases with the latitude. Between the parallels of 8° to 11°N, only about 7 per cent

of the serious typhoons are experienced in the Palawan area. 

11.48 Between the parallels of 11° to 13°30'N, typhoons are more

frequent and often more destructive. About 19 per cent of the

serious typhoons are experienced in this area which includes

the N part of Palawan. 

11.48 The main track of the typhoons moves progressively N from

February until the middle part of August and then S again until

January. This results in typhoons moving W of winter and

spring generally striking the Philippines S of the parallel of

15°N.

11.48 In the N and S parts of Palawan there are two pronounced

seasons, the dry season occurring in winter and spring and the

wet season occurring in summer and autumn. In the central

part of the E coast of Palawan there is no pronounced rainy season. There is a short dry season that lasts from 1 to 3 months.

This season sometimes occurs between January and April. Often there is no rain during February and March.

11.48 Tides—Currents.—Tides are mainly diurnal, HW and LW

occurring once a day. However, on a few days in each month

there are two HWs and two LWs. At springs, from June to August, the highest tides are about 1.5m above datum. At these

times the lowest water is about 0.2m below datum. Lowest

tides occur at springs from December to February when the

tide may fall nearly 0.5m below datum.

11.48 The currents off the E coast of Palawan depend chiefly on

the force and direction of the prevailing wind. During the

Northeast Monsoon the current sets strongly S between Palawan and the Cuyo Islands, the maximum velocity being about

1.5 knots. Because of this current, vessels bound for ports in

China are advised to use Palawan Passage.

11.48 The flood current sets ESE and the ebb current sets WNW in

the channel between Linapacan Island and adjacent islands and

the N part of Palawan. The maximum rate is 3 knots.

11.48 Along the N part of the E coast of Palawan, the flood current

sets S and the ebb current sets N. The maximum rate is 1.5

knots. The flood current sets SE along the S part of the E coast

of Palawan.

11.48 The E current entering through Balabac Strait turns NNE

well offshore of the E coast of Palawan and spreads itself like a

fan over the Sulu Sea in a NE and E direction. It forms the E

current between the Cuyo Islands and Panay. This current is reported to meet the flood current from Surigao Strait approximately on the meridian of the Cagayan Islands.

11.48 This area generally experiences medium to low seas and

moderate to low swells from the NE from November to April.

The most disturbed sea conditions occur during this period because wind velocities are higher than at any other time of the

year. From May to October the sea and swell are predominately from the SW.

11.48 Caution.—Vessels not wishing to communicate with ports

on the E coast of Palawan should give the coast a wide berth.

Vessels bound for China should use Palawan Passage in preference to the E coast route.

11.48 The directions given for approaching and entering the various E coast ports are used by the surveying vessels and have

been found safe, but they are not intended in any way to lessen

the necessary precautions which are required by good seamanship in navigating through reef-strewn waters.

Palawan—East Coast—Cabuli Point to Flechas

Point

11.49 Cabuli Point (11°25'N., 119°30'E.), the NE extremity

of Palawan, is located 1.75 miles ESE of Libro Point, the N extremity of the island. Cabuli Point is a wooded high headland

with steep cliffy shores. From this point the coast trends in a S

direction about 63 miles to Flechas Point. In the intervening

coast there are numerous coves and bays, with many off-lying

islands and dangers. 

11.49 Reefs, which bare at LW, are reported to lie up to 0.75 mile

offshore. The 20m curve lies up to 8 miles offshore and encompasses several islands and shoal patches.

11.49 North Hill (11°24'N., 119°30'E.), with a flat summit, rises to

a height of 285m just over 1 mile S of Cabuli Point, and a hill

294m high, 1.25 miles W, are both prominent. To the S of these

hills lies a ridge rising to a height of 366m. The coast of the

promontory is bold, with only two small stretches of mangroves on the E side, the rest is either rock or steep sandy

beaches fringed with coral.

11.50 Cabuli Island (11°26'N., 119°30'E.) is separated

from Cabuli Point by a narrow channel with a charted depth of

10.4m; a rock, awash, lies in the fairway. The island is 139m

high, with a flat summit, and is steep-to on all sides.

11.50 The Brother Islands (11°24'N., 119°31'E.), two islets, lie

about 0.5 mile apart, with the N islet 1 mile SE of Cabuli Point.

The channel between the two islets has a depth of 22m. Shoals

lie off the S part of the S islet.

11.50 Darocotan Island (11°22'N., 119°32'E.), 70m high, lies 1

mile offshore, 1.75 miles SSE of the Brother Islands. 

11.50 Darocotan Point, a rocky headland rising to 206m, 0.75 mile S

of its N extremity, forms the S entrance point to Darocotan Bay. 

11.50 A shoal spit and detached shoal patches lie between the island and NW toward the mainland. 

11.50 Rocks, awash, lie on a foul area extending 1 mile S from the

island.

11.50 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 14.6m, mud, in midchannel between the W side of Darocotan Island and the village of Tiniguiban, about 1.25 miles WSW. The approach

should be made from the NE by passing about 0.5 mile NW

and W of the island. A least depth of 9.1m is found in this approach.

11.50 Darocotan Bay (11°21'N., 119°32'E.) is fringed by reefs and

fronted by shoals. The S part of the bay is foul. There are two

islets close N of Darocotan Point and two rocks lying as far as
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 279

Pub. 162

2.5 miles SE of the point. A rock, awash, lies 4 miles SSE of

the same point.

11.50 From Darocotan Point (11°21'N., 119°33'E.) the coast

trends 8.5 miles S to Imorigue Bay, which is foul, and lies between the NW side of Batas Island and Palawan. 

11.50 From the N entrance to Imorigue Bay the coast trends in a

general S direction for a distance of 3 miles to Silanga Point. 

11.50 The coast between these points is fronted by many islands

and dangers.

11.51 East Peak (11°18'N., 119°32'E.) rises to a height of

525m, 3 miles SSW of Darocotan Point. It is a cone shaped

mountain that is prominent from N and E, but not generally

visible from W until a considerable distance offshore. Silanga

Peak, 468m, lies 3 miles NNW of Silanga Point and Shark Fin

Peak, 554m high, lies 5 miles WNW of Silanga Peak. A ridge

extends 3.5 miles SSW to a sharp shoulder 335m high.

11.51 The islands and dangers lying within an imaginary line

drawn in an ESE direction from the N extremity of Cabuli Island to the E end of Barangonan Island (11°21'N.,

119°43'E.), then in a SSE direction to the E extremity of Dumaran Island, are described with related coastal features. Vessels not bound for the various bays or anchorages on the NE

coast of Palawan usually pass seaward of these islands and

dangers.

11.51 Linapacan Island (11°27'N., 119°49'E.), 13 miles ENE of

Cabuli Point, is the largest of an extensive group of islets,

rocks, islands, and reefs lying between the NE coast of Palawan and the S end of Culion Island. 

11.51 The island has an extremely irregular coast which consists

almost entirely of a series of bays separated by high steep and

salient points. The head of the various bays have sandy beaches

backed by mangroves. The island is rugged and mountainous.

11.51 Linapacan Strait and the islands and dangers N of Linapacan

Island are described beginning in paragraph 10.24.

11.52 North Bay (11°29'N., 119°48'E.), entered SW of Bulawan Point (11°31'N., 119°49'E.), the steep-to N extremity of

Linapacan Island, has an entrance about 2.5 miles wide. The

bay, mostly deep with some 10.1 to 12.8m patches in the middle, is open to NW winds. The head of the bay is divided into

three small coves by two projecting points.

11.52 Vanguardia Islet (11°32'N., 119°44'E.), a small steep-to islet, lies in the immediate approach to North and Northwest

Bays. The islet is a good landmark. 

11.52 Alerta Rock (11°31'N., 119°45'E.), lying about midway between the entrances to North and Northwest Bay, is a good entrance landmark. 

11.52 Above and below-water rocks lie on a bank which extends S

and SE to a point on the coast. Several other off-lying dangers

lie off the NW part of Linapacan Island. These dangers can be

avoided by giving the coast a berth of not less than 1 mile.

11.52 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 10m and over, in the middle of North Bay. Small craft anchor in the outer part of three

coves at the head of the bay, in depths of 11 to 12.8m, mud.

11.53 Northwest Bay (11°29'N., 119°45'E.), close W of

North Bay, has an entrance about 2 miles wide and general

depths of 27 to 42m. A small, low island lying on the E side of

the entrance constricts the entrance channel to a width of about

1 mile. The bay is open to NW winds.

11.53 Sheltered anchorage can be taken in the E arm of the bay in

an area about 0.4 mile wide, where the depths are 33 to 35m,

mud. Care must be taken to avoid the rocky spit extending from

shore about 0.5 mile SE of the small, low island in the entrance.

11.53 The coast between Bulawan Point and the NE extremity of

the island consists of a series of reef-filled coves, fronted by

the 20m curve which trends about 0.2 mile offshore. The E

coast, about 8 miles long, terminates at high, bold Sidsid Point

(11°23'N., 119°50'E.). An above-water rock lies about 2 miles

NE of the point, and a cluster of similar rocks lie 0.75 mile SW.

11.53 Patoyo Island (11°30'N., 119°53'E.), easily recognized by

the twin peaks rising near its N end, is the largest of the three

islands lying close off the NE end of Linapacan Island. The island is reef-fringed. 

11.53 Maapdit Island and Ile Island (11°29'N., 119°52'E.), lying

close together SW of Patoyo, form a small bay bound E and W

by Patoyo Island and Linapacan Island. 

11.53 The channel between Patoyo Island and Maapdit Island is

about 0.3 mile wide with a depth of about 35m in the middle.

The small bay has an area of 0.2 mile with depths of 12.8 to

16.5m.

11.53 Anchorage, protected from SW winds, can be taken, in 24 to

31m, in the bay off the town of San Miguel (11°30'N.,

119°52'E.). Moderate tide rips occur E of Ile Island.

11.53 Sabino Reef (11°30'N., 120°00'E.), Bacang Bank, Hidong

Island, and Mayokuk Island are all dangers lying within 6

miles of the E side of Patayo Island. 

11.53 The SW side of Linapacan Island is about 9 miles long between its NW end and Sidsid Point (11°23'N., 119°50'E.), its

SE extremity.

11.54 Colaylayan Bay (11°27'N., 119°44'E.), entered 2

miles SE of the NW extremity of Linapacan Island, is reduced

in size by fringing reefs; it affords good anchorage to small

vessels, in a depth of 27m.

11.54 Cagdanao Island (11°27'N., 119°43'E.), and an islet 0.75

mile W, lie in the entrance of the bay. A deep, clear channel lies

between Linapacan Island and Cagdanao Island.

11.54 Gintu Island (11°25'N., 119°43'E.) lies 1.5 miles S of

Cagdanao Island. Gintu is reef-fringed, with an islet lying 0.75

mile NNW of its N end. Rocks, reefs, and detached shoal

patches, best seen on the chart, lie in the channel between Gintu Island and Calibang Island, lying about 3 miles W.

11.54 South Bay (11°24'N., 119°47'E.) is entered about 1 mile SE

of Bubulauan Point (11°24'N., 119°46'E.), the W entrance

point. Depths of over 18.3m exist in the middle of the bay

which consists of two arms. The bay is reef-fringed and fronted

by dangers including two islands lying close off the E shore.

Foul ground extends almost 1 mile W of the E entrance point;

Goson Reef, lying 1.25 miles SW of the same point, is an approach danger.

11.54 Sheltered anchorage can be taken in the outer part of the NE

arm of South Bay, where there are depths of 26 to 33m, mud.

11.54 Base Rock (11°33'N., 119°39'E.), with two other above water rocks, lie up to 6 miles NW of the NW end of Linapacan Island.

11.54 Malubutglubut Island (11°30'N., 119°41'E.) is separated

from Linapacan Island by a deep channel clear of dangers ex-
280 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

cept for a 16.5m, or less, shoal patch. A strong wind-driven

current sets through the channel. 

11.54 Three small islands lie on a reef extending 1.75 miles SW

from the S end of Malubutglubut. Islets and a high rock lie

close off the SW island.

11.54 Calibang Island (11°25'N., 119°39'E.) is the largest island

off the W side of Linapacan Island. Emilia Bay indents the N

side of the island. Rocks, above and below-water, lie N and as

far as about 1.5 miles SE of Calibang Island. The channel E of

the island is obstructed by detached shoal patches.

11.54 Barangonan Island (11°21'N., 119°42'E.) has a conspicuous double-peaked, barren hill on its SW side. 

11.54 There are high hills on the E and NW sides of the island. A

depth of 11m was reported to exist 0.2 mile SW of the SW end

of the island. Dado Rock, with Dado Bank, lie 1.5 and 2.5

miles SE of the island. Primo Reef and Benito Shoal lie 10 and

8.5 miles SE and E, respectively, of Barangonan Island. 

11.54 Ubaldo Reef, with a depth of 4.9m, lies 5.5 miles SE of Bagambangan Island (described in paragraph 11.55) and Bera

Bank, over which a depth of 12.8m is charted. Bera Bank lies 2

miles W of Ubaldo Reef. These dangers are all steep-to.

11.54 Tejada Reef (11°08'N., 119°52'E.) is a small steep-to shoal

5.5 miles SE of Ubaldo Reef. Filemon Bank, small and detached, lies 6.5 miles SW of Tejada Reef. All of these islands,

rocks and reefs are shown on the chart.

11.55 The Dalanganem Islands (10°40'N., 120°15'E.) consisting of two islands and five islets, are rugged, rising vertically from the sea. They lie on the W side of Cuyo West Pass

about midway between the NE coast of Palawan and the Cuyo

Islands. Calandagan Island is the S and largest island of the

group. Mount Dalanganem, at the S end of the island, is a triple-peaked ridge rising steeply, with its S and E slopes barren,

showing large boulders along the lower slopes. 

11.55 The N slope consists of a series of saw-toothed hills. Tudela,

a village, stands on a neck of low land connecting the two parts

of the island. Nasolot Island and an islet lie close N of Calandagan and appear as a continuation, although separated by a

narrow shallow channel. 

11.55 Maducang Island, lying about 1 mile NNE of Calandagan Island, is separated by a channel 16.5m deep, which provides anchorage under the lee of either island. 

11.55 Anas Islet, Casirahan Island, Cauayan Island, and Cambari

Island (10°33'N., 120°05'E.) make up the remainder of the Dalanganem Islands. Cauayan Island, rising in sheer cliffs, lies 2

miles NNW of Casirahan.

11.55 Anchorage can be taken, in 16.5 to 20.1m, coral and sand,

off the NE side of Calandagan Island. Vessels can also anchor,

in 7.4 to 9.1m, on the shoal spit that extends 0.75 mile S of the

SW end of the island. These are open roadsteads.

11.55 The coast between these two points is fronted by many islands and dangers. The 20m curve, lying from 1.25 to 5.5 miles

offshore, encloses Batas Island and Maytiguid Island. The

shores, within the curve, are foul.

11.55 Iloc Island (11°18'N., 119°40'E.), 256m high, lies 6.25

miles ESE of Darocotan Point. The island has two distinct

ranges of hills, separated by a valley; it is thickly wooded, but

there is some cultivated land on the S side. 

11.55 Reefs fringing the island contain rocks and islets off the N

and E coast. Detached shoal patches extend off the N extremity

of Iloc. Munoz Bay indents the NW side of the island and is

backed by a mangrove swamp. A 2.1m shoal lies in the middle

of the bay.

11.56 Bagambangan Island (11°15'N., 119°43'E.), 168m

high, lies 1.75 miles SE of Iloc Island; it is wooded and fringed

by a narrow reef. A rock, 23m high, lies close NE of the island

and a rock 27m high, lies on the fringing reef on the W side. 

11.56 Cone Rock (11°13'N., 119°42'E.), reddish in color, lies 0.75

mile off the SE side of the island.

11.56 Little Maosonon Island (11°16'N., 119°42'E.), 42m high,

lies 0.7 mile NW of Bagambangan Island. 

11.56 Maosonon Island, 94m high, partly cultivated, lies 1 mile

SW. Both islands are fringed by reefs, except on the W side,

which is steep-to; foul ground extends off the S side of each island.

11.56 Binulbulan Island (11°15'N., 119°38'E.), 2 miles SE of Iloc

Island, may be identified by three distinct peaks which reach a

height of 201m. Reefs and shoals encircle the island and foul

ground extends 1 mile SSE from the island. 

11.56 A rocky islet, 47m high, stands on the S extremity of the foul

ground, with a 31m islet 0.5 mile N of the above islet.

11.56 Deribongan Island (11°11'N., 119°40'E.), 100m high, is a

small reef-fringed island situated 3.75 miles SE of Binulbulan

Island. An islet, 37m high, surrounded by foul ground, lies 1

mile NNE of Deribongan.

11.56 Batas Island (11°10'N., 119°35'E.), 1 mile off Palawan, has

two densely wooded peaks; the W one reaches a height of

444m. The island, fringed by reefs, is encircled by many shoals

and above and below water rocks. 

11.56 Imorigue Bay, mostly foul, lies between the NW side of Batas and Palawan. 

11.56 Malonao Rock (11°13'N., 119°35'E.) lies in the bay’s entrance. 

11.56 Imorigue Island (11°10'N., 119°33'E.), rising vertically, lies

midway between Batas Island and Palawan. 

11.56 Talaotauan Island (11°10'N., 119°32'E.), lying close W of

Imorigue Island, is separated from Palawan by a tortuous channel, 0.15 mile wide and 9.1 to 12.8m deep, that connects Imorigue Bay with Shark Fin Bay. 

11.56 The channel between Talaotauan Island and Imorigue Island

is 0.1 mile wide and 3.7m deep.

11.56 Maytiguid Island (11°03'N., 119°36'E.), 335m high in its S

part, lies 2.5 miles S of Batas Island and is separated from Palawan by Tanguingui Channel, which is foul and has a least

width of about 0.1 mile. The shores are fringed with mangroves, except at the various reefs which extend up to 1.25

miles offshore.

11.57 Shark Fin Bay (11°07'N., 119°35'E.) is formed by

Batas, Maytiguid, and the adjacent coast of Palawan. The bay,

6.5 miles long and 2.5 miles wide, has an irregular shoreline

mostly fringed by mangroves fronted by coral reefs. 

11.57 There are numerous detached reefs and shoals on the N and

S sides of the bay which is entered through channels from N,

NE, and S. 

11.57 Depths of 14.6 to 37m exist in clear areas leading to the head

of the bay, and at least 13m in the NW corner anchorage area. 

11.57 Oton (11°07'N., 119°30'E.), a village, is located on the shore

W of the anchorage.
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 281

Pub. 162

11.57 In the bay, dangers include a detached reef, with several

above and below-water rocks nearby, lying 1 mile S of the SW

extremity of Batas Island. 

11.57 Two rocks, awash, lie 1 and 1.5 miles SW of the same point

with Macuao Islet (11°07'N., 119°32'E.) lying 2 miles SW.

Reefs and foul ground extending N and NE from the islet constrict the channel reach leading to the anchorage. 

11.57 Foul ground and a rock, awash, lie about 1 mile and 2.5

miles N and NNE of the NE end of Maytiguid Island. The fairway leads between these dangers. 

11.57 Miraya Islet (11°09'N., 119°38'E.), with attendant rocks,

reefs and shoals, lies close to the channel within the NE entrance to the bay. 

11.57 Maalequequen Island (11°10'N., 119°39'E.) lies at the NE

entrance and close E of the channel. The area between the island and Cagdanao Island (11°10'N., 119°40'E.) is foul. 

11.58 Dinit Island (11°01'N., 119°40'E.), in the S approach

to Shark Fin Bay, constricts the channel to a least width of 1

mile. There are numerous islands, rocky shoals, and detached

patches, best seen on the chart, lying near the approach channels to Shark Fin Bay.

11.58 Anchorage can be taken about 1 mile SSW of the S end of

Imorigue Island, in depths of 14.6 to 18.3m, mud, with the SW

extremity of Batas Island bearing 100°. Smaller vessels can anchor about 0.7 mile NE of Oton, in 7.3m, mud. These anchorages are considered to be the best in this part of Palawan during

the typhoon season.

11.58 Directions.—Vessels from N should pass in mid-channel between Binulbulan Island and Iloc Island and then pass in midchannel between the 47.3m islet, located 1 mile SSE of Binulbulan Island, and the 12.5m patch 1.75 miles E. Then they

should pass about 0.7 mile E of the E extremity of Batas Island,

being careful to avoid the 10m patch located 1.7 miles W of

Deribongan Island. 

11.58 Miraya Islet, in range 192° with the sharp, double pointed

peak showing midway in the mountain gap to the S, leads in

mid-channel between Batas Island and Maalequequen Island.

When the N end of the latter island bears 045°, the course

should be altered to 225°, passing about 0.4 mile W of Miraya

Islet. 

11.58 When on range, bearing 251°, between Miraya Islet and

Macuao Island, with the S tangent of Batas Island bearing

270°, the course should be altered to about 248°, keeping the N

tangent of Miraya Islet dead astern. Vessels are cautioned

against getting N of this range because of the many dangers on

the N side of the bay.

11.58 When the SW tangent of Imorigue Island bears 340°, steer

for it until Malapari (11°09'N., 119°33'E.) bears 070°. 

11.58 Then the course should be altered to 280° for a distance of

0.5 or 0.75 mile to the recommended anchorage.

11.58 Vessels from S should pass in mid-channel between Dadaiten Island and Binatican Island. Then they should pass either E

or W of the reef that lies 2 miles SW of Dadaliten Island

(11°00'N., 119°42'E.).

11.58 Having cleared this reef, vessels should alter course so as to

pass in mid-channel between Dinit Island and the SE end of

Maytiguid Island. Then a course of 000° should be steered until the S tangent of Malotamban Island bears 090°. Then the

course should be altered to 315°, with the 444m summit of Batas Island ahead. 

11.58 When Miraya Island bears 045°, the course should be altered

to 260° with Macuao Island ahead. This course should be held

until the SW tangent of Imorigue Island bears 340°, then the

previously-given directions should be followed.

11.59 Taytay Bay (10°55'N., 119°33'E.) is entered between

Negra Point, the S extremity of Maytiguid Island, and Santa

Cruz Point (10°49'N., 119°36'E.) 10.5 miles SSW. Nabat Island, 69m high, lies close S of Negra Point; tide rips form in

this area.

The bay is cluttered by numerous islands, islets, rocks, and

detached shoals. These dangers restrict the navigable channels

and are best seen on the chart. Reefs fringe the shore and are

fronted by shoals extending up to 2 miles offshore; the shores

are mostly mangrove fringed.

11.59 A mountain range, with several prominent peaks from 430 to

460m high, extends parallel with the W coast of Taytay Bay,

about 2 miles inland.

11.59 Depths are ample for coastal vessels in the constricted channels leading to anchorages off the local villages, and the town

of Taytay (10°50'N., 119°31'E.), which has an old Spanish fort

that is prominent, where medical services are available.

11.59 Silanga Bay (11°01'N., 119°35'E.) is located in the N part of

Taytay Bay, and is formed between Maytiguid Island and Silanga Point. The N and E parts of the bay are foul and the W

shore is fringed by a drying coral reef. Depths of 22 to 29m exist in the outer part of the bay, clear of a 3.2m shoal patch.

11.59 Anchorage can be taken in Silanga Bay, about 0.75 mile SE

of Silanga, in depths of 18.3 to 22m, mud.

11.59 Mesecoy Bay, located in the NW side of Taytay Bay, lies

close W of Silanga Point.

11.60 Binatican Island (10°57'N., 119°43'E.), about 5

miles SE of Negra Point, rises to a height of 174m near its N

end, and a height of 101m near its S end. The land between

these two heights is low.

11.60 Apulit Island (10°57'N., 119°37'E.), 5.25 miles W of Binatican Island, is 178m high. Reefs and foul ground extend 0.75

miles W and 1.5 miles E to Royalist Reef, which has a least

depth of 1.2m.

11.60 The Pabellon Islands, 2.75 miles S of Apulit Island, consists

of Elephant Island, 197m high, and Castle Island, 189m high.

Dangerous shoals extend 1 mile E from Elephant Island; dangerous isolated shoals lie 2.5 miles WNW of the same island.

11.60 One of the dangers in the SE approach to Taytay Bay is

Icadambanauan Island (10°49'N., 119°38'E.), about 1 mile E

of Santa Cruz, which has two hills. The hill farthest S rises to a

height of 156m. A white rock, 15.2m high, lies 0.25 mile SW

of a wooded islet, 91m high, lying 0.3 mile SE from the island.

11.61 Hart Reef (10°48'N., 119°52'E.) is a large area of

shoal ground extending in a N-S direction with the least depth,

a 1m patch, lying 13 miles E of the S end of Icadambanauan Island. The approach channel leading to Taytay passes 1 mile N

of the N edge of Hart Reef. 

11.61 There are three detached patches, with a least depth of 4m,

lying in the area about 5.5 miles E of the above-named island

and SE of the channel. A 3.6m patch lies 2 miles S of the island

and 0.5 mile S of the fairway.
282 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

11.61 Directions.—The best channel for entering Taytay Bay leads

between Binatican Island and Debangan Island (11°01'N.,

119°44'E.), 3 miles NNE. From a position about 1 mile S of

Debangan Island, steer 250° for the S end of Apulit Island. 

11.61 When Nabat Island bears 315°, change course to 207°, with

the E tangent of Castle Island (10°53'N., 119°37'E.) ahead. 

11.61 When the S tangent of Apulit Island bears 270°, change

course to 233°, passing between Apulit Island and Elephant Island, and continue on course to the anchorage about 1.5 miles

E of Taytay Head (10°52'N., 119°30'E.).

11.61 Vessels approaching from Shark Fin Bay, steer 180° from a

position 0.5 mile W of Dinit Island. When the S end of Apulit

Island bears 270°, change course to 233° for the anchorage off

Taytay Head.

11.61 Vessels bound for the anchorage in the N part of Taytay Bay

should pass Dinit Island, as above, and when Nabat Island

(10°59'N., 119°38'E.) bears 300°, steer 266° passing 0.5 mile S

of that island for a distance of about 4.7 miles. 

11.61 Pass midway between a small island on the N and a rock that

bares, 1 mile S. From between these two dangers steer 256° to

the anchorage 0.45 mile S of Talacanen Island (10°58'N.,

119°32'E.). 

11.61 On a S approach to this anchorage, a vessel should pass 1

mile S of Apulit Island and steer for the E end of Talacanen Island on course 297°. 

11.61 With the E end of Talacanen ahead, about 0.9 mile distant,

change course to 270° and proceed to the anchorage.

11.61 Vessels entering Taytay Bay from S should steer for the summit of Calabadian Island (10°52'N., 119°38'E.), 0.75 mile N

of Icadambanauan Island, on a course of 270° which leads N of

Hart Reef. 

11.61 When Calabucay Island, about 3.5 miles SSE of Icadambanauan Island, bears 225°, the course should be altered to that bearing until the S tangent of Icadambanauan bears 271°. 

11.61 The course should be altered to 254° and held until the W

tangent of Icadambanauan bears 354°, when a course of 345°

should be steered. 

11.61 When the 335m peak in the S part of Maytiguid Island bears

359°, it should be steered for on that bearing. 

11.61 This course leads midway between the W extremity of Icadambanauan Island and an isolated shoal patch, with a depth of

0.3m, 0.7 mile NE of Santa Cruz Point. 

11.61 When the N tangent of Icadambanauan Island bears 091°,

the course should be altered to 315° for about 1.5 miles and

then altered to 275° for about 3.5 miles to the anchorage. Caution should be used to keep N of a line joining Taytay Head

with the S end of Caladian Island in making the initial approach to the anchorage.

11.61 Vessels can take anchorage, in depths of 33 to 37m, mud,

with Taytay Head (10°52'N., 119°30'E.) bearing 273°, and the

fort at Taytay bearing 211°.

11.62 From Santa Cruz to Esfuerzo Point (10°31'N.,

119°43'E.), about 19 miles SSE, the general trend of the coast

is SSE. The coast is indented by several inlets and bays and is

fronted by small islands, detached shoals, and reefs. High,

wooded mountains lie close to mangrove lined shores on this

coast. The several salient points are rocky.

11.62 Limbangan Point (10°44'N., 119°36'E.) lies 5.25 miles S of

Santa Cruz Point; there are three shallow coves formed between these points. Foul ground, with depths of 0.3m, lie up to

1 mile offshore.

11.62 Calauag Bay (10°42'N., 119°36'E.) is entered between Limbangan Point and Pangkang Point, 3.25 miles SE. 

11.62 Bay Point (10°40'N., 119°40'E.), 2.75 miles SE of Pangkang

Point, is the E extremity of a rugged peninsula that forms the S

side of the bay entrance. Local knowledge is necessary to enter

the bay because of the many dangers.

11.62 Depths of 11 to 29m exist in the narrow channel leading to

the head of the bay. Foul ground extends nearly 1 mile N and

1.25 miles NE from Pangkang Point, close to the entrance

channel. 

11.62 Ibobor Island (10°43'N., 119°38'E.), rising to a height of

183m, lies on foul ground in the entrance to Calauag Bay,

about 1.2 miles N of Pangkang Point. The entrance channel, S

of the island, is about 0.2 mile between the foul ground.

11.62 Cagdanao Island lies 0.5 mile N of Ibobor; foul ground lies

between these islands. A dangerous coral reef, with a depth of

0.3m, lies 0.5 mile NE of Cagdanao. The channel from Taytay

Bay passes between the island and reef and then SE, changing

course to a W direction to pass S of Ibobor Island to the anchorage in Calauag Bay.

11.62 Anchorage can be taken in the SW part of Calauag Bay, midway between Tomandang Island and Babarocon Island, in

depths of 11 to 12.8m, mud. Local knowledge is required to enter the bay.

11.62 Paly Island (10°42'N., 119°42'E.), 186m high, is located 3

miles ENE of Pangkang Point. The outer slopes of the island

are steep-to and sparsely wooded. The coast is rocky, with

stretches of sand, shingle or boulders. 

11.62 Shoals lie N, E, and S of the island. The W side of the island

is steep-to except for a 0.9m shoal lying 1.25 miles from the N

extremity.

11.62 From Bay Point to Esfuerzo Point (10°31'N., 119°43'E.), 9

miles SSE, the coast is indented by numerous coves and is

fronted by shoal water. 

11.62 Isolated shoal patches, which may be seen on the chart, lie

off this coast.

11.63 The coast between Esfuerzo Point and Flechas Point

(10°22'N., 119°34'E.), 12.5 miles SW, is fronted by numerous

shoals and reefs which lie up to 8 miles offshore. Densely

wooded mountains, with well defined peaks, lie along the coast

in the vicinity of Flechas Point. 

11.63 Drake Peak (10°30'N., 119°37'E.), 384m high, rises 5.75

miles W of Esfuerzo Point. Mount Baring, 626m high, and

Mount Ilian, 661m high, lie 2.5 and 3.75 miles NNW, respectively, from Flechas Point.

11.63 Dumaran Island (10°30'N., 119°50'E.) is a large irregularly

shaped hilly island, 206m high, separated from Esfuerzo Point

by Dumaran Channel. The island has no conspicuous features;

the hills are mostly 75 to 150m high. The coast is mainly

fringed with mangroves, with drying reefs on nearly all sides.

11.63 Numerous dangers lie between Dumaran Island and the coast

of Palawan, with some of the rocks and reefs which bare at LW.

A shoal, with a depth of 4.8m, the position of which is doubtful, has been reported 4.5 miles SE of Calasag Point on the S

side of the island.

11.64 Pirata Head (10°34'N., 120°00'E.), the E extremity
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 283

Pub. 162

of Dumaran Island, is 72m high and wooded. A drying reef extends 1 mile SSE from the point to Maraquit Island, and 11.5

miles WNW to North Point.

11.64 North Point (10°39'N., 119°50'E.), the N extremity of Dumaran Island, is prominent and terminates in a white cliff. The

point is steep-to on its N and W sides and affords good protection in the Northeast Monsoon, but shoals and foul ground extend 3.5 miles ENE from its E face.

11.64 The NW side of the island from North Point to Dumaran

Point (10°31'N., 119°45'E.), 9.25 miles SSW, is fronted by numerous islets, reefs, and rocky shoals. 

11.64 The area N and NW of North Point, as far as Cacbucao Island, about 2.5 miles N, and Paly island, 8 miles WNW, is also

filled with dangerous shoals and reefs, which may best be seen

on the chart. Navigable channels lead through these dangers.

11.65 Cotad Island (10°32'N., 120°01'E.), 105m high, is

separated from Maraquit Island by a channel 0.4 mile wide between the shoals lying off each island. 

11.65 Cambari Island lies 4 miles ENE of Cotad. Cambari Island is

70m high and has bare overhanging cliffs on its W side.

11.65 Langoy Island (10°30'N., 120°00'E.), 100m high, is marked

by a light on its summit. Mantulali Island is located about midway between Langoy and Cotad islands. 

11.65 There are two shoal patches between Cotad and Mantulali,

with depths of 2.1m and 5.5m. The channel between Mantulali

and Langoy is clear of dangers.

11.65 Cynthia Bay (10°33'N., 119°59'E.) is entered SW of Maraquit Island. Its shores are fringed by mangroves and drying

coral shoals extending offshore.

11.65 Baliog Point (10°32'N., 119°59'E.) is the S entrance point.

Araceli, a town on Araceli Point, has a dispensary with a physician. The town, located 1.25 miles SW of Pirata Head, is nearly

obscured by coconut trees. 

11.65 Araceli Point (10°33'N., 119°59'E.), a low bluff, is the E entrance point of Araceli Bay which lies NW of town. Araceli

Reef, with a depth of 0.5m, lies 0.5 mile E of Baliog Point and

is marked by a red conical buoy. 

11.65 A drying reef, on which lie large boulders and a prominent

rock at its S extremity, extends 0.5 mile S of town and forms

protection to the anchorage. The remains of a stranded wreck

lies 0.25 mile W of the rock.

11.65 Araceli Bay, NW of town, is a N basin that forms an excellent typhoon anchorage for small vessels, in depths of 3.7 to

5.5m. The channel leading to the N basin has a least depth of

3.7m. At Araceli, a jetty extends from the shore to the edge of

the reef.

11.65 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 7.3 to 9.1m, mud, in a

S basin about 0.5 mile SW of Araceli Point.

11.65 Vessels are recommended to approach the anchorage between Langoy Island and Mantulali Island and then pass W of

Araceli Reef. The conspicuous rock, S of Araceli Point,

aligned with tuft on a hill 3 miles inland, bearing 346°, leads W

of the reef.

11.66 Bacaran Bay (10°31'N., 119°56'E.), Langcan Bay

(10°31'N., 119°55'E.) and Calasag Bay (10°28'N., 119°53'E.)

are adjoining bays separated by blunt, wooded promontories.

The shores of the bays are generally lined by mangroves and

fronted by above and below-water coral reefs. 

11.66 The inner or N part of the bays are foul and filled with mud

flats. There are depths of 5.5 to 12.8m in the middle and outer

areas of the bays. Several sunken dangers, coral heads, and pinnacle rocks, with depths of 2 to 5.5m, lie up to 3 miles offshore

in the approaches. 

11.66 There are several towns, the largest Bohol (10°29'N.,

119°53'E.), located on the various shores of the three bays. 

11.66 Langcan Point (10°31'N., 119°55'E.) is a prominent landmark.

11.66 In Langcan Bay, there is anchorage SW of Dagsauay, a village, in a depth of 5.5m, mud. In Calasag Bay there is anchorage NNE of Calasag Point, in depths of about 7.3 to 9.1m.

These anchorages are sheltered from the Northeast Monsoon.

11.66 From Calasag Point the S coast of Dumaran Island trends

WSW about 6 miles to Piyaui Point (10°27'N., 119°46'E.), the

SW extremity of the island.

11.66 Between Calasag Point (10°28'N., 119°52'E.) and Maranog

Point (10°27'N., 119°48'E.) the shore is very densely wooded,

high, and fringed with several coral reefs. Dangerous shoals lie

up to 1.5 miles offshore. 

11.67 Sharp Hill (10°27'N., 119°50'E.), standing close to

shore, is a prominent landmark for vessels approaching from

the S. A shoal, with a depth of 4.8m, the position of which is

doubtful, has been reported 4.5 miles SE of Calasag Point. 

11.67 From Maranog Point to Pivaui Point, the coast is low, sandy,

and reef-fringed. Detached reefs lie up to 2 miles off the latter

point. 

11.67 A large shoal area, with a least depth of 3.3m, lies over 3

miles S and SSW of Sharp Hill.

11.67 Dumaran Point (10°31'N., 119°45'E.), 4.75 miles NNW of

Piyaui Point, is the W extremity of Dumaran Island. 

11.67 The coast to Dumaran (10°32'N., 119°46'E.), a village, is

fringed with mangroves fronted by coral reef, bare at LW. A foul,

small bay is formed between Dumaran and Dumaran Point. 

11.67 Anchorage, with local knowledge, can be taken, in 5.5 to

7.3m, mud, in the bay but the approach is difficult.

11.68 Dumaran Channel (10°30'N., 119°44'E.), between

Dumaran Island and Esfuerzo Point, is much contracted by

reefs, rocks, and shoals. Numerous dangers lie in the N and S

approaches to the channel and there are several islets and reefs

in the N entrance of the channel. 

11.68 There are deep, unmarked channels leading between these

dangers. A channel from E, leading to the approach channels to

Calauag Bay and Dumaran Channel, passes S of the dangers

between Paly Island and North Point. 

11.68 However, there is a detached reef, with a least depth of 2.7m,

on the S side of the channel about 2.7 miles SE of Paly Island.

Another dangerous reef, with a least depth of 0.6m, lies 1.5

miles SE of Bay Point (10°40'N., 119°40'E.). 

11.68 Mayabacan Island, Central Island, Bivouac Island, North

Channel Island, South Channel Island, Capsalon Island,

Maruyogruyog Island, and South Island all lie in the N entrance of Dumaran Channel . 

11.68 All these islands are encircled by reefs and foul ground

which may be navigated with local knowledge.

Capayas (10°28'N., 119°39'E.), situated on the coast 5 miles

SW of Esfuerzo Point, has buildings that are conspicuous from

offshore; above and below-water reefs lie over 1 mile off the
284 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

town. Capayas Reef, a large area that dries, lies 1 to 3 miles

ESE of town. Alvina Reef lies 1.25 miles S of Capayas Reef.

11.68 Anchorage can be taken in mid-channel between Capayas

and Capayas Reef, in depths of 11 to 12.8m, mud.

Palawan—East Coast—Flechas Point to Maasin

Point

11.69 From Flechas Point, the E coast of Palawan trends in a

SW direction about 77 miles to Maasin Point. Green Island

Bay and Puerto Princesa, the most important port on this coast,

are situated on this coast. Steep-to shoals lie up to 20 miles offshore.

11.69 Flechas Point (10°22'N., 119°34'E.), a steep bare point, is

the termination of a spur from Mount Baring. From S and SE

the point appears to merge into higher mountains inland and is

not prominent. The coast W of the point consists of rocky,

steep bluffs.

11.69 Bay Peak (10°23'N., 119°31'E.), 547m high, rises 3.5 miles

W of Flechas Point.

11.69 The coast between Flechas Point and Bold Point (10°02'N.,

119°09'E.) is regular, with sandy stretches interspersed by river

mouths. 

11.69 There are several villages. A sharp, conical hill located almost 2 miles NW of Rizal (10°14'N., 119°15'E.) is an excellent

landmark as is a conical peak, wooded and with a small knob

on its W side, rising 10.5 miles W of Bay Peak. 

11.69 Roxas, a town close within Barbacan Point (10°19'N.,

119°21'E.), has an airstrip 1.25 miles NNE of the same point.

Copra and cattle are exported via inter-island vessels. 

11.69 Caramay (10°11'N., 119°14'E.) is a port of call for coastal

vessels. Dangers fronting the coast between Flechas Point and

Bold Point are best seen on the chart.

11.69 North Verde Island (10°06'N., 119°14'E.) and South Verde

Island (10°05'N., 119°14'E.), low and flat, are separated from

Palawan by the narrow, tortuous Pascoe Channel (10°07'N.,

119°14'E.). 

11.69 The N end of the channel is fouled by an extensive above and

below-water reef which divides the channel into two passages.

The W passage is preferred. The S entrance to the channel lies

between the N end of South Verde Island and a reef. The unmarked channel and entrance should not be attempted without

local knowledge.

11.70 Green Island Bay (10°10'N., 119°20'E.), a large open

bay of varying depths, contains numerous islands, banks, and

shoals. High mountains, obscured by clouds except for their

peaks, back the bay. Bold Point, about 32 miles from Flechas

Point, forms the SW entrance point of the bay. Under favorable

conditions the bottom is visible at 14.6m, but depth changes

occur with very little warning. There are many shoals lying as

far as 14 miles offshore. 

11.70 The intricate unmarked inner passages leading to anchorages

in Green Island Bay and Honda Bay, with least depths of 9.1m,

should only be used when local knowledge is available. 

11.70 A light is shown in position 10°19.1'N, 119°21.0'E. 

11.70 Green Island (10°16'N., 119°30'E.) and Johnson Island

(10°15'N., 119°23'E.), two of the many small islands and islets

in the bay, are visible from 6 to 8 miles offshore. 

11.70 The other islets and attendant dangers are best seen on the

chart. Many of the islets afford good landmarks for vessels in

transit of the channels leading to the various anchorages.

11.70 Anchorages off the shores of Green Island Bay are partially

protected from the sea by the reefs and shoals. 

11.70 Vessels bound for Taradungan (10°22'N., 119°32'E.) and

Tumarbong (10°23'N., 119°27'E.) anchor 1 to 2 miles off

these villages, in depths of 5.5 to 7.3m. 

11.70 There is good anchorage NW of Shell Island (10°18'N.,

119°23'E.), in 5.5 to 9.1m, mud. Vessels can anchor, in 5.5 to

7.3m, mud and sand, between Stanlake Island (10°15'N.,

119°20'E.) and Malcampo (10°17'N., 119°17'E.). 

11.70 Vessels bound for Rizal (10°14'N., 119°15'E.) can anchor in

5.5 to 9.1m, about 1 mile SE of town. 

11.70 Vessels can also anchor, in 5.5 to 11m, mud, between Reinard Island (10°09'N., 119°15'E.) and Caramay, or, in 20.1m,

between the island and Palawan. 

11.70 There is excellent typhoon anchorage, in 11m, in the N part

of Pascoe Channel, W of N Verde Island.

11.70 Off-lying dangers include Charybdis Shoal (10°02'N.,

119°32'E.), a small reef with a least depth of 3.4m, which lies

about 18.5 miles ESE of South Verde Island. 

11.70 Constancia Shoal, with a least depth of 3m, lying 7.5 miles

SW of Charybdis Shoal; Pasig Shoal, with a depth of 1.8m, lying on the same foul ground as Constancia Shoal, and 5.5 miles

SE of that shoal. 

11.70 Pasig Shoal is steep-to on its E side. West Pasig Shoal is isolated, with a least depth of 3.7m, located 4 miles WSW of Constancia Shoal.

11.71 Bold Point (10°02'N., 119°09'E.), 4 miles SW of

South Verde Island, may be identified by Sharp Peak and

Dome Peak, each about 915m high, standing from 2 to 2.5

miles N. 

11.71 A bold range of hills backs the coast from Bold Point, which is

steep and rocky. In places steep cliffs slope down to the beach.

There are several rivers and minor points along this coast.

11.71 Mangrove Point (10°01'N., 119°04'E.), 4.5 miles W of Bold

Point, has the only prominent clump of mangroves along this

part of the coast. Emmit Point, 0.6 mile WSW of Mangrove

Point, is higher, but not conspicuous. Coral reefs extend 0.3

mile from both points; a sheltered cove, suitable for small craft,

lies between them.

11.71 Pasco Point (10°00'N., 119°01'E.), 2.75 miles WSW of Emmit Point, is low with a few scattered mangroves. A shoal, with

a depth of 1.5m, lies midway between Mangrove and Pasco

Points.

11.71 Panglima Reef (9°56'N., 119°04'E.), with a depth of 5.5m,

lies 4.75 miles SE of Pasco Point. An extensive bank, with a

least depth of 1.5m, lies 2.5 miles S of Pasco Point.

11.71 Tanabag, a small village 1.5 miles W of Pasco Point, is not

visible from seaward. A reef, awash, lies 0.75 mile SW of the

entrance to the river which flows out by the village.

11.71 Castillo Point (9°59'N., 118°56'E.), 4.75 miles W of Pasco

Point, has a rocky protuberance on the brow of the hill backing

it. The hill marks the W end of the coastal range.

11.71 Honda Bay (9°50'N., 118°50'E.) is a large bight between

Castillo Point and Bancaobancaon Point, about 19 miles SW.

The N shore of the bay is backed by high hills as far as Addison Point, about 8.5 miles WSW of Castillo Point; low hills

back the remainder of the bay. 
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 285

Pub. 162

11.71 There are numerous islands, banks, shoals, and reefs, with

navigable channels between them, in the bay and up to 10

miles offshore. The N shore of the bay consists of sand and

coral beaches, while its head and W shores are fringed with

mangrove fronted by mud and coral reef.

11.71 Tapul Bay (9°56'N., 118°47'E.) and Mangrove Inlet

(9°55'N., 118°45'E.), mostly foul, are fronted by numerous

dangers. Bush Island lies in the entrance of Tapul Bay. The entrance channel lies between the island and a drying reef extending off Addison Point (9°56'N., 118°48'E.). The village of

Tapul is located on a river emptying into the bay.

11.72 Fondeado Island (9°56'N., 118°55'E.), high and reeffringed, lies at the S end of numerous drying reefs between the

island and shore. Detached shoals, best seen on the chart, lie as

far as 4 miles E and SE of the island. 

11.72 There are above and below-water reefs off Pasco Point

(10°00'N., 119°01'E.), and about 4 miles W of Arrecife Island

(9°55'N., 118°53'E.), which lies on a drying reef. 

11.72 Dangerous patches, lying 2.5 and 3 miles SW and S of the island, are close to the approach channels leading to anchorages.

The entire area between Arrecife and the shores N, W, and SW

is generally foul with several deep channels.

11.72 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 20.1m, mud, with the

SE point of Fondeado Island bearing 240° and Pasco Point

bearing 012°. The approach should be made from the S, with

the 936m peak located about 2.5 miles N of the mouth of the

Tinabog River (10°00'N., 118°59'E.), ahead on a course of

351°. When about 2 miles from the river mouth, the course

should be altered to the NNE for the anchorage. 

11.72 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 12.8 to 18.3m, S

of the entrance of the Tinabog River, with the reef awash SW

of the entrance bearing 270°, distant 0.5 mile.

11.72 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 16.5 to 18.3m,

sand, in a position about 0.5 mile N of the extremity of Fondeado Island, between the island and an extensive drying reef to

the NE. Anchorage can also be taken, in about 29m, in a position about 0.5 mile SW of the W extremity of the island.

11.72 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 11 to 18.3m,

from 1 mile to 1.5 miles S of the mouth of the Babuyan River,

or they can anchor, in 9.1 or 11m, mud, in the NE part of Tapul

Bay.

11.73 Puerto Princesa (9°44'N., 118°44'E.) (World Port Index No. 59270), the port city, is situated within the N entrance

of the bay on the E side. The bay opens off the S end of Honda

Bay and is entered between Bancaobancaon Point and Panagtaran Point, 2 miles S. 

11.73 Puerto Princesa is the capital and only important port on Palawan Island; it is a Port of Entry.

11.73 Depths—Limitations.—The shores of the bay are densely

wooded and are backed by a chain of mountains. Several rivers

empty into the bay; the Iwahig River lies W of Puerto Princesa

City.

11.73 Depths in the approach to Puerto Princesa are charted over

55m, and depths of 20 to 27m are charted off the pier head at

Puerto Princesa City. The entrance to the bay is constricted to

0.8 mile between the reefs on either side.

11.73 A concrete pier extends about 130m NW from the shore

close N of Princesa Point; the berthing face is reported to be

292m in length, with a depth of 8.2m alongside. 

11.73 Aspect.—It was reported that two fixed red lights are shown

from the top of a water tank standing close NE of the root of

the pier.

11.73 Thumb Peak from SE appears as a steep conical mountain

with a knob on the summit. The twin spires of the church, 2.5

miles WNW of Bancaobancaon Point, are conspicuous. A light

is shown from a concrete tower, 11m high, situated on the

point. A wreck lies close SW. 

11.73 The point is fringed with mangroves. These mangroves nearly extend to Tidepole Point, a reddish cliff 6m high, 2 miles

WNW. A light is shown on this point from a white, metal

framework tower on a white house, 8m high.

11.73 An ore-loading installation is located on the N shore, 1.5

miles W of Bancaobancaon Point; it consists of a wooden pier,

with a depth of 1.8m alongside its head.

11.73 In the approach to Puerto Princesa, Table Head (9°39'N.,

118°44'E.), 3 miles SW of Panagtaran Point, is a good coastal

landmark. Mount Beaufort, 11 miles NW of Bancaobancaon

Point and Thumb Peak, 2.75 miles SSW of Mount Beaufort,

are prominent when not obscured by clouds. 

11.73 Pilotage.—Requests for pilotage, which is compulsory,

should be communicated to the port authority at least 24 hours

before arrival. The pilots boarding station is located 0.8 mile

SSW of Tidepole Light. 

11.73 Regulations.—Vessels may not enter the port without a

Notice of Arrival on an approved form issued by the Philippine

Ports Authority. 

Church spires WNW of Bancaobancaon Point

Tidepole Point Light
286 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

11.73 Signals.—Storm signals are shown from a mast at the foot of

the pier. 

11.73 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor N of the pier head, in

depths from 16 to 18m, mud. It is well protected and is recommended as a good typhoon anchorage.

11.73 Two anchor berths, Anchorage Berth A1 and Anchorage

Berth A2, have been established 0.8 mile W and 0.75 mile SW

of Tidepole Point. Anchorage Berth A1 is reported to be for

use by vessels of less than 1,000 dwt, in a depth of about 20m,

while Anchorage Berth A2 is for vessels of more than 1,000

dwt, in a depth of about 25m. An uncharted shoal, with a least

depth of 10.8m, has been reported 300m SW of Anchorage

Berth A1. 

11.73 A quarantine anchorage has been established 1 mile WNW

of Tidepole Point.

11.73 Directions.—In the approach to Puerto Princesa, vessels

should steer to a position about 3 miles SE of the light on Bancaobancaon Point and then steer 304° for the light on Tidepole

Point (9°44'N., 118°44'E.). 

11.73 When mid-channel between the entrance points, change

course to 290° until the light bears 040°, when course should

be changed to 349°. When the pier head at Princesa Point bears

079°, steer for the inner anchorage as required.

11.73 It should be noted that in a night approach the lights at Canigaran, 1 mile N of Bancaobancaon Point, are visible long before the lights in Puerto Princesa.

Caution.—Gedeon Shoal (9°45'N., 118°43'E.), with a

depth of 0.8m, lies 0.4 mile W of the pier head at Puerto Princesa. A 3.7m shoal lies 0.5 mile WSW of the pier. A 0.9m shoal

lies 0.6 mile NW of the pier head. Foul ground lies NNW of a

line passing through this shoal and the entrance to the Iwahig

River. Vinagre Reef, with rocks, awash, lies 1.25 miles SSW of

Gedeon Shoal. An isolated patch, with a depth of 9.5m, lies

outside the 20m curve 0.5 mile E of the rocks awash. 

11.74 From Panagtaran Point (9°41'N., 118°46'E.) the

coast trends SSW about 3 miles to Table Head, which stands

0.2 mile inland and rises to a height of 167m. Table Head is the

termination of a gradually ascending range of hills extending

SW.

Binunsalian Bay (9°39'N., 118°44'E.), entered close N of

Table Head, is foul and is exposed to the winds. From the head

of the bay, a narrow channel leads to Turtle Bay, which affords

excellent Anchorage for small craft with local knowledge, in a

depth of 11m.

11.74 The coast from Table Head to the S is backed by steeply rising ground as far as Tagbarunis Point (9°34'N., 118°40'E.),

low and covered with mangroves. A conical peak, rising 4.5

miles W of the point, is conspicuous. 

11.74 A widening bank leading S in the vicinity of the point extends 3.5 miles offshore and contains dangerous shoal patches.

Tide rips often mark the edge of the bank. Off Inagauan

(9°33'N., 118°39'E.), a coastal village backed by a plain and

fronted by a sandy beach, there is anchorage, in 9.1m, mud. 

11.74 When approaching this anchorage from E, care must be taken to avoid the shoals, with depths of 5.5 to 9m, which lie on a

spit extending 3 miles SSE from the mouth of the Inagawan

River.

Palawan—East Coast—Maasin Point to Cape

Buliluyan

11.75 The general trend of the coast, from Maasin Point to

Cape Buliluyan, is SW. In places the coast between the points

is low and fringed with mangroves. 

11.75 Numerous drying reefs lie within the 20m curve and there

are many isolated patches outside the curve with least depths of

0.9m. 

11.75 Inner passages leading to the various anchorages along this

coast have depths of over 9.1m, however, local knowledge is

required to transit these unmarked, intricate passages.

11.75 The flood current sets SE along this coast. The E current entering through Balabac Strait turns NNE well off this coast and

spreads fanlike over the Sulu Sea in a NE and E direction.

11.75 Maasin Point (9°30'N., 118°38'E.) is low and covered with

mangroves; a drying reef fringes the point. The coast between

the two points is also low and fringed with mangroves. Numerous dry reefs and shoals lie within the 20m curve which lies 1

to 3 miles offshore. A 4.9m patch lies 2.25 miles SE of Maasin

Point.

11.75 Village Bay, entered between Maasin Point and the Puntog

Islands, 1 mile SSW, is encumbered with coral reefs making it

unsafe to enter. The Puntog Islands are two small mangrove islands lying close offshore on the coastal bank. 

11.75 A reef, which dries at low water, extends 0.6 mile SSE from

the islands.

11.76 Malanao Island (9°27'N., 118°37'E.) is a flat island

covered with mangroves that are 21m high; it lies 1 mile S of

the Puntog Islands. The channel between Malanao and Palawan is foul and intricate; it lies between many drying reefs.

The channel should only be attempted by small vessels with local knowledge. 

11.76 Anchorage may be taken off the SW side of Malanao, with

Bancaobancaon Light
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 287

Pub. 162

Cutter Point (9°27'N., 118°35'E.), on Palawan, bearing 270°,

0.9 mile distant, in 6.7m, mud.

11.76 The Aborlan River flows out either side of an island, 1.5

miles SW of Cutter Point. The N mouth is deeper and boats can

cross the bar which has a depth of 0.9m at half-tide, and reach

the wharf at Aborlan, about 1 mile within the entrance.

11.76 The usual commercial anchorage is off the mouth of the river, in depths of 7 to 9m, mud and sand.

11.77 Calver Point (9°21'N., 118°32'E.), marked by a light,

a double pronged promontory, lies 3.75 miles SW of the Aborlan River. Lola Bay lies between the extremities of the promontory; it has a light yellow sandy beach which is a useful mark

for approaching the anchorage near the point.

11.77 Sombrero Island (9°22'N., 118°35'E.), a sand cay lying on a

reef 2.5 miles E of Calver Point, is 36m high to the top of the

trees. Several drying reefs lie W of a line joining the island

with Malanao Island, 3.5 miles NNE.

11.77 Anchorage can be taken, in 9.1 to 14.6m, between Sombrero

Island and Calver Point. Small vessels with local knowledge

can find protection from the Southwest Monsoon by anchoring,

in 7.5m, mud, NNE of the point. 

11.77 Vessels can approach these anchorages by steering 277° with

the previously-mentioned light yellow beach In Lola Bay

ahead. This course leads S of the reef fringing Sombrero Island, between it and a 0.9m patch located 1 mile SSW of the island.

11.77 A bank of sand and coral, with a least charted depth of 6.1m,

extends 11 miles S from a position 3.25 miles E of Malanao Island. A 7.9m patch lies 2 miles S of Sombrero Island and a

10.1m patch lies 3.5 miles SE of the same island.

11.78 Apoapuraguan Point (9°20'N., 118°31'E.), 2 miles

SSW of Calver Point, is low, covered with mangroves, and has

low coral cliffs on its S side. The Malasgao River, navigable by

boats for 2 miles, discharges 1.5 miles SW of the point.

11.78 Native Point (9°17'N., 118°29'E.), 1.25 miles SSW of the

Malasgao River, is low, heavily wooded, and fringed by a reef.

Arena Island, 19.8m high to the top of the trees, lies on the W

part of a reef, 2.5 miles SSE of Native Point. 

11.78 Two 9.4m patches lie 4.5 and 6 miles NE, respectively, of

Arena Island.

11.78 From Native Point the coast trends nearly 3 miles SW to

Panaca Point and then 2.25 miles farther SSW to Casuarina

Point (9°15'N., 118°25'E.), which is low and fringed by mangroves.

11.78 A sand spit extends 0.3 mile E of Casuarina Point, and Rasa

Island, mangrove swamps on a coral reef, lies the same distance E of the spit. Rasa Island blends in with the coastline and

is difficult to identify from the offing. 

11.78 Between the island and mainland W is Mantaquin Bay, affording anchorage and containing several very small islands

with adjacent detached coral heads. The 20m curve closely

skirts Rasa Island to the E and continues NE to Sombrero Island. 

11.78 There are numerous, dangerous shoal patches lying in the vicinity of Rasa Island, Arena Island (9°15'N., 118°30'E.), and

the 20m curve. These dangers, as well as off-lying shoals,

many of them marked by tide rips, are best seen on the chart.

11.79 Island Bay (9°05'N., 118°10'E.) indents the coast between Bivouac Point (9°11'N., 118°21'E.) and Nariz Point

(8°53'N., 118°00'E.). The coast between Casuarina Point and

Bivouac Point is low and has several sandy beaches. 

11.79 Numerous islets, reefs, and dangerous shoals lie in the bay

and its approach. 

11.79 Mountains back the shores of the bay as far as Pescado

Point (8°57'N., 118°02'E.), then the coastal plain extends up to

6.5 miles inland. 

11.79 The 20m curve lies 2 miles offshore between Bivouac Point

and Relief Point (9°10'N., 118°13'E.). Separation Point, 4.5

miles WSW of Relief Point, is marked by an old blockhouse. 

11.79 The coast to Ingiaran Point (9°03'N., 118°06'E.) is fringed

by mangroves and fronted by many islands, shoals, and reefs.

Crawford Cove, with the town of Labog at its head, is entered

between Ingiaran Point and Scott Point (9°02'N., 118°05'E.).

The coast between Scott Point and Nariz Point is low and intersected by several small rivers emptying into coves.

11.79 Dangers in the form of islets, reefs, and shoals lie as far as 17

miles off the shores of Island Bay. There are unmarked, intricate channels leading between these dangers and those inshore. 

11.79 Uncharted dangers may exist, so that even with local knowledge, extreme caution is advised in the bay area. Numerous

shoals, best seen on the chart, lie E, S, and SSW of Bivouac

Point. 

11.80 Altnacraig Shoal (9°00'N., 118°20'E.), with a least

depth of 0.9m, is marked by tide rips and discolored water. An

8.2m patch and an 8.8m patch lie 5 miles N and 3.5 miles NW,

respectively, of Altnacraig Shoal. A dangerous wreck lies 1.5

miles SW of Altnacraig Shoal. 

11.80 Marabout Shoal (8°57'N., 118°19'E.), lying 3 miles SSW of

Altnacraig Shoal, has a least depth of 5.2m. 

11.80 Tagalinog Island (8°53'N., 118°15'E.), reef-fringed, lies

about 5 miles SW of Marabout Shoal. 

11.80 Barracuda Reef (8°54'N., 118°07'E.), with a least depth of

5.5m, and Talakitok Reef (9°00'N., 118°10'E.), with a depth

of 4m, are other inshore dangers. A chain of low flat reefbound islets extend SW between Relief Point and Ingiaran

Point.

11.80 Nariz Point (8°53'N., 118°00'E.), low and covered with

mangroves, is located 10 miles SSW of Scott Point; it has a

small hill behind it. A small bay, which offers anchorage to

small craft with local knowledge, is entered 1 mile N of the

point.

11.80 The coast SW of Nariz Point is low and heavily wooded. The

coast farther SW to Iglesia Point, about 38 miles distant, is also

low, densely wooded and indented by many open bights. The

coast is bordered by a reef, and shoals extend nearly 2 miles

offshore.

11.81 Filantropia Point (8°51'N., 117°56'E.), 5 miles SW

of Nariz Point, is fringed by a reef which extends 0.4 mile offshore.

11.81 Sir John Brooke Point (8°46'N., 117°50'E.), marked by a

light shown from a pole on the SE side of a blockhouse, is a

low inconspicuous point located 7 miles SW of Filantropia

Point. Addison Peak, rises to a height of 1,024m, 5.5 miles

WNW of Sir John Brooke Point; it is usually clear of clouds
288 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

and makes a good landmark on approaching the point and adjacent bay.

11.81 Brooke’s Point, a growing settlement located 0.5 mile NW of

Sir John Brooke Point, had a stone pier with a reported depth

of 1.2m off its outer end. A concrete pier, close N of the light,

dries alongside. 

11.81 A red-roofed warehouse is conspicuous when approaching

from S. 

11.81 There is a radio station and coastal vessels call regularly to

the point. There are medical services.

11.81 Anchorage can be taken SW of the town in Ipolote Bay

(8°46'N., 117°49'E.), where there are depths of 5.5 to 9.1m,

mud. The bay affords shelter from N and NE winds. 

11.81 On entering the bay, avoid the coral reef extending about 0.3

mile S and SW of the point.

11.81 Dougal Point (8°41'N., 117°43'E.) is located about 9 miles

SW of Sir John Brooke Point. The intervening shore is low and

fronted with sand and swamp.

11.81 The Segyam Islands (8°39'N., 117°38'E.) are two large

clumps of mangroves, 0.5 mile apart, lying on the coastal reef.

Several rocks, awash, lie 0.5 mile off the islands. 

11.81 The best passage along this part of Palawan is close to the

coastal reef inside the many shoals lying about 3 miles offshore, but is only to be used by vessels with local knowledge.

11.82 San Antonio Bay (8°38'N., 117°35'E.) is entered between the Segyam Islands and Sarap Point, 8 miles SW. The

approach to the bay is encumbered with numerous reefs and

shoals, but the inner part, NW of a line from the Segyam Islands to the mouth of the Iwahig River, is comparatively free

from dangers. 

11.82 Discolored water from several rivers which flow into the bay

make these dangers difficult to distinguish. Reefs and shoals on

the W shore of the bay dry at LW for a distance of 1 mile.

Bonobono, on the N shore, is the most important settlement.

11.82 Dangers fronting San Antonio Bay include Huevo Shoals

(8°37'N., 117°40'E.), with a least charted depth of 1.8m, located 2.25 miles SSE of the Segyam Islands; Gull Reef, which

dries and is steep-to on its SE side, lies 3.5 miles E of Sarap

Point; Egg Reef, which has a small sand cay on it, lies 1.75

miles NNE of Gull Reef, and Pirate Island (8°33'N.,

117°33'E.) lies 1.5 miles offshore, SE of Sarap Point. 

11.82 There is an anchorage sheltered from SW winds for small

vessels with local knowledge, N of Pirate Island, in a depth of

27m, mud.

11.82 Unless bound for San Antonio Bay, do not close this part of

the coast nearer than 8 miles, as local knowledge is essential

for safe navigation among the numerous coral shoals of this region.

11.82 Iglesia Point (8°30'N., 117°29'E.), 5.5 miles SSW of Sarap

Point, is low and flat, consisting primarily of mangrove. A flattopped hill close N of the point is a good landmark in this area.

The coast from Sarap Point to Iglesia Point is fronted by a coral

reef which dries at LW; the reef extends about 1 mile SE from

Iglesia Point.

11.83 The coast between the point and cape is slightly indented and densely fringed by mangroves. A narrow, drying

reef fronts the coast which is intersected by many rivers.

11.83 The 20m curve lies from 0.5 to 2 miles offshore; many banks

and detached dangers lie as far as 40 miles offshore. The channel between Palawan and Pandanan, connecting Coral Bay

with the South China Sea, has depths over 18.3m, but it is unmarked and difficult to transit. 

11.83 Depths of 18.3m and more exist in Coral Bay, but the approaches from E and NE are mostly foul.

11.83 The flood current sets SW at a velocity up to 2 knots in the

channel between Pandanan Island and Palawan. Strong tidal

currents and tide rips are found in the various channels leading

between the islands off the S end of Palawan.

11.83 Off-lying dangers include Wakefield Shoal (8°19'N.,

117°52'E.), steep-to on its W side, with a least depth of 3.6m;

the shoal lies 24.5 miles ESE of Iglesia Point. Wright Shoal, a

detached steep-to shoal with a least depth of 1.8m, lies 12

miles W of Wakefield Shoal. 

11.83 Argyll Shoal, 4.25 miles WNW of Wright Shoal, has a least

charted depth of 4m. 

11.83 Ursula Island (8°20'N., 117°31'E.) is low, sandy, and densely covered with vines and trees which reach a height of 30m. A

reef extends 0.75 mile NE from the island. 

11.83 Dickens Shoal, 4.5 miles SSW of Ursula Island, consists of

two detached reefs lying about 0.75 mile apart. 

11.83 The W reef has a least depth of 4.3m and the E reef has a

least depth of 6.7m.

11.83 A depth of 4m was reported to lie about 13 miles SSW of

Wakefield Shoal. Additionally, it was more recently reported to

have a depth of 4.5m, the position of which lies approximately

12.5 miles SSW of Wakefield Shoal.

11.84 Coral Bay (8°25'N., 117°20'E.) lies between the SE

end of Palawan and the N shores of Pandanan Island and Bugsuk Island. The bay is encumbered with innumerable shoals

and reefs, the latter frequently having sand cays near their W

edges. These reefs break the swell coming from the Sulu Sea

during the Northeast Monsoon, but leave a choppy sea in the

bay. 

11.84 The area between Arrecife Island (8°26'N., 117°26'E.) and

the N end of Bugsuk Island is extremely foul. A clear area in

the middle of the bay has depths of 18.3 to 33m.

11.84 It is reported that vessels load bulk ore (nickel silicate) off the

Rio Tuba (8°30'N., 117°26'E.), 3 miles W of Iglesia Point. Loading is carried out from lighters, using ship’s gear. 

11.84 The anchorage is reported to be about 1.5 miles N of Arrecife Island, in a depth of about 18m. 

11.84 There are two entrance channels into Coral Bay. Vessels

from N enter the bay by passing about 1.5 miles N of Arrecife

Island, using the sand cays to fix position while in transit. This

channel has a general depth of 31m. 

11.84 Vessels from the W or S enter the channel S of Cape Buliluyan and between Pandanan Island and Palawan. 

11.84 The channel has depths of 51 to 42m. The current sets SW

on the flood, with a velocity of 2 knots in this channel. 

11.84 There is a shoal patch of 3.2m and a reef, awash, in about the

middle of the channel and a 4.6m patch in the channel about

3.5 miles N of Bowen Island (8°21'N., 117°19'E.). 

11.84 All are shown on the chart. Local knowledge is absolutely

necessary in transit of this area.

11.84 Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot is provided from Puerto

Princesa, which is required at least 24 hours notice of ETA.
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 289

Pub. 162

The pilot boards from a canoe, about 5 miles NNE of Ursula

Island.

11.84 Anchorage can be taken in the middle of Coral Bay, in

depths over 18.3m, mud. There is a good typhoon anchorage in

12.8m, sticky mud, close W of the largest Cabugan Island

(8°24'N., 117°16'E.).

11.85 Cape Buliluyan (8°20'N., 117°12'E.), the S extremity

of Palawan, has depths of 7.3 to 14.6m off its S side. The W

side is reef-fringed and partly drying. Between the E side of the

cape and the N end of Pandanan there are depths of 51.2 to

54.9m.

11.85 Pandanan Island (8°17'N., 117°13'E.), separated from the

SE end of Palawan by a channel about 1 mile wide, is flat and

densely wooded. Its shores consist of both mangroves and

rocks. Drying reefs almost completely encircle the island. The

drying reef, which fringes the S and SW island, extends up to

2.5 miles offshore.

11.85 Dalahican Island (8°18'N., 117°11'E.), low and sandy, lies 1

mile off the NW side of Pandanan Island on the SE side of a

coral reef. A deep channel, clear of dangers in the fairway, runs

between these islands.

11.85 Canimeran Island lies on the S end of a reef, 2.5 miles W of

Dalahican Island. Shoal water, with depths of 5.5 to 7m, extends 2.5 miles N from the island.

11.85 Patongong Island (8°17'N., 117°07'E.), lies on the SE side

of a coral reef which dries, 1.25 miles SW of Canimeran Island. There is a channel 0.5 mile wide, clear of dangers in the

fairway, between these two islands; this channel appears to be

the best approach to the channel leading along the NW side of

Pandanan Island.

11.85 Bugsuk Island (8°15'N., 117°18'E.) is reef-fringed on its W

side where it is separated from Pandanan Island by a channel

about 0.2 mile wide. Drying reefs and foul ground extend up to

2 miles from the E and SE sides of this low, flat island. Apo,

Byan, and Gabung, small islands, lie on reefs off the SW side

of Bugsuk.

11.85 Bancalan Island (8°14'N., 117°06'E.), a low wooded island,

lies on the N side of North Balabac Strait, 3.5 miles SW of

Pandanan Island. A drying reef extends about 1.25 miles W

and NW from the W side of the island. 

11.85 Numerous, dangerous shoal patches, shown on the chart, lie

between the island, Pandanan Island, and Patongong Island.

Patawan Islet, reef-fringed, lies 1.25 miles E of Bancalan. 

11.85 An 11.9m channel leads E of Patawan and then to Patongong

Island.

11.85 Mantangule Island (8°10'N., 117°10'E.) is densely wooded

and fringed by drying reefs for 1.25 miles off its S and W sides.

Foul ground lies in the vicinity of the island, extending to Byan

Island, 0.75 mile E, and to Bancalan Island, 2.25 miles NNW. 

11.85 Malinsono Island is low, densely wooded, and is connected

to Mantangule, 1 mile to the S, by a drying reef.

11.86 Canabungan Island (8°07'N., 117°08'E.) lies 1.5

miles S of Mantangule Island. It is low and wooded, and lies on

a drying reef extending NW and SE. 

11.86 Detached shoal patches, lying off the S and SW sides of the

reef, are contained within the 40m curve which closely parallels the island.

11.86 The channel between Pandanan Island and Dalahican Island

and the Palawan coast is frequented by coasting vessels. It is

deep and about 0.7 mile wide. 

11.86 Southeast of Canimeran Island it branches into two deep

channels which permit passage to the South China Sea. 

11.86 The N channel, with depths of 31m and over, is about 0.2

mile wide between the reefs that fringe Canimeran Island and

Patongong Island. 

11.86 This channel follows closely along the edge of the reef surrounding the latter island and appears to be the best approach

to the channel that leads along the NW side of Pandanan Island.

11.86 The channel S of Patongong Island enters from the W and

follows closely along the edge of the reef that fringes that island and then passes about 0.5 mile E of that island. 

11.86 The channel is about 0.3 mile wide between the dangers lying off the N coast of Bancalan Island and the reef that fringes

Patongong Island. It is very deep in the fairway, but should be

attempted only when the reefs are plainly visible.

11.86 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in 12.8 to 27m,

mud and sand, anywhere within the area between Pandanan Island, Bancalan Island, and Mantangule Island. The channels

leading to the anchorages are intricate, with strong tidal currents and rips in them.

11.86 During rough weather, vessels with local knowledge can anchor in the S entrance of the channel, or in the channel itself,

which leads between Bugsuk Island and Pandanan Island.

11.86 Inter-island vessels, calling at Bugsuk to load copra, anchor

about 1.7 miles S of the S end of Bugsuk Island.

11.86 During the Northeast Monsoon, the best anchorage is SE of

Patawan Island, in 16.5 to 24m, taking care to avoid the shoals

E of Bancalan Island and Patawan Island.

11.86 During the Southwest Monsoon, vessels can anchor, in 16.5

to 27m, mud and sand, in a position with the SE extremity of

Patongong Island bearing 000°, distant 1.75 to 2.5 miles.

11.86 Directions.—Vessels coming from the South China Sea

should pass well N of the reefs and shoals that extend 2 miles

NW from the NW extremity of Bancalan Island. A course of

103°, with the S extremity of Pandanan Island ahead, leads

through the entrance channel. 

11.86 When Canimeran Island opens E of Patongong Island the

course should be altered to 090° and held until the SE extremity of Patongong Island bears 000°. Then, the course should be

altered to 037°, passing about 0.5 mile E of Patongong Island.

This course leads into the main channel NW of Pandanan Island.

11.86 Southbound vessels for the anchorages in the vicinity of

Patawan Island should alter course to 160° when the E tangent

of Patongong Island bears 000°. This course leads between a

0.3m reef, located 1 mile S of the SE extremity of Patongong

Island, and a 8.6m shoal located 0.75 mile SSE of the same extremity. 

11.86 In order to clear these dangers, vessels should keep the E extremity of the Bancalan Islands always W of S. Having cleared

these dangers, vessels can pass fairly close W and S of Patawan

Island and anchor as convenient.

North Balabac Strait—Balabac Island

11.87 North Balabac Strait (8°11'N., 117°04'E.) is bounded on the NE by Bancalan Island, Matangule Island, and
290 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

Canabungan Island. Secam Island, Ramos Island, and Candaraman Island form the SW side of the strait.

11.87 North Balabac Strait has a least navigable width of 1.75

miles, a length of 11 miles, and is clear of dangers in the fairway. The strait has depths of 35 to 110m in the channel and

connects South China Sea with the Sulu Sea. Bate Channel,

deep and about 1.7 miles wide, connects North Balabac Strait

with the waters to the W. The strait is used by inter-island vessels bound for harbors on both coasts of Palawan and by vessels navigating between Palawan Passage and the Sulu Sea.

11.87 Strong currents exist in the constricted part of North Balabac

Strait. Velocity and direction depend to a great extent on the

force and direction of the monsoon. The maximum velocity is

2.5 knots. The flood current sets SE through the strait; the ebb,

NW. 

11.87 In Bate Channel, the flood and ebb currents set E and W, respectively, with a maximum velocity of 2.5 knots. 

11.87 Strong rips and eddies occur in the strait and channel, especially in the vicinity of Encampment Point (8°07'N.,

117°03'E.).

11.87 Secam Island (8°10'N., 117°01'E.), on the W side of the N

approach to the strait, is low, narrow, and wooded. 

11.87 A drying coral reef fringes the island, and shoal ground, with

a least depth of 7.3m, extends 2 miles NW.

11.87 Anchorage, partially sheltered from SW sea and swell, can

be taken, in depths of 35 to 37m, sand and coral, about 1 mile

N of the island, with the E extremity bearing 180°.

11.87 Ramos Island (8°06'N., 117°01'E.), mostly low with high

hills in the interior, is separated from Secam Island by Bate

Channel (8°09'N., 117°01'E.), almost 2 miles wide with

depths of 46 to 91m. The NW and SW sides of the island are

reef-fringed; mangroves fringe the other sides. A 9.1m patch

lies 1.25 miles NNW of Encampment Point. 

11.87 Northwest Shoals (8°06'N., 116°56'E.) is an extensive

shoal, with depths of 3.7 to 9.1m, lying W of Ramos Island and

separated from it by a deep water channel.

11.88 Candaraman Inlet (8°05'N., 117°03'E.), tortuous

and with a least width of 0.1 mile, separates Ramos Island and

Balabac Island. Albay Islet, foul ground, and detached shoals

lie in the inlet and its entrances which can be used by vessels of

9m draft with local knowledge. 

11.88 Strong tidal currents set E during the flood and W during the

ebb. Heavy tide rips and eddies form during spring tides. The

dangers within the inlet are visible on a rising tide.

11.88 Candaraman Island (8°05'N., 117°06'E.), low and flat, lies

on a steep-to reef at the most constricted part of North Balabac

Strait. 

11.88 Caxisigan Island (8°05'N., 117°04'E.), lying between Candaraman and the SE end of Ramos Island, is encircled by

shoals, but deep, constricted channels lie between Caxisigan

and the islands of Ramos and Candaraman. 

11.88 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in sheltered Candaraman Inlet, E or W of Albay Islet (8°05'N., 117°02'E.), where

the depths are 7.3 to 12.8m, mud. 

11.88 Ramos Anchorage, an inlet formed by a break in the reef on

the NW side of the island, has an entrance channel at least 91m

wide at its head, with depths of 11 to 21.9m. 

11.88 Small vessels anchor about 0.5 mile offshore, in 7.3 to 11m,

sand. Larger vessels can anchor, in 12.8m, about 0.75 mile

from shore and in mid-channel. This anchorage is used by vessels loading lumber. 

11.88 Directions.—From a position about 8 miles NNW of Secam

Island steer a course of 142° which leads mid-channel between

Secam Island, Bancalan Island, Canabungan Island, and Candaraman Island. 

11.89 Balabac Island (7°57'N., 117°01'E.), lying 17 miles

SSW of Cape Buliluyan, is thickly wooded. High hills stand in

the N part of the island and there are several ranges of hills in

the S part. Steepfall Range has several high table-topped hills

with steep sides, rising to a height of 294m. Balabac Peak,

charted as 408m but reported to be 569m, lies 8.75 miles S of

the N extremity of the island. It was reported to be a good radar

target at 36 miles. The island was reported to give good radar

returns at 21 miles distant. 

11.89 A weak current flows S and close inshore along the E coast

of Balabac. The tidal currents off the W and SW sides of the island follow the general trend of the reef edges at a rate of 1 to

1.5 knots. The ebb setting SW and W off Cape Melville and

NW and N along the edges of the reefs creates tide rips and

confused seas when opposing a N breeze.

11.89 The N coast of Balabac lies between Padre Point (8°04'N.,

117°00'E.) and Andreyro Point, 4 miles ENE; the coast is lined

by mangroves. 

11.89 Sanz Island (8°04'N., 117°01'E.) lies in the W entrance to

Candaraman Inlet, close N of Padre Point. Albay Islet lies in

the same inlet about 1.7 miles ENE of Sanz Island. 

11.90 Andreyro Point (8°05'N., 117°04'E.) is the NE extremity of Balabac Island. From this point of the island the

coast trends 10.5 miles SSE, then about 7 miles SSW to Cape

Melville, the S extremity of the island. 

11.90 There are few indentations along this coast, which is fairly

steep-to. Andreyro Point and the E extremity of the island are

fringed by reefs. A small bay is formed about 3.75 miles S of

Andreyro Point; it is about 0.3 mile wide in the entrance, but

the channel is reduced to about 137m by drying reefs which extend from both entrance points. 

11.90 The shores are bordered with mangroves and backed by

wooded hills. Small vessels may anchor in the NW corner of

the bay, in a depth of 16m, mud. 

11.90 Calandorang Bay (8°00'N., 117°04'E.) is entered between

Sarmiento Point and Espina Point, about 1 mile farther S. This

bay is separated from the small bay described above by a peninsula formed by high hills.

11.90 A light is shown on Espina Point and a conspicuous white

fuel tank stands 0.2 mile S of the light. Reefs extend 0.1 mile

off the S shore of the bay and off Espina Point. 

11.90 A mooring buoy is laid about 0.2 mile W of the lighthouse. 

11.90 There is a depth of at least 5.5m in the bay, with an entrance

0.4 mile wide and 37m deep.

11.91 Balabac (7°59'N., 117°04'E.), Balabac is a small

town located on the S shore of Calandorang Bay. There is a

stone pier in ruins, however, there is a loading T-head conveyor

pier for the export of copper ore. Pilings, set out as an extension of the pierhead, allow for 122m of berthage. Mooring

buoys beyond the lines of pilings are used to secure the vessel.
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 291

Pub. 162

The depth alongside the T-head and pilings is 7.6 to 9.1m at

MLW. A maximum draft of 7.6m is allowed. 

11.91 Vessels must first proceed to Batangas for Customs clearance and the embarking of a coastal pilot. It is a port of call for

inter-island trade. The tidal range is about 1.3m. A 150m long

rock causeway extending N from shore has a stair landing and

depths of about 3m alongside. There is a radio station in town.

11.91 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in 14.6m, mud, with Espina Point bearing 109°, distant about 0.25 mile, sheltered from

the Southwest Monsoon. During the Northeast Monsoon, better protection is afforded in the N part of the bay. Vessels can

also anchor NE of the pier, in 7.3 to 14.6m, mud.

11.91 Directions.—Balabac Harbor is an easy access. Vessels

should come to a position with the light structure bearing 240°,

distant 0.4 mile, and steer a mid-channel course of 270°

through the entrance. 

11.91 When the light structure bears 159°, the course should be altered to 233° heading for the bluff W of the town. 

11.91 Vessels are cautioned to proceed slowly as the depths decrease

sharply when within the 20m curve. When the light structure bears

109°, vessels can anchor, in 14.6m, mud. Smaller vessels can

come closer in and anchor according to draft.

11.92 Espina Point (7°59'N., 117°04'E.), marked by a light,

is dominated by a hill 32m high. From this point the coast

trends SSE 5.5 miles to the N entrance point to Dalawan Bay.

11.92 Dalawan Bay is entered between Minigas Point (7°54'N.,

117°05'E.) and Timbangan Point, 1 mile SSW. 

11.92 The entrance points are fringed with mangroves and the

shores are densely wooded. The bay may be identified by the

low land extending WNW, separating the high land in the vicinity of Balabac Peak from Transept Hill, a conspicuous hill

2.25 miles W of Timbangan Point. 

11.92 Depths of 33m in the entrance shoal gradually to the head of

the bay. Reefs, partly drying, extend 0.25 mile from the entrance points. 

11.92 A rock, bare at LW, marks the S edge of the reef off the N entrance point. A least depth of 0.9m exist on the reef extending

from the S point.

11.92 Anchorage can be taken in the middle of the bay, 0.5 mile

from its head, in a depth of 16.5m, mud.

11.93 Clarendon Bay (7°49'N., 117°01'E.), 5.25 miles

SSW of Timbangan Point, is entered between Inanacule Point,

the N entrance point, and Barong Barong Point, about 0.3 mile

S. There are depths of 7.3 to 11m, mud, in the bay. 

11.93 The entrance channel is about 45m wide between the reefs

on either side.

11.93 A T-shaped stone jetty at the NW corner of the bay is used

for landing supplies for Cape Melville Light. 

11.93 Anchorage by small vessels can be taken, in 8.2 to 9.1m,

mud, about 0.5 mile NNW of Barong Barong Point.

11.93 Cape Melville (7°48'N., 117°00'E.), the S extremity of Balabac Island, is fringed by a drying reef that extends 0.5 mile offshore. Numerous detached shoal patches of less than 6.4m are

enclosed by the 9.1m curve trending about 1 mile offshore.

Tide rips are prevalent seaward. A light stands 1.5 miles NW of

the cape extremity. Cape Melville is a good radar target from

17 miles distant.

11.93 From Cape Melville, the W coast of Balabac trends 9.5 miles

NNW to Ligas Point (7°56'N., 116°56'E.), then 7 miles NNE

to Martinez Point, the NW extremity of the island.

11.93 The W coast is low and mostly fringed with mangrove

swamps. It is fronted by many detached dangers which lie at

least 8 miles offshore. Vessels should keep outside the 91m

curve when navigating off this coast.

11.93 Southwestern Bank, with a least charted depth of 4.9m, located 4.5 miles WSW of the light on Cape Melville, extends in

a ESE to WNW direction for a distance of 8 miles. Tide rips

may be seen on this bank.

11.94 Gnat Reef (7°51'N., 116°58'E.), a large area of drying reef with a sand cay in its center, lies 2.75 miles NW of

Cape Melville Light.

11.94 Balabac Great Reefs, which dry, lie with their S extremity 5

miles WNW of Cape Melville Light. This reef extends 8 miles

N and lies 1.25 miles W of Ligas Point near its center.

11.94 Western Shoals (7°58'N., 116°50'E.), with a least charted

depth of 4.9m, sand and coral, lie with the least depth 5.5 miles

WNW of Ligas Point. These shoals parallel Balabac Great

Reefs at a distance of 3.5 miles.

11.94 A deep passage lies between Western Shoals and Balabac

Great Reefs, but there are several shoals with depths of 4.9 to

9.4m in it. This passage should not be attempted without local

knowledge.

11.94 A detached bank, with a depth of 12.8m, lies 9 miles WSW

of Ligas Point. A similar bank, with a depth of 14.6m, lies 9.25

miles WNW of the same point.

11.94 Ada Reef (8°02'N., 116°55'E.), which dries, lies 3 miles

WSW of Martinez Point. Foul ground, with below-water rocks

and drying rocks, lies between the reef and point.

11.94 Pasig Bay (7°51'N., 117°00'E.), a small shallow bay partly

filled with mud flats, lies 1.75 miles NNW of Cape Melville

Cape Meliviile Light
292 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

light. The bay can be entered by small craft with local knowledge.

11.94 Ligas Point, the prominent W extremity of Balabac, lies 6.75

miles NNW of Pasig Bay. There is a channel between Gnat

Reef and Balabac Reef which leads to an anchorage 1.75 miles

SSW of Ligas Point. 

11.94 A channel also lies between Ligas Point and Balabac Great

Reefs. No vessel without local knowledge should use these

channels. After heavy rains the reefs are hard to see because of

water discoloration.

11.94 Catagupan Bay (7°58'N., 116°57'E.) indents the coast between Ligas Point and Sigumay Point, 3.75 miles NNE. 

11.94 The bay, fouled by detached reefs and shoals, can be entered

by channels from W and S, but local knowledge is essential. 

11.94 The W approach leads 0.75 mile S of Ada Reef, through a

break in the reef 1.25 miles W of Sigumay Point. 

11.94 Sharp Peak (7°54'N., 116°59'E.) is a good landmark.

11.94 The tidal currents are fairly strong throughout the entire

coastal reef area. 

11.94 Caution is essential, especially after rainfall, when reef visibility is poor. 

11.95 Martinez Point (8°03'N., 116°58'E.), 3.5 miles NNE

of Sigumay Point, was reported to be a good radar target at 35

miles distant. A spit, which has many rocks awash and belowwater, extends 2.25 miles N from the point, and a rock 9.1m

high, lies 0.2 mile N from the point.

11.95 Port Ciego is entered between Martinez Point and Paz Island (8°05'N., 116°59'E.), 2 miles NNE. The passage into Port

Ciego is deep but is constricted by rocks and reefs and is only

suitable for small vessels with local knowledge.

11.95 Padre Point, the W extremity of the N coast, lies 2 miles

ENE of Martinez Point. The shores of the bay between these

points are fringed with mangroves, and drying reefs extend up

to 1.25 miles offshore.

11.95 Anchorage can be taken about 1 mile S of Sigumay Point

(8°00'N., 116°57'E.), in a depth of 14.6m. Vessels may also anchor 2 miles W of the point, in 26m, mud, taking care to avoid

the 4.9m patch W of the anchorage. 

11.95 Anchorage can be taken in the entrance of Pasig Bay, protected

by Gnat Reef, but open SW, in depths of 11 to 14.6m.

Balabac Strait

11.96 Balabac Strait (7°40'N., 117°00'E.) connects the

South China Sea and the Sulu Sea. It is deep and clear of dangers in its W part, but its E part is encumbered with numerous

islets, reefs, and dangers. Several navigable channels lead

through these dangers; from N to S they are North Channel,

Nasubata Channel, Comiran Channel, Lumbucan Channel, Simanahan Channel, Middle Channel, Mangsee Channel, and

Main Channel. 

11.96 Winds—Weather.—Between Palawan and Borneo, the

Northeast Monsoon prevails from November to March and has

the strongest and most consistent winds. Strong winds and

heavy rains occur during November and December. 

11.96 The Southwest Monsoon prevails from May to October and

is characterized by periodic winds and much rain. Variable

winds are experienced during April. 

11.96 The Balabac Strait area is outside the regular typhoon belt;

however, in 1932, a severe typhoon caused extensive damage. 

11.96 Tides—Currents.—From December to March, the currents

produced by the Northeast Monsoon are constant and set W

through Balabac Strait and E from September to November.

The currents are variable and often indefinite and depend to a

great extent on the wind blowing at the time. 

11.96 During the months of October and November, after a period

of W winds, the current was observed to be setting constantly

E, slackening only during the period of the W tidal current.

During the month of July, after a period of light E and SE

winds, the current was observed to be setting W with a mean

velocity of 1.75 knots.

11.96 In North Channel and Nasubata Channel, the currents are

strong. This is especially true during the strength of the monsoon when the current and tidal current are combined and

sweep through the channels in the general direction of North

Balabac Strait.

11.96 Caution.—Numerous logs, driftwood, roots of palm trees,

and other debris dangerous to shipping are found in Balabac

Strait and its approaches.

11.96 A depth of 24m was reported to lie in the W approach to Balabac Strait in position (approximate) 7°32.5'N, 116°32'E.

11.96 A reporting system applies to all vessels, including pleasure

craft and seaplanes on the water, transiting the area. Vessels

should establish contact on VHF channel 16 with Balabac

Coast Watch Station, call sign Coast Watch Balabac, when entering or departing Balabac Strait or passing Balabac Island.

11.96 Vessels should report the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Call sign.

3. Course and speed.

4. Port of registry and nationality.

5. Type of vessel.

6. Type of cargo on board.

7. Port of destination and ETA.

8. Last port of call.

9. Number of crew on board.

10. Master’s name.

11.97 North Channel (8°04'N., 117°14'E.), lying SE of the

North Balabac Strait, has a least width of about 4.2 miles between Nasubata Reef and the shoals and reefs extending SE

from Canabungan Island. Depths in the channel exceed 46m,

however a 9.1m depth, whose position is doubtful, lies 3.5

miles N of the Nasubata Islands. During the height of the monsoon season the currents attain a considerable velocity.

11.97 The Nasubata Islands (8°01'N., 117°10'E.), the farthest N

and highest is a cleft rock of sandstone formation 27m high to

the top of the trees, lie 5.25 miles E of Sarmiento Point. The islands are located at the N end of Nasubata Reef.

11.97 Roughton Island lies about 2.75 miles E of the Nasubata Islands. The island lies in the NW part of Roughton Reef, which

is partly awash at LW. The NE side of the reef is fronted by a

bank which extends about 0.6 mile offshore, all other areas are

steep-to. The channel between Nasubata and Roughton Reef is

deep and clear of charted dangers.

11.97 Nasubata Channel (7°57'N., 117°14'E.) is formed between

Nasubata Reef and Roughton Reef on the N side, and Comiran

Island and associated dangers on the S. This channel, which

has depths over 48m, is the recommended channel for vessels
Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 293

Pub. 162

in transit between the South China Sea and the Sulu Sea.

11.97 Nasubata Channel is 4.5 miles wide between Roughton Reef

and Comiran Island. 

11.97 Caution must be exercised because at times the tidal stream,

when combined with the current, sweeps through the channel

in the direction of North Balabac Strait at a considerable rate.

11.97 Comiran Island (Comiaran Island) (7°55'N., 117°13'E.),

marked by a light, lies on the NW side of Comiran Danger

Bank, 6.25 miles SSE of Roughton Island. This low, flat island

is encircled by coral reef which bares at LW.

11.97 Caution.—A shoal, with a depth of 2.4m, lies on Comiran

Danger Bank, 0.8 mile SSW of Comiran Island. A shoal, with a

depth of 4.9m, lies 1 mile E of the island.In 1990, it was reported that a least depth of 85m was recorded in a position 2.8

miles N of Comiran Island.

11.98 Comiran Channel (Comiaran Channel) (7°53'N.,

117°14'E.) is about 3 miles wide between Comiran Danger

Bank and the N edge of Lumbucan Danger Bank. The channel

contains numerous scattered shoals of 7.3 to 12.8m. This passage is navigable, but it is not recommended as there are better

channels in the vicinity.

11.98 Lumbucan Island (7°40'N., 117°13'E.) is triangular shaped

and is about 30m high; it lies 5 miles S of Comiran Island. The

island has been reported to be a good radar target at 15 miles.

The island is encircled by reefs and shoal water, with depths of

less than 1.8m, that extend about 1.5 miles WSW and N of the

island. Several parts of the reef are bare at low water. The dangers in the vicinity of the island are called Lumbucan Danger

Bank. 

11.98 These dangers include Northeast Shoal, with a depth of

2.7m, lying 2.5 miles NE of the E extremity of Lumbucan Island; East Shoal and South Shoal, with depths of 4.6m and

2.3m, lie E and S, respectively, of the island. 

11.98 Lumbucan Channel (7°47'N., 117°15'E.), between Lumbucan Danger Bank on the N, Ellis Shoal and Simanahan Reef on

the S, is about 4 miles wide with depths of 11 to 55m. Detached patches of 12.3 to 16.5m lie in mid-channel between Ellis Shoal and Lumbucan Island. 

11.98 Doorly Patches (7°48'N., 117°21'E.), with depths of 11 to

18.3m, are steep-to and lie in the middle of the E entrance to

the channel.

11.98 Ellis Shoal (7°44'N., 117°10'E.) consists of a number of coral heads, with a least depth of 3.2m, lying at the S side of the W

entrance to the channel.

11.98 Simanahan Reef (7°45'N., 117°19'E.), about 5 miles long,

lies within the 20m curve. The center of the reef dries at LW

over a length of 1.5 miles. At HW, discolored water marks the

drying area. Outside this area, depths of less than 5.5m exist on

the reef.

11.98 Simanahan Channel (7°43'N., 117°19'E.), 8 miles SE of

Lumbucan Island, lies between Simanahan Reef and the N part

of Great Danger Bank; it is 1.5 miles wide and deep in the fairway. To avoid Ellis Shoal, a course of 090°-270° should be

steered through this channel. The channel is seldom used.

11.98 Great Danger Bank (7°37'N., 117°19'E.) is composed of

numerous reefs and shoals; many of the reefs dry. No vessel

should approach it closely.

11.99 North Patches (7°42'N., 117°19'E.), with a least

charted depth of 6.4m, lie near the N end of Great Danger

Bank, 9 miles SSE of Lumbucan Island. 

11.99 Northwest Shoals, with depths from 2.7 to 5.5m, lie at the

NW end of the bank, 2.5 miles SW of North Patches. 

11.99 Middle Shoals, 4.25 miles S of North Patches, and Southeast Shoals (7°35'N., 117°25'E.), 6.5 miles SE of Middle

Shoals, comprise several coral patches, with depths of 3 to

8.2m. A shoal, with a depth of 20.1m, the position of which is

approximate, lies 5 miles NE of Southeast Shoals. 

11.99 A sand cay, the only part of Great Danger Bank above water,

lies close W of Southeast Shoals.

11.99 Middle Channel (7°34'N., 117°18'E.) separates the S edge

of Great Danger Bank from Mangsee Danger Bank. The channel is about 1 mile wide, with depths of 29 to 62m. 

11.99 Ray Bank (7°40'N., 117°09'E.), in the NW approach to the

channel, has a least depth of 5.5m.

11.99 Mangsee Danger Bank (7°33'N., 117°17'E.) lies between

Great Danger Bank and Mangsi Great Reef, about 7 miles

SSW. The bank is comprised of the Mangsee Islands, Loxdale

Shoal, Jessie Shoal, and Salingsingan Island.

11.100 Loxdale Shoal (7°34'N., 117°13'E.), the farthest W

of the dangers located on Mangsee Danger Bank, has a least

charted depth of 4m.

11.100 Salingsingan Island, about 2.25 miles E of Loxdale Shoal, is

low, flat, and wooded. Shoals and foul ground encircle the island and a bank, nearly awash in places, extends 1.25 miles W

from the island. 

11.100 In 1991, a shoal (position approximate) was reported to exist

about 2 miles N of the E end of Salingsingan Island, lying on

the N side of the fairway.

11.100 Jessie Shoal (7°32'N., 117°21'E.), on the E side of the bank,

3 miles ESE of Salingsingan Island, has a depth of 1.8m.

11.100 North Mangsee Island (7°31'N., 117°18'E.), 2 miles S of

Salingsingan Island, is 40m high; it is wooded. Reefs and

shoals extend 2.25 miles ESE and 3.25 miles WNW from the

island.

11.100 South Mangsee Island (7°30'N., 117°18'E.) is low, flat and

wooded; it is fringed by a reef. The island lies in the SE part of the

bank; it was reported to be a good radar target at 17 miles distant.

Mangsee Channel (7°30'N., 117°17'E.), separating Mangsi

Great Reef and Mangsee Danger Bank, is about 1 mile wide at its

narrowest part. The depths in the channel fairway are at least

18.5m. Steep-to reefs lie on both sides of the channel which is

considered secondary; it is rarely used by ships. 

11.100 A danger area encompasses Mangsee Channel and the Mangsee

Islands. The area has not been thoroughly swept clear of mines.

11.100 Directions.—Nasubata Channel is the recommended route

for vessels passing through Balabac Strait enroute to the Sulu

Sea and Philippine Island ports. From a position with Balabac

Peak bearing 061°, distant 25 miles, a course of 090° for about

21 miles leads to a position with Cape Melville Light bearing

344°, distant 6 miles. 

11.100 Then a course of 035° for about 15.5 miles leads to a position with Espina Point Light, bearing 300°, distant about 7

miles. From this position a course of 074° will lead through the

fairway of Nasubata Channel and into the Sulu Sea.

11.100 There are many affirmed and doubtful depths in the area E of

Balabac Strait. In fact, the area W of the strait has not been

closely examined, so there could be uncharted dangers existing
294 Sector 11. Palawan, Palawan Passage, and Balabac Strait 

Pub. 162

both E and W of the strait. No attempt will be made to list all

the reported positions of doubtful depths as they are all shown

on the chart.

11.101 Borneo Bank (7°40'N., 117°37'E.) is a patch of

discolored water with the bottom visible and with a depth of

12.8m or less. Three shoals, with depths of 18.3, 12.8, and

18.3m, were reported to lie 24, 25, and 26 miles SE, respectively, of Borneo Bank.

11.101 Kestrel Rock (7°28'N., 117°23'E.) is a rocky shoal with a

depth of 6.4m. An 8.2m patch lies 0.75 mile SSE.

11.101 Borneo Shoal (7°22'N., 117°32'E.), with a depth of 3.7m,

lies about 16 miles, bearing 123° from South Mangsee Island. 

11.101 A 5.9m patch and a 7.3m shoal lie 4.5 and 3.25 miles SE and

S, respectively, of Borneo Shoal.

11.101 Fearless Shoal (7°23'N., 117°37'E.), with a depth of 7.3m,

lies about 20.5 miles, bearing 112° from South Mangsee Island. A 4.6m shoal was reported to exist about 9 miles SE of

Fearless Shoal.
295

Pub. 162

12. 

The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago

12.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

12.0SECTOR 12 — CHART INFORMATION
297

Pub. 162

SECTOR 12 

THE SULU SEA AND THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO

12.0 Plan.—This sector describes the islands and dangers in the

Sulu Sea with the descriptive sequence from W to E, and then

contunues with a description of the island groups, dangers, and

passages of the Sulu Archipelago. The sequence of description

is from N to S. 

General Remarks

12.1 Winds—Weather.—In the Sulu Sea, E winds and

fine weather prevail in October, and the Northeast Monsoon is

not established before November. The latter gradually increases in strength and lasts until about the end of April. 

12.1 In January and February, the Northeast Monsoon is fully developed, but does not have the force of the winds in the South

China Sea. Its force normally does not exceed that of a fresh

breeze and is strongest in the areas W of Panay Gulf and the

Mindanao Sea. 

12.1 During the period of the Northeast Monsoon, the winds are

not steady and are often variable. Near Mindanao, the N winds

never become fresh, and light variable winds frequently displace them for several days. This often occurs near the end of

January.

12.1 May is the month of transition and during its later part the

Southwest Monsoon commences. It is fully established by the

end of June and lasts until October. Variable winds prevail during May and June and are accompanied by fine and clear

weather. 

12.1 In July and August, the Southwest Monsoon is accompanied

by heavy rain squalls and stormy weather. 

12.1 In September, heavy mists are found off the coast of Mindanao. Considerable rain falls in the vicinity of Palawan, the Calamain Group, and Panay during the Southwest Mon-soon.

12.1 Typhoons pass occasionally over the N part of the Sulu Sea,

but they usually cover only a small area. During July and August squalls and SW winds of the outer zones of the typhoons

affect this area. Periods of fine and clear weather occur frequently. 

12.1 After such periods, the winds sometimes shift to N and NW,

accompanied by a gradual drop of the barometer and followed

by squally and stormy weather. It should be noted that NW

winds are frequent in Mindoro Strait and that they are not usually followed by periods of squally weather.

12.1 Tides—Currents.—Little is known of the currents in the

Sulu Sea because of the small number of observations. 

12.1 The currents are reported to depend to a great extent on the

strength and force of the wind and are variable, especially during the Southwest Monsoon. The rate seldom exceeds 1 knot. 

12.1 During the months of December to February, SW currents,

produced by the Northeast Monsoon, are rather constant. 

12.1 At this time water flows directly from the North Equatorial

Current into the Sulu Sea, through San Bernardino Strait and

Surigao Strait, and from the Sulu Sea into the Celebes Sea. It

also passes from the Sulu Sea to the South China Sea via Balabac Strait.

12.1 Two tidal currents enter the Sulu Sea and passages between

the Philippine Islands from opposite directions, one from the

South China Sea through the W openings, and the other from

the Pacific through the E openings. 

12.1 These tidal currents meet in the many channels between the

S islands. The tidal current from the South China Sea passes

from N to S along the W coast of Luzon and Palawan and

through Verde Island Passage, Mindoro Strait, Linipican Strait,

and Balabac Strait.

12.1 Between the Calamian Group and the N end of Palawan, the

tidal currents set in a SE and opposite direction.

12.1 The E tidal current from the South China Sea SE passes

through Balabac Strait and turns NNE well off the E coast of

Palawan and spreads itself like a fan over the Sulu Sea in a NE

and E direction. It forms the E current between the Cuyo Islands and Panay, and also that which sets S of the Cagayan Islands, where it is reported to meet the tidal current from

Surigao Strait approximately on the meridian of Cagayan Island.

12.1 The Sulu Sea (9°00'N., 120°00'E.) lies between Palawan on

the NW; Mindoro, Panay, and Negros on the NE; Borneo on

the SW; and the Sulu Archipelago and Mindanao on the SE.

The Sulu Sea is deep throughout, especially its E part. 

12.1 The three groups of islands in the sea include the Cuyo Islands; the Cagayan Islands, lying in the central part of the sea;

and the Cagayan Sulu Islands, lying in the SW part. 

12.1 Navigable straits and passages connect the Sulu Sea with the

the South China Sea, the Celebes Sea, and the Pacific Ocean.

The Sulu Sea—Southwest Part

12.2 Bancoran Island (7°58'N., 118°40'E.), lying about

96 miles E of Balabac Peak, is a densely-wooded islet, 30m

high to the tops of the trees. Reefs extend from the E and W

sides of the island. 

12.2 A shoal, with a depth of 12.8m, lies 1.5 miles NNW of the

island. The reef between the island and this shoal was recently

reported to extend farther N. The island was reported to give a

good radar return at 17 miles distant.

12.2 The San Miguel Islands (7°45'N., 118°30'E.), consisting of

four islets and several off-lying dangers, lie 16.5 miles SW of

Bancoran Island. There is no safe anchorage around these islands.

12.2 Bancauan Islet (7°46'N., 117°32'E.), the largest of the San

Miguel Group, is 24m high. It is eroded and nearly divided by

the sea about 0.2 mile from its NE point. 

12.2 A small coral islet lying 0.75 mile N is connected to the island by a reef with sand cays and large boulders.

12.2 Manuc Manucan Islet, 0.9m high, is reported as barren and

covered with white sand; it lies 5.25 miles WSW of Bancauan

Islet. Manuc Manucan is connected by a reef to a small islet lying 0.5 mile S. 

12.2 A reef, above and below-water, extends 1.5 miles NNW

from the small islet. Shoal ground connects Manuc Manucan
298 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

Islet with a 4m coral patch 2.25 miles NW. A 4.3m patch lies

1.5 miles NNE of the islet.

12.2 Moyune Shoal (8°03'N., 118°07'E.), 29.5 miles NW of Bancauan Islet, has a least charted depth of 5.8m. Shoals, position

approximate and doubtful, lie 5 miles SW; 10 miles N; 1 mile

NNE; 8 miles E, and 6.5 miles E of Moyune Shoal. Whirlpools

form in an area 10 miles SE of the shoal.

12.2 Maeander Reef (8°06'N., 119°18'E.), lying 60 miles E of

Moyune Shoal, is a sand cay about 2.4m high, encircled by a

steep-to reef. A radar conspicuous wreck has been reported on

the NW side of the reef.

12.2 Valparaiso Shoal (7°51'N., 118°27'E.) is located 7.5 miles

NW of Bancauan Islet; it is reported to be 2 miles in extent,

with a charted depth of 5.5m. The coral bottom near the shoal

is clearly visible at a depth of 11m. A coral reef extending approximately 4 miles E to W was reported to lie 2 miles S of

Valparaiso Shoal.

12.3 Java Reef (7°50'N., 118°34'E.), 7 miles ESE of Valparaiso Shoal, is a small dangerous reef with a depth of 4.5m.

Discolored water and tide rips mark the extent of the reef and

shoal ground. It is reported to dry.

12.3 West Bank (7°43'N., 118°23'E.), with least depth of 10.9m

near its center, lies 4.5 miles W of Manuc Manucan Islet. The

bank extends 3 miles NNW and the same distance SSE from

the 10.9m depth.

12.3 Southwest Bank (7°40'N., 118°20'E.), lying about 6 miles

SW of Manuc Manucan, extends ESE to WNW for about 8

miles. A least depth of 16.5m exists at the SE end of the bank.

The coral and sand bottom of the bank is visible at depths of 24

to 31m. Anchorage, good holding ground, can be taken on the

bank.

12.3 A shoal with a charted depth of 7.3m was reported (2000) to

lie 2 miles S of Southwest Bank.

12.3 Don Juan de Austria Shoals (7°38'N., 118°11'E.) is comprised of several shoal patches with charted depths of 3.6m. A

dangerous submerged rock was reported (2006) to lie among

the shoals. 

12.3 A shoal covered with large boulders, some of which were

nearly awash, was reported to lie about 11.5 miles SSW of Manuc Manucan Island. A sounding of 7.3m was obtained on this

shoal, and a sounding of 12.8m was found near its edge which

appeared to be steep-to. A 12.8m patch lies about 18 miles SW

of the same island.

12.3 A vessel reported (1996) grounding on a soft coral reef, in

the vicinity of position 7°40.6”N, 118°11.6'E. 

12.3 Vessels are advised to give Don Juan de Austria Shoals a

wide berth. 

12.4 Memnon Shoal (7°27'N., 118°25'E.), lying about

16.5 miles S of Manuc Manucan Island, has a reported depth of

10.9m coral and sand, but could be shallower.

12.4 Tides—Currents.—Currents over Memnon Shoal have

been reported to set SSW and NNW at a maximum rate of 1.25

knots. Heavy tide rips are reported to mark the NE edge of the

shoal. Breaking tide rips, extending 7 miles NE to SW, were

encountered about 25 miles SSE of Manuc Manucan Islet. 

12.4 Small banks of 18.3 and 20.1m were reported to lie 22 and

20 miles SSW and S, respectively, of Manuc anucan Islet.

12.4 From Memnon Shoal to Cagayan Sulu Island, a line of reported shoals exists, best seen on the chart.

12.4 The Cagayan Sulu Islands, a group of islands, islets, reefs,

and shoals, lie in the SW part of the Sulu Sea, between 32 and

51 miles S of Manuc Manucan Island. The islands are inhabited except for Bintut, Mandah, and the smaller islets. Tidal currents are negligible.

12.4 Cagayan Sulu Island (7°00'N., 118°29'E.), the largest island of the group, is mountainous and lies with its NW extremity, Tavotavo Point (7°01'N., 118°24'E.), 26 miles S of

Memnon Shoal; Banga Point (7°03'N., 118°31'E.) is the NE

extremity. Mount Ledan, the summit of the island, standing in

the NE part, slopes gradually to the sea. 

12.4 The mountain is reported to be a good radar target at 26

miles distant. The S coast of the island contains fresh water

crater lakes. A prominent hill rises 1 mile S of Mount Ledan.

There is a radio station and airstrip on the island.

12.5 Except for its NW and SE extremities, Cagayan Sulu

Island is fringed by a partly drying coral reef extending 0.75

mile offshore in places.

12.5 Tandotao Point (6°58'N., 118°32'E.), the SE extremity of

the island, is a finger-like extension of the coast which has a

100m high hill near its extremity. A white concrete tower, from

which a light is shown, stands on high ground close W of the

point.

12.5 Gunboat Harbor, 1.5 miles W of Point Tandotao, is small and

shallow.

Cagayan de Sulu, located on the N side of Gunboat Harbor,

is a sub-port of entry administered by the Bureau of Customs

for enforcing customs laws. 

12.5 The port facility consists of a rock causeway about 238m in

length, with a steel pile wharf, 30m in length at its seaward

end. There were reported depths of 3.7m at its head, and lesser

depths on both sides. A radio tower stands about 0.5 mile NW

of the wharf. 

12.5 Anchorage can be taken, sheltered during the Northeast

Monsoon, in a depth of 18.5m, about 0.5 mile offshore of Lake

Singuan, the farthest W lake of the fresh water crater lakes

along the S shore. 

12.5 The best anchorage during the Northeast Monsoon is at

Southwest Anchorage, off the W side of the island, in depths of

16 to 20m, with Tavotavo Point bearing 350°, distant 1.25

miles. During the monsoon, a heavy swell sets around the point

and the sea breaks along the reef.

12.6 Jurata Bay (6°59'N., 118°28'E.), its entrance nearly

blocked by a reef, lies 3.5 miles W of Tandotao Point. A rock,

below water, lies 1 mile SW of the entrance to the bay. Jurata

village is located on the E side of the bay.

12.6 Lapunlapun Island, an islet, lies on the N edge of a detached

reef, about 3.25 miles ENE of Tavotavo Point. 

12.6 Silimusian Island, a smaller islet, lies 0.3 mile NW of

Lapunlapun. 

12.6 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 33m, with Lapunlapun

Island bearing 058° and Kamutyajan Point, located 0.75 mile

SW of the island, bearing 193°. 

12.6 Bulingis Point, located 0.6 mile S of Lapunlapun Island,

aligned with a prominent hill 244m high, which stands 1 mile

SE of Mount Ledan, leads to the anchorage.

12.6 Keenapusan Island (7°11'N., 118°25'E.), the farthest N of
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 299

Pub. 162

the Cagayan Sulu Islands, lies 8.25 miles NNW of Cagayan

Sulu; it is fringed by a reef which extends 0.3 mile off its S

side. The 40m curve lies 0.5 mile off the N and E sides, but up

to 2 miles off the other sides of the island. 

12.6 Anchorage can be taken off the SW side of the island with its

summit bearing 041° and the summit of Pamelikan Island bearing 153°, in a depth of 12.8 to 18.3m, sand and coral.

12.6 There are a number of islands lying on a line SSE from

Keenapusan Island to Cagayan Sulu. From N to S they are

Pamelikan Island, Bintut Island, Bohan Island, and Mandah Island. Mandah is reported to be the highest of these islands. The

position of the islands may best be seen on the chart.

12.7 Northwest Bank (7°13'N., 118°22'E.), with a least

depth of 7.3m, lies with its SE extremity 3.25 miles NW of

Keenapusan Island. The bank is steep-to and vessels should not

anchor on it.

12.7 A small unexamined bank, with a depth of 25m, was reported 7 miles N of Keenapusan Island. A depth of 5.8m was reported 3.5 miles farther NW.

12.7 Northeast Bank (7°12'N., 118°28'E.), with a depth of 7.3m,

lies 3 miles NE of Keenapusan Island. Fair anchorage can be

taken on the E or SW sides of the bank.

12.7 An area reported to contain many shoals is charted S of

Northeast Bank. Many shoals exist W of the islands N of Cagayan Sulu Island, and may best be seen on the chart.

12.7 Willcox Bank (6°55'N., 118°28'E.) is steep-to with a least

depth of 4.8m; it lies about 5 miles SW of Tandotao Point. The

bottom over the bank is clearly visible.

12.8 The Muligi Islands (6°53'N., 118°24'E.) are two islands, the largest rising to a height of 120m, located 7 miles

SSW of Cagayan Sulu Island. Both islands are inhabited and

have coconut plantations on them. The channel between the

two islands is clear, but transit should not be attempted. 

12.8 A 14.6m patch was reported to lie 16.5 miles NW of the

Muligi Islands; a 14.9m patch was reported to lie 2.5 miles S of

the 14.6m patch. 

12.8 Muligi Patches (6°55'N., 117°58'E.), with a depth of 9.1m,

are located 24.5 miles W of Muligi Islands. Included in these

dangers are two small detached reefs, with depths of 8.5m and

7.6m, lying about 15 miles WSW and 18 miles W, respectively,

of Muligi Island.

12.8 Monmouth Shoals (6°43'N., 118°09'E.), located 7 miles S

of the 8.5m depth above, consists of a group of several detached shoals with depths of 3.9 to 14.6m. Depths of 22m and

18.3m, were reported to lie 4.25 miles and 11 miles E, respectively, of Monmouth Shoals.

12.8 Schuck Reef (6°49'N., 117°52'E.), with a depth of 6.4m, lies

in an uncharted area 15.5 miles NW of Wanderer Shoal.

12.8 Mambahenauhan Islet (6°32'N., 118°31'E.), a brown rock

with trees on its summit, rises to a height of 44m; it lies 21

miles SSE of the Muligi Islands.

12.8 Caution.—Many dangers are charted on, and SW of a line

connecting Manmouth Shoal and Shuck Reef. Less water than

charted may exist over these dangers.

The Sulu Sea—Central Part

12.9 There are three main groups of islands and dangers lying in the central part of the Sulu Sea. The Cagayan Islands, the

N group, lie on the S part of an extensive steep-to group of

reefs that extend about 30 miles SSW from a position in

10°00'N, 121°24'E. The Cagayan Islands are wooded and partly cultivated. 

12.9 The islands are reported to consist of smooth level-topped

hills. Depths about 183m from the edge of the reefs are over

183m. Tidal currents are weak around the island.

12.9 The reefs extending N from the islands dry at LW, as may

best be seen on the chart.

12.9 Cavili Island and Arena Island, lying 27 to 35 miles SW of

Cagayan Island, and Tubbataha Reefs, lying 47 to 64 miles SW

of Arena Island, form the remaining groups.

Cagayan Island (9°36'N., 121°14'E.), the largest of the

group, lies about 60 miles W of Negros Island. Cagayan is

about 5.5 miles long, and has a smooth ridge, with a maximum

height of 62m, extending nearly its entire length. A reef, which

dries at LW, extends 0.9 mile SSW from the S extremity of the

island. 

12.9 A reef which dries, lies about 1.25 miles ESE from the S extremity of Cagayan. An extensive foul ground which may be

seen on the chart lies between the island and the reef.

12.9 Cagayancillo (9°35'N., 121°13'E.) stands on the SE side of

Cagayan Island, near its S extremity. The ruins of a fort stand

on a bluff on the E side of town; there is a school and church

nearby. A pier, suitable for boats at HW, extends into a cove on

the NE side of the town.

12.9 Calusa Island (9°37'N., 121°01'E.), flat, sandy, and covered

with coconut trees, lies 10 miles WNW of the S extremity of

Cagayan Island. 

12.9 The island is reef-fringed for about 0.2 mile. Several nipa

houses stand on the S side of the island, but Calusa is not permanently inhabited. 

12.9 The island was reported visible at 15 miles and reported to

be a good radar target at 26 miles distant. The channel between

Calusa Island and Cagayan Island is wide, deep, and clear of

dangers.

12.10 Calalong Island (9°35'N., 121°14'E.) consists of a

group of low hills with a steep rocky bluff on the S side, separated from the SE side of Cagayan Island by a narrow drying

channel. 

12.10 Anchorage can be taken by small vessels, with local knowledge, about 0.1 mile S of Calalong Island, in a depth of 9.1m.

The anchorage is approached from the E through a constricted,

unmarked channel.

12.10 Dondonay Island (9°36'N., 121°15'E.), about 3 miles long

and narrow, lies with its SW end 0.5 mile E of the E extremity

of Calalong Island. A foul channel separates the two islands.

Dondonay has a bluff and rocky coast fringed on the SE by

reefs.

12.10 Volata Island (9°39'N., 121°15'E.) and Tanusa Island are

separated from the N end of Cagayan Island, and from each

other, by constricted, foul channels, impassable even by small

boats. Volata is low and flat; Tanusa is similar to Cagayan in

appearance. A steep-to reef extends 0.25 mile off the W side of

Tanusa.

12.10 Dauisan Reef extends 8.25 miles N from Tanusa Island.

Some above-water rocks on its N and W sides mark the outer
300 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

edge of the reef by day. A stranded wreck lies on Dauisan Reef,

7.5 miles N of Tanusa Island.

12.10 Boombong Island (9°45'N., 121°20'E.), the farthest NE of

the Cagayan Islands, lies 7 miles NE of Tanusa Island. 

12.10 The island, which is about 152m high to the top of the trees,

is surrounded by a coral reef which extends 0.4 mile NE and

0.2 mile SE.

12.10 Manucan Island (9°39'N., 121°21'E.), small and reeffringed, lies on a detached coral reef about 3.5 miles ENE of

Dondonay Island. The island is flat and sandy, and is marked

by a light. Shoal water extends 0.75 mile E of the reef.

12.10 Langisan Island is a bare rock lying on a drying reef, 2 miles

W of Manucan Island. Anuling Island, similar to Langisan, is

located on the same drying reef, 0.9 mile SSW of that island.

12.10 Igcauayan Reef, partly drying, is about 6 miles long; its S

end lies about 0.6 mile NNW of Langisan Island. 

12.10 The area between Igcauayan Reef and Dauisan Reef is foul.

12.10 Cabantayan Reef, which dries, extends 1.75 miles NW from

a position 2.5 miles WNW of Boombong Island. 

12.10 Foul ground extends NW from this reef to the NE extremity

of Dauisan Reef, about 1.5 miles distant. Tide rips occur in the

bight formed between Igcauayan Reef on the S and Cabantayan Reef on the N.

12.11 Catimogan Shoals (9°48'N., 121°20'E.), consisting

of several patches with depths of 4 to 14.6m, lie with their S

end 2.75 miles NE of Boombong Island and extend 7 miles N.

There are considerable depths between the patches. A small

reef, with a depth of 10.1m, lies about 9 miles NNE of Boombong Island. There is also an isolated reef, with a depth of

12.8m, located about 4.5 miles farther NNE.

12.11 Sultana Shoals (9°57'N., 121°23'E.) consist of a number of

reefs and shoals, with depths of 1.5 to 18.3m, extending 5.6

miles N from a position about 10 miles N of Boombong Island.

Several 2.7m patches exist near the N end of the shoals. There

is deep water between the various Sultana Shoals.

12.11 Both Catimoga Shoals and Sultana Shoasl are steep-to on

their W sides, with depths of 183m within 0.5 mile. 

12.11 Queen of the Sea Bank (10°24'N., 120°29'E.), lying 63

miles NW of the Cagayan Islands, has a charted depth of 6.4m.

The S and W sides of the shoal are steep-to, but on the N and E

sides the bottom slopes gradually so that soundings give ample

warning of an approach to the bank. 

12.11 The bank seldom breaks in heavy weather. Breakers were reported about 2.5 miles W of the bank.

12.11 Piedra Blanca (10°26'N., 121°01'E.), a small prominent

white rock, 3m high, lies about 30 miles E of Queen of the Sea

Bank. The rock lies on the S edge of a shoal, with depths of 7.3

to 14.6m, which extends 0.5 mile E and 1.25 miles NW from

the rock. The shoal is steep-to with depths over 91m existing a

short distance from the edge of the shoal.

12.11 Sombrero Rocks (10°43'N., 121°33'E.), lying about 36

miles ENE of Piedra Blanca, appear as two black rocks of

about the same height. When approaching from the N or S, the

rocks appear to be in two parts, of which the W, 6.7m, is the

higher. 

12.11 The rocks are reported to be radar conspicuous at a range of

15 miles.

12.12 Cavili Island (9°17'N., 120°50'E.) and Arena Island

are two coral islets lying on fringing reefs 28 and 32 miles, respectively, from the Cagayan Islands. Cavili is 30m to the top

of the trees and Arena Island is about 18m to the top of the

trees. 

12.12 It was reported that a prominent white tower was situated on

Arena Island. Several detached sand cays lie on the reef S and

W of Arena Island. A deep channel lies between the islets, but

the reefs are steep-to and vessels should navigate with caution

in their vicinity. 

12.12 Cavili Island is reported to be a good radar target at 15 miles

distant.

12.12 Tubbataha Reef (8°50'N., 119°53'E.) are two extensive and

dangerous reefs separated by a channel 4 miles wide, lying

about 48 miles SW of Arena Island.

12.13 North Islet (8°56'N., 120°02'E.), a rock 1.2m high,

covered with grass and guano, lies near the N end of the NE

reef. This reef, which is steep-to, encloses a lagoon in which

there are depths of 5.5 to 33m; there is no entrance to the lagoon. A stranded wreck lies on the E side of the reef, 2 miles

SSW of North Islet.

12.13 Central Islet, North Islet, and several small black rocks are

the only objects on the NE reef that are above HW. At LW

there are numerous sand cays or ridges, each about 91m long,

visible along the entire length of the reef.

12.13 South Islet (8°44'N., 119°49'E.), about 1.6m high, lies at the

S end of the SW reef. Black Rock, and several other black

rocks and sand keys, all above-water, lie at the N end of this

reef. The islet is marked by a light. A stranded wreck lies on

the NW extremity of the reef. Another stranded wreck is reported to lie 0.5 mile NE of the light. 

12.13 A depth of 262m was reported 13 miles SW of South Islet. It

has been reported that the reefs appeared to have extended and

increased in height. Extensive white-colored patches of sand

and coral, together with numerous palm trees, were sighted on

the N and NE extremities of the NE reef, and three stranded

wrecks were sighted on the W side. The lighthouse was difficult to identify in daylight.

12.13 Jessie Beazley Reef (9°02'N., 119°48'E.), a reef of broken

coral about 1.8m high, encircled by a white sand cay near the

middle, lies 14 miles NW of North Islet. The reef dries over a

considerable distance.

The Sulu Archipelago

12.14 The Sulu Archipelago consists of a chain of islands

and dangers that extend about 220 miles SW from Basilan

Strait to Alice Channel off the NE coast of Borneo. 

12.14 There are reported to be more than 300 islands comprising

the archipelago. Numerous passages between the islands connect the Sulu Sea and Celebes Sea.

12.14 The Sulu Archipelago is divided into principal groups, and

several smaller allied groups, for descriptive purposes. At the

NE end of the island chain lie the Basilan Group, Jolon Group,

and the Tapul Group in the center, and theTawitawi Group and

the Sibutu Group at the SW end.

12.14 The most important ports are Isabella and Port Holland, on

Basilan Island; Siasi, on Siasi Island; Jolo and Parang, on Jolo

Island; and Port Bongas, on Tawitawi Island.

12.14 Winds—Weather.—The Northeast Monsoon prevails from
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 301

Pub. 162

November to April. Its direction is mainly between N and NE,

tending more E during the close of the season. When fully established the Northeast Monsoon is very steady, but it is not as

strong as the winds found farther N. 

12.14 Freshening winds are generally of shorter duration and become less frequent as the Northeast Monsoon draws to a close. 

12.14 Interruptions to the monsoon are more common in the vicinity of the Sulu Archipelago than elsewhere in the Philippine Islands. These interruptions are generally associated with

shallow low pressure systems or typhoons.

12.14 The Southwest Monsoon is established by June, following a

transition period of variable winds (mainly between NE and S),

and continues until October. The winds are steadiest in July

and August. They do not blow as steady as the winds of the

Northeast Monsoon. 

12.14 The transition period before the onset of the Northeast Monsoon is more gradual than that before the onset of the Southwest Monsoon.

12.14 Squalls are somewhat prevalent during the Southwest Monsoon, especially near the land. During these squalls the wind is

gusty and sometimes reaches gale force. These squalls are often associated with thunderstorms.

12.14 Occasionally strong and squally SW or W winds blow for

several days in a row in summer and early autumn, and at times

even later in the year. These winds, known locally as collas, are

generally associated with typhoons centered farther N. They

are usually accompanied by rain. 

12.14 During this period, shallow atmospheric depressions sometimes give rise to squally SW winds. Land and sea breezes are

prevalent, especially when the prevailing monsoon is weak.

12.14 Typhoons form at times, especially in autumn and early winter, and bring rain. Their occurrence is rare as only 1 per cent

of all typhoons occur S of the parallel of 8°00'N.

12.14 There are no pronounced wet and dry seasons in the Sulu Archipelago, the rainfall being fairly evenly distributed over the year.

Normally the average number of days with rain per month is not

less than 10 in spring and exceeds 15 from June to December. 

12.14 Some rain always falls in each month from July to October,

and February and April are known to have been rainless

months. Torrential rains of short duration sometimes occur in

spring and summer during thunderstorms.

12.14 Cloudiness is high in all months, but it appears to be at a

minimum in April. The amount of clouds tends to increase

with the warm and moist S winds. 

12.14 Overcast skies, with low bases and poor visibility, occur

when SW winds blow uninterruptedly for several days.

12.14 Visibility is generally good, except during heavy rain

squalls. The occurrence of fog is rare. Continuous rain and low

clouds may be responsible for only moderate visibility.

12.14 Temperatures are reported to be moderately high throughout

the year. The difference in the mean temperature during the

summer and winter does not exceed 17°C. The yearly average

temperature is 26°C and the average maximum temperature is

30°C. The temperature seldom exceeds 35°C and seldom falls

below 18°C.

12.14 Tides—Currents.—The tides are chiefly diurnal in the Sulu

Archipelago. The diurnal range varies from 0.6 to 1.8m and the

mean range varies from 0.6 to 1.7m.

12.14 The direction and velocities of the tidal currents in the various

channels and passages are described with the particular area. 

12.14 In general, strong tidal currents are experienced in the Sulu

Archipelago because of the movement of the water over the

shelf between the Sulu Sea and the Celebes Sea.

12.14 The currents in the Sulu Sea and Celebes Sea are not reckoned with in navigating in the close proximity of the Sulu Archipelago.

The Sulu Archipelago—North Part

12.15 The islands, reefs, and dangers which form the N part

of the Sulu Archipelago may be roughly divided into two

groups, namely the Pilas Group and the Pangutaran Group.

They extend about 143 miles WSW from a position about 5

miles ENE of Teinga Island. 

12.15 A deep channel, about 15.5 miles wide, separates the NE end

of the Pilas Group from the SW end of Mindanao. 

12.15 Pearl Bank, at the SW end of the Pangutaran Group, is separated from Talantam Shoal to the SW, by a deep channel which

has a least width of 9 miles.

12.15 The Pilas Group, which lie W and NW of Basilan Island, extend 30 miles S and 26.5 miles WSW from Teinga Island

(6°54'N., 121°35'E.). 

12.15 The Pangutaran Group, and adjacent banks and shoals, extend 111 miles WSW from a position about 29 miles WSW of

Teinga Island.

12.15 Extensive banks, as defined by the 20m curve, extend from

and are found in the vicinity of the Pilas Group and the Pangutaran Group. 

12.15 Numerous reefs, shoals, and dangers exist on these banks.

12.15 Tides—Currents.—Between Teinge Island and Basilan

Strait, the flood current sets NW and the ebb SE. 

12.15 In the channels between Pilas Island and Basilan Island the

tidal currents are strong and attain a rate of 6 knots at springs.

The flood current sets N and the ebb S. 

12.15 Amongst the islands and banks of the Pilas Group, the tidal

currents flow in various directions. Their general direction,

when unobstructed, is NW during the rising tide and SE during

the falling tide.

12.15 The tidal currents set in various directions near the islands

and shoals of the Pangutaran Group. 

12.15 In the unobstructed areas the currents set NNW during the

rising tide and SSE during the falling tide. The rate seldom exceeds 2 knots. Slack water generally occurs about 1 hour after

HW and LW.

12.15 On the extensive bank which lies NE of Pangutaran Island

the tidal currents are strong and irregular. They set NW during

the rising tide and SE during the falling tide, except where interrupted.

12.15 The flood current sets WNW and the ebb current sets ESE

through the fairway of Pangutaran Passage. The maximum rate

is 4 knots. In the W and E approaches to the channel the flood

current sets W and the ebb E at about the same rate. In the

channel E of Pangutaran Island the flood currents sets N and

the ebb S. 

12.15 In the channels between the islands E of Pangutaran Island

the flood current sets NW and the ebb current sets SE; the rate

is from 2 to 3 knots.

12.15 Among the islands and banks between Pangutaran Passage

and Pearl Bank, the tidal currents take various directions. Their

direction, when unobstructed, is NNW during the rising tide
302 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

and SSE during the falling tide.

12.15 The tidal currents over the extensive bank lying between

Pangutaran Passage and Cap Island are reported to be strong.

They set NW during the rising tide and SE during the falling

tide, except when modified by the numerous reefs and shoals in

the area. 

12.15 In the vicinity of Sail Rock (5°57'N., 120°13'E.), the flood

current sets N and the ebb current S at a rate of 3 to 4 knots and

are generally semidiurnal in character.

12.15 The tidal currents are strong between Cap Island and

Laparan Island (5°54'N., 120°00'E.). The flood current sets N

and the ebb S. 

12.15 In the channel between Doc Can Island (5°53'N.,

119°58'E.) and Pearl Bank, the flood current sets NNW and the

ebb SSE at a rate of about 3 knots. 

12.15 Strong rips and swirls are found in the channel. North of

Pearl Bank the tidal current sometimes attains a rate of 6 knots.

Off the W side of Doc Can Island the tidal currents follow the

general direction of the 40m curve. 

12.15 During the flood current a NW set was observed at a position

about 4 miles SW of the island, a N set was observed W of the

island, and a NE set was observed N of the island. The ebb current follows the reverse of the above directions. S of Doc Can

Island and inside the 200m curve the ebb current was observed

as setting ESE.

12.15 Slack water usually occurs in the above channel from 1 hour

before to 1 hour after local HW or LW, but the time interval

varies occasionally from 2 to 3 hours either way.

12.15 In the channel between Pearl Bank and Talantam Shoal the

flood current sets NW and the ebb SE at a rate of about 1.75

knots.

The Pilas Group

12.16 The Pilas Islands are a group of islands lying W and

NW of Basilan Island.

12.16 Pilas Channel, between Pilas Island on the W and Mataja Island and Balukbaluk Island on the E, is 3.5 miles wide, deep

and clear of dangers. The tidal current at springs sets N and S

at a reported velocity of 6 knots.

12.16 Pilas Island (6°38'N., 121°36'E.), the largest island of the

Pilas Group, is densely wooded. Two high hills lie near the N

end of the island, but S of the hills the land is flat and almost

submerges at HW. 

12.16 Tamila Rock, 1.2m high, lies about 0.5 mile NW of the island. Several dangers lie off the N and NE sides. Detached

patches, with depths 3.7 to 4m, lie 3.25 miles and 5 miles SW

and WSW of the S extremity of Pilas. A narrow bank of shoals

extends 10 miles SSE of Panducan Point, the S extremity of the

island.

12.16 Tagutu Island (6°39'N., 121°38'E.) lies about 0.5 mile E of

Pilas Island; they are separated by a channel that is deep and

free of charted dangers.

12.16 Mataja Island (6°34'N., 121°41'E.), a heavily-wooded island, lies 4.25 miles ENE of Panducan Point. A spit, with a

depth of 2.7m at its outer end, extends 0.6 mile N of the island.

A light is shown on the SE side of Mataja Island. A shoal, with

a charted depth of 7.3m, lies 2.5 miles SSW of the light.

12.16 Balukbaluk Island (6°40'N., 121°42'E.), 3.5 miles NNE of

Mataja Island, rises to a height of 160m in its N extremity; its S

end is low. Tide rips form off the N end, and SE side of the island.

12.17 Manangal Island (6°38'N., 121°35'E.) lies within the

20m curve, 0.5 mile W of Pilas Island; it rises to a height of

115m in its SW part. Two shoal patches, as may best be seen

on the chart, lie in the S part of the channel between Pilas Island and Manangal Island.

12.17 Anchorage, protected from wind and sea, except for a narrow sector from due S, may be taken in the channel between

Pilas Island and Manangal Island, in depths of 9 to 11m, sand

and coral. 

12.17 Anchorage may also be taken 0.5 mile N of Manangal, in a

depth of 20m. Tidal currents are weak at the anchorages.

12.17 Minis Island (6°37'N., 121°31'E.), 3.25 miles WSW of

Manangal Island, is the farthest W of several small islands lying W of Pilas Island; their positions may best be seen on the

chart.

12.17 Puju Reef (6°40'N., 121°34'E.), a small drying reef, lies

3.25 miles W of the W extremity of Pilas Island; foul ground

extends about 1 mile N from the reef. The Bantolinos Islets lie

2.5 miles W of Puju Reef.

12.17 Mindoro Shoal (6°35'N., 121°27'E.), with a least charted

depth of 5.5m, lies 4.25 miles SW of Minis Island. 

12.17 There are detached shoal patches charted NE, W, and SW of

Mindoro Shoal.

12.17 The Sangboy Islands (6°50'N., 121°33'E.) are two small islands separated by a deep, constricted channel, located 8.25

miles NNW of Pilas Island. Each island is low in its S part but

the W island rises to a height of 245m and the E island rises to

a height of 168m. 

12.17 The shores are sandy except in their N parts which are rocky;

the islands give a good radar return at 22 miles distant. Swirl

Reef, 0.5 mile W of the W island, has a charted depth of 4m.

Tide rips form off the N sides of the islands.

12.18 Teinga Island (6°54'N., 121°35'E.), a low densely

wooded island, lies 3 miles NNE of the Sangboy Islands. A

10.4m patch lies 2.5 miles NE of Teinga Island.

12.18 Dassalan Island (6°45'N., 121°28'E.), 5.75 miles SW of the

Sangboy Islands, has several sandy beaches. There is a lagoon

on the W side which small boats may enter at HW. 

12.18 Kaludlud Island, 1 mile WNW of Dassalan Island, is low,

flat, and densely wooded. 

12.18 A bank, with depths less than 5.5m, extends 2.75 miles W

from Kaludlud Island. Griffin Rocks, with a depth of 3m, lie

near the outer end of the bank. 

12.18 Brutus Reef (6°45'N., 121°20'E.), with a least charted depth

of 2.1m, lies 3.75 miles WSW of Griffin Rocks.

12.18 Salkulakit Island (6°41'N., 121°23'E.), 18m high, lies 5.5

miles SW of Dassalan Island. The Lakit Islets comprise three

small rocky islets which lie 1 mile NW of Salkulakit Island. 

12.18 There are several isolated shoal patches, with depths of 4.9

to 8.5m, lying between the above islands and Griffin Rocks, 5

miles N; these shoal areas may best be seen on the chart.

12.18 Halcon Rock (6°25'N., 121°23'E.), which dries 1.5m, lies 17

miles SW of Pilas Island; the rock is steep-to. Tide rips form in

the vicinity of Halcon Rock.

12.18 Pabunuan Shoal, with a least charted depth of 3.7m, lies 5

miles SW of Halcon Rock. The water in the vicinity of the
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 303

Pub. 162

shoal is clear and the bottom can usually be seen up to 18.3m.

Tide rips and strong and irregular currents are found in the area

of the shoal.

The Pangutaran Group

12.19 The many islands of the Pangutaran Group, reefs,

rocks, and shoals, extend WSW for a distance of about 100

miles, from a position about 35 miles W of Pilas Island. 

12.19 The islands of this group are low, 2 to 6m high, and densely

wooded with mangroves and other trees. The characteristic

clumps of trees on these islands form excellent landmarks.

12.19 Between the islands of the Pangutaran Group generally set in

a NNW and SSE directions following the various channels.

12.19 There are no typhoon anchorages over the various banks adjacent to the group, but anchorages, dependent on the direction

of the wind and sea, are given.

12.19 Caution is advised as tide rips, and strong tidal currents exist

throughout this area, as may best be seen on the chart.

12.19 Pangutaran Island (6°19'N., 120°32'E.), the largest of the

group, is 6m high, and densely wooded. The N and E sides of

the island are fringed by coral, with sandy beaches backed by

low coral cliffs; there is a long stretch of mangrove on the E

side.

12.19 Panducan Island (6°17'N., 120°39'E.), 2.5 miles E of Pangutaran Island, is low and densely wooded. The island lies on

the W edge of a bank that extends about 43 miles NE.

12.19 Kulassein Island (6°25'N., 120°42'E.), 5 miles NNE of Panducan Island, consists of a mangrove swamp with a small area

of densely wooded solid land on the N and W sides. The island

is fringed with coral and is steep-to on the N side.

12.19 A shoal, with a least depth of 6.4m, lies about midway between Panducan Island and Kulassein Island.

12.19 Tide rips occur in the area W of Kulassein and off the N end

of Pangutaran.

12.19 Teomabal Island (6°20'N., 120°51'E.), 10.5 miles ENE of

Panducan Island, lies near the SW end of a bank which has a

least depth of 7.6m. The island consists of a coral and sand

beach fringing a mangrove swamp, which encloses a large lagoon. Boats may enter the lagoon from the NW at HW. 

12.19 Teomabal Bank, with a least depth of 8.5m, lies 6.5 miles NE

of the island. Tide rips, whirlpools, and eddies form in the vicinity of these banks.

12.19 Tubigan Island (6°26'N., 120°47'E.), 3.5 miles E of Kulassein Island, is above water on the W side, but consists of

mangrove swamp and a salt water lagoon on its E side. Foul

ground extends 0.75 mile NNW of the island. A shoal area,

with least depths of 3.4m, lies 1.75 miles NNE of the island.

Tubigan is said to give a good radar return at 14 miles distant.

12.19 Pangutaran Reef (6°33'N., 120°58'E.), a large area of

shoals marked by tide rips and breakers, occupies the SW part

of the bank extending NE from Panducan Island. 

12.19 There is a least depth on the reef of 2.1m, which exists 12.5

miles NE of Tubigan Island. Tidal currents on the bank are

strong and irregular, but generally set N and S.

12.20 Favorite Bank (6°38'N., 121°04'E.), at the NE end of

the aforementioned bank, has a least depth of 7.6m. A 9.1m

patch lies at the N extremity. 

12.20 Heavy tide rips mark the bank, especially during the Northeast Monsoon, or when tide and wind are in opposition. It is

not advisable for vessels to cross the bank.

12.20 Pangutaran Passage (6°12'N., 120°30'E.), nearly 4 miles

wide between the 20m curves, is a deep passage used by vessels enroute between Jolo and Sandakan (5°50'N., 118°07'E.),

on the NE coast of Borneo. 

12.20 Although the islands bordering the passage are low, the characteristic clumps of trees form excellent landmarks. 

12.20 The N side of the passage is formed by the steep-to S sides of

Pangutaran Island and Panducan Island. The S side is formed

by North Ubian Island, Ticul Island, and Usada Island.

12.20 An 8.5m shoal, 1.5 miles NW of Usada Island, is the only

offshore danger in Pangutaran Passage.

12.20 Tidal currents run with the channel and attain a maximum

rate of 4 knots.

12.21 North Ubian Island (6°09'N., 120°26'E.), 5 miles

SSW of Pangutaran Island, is reef-fringed and bordered by

mangroves and shows a light. Soang Buna, a small settlement,

stands on the W side of a shallow lagoon, entered from the E

side of the island by two channels.

12.21 Ticul Island, planted with coconut palms, 34m to the top of

the trees, lies 1 mile E of North Ubian Island, with a clear and

deep channel between them.

12.21 Usada Island, 3 miles E of Ticul Island, is fringed with coral.

The greater part of the island consists of mangrove, with only a

strip on the E side being solid land.

12.21 Tidal currents over the extensive bank extending SW from

North Ubian Island and Usada Island are strong, setting NW

and SE, but both rate and direction are modified by the numerous shoals in the area.

12.21 A bank, as defined by the 20m curve, extends about 18 miles

SW and S of North Ubian Island. There are several small islands and shoals on this bank; it should not be crossed without

local knowledge.

12.21 Apo Lambu Reef (6°00'N., 120°28'E.), 8.5 miles S of North

Ubian Island, is the farthest SE of these dangers. 

12.21 This dangerous reef has a depth of 2.1m. Basbas Island and

Cunilan Island lie 3.5 and 6.5 miles NNE, respectively, of Apo

Lambu Reef.

12.21 Tubalubac Island (5°59'N., 120°24'E.) is located on a bank,

2.75 miles WSW of Apo Lambu Reef. A shallow lagoon is

formed in the island.

12.22 Tablas Shoal (5°55'N., 120°21'E.), which is dangerous and steep-to on its SE side, lies 3.25 miles SW of Tubalubac Island. There is a least depth of 5.8m in the S part of the

shoal. The shoal’s sand bottom can generally be seen.

12.22 The Datubato Islands (5°55'N., 120°17'E.), a group of islets

on an extensive reef, lie 1.25 miles W of Tablas Shoal. A lagoon, with depths up to 3.7m, is formed within the islets.

12.22 Sail Rock (5°57'N., 120°13'E.), which is prominent, is an

excellent landmark; it is 20m high. Above and below-water

rocks lie within 0.1 mile of Sail Rock, and a patch with a depth

of 0.3m, lies 0.25 mile SW of the rock on the edge of the 20m

curve. 

12.22 Tidal currents W of Sail Rock set N and S at a velocity of 3

to 4 knots.

12.22 Cap Island (5°58'N., 120°07'E.) lies 5.5 miles W of Sail
304 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

Rock. It is a low, coral atoll consisting chiefly of mangrove

swamps and shallow lagoons. 

12.22 The coast, except for short stretches of sand and coral beaches at the N and S ends, consists of mangroves covered at HW.

Coral reefs extend about 0.15 mile offshore from the island. 

12.22 Vessels have ample room to pass between Cap Island and

Sail Rock, clear of a 10m shoal in mid-channel. 

12.22 Vessels passing W of Cap Island keep at least 1 mile offshore.

12.22 Deatobato Island (5°33'N., 120°04'E.), low, wooded with

trees from 11 to 15m high, is located 3 miles SW of Cap Island. A large part of the interior of the island is submerged at

HW. The coast is fringed by coral and sand beaches. Coral

reefs extend from 45 to 91m off the W, N, and NE sides of the

island’s HW line. 

12.22 A spit, with depths of 0.3 to 5.5m, extends 2.25 miles NNW

from the island. A 5.8m shoal lies 0.4 mile S of the island. The

S end of Deatobato Island should be given a berth of at least

0.75 mile.

12.22 There is anchorage off the E and NE sides of Deatobato Island and off the E side of Cap Island, but anchorage is not recommended off the W sides of these two islands due to strong

tidal currents and poor protection.

12.23 Laparan Island (5°54'N., 120°00'E.), 3 miles W of

Deatobato Island, is a large coral atoll reef overgrown with

mangroves. A narrow, coral reef about 1m high, continuous except for one break, lies up to 137m off the mangroves on the S

and SE sides. 

12.23 Drying coral reefs extend 0.3 mile off the other sides of the

island, including a detached clump off the NW side. 

12.23 It was reported that the island is a good radar target at 10

miles distant. Anchorage off the E side of the island is not recommended.

12.23 Doc Can Island (5°53'N., 119°56'E.) is the farthest W of the

islands forming the Pangutaran Group. The interior of this low,

wooded island consists of salt ponds and swamps in the E part

and a large lagoon is the W part. 

12.23 The E half of the S side of the island is fringed by a coral

barrier reef. Reefs extend 0.25 mile beyond the HW line on the

N and E sides. 

12.23 Anchorage can be taken off the NW and S sides of the island.

Strong tidal currents and tide rips occur in the channel between

the Doc Can Island and Laparan Island and off the shoal extending NW from Doc Can Island.

12.23 Pearl Bank (5°50'N., 119°42'E.) is an extensive shoal of

atoll formation located 10.5 miles WSW of Doc Can Island.

The greater part of the bank covers at some stage of the tide,

but drying reefs define the outer limits. The N and S sides of

Pearl Bank are fairly steep-to.

12.23 Pearl Bank is a good radar target at 13 miles distant.

12.23 A chain of wooded, low coral islets lie along the E, SE, and

S sides of the bank. A narrow coral barrier reef, 1m high, lies

0.25 mile off the S side. The most conspicuous of the wooded

islets are Zau Island and Lahangan Island on the E side of the

bank, and Taja Island, on the W side. 

12.23 Pearl Bank Light stands on the NE end of Zau Island. The interior of Pearl Bank consists of scattered reefs and shallow lagoons. Shoals, with a least depth of 2.7m, lie 1 to 1.5 miles SW

of Taja Island.

12.23 Anchorage can be taken on the banks NE, SE, and W of

Pearl Bank.

12.23 When approaching Pearl Bank the higher SW islands of the

Pangutaran Group will be sighted 10 to 12 miles distant. Pearl

Bank is identified by the chain of low islands along its SE

edge, as well as by the lighted tower. 

12.23 Pearl Bank should be approached with caution and passed on

the E side, with due regard for the irregular strong tidal currents in the area.

12.23 A group of nine small islands and adjacent dangers lie about

8 miles SSE of Datubato Island (5°55'N., 120°17'E.), and extend SSW for a distance of 14.5 miles. 

12.23 The islands, of coral atoll formation, are about 1.8m high

and extend from Dammai to Bambannan. 

12.23 The S side of the nine islands, with the exception of Bilingan, are fringed with steep coral or sand beaches which afford

good landing for boats. 

12.23 The other sides of the islands are fringed with mangroves

and strewn with rocks or bound by coral barrier reefs. 

12.23 Numerous shoals lying between the islands are visible in

good weather, as discolored water is reported to mark their location.

12.24 Dammai Island (5°48'N., 120°24'E.), the farthest N

of these islands, lies at the E end of an extensive bank bound by

the 20m curve. The interior of the island is lagoons bound by

mangrove swamps. The 20m curve lies 0.15 mile off the SE

side of the island. Singaan Island and Dasaan Island lie on this

same bank 0.5 mile S and 2.75 miles SSW, respectively, from

Dammai Island. A 4m patch lies on the bank, 1.75 miles W of

Singaan.

12.24 Mamanuc Island (5°40'N., 120°21'E.) is located on a small

bank 4 miles SSW of Dasaan Island. Walan Island lies 4.5

miles NW of Mamanuc Island. The 20m curve lies within 0.3

mile of Walan. A shoal, with a depth less than 1.8m, lies 2

miles NW of Walan.

12.24 Bambannan Island (5°38'N., 120°17'E.), the farthest S of

these islands, lies 4.5 miles SW of Mamanuc Island. 

12.24 The island is fringed by a reef except for the mangroves at

the N end. Two small islets lie about 0.4 mile and 1.2 miles N

of Bambannan Island.

12.24 Bilangan Island (5°42'N., 120°13'E.), 4.75 miles NNW of

Bambannan Island, is the westernmost island of the group. A

coral reef, partly above water, lies 1 mile W.

12.24 Tidal currents set in various directions near shoals and islands of this group, but in unobstructed areas the currents set

NNW to SSE with a velocity of about 2 knots.

12.24 Anchorage, in moderate weather, can be taken by vessels

with local knowledge off Bambannan Island and Bilangan Island and off the NE and SW side of Dammai Island, coral and

sand bottom.

Basilan Island and Basilan Strait

12.25 The Basilan Group, the Tapiantana Group, and the Samales Group lie at the NE end of the Sulu Archipelago. The islands lying in Basilan Strait, off the coasts of Basilan Island,

are described with that island as part of the Basilan Group.

12.25 Winds—Weather.—In the vicinity of Basilan Strait

(6°50'N., 122°00'E.) E and NE winds, accompanied by clear
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 305

Pub. 162

weather, occur in January. The same conditions prevail during

February, March, and April, but there are occasional NW

breezes of short duration. 

12.25 In May and June the wind blows from the SE and is more or

less variable. Squalls occur during June, and towards the end of

the month, fresh SW breezes commence. SW winds of some

strength blow during July, August, and September. 

12.25 These winds are accompanied by rain and foul weather.

Gales occurring at this time seldom last more than 3 or 4 days.

N and NE winds occur during November and December and

the Northeast Monsoon becomes more or less steady during the

latter month.

12.25 Throughout the year, when the seasonal wind is not strong,

land and sea breezes are prevalent.

12.25 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents in Basilan Strait follow

the direction of the channel, and near the islands and shoals

they follow the edges of the reefs. Their general direction,

when unobstructed, is W during the rising tide and E during the

falling tide. The rate is 2 to 3 knots at neaps from 5 to 6 knots

at springs. The flood strength occurs about 3 hours after LW at

Cebu, and the ebb strength occurs about 3 hours after HW at

the same port.

12.25 The tidal currents have been observed setting in the reverse

directions during the months of November and December.

They have also been observed as setting in the same direction

for 24 hours even though two high and two low tides occurred

on that day. 

12.25 The turn of the currents takes place later in Basilan Strait

than at Zamboanga. The change begins first on the coast of

Mindanao, then in Basilan Strait, and finally on the coast of

Basilan Island.

12.25 Strong and irregular tidal currents and rips are found in the

vicinity of the shoals and banks off the NW side of Basilan Island. Close W of Malamaui Island the currents set N on the rising tide and S during the falling tide, the rate diminishing as

the distance from the island increases.

12.25 Strong and irregular tidal currents are found off the W coast

of Basilan Island. These currents, which attain a rate of 3

knots, set N during the rising tide and S during the falling tide.

Swirls and rips mark the shoals and the projecting points of the

various islands. Between Mataja Island and Sicagot Island

slack water occurs at about the time of high and LW at Cebu. 

12.25 The strength of flood occurs about 3 hours after LW at Cebu

and the strength at ebb occurs about 2 hours after HW at that

port. Between Basilan Island and Tamuk Island, slack water

occurs about 1 hour before high and LWs at Cebu. The strength

at flood occurs about 2 hours after LW at Cebu, and the

strength at ebb occurs about 2 hours after HW at that port.

12.25 The tidal currents in Bihintinusa Channel and Tapiantana

Channel are strong. They set W during the rising tide and E

during the falling tide. In the channels among the islands of the

group, the tidal currents are strong but very irregular. 

12.25 Eddies are sometimes found along the shores of the islands.

Slack water occurs about 45 minutes before high and LW at

Cebu. The strength at flood occurs about 2 hours 30 minutes

after LW at Cebu and the strength at ebb occurs about 2 hours

after HW at that port.

12.25 The tidal currents in the channels between the islands of the

Samales Group are strong. They set in a general W and NW direction during the rising tide and in opposite directions during

the falling tide. A rate of 3 knots has been observed between

the NW extremity of Tonquil Island and Mamad Island. 

12.25 The currents turn from 30 minutes to 2 hours after high and

LW. The tidal currents are very strong in the narrower channels, especially in those with the main axis lying in a NW to SE

direction. The tidal currents are weak in Ton Sandungan Channel, between Bucuta Island and Bulan Island.

12.25 Overfalls and rips, dangerous to small craft, are found in the

vicinity of shoals and in areas where there are abrupt changes

of depth. This is especially so in the N part of the Samales

Group.

12.25 Strong tidal currents, whirls, and eddies are found in the

channel separating the Samales Group from the Jolo Group.

12.25 Depths—Limitations.—Basilan Strait, which connects the

Sulu Sea with Moro Gulf and separates Basilan Island from

Mindanao, has depths of 18.3m and over in the fairway. Santa

Cruz Bank and the Santa Cruz Islands, on the Mindanao side of

the strait, and Luzon Reef, on the Basilan Island side of the

strait, greatly reduce the navigable width of the strait and divide it into two deep channels.

12.25 The channels between Basilan Island and the various islands

lying N and NE of the E end of that island are deep and clear of

dangers in the fairway. The channels between the various islands are also deep and clear of dangers. 

12.25 The channels between the W side of Basilan Island and the

various islands off that coast are deep and clear of dangers in

the fairway. Deep channels separate the various islands, but numerous dangers lie in their vicinity.

12.25 Tapiantana Channel has depths of 12.2m and over in the fairway. The 200m curve lies close to the S side of the Tapiantana

Group. 

12.25 The channels between the various islands of the group are

fairly deep in the fairway, but some dangers exist in their vicinity.

12.25 Irregular depths of 12.2m and over are found in the channel

separating the Tapiantana Group from the Samales Group.

12.25 The 200 curve lies close off the S side of the Samales Group.

Broken ground and numerous dangers lie N of the group and

between the islands of the group. 

12.25 The channel between Tatalan Island and Bucutua Island,

which is used by vessels plying between Mindanao and Jolo, is

deep and clear of dangers in the fairway. 

12.25 There are other deep channels lying between some of the islands of the group, but they are not recommended because of

the strong tidal currents and rips in their vicinity.

12.25 The channel separating the Samales Group from the Jolo

Group is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway.

12.25 Regulations.—A coastal reporting station, operated by the

Philippine Navy, applies to all vessels, including pleasure craft

and seaplanes on the water transiting the Basilan Strait around

Zamboanga.

12.25 Vessels should report the following information:

1. Vessel name.

2. Call sign.

3. Course and speed.

4. Port of registry and nationality.

5. Type of vessel.

6. Type of cargo on board.

7. Port of destination and ETA.

8. Last port of call.
306 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

9. Number of crew on board.

10. Master’s name.

12.25 Caution.—A wreck dangerous to navigation, reported 1997

lies in position 6°53'N, 122°03'E, close E of Little Santa Cruz

Island.

Basilan Island

12.26 Basilan Island (6°33'N., 122°04'E.) is separated from

Mindanao Island by Basilan Strait which is 8.5 miles wide.

Basilan is the largest and most important of the Basilan Group. 

12.26 Basilan Peak (6°33'N., 122°04'E.), 1,011m high, near the

center of the island,is the highest and most conspicuous point

on this densely wooded, mountainous island. 

12.26 The shores of the island are low, consisting of a fringing belt

of sand and coral, on which mangrove swamps have formed.

There are no large rivers and many of the small rivers emptying

into the sea can only be entered at HW. Basilan Island is a Sub

Port of Entry.

12.26 Mount Matanal (6°37'N., 122°18'E.), rising to a height of

630m, 1.5 miles W of the island’s E extremity, is also prominent. Mount Sining Capan and Mount Cobung, which is cone

shaped, lying 5.75 miles WNW and 7.75 miles WSW, respectively, of Mount Matanal, are prominent. Clouds obscure the

higher peaks.

12.26 Batupare Point (6°45'N., 122°04'E.), at the N end of Basilan Island, is low and partly wooded. The terrain within the

point rises to a heavily wooded peak, 216m high, about 1 mile

inland. The 20m curve lies close off the point.

12.26 Luzon Reef (6°47'N., 122°04'E.), with a least charted depth

of 6.4m, lies on the S side of Basilan Strait, 1.75 miles N of

Batupare Point. 

12.26 A patch, with a depth of 10.4m, lies 2 miles ENE of Batupare Point. There are tide rips on Luzon Reef, and the shoal

point above.

12.27 Calagusang Point (6°43'N., 122°07'E.) is located 3

miles SE of Batupare Point. In the bay between these points

there are several shoals and a rock, awash.

12.27 Look Sambang Bay is 3 miles SE of Calagusang Point. The

Gubauan River and the Ligundi River empty into the S part of

the bay.

12.27 Lamitan (6°40'N., 122°08'E.), located 1.25 miles up the

Gubauan River, is the principal town on the NE coast of Basilan Island. It is a port of call that is for coastal shipping. Logs

are towed in rafts and brought alongside vessels anchored in

the bay. There is a lumber mill near town. 

12.27 A pier, with a berthing face 12m long, with a depth alongside

of 6.4m, is located at Kulibato Point (6°40'N., 122°10'E.).

12.27 Anchorage, exposed to N and E weather, can be taken in

Look Sambang Bay. There are depths of 13.1 to 27m, but the

recommended anchorage in the bay lies 0.25 mile off the pier,

in a depth of 18.3m.

12.27 Coco Island (6°44'N., 122°15'E.) lies 6.75 miles NE of

Kulibato Point. The island is reef-fringed and densely wooded;

it rises to a height of 140m. Little Coco Island lies 0.25 mile N

of Coco Island. The 20m curve encircles both islands and lies

within 0.1 mile of Little Coco Island.

12.27 Lanhil Island (6°45'N., 122°22'E.), 6.5 miles ENE of Coco

Island, rises to a peak 171m high in its SW part; the E part of

the island is low-lying.

12.27 Sibago Island (6°45'N., 122°24'E.) lies 1.5 miles SE of Lanhil Island; they are separated by a deep channel clear of dangers. Sibago, low and covered by vegetation, has two high hills.

The hill farthest E, marked by a light, is 192m high. A drying

reef fringes the island and a spit extends off its SE side.

12.28 Matanal Point (6°38'N., 122°20'E.), the E extremity

of Basilan Island, is located 10.5 miles ESE of Kulibato Point.

The coast between the two points is backed by some of the

highest peaks on the island. Tide rips form off the point.

12.28 Takut Tangug Bay (6°32'N., 122°14'E.) indents the coast

from a position 2.5 miles SW of Matanal Point, to the SE extremity of Basilan Island, about 10 miles distant. 

12.28 The shores of the bay are lined by mangroves and fringed by

a narrow reef. Wooded eminences are prominent which are

backing the coast.

12.28 Extensive shoals, with depths of 0.3 to 11m, extend SW

across the bay where a narrow, deep channel at the NE end

leads across the shoals to an anchorage area. 

12.28 Depths of 18 to 37m exist at the anchorage, which is open E

and SE, but protected from sea and swell. 

12.28 A small sheltered anchorage for small craft is available in the

mouth of the Kandiis River (6°36'N., 122°16'E.), where the

depth is 3.7m, mud.

12.28 Bojelebung Channel (6°31'N., 122°12'E.), a deep passage

0.2 mile wide, leading through drying reefs to the anchorage

off Bojelebung, is entered 3.5 miles N of the SE extremity of

Basilan Island.

12.28 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off Bojelebung

(6°31'N., 122°11'E.), the principal town on the E coast of Basilan, about 0.2 mile offshore, in depths of 29 to 31m. 

12.28 Anchorage may also be taken about 1.25 miles SSE of

Bojelebung, W of the drying reef extending SSE from the

channel, in a depth of 22 to 27m, sand. Local knowledge is required.

12.28 Takippamasilaan Island is a small, crescent, narrow ridge of

sand and coral, lying at the SE end of the drying reef, above. It

lies 2.25 miles SE of Bojelebung.

12.28 Directions.—When approaching Bojelebung Channel, steer

for the grassy hill 207m high rising SW of town, bearing 268°,

which leads in mid-channel between the reefs; then change

course to the N or S for the anchorages.

12.29 Kauluan Island (6°28'N., 122°13'E.), close E of the

SE extremity of Basilan and just over 1 mile SSW of Takippamasilaan, is mostly a mangrove swamp, encircled by a drying

reef. 

12.29 Kauluan Channel, entered 0.75 mile SW of the W end of the

islands, leads 4 miles N between the W side of Kauluan Island

and the drying reef N of Takippamasilaan. 

12.29 The channel, which is 91m wide in places, is tortuous and

has a depth of 5.8m in the S entrance.

12.29 From Kauluan Channel, the S coast of Basilan Island extends 14.5 miles WSW to Mangal Point, the S extremity of the

island. The coast is fringed by mangrove swamps which several rivers discharge through. The E side of the S shore is steepto, with the 20m curve lying about 0.2 mile off the mangrove

swamps.
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 307

Pub. 162

12.29 Amoyloi Reefs (6°26'N., 122°08'E.) consist of two drying

reefs lying 0.5 mile offshore. An islet lies on the E reef and

shoals extend N from this reef to the coast of Basilan. 

12.29 Amoyloi Village (6°26'N., 122°07'E.) is located on the coast

N of the W reef. Anchorage can be taken S of the village, in

depths of 27 to 37m. The anchorage is approached between the

bank extending 0.5 mile W from the W reef and the 2.7m shoal

lying 1.5 miles WSW of the village. The channel between dangers is 0.1 mile wide. 

12.29 The E approach channel, leading between shoals 0.5 mile E

of Amoyloi, is only used by craft with local knowledge.

12.29 Bihintinusa Island (6°24'N., 122°02'E.) lies 4.5 miles

WSW of Amoyloi Reefs. It is separated from Basilan by Bihintinusa Channel, which is 0.75 mile wide between the shore

reefs. 

12.29 A bank, with depths less than 5.5m, extends 1.75 miles ENE

of Bihintinusa Island.

12.29 The Mangal River (6°25'N., 121°58'E.) empties into the sea

5.25 miles W of Tumajubun Point. Shallow draft vessels can

reach the village of Mangal. 

12.29 Abongabong Peak (6°30'N., 121°59'E.), rises to a height of

912m, about 5 miles NNE of Mangal; the peak is conspicuous.

12.29 Mangal Point (6°24'N., 121°57'E.), 1 mile W of the Mangal

River, is the S extremity of Basilan Island. The point is a

densely wooded strip of sand. 

12.29 A pier, with a depth of 3m at its head, lies 0.5 mile E of the

point.

12.30 The SW coast of Basilan extends about 7.5 miles NW

to Sahap Point (6°30'N., 121°52'E.). From Sahap Point the

coast trends in a N direction for 2.75 miles to Port Holland.

The coast is fringed by a mangrove swamp which has several

rivers flowing through it to the sea. 

12.30 Some of the rivers are used for logging operations and

launches towing rafts of logs are frequently met off this coast.

12.30 Lahatlahat Island (6°26'N., 121°55'E.) lies at the NW end

of a coral reef, 0.5 mile offshore, 2.5 miles NW of Mangal

Point. Canas Island, separated from Basilan by a deep narrow

channel, lies 1 mile NW of Lahatlahat Island. 

12.30 Canas Shoal, with a depth of 4.6m, lies 0.5 mile W of Canas

Island. 

12.30 Cancuman Island is located 3 miles W of Canas Island.

12.30 Tamuk Island (6°28'N., 121°49'E.), 75m to the top of the

trees, lies 1.25 miles W of Cancuman Island.

12.31 Port Holland (6°33'N., 121°52'E.) (World Port Index

No. 59780), a lumber export harbor, is located at the SE end of

Maluso Bay. The harbor is small and exposed to winds from

the S and W.

12.31 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents, with a velocity of 2 to 3

knots, change from a NE set on the flood to a SW set on the

ebb tide. 

12.31 The change occurs 0.5 hour after high and LW, with the

stronger SW current setting across the face of the principal

wharf.

12.31 Depths—Limitations.—Depths of 9.1m and more exist in

the entrance channels to the port. 

12.31 Great Gounan Island (6°33'N., 121°52'E.), lying 0.1 mile

NW of the main wharf, is a wooded but cultivated small island. 

12.31 There is a depth of 11.9m in the channel from the island to

the main wharf. 

12.31 Little Gounan Island, lying 0.25 mile NW of Great Gounan,

is partly cleared. A reef, with a depth of 8.5m, lies 0.35 mile N

of Little Gounan Island and a wreck, with mast showing, lies

1.25 miles NNW of the island.

12.31 Port Holland Wharf is 61m long. A T-head pier, 18m long, is

located 30m W of the wharf. A row of dolphins extends from

the wharf to the pier and 27m beyond it, giving a total berthing

face of 137m. 

12.31 There were reported depths of 9.1m at the W end of the

berths and 7.3m at the E end. Mooring lines are run to pile

clusters E of the wharf and to a small boat landing 61m W of

the pier.

12.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is optional, but is recommended for vessels not having local knowledge. The pilot from Isabela will

board inbound vessels off Little Gounan Island if advance notice is given.

12.31 Anchorage.—The recommended anchorage lies in midchannel N of the wharf, in depths of 11 to 22m, but the swinging room is limited. 

12.31 Vessels can also anchor in the outer part of Maluso Bay, in

depths of 9.1m and over.

12.31 Directions.—Port Holland Wharf can be approached N or S

of Great Gounan Island. Several numbered oil drums buoy the

sides of both channels. However, the drums are often missing

from their stations. 

12.31 The N approach channel should be used during the period of

rising tide, the S channel during the falling tide. 

12.31 Local knowledge is necessary in the N channel due to shoals

lying adjacent. Vessels in transit of the N approach, pass 0.5

mile N of Little Gounan Island, avoiding the 8.5m patch, and

follow the buoyed channel (black buoys to port). 

12.31 In the S approach, pass in mid-channel between Great

Gounan Island and the small peninsula forming Port Holland.

No. 1 Buoy is moored close S of the island; No. 2 Buoy and

No. 4 Buoy mark the channel.

12.32 From Port Holland the coast of Basilan trends NNW

for a distance of 6 miles then continues NNE for a distance of 5

miles to Basilan Point.

12.32 Maluso Bay (6°34'N., 121°51'E.) is formed between a point

close S of Great Gounan Island, and a point about 3 miles

NNW.

12.32 The shores of Maluso Bay consist of mangrove swamps

which several small rivers empty into. Within the 20m curve

there are several dangerous rocks and shoals. 

12.32 There are coral heads, awash, at the head of the bay. A bank,

with depths of 8.5 to 11m, fronts the middle part of the bay,

about 1 mile offshore. Anchorage can be taken in the bay.

12.32 Numerous small, low islands with adjacent shoals lie in the

approaches to Maluso Bay. 

12.32 Takela Island (6°32'N., 121°50'E.) and Goreno Island lie

1.75 miles offshore, Langas Island (6°32'N., 121°46'E.), 6.5

miles offshore. Several islands lying between the inner and

outer islands have navigable channels between them. 

12.32 A bank, with depths of 4 to 8.2m, extends 1 mile SE from

Kaluitan Island (6°36'N., 121°47'E.). A shoal, with a depth of

7.3m or less, lies 2.25 miles W of Langas Island. The shoals

are generally marked by swirls and tide rips.
308 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

12.33 Landugan (6°35'N., 121°49'E.) is situated close N of

Maluso Bay. The logging camp has a T-head pier with a face

about 15m long and depths of 4 to 5m alongside. Logs are

shipped by barge to Samboanga.

12.33 Pangasahan Island (6°37'N., 121°48'E.), about 1 mile in

length, is located in a bight 1.75 miles NW of Landugan. It is

separated from Basilan by a narrow channel with a least depth

of 7.6m at the N end. A 5.5m patch lies 1 mile NNW of the island. A wooden pier, located close W of the mouth of the Pangasahan River, has a berthing face about 29m long with depths

of 3.7 to 5.5m alongside.

12.33 Sibakel Island (6°37'N., 121°45'E.), a small island 37m

high, lies 2 miles W of Pangasahan; it is heavily wooded.

12.33 The coast of Basilan from Pangasahan Island NNE to Basilan Point, 4 miles distant, is heavily wooded.

12.34 Basilan Point (6°41'N., 121°51'E.) is low and covered by woodland; it is fronted by coral reefs. From Basilan

Point to Batupare Point, about 14 miles ENE, the low coast is

intersected by small rivers emptying into the sea through

shores lined by mangroves.

12.34 Lampinigan Island (6°41'N., 121°53'E.), 57m high, lies

1.75 miles ENE of Basilan Point. 

12.34 There is landing, with a depth of 2.7m, at Lampinigan village, on the S side of the island.

12.34 Pamelukan Bank (6°43'N., 121°54'E.), with a depth of

1.2m, lies in the W approach to Malamaui Road, 2 miles NE of

Lampinigan Island. The bank is worked by tide rips. Isolated

banks, with depths of 6.7m, lie 1.75 miles NW and NNW of

Lampinigan Island.

12.34 Balatanai Island lies 0.1 mile offshore, 2 miles ESE of Lampinigan Island. San Rafael Bay, with shoal water throughout,

lies close ESE of Balatanai Island.

12.34 Malamaui Road (6°42'N., 121°56'E.), SW of Malamaui Island and 6 miles ENE of Basilan Point, provides safe anchorage with good holding ground, protected from strong winds.

12.34 The shores of Malamaui Road are low and bordered by coral

reefs. Abreast the currents there is usually sufficient depth over

the reef at HW for boats to enter.

12.34 The best anchorage is off San Rafael Bay, E of Balatanai Island. Small craft may anchor close inshore E of the island.

There is also good anchorage S of Lampinigan Island.

12.34 Caution.—When poor visibility exists on entering

Malamaui Road from N, it is advisable to pass about 1 mile W

of Pamelukan Bank and steer for Lampinigan Island, before

anchoring in the roads.

12.35 Malamaui Island (6°44'N., 121°58'E.) rises to a

height of 113m near its center. Panigayan is a settlement located near the SW end of this densely wooded island. Moro Islet

lies 0.2 mile off the S end of Malamaui. 

12.35 A drying reef, marked by tide rips, driftwood, and three pile

beacons, lies close SE of Moro Islet; a 3m shoal lies 1.25 miles

SW of the islet; and an 0.9m shoal lies 0.2 mile ESE of the drying reef. 

12.35 There are several beacons on the SW side of Malamaui and

two range beacons stand on the S side of the island. Many of

these beacons have been reported missing. A lighted concrete

tower marks the E extremity of Malamaui Island. 

12.35 Isabela Channel (6°44'N., 121°59'E.), separating Malamaui

Island from the NW side of Basilan Island, has a least width

and depth in the fairway, of 0.1 mile and 9.1m. The sides of the

channel consist of coral rising vertically and topped by mangroves, so that vessels can approach within a boat’s length. The

NE entrance is unmarked, fringed by dangers, and used by vessels with local knowledge during the hours of daylight. 

12.35 The NE current in Isabela Channel has a velocity of 4 to 5

knots and runs much longer than the SW current and has a

greater velocity. Strong tide rips are encountered at channel entrances with wind and current in opposition. Tidal currents set

across the channel S of Moro Islet and vessels must exercise

caution not to be set onto the drying reef SE of the islet.

12.35 Pilotage is optional, but recommended for vessels not having

local knowledge. A pilot from Isabela boards the vessel, by

previous arrangement, about 1 mile W of Moro Islet.

12.35 Kalut Island (6°44'N., 121°59'E.) lies in a bight on the E

side of Malamaui, just within the NE entrance. 

12.35 The SW entrance to the channel is marked by Moro Islet and

the drying reef SE, which divide the channel into two parts N

and S of these dangers. Transit is recommended only during

daylight hours with local knowledge. The channels and adjacent dangers are marked by beacons and buoys, but they are often missing.

12.36 Isabela (6°42'N., 121°58'E.) (World Port Index No.

59770), situated on the NW coast of Basilan, is the most important port on the island. There are numerous rubber and coconut plantations nearby, and lumber is shipped from the port.

12.36 There are berths in Isabela up to 106m in length with depths

alongside of 8 to 9m. The maximum length that is permitted

alongside is 99m with a draft of 6m. 

12.36 The concrete wharf is being extended and reclamation work

is in progress. An ore transit shed is being constructed. The

stack of a lumber sawmill is prominent. 

12.36 There is anchorage, for vessels with local knowledge, in the

channel N of Kalut Island, in a depth of 13.7m, mud, but the

swinging room is limited and larger vessels secure their hawsers to the mangroves. 

12.36 A preferred anchorage is W of the stack, in depths of 11 to

14.6m, sand and coral. A regular launch service between Zamboanga City and Basilan is maintained.

12.36 Isabela can be approached from the NE or W. Because of

strong tidal currents and the constricted channel, the NE entrance is used only by coastal vessels with local knowledge. 

12.36 It is recommended that vessels entering should stem the tide

and proceed only during daylight hours.

12.36 Approaching Isabela from the W, if passing N of Moro Islet,

keep well clear of the NE point of the islet as the current sets

onto the reef which extends off the point. 

12.36 A pair of white, triangular beacons, in range 067°, lead

through the channel N of the islet. In transit of the channel

leading between Basilan and the drying reef SE of Moro Islet,

a course of 081° leads in mid-channel to the piers. 

12.36 The tidal current sets onto the drying reef which is marked

by three beacons near its E end. Buoys, often missing, mark the

sides of the N and S channels.

12.36 The W entrance is generally used by ocean vessels calling at

Isabela. Because of the geographical situation and natural hazards, night entry is reported to be not recommended. Pilotage is

available. The pilot station is in Isabela.
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 309

Pub. 162

12.37 The Tapiantana Group (6°20'N., 122°00'E.) consists

of several inhabited small islands and reefs lying off the W part

of the S coast of Basilan Island. 

12.37 Tapiantana Channel (6°22'N., 122°00'E.), which has a least

depth of 11.9m, separates the group from Basilan Island. The

principal islands of the group are Bubulan Island, Saluping Island, Linawan Island, and Tapiantana Island. Depths of 183m,

and over, exist close off the S sides of the group. Depths W of

the group are irregular, but no dangers have been found.

12.37 In the channels between the islands of the group are irregular

in direction. In Tapiantana Channel the currents are strong and

set E and W. At times, there are eddies inshore and tide rips on

the banks. Heavy rips, which often resemble breakers, occur in

the S entrances of the channels between the various islands and

in those channels leading to anchorages. In the open water to

the W of the island group, the tidal currents set in a NW to SE

direction.

12.37 Bubuan Island (6°21'N., 121°58'E.), 2.5 miles S of the W

part of Basilan Island, is the farthest N of the Tapiantana

Group. Mount Bulutbulibato, rises to a height of 224m in the

NW part of the island. Bubuan, fringed by coral, is densely

wooded on its W side and the E and W sides consist of mangrove swamps. 

12.37 Anchorage can be taken off the SE extremity of Babuan Island, in a depth of 12.2 to 14.6m, sand and coral.

12.37 Saluping Island, which is low and flat, lies 2 miles ESE of

Buban Island. It lies on an extensive coral reef, that bares, on

the NE and S sides. A chain of disconnected islets lies on the

outer edge of the reef; Timbungan, about 1.5 miles in length

and the largest of these islets, lies on the SE side of the reef.

12.38 Tapiantana Island (6°18'N., 121°59'E.) is located on

the S side of the group, 2.25 miles SW of Saluping Island.

Mount Bancaobancao, which is wooded, rises to a height of

249m. The E part of the island is a mangrove swamp; however,

a coral reef, which dries, extends 1.5 miles E. 

12.38 Tolonpisa Island, is a narrow sand and coral spit extending

along the S side of the coral reef, and nearly joins the S extremity of Tapiantana Island. Haluluko Island, a small mangrove islet, lies on a drying reef 0.25 mile NE of Tapiantana.

12.38 Linawan Island (6°19'N., 121°55'E.) lies 1.5 miles WNW

of Tapiantana Island. The island has a peak 249m high, in its W

part; it is fringed by sandy beaches except on the NW side

where rocky ledges extend offshore. The E and S parts of the

island are cultivated. A bank with depths of 4.6 to 13.7m extends 1.25 miles SSE from the island; tide rips form over the S

part of this bank.

12.38 Pababat Shoal (6°18'N., 121°52'E.), 3 miles WSW of

Linawan Island, is a bank of white coral sand, with a least

charted depth of 14.6m.

12.38 The Samales Group of islands lie on a bank which extends

25 miles SW from a position 6.25 miles SW of Linawan Island.

Fishermen are the primary inhabitants of these sparsely settled

islands.

12.38 Currents in the channels between the islands are strong, with

a velocity of 3 knots observed between the NW end of

Tongquil Island and Mamad Island. Overfalls and rips occur

near shoals and where there are radical depth changes.

12.38 Tatalan Island (6°13'N., 121°50'E.), the NE island of the

Samales Group, is densely wooded and has a prominent summit near its N part; the S part is low and a light is shown from

its S extremity. 

12.38 A spit, with a depth of 8.7m, extends 2 miles SE of the island. Mandi Rock, 1m high and steep-to, lies 2 miles W of the

NW side of Tatalan Island. The channel between the rock and

the island has depths of 8.7 to 14.5m.

12.39 The Bolod Islands (6°16'N., 121°36'E.), the farthest

NW islands of the Samales Group, lie 13 miles WNW of Tatalan Island; the group consists of two small, densely wooded islands. 

12.39 East Bolod Island (6°16'N., 121°37'E.) has a dome shaped

summit which rises to a height of 161m. 

12.39 A spit, with a depth of 4m, extends 0.3 mile N of the island

and Tirana Rock, above-water, lies 0.2 mile farther N. A shoal,

with a least depth of 5.5m, extends 1.5 miles SSE of East

Bolod Island. 

12.39 West Bolod Island (6°15'N., 121°35'E.), 152m high, lies

1.25 miles SW of East Bolod Island. This island is steep-to except on its S side. The channel between the two islands is deep

and clear of dangers.

12.39 Sungu Shoal (6°13'N., 121°41'E.) has a least depth of 1.8m

and is located 4.25 miles SE of East Bolod Island. Depths of

8.5m and 8.2m lie on the bank 0.5 mile E and 0.75 mile ENE,

respectively, from Sungu Shoal. 

12.39 Sibarut Bank (6°12'N., 121°31'E.), with a depth of 12.3m,

sand and rock, lies 5 miles SW of West Bolod Island.

12.39 Bucutua Island (6°09'N., 121°49'E.) is low and rises to a

height of 89m on its SE side. The E coast of the island is sandy

and clear of dangers, except for a shoal, with a depth of 5.8m,

lying 1 mile offshore. Butakalut Shoal, with a depth of 4.9m,

lies 0.5 mile W of Bucutua.

12.39 The channel between Bucutua and Tatalan Island, 2.75 miles

NNE, is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway. It is used by

vessels in transit between Iolo and SE Mindanao ports.

12.39 Ton Sandungun Channel, narrow and with a least depth of

0.9m at its SW end, separates Bucutua Island and Bulan Island.

The channel affords shelter for small craft, especially within

the NE entrance where anchorage can be taken. 

12.39 Anchorage can be taken off the NE entrance, in depths of 14

to 18m, loose coral and sand. This anchorage is clear of strong

tidal currents and affords fair protection.

12.40 Bulan Island (6°08'N., 121°50'E.), densely wooded

and low has a conspicuous peak at its center. A black rock

stands at the NE end of the island. 

12.40 The two small Dipolod Islands lie 1.25 miles off the NE side

of Bulan Island. The narrow channel between the islands has a

depth of 5.5m.

12.40 Mamad Island (6°08'N., 121°46'E.) lies 1.5 miles W of the

SW part of Bucutua Island; it is wooded, with a height of 39m.

There is less than 9.1m all around the island.

12.40 Tongquil Island (6°03'N., 121°51'E.) is low, flat and densely wooded. Sagui Point, the NW extremity of the island, lies

3.5 miles SW of Bulan Island. The NW extremity is low and

fringed by a coral reef. The SW side is fronted by a barrier reef

with several narrow entrances leading to a shallow lagoon. 

12.40 The S and SE coasts to Eguet Point (6°03'N., 121°57'E.) are

steep-to. The N side of the island is fringed by a partly drying

coral reef and fronted by shoals with depths less than 5.5m.
310 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

Gumila Reef, which dries, lies 4.75 miles W of Eguet Point.

12.40 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor N and E of Gumila

Reef, good holding ground, in 11 to 16.5m, sand and coral.

12.40 Caution.—Caution is advised as the S and SE side of this island are steep-to. A vessel has been reported to have run

aground about 0.75 mile E of the island’s S extremity. The vessel was reported to have a draft of 7.3m.

12.41 Parol Island (6°04'N., 141°43'E.), 2.25 miles W of

the W extremity of Tongquil, is low and fringed by coral reefs.

Foul ground extends 0.5 mile SE, and 0.6 mile N from the island; an isolated 4.9m patch lies 0.2 mile off its SW side.

Mananoc Island, which is also low and fringed by coral reefs,

lies 2 miles WNW of Parol Island.

12.41 Balanguingui Island, low, uninhabited, and reef-fringed, lies

1.25 miles SW of Parol Island. A low unnamed island, separated by drying reefs, lies NW of Balanguingui. 

12.41 Bunotpasil Island lies close W of the unnamed island and

Dawildawil Island lies 0.5 mile S of Bunotpasil.

12.41 Sipac Island, attached to Balanguingui Island by a reef, and

Simisa Island, 4 miles SW of Sipac, are low, uninhabited, and

reef-fringed and lie on shoals.

12.41 Suligan Shoal (6°00'N., 121°38'E.), with a least depth of

5.8m, lies in the channel between Sipac Island and Samisa Island.

12.41 Bangalao Island (6°01'N., 121°32'E.), lying at the W end of

the Samales Group, 2.75 miles NW of Simisa Island, along

with Manungut Island, 1 mile farther NW, are both reeffringed. Both islands are fronted by shoals enclosed by the 10m

curve. Manungut Island rises to a height of 80m.

The Jolo Group and the Tapul Group

12.42 The Jolo Group and the Tapul Group lie between the

Samales Group and the Tawitawi Group. The Jolo Group consists of the large, important Jolo Island and the smaller adjacent islands. The Tapul Group consists of four rather large islands and numerous smaller islands lying between Jolo Island

and Tapaan Passage, about 30 miles SSW. 

12.42 The islands are rugged and well cultivated. Tapaan Passage

separates the Tapul Group from the Tawitawi Group. There are

several good anchorages on Jolo Island.

12.42 Winds—Weather.—The islands of the Jolo Group and the

Tapul Group are seldom, if ever, visited by gales, although

strong winds and heavy rains are not uncommon. 

12.42 The percentages of calms are higher than anywhere else in

the Sulu Archipelago. At Jolo, NW winds are more frequent

than E winds. 

12.42 Thirty consecutive rainless days have been experienced at

Jolo during January and February. Monthly rainfall amounts in

excess of 444mm have been reported at Jolo in January, February, June, and November. At Jolo nearly 263mm of rain has

fallen during a 24-hour period in June.

12.42 Tides—Currents.—The tides on the N coast of Jolo Island

are chiefly diurnal, whereas on the S coast they are semi-diurnal. The tidal range is from 0.6 to 1.5m. 

12.42 Strong tidal currents are found in the various channels leading between the islands of the Jolo Group and the Tapul Group.

They set in a general W and NW direction on the rising tide

and in opposite directions on the falling tide. 

12.42 Off the N coast of Jolo Island the tidal currents set W on the

rising tide and E on the falling tide, at a rate of about 2 knots. 

12.42 In the vicinity of Jolo the direction is somewhat modified by

the contour of the land, the current setting SW and NE.

12.42 Strong tidal currents are found in the channels between the

islands lying off the NE and NW coasts of Jolo Island. Strong

rips are found in this area.

12.42 The edge of the bank on which the Sulu Archipelago lies

comes close to the SE sides of the Jolo Group and the Tapul

Group. Strong rips are usually found in areas where there are

abrupt changes in depths. 

12.42 The tidal currents follow the coasts of the various islands and

are strong, up to 6 knots being experienced in the narrower

channels. The currents set in a general W and NW direction on

the rising tide and in an opposite direction on the falling tide.

12.42 The tidal currents attain a rate of 2.5 knots between Pafa Island and Taluc Island, setting NW on the rising tide and SE on

the falling tide. Between the former island and Dongdong Island the currents set in similar directions and attain a rate of 3

knots.

12.42 Tidal currents are strong and irregular off Maimbung Bay.

They set W on the rising tide and E on the falling tide, the

change occurring from 30 minutes to 2 hours after time of HW

and LW.

12.42 The tidal currents are strong in the channel between the SW

coast of Jolo Island and Sulade Island, a maximum rate of 5

knots being experienced. The strength at flood occurs about 2

hours 30 minutes after LW at Cebu, and the strength at ebb occurs about 1 hours 30 minutes after HW at that port. Slack water precedes the times of HW and LW at Cebu by about 45

minutes. 

12.42 The currents set NW on the rising tide and SE on the falling

tide.

12.42 The tidal currents are very strong in the narrow channels separating the various islands of the Tapul Group and strong rips

are found in their vicinity.

12.43 Bitinan Island (6°04'N., 121°27'E.) rises to a height

of 215m in its S part. Bitinan Island is the farthest NE of the

Jolo Group, and is located 3.25 miles WNW of Manungut Island of the Samales Group.

12.43 Capual Island (6°02'N., 121°24'E.), about 1 mile SW of

Bitinan Island, 297m high at the SE extremity, is separated

from the N side of Jolo Island by Capual Channel. The N and

W parts of the island are low and wooded; the coast is mostly

fringed by a sandy beach interspersed with coral ledges. 

12.43 A ledge, with a depth of 3m at its outer end, extends 0.4 mile

N from the NW point of the island. 

12.43 A reef extends about 0.2 mile W from the W extremity of

Capual Island.

12.43 Goitya Shoal (6°03'N., 121°22'E.), with a least charted

depth of 2.7m, lies about 1 mile offshore, N of the W extremity

of Capual.

12.43 Capual Channel (6°01'N., 121°24'E.), with a least width of

0.25 mile, is deep at the E end, but in the narrow part there are

depths of 2.1m. Isolated depths of 1.2m lie 0.15 mile and 0.5

mile NE of the E extremity of Bulicutin Island. Tidal currents

are strong.

12.43 Anchorage can be taken anywhere in the channel, but the
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 311

Pub. 162

preferred anchorage is N of the village Liangliang, in a depth

of 14.6m, sand.

12.43 Jolo Island, the largest of the Jolo Group, is composed of a

series of hills and valleys. 

12.43 The highest peak is Mount Tumatangas (6°00'N.,

120°58'E.), 812m high, located 6 miles NE of the W extremity

of the island. The coasts are mostly wooded, and clear of dangers. 

12.43 The SE coast is especially steep-to with the 200m curve

within 0.3 mile in places; the off-lying islands are also steep-to.

Tide rips are usually found in the vicinity of abrupt depth

changes. 

12.43 Anchorage can be taken in several bays that are along the

coast.

12.44 Tandu Peak (5°58'N., 121°24'E.), a grassy hill 400m

high, is located about 1.25 miles inland from the E extremity of

the island. Tandu Panuan, a village, stands on the coast 1.75

miles S of Tandu Peak. 

12.44 A bay, which recedes about 1 mile, is formed between a

point close E of Tandu Panuan and Tandican Point, 3 miles

SSW. The entire bay dries to a distance of 1.5 miles offshore.

12.44 Tandican Point (5°54'N., 121°23'E.), the SE extremity of

Jolo Island, is low, fringed with mangroves, and backed by

high hills. The coast SW of the point, as far as Karangdato

Point (5°52'N., 121°17'E.), is indented by Pitogo Bay

(5°54'N., 121°20'E.), deep and open to the S. 

12.44 There is a landing in a break in the fringing reef 2.5 miles

NE of Karangdato Point.

12.44 Tutu Bay (5°55'N., 121°12'E.), entered between Karangdato

Point and Putic Point, 13 miles W, is separated from a bay on

the N side of Jolo Island by a low isthmus, 2.5 miles wide. Tutu

Point is located 4.5 miles NW of Karangdato Point. 

12.44 The head of the bay is encumbered with shoals, and reefs

which dry, from Tutu Point to Mabajoc Point (5°55'N.,

121°08'E.), 5.5 miles W.

12.44 Several settlements and villages are located on the shores of

Tutu Bay, which is protected by Pata Island.

12.44 Serantes Shoal (5°54'N., 121°07'E.), with a least depth of

2.7m, lies 0.5 mile offshore, 3 miles ENE of Putic Point. Anchorage can be taken in the outer part of Tutu Bay, in a depth of

18.3m, sand and coral.

12.45 Pata Island (5°49'N., 121°10'E.), fronting Tutu Bay,

is 422m high. The coasts are fringed by a coral reef which on

the E side extends about 2 miles and encircles Kamawi Island. 

12.45 Dongdong Island lies on a bank 1.25 miles NE of Pata Island, and Tambulian Island lies on the same bank 0.75 mile

NW of Dongdong Island. 

12.45 These islands are fringed by partly drying reefs, and are separated from each other and Pata Island by navigable channels.

The navigable channel between Tambulian Island and Dongdong Island is 0.3 mile wide, with a least depth of 5.9m.

12.45 Damocan Island (5°51'N., 121°08'E.), 41m high, lies about

0.5 mile W of the N part of Pata Island; they are separated by a

deep channel. Lumbian Island lies 1.25 miles W of Damocan

Island. 

12.45 Garcia Shoal (5°50'N., 121°06'E.), with a depth of 6.4m,

lies 0.25 mile SW of Lumbian Island.

12.45 Patian Island (5°51'N., 121°05'E.), 154m high, lies 0.5 mile

NW of Lumbian Island. 

12.46 Teombal Island (5°50'N., 121°02'E.), 2.75 miles W

of Patian Island, low and fringed by a coral reef, is the farthest

W of these offshore islands. A bank, with depths of 7 to 9m,

extends 2.25 miles SE from the island.

12.46 Villamil Rock (5°52'N., 121°04'E.), steep-to with a depth of

0.9m, lies in mid-channel 0.75 mile NNW of Patian Island.

12.46 Maimbung Bay, entered between Putic Point (5°53'N.,

121°05'E.) and Cabalian Point, 8 miles W, affords good shelter

during the Northeast Monsoon, but is exposed to heavy squalls

and swells during the Southwest Monsoon. 

12.46 The E side of the bay is covered by mangroves, and the W

side is wooded with cleared spaces. 

12.46 Mount Matatal (5°57'N., 121°01'E.), 140m high, is located

about 1.5 miles N of the head of the bay.

12.47 Maimbung (5°56'N., 121°02'E.), a town, stands on

piles at the head of the bay, on the outer edge of the bar at the

mouth of the Maimbung River. The bar has a depth of 0.3m. A

building with a dome stands on the point S of the town.

12.47 Dry Bank (5°55'N., 121°01'E.), which dries, lies about 1

mile S of Maimbung; a smaller reef which dries, lies 0.3 mile

NNE of Dry Bank. 

12.47 Marban Bank, with a least charted depth of 0.9m, lies 0.5

mile SE of Dry Bank. Other shoal depths in this area may be

seen on the chart.

Batolaqui Bank (5°53'N., 120°57'E.) is composed of many

shoal patches lying 1.25 miles E and SE of Cabalain Point.

There are depths of 3.4 to 9.1m on the bank, with a drying rock

on the W edge. 

12.47 A narrow channel, with a depth of 11m in the fairway, leads

between the bank and Cabalain Point. Bunga Point bearing

309°, open SW of Tubingantan Point, leads SW of Batolaqui

Bank.

12.47 Tidal currents within the bay are weak, but off the entrance

they are strong, irregular, and set E to W.

12.47 Anchorage can be taken anywhere in the bay. The usual anchorage is 0.5 mile S of the town, in depths of 15 to 17m, coral

sand, with the middle of Dry Bank bearing 232°. 

12.47 Smaller vessels can anchor close inshore, directly off the

mouth of the river, in a depth of 13m, mud and sand.

12.47 Directions.—Two channels lead to the anchorages. The E

and best channel leads between Marban Bank and the E shore

of the bay, in a least depth of 9m. 

12.47 When approaching from SE, after passing Patian Island,

steer for Mount Matatal (1.5 miles NNW of town), bearing

340°, which will lead to the anchorage. The W channel between Marban and Dry Banks should only be used with local

knowledge.

12.48 Cabalian Point (5°53'N., 120°56'E.) is low, but the

terrain rises quickly to Mount Tukay, 620m high, 2.75 miles

NNE. The coast between Cabalian Point and Bunga Point, 4

miles NW, is low.

12.48 Parang (5°55'N., 120°54'E.), 2.5 miles NW of Cabalian

Point, is the commercial center for the entire area. The town is

built on piles over the water. There is an L-shaped concrete pier

which extends 38m WSW and then 75m NW. 
312 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

12.48 A rock causeway leads to the pier. Pile clusters stand at intervals along the inner leg and about 0.3 of the way to the pierhead. There were reported depths of 9.8 to 11.3m on the S side

of the outer leg, and 4.3 to 5.8m on the N side. 

12.48 There were reported depths of 6.1 to 9.6m about 6m off the

pilings on the S side of the inner leg; 1.2 to 3m about 7.9m off

the N side pilings.

12.48 Anchorage can be taken about 0.3 mile off Parang, with the

galvanized iron roof of a store in town bearing 010°, and Tubingantan Point (5°54'N., 120°55'E.) bearing 130°, in a depth

of 16m, sand and coral. This anchorage is exposed to the

Southwest Monsoon.

12.48 Parang Island lies on a bank, close offshore, about 1 mile

NW of Parang.

12.49 Sulade Island (5°50'N., 120°47'E.), 7 miles SW of

Bunga Point, consists of coral and sand, surrounding a shallow

lagoon; boats can pass the entrance on the S side at HW. The

island is swampy and 12.2m high to the tops of the trees.

12.49 Tidal currents between Sulade Island and Jolo Island set NW

and SE, and attain a rate of 5 knots.

12.49 There is anchorage over the bank extending from the W side

of the island, in depths of 11 to 16.5m, coral and sand. There is

some protection from the Northeast Monsoon but it is exposed

to the Southwest Monsoon.

12.49 Bunga Point (5°55'N., 120°53'E.), the SW extremity of Jolo

Island, is fringed by a coral reef. An isolated 5.5m patch lies

0.5 mile W of the point; the 20m curve lies about 0.5 mile farther W.

12.49 The low coast between Bunga Point and Silangon Point, 2

miles NNW, is fringed by a coral reef and backed by coconut

trees.

12.50 From Silangon Point (5°57'N., 120°52'E.), the W end

of Jolo Island, the coast trends about 3.5 miles NNE to Pulaluaac Point, then 3 miles NE to Candea Point. 

12.50 This part of the coast is backed by the slopes of Mount Tumatangas (6°00'N., 120°58'E.) which rises to a height of

812m. The coast between Candea Point and Daingapac Point,

5.25 miles NE, is steep-to, fringed with coral and backed by

mountains in the interior.

12.50 Matos Shoal (5°59'N., 120°53'E.), with a depth of 7.3m, lies

1.5 miles N of Silangon Point.

12.50 Tulian Island (6°01'N., 120°53'E.), 35m high, lies 1.25

miles offshore NW of Pulaluaac Point. Busson Rock, awash,

lies 0.25 mile NW of Tulian Island, about 0.1 mile inside the

200m curve.

12.50 Numerous islands and shoals lie in the NW approach to Jolo. 

12.50 Minis Island (6°12'N., 121°03'E.) is the farthest NE; it is

small, wooded, and steep-to. Pantocunan Island, small, wooded, and reef-fringed, lies 10.5 miles W of Minis Island; it is the

farthest NW of these islands. Heavy tide rips exist near Pantocunan as the outer reef edge is steep-to.

12.51 Bubuan Island (6°11'N., 120°58'E.), 3 miles WSW

of Minis Island, is low, but a peak in its N extremity rises to a

height of 89m. A bank, with a depth of 8.2m, extends about 1

mile NW from the island. Cabucan Island, the largest in the

group, lies 1.5 miles SW of Bubuan Island. 

12.51 This island is reported to be low, swampy, and uninhabited.

A small wooded island lies on a reef, close off the NE side of

Cabucan. 

12.51 The channel between the islands is fouled by a reef with a

least depth of 3.7m.

12.51 Hegad Island lies in this group, 0.75 mile SE of Bubuan, and

Tauitaui Island, quite small, lies close W of Hegad.

12.51 Aguirre Bank (6°07'N., 120°51'E.), with a depth of 7.6m, is

steep-to; it lies 2.25 miles WSW of Cabucan Island.

12.51 Pangasinan Island (6°08'N., 120°59'E.), with a hill 123m

high in the S part, has steep-to sides with S and W coasts

fringed with sand. A 6.4m shoal lies 0.75 mile NE of the island. 

12.51 Marungas Island, 0.4 mile SW of Pangasinan Island, is low

but has a hill 64m high in its W extremity. Strong, irregular

currents flow through the channel between this island and Pangasinan. 

12.51 Anchorage can be taken in this channel about 0.1 mile off either coast, in depths of 11 to 22m, but the tidal currents are

strong.

Jolo (6°03'N., 121°00'E.)

World Port Index No. 59800

12.52 Jolo is the capital of Sulu Province, which comprises

the whole of the Sulu Archipelago. The town, a walled city, is

partially built on a long pier situated W of the town. The port is

administered by the Philippine Ports Authority, Jolo, Sulu,

Philippines.

12.52 Winds—Weather.—Local weather conditions are generally

good, with the incidence of typhoons very infrequent. The

strongest winds occur in October and early November during

the Southwest Monsoon. 

12.52 These winds last for 2 or 3 days and cause a heavy beam

swell at the pier. Storm warning signals are displayed at the

weather station. 

12.52 Tides—Currents.—The tides are chiefly diurnal, range

about 0.8m. Tidal currents off the town set NE and SW. The

strength of the current sets W and E about 2 hours after LW

and 2 hours after HW at Cebu. Slack water occurs about 1 hour

before HW and LW at Cebu. Currents in the harbor area and

off the pier have a velocity of 1 to 2 knots and at times run

counter to the normal offshore currents.

12.52 Depths—Limitations.—The approach to the anchorage and

pier is clear and free from hazard, except the shoal at the NE

end of the pier. The U-shaped Government pier is about 88m

long at the face, with controlling depths of 7.6 at the NE end,

7.9m at the middle, and 9.1m at the SE end. 

12.52 Berthing space at the main wharf is reserved for large foreign vessels and domestic vessels. 

12.52 The maximum permissible draft at MLLW is 4m with a

length of 60m. At the Caltex, Mobil, and Petron Oil Depot, the

maximum permissible draft is 6m.

12.52 The basin, enclosed by the three arms of the U-pier, has

landings on the NE and NW sides. There is a depth of 2m in

the entrance. A private jetty has been constructed close NE of

the main wharf and is able to accept vessels with a maximum

draft of 6m. An associated oil depot stands close NE of the

town.

12.52 Aspect.—Mount Tumatangas, 4 miles SW of town, is prom-
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 313

Pub. 162

inent. A dome standing 0.1 mile SE of Jolo Light, and another

dome of a concrete mosque which stands 0.3 mile SSW of the

mole are both conspicuous. There is a high, white cross 0.2

mile ENE of the mosque dome. A water tower and a radio

mast, both showing lights, stand 0.2 mile ESE of the lighthouse

and 0.75 mile S of the mole.

12.52 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots request a 3 day advance notice of ETA and board vessels at the quarantine anchorage. A customs launch assists in docking and undocking

provided sufficient notice is given. Towage is available. Pilots

are stationed at nearby Zamboanga City.

12.52 Anchorage.—The anchorage lying NE of Belan Point and

NW of the pier is open to the N and W, and as the coastal bank

is steep and tidal currents are strong, it is not considered a safe

anchorage. During the Northeast Monsoon, it may be necessary to take shelter under the lee of Marungas Island. Depths of

22 to 26m are found in the anchorage area. 

12.52 Merchant and naval vessels must anchor W and E of a line

drawn in a 351° direction from Jolo Light. All foreign vessels

entering port should anchor 4 miles NW of the pier and await

the boarding officials. Entry is permitted only between sunrise

and sunset. Quarantine inspection is usually held alongside the

pier. 

12.52 Anchorage is available W of the Caltex Depot. Large vessels

can obtain anchorage in approximate position 6°04.8'N,

121°00.4'E, located close SW of Daingapic Point.

12.52 Directions.—When about 0.5 mile from Jolo Light, change

course to the SW for the anchorage or for the approach to Jolo

Pier. The approach channel to the pier is about 0.2 mile wide

between the shoals on either side. The pier should be approached from the W, as there is shoal water off its NE end.

12.53 Daingapic Point (6°05'N., 121°01'E.) lies 2 miles

NNE of Jolo. Pandanan Point is located 6.5 miles E of Daingapic Point; from this point the coast trends 2 miles SE to

Igasan Point. This entire coastal area is fringed with coral and

is steep-to. There are several mountain peaks rising to heights

of 789m within 3 miles of the coast.

12.53 From Igasan Point to Baverstock Point (6°01'N.,

121°18'E.), the coast is indented by an open bay, with sand and

coral beaches backed by high hills. Caduayan, a village, is located at the head of the bay. 

12.53 The 40m line lies 2.25 miles N of Caduayan, but is 0.5 mile

offshore close E. Eseo Bank, with a least charted depth of

4.6m, lies 1.25 miles N of the village.

12.53 Bancungan Island (6°05'N., 121°00'E.), 0.5 mile E of

Igasan Point, is partly wooded and rises to a height of 155m.

The channel between the island and Jolo Island has depths of

29 to 33m. 

12.53 The island is steep-to except off its NW side where an abovewater rock lies at the outer end of a spit. Panganaa Island, steep

and rocky, lies 1 mile ESE of Bancungan Island.

12.53 Gujangan Island (6°05'N., 121°16'E.), 5 miles E of Bancungan Island, has two wooded hills, 122m and 81m high, with

a narrow strip of low land between them. 

12.53 The island is steep-to, except on its E side, where an extensive drying reef fronts a lagoon.

12.54 Dalrymple Harbor (6°00'N., 121°19'E.), indenting

the N coast of Jolo Island, close W of Baverstock Point, is

closely fronted by Tulayan Island. Tulayan has a cone-shaped

peak 160m high, which is a good landmark from the N and E.

Several shoals lying between Tulayan Island and the S shore

have depths of 3.4 to 5.5m.

12.54 White Passage, the W entrance to Dalrymple Harbor, is

formed between Baverstock Point and Tulayan Island. It is

contracted by a bank extending N from the point and other

shoal patches.

12.54 Tandu Bato (6°00'N., 121°18'E.), a village 0.3 mile SSE of

Baverstock Point, is connected with Jolo by a good road. There

is a stone mole off the village, but the ruins of a pier obstruct

the use of the mole.

12.54 Anchorage can be taken SE of Tulayan Island, in depths of

14.6 to 16.5m, sand, but it is exposed to the NE. During strong

NE winds, better protection is afforded under the lee of the island. 

12.54 To approach the anchorage, pass about 0.5 mile E of Tulayan, avoiding the 5.5m patch lying SE of Martin Bluff

(6°02'N., 121°20'E.) and the 4.6m patch lying 0.75 mile farther

E. 

12.54 When the S extremity of the island bears 270°, steer for it on

that bearing and anchor when Martin Bluff bears between 000°

and 030°. If entering from the W by White Passage, keep 0.25

mile off the W and S sides of Tulayan Island, then steer for anchorage as above.

12.54 Petley Point (6°01'N., 121°21'E.), about 2 miles E of Baverstock Point, is fronted by a drying reef. Patotol Bay is entered

about 1.25 ESE of Petley Point.

12.55 Patotol Bay (6°00'N., 121°22'E.) has a narrow tortuous entrance between reefs on either side. 

12.55 Anchorage, in depths of 9.1 to 11m, can be taken within the

bay entrance. There are depths 5.5m about 0.4 mile within the

entrance.

12.55 Bulicutin Island (6°01'N., 121°22'E.), low and swampy,

fronts the entrance to Patotol Bay. A draft of 3.7m can be carried through the channel W of Bulicutin. 

12.55 The E channel is deeper but is encumbered with rocks and

shoals. Tidal currents average about 2.5 knots in the channels.

12.55 Liangliand (6°01'N., 121°23'E.) is located on Jolo, 0.6 mile

E of the E extremity of Bulicutin Island. The shore from the E

entrance of Patotol Bay to the village of Liangliang is fronted

by reefs; the reefs close W of the village dry at LW. Liangliang

lies at the W end of Capual Channel.

12.56 The Tapul Islands are a group of four large islands and

several smaller islands, lying to the SSW of Jolo Island are rugged, fertile, and well cultivated.

12.56 Taluc Island (5°44'N., 121°00'E.) and Cabingaan Island, the

farthest NE of the islands lying on the same drying reef, lie 9.5

miles SSW of Jolo Island. Cabingaan is covered mangroves.

Sibabag, a Moro settlement built on piles, lies midway between

the two islands. 

12.56 A boat passage leads to Sibabag from the E side of the reef.

Paquia Island, fringed by a reef, is separated from the W side

of Cabingaan by a deep passage 0.25 mile wide. A spit, with a

depth of 3m at its outer end, extends 1.25 miles SSE from

Paquia Island.

12.56 Tapul Island (5°44'N., 120°54'E.), about 3.5 miles W of Ta-
314 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

luc Island, is circular in shape and presents a rugged appearance. 

12.56 It rises to Mount Dakut (5°44'N., 120°54'E.), a grassy summit 483m high near the center. Coral reefs fringe the S end of

Tapul, and there are numerous coastal settlements on the island.

12.57 Lugus Island (5°41'N., 121°51'E.), SW of Tapul Island, is rugged, mountainous, and wooded. Mount Biubugnan

rises to a height of 294m at the W side of the island. An extensive drying reef extends 1.75 miles E of the E end of the island.

Strong tidal currents set through the narrow channel between

Lugus Island and Tapul Island; there is a least depth of 5.8m in

the fairway.

12.57 Lugus Shoal (5°38'N., 120°46'E.), with a charted depth of

4m, lies about 2 miles SW of Lugus Island.

12.57 Siasi Island (5°32'N., 120°52'E.) lies 4.25 miles S of Lugus

Island. Gorro of Siasi, 495m high near the center, is the highest

point on the island. It has a prominent clump of dark trees on

its summit. 

12.57 There are several fishing villages within the reefs that fringe

the E and SW coasts of the island. A village situated at the W

end of the island has a pier, with an along side depth of 6.4m.

12.57 Tara Island (5°36'N., 120°52'E.), 34m at its E end, is separated from the N side of Siasi Island by a channel 0.25 mile

wide, with a least depth of 14.6m in the fairway, but there is a

depth of 7.3m in the E approach. 

12.57 A lagoon lies on the N side of the island, with depths of 16m

to 31m; the lagoon is protected from the N by foul ground. Tincalan Island, 1m high, lies on the foul ground; when seen from

a distance it resembles a canoe under sail.

12.57 Taratara Island, 38m high, lies close off the NE side of Tara

Island. A depth of 5.5m can be carried into the lagoon on either

side of Taratara, but the channels are narrow and tortuous, and

only suitable for launches.

12.58 Laminusa Island (5°33'N., 120°55'E.), lying off the

E point of Siasi Island, is low and has a village at its NW point.

North Gusun Reef, partly drying, and Gusun Reef, drying, lie

off the N and SW sides of Laminusa Island, respectively. Other

dangerous reefs lie close N and 2 miles NW of North Gusun

Reef.

12.58 Anchorage between Laminusa Island and the reefs extending

off the E end of Siasi Island has depths of 11 to 16m, sand,

sheltered with good holding ground. The reef on the SW side

of the anchorage partly dries and is steep-to, but is not easily

distinguished. 

12.58 Tidal currents at springs are strong and set W and then N

along the coast of Siasi. 

12.58 Sumbasumba Island (5°30'N., 120°58'E.), 3.25 miles SSE

of Laminusa Island, is the farthest SE of a group of low, thickly

wooded islands which extends 4 miles SE from the E extremity

of Siasi Island. 

12.58 A dangerous steep-to reef extends E from Basbas Point, the

S extremity of Siasi, to Sumbasumba and then 2.5 miles N. In

places the 200m curve lies about 0.1 mile off the dangerous

reef. A reef which dries 0.3 to 0.6m, extends 3.25 miles SW

from Basbas Point.

12.58 Manubul Island (5°28'N., 120°48'E.) is located on a reef

formed of grass, sand and coral, 3.5 miles WSW of Basbas

Point. A channel, with a depth of 9m, leads between Manubul

and the reef extending SW from Basbas Point. Small vessels,

with local knowledge, can transit this channel which is about

0.1 mile wide. The tidal currents set through the channel at a

maximum velocity of 5 knots.

12.59 Siasi (5°33'N., 120°49'E.) (World Port Index No.

59820) is situated on the W extremity of Siasi Island; it is approached from the N and S through a narrow channel. 

12.59 From the N, Sungu Shoal (5°37'N., 120°49'E.), with a depth

of 5m, and Langon Shoal, with a least depth of 11m, lie in the

N approach to Siasi in positions 2 miles NW and 3.75 miles

WNW; respectively, from Siasi Island.

12.59 The N approach to Siasi is formed between Siasi Island and

Lapac Island. A mid-channel course is recommended to the anchorage, which is in mid-channel SW of Siasi Pier, in depths of

11 to 15m. 

12.59 There is a maximum current through the channel of 5 knots.

12.59 Depths—Limitations.—A concrete pier, 29m long and 15m

wide, has a depth of 5.4m alongside. A wooden marginal wharf

38.4m long with depths alongside of 1.8 to 4.3m is situated S

of the concrete pier. A light is shown from the root of the

wharf. 

12.59 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Requests for pilotage

should be made to Jolo Pilots Association 3 days prior to

arrival. 

12.59 Lapac Island (5°32'N., 120°47'E.), separated from Siasi Island by a channel about 0.3 mile wide, has two prominent

peaks, with a deep, cultivated valley between them, so that

from NW it appears as two islands. Several villages are located

on the W coast of the island. 

12.59 Luagat Point (5°34'N., 120°48'E.), the N extremity, is rocky

and steep-to; Busluc Point, 0.5 mile W of Luagat Point, is

formed of large conspicuous rocks.

12.59 Sirun Island (5°35'N., 120°44'E.), a small island 30m high,

lies 4 miles WNW of Luagat Point. The island is fringed by a

reef which extends 0.2 mile from its W side.

12.59 Pandami Island (5°33'N., 120°45'E.), low, sandy, and covered with coconut trees, lies close off the NW side of Lapac Island; the channel between the islands is foul at its N end. 

12.59 Anchorage for vessels with local knowledge can be taken

SW of the island, in depths of 13 to 22m, sand and coral.

12.59 Tapaan Island (5°28'N., 120°44'E.), the farthest SW of the

Tapul Group, is separated from Lapac Island by a deep channel

about 2 miles wide. 

12.59 The channel is free of dangers except for a rocky patch with

a depth of about 8.8m reported to be 1 mile NNE of Tapaan Island.

12.59 Tapaan is a low island, with a shallow lagoon on the W side,

protected by a barrier reef. Banks extend from the N, E, and S

sides of the island.

12.60 The Tawitawi Group of islands extends SW from

Bubuan Island and Maniacolat Island for 58 miles to Bongao

Island (5°01'N., 119°45'E.). 

12.60 The group consists of more than 30 islands, as well as numerous small islets, boulders, and rock and reef formations

above and below-water. Most of the islands are densely wood-
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 315

Pub. 162

ed and mountainous; some islands consist mainly of mangrove

swamps.

12.60 Tapaan Passage (5°30'N., 120°40'E.), which separates the

Tapul Group from the Tawitawi Group, is 7.5 miles wide between Bubuan Island on the W and Tapaan Island on the E,

with depths over 18.3m in the fairway. There are two shoals of

7.5 to 9.1m in the fairway, but there are clear passages on either

side of them.

12.60 Tapaan Shoal (5°26'N., 120°40'E.), with a least depth of

8.5m, and Crest of Wave Shoal, with a depth of 7.3m, are two

dangers lying in Tapaan Passage. 

12.60 Discolored water and tide rips are reported to usually mark

Crest of Wave Shoal (5°33'N., 120°37'E.).

12.60 Tides—Currents.—Currents set NW on the rising tide and

SE on the falling tide with velocities of 3 to 7 knots. 

12.60 Heavy tide rips occur at the channel entrances during rough

weather. Tapaan Passage is convenient for sailing vessels; in

light winds anchorage can be taken while awaiting the change

of tide.

12.61 The Parangan Islands (5°30'N., 120°34'E.), 10.5

miles W of Lapac Island, are the farthest NE of the Tawitawi

Group. They consist of two islets;the easternmost is 27m high,

conical in shape, and covered with grass. The W islet is flat; a

reef extends E, leaving a narrow passage between the islets.

12.61 Maniacolat Island (5°27'N., 120°35'E.), densely wooded,

has a prominent peak, 227m high, at its N end which appears

conical except when seen from the E or W. A village stands on

the E shore, where a prominent spire is located. The shores, except for the S, are steep-to. 

12.61 Maglumba Islet, 10.1m high, lies 1.25 miles E of the N extremity of Maniacolat Island; foul ground extends 0.2 mile S

from the islet.

12.61 Bubuan Island (5°25'N., 120°35'E.), 137m high on its W

side, is separated from Maniacolat Island by a channel 0.5 mile

wide, with a depth of 6.4m in the fairway. A steep, rocky cliff

stands at the E point of the island. A shallow lagoon fills the

center of the island, and is entered N of the hill on the W side.

12.62 Sugbai Passage (5°25'N., 120°30'E.), formed between Bubuan Island and Sugbai, has a rocky steep-to 10.4m

patch lying midway between the two islands. Two extensive

shoals, with depths of 10.9 to 16.5m, lie in the N part of the

passage.

12.62 Cacatan Island (5°30'N., 120°27'E.), 23m high, lies 7 miles

NW of Maniacolat Island. Shoal ground, with a least depth of

8.5m, extends 2.5 mile SSE from the island.

12.62 Mid-channel Bank (5°27'N., 120°32'E.), with least depths

of 1.8 to 6.7m, sand and coral, is an extensive bank lying between Maniacolat Island and Cacatan Island. A rock, awash,

lies on the bank about 2.5 miles SW of the Paragan Islands.

The shallowest parts of the bank are difficult to distinguish.

12.62 Sugbai Island (5°24'N., 120°23'E.), 235m high, has a summit consisting of twin peaks that appear as one when seen from

E or W. There are rocky cliffs on the N side and E end. A lagoon, with no entrance, is located on the S side of the island. A

shoal patch, with a depth of 4.6m, lies about 1 mile SE of the

W extremity of the island. 

12.62 Anchorage, with local knowledge, can be taken NE of the

shoal patch, in a depth of 13.1m, sand and coral.

12.63 Magpeos Island (5°20'N., 120°35'E.), on the S side

of Sugbai Passage, 11.5 miles SE of Sugbai Island, is steep,

rocky and densely wooded. The island rises to a sharp cone

109m high. Some above and below-water rocks are located on

a reef which extends about 0.1 mile E from the island. Twin

pinnacle rocks lie close W of the SW end of Magpeos.

12.63 Tagao Island (5°18'N., 120°34'E.), 76m high, 1.5 miles

SSW of Magpeos Island, is wooded, with shoal ground extending 0.75 mile ESE. The shores are fringed with coral and are

steep-to on the W and N sides. The channel between Tagao and

Magpeos is deep and clear of dangers. 

12.63 The Kinapusian Islands, lying on the S side of the E approach to Sugbai Passage, 4.5 miles S of Tagao Island, consist

of three principal inhabited islands that are low, densely wooded, and fringed by above and below-water reefs.

12.63 Bintoulan Island (5°14'N., 120°38'E.) and Kinapusan Island, 0.6 mile SE, lie on the same partly drying reef; many islets lie on the reef.

12.63 Tabawan Island (5°13'N., 120°35'E.), separated from Bintoulan Island by a channel about 1 mile wide with a depth of

5.5m in the fairway, lies on the N side of a partly drying reef.

The Nusa Islands, a group of islets, lie at the S edge of the reef.

Other islands lie close W and S of Tabawan. The village of

Guitong is situated on the N shore of Tabawan Island.

12.63 Tidal currents in the passage W of Kinapusan Island flow

parallel with the axis of the channel, but N of the passages the

currents set W with the N rising tide. In the area between Kinapusan Island and Tagao Island the tidal currents set WNW to

ESE on the rising and falling tides.

12.63 Anchorage can be taken N of Tabawan Island, in 24m, with

the W extremity of Guitong bearing 160°, 0.75 mile distant.

12.64 Loran Island (5°12'N., 120°31'E.), 45m high at its

steep-to N extremity, lies 3 miles WSW of Tabawan Island.

The channel between these islands has a least depth of 11.3m

in the fairway, but a depth of 18.3m can be carried by keeping

to the W side. 

12.64 The edges of the reefs on either side are visible at various

stages of the tide. This is the preferred channel leading through

this chain of islands.

12.64 Manote Island lies on the reef extending 0.6 mile S of Loran

Island.

12.64 South Ubian Island (5°11'N., 120°30'E.) lies on a drying

reef 0.75 mile SW of Loran Island. There is a least depth of 5m

in the channel between the islands. An isolated patch, with a

depth of 4.9m, lies about 1 mile SE of South Ubian Island. 

12.64 Several islets, up to 2m high, are located on the drying reef

SE of South Ubian Island.

12.64 Bacutcut Bank (5°11'N., 120°25'E.) is an extensive drying

reef separated from the reef on the W side of South Ubian Island by a passage with a least depth of 7.9m. The reefs on each

side of the passage are usually visible. There are clusters of

above-water rocks and islets lying in the middle, N, S, and E

sides of Bacutcut Bank.

12.64 Tabuan Island (5°09'N., 120°27'E.), inhabited, is the largest

of the Tabuan Islands, a group of rocks and islets lying near the

SE end of Bacutcut Bank.

12.64 Tacutboata Reef (5°09'N., 120°24'E.), which dries 0.6m,
316 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

lies 0.75 mile SW of Bacutcut Bank and 2.25 miles W of

Tabuan Island.

12.65 Kang Tipayan Dakula Island (5°27'N., 120°14'E.)

and Kang Tipayan Diki Island lie 8 miles and 11 miles WNW,

respectively, from Sugbai Island and about 5.5 miles N of Tawitawi Island. The islands are of coral formation, are covered

with trees 12 to 30m high, and lie on an extensive bank. 

12.65 Shallow salt water lagoons encumbered with reefs and mangroves lie in the interior of the islands. Drying barrier reefs

block the entrance to the lagoons.

12.65 A coral reef fronts Kang Tipayan Diki Island on the NE side;

a stretch of sand beach lies on the S side. Kang Tipayan Dakula

Island is fronted on all sides by a coral reef. A 0.3m coral shoal

lies midway between the two islands, with a deep channel on

either side of the shoal.

12.65 Tumbagaan Island (5°23'N., 120°19'E.), 186m high, is hilly

and wooded; a prominent hill stands on the E end. 

12.65 There are rocky cliffs on the W, N, and E ends of the island,

and above-water rocks lie 0.5 mile S and SE of the S extremity.

Strong tidal currents and tide rips occur in heavy weather, in

the passage between Tumbagaan Island and Sugbai Island. 

12.65 Pandanan Island (5°19'N., 120°25'E.) and Tancolaluan Island are small coral islets lying on detached banks, 6.5 and

9.75 miles SE, respectively, from Tumbagaan Island. 

12.65 Twin rocks, above-water, lie 0.2 mile W of Tancolaluan Island.

12.66 Calupag Island (5°16'N., 120°23'E.), 3 miles SW of

Pandanan Island, is 84m high; it is the only island in the area

not densely wooded. An islet, 6m high, lies 0.3 mile N of the

island and a 1.8m patch lies 0.4 mile farther N.

12.66 Tandungan Island (5°15'N., 120°21'E.), 0.5 mile SW of Calupag Island, rises to a peak 151m high near its center. Pasegan

Samal Island lies 2.5 miles SE of Tandungan Island, close N of

Bacutcut Bank, and Pasegan Guimba Island lies 1 mile ESE of

the same island.

12.66 Dundangan Island (5°13'N., 120°21'E.), close S of Tandungan Island, rises to a height of 116m about 0.6 mile S of its N

extremity. Several small islets lie on the reef which encircles

the island; their positions may be seen on the chart. An extensive reef, which dries, extends about 2.2 miles E from the S extremity of Dundangan. 

12.66 This reef is separated from Bacutcut Bank by a deep channel

0.3 mile wide between the 9.1m lines. A tidal current, with a

velocity of 6 knots, flows through this channel.

12.66 Tandubas Island (5°08'N., 120°20'E.) lies 1.5 miles S of

Dundangan Island. 

12.66 The island is low, with a dense jungle in the N part and cultivated land in the S part. The island is surrounded by a reef

which dries in several areas.

12.66 Tandungan Channel (5°14'N., 120°20'E.), between Calupag Island, Tandungan Island, and Dundangan Island on the

E, and Tandubatu Island on the W, has a least width of 0.3 mile.

Vessels, with local knowledge and a maximum draft of 5.8m,

can use this passage, but there are numerous reefs on either

side. 

12.66 The passage is sheltered from heavy seas during the Southwest Monsoon, and anchorage can be taken anywhere. Currents in the channel are strong.

12.67 Tandubato Island (5°13'N., 120°17'E.) is separated

from the E side of Tawitawi Island by Gallo Malo Channel, a

foul and constricted channel. The E part of the island is high,

rising to a height of 149m in the NE part. 

12.67 The island is fringed by mangroves and coral reefs; a number

of small islets are located on the reefs. 

12.67 Situgal Hea Island is separated from the NE side of Tandubatu Island by a foul channel, 2.4m deep.

12.67 Basbas Island (5°21'N., 120°14'E.), separated from the NE

extremity of Tawitawi Island by Basbas Channel, lies 4.25

miles NNW of Tandubatu Island. A hill, 70m high, is located

in the central part of the W side of the island. 

12.67 Tabolongan Island, 49m high, lies 0.5 mile SW off Basbas

and close off Tawitawi Island. Pahumaan Island, low and

wooded, lies 1.25 miles E of Basbas.

12.67 Anchorage can be taken in the fairway of Basbas Channel,

about 0.5 mile N of Tabologan Island, in a depth of 14.6m,

sand and coral.

12.67 There are several islands located on foul ground, between

Basbas Island and Tandungan Island, 7.5 miles SE. The positions of these islands and the associated dangers may be seen

on the chart.

12.68 Tawitawi Island (5°10'N., 120°00'E.), the largest island of the Tawitawi Group, is mountainous, densely wooded,

and sparsely populated. 

12.68 The most prominent peak on the island is Mount Sibankat

(5°10'N., 119°58'E.), 549m high, located in the SW part. 

12.68 Prominent peaks stand close NE and SW of Mount Sibankat;

these three peaks are often obscured by clouds. 

12.68 Thumb Hill, 3 miles NE of the SW extremity of Tawitawi Island, rises to a height of 202m. 

12.68 In the NE part of the island, Mount Baluk Sampan

(5°13'N., 120°04'E.) rises to a prominent cone 320m high. 

12.68 Mount Bud Bas, 349m high, lies 1 mile within the N coast,

5.75 miles NE of Mount Baluk Sampan, and Mount Bud Butau, 250m high, lies 4.25 miles farther NE.

12.68 Tidal currents off the N coast of Tawitawi Island are weak;

they set SW on a rising tide off the N end of the island and join

the NE current off Tongehatan Point.

12.68 Tarinen Point (5°21'N., 120°13'E.) is the NE extremity of

Tawitawi Island. The coast between this point and Languyan

Point, 9 miles WSW, is steep-to, wooded, and free of dangers. 

12.68 The 40m line lies about 0.9 mile N of Tarinen Point and 0.25

mile off Languyan Point. A range of high hills back this coast.

12.68 From Languyan Point (5°17'N., 120°04'E.) the coast trends

6 miles WSW to Bacung Point. The coast is low, coral-fringed,

and backed by dense woods.

12.68 Port Languyan, entered between Languyan Point and Tocanhi Point, 0.4 mile SW, is 0.15 mile wide throughout its winding

length as an inlet. Anchorage can be taken at the turn of the inlet, in a depth of 12.8m, mud. 

12.68 A mid-channel course from the entrance, which is difficult to

distinguish until close inshore, will lead to the anchorage. A

7.6m patch lies 0.75 mile NW of Tocanhi Point.

12.68 Bugut Lapit Point (5°09'N., 119°50'E.) lies 10 miles SW of

Bacung Point. This coast is low, coral fringed, and indented

with small coves which afford shelter to small local vessels.

12.68 The remains of an abandoned settlement, and an old mole,
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 317

Pub. 162

are situated 3.5 miles SSW of Bacung Point, at the head of a

small cove. Two reefs, less than 0.5 mile offshore, front the

cove.

12.68 The Tataan Islands are a number of low coral islands lying

0.5 mile to 2.5 miles off the N coast of Tawitawi Island. The islands are wooded, with trees 15 to 18m high, and are fringed

by coral reefs which are clearly visible. 

12.68 The NW edge of these reefs are bound by coral barrier reefs,

and except for the shallow area between Tinagta Island

(5°12'N., 119°53'E.) and Sipayu Island at the SW end of the

group, are dry except at HW. 

12.68 The reefs form an excellent navigational aid when approaching the islands. Drying coral shoals extend from the SE side of

the islands.

12.69 Cabancauan Island (5°14'N., 119°57'E.), the largest

island of the group, lies 1.5 miles W of Bacung Point. Simalac

Dakula Island and Simalac Sibi Sibi Island lie 0.5 mile and

0.75 mile NE, respectively, of Cabancauan Island. An extensive shoal extends up to 0.75 mile NW of these islands.

12.69 Nusa Tacbu Channel, with a least depth of 10.1m in he fairway, leads through the barrier reef into Tataan Pass, 1 mile E of

Basun Channel. The edges of the reef on either side are easily

seen under favorable conditions, but care must be taken to keep

in mid-channel at the S end to avoid shoals on either side.

12.69 Basun Channel has a least depth of 29m. It leads into the N

side of Tataan Pass 1 mile W of Nusa Tacbu Channel. This

channel is not recommended as the edges of the reefs on either

side are difficult to distinguish. Two low wooded islands lie on

the reef on the E side of Basun Channel.

12.69 Basun Sibi Sibi Island (5°13'N., 119°54'E.), Basun Dakula

Island and Tinagta Island lie on the same barrier reef WSW of

Basun Channel; the reef is about 3 miles in extent. 

12.69 There is a channel close SW of the barrier reef leading into

the W end of Tataan Pass with a depth of about 12.8m.

12.69 Sipayu Island (5°10'N., 119°51'E.), the farthest SW of the

Tataan Islands Group, lies 0.5 mile offshore, 3 miles SW of

Tinagta Island. 

12.69 The channel leading into the W end of Tataan Pass leads S of

Sipayu Island.

12.70 Tataan Pass (5°12'N., 119°54'E.) lies between the N

coast of Tawitawi Island and the Tataan Islands. 

12.70 The NE entrance channel, over 0.5 mile wide, has a least

depth of 10.6m. Two narrow channels lead through the shoal

ground and dangers lying in the W entrance of the pass. The N

channel, which passes close SW and S of the reef enclosing

Tinagta Island, is about 0.25 mile wide and has a least depth of

12.8m in the fairway. 

12.70 The S channel, which leads S of the reefs and shoals extending W from Sipaya Island and thence S of the island, is narrow

and has a least depth of 13.7m in the fairway. The tidal currents

flow NE on the rising tide and SW on the falling tide at a rate

of about 1 knot.

12.70 Vessels can anchor, in 10.7 to 31m, coral, sand, or mud anywhere in the middle part of Tataan Pass. The anchorage area is

extensive and vessels can anchor as convenient or according to

the direction of the prevailing wind.

12.70 Directions.—Vessels entering Tataan Pass from the NE have

only to steer a mid-channel course between the reef enclosing

Cabancauan Island and the coast of Tawitawi Island.

12.70 Vessels entering Tataan Pass from the NW should pass about

0.2 mile SW of the reef enclosing Tinagta Island. This channel

should only be attempted when the reefs and shoals on either

side are clearly visible.

12.70 Vessels entering Tataan Pass from the SW should steer 092°

for the S side of Sipayu Island. 

12.70 When Bugut Lapit Point (5°09'N., 119°50'E.) is abeam, the

course should be altered to the SE, then E, so as to pass from

137 to 228m S of the island. 

12.70 These courses lead about 0.1 mile S of the shoal ground extending 0.5 mile W from the reef enclosing the island. Having

passed Sipayu Island, vessels can alter the course to the NE for

the fairway of Tataan Pass.

12.71 The E and S coasts of Tawitawi Island are low, flat,

fringed by coral reefs and bordered by mangroves. Islands, islets, dry and drying reefs, shoals and rocks front the entire

coast. The numerous channels along the coast are intricate and

require local knowledge to transit.

12.71 Tidal currents among the islands and shoals off the S coast

set NW to SE on a rising and falling tide.

12.71 Tawitawi Bay (5°05'N., 120°07'E.) is a large area of water

between the S coast of Tawitawi Island and the off-lying reefs

and islands. The E end of the bay is encumbered with shoals

interspersed by channels, but only vessels with local knowledge should enter this part of the bay. Much of the W part has

depths of 22 to 37m, clear of dangers.

12.71 The W part of the Tawitawi Bay is easy to navigate. When

approaching from W, Bongao Island should be given a berth of

a least 0.5 mile.

12.71 Baliungan Island (5°10'N., 120°12'E.), fringed by mangroves, is separated from the SE end of Tawitawi Island by the

Mlariguina River, the channel of which has a reported depth of

5.5m. 

12.71 Mount Sipusok, on the E side, 324m high, is the summit of

the island, but the W side is low. Calva Island, and three other

islands, lie on the edge of the reef extending from the E side of

Baliungan Island.

12.71 The Taata Islands (5°09'N., 120°09'E.), several low mangrove islands, lie in the estuary of the Dungun River close W of

Baliungan Island. There are depths of 3.7m over the bar at the

entrance to the river and for a distance of 4 miles up the river.

12.72 Buan Island (5°09'N., 120°03'E.), which is inhabited,

lies close off Tawitawi Island, 6.25 miles W of Baliungan Island. Buan Bay lies W of the island, but the approaches are

foul. 

12.72 The coast between Buan Island and Balimbing Point

(5°05'N., 119°58'E.), 6.25 miles SW, is low, mangrove fringed,

and intersected by many small rivers. 

12.72 Bud Sintingan, 213m high, 0.75 mile N of Balimbing Point,

is prominent, especially when the sun is shining on it, showing

a reddish cliff.

12.72 This entire coastal area is foul. Lupa Island lies 0.5 mile offshore, 1.5 miles NE of Balimbing Point. The island is encompassed by a reef that extends 0.9 mile SSE.

12.72 Balimbing Channel (5°04'N., 120°00'E.), constricted and

tortuous, connects the W part of Tawitawi Bay with the foul E

part. The channel passes S of the coastal reefs off Balimbing
318 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

Point and can carry a depth of 7.4m throughout. Local knowledge is essential.

12.72 Bunay Bunay Island (5°05'N., 119°57'E.), a small, low island, lies on a drying reef 0.35 mile W of Balimbing Point. The

islet has a few coconut trees but is uninhabited.

12.72 Parangan Bay (5°05'N., 119°57'E.), small in extent but

clear of dangers, is formed between Bunay Bunay Island and

Tawitawi Island on the E, and Parangan Island on the W. 

12.72 Anchorage may be taken in the bay, in depths of 14.6 to

18.3m, mud.

12.72 Parangan Island (5°05'N., 119°56'E.) lies 0.5 mile W of

Bunay Bunay Island. Coral reefs fringe the island which close

the narrow channel that separates the N extremity of the island

from Tawitawi. 

12.72 A hill, 61m high, shaped like the base of a cone, stands at the

NE end of the island; a hill, 35m high, is located at the SW end.

The island is inhabited and well cultivated.

12.72 Luuk Bay, formed between Parangan Island on the E side,

and Tawitawi Island on the N and W sides, is encompassed on

these sides by a drying reef. This small bay affords protected

anchorage for small vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of

14.6m, mud.

12.73 Lubican Island (5°04'N., 119°55'E.), 0.5 mile SW of

Parangan Island, is connected to Tawitawi Island by a drying

mud and sand reef. Lubican is low and flat.

12.73 Borogan Island (5°04'N., 119°55'E.) lies at the S extremity

of a reef that dries, extending 0.3 mile S from Tawitawi, 0.5

mile W of Lubican Island. The Malum River is entered close

W of Borogan. The river is 0.5 mile wide at its mouth, but inside it narrows to a width of 30m, which is maintained for 3

miles.

12.73 Marukal Point (5°04'N., 119°53'E.) is located 1.25 miles

WSW of Borogan Island. The 20m curve lies 0.2 mile S of the

point. Reefs, which dry, fringe Marukal Point.

12.73 Batu Batu Bay (5°04'N., 119°53'E.) is entered between

Marukal Point and Malaka Point, 0.5 mile SW. A reef, which

dries, extends about 0.1 mile SSE from Malaka Point; a marker

stands on the E extremity of the reef.

12.73 New Batu Batu (5°04'N., 119°53'E.) stands on the E side of

the bay and is fronted by a hill. A pier, with a light at its head,

extends 118m WSW from the shore. A pier in ruins extends

SW from the root of the above pier. 

12.73 There is a depth of 6.4m at the head of the pier, but it has

been reported in disrepair and caution is required. 

12.73 Anchorage can be taken in the middle of Batu Batu Bay, in

depths of 9 to 18m, mud.

12.73 Luuk Sula Bay (5°03'N., 119°52'E.), a narrow inlet, is entered between Malaka Point and Patong Point, 1.25 miles SW.

Two drying reefs, lying 0.4 mile ENE and NNE of Patong

Point, afford protection from S seas. 

12.73 The reefs are visible at all times and can be avoided by keeping to the N shore of the entrance. The shores W of Malaka

Point and NNW of Patong Point are fringed by drying reefs.

12.73 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor in Luuk Sula Bay,

in depths of 7 to 11m, mud.

12.74 Tangu Island (5°02'N., 119°50'E.), about 1.75 miles

WSW of Patong Point, lies near the SE extremity of a spit extending SE from the E entrance point of Manalik Channel. The

spit has a depth of 4.6m at its extremity, with less depths charted inshore.

12.74 Manalik Channel (5°05'N., 119°49'E.) lies between the SW

end of Tawitawi Island and Sanga Sanga Island; it has a least

depth of 1.4m in the fairway near Carmen Point, 1.5 miles

within the S entrance. An isolated patch, with a depth of 1.5m,

lies 0.25 mile N of Carmen Point. 

12.74 The shores of the channel are bordered with mangroves. The

channel is tortuous with several sharp and narrow turns. Tidal

currents attain a velocity of 5 knots in the channel.

12.74 There is a well protected anchorage in the N part of Manalik

Channel, known locally as Luuk Saul, in a depth of 7m.

12.74 Chongos Bay (5°03'N., 119°49'E.), formed between the SW

extremity of Tawitawi Island and Sanga Sanga Island on the N,

and Papahag Island on the SW, lies at the S entrance to Manalik Channel. Sanga Sanga Channel leads W from Chongos Bay

toward Port Bongao. 

12.74 The channel has a least depth of 11.3m in the fairway. A

stranded wreck was reported to lie on the S side of the channel.

12.75 Papahag Island (5°02'N., 119°47'E.) lies 1.75 miles

W of Tangu Island; it is 21m high on its N side and is densely

wooded.

12.75 Bongao Island (5°01'N., 119°45'E.), separated from the W

side of Papahag Island by a channel about 0.25 mile wide, may

be identified by Bongao Peak which rises to a height of 314m.

There are several peaks over 183m high in the vicinity of Bongao Peak. 

12.75 The outer end of Dila Point, a sand spit extending toward

Papahag Island, is marked by a light. The channel on the N side

of the island, separating it from Sanga Sanga Island, is foul.

12.75 Aquada Bay (5°02'N., 119°47'E.), lying between the E coast

of Bongao Island and W of Papahag Island, has a least depth of

7.5m in the fairway off Dila Point. The narrow approach channel to Port Bongao, lying between the reefs extending from

Bongao Island and Papahag Island, has a least depth of 5.8m.

Several charted depths lie in the fairway.

12.75 Anchorage can be taken in Aquada Bay 0.75 mile W of Matos Point, the S extremity of Papahag Island, in depths of 11 to

12.8m, coral and sand.

12.76 Port Bongao (5°02'N., 119°46'E.), is a small, but

good harbor formed by Sanga Sanga Island, Bongao Island,

and Papahag Island. 

12.76 The town of Bongao, situated on Dila Point, includes a section built on stilts over the water. There is a concrete wharf

about 15.2m long, with a depth of 4.3m alongside, connected

to the shore by a narrow causeway on the NW side of Dila

Point. 

12.76 There is limited maneuvering room in the approach. A

wooden T-head pier about 13.7m long, with a reported depth of

2.4m alongside its face, is situated 0.25 mile SW of Bongao

lighted tower. Two concrete mooring posts stand on a short

causeway leading to the pier. There are medical and radio facilities.

12.76 Directions.—Vessels approaching Port Bongao through

Aquada Bay should bring Maangit Point, the E end of Papahag

Island, in range 048° with Thumb Hill, and steer on this bearing until Bongao Light bears 333°. 
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 319

Pub. 162

12.76 Change course and steer 000° until the light bears 307° and

then steer on this bearing until Lamion Point bears 227°.

Change course to 318° and pass 91m NE of Bongao Light,

when course is changed N for the anchorage.

12.76 Vessels from E should steer for Bongao Peak, bearing more

than 270°, to clear the shoal extending from the S side of Papahag Island. When Bongao Light bears 307°, change course to

that bearing and proceed as above.

12.76 Vessels approaching Port Bongao via Sanga Sanga Channel,

vessels should not bring Thumb Hill to bear more than 039°

until Matos Point bears 272°, to avoid the shoals off the SE

side of Papahag Island. 

12.76 Round the E end of Papahag about 0.5 mile off and the NE

side about 0.25 mile distant. When Panijugan Point, on the N

side of the channel, bears 265°, steer a mid-channel course of

263° through Sanga Sanga Channel.

12.77 Sanga Sanga Island (5°05'N., 119°47'E.) is separated

from Tapitapi Island by Manalik Channel. The island of Sanga

Sanga is densely wooded; an airstrip is located in the SW part

of the island. 

12.77 Sambilong Island lies in the N entrance of Manalik Channel,

close NE of Sanga Sanga. Bakhau Dakula Island is located in

the channel, 0.75 mile S of Sambilong Island. 

12.77 Luuk Saul Anchorage is formed in the channel between the

above islands and with Tawitawi Island on the E and Sanga

Sanga on the W.

12.77 Sheltered anchorage can be taken in Luuk Saul, in about 7m.

Anchorage may be taken in Pandan Bay, on the S coast of Sanga Sanga Island, N of Chongos Bay, in a depth of 16.5m, sand

and coral.

12.77 Mandolan Island (5°07'N., 119°48'E.), located in the N entrance of Manalik Channel, lies 0.3 mile N of Sambilong Island. Mandolan Island lies on a drying reef which extends up

to 0.5 mile N; sand cays lie on the extremity of the reef.

12.77 Sangasiapu Island (4°58'N., 119°50'E.), a low, flat islet, lies

on a reef 5 miles S of Bongao Island. A beacon marks the E

edge of the reef. 

12.78 Laa Island (4°56'N., 119°52'E.) is covered with coconut trees. A buoy marks the W side of a 5.5m shoal lying 1

mile NW of the island. A beacon marks a sand cay between the

shoal and Laa Island.

12.78 Sangasiapu Channel lies halfway between Sangasiapu Island

and Laa Island. The S entrance of this deep channel is marked

by a buoy on each side. Leading beacons on Simunul Island,

aligned 205°, lead through the channel. 

12.78 This channel and Laa Channel, the latter E of Laa Island,

have been swept to a depth of 9m and are used to enter Tawitawi Bay in good visibility. 

12.78 Tidal currents set NE to SW on a rising and falling tide, respectively, with a velocity of about 3 knots. Tide rips form in

Laa Channel, SE of Laa Island.

12.79 Simunul Island (4°53'N., 119°49'E.) lies 2.5 miles

SW of Laa Island; a shallow lagoon indents the NE side of the

island. Simunul is fringed by a reef, and is steep-to, the 37m

line lies no more than 0.2 mile off the fringing reef.

12.79 Manuk Manka Island (4°48'N., 119°50'E.), 1.75 miles S of

Simunul Island, is fringed by a reef; it is the farthest S of the

Tawitawi Group. Drying rocks mark the outer edge of the reef

at the SE and S sides of the island. This island is steep-to; it has

been reported to give good radar returns at 22 miles.

12.79 Tijitiji Reef (4°53'N., 119°53'E.), separated from the E side

of Simunul Island by a channel about 1.5 miles wide, is mostly

drying. The channel is deep and free of charted dangers; the

edges are easily seen. Whirlpools and tide rips form at the S

end of the channel. 

12.79 The Tijitiji Islands are a group of small islands located within a barrier reef which extend 5.5 miles NE from Tijitiji Reef to

Bilatan Island. Balseyro Channel lies in a N-S direction between Tijitiji Reef and the Tijitiji Islands. 

12.79 The tidal currents in this channel are strong and it is not recommended.

12.80 Bilatan Island (4°59'N., 120°00'E.), low, flat and

densely wooded, lies NE of the Tijitiji Islands and on the same

reef; the reef extends 4 miles N of Bilatan. The E and SE sides

of the reef, on which the islands are located, are steep-to, with

no reported off-lying dangers charted.

12.80 Biloc Biloc Reef (5°20'N., 120°00'E.) is a continuation of

the reef N of Bilatan Island and forms the S side of Balimbing

Channel (5°04'N., 120°00'E.). Above-water rocks mark the

NW edge of the reef and are a good landmark for entering the

channel from W. The N and E edges of the reef are steep-to and

well defined. A rock, awash, lies on a spit 0.75 mile W of the

rocks.

12.80 Basibuli Reef (5°03'N., 120°03'E.) is separated E of Biloc

Biloc Reef by a deep channel. Small islands lie near the center

and NE side of the reef.

12.80 Banaran Island (5°01'N., 120°07'E.), Sasa Island, and Mantabuan Island lie on the same extensive reef separated from the

SE edge of Basibuli Reef by a channel 1 mile wide, with a

depth of 6.9m in the fairway. A barrier of coral rock extends

along the S side of the reef which is steep-to. 

12.80 Anchorage can be taken NW of the NW end of Banaran Island, in depths of 11 to 13m, hard bottom, or, in 22m, sand, NE

of the same point. The latter anchorage is protected from the

swell, but affords little protection from the wind.

12.80 Directions.—Approaching these anchorages, enter Tawitawi

Bay by the channel between Basibuli Reef and the NW end of

Banaran Island, steering 024° through mid-channel. 

12.80 If proceeding through Balimbing Channel, steer to pass 0.25

mile SW of Balimbing Point (5°05'N., 119°58'E.) and enter

the channel on this course. A depth of 7.3m can be carried

through the channel. 

12.80 The anchorages N of Banaran Island are reached by this

channel, or proceed to the open sea between Biloc Biloc Reef

and Basibuli Reef. These channels should only be used by vessels with local knowledge.

12.81 Latuan Island (5°04'N., 120°16'E.), Secubun Island,

and Tandubas Island lie on an extensive reef separated from

Mantabuan Island by Saland Channel (5°03'N., 120°14'E.).

The channel is 1 mile wide, with a least depth of 11m in the

fairway, but lesser depths of 7.6 to 9.1m exist at the inner end.

The islands are low, flat, and densely wooded in the interior,

but cultivated along the coasts. The islands, except Labuan, are

populated.

12.81 Bahang Channel (5°05'N., 120°16'E.), between Latuan Is-
320 Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 

Pub. 162

land and Secubun Island, is narrow and tortuous with a least

depth of 22m, but the reefs on each side of the channel are easily seen. The tidal currents are strong.

12.82 Cambacamba Channel (5°11'N., 120°23'E.), with a

width of 0.3 mile, extends in a N to S axis, about 3 miles NE of

Tandubas Island; there is a least depth of 9.6m in the fairway.

Tidal currents in the channel run at a maximum rate of 6 knots.

12.82 Ilag Bank, separated from the N end of Tandubas Island by a

narrow channel, has drying reefs around its perimeter. Sipungut Island stands on the N edge of the bank.

12.82 Sibutu Island (4°47'N., 119°29'E.), about 16.5 miles long in

a N to S direction and about 2.5 miles in width, is largest of the

Sibutu Group; it lies 18 miles W of Manuk Manuk Island. The

island is low and flat except for Sibutu Hill, which rises to a

height of 137m, about 5.25 miles S of its N extremity.

12.82 The coast of the island consists of low cliffs of upraised coral, broken in places by sandy beaches. The fringing reef extends 4.5 miles from the S extremity, enclosing a shallow

lagoon which has no apparent entrance. There is an airstrip 2

miles NW of Sibutu Hill, and the village of Sibutu is situated

on the NW coast.

12.82 The Sibutu Group is separated from the Tawitawi Group by

Sibutu Passage.

12.83 Sibutu Passage (4°40'N., 119°40'E.), which connects

the Celebes Sea with the Sulu Sea, is deep and clear of dangers.

The passage is at least 17 miles wide. The islands forming both

sides of the channel are steep-to except for the drying reef SE

and S of Sibutu Island. The only prominent landmarks are

Bongao Peak on the E side and Sibutu Hill on the W side.

12.83 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents set NNW on a rising tide

and S on a falling tide with a velocity of 2 to 5 knots. 

12.83 The S current may attain a velocity of 6 knots, presumably

caused by the Borneo coastal current which flows SE into the

passage and is most likely between October and December.

12.83 Off the NW coasts of Sanga Sanga Island and Bongao Island, the NNW current is sometimes deviated to an E and SE

direction by the Borneo coastal current. 

12.83 Generally, slack water occurs within 1 or 2 hours of high and

LW, but the S current has been known to run several days. 

12.83 During the Southwest Monsoon, the currents set N and S on

a rising and falling tide. During the Northeast Monsoon, the

current has been observed to set continuously S.

12.84 Saluag Island (4°35'N., 119°29'E.), 4.5 miles S of

Sibutu Island and marked by a light, is the farthest S of the low,

flat islets on the reef extending S of Sibutu.

12.84 Strong tidal currents set around the ends of the reef so that

care must be taken to prevent the anchor dragging when the tidal current changes direction.

12.84 Anchorage can be taken about 1.5 miles SSE of the island. 

12.84 Tumindao Island (4°44'N., 119°24'E.) lies 2.75 miles W of

Sibutu Island; the islands are separated by Tumindao Channel,

deep, wide, and clear of dangers. 

12.84 Tumindao Island is low, flat, and reef-fringed on its E side. A

chain of islands, similar to Tumindao, lie on the same reef

which extends 8.5 miles N and 12 miles SSW. There are a

number of villages situated on these islands.

12.84 Omapoy Island (4°54'N., 119°24'E.), 46m high, is the farthest N of the islands on the reef with Tumindao. Sipangkot Island, 58m high, lies 0.75 mile S of Omapoy Island.

12.85 Sitankai Island (4°40'N., 119°24'E.), 0.75 mile S of

Tumindao Island, is the trading center for the island group and

Bongao District. There is a landing on the edge of the reef, E of

the island, which is available to launches at all stages of the

tide. There is a concrete pier at Sitankai village with a depth of

4m alongside.

12.85 Gusi Island, 46m high, and Buli Nusa Island, 16.8m high, lie

on the drying reef, 1 mile and 2.25 miles S, respectively, of Sitankai Island.

12.85 North Lagoon (4°48'N., 119°21'E.), on the NW side of Tumindao Island, is entered from the NW side of the reef; it gives

access through Kabusan Channel to the village of Tumindao,

on the NW side of the island of the same name. 

12.85 There is excellent anchorage in the N part of the lagoon, in

depths of 14.6 to 16.5m. There are strong tidal currents in the

lagoon entrance; approach should only be attempted by vessels

with local knowledge.

12.85 South Lagoon (4°31'N., 119°21'E.), 6.5 miles SSW of Buli

Nusa Island, is located at the S end of an extensive reef. There

are depths of 7.3 to 20.1m in the lagoon. 

12.85 Two narrow channels lead from W into the lagoon, which

consists of two basins that are connected by a deep channel.

There is an opening on the E side of the E basin. 

12.85 There are depths of 7.3m in the NW channel, which is about

0.2 mile wide. 

12.85 There is a depth 7.3m in the E channel which is 0.1 mile

wide; the SW channel is impassable. Anchorage can be safely

taken in the E basin.

12.86 Andulinang Island (4°46'N., 119°15'E.), an islet, lies

on the W edge of Andulinang Reef, 10.5 miles W of the N end

of Tumindao Island. The islet is wooded, with a hill 27m high

to the tops of the trees, the most noticeable feature in the area.

A rock, 9m high, lies close N.

12.86 Purdie Patches (4°51'N., 119°15'E.), a small group of detached coral banks with depths of 14.6 to 16.5m, lie close off

Andulinang Reef, 5 miles N of Andulinang Island. There is anchorage on these patches.

12.86 The maximum rate of the tidal currents experienced over

Purdie Patches was 2 knots.

12.86 Maranas Island (4°44'N., 119°14'E.) lies on a detached

reef, 2.75 miles S of Andulinang Island; a deep clear channel

separates these two islands.

12.86 Chambers Knoll (4°49'N., 119°12'E.), an isolated patch

with a depth of 16.5m, lies 3.75 miles NW of Andulinang Island.

12.86 Meridian Reef (4°38'N., 119°16'E.), 12 miles in length, is

separated from Andulinang Reef by a channel 0.5 mile wide,

with depths of 12.8 to 16.5m. A sand cay, which dries 1.2m,

lies near the S end of Meridian Reef. 

12.86 An excellent anchorage exists about 1.5 miles off the W side

of the reef, in depths of 20 to 29m, coral and sand. 

12.86 Meridian Channel (4°40'N., 119°17'E.), at least 1 mile

wide, is deep and clear of dangers. It has depths of 113 to

229m. The channel is bound by Tumindao Reef on the E, with

Meridian and Andulinang Reefs, on the W. 

12.86 Tidal currents in Meridian Channel run at a rate of 2 to 4
Sector 12. The Sulu Sea and the Sulu Archipelago 321

Pub. 162

knots.

12.86 Middle Reef (4°30'N., 119°16'E.), with a sand cay near its N

extremity, lies 1 mile S of Meridian Reef. There is a depth of

12.8m in the channel between the two reefs, but it is too narrow

and tidal currents are strong, making transit unsafe.

12.87 Frances Reef (4°27'N., 119°16'E.), close S of Middle

Reef, lies on a long drying sand cay; it is the farthest S of the

chain of reefs extending S from Andulinang Island. 

12.87 The E side of Frances Reef is steep-to; the channel between

Frances and Middle Reefs is foul.

12.87 Blake Reef (4°44'N., 119°13'E.), 1 mile W of Maranas Island, is the farthest N of Bulubulu Island, Payne Rock and

James Patch, which are all aligned N to S, W of Meridian Reef;

their positions may best be seen on the chart. 

12.87 Anchorage can be taken E of Bulubulu Island, in depths of

24 to 31m, sand.

12.87 Siluag Island (4°43'N., 119°09'E.), 21m high, lies on a reef

3 miles W of Blake Reef. Riddells Reef, 4.5 miles S of Siluag

Island, has two drying sand cays at its S end. 

12.87 A coral shoal, with a depth of 5m, lies 3 miles S of Siluag Island.

12.87 Alice Reef (4°45'N., 119°04'E.), 4.5 miles WNW of Siluag

Island, is steep-to off its NE point. The entrance to a lagoon

lies on the W side, 2.75 miles from the S extremity.

12.87 Panguan Island (4°43'N., 119°02'E.), 18.3m high, is located

on the S end of a reef, 1 mile W of the S end of Alice Reef.

12.88 Bajapa Reef (4°40'N., 119°05'E.), lying SE of Panguan Island, dries in patches. It encloses a lagoon with an entrance on the SW side. An 11.3m coral and sand shoal lies 5

miles S of the S extremity of Bajapa Reef.

12.88 The channel W of a line joining Blake Reef, Bulubulu Island, and Payne Rock, and E of Riddells Reef is 2.75 miles

wide at its narrowest part. 

12.88 This channel is the most direct route, although the tidal currents do not attain the same strength in the channels W.

12.88 The channel W of Siluag Island and Riddells Reef, and E of

Bajapa Reef, has a least width of 1.5 miles. 

12.88 The tidal currents run at a considerable rate in this channel,

and they should be considered before using this route.

12.88 The S edge of the bank on which these reefs lie falls steeply

to great depths and is clearly marked by tide rips and overfalls

which at times give the appearance of shoal water.

12.88 Caution.—Mariners must bear in mind that the area S of a

line drawn joining Bajapa Reef, Bulubulu Island, and Saluag

Island remains as an incomplete survey area.
Pub. 162

Glossary 323

Glossary

Filipino

FILIPINO English

A

agos ........................................................................... current

anim .................................................................................six

apat.................................................................................four

araw..................................................................day, daylight

B

bahay........................................................................... house

baibai............................................................ coast, seaboard

bakal............................................................................... iron

balai............................................................................. house

banka..............................................................................boat

bapor ..............................................................................ship

barrio..........................................................................village

bato...................................................................... rock, stone

bayan.............................................................................town

baybay-dagat.................................................coast, seashore

baybayan .......................................................................bank

bohangin........................................................................ sand

bondog, bundok .....................................................mountain

buhangin........................................................................ sand

burol ................................................................................ hill

D

daan................................................................................road

dagat.................................................................................sea

dalawa, dalwa..................................................................two

dali .................................................................................inch

darung ............................................................................ship

dumaong.....................................................................anchor

H

habagat.........................................................................south

hangganan ..............................................................boundary

hilaga............................................................................ north

hilagang-kanluran .................................................northwest

hilagang-silangan...................................................northeast

I

ilog ................................................................................ river

ilogan ..........................................................mouth of a river

isa....................................................................................one

K

kahui................................................................................tree

kalonoran, kanluran ...................................................... west

kauit ................................................................... creek, bend

kitir................................................................................strait

kogon ................................... a reed used for roofing houses

kota..................................................................................fort

kubo .................................................................................hut

L

lalim ................................................................................five

lima .................................................................................five

linggo........................................................................... week

losak...............................................................................mud

luk ................................................................................... bay

lunday ............................................................................boat

lungos ........................................................ narrow headland

lupa ................................................................................land

M

mababa............................................................................low

madilim..........................................................................dark

mahaba...........................................................................long

maitim.......................................................................... black

malaki ...........................................................................large

minuto........................................................................minute

munti...................................................................little, small

N

nayon .........................................................................village

O

ongot ................................................................... cape, point

oras ................................................................................hour

P

pampang ....................................................................... bank

panatag.......................................................................... calm

pantalan................................................................mole, jetty

pasangit......................................................................anchor

pito...............................................................................seven

poio ............................................................................. island

S

saglit ..........................................................................second

sampu...............................................................................ten

sandaan ....................................................................hundred

sasakyang-dagat............................................................. ship

silangan...........................................................................east

simoy ......................................................................... breeze

sinipete.......................................................................anchor

siyam..............................................................................nine

T

takut .................................................................... shoal, sand

talampakan..................................................................... foot

tangas..................................................................... headland

taon ................................................................................year

tatlo ...............................................................................three

timog............................................................................ south

timog-kanluran .....................................................southwest

timog-silangan .......................................................southeast

tubig............................................................................. water

tuyu ..................................................................................dry

W

walo ..............................................................................eight

FILIPINO English
325

Pub. 162

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed

alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign

languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.

Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States

Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.

To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the

Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.

To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best

scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above. 

Index—Gazetteer

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

A

ABAG BAY 6 25 N 126 08 E 9.53

ABANAY ISLET 9 45 N 126 02 E 6.83

ABATAN RIVER 9 43 N 123 52 E 7.52

ABONGABONG PEAK 6 30 N 121 59 E 12.29

ABUCAYAN POINT 9 53 N 123 50 E 7.46

ABULUG RIVER 18 25 N 121 26 E 1.17

ABUYOG 10 45 N 125 01 E 6.31

ADA REEF 8 02 N 116 55 E 11.94

ADAM REEF 10 15 N 124 42 E 6.143

ADDISON POINT 9 56 N 118 48 E 11.71

ADELA ROCK 16 04 N 120 07 E 1.40

AFUERA SHOAL 13 52 N 120 11 E 2.4

AGBAN BAY 13 43 N 124 23 E 5.68

AGDAN POINT 11 20 N 125 38 E 6.17

AGIO POINT 9 46 N 124 35 E 7.59

AGNAS POINT 12 37 N 123 55 E 2.89

AGNINAN ISLAND 8 47 N 126 18 E 9.64

AGNO BAY 16 08 N 119 47 E 1.47

AGNO RIVER 16 03 N 120 08 E 1.39

AGOHO POINT 12 14 N 121 58 E 3.9

AGOHO POINT 13 36 N 124 03 E 5.60

AGTA POINT 14 38 N 121 56 E 5.13

AGUAWAN POINT 14 25 N 120 32 E 1.77

AGUDA ROCK 14 02 N 123 31 E 5.49

AGUIRRE BANK 6 07 N 120 51 E 12.51

AGUIRRE REEF 11 44 N 120 34 E 10.22

AGUJA POINT 12 42 N 123 23 E 2.77

AGUSAN RIVER 9 01 N 125 31 E 8.47

AGUSUHIN POINT 14 49 N 120 13 E 1.65

AGUTAYA ISLAND 11 09 N 120 58 E 10.5

AGUTAYAN ISLAND 13 54 N 124 24 E 5.66

AGUTAYAN ISLET 9 52 N 122 22 E 4.35

AJUY BAY 11 10 N 123 03 E 3.46

ALABAT ISLAND 14 06 N 122 03 E 5.24

ALAD ISLAND 12 37 N 122 15 E 3.12

ALASASIN POINT 14 25 N 120 34 E 1.80

ALAVA ISLAND 11 44 N 119 56 E 10.30

ALBAY GULF 13 10 N 124 00 E 5.80

ALBAY ISLET 8 05 N 117 02 E 11.88

ALBUERA 10 55 N 124 41 E 6.140

ALBURQUERQUE 9 37 N 123 57 E 7.55

ALCADE POINT 10 49 N 119 21 E 11.17

ALERTA ROCK 11 31 N 119 45 E 11.52

ALIBATAN ISLET 12 13 N 121 17 E 4.18

ALIBIJABAN ISLAND 13 21 N 122 43 E 2.66

ALICE REEF 4 45 N 119 04 E 12.87

ALICIA 7 31 N 122 56 E 9.16

ALIGBAY ISLAND 8 45 N 123 13 E 8.8

ALING ISLET 9 33 N 125 50 E 6.69

ALIPIO REEF 11 30 N 120 04 E 10.23

ALLEN 12 30 N 124 17 E 2.135

ALLIGATOR BAY 10 51 N 119 17 E 11.17

ALLIGATOR ISLAND 10 51 N 119 18 E 11.17

ALMAGRO ISLAND 11 55 N 124 18 E 6.114

ALOGUINSAN 10 14 N 123 33 E 7.23

ALONON POINT 12 03 N 120 20 E 10.19

ALPHA SHOAL 11 52 N 120 23 E 10.22

ALTNACRAIG SHOAL 9 00 N 118 20 E 11.80

ALTO POINT 13 43 N 123 39 E 5.70

ALUBIJID BAY 8 36 N 124 29 E 8.28

ALUTAYA REEF 8 41 N 124 41 E 8.27

AMAGA ISLET 9 32 N 125 54 E 6.69

AMAGAT ISLET 9 32 N 125 54 E 6.69

AMAGUSAN POINT 10 16 N 125 15 E 6.36

AMALINGAT POINT 10 25 N 118 59 E 11.29

AMAMBAHAG POINT 11 41 N 124 32 E 6.111

AMBIL ISLAND 13 48 N 120 18 E 2.7

AMBIL PASS 13 47 N 120 16 E 2.7

AMBIL SHOAL 13 50 N 120 15 E 2.8

AMBLAN POINT 9 28 N 123 14 E 7.16

AMBULONG BANK 12 13 N 120 54 E 4.24

AMBULONG ISLAND 12 13 N 121 01 E 4.9

AMIANAN ISLAND 21 07 N 121 57 E 1.3

AMOGOTADA POINT 10 29 N 124 43 E 6.142

AMOGOTADA POINT 11 39 N 125 29 E 6.12

AMOYLOI REEFS 6 26 N 122 08 E 12.29

AMOYLOI VILLAGE 6 26 N 122 07 E 12.29

ANAGANAHAO ISLAND 13 26 N 121 13 E 2.30

ANAHAUAN POINT 13 11 N 121 27 E 2.33

ANAJAO ISLAND 11 26 N 124 58 E 6.103

ANAJAUAN ISLAND 9 37 N 126 08 E 6.81

ANAJAUAN ISLAND 9 50 N 122 22 E 4.35

ANAJAWAN ISLAND 9 37 N 126 08 E 6.81

ANAKAN 8 51 N 125 09 E 8.42

ANAUAYAN ISLAND 11 06 N 123 09 E 3.44

ANCHOR ISLAND 13 58 N 123 32 E 5.50

ANDA 9 45 N 124 34 E 7.59

ANDREYRO POINT 8 05 N 117 04 E 11.90

ANDULINANG ISLAND 4 46 N 119 15 E 12.86

ANEPAHAN PEAKS 9 37 N 118 27 E 11.34

ANGAS 14 03 N 123 02 E 5.40

ANIBAWAN BAY 14 59 N 122 01 E 5.14

ANIMA SOLA ISLET 13 13 N 123 03 E 2.75

ANITAGUIPAN POINT 11 40 N 125 30 E 6.12

ANTIQUE 10 42 N 121 59 E 4.33

ANTUCAO POINT 13 47 N 120 19 E 2.7

APARRI 18 22 N 121 38 E 1.16

APAT BAY 14 01 N 122 19 E 5.26

APGA POINT 11 48 N 122 16 E 3.20

APO EAST PASS 12 35 N 120 43 E 4.23

APO ISLAND 12 40 N 120 25 E 4.22

APO ISLAND 9 05 N 123 16 E 7.32

APO LAMBU REEF 6 00 N 120 28 E 12.21

APO REEF 12 40 N 120 30 E 4.23

APO WEST PASS 12 35 N 120 20 E 4.23

APOAPURAGUAN POINT 9 20 N 118 31 E 11.78

APUAO GRANDE ISLAND 14 05 N 123 05 E 5.37

APUD POINT 13 09 N 123 17 E 2.73

APUD REEF 13 09 N 123 17 E 2.73

APULIT ISLAND 10 57 N 119 37 E 11.60

APUNAN POINT 12 29 N 122 17 E 3.14

APURAUAN POINT 9 36 N 118 20 E 11.36

AQUADA BAY 5 02 N 119 47 E 12.75

ARACELI POINT 10 33 N 119 59 E 11.65

ARAM 12 07 N 120 10 E 10.16

ARANGASA ISLANDS 8 53 N 126 20 E 9.65
326 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

ARAPITAN POINT 8 48 N 117 26 E 11.44

ARAS-ASAN 8 53 N 126 19 E 9.65

ARAYAT SHOAL 7 16 N 122 58 E 9.15

ARBOLEDAN POINT 18 01 N 120 29 E 1.22

ARBOLES ISLAND 7 10 N 125 41 E 9.47

ARELLANO 10 08 N 125 30 E 6.57

ARENA ISLAND 9 15 N 118 30 E 11.78

ARENA ISLET 13 09 N 122 48 E 2.75

ARENA POINT 13 14 N 122 42 E 2.66

ARENA POINT 6 56 N 125 59 E 9.51

ARENA POINT 9 58 N 126 06 E 6.86

ARENAS POINT 13 37 N 121 05 E 2.20

ARENAS POINT 15 37 N 119 54 E 1.52

ARETA SHOALS 11 39 N 120 47 E 10.22

AREVALO 11 22 N 124 22 E 6.125

AREVALO BAY 11 22 N 124 21 E 6.125

ARGAO 9 53 N 123 36 E 7.42

ARRECIFE ISLAND 8 26 N 117 26 E 11.84

ARRECIFE ISLAND 9 55 N 118 53 E 11.72

ASGAD POINT 11 12 N 125 40 E 6.20

ASIA BAY 9 33 N 122 30 E 4.37

ASID GULF 12 05 N 123 30 E 3.29

ASLOM ISLET 12 16 N 121 17 E 4.18

ASTURIAS POINT 10 34 N 123 43 E 7.20

ASUNCION PASS 10 56 N 123 33 E 7.4

ATIMONAN 14 00 N 121 55 E 5.20

ATULAYAN BAY 13 35 N 123 33 E 5.72

AUBAREDE REEF 12 13 N 122 43 E 3.19

AUQUI ISLAND 9 24 N 126 03 E 6.73

AUQUIT ISLAND 9 24 N 126 03 E 6.73

AURORA 13 21 N 122 31 E 2.49

AWASAN BAY 9 56 N 125 36 E 6.50

AWASAN ISLAND 9 54 N 125 38 E 6.49

AYNINAN ISLAND 8 47 N 126 18 E 9.64

B

BABAGUAN BAY 13 56 N 124 19 E 5.65

BABOY DARAGA POINT 10 29 N 119 05 E 11.26

BABUYAN CHANNEL 18 45 N 121 35 E 1.12

BABUYAN ISLAND 19 32 N 121 57 E 1.8

BABUYAN ISLANDS 19 10 N 121 47 E 1.8

BACACAY POINT 14 16 N 122 52 E 5.36

BACALAN POINT 7 46 N 122 37 E 9.12

BACALOD 10 40 N 122 57 E 3.66

BACAN ISLAND 12 36 N 125 09 E 2.118

BACAO 7 33 N 123 01 E 9.17

BACARAN BAY 10 31 N 119 56 E 11.66

BACK CAP 9 17 N 118 05 E 11.36

BACLAYON 9 37 N 123 54 E 7.55

BACO ISLANDS 13 29 N 121 10 E 2.29

BACOLOD 10 40 N 122 57 E 3.66

BACON 13 02 N 124 02 E 5.83

BACONG 9 15 N 123 18 E 7.31

BACUAG 9 37 N 125 38 E 6.68

BACUIT 11 11 N 119 23 E 11.6

BACUIT BAY 11 07 N 119 22 E 11.10

BACULIN BAY 7 25 N 126 34 E 9.58

BACUNGAN ISLAND 7 23 N 122 25 E 9.9

BACUTCUT BANK 5 11 N 120 25 E 12.64

BADAJOZ 12 34 N 122 08 E 3.10

BADIAN BAY 9 55 N 123 23 E 7.27

BADIAN ISLAND 9 53 N 123 22 E 7.27

BADOC ISLAND 17 55 N 120 25 E 1.23

BAGABABOY ISLAND 12 42 N 123 36 E 2.100

BAGAC BAY 14 36 N 120 23 E 1.72

BAGACAY POINT 10 23 N 124 01 E 7.1,

7.37

BAGACAY POINT 8 59 N 124 47 E 8.33

BAGALANGIT POINT 13 43 N 120 52 E 2.14

BAGALAYAG POINT 13 31 N 120 34 E 2.22

BAGALAYAG POINT 13 48 N 124 25 E 5.66

BAGALEJO POINT 12 22 N 123 36 E 2.93

BAGAMBANGAN ISLAND 11 15 N 119 43 E 11.56

BAGANGA BAY 7 35 N 126 34 E 9.58

BAGANIAN PENINSULA 7 27 N 123 20 E 9.19

BAGATAO ISLAND 12 50 N 123 48 E 2.84

BAGO 10 32 N 122 50 E 3.67

BAGO RIVER 10 33 N 122 50 E 3.71

BAGOLIBUD POINT 7 35 N 122 30 E 9.10

BAGTONG POINT 11 05 N 125 44 E 6.20

BAGUBAUT POINT 12 28 N 123 33 E 2.92

BAGUIO POINT 17 42 N 122 10 E 5.4

BAGULAYAC POINT 12 24 N 121 57 E 3.7

BAGUM ISLAND 9 44 N 125 59 E 6.80

BAGUNBANUA ISLAND 10 52 N 123 34 E 7.5

BAGUPANTAO POINT 12 28 N 123 15 E 3.26

BAHANG CHANNEL 5 05 N 120 16 E 12.81

BAIS 9 35 N 123 07 E 7.14

BAIS POINT 6 40 N 126 04 E 9.52

BAJA POINT 9 04 N 117 39 E 11.42

BAJALLANURA ISLAND 9 18 N 117 59 E 11.37

BAJAPA REEF 4 40 N 119 05 E 12.88

BAKET-BAKET POINT 18 37 N 121 02 E 1.18

BAKSAL COVE 6 41 N 126 05 E 9.52

BALABAC 7 59 N 117 04 E 11.91

BALABAC ISLAND 7 57 N 117 01 E 11.89

BALABAC ISLAND 8 00 N 117 00 E 11.3

BALABAC STRAIT 7 40 N 117 00 E 11.96

BALAMBAN 10 30 N 123 42 E 7.20

BALAMBAN BAY 10 30 N 123 43 E 7.20

BALAMBAN POINT 10 31 N 123 42 E 7.20

BALANGA POINT 12 31 N 121 28 E 4.13

BALANGAN BAY 7 29 N 122 58 E 9.15

BALANGONA POINT 14 04 N 124 07 E 5.59

BALANGONAN COVE 5 34 N 125 21 E 9.37

BALANGUINGUE ISLAND 11 50 N 124 06 E 2.98

BALATACAN POINT 7 36 N 122 06 E 8.3

BALATEROS COVE 13 31 N 120 56 E 2.24

BALAUAN POINT 10 52 N 119 22 E 11.18

BALAULAN REEF 11 01 N 123 09 E 3.61

BALAYAN 13 56 N 120 44 E 2.13

BALAYAN BAY 13 50 N 120 48 E 2.11

BALBAGON ISLAND 11 35 N 123 17 E 3.33,

3.37

BALER 15 46 N 121 34 E 5.9

BALER BAY 15 50 N 121 35 E 5.9

BALESIN ISLAND 14 25 N 122 02 E 5.26

BALETE POINT 13 25 N 121 10 E 2.27

BALIANGO 8 40 N 123 36 E 8.13

BALIANGO POINT 8 40 N 123 37 E 8.14

BALICAOCAO POINT 8 14 N 123 52 E 8.20

BALICASAG ISLAND 9 31 N 123 41 E 7.54

BALICUATRO ISLANDS 12 39 N 124 24 E 2.127

BALICUATRO POINT 12 35 N 124 17 E 2.134

BALIGUIAN ISLAND 11 12 N 123 20 E 3.43

BALIMBING CHANNEL 5 04 N 120 00 E 12.72

BALIMBING POINT 5 05 N 119 58 E 12.72

BALINATIO ISLET 11 06 N 125 35 E 6.24

BALINGAWAN POINT 13 14 N 121 26 E 2.33

BALINTANG CHANNEL 19 55 N 121 50 E 1.7

BALINTANG ISLETS 19 58 N 122 09 E 1.7

BALIOG POINT 10 32 N 119 59 E 11.65

BALISCAN ISLAND 14 15 N 121 54 E 5.25

BALIUNGAN ISLAND 5 10 N 120 12 E 12.71

BALIWASAN 6 55 N 122 03 E 9.3

BALOCBALOC POINT 13 55 N 123 17 E 5.42

BALOLO POINT 11 57 N 120 11 E 10.21

BALOLO POINT 11 57 N 120 12 E 10.32

BALTASAR ISLAND 13 14 N 121 49 E 2.61

BALTIMORE PEAK 16 05 N 122 02 E 5.8

BALUANTE 15 46 N 119 54 E 1.51

BALUARTE 15 46 N 119 54 E 1.51

BALUARTE POINT 11 26 N 124 49 E 6.100

BALUKBALUK ISLAND 6 40 N 121 42 E 12.16

BALULU POINT 10 51 N 119 19 E 11.17

BALUSINGAN BAY 12 38 N 124 06 E 2.114

BALUT ISLAND 5 25 N 125 23 E 9.38

BAMBANNAN ISLAND 5 38 N 120 17 E 12.24

BANARAN ISLAND 5 01 N 120 07 E 12.80

BANATE 11 00 N 122 49 E 3.47

BANATE BAY 10 58 N 122 48 E 3.47

BANBAYAN 8 46 N 124 46 E 8.33

BANCAL BAY 11 32 N 123 09 E 3.36

BANCALAN ISLAND 8 14 N 117 06 E 11.85

BANCAUAN ISLET 7 46 N 117 32 E 12.2

BANCORAN ISLAND 7 58 N 118 40 E 12.2

BANCUNGAN ISLAND 6 05 N 121 00 E 12.53

BANCUYO ISLET 9 44 N 126 03 E 6.83

BANDO POINT 10 57 N 119 19 E 11.13

BANGA POINT 7 03 N 118 31 E 12.4

BANGAAN ISLAND 7 30 N 122 25 E 9.10

BANGAI POINT 7 44 N 126 34 E 9.58
Index—Gazetteer 327

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

BANGALAO ISLAND 6 01 N 121 32 E 12.41

BANGAYAO POINT 16 07 N 120 06 E 1.42

BANGUD ISLET 12 34 N 122 14 E 3.12

BANGUI BAY 18 33 N 120 45 E 1.19

BANI CHANNEL 12 34 N 124 23 E 2.131

BANI POINT 15 34 N 119 55 E 1.52

BANILAD SHOALS 10 19 N 123 56 E 7.40

BANOS POINT 5 55 N 125 40 E 9.39

BANTAC ISLAND 12 13 N 120 23 E 10.17

BANTAYAN 11 10 N 123 43 E 7.3

BANTAYAN BAY 12 33 N 124 50 E 2.123

BANTAYAN ISLAND 11 13 N 123 44 E 7.2

BANTIGUI POINT 10 45 N 122 41 E 3.48

BANTIGUI POINT 11 16 N 124 00 E 7.17

BANTIGUI POINT 13 41 N 121 28 E 2.35

BANTOLINAO POINT 10 20 N 123 59 E 7.37

BANTON ISLAND 12 56 N 122 04 E 3.4

BANTONCILLO ISLAND 12 53 N 122 00 E 3.4

BANTUIN POINT 13 39 N 122 48 E 2.71

BANTULIN POINT 10 55 N 124 03 E 6.123

BAONG ROCKS 9 59 N 125 29 E 6.52

BARANGONAN ISLAND 11 21 N 119 42 E 11.54

BARANGONAN ISLAND 11 21 N 119 43 E 11.51

BARARIN ISLAND 10 52 N 120 56 E 10.9

BARBACAN POINT 10 19 N 119 21 E 11.69

BARCELONA 8 10 N 126 26 E 9.60

BARILI 10 07 N 123 31 E 7.24

BARILI BAY 10 07 N 123 29 E 7.24

BARIT ISLAND 18 52 N 121 15 E 1.11

BAROTAC BAY 11 01 N 122 52 E 3.47

BAROTOAN BAY 11 20 N 119 27 E 11.4

BARRACUDA REE 8 54 N 118 07 E 11.80

BARTOC ISLAND 10 51 N 119 20 E 11.18

BASBAS ISLAND 5 21 N 120 14 E 12.67

BASCO 20 27 N 121 58 E 1.6

BASE ROCK 11 33 N 119 39 E 11.54

BASHI CHANNEL 21 30 N 121 45 E 1.2

BASIAD BAY 14 13 N 122 18 E 5.27

BASIAO CHANNEL 10 04 N 124 32 E 6.145

BASIAO ISLANDS 11 42 N 124 54 E 6.96

BASIAUAN BAY 6 32 N 125 31 E 9.41

BASIBULI REEF 5 03 N 120 03 E 12.80

BASILAN ISLAND 6 33 N 122 04 E 12.26

BASILAN PEAK 6 33 N 122 04 E 12.26

BASILAN POINT 6 41 N 121 51 E 12.34

BASILAN STRAIT 6 50 N 122 00 E 12.25

BASOL ISLAND 9 50 N 125 29 E 6.41

BASUN SIBI SIBI ISLAND 5 13 N 119 54 E 12.69

BAT ISLAND 12 32 N 124 30 E 2.125

BATAN HARBOR 13 14 N 124 03 E 5.77

BATAN ISLAND 13 15 N 123 59 E 5.76

BATAN ISLAND 20 25 N 121 57 E 1.5

BATAN ISLANDS 20 55 N 21 55 E 1.3

BATANGAS 13 45 N 121 03 E 2.19

BATANGAS BAY 13 43 N 121 00 E 2.18

BATAS ISLAND 11 10 N 119 35 E 11.56

BATAUANG RIVER 10 50 N 124 52 E 7.19

BATBATAN ISLAND 11 29 N 121 55 E 4.29

BATE CHANNEL 8 09 N 117 01 E 11.87

BATOLAQUI BANK 5 53 N 120 57 E 12.47

BATORAMPON POINT 7 07 N 121 54 E 8.2

BATU BATU BAY 5 04 N 119 53 E 12.73

BATUAN BAY 12 25 N 123 47 E 2.106

BATULINAO POINT 18 23 N 122 06 E 1.15

BATUPARE POINT 6 45 N 122 04 E 12.26

BAUAN 13 48 N 121 00 E 2.18

BAUGAN BAY 18 37 N 120 52 E 1.18

BAVERSTOCK POINT 6 01 N 121 18 E 12.53

BAY PEAK 10 23 N 119 31 E 11.69

BAY POINT 10 40 N 119 40 E 11.62

BAYAGNAN ISLAND 9 47 N 125 39 E 6.44

BAYAS ISLETS 11 26 N 123 10 E 3.38

BAYAWAN 9 22 N 122 48 E 4.39

BAYBAY 10 41 N 124 48 E 6.140

BAYO POINT 10 27 N 121 55 E 4.33

BAYUAN BAY 11 47 N 120 09 E 10.29

BEDAL POINT 13 16 N 123 16 E 2.72

BENNET REEF 12 24 N 123 05 E 3.19

BERRUGOSA POINT 10 23 N 125 33 E 6.60

BICOL RIVER 13 44 N 123 07 E 5.41

BICOL ROCK 14 02 N 123 11 E 5.43

BIDOOS BAY 12 55 N 121 44 E 3.3

BIHINTINUSA ISLAND 6 24 N 122 02 E 12.29

BILAA POINT 9 49 N 125 26 E 6.40

BILAA SHOAL 9 50 N 125 26 E 6.40

BILABID ISLAND 9 45 N 125 38 E 6.67

BILANGAN ISLAND 5 42 N 120 13 E 12.24

BILATAN ISLAND 4 59 N 120 00 E 12.80

BILIRAN 11 28 N 124 28 E 6.110

BILIRAN ISLAND 11 35 N 124 30 E 6.111

BILIRAN STRAIT 11 27 N 124 29 E 6.109

BILOC BILOC REEF 5 20 N 120 00 E 12.80

BINABALIAN POINT 16 23 N 119 55 E 1.45

BINAGASBASAN BAY 13 57 N 123 35 E 5.51

BINALABAG ISLAND 11 35 N 119 56 E 10.24

BINALBAGAN 10 12 N 122 51 E 3.77

BINALIO POINT 12 08 N 124 27 E 6.91

BINALIU ROCKS 10 12 N 125 29 E 6.58

BINALUAN 10 56 N 119 21 E 11.17

BINANAN ISLAND 11 09 N 123 05 E 3.46

BINANGA POINT 14 45 N 120 15 E 1.63

BINATICAN ISLAND 10 57 N 119 43 E 11.60

BINGAY POINT 13 04 N 124 11 E 2.116,

5.83

BINGKAY POINT 10 48 N 124 01 E 6.129

BINICTICAN RIVER 14 49 N 120 18 E 1.63

BINIGSIAN POINT 9 50 N 122 22 E 4.35

BINIPTICAN POINT 14 45 N 120 11 E 1.62

BINIT POINT 9 55 N 125 17 E 6.38

BINONGKALAN POINT 10 38 N 124 02 E 6.130

BINONI 9 08 N 124 48 E 8.36

BINORONG POINT 13 40 N 124 25 E 5.68

BINTOULAN ISLAND 5 14 N 120 38 E 12.63

BINULBULAN ISLAND 11 15 N 119 38 E 11.56

BINULUANGAN ISLAND 11 31 N 123 11 E 3.36

BINUNI POINT 8 12 N 124 01 E 8.22

BINUNSALIAN BAY 9 39 N 118 44 E 11.74

BINUNTUAN POINT 11 27 N 124 53 E 6.101

BIRI CHANNEL 12 38 N 124 22 E 2.129

BIRI ISLAND 12 40 N 124 23 E 2.128

BISLIG BAY 8 14 N 126 23 E 9.61

BISUCAY ISLAND 10 49 N 120 58 E 10.9

BITAOGAN BAY 8 53 N 126 19 E 9.65

BITAOGAN POINT 13 44 N 124 24 E 5.67

BITAOGAN POINT 6 46 N 126 04 E 9.52

BITINAN ISLAND 6 04 N 121 27 E 12.43

BITON BAY 12 23 N 123 47 E 2.107

BIVOUAC POINT 9 11 N 118 21 E 11.79

BLACK ISLET 14 00 N 123 47 E 5.52

BLACK ROCK PASS 12 18 N 123 49 E 2.108

BLAKE REEF 4 44 N 119 13 E 12.87

BLANCA POINT 18 22 N 120 39 E 1.19

BLANCA POINT 8 31 N 123 03 E 8.7

BLUFF POINT 9 55 N 118 36 E 11.35

BOAC 13 27 N 121 50 E 2.63

BOAT ROCK 10 55 N 119 20 E 11.16

BOAYA POINT 13 30 N 120 58 E 2.26

BOAYAN ISLAND 10 35 N 119 09 E 11.25

BOBON POINT 12 32 N 124 34 E 2.124

BOCAO POINT 12 00 N 120 20 E 10.19

BOGIO POINT 13 29 N 120 43 E 2.23

BOGO 11 03 N 124 00 E 6.122

BOGO BAY 11 06 N 124 02 E 6.121

BOHOL 10 29 N 119 53 E 11.66

BOHOL SEA 9 21 N 124 00 E 8.1

BOHOL STRAIT 10 00 N 123 45 E 7.1

BOJELEBUNG 6 31 N 122 11 E 12.28

BOJELEBUNG CHANNEL 6 31 N 122 12 E 12.28

BOLALO BAY 10 56 N 119 15 E 11.14

BOLD HEAD 10 59 N 119 16 E 11.14

BOLD POINT 10 02 N 119 09 E 11.71

BOLILA POINT 9 34 N 122 29 E 4.36

BOLINAO 16 23 N 119 54 E 1.46

BOLINAO HARBOR 16 24 N 119 54 E 1.45

BOLJOON 9 38 N 123 29 E 7.43

BOLOD ISLANDS 6 16 N 121 36 E 12.39

BOMBAY SHOAL 9 26 N 116 55 E 11.2

BONBONON POINT 9 03 N 123 07 E 7.33

BONDOC POINT 13 10 N 122 36 E 2.50

BONDULAN POINT 10 40 N 122 34 E 3.54

BONGABONG 12 45 N 121 29 E 4.12

BONGAO ISLAND 5 01 N 119 45 E 12.75

BONGO ISLAND 7 20 N 124 02 E 9.26

BOOMBONG ISLAND 9 45 N 121 20 E 12.10
328 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

BORBON 10 50 N 124 02 E 6.129

BORNEO BANK 7 40 N 117 37 E 11.101

BORNEO SHOAL 7 22 N 117 32 E 11.101

BOROCAY ISLAND 11 58 N 121 55 E 3.20

BOROCAY ISLAND 11 58 N 121 56 E 4.26

BOROGAN ISLAND 5 04 N 119 55 E 12.73

BOROT COVE 6 36 N 126 05 E 9.52

BOTINAGAN BAY 13 53 N 124 24 E 5.66

BOTLOG ISLAND 11 14 N 123 09 E 3.43

BOTOLAN POINT 15 14 N 120 01 E 1.60

BOTON POINT 8 39 N 123 22 E 8.7

BOWEN ISLAND 8 21 N 117 19 E 11.84

BREAKER REEF 8 41 N 117 09 E 11.46

BRECHTEL SHOAL 8 53 N 117 26 E 11.44

BROKEN HEAD 10 07 N 118 49 E 11.32

BROTHER ISLANDS 11 24 N 119 31 E 11.50

BRUTUS REEF 6 45 N 121 20 E 12.18

BUAD ISLAND 11 40 N 124 51 E 6.95

BUAN ISLAND 5 09 N 120 03 E 12.72

BUAYAN CITY 6 07 N 125 11 E 9.36

BUBUAN ISLAND 5 25 N 120 35 E 12.61

BUBUAN ISLAND 6 11 N 120 58 E 12.51

BUBUAN ISLAND 6 21 N 121 58 E 12.37

BUBULAUAN POINT 11 24 N 119 46 E 11.54

BUCAS GRANDE ISLAND 9 40 N 125 56 E 6.76

BUCAS POINT 9 46 N 125 55 E 6.78

BUCUTUA ISLAND 6 09 N 121 49 E 12.39

BUENAVISTA 11 00 N 125 39 E 6.23

BUENAVISTA 8 59 N 125 25 E 8.45

BUGHO POINT 10 22 N 125 15 E 6.35

BUGO 8 31 N 124 45 E 8.30

BUGSUK ISLAND 8 15 N 117 18 E 11.85

BUGTON POINT 12 30 N 121 27 E 4.13

BUGTON POINT 13 13 N 124 01 E 5.80

BUGTUNG ISLAND 11 53 N 124 05 E 2.98

BUGUEY 18 17 N 121 50 E 1.15

BUGUI POINT 12 36 N 123 14 E 2.90,

3.26

BUGUT LAPIT POINT 5 09 N 119 50 E 12.68

BUHOC POINT 11 40 N 124 20 E 6.111

BUIONG POINT 14 44 N 120 15 E 1.71

BUKID POINT 5 34 N 125 25 E 9.39

BULACAUE POINT 11 36 N 123 09 E 3.25

BULALACAO BAY 12 19 N 121 21 E 4.17

BULALAQUI POINT 11 17 N 124 04 E 6.120

BULALO POINT 8 40 N 123 35 E 8.13

BULAN 12 40 N 123 52 E 2.88

BULAN ISLAND 6 08 N 121 50 E 12.40

BULAWAN POINT 11 31 N 119 49 E 11.52

BULICUTIN ISLAND 6 01 N 121 22 E 12.55

BULLOCK HEAD 10 54 N 119 18 E 11.15

BULLOCK POINT 10 33 N 119 15 E 11.24

BULUANG 12 14 N 119 52 E 10.37

BULUSAN 12 45 N 124 08 E 2.115

BUNAWAN RIVER 7 14 N 125 39 E 9.48

BUNAY BUNAY ISLAND 5 05 N 119 57 E 12.72

BUNGA POINT 12 10 N 125 30 E 6.6

BUNGA POINT 5 55 N 120 53 E 12.49

BUNTAY POINT 11 18 N 123 44 E 7.2

BURA POINT 11 18 N 125 37 E 6.17

BURDEOS BAY 14 48 N 122 05 E 5.15

BURI ISLAND 11 08 N 123 03 E 3.46

BURI POINT 11 56 N 123 43 E 3.30

BURIAS ISLAND 13 00 N 123 06 E 2.74

BURIAS PASS 13 00 N 123 15 E 2.74

BUROBODIONGAN POINT 12 28 N 124 17 E 2.135

BURUANGA POINT 11 52 N 121 53 E 4.27

BURUNCAN PENINSULA 12 13 N 121 14 E 4.18

BURUNCAN POINT 12 12 N 121 15 E 4.11

BURUNGAN ISLAND 12 33 N 124 05 E 2.113

BUSAN BAY 7 36 N 122 28 E 9.11

BUSING 13 08 N 122 58 E 2.76

BUSUANGA 12 09 N 119 55 E 10.36

BUSUANGA ISLAND 12 10 N 120 00 E 10.1,

10.13

BUTAG BAY 12 37 N 123 56 E 2.89

BUTAUANAN BAY 14 06 N 123 17 E 5.45

BUTAUANAN ISLAND 14 07 N 123 19 E 5.45

BUTUAN 8 57 N 125 33 E 8.48

BUTUAN BAY 9 07 N 125 27 E 8.44

BUTULAN COVE 5 38 N 125 27 E 9.39

BUYALLAO ISLAND 12 23 N 121 27 E 4.14

BUYALLAO PENINSULA 12 22 N 121 26 E 4.14

BYBY ISLAND 9 35 N 125 42 E 6.68

C

CAALUHAN RIVER 13 48 N 123 19 E 5.42

CABADBARAN 9 07 N 125 32 E 8.50

CABAHAN ISLAND 12 09 N 122 02 E 3.11

CABALAGNAN POINT 10 26 N 122 35 E 3.68

CABALETE ISLAND 14 17 N 121 50 E 5.26

CABALIAN 10 16 N 125 10 E 6.37

CABALIAN BAY 10 15 N 125 10 E 6.37

CABALIAN POINT 12 06 N 122 01 E 3.9

CABALIAN POINT 5 53 N 120 56 E 12.48

CABALIC POINT 10 37 N 122 32 E 3.54

CABALITIAN BAY 16 06 N 120 06 E 1.41

CABALITIAN ISLAND 16 07 N 120 07 E 1.41

CABALLO ISLAND 14 22 N 120 37 E 1.79

CABALLO ISLAND SUMMIT 14 22 N 120 37 E 1.86

CABAN ISLAND 13 41 N 120 50 E 2.15

CABANCAUAN ISLAND 5 14 N 119 57 E 12.69

CABARIAN POINT 13 01 N 123 19 E 2.73

CABARRUYAN ISLAND 16 18 N 119 58 E 1.44

CABAUN ISLAND 12 34 N 124 30 E 2.125

CABAY BAY 11 28 N 125 31 E 6.15

CABAYOC POINT 14 37 N 120 22 E 1.72

CABGAN ISLAND 13 46 N 123 16 E 5.42

CABGAN ISLAND 9 36 N 125 43 E 6.68

CABILAN ISLETS 9 57 N 125 32 E 6.52

CABILAO ISLAND 9 53 N 123 46 E 7.49

CABILAUAN ISLAND 12 10 N 120 10 E 10.16

CABILING ISLET 10 01 N 126 00 E 6.87

CABLAGNA POINT 11 05 N 125 24 E 6.26

CABLAGUA POINT 11 05 N 125 24 E 6.26

CABODIANGAN POINT 12 27 N 122 25 E 3.15

CABRA ISLAND 13 53 N 120 02 E 2.3

CABRA POINT 12 04 N 125 31 E 6.9

CABUGAN ISLAND 8 24 N 117 16 E 11.84

CABUGAN ISLANDS 10 27 N 125 14 E 6.34

CABUGAO BAY 13 34 N 124 16 E 5.61

CABUGAO BAY 17 50 N 120 26 E 1.24

CABUGAO POINT 10 45 N 122 39 E 3.52

CABUGAO POINT 17 49 N 120 26 E 1.24

CABUGAO SHOAL 17 50 N 120 25 E 1.24

CABULAN ISLAND 10 09 N 124 03 E 7.46

CABULAUAN ISLAND 11 23 N 120 06 E 10.23

CABULAUAN ISLANDS 11 25 N 120 08 E 10.22

CABULI ISLAND 11 26 N 119 30 E 11.50

CABULI POINT 11 25 N 119 30 E 11.49

CABULIG BAY 8 38 N 124 46 E 8.32

CACATAN ISLAND 5 30 N 120 27 E 12.62

CACNIPA ISLAND 10 30 N 119 04 E 11.27

CADIZ 10 58 N 123 18 E 3.59

CADLAO ISLAND 11 13 N 119 22 E 11.7

CADUCDULA POINT 10 25 N 121 58 E 4.33

CADULAN POINT 12 13 N 123 52 E 2.96

CADURUAN POINT 11 43 N 124 04 E 2.98

CADURUAN POINT 11 44 N 124 04 E 3.31

CAGARAY POINT 13 37 N 124 21 E 5.69

CAGAYAN DE ORO 8 30 N 24 39 E 8.29

CAGAYAN ISLAND 9 36 N 121 14 E 12.9

CAGAYAN SULU ISLAND 7 00 N 118 29 E 12.4

CAGAYANCILLO 9 35 N 121 13 E 12.9

CAGDANAO ISLAND 11 10 N 119 40 E 11.57

CAGDANAO ISLAND 11 27 N 119 43 E 11.54

CAGMANABA BAY 13 03 N 123 17 E 2.73

CAGOSOAN POINT 10 43 N 125 49 E 6.32

CAGRARAY ISLAND 13 18 N 123 52 E 5.75

CAGRARAY POINT 13 14 N 123 55 E 5.79

CAGSAO POINT 13 46 N 123 17 E 5.42

CAGUAIT COVE 8 56 N 126 18 E 9.65

CAIBIRAN 11 34 N 124 35 E 6.111

CAIBOBO POINT 14 30 N 120 22 E 1.72

CAIMA BAY 13 43 N 122 49 E 2.71

CAIMAN POINT 15 55 N 119 46 E 1.48

CAIMAN SHOAL 14 48 N 120 16 E 1.68

CAIN REEF 10 15 N 124 43 E 6.143

CAJIDIOCAN 12 22 N 122 41 E 3.16

CAJOAGAN ISLAND 12 37 N 124 49 E 2.123

CAJUI REEF 12 20 N 121 04 E 4.8

CALABADIAN ISLAND 10 52 N 119 38 E 11.61
Index—Gazetteer 329

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

CALABAGO POINT 12 33 N 122 19 E 3.14

CALABAZAS ISLAND 11 05 N 123 01 E 3.45

CALABUCTUNG POINT 10 54 N 119 20 E 11.16

CALAGCALAG BAY 9 50 N 123 09 E 7.12

CALAGNAAN ISLAND 11 29 N 123 13 E 3.36

CALAGUA ISLANDS 14 27 N 122 56 E 5.34

CALAGUSANG POINT 6 43 N 122 07 E 12.27

CALALANAG ISLAND 14 21 N 122 36 E 5.28

CALALAYUAN POINT 12 18 N 121 04 E 4.7

CALALONG ISLAND 9 35 N 121 14 E 12.10

CALANDORANG BAY 8 00 N 117 04 E 11.90

CALANGAMAN ISLAND 11 07 N 124 15 E 6.118

CALANTAS ROCK 12 31 N 124 05 E 2.112

CALAPAN 13 25 N 121 11 E 2.28

CALAPAN BAY 13 25 N 121 11 E 2.27

CALAPAN POINT 13 26 N 121 12 E 2.29

CALAPE BAY 9 54 N 123 52 E 7.49

CALASAG BAY 10 28 N 119 53 E 11.66

CALASAG POINT 10 28 N 119 52 E 11.66

CALATAGAN INLET 13 49 N 120 38 E 1.90

CALATAGAN POINT 13 49 N 120 37 E 1.90

CALATON POINT 12 11 N 122 04 E 3.11

CALATRAVA 10 36 N 123 29 E 7.7

CALAUAG BAY 10 42 N 119 36 E 11.62

CALAUAG BAY 14 00 N 122 15 E 5.26

CALAUIT BAY 12 16 N 119 56 E 10.14

CALAVITE PASSAGE 13 27 N 120 24 E 2.22

CALAYAN 19 16 N 121 28 E 1.9

CALAYAN BANK 19 40 N 121 29 E 1.7

CALAYAN ISLAND 19 20 N 121 28 E 1.8

CALAYLAYAN BAY 13 50 N 121 58 E 2.40

CALBAYOG 12 04 N 124 36 E 6.92

CALBIGA RIVER 11 40 N 124 58 E 6.95

CALDERA POINT 6 57 N 121 58 E 8.2, 9.2

CALIAN POINT 6 07 N 125 43 E 9.40

CALIBANG ISLAND 11 25 N 119 39 E 11.54

CALIBON POINT 7 50 N 123 37 E 9.22

CALICOAN ISLAND 11 00 N 125 47 E 6.21

CALICOAN PASS 11 02 N 125 46 E 6.21

CALINGANGAN POINT 10 08 N 125 13 E 6.38

CALINTAAN ISLAND 12 32 N 124 05 E 2.112

CALIPAPA 9 28 N 122 34 E 4.38

CALITAN ISLAND 11 25 N 119 28 E 11.4

CALITUBAN ISLAND 10 15 N 124 18 E 6.148

CALOLBON 13 36 N 124 06 E 5.61

CALONGCALONG POINT 9 20 N 123 18 E 7.16,

7.29

CALTAGAN ISLAND 11 26 N 124 53 E 6.101

CALUBCUB POINT 10 50 N 122 57 E 3.64

CALUBIAN 11 27 N 124 26 E 6.113

CALUMBUYAN ISLAND 12 01 N 119 56 E 10.28

CALUNANGAN POINT 10 52 N 124 31 E 6.136

CALUNGPANG POINT 14 16 N 120 38 E 1.83

CALUPAG ISLAND 5 16 N 120 23 E 12.66

CALUSA ISLAND 9 37 N 121 01 E 12.9

CALUYA ISLAND 11 56 N 121 34 E 4.20

CALVER POINT 9 21 N 118 32 E 11.77

CAMANGA ISLAND 12 18 N 120 16 E 10.17

CAMAYAN POINT 14 46 N 120 14 E 1.66

CAMBACAMBA CHANNEL 5 11 N 120 23 E 12.82

CAMBANOG SHOAL 10 56 N 122 59 E 3.63

CAMBARI ISLAND 10 33 N 120 05 E 11.55

CAMBASINGAN ISLET 11 02 N 125 39 E 6.24

CAMBATUTAY BAY 11 53 N 124 45 E 6.93

CAMIGUIN ISLAND 18 55 N 121 55 E 1.9

CAMIGUIN ISLAND 9 10 N 124 43 E 8.34

CAMIGUIN ISLAND 9 15 N 124 43 E 8.1

CAMINAWIT POINT 12 20 N 121 05 E 4.6

CAMOTES ISLANDS 10 41 N 124 25 E 6.133

CAMP OVERTON 8 12 N 124 12 E 8.23

CAMPANARIO ISLAND 14 12 N 120 35 E 1.87

CAMPANARIO SHOAL 10 16 N 123 53 E 7.40

CAMPATOC REEF 11 13 N 124 04 E 6.120

CAMPOMANES BAY 9 41 N 122 24 E 4.36

CAMPOPO BAY 11 17 N 124 22 E 6.125

CAMPOYO POINT 9 38 N 123 09 E 7.13

CAMUNGYAN ISLAND 10 09 N 118 46 E 11.32

CANABAYON ISLAND 12 20 N 125 20 E 6.4

CANABUNGAN ISLAND 8 07 N 117 08 E 11.86

CANAGUAYAN POINT 11 04 N 124 22 E 6.126

CANAHAUAN ISLANDS 11 49 N 124 42 E 6.90

CANAL BAY 9 41 N 125 37 E 6.67

CANALASAN COVE 5 50 N 125 12 E 9.36

CANAS BAY 11 03 N 122 55 E 3.47

CANAS ISLAND 11 29 N 123 15 E 3.36

CANAUAY ISLAND 11 26 N 124 51 E 6.101

CANAUAYON ANCHORAGE 9 01 N 124 51 E 8.33

CANAUAYON ISLET 9 01 N 124 51 E 8.33

CANDAMAT REEF 11 36 N 125 26 E 6.14

CANDARAMAN INLET 8 05 N 117 03 E 11.88

CANDARAMAN ISLAND 8 05 N 117 06 E 11.88

CANDON POINT 17 13 N 120 24 E 1.33

CANDULINGAN ISLAND 7 49 N 122 07 E 8.5

CANGALUYAN ISLAND 16 22 N 119 59 E 1.44

CANGOM ISLAND 11 19 N 124 58 E 6.106

CANIGAO CHANNEL 10 15 N 124 43 E 6.143

CANIGAO ISLAND 10 15 N 124 45 E 6.142

CANIMERAN ISLAND 8 19 N 117 08 E 11.47

CANIMO ISLAND 14 07 N 123 04 E 5.37

CANIMO PASS 14 06 N 123 03 E 5.38

CANIPAN HILL 8 36 N 117 18 E 11.47

CANIPO ISLAND 10 59 N 120 57 E 10.2

CANNOMANDA POINT 11 46 N 125 28 E 6.11

CANOPAO POINT 9 38 N 124 22 E 7.57

CANSAGA BAY 10 21 N 123 58 E 7.37

CANSILAN POINT 9 23 N 122 41 E 4.38

CANTAMULIG HILL 10 09 N 124 15 E 6.146

CANTILAN 9 20 N 125 59 E 6.74

CANTON ISLAND 14 05 N 123 06 E 5.37

CAP ISLAND 5 58 N 120 07 E 12.22

CAP ROCK 10 48 N 119 23 E 11.20

CAPALONGA BAY 14 20 N 122 30 E 5.27

CAPAQUIAN ISLAND 9 59 N 125 33 E 6.52

CAPARE ISLAND 12 08 N 119 52 E 10.35

CAPAYAS 10 28 N 119 39 E 11.68

CAPE BOJEADOR 18 30 N 120 34 E 1.20

CAPE BOJEADOR LIGHTHOUSE 18 30 N 120 34 E 1.20

CAPE BOLINAO 16 20 N 119 50 E 1.47

CAPE BULILUYAN 8 20 N 117 12 E 11.85

CAPE CALAVITE 13 27 N 120 18 E 2.22,

4.2

CAPE ENGANO 18 35 N 122 08 E 1.13

CAPE ESPIRITU SANTO 12 33 N 125 11 E 6.2

CAPE MELVILLE 7 48 N 117 00 E 11.93

CAPE ROSS 10 56 N 119 13 E 11.13

CAPE ROSS 10 57 N 119 13 E 11.21

CAPE SAN AGUSTIN 6 16 N 126 11 E 9.54

CAPINES POINT 11 05 N 125 14 E 6.29

CAPITANCILLO ISLET 11 00 N 124 06 E 6.119

CAPITOL DOME 10 19 N 123 52 E 7.40

CAPIZ BAY 11 35 N 122 42 E 3.22

CAPNOYAN ISLAND 10 44 N 120 54 E 10.10

CAPO POINT 10 27 N 122 38 E 3.70

CAPOAS CLUSTER 10 55 N 118 53 E 11.28

CAPOAS PENINSULA 10 50 N 119 17 E 11.14

CAPON GRANDE LIGHTHOUSE 14 55 N 120 01 E 1.61

CAPONES ISLANDS 14 55 N 120 01 E 1.61

CAPONES POINT 14 54 N 120 03 E 1.61

CAPUAL CHANNEL 6 01 N 121 24 E 12.43

CAPUAL ISLAND 6 02 N 121 24 E 12.43

CAPUL ISLAND 12 26 N 124 10 E 2.137

CAPUL PASS 12 26 N 124 13 E 2.138

CAPULAAN BAY 13 53 N 121 47 E 2.39

CAPULUAN POINT 13 49 N 122 31 E 2.69

CAPULUAN REEF 13 49 N 122 34 E 2.69

CAPULUTAN POINT 18 00 N 122 11 E 5.3

CAPYAS ISLAND 8 26 N 117 11 E 11.47

CARABAO ISLAND 12 04 N 121 56 E 3.20

CARABAO ISLAND 14 16 N 120 37 E 1.83

CARAGA 7 20 N 126 34 E 9.57

CARAGA BAY 7 18 N 126 34 E 9.57

CARAMATAN POINT 10 27 N 119 11 E 11.25

CARAMAY 10 11 N 119 14 E 11.69

CARAMOAN POINT 13 48 N 123 56 E 5.55

CARANGIAN 12 32 N 124 29 E 2.126

CARANGIAN CHANNEL 12 32 N 124 30 E 2.126

CARAUISAN POINT 13 12 N 120 36 E 4.3

CARBIN REEF 10 59 N 123 28 E 3.57

CARCAR 10 06 N 123 39 E 7.41

CARCAR BAY 10 05 N 123 39 E 7.41

CARCAR POINT 10 05 N 123 41 E 7.41

CARIGARA 11 18 N 124 41 E 6.107

CARINGO ISLAND 14 02 N 123 06 E 5.37

CARLATAN 16 38 N 120 19 E 1.36
330 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

CARMEN BANK 11 22 N 121 37 E 4.29

CARMEN BAY 12 37 N 122 09 E 3.10

CARMEN SHOALS 11 02 N 123 20 E 3.60

CARNASA ISLAND 11 31 N 124 06 E 6.117

CARNATIC SHOAL 10 06 N 117 21 E 11.2

CAROMATA BAY 7 47 N 123 42 E 9.22

CAROT POINT 16 21 N 119 59 E 1.44

CARRASCAL BAY 9 25 N 125 58 E 6.72

CARTAGENA BAY 9 49 N 122 23 E 4.35

CASAPSAPAN BAY 16 19 N 122 13 E 5.7

CASAUMAN POINT 7 09 N 126 32 E 9.57

CASIGURAN 12 53 N 124 00 E 2.87

CASIGURAN 16 17 N 122 07 E 5.9

CASIGURAN SOUND 16 05 N 121 58 E 5.8

CASIMON POINT 10 53 N 123 53 E 7.19

CASTANAS 13 53 N 121 33 E 2.36

CASTILLA 12 57 N 123 53 E 2.86

CASTILLO POINT 9 59 N 118 56 E 11.71

CASTLE ISLAND 10 53 N 119 37 E 11.61

CASUARINA POINT 9 15 N 118 25 E 11.78

CASULIAN ISLAND 9 42 N 126 05 E 6.81

CATABANGAN 13 53 N 122 38 E 2.70

CATABANGAN BAY 13 52 N 122 37 E 2.70

CATADMAN POINT 10 33 N 124 04 E 6.132

CATAGUPAN BAY 7 58 N 116 57 E 11.94

CATAISAN POINT 11 14 N 125 02 E 6.27

CATALAT ISLAND 10 26 N 119 01 E 11.26

CATANAUAN 13 36 N 122 19 E 2.47

CATANAUAN BAY 13 35 N 122 18 E 2.46

CATANDUANES ISLAND 13 45 N 124 15 E 5.58

CATARMAN 12 30 N 124 38 E 2.123

CATARMAN ANCHORAGE 8 00 N 126 26 E 9.60

CATARMAN POINT 10 38 N 124 47 E 6.141

CATARMAN POINT 9 13 N 124 38 E 8.36

CATARMAN SHOAL 12 34 N 124 38 E 2.124

CATBALOGAN 11 46 N 124 53 E 6.94

CATBATAN POINT 12 31 N 123 24 E 2.92

CATEEL BAY 8 50 N 126 27 E 9.59

CATIMOGAN SHOALS 9 48 N 121 20 E 12.11

CATMON BAY 9 37 N 122 26 E 4.36

CATMON POINT 10 44 N 124 01 E 6.130

CATUBEG REEF 13 11 N 123 48 E 5.82

CATUNDULAN POINT 12 56 N 123 32 E 2.81

CAUAYAN ISLAND 11 16 N 119 21 E 11.7

CAUIT BANK 9 20 N 126 15 E 9.67

CAUIT ISLAND 13 47 N 123 16 E 5.42

CAUIT POINT 11 11 N 123 57 E 7.18

CAUIT POINT 12 16 N 121 58 E 3.7

CAUIT POINT 12 16 N 122 38 E 3.17

CAUIT POINT 7 32 N 122 05 E 8.2

CAUIT POINT 9 18 N 126 12 E 6.75,

9.67

CAUNBALAN POINT 13 11 N 123 18 E 2.73

CAURUSAN POINT 13 21 N 123 12 E 2.72

CAVERNA ISLAND 11 17 N 119 21 E 11.7

CAVILI ISLAND 9 17 N 120 50 E 12.12

CAVITE 14 29 N 120 54 E 1.85

CAXISIGAN ISLAND 8 05 N 117 04 E 11.88

CAYANGON POINT 9 36 N 123 29 E 7.44

CEBU 10 18 N 123 54 E 7.40

CENTINELA POINT 10 05 N 124 30 E 6.146

CERVERA REEF 12 20 N 122 50 E 3.19

CERVERA SHOAL 9 30 N 123 50 E 7.54

CH'I-HSING CHIAO 21 46 N 120 49 E 1.2

CHAMBERS KNOLL 4 49 N 119 12 E 12.86

CHARYBDIS SHOAL 10 02 N 119 32 E 11.70

CHINICARAN ISLAND 10 50 N 119 20 E 11.18

CHOCOLATE ISLET 11 19 N 124 04 E 6.118

CHONGOS BAY 5 03 N 119 49 E 12.74

CIBANG COVE 19 15 N 121 32 E 1.9

CINARAN BAY 10 49 N 119 20 E 11.18

CLARENDON BAY 7 49 N 117 01 E 11.93

CLAVER POINT 9 36 N 125 44 E 6.68

CLAVERIA 18 37 N 121 05 E 1.18

CLAVERIA BAY 18 37 N 121 04 E 1.18

CLEOPATRA NEEDLE 10 07 N 119 00 E 11.32

CLIFF HEAD 10 18 N 118 56 E 11.31

CLIFF POINT 10 48 N 119 21 E 11.20

CLIFF POINT 8 42 N 117 20 E 11.46

COAL HARBOR 13 15 N 123 55 E 5.78

COAST HILL 11 05 N 119 20 E 11.11

COAYAN BAY 7 24 N 122 57 E 9.15

COBO BAY 14 01 N 124 08 E 5.59

COBRADOR ISLAND 12 40 N 122 14 E 3.12

COCHINOS POINT 14 25 N 120 30 E 1.74

COCO ISLAND 6 44 N 122 15 E 12.27

COCONONGON POINT 12 14 N 120 13 E 10.16

COCONUT ISLAND 12 34 N 124 19 E 2.134

COCORO ISLAND 10 53 N 121 12 E 10.6

COG POINT 9 41 N 125 36 E 6.66

COGOLONG BAY 12 29 N 121 26 E 4.14

COGON 10 36 N 124 01 E 6.131

COGTONG BAY 9 51 N 124 32 E 6.150

COGUIT POINT 13 18 N 123 14 E 2.72

COLAPSIN POINT 6 38 N 125 26 E 9.41

COLASI BAY 12 27 N 121 25 E 4.14

COLASI POINT 12 32 N 124 05 E 2.110

COLASI POINT 13 47 N 120 20 E 2.7

COLAYLAYAN BAY 11 27 N 119 44 E 11.54

COLLINGSWOOD SHOAL 9 12 N 117 32 E 11.40

COLOCONTO BAY 13 42 N 121 27 E 2.35

COLOMA ROCK 10 50 N 119 24 E 11.20

COLORADA POINT 12 33 N 123 23 E 2.90

COMAS ISLAND 16 09 N 120 07 E 1.42

COMIARAN CHANNEL 7 53 N 117 14 E 11.98

COMIARAN ISLAND 7 55 N 117 13 E 11.97

COMIRAN CHANNEL 7 53 N 117 14 E 11.98

COMIRAN ISLAND 7 55 N 117 13 E 11.97

COMPOSTELA 10 27 N 124 00 E 6.132

CONCEPCION BAY 11 15 N 123 07 E 3.40

CONCEPTION 12 03 N 119 58 E 10.34

CONE ROCK 11 13 N 119 42 E 11.56

CONICAL HEAD 11 01 N 119 17 E 11.13

CONSUMALA POINT 12 30 N 122 33 E 3.16

COPTON BAY 9 59 N 123 25 E 7.26

COPTON PENINSULA 9 58 N 123 23 E 7.27

COPTON POINT 10 00 N 123 23 E 7.27

CORAL BAY 8 25 N 117 20 E 11.84

CORAN REEF 11 53 N 120 12 E 10.21

CORON 12 00 N 120 12 E 10.33

CORON BAY 11 54 N 120 07 E 10.29

CORON HARBOR 12 00 N 120 12 E 10.33

CORON ISLAND 11 55 N 120 15 E 10.20

CORON PASSAGE 11 59 N 120 15 E 10.32

CORON POINT 11 59 N 120 13 E 10.32

CORONADO POINT 7 57 N 122 13 E 8.5

CORREGIDOR ISLAND 14 23 N 120 35 E 1.78

CORTE 10 07 N 124 08 E 7.47

CORTE POINT 10 09 N 124 09 E 7.46,

7.47

COTABATO 7 14 N 124 15 E 9.28

COTAD ISLAND 10 32 N 120 01 E 11.65

CRATER BAY 13 58 N 123 40 E 5.51

CRATER SHOAL 11 01 N 118 50 E 11.28

CRAWFORD POINT 11 19 N 119 25 E 11.5

CRESCENT REEF 10 40 N 118 43 E 11.29

CREST OF WAVE SHOAL 5 33 N 120 37 E 12.60

CRESTA DE GALLO ISLAND 12 12 N 122 42 E 3.18

CRUZ ISLANDS 7 11 N 125 46 E 9.46

CRUZ POINT 9 44 N 123 47 E 7.50

CUATRO ISLANDS 10 31 N 124 39 E 6.142

CUBI POINT 14 48 N 120 15 E 1.67

CUCARACHA SHOAL 11 41 N 123 11 E 3.25

CUCKOLD HILL 9 29 N 118 13 E 11.35

CUJAO POINT 11 45 N 124 53 E 6.94

CULASI BAY 11 05 N 122 59 E 3.47

CULASIAN BAY 8 52 N 117 29 E 11.44

CULEBRA ISLAND 15 53 N 119 47 E 1.48

CULEBRA ISLET 11 21 N 123 14 E 3.40

CULEBRA ISLET 13 38 N 120 57 E 2.17

CULILI POINT 18 05 N 120 28 E 1.22

CULION ISLAND 11 50 N 120 00 E 10.25

CUSTODIO POINT 11 06 N 119 19 E 11.10

CUTTER POINT 9 27 N 118 35 E 11.76

CUYO 10 51 N 121 00 E 10.8

CUYO ISLAND 10 50 N 121 02 E 10.2

CUYO ISLAND 10 51 N 121 02 E 10.7

CYNTHIA BAY 10 33 N 119 59 E 11.65

D

DAABANTAYAN 11 15 N 124 00 E 7.17

DAANGLUNGSOD POINT 10 24 N 123 39 E 7.21
Index—Gazetteer 331

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

DABUN ISLAND 11 27 N 124 54 E 6.101

DACO ISLAND 9 35 N 123 09 E 7.13

DACO ISLET 9 45 N 126 10 E 6.84

DADALITEN ISLAND 11 00 N 119 42 E 11.58

DADIANGAS 6 07 N 125 11 E 9.36

DAGA REEF 10 59 N 123 19 E 3.60

DAGAT ROCKS 13 59 N 123 59 E 5.57

DAGUPAN CITY 16 03 N 120 20 E 1.39

DAHAKIT POINT 9 34 N 125 56 E 6.77

DAHICAN ISLET 9 57 N 125 57 E 6.88

DAHIKAN BAY 14 19 N 122 37 E 5.29

DAHIKAN BAY 9 29 N 125 56 E 6.70

DAIJAGON CANAL 11 04 N 123 58 E 7.18

DAINGAPIC POINT 6 05 N 121 01 E 12.53

DAKIT ISLET 12 15 N 123 50 E 2.108

DALAGA POINT 10 29 N 119 05 E 11.26

DALAGUETE POINT 9 46 N 123 32 E 7.43

DALAHICAN ISLAND 8 18 N 117 11 E 11.85

DALANGANEM ISLANDS 10 40 N 120 15 E 11.55

DALAYNAY POINT 13 47 N 124 25 E 5.67

DALIAO 7 01 N 125 30 E 9.44

DALIPE POINT 10 46 N 121 55 E 4.31

DALRYMPLE HARBOR 6 00 N 121 19 E 12.54

DALRYMPLE POINT 10 07 N 118 49 E 11.32

DALUPIRI ISLAND 12 25 N 124 15 E 2.136

DALUPIRI ISLAND 19 05 N 121 14 E 1.11

DALUPIRI PASS 12 25 N 124 18 E 2.136

DAMAO ISLAND 10 50 N 119 20 E 11.18

DAMITA ROCK 12 06 N 124 28 E 6.91

DAMMAI ISLAND 5 48 N 120 24 E 12.24

DAMOCAN ISLAND 5 51 N 121 08 E 12.45

DAMORTIS LIGHT 16 16 N 120 23 E 1.38

DAMPALAN BAY 13 02 N 123 06 E 2.79

DANAJON BANK 10 17 N 124 30 E 6.147

DANAO 10 31 N 124 01 E 6.132

DANAO POINT 10 30 N 124 02 E 6.132

DANAO RIVER 10 49 N 123 34 E 7.6

DANAON ISLAND 9 56 N 125 30 E 6.50

DANJUGAN ISLAND 9 52 N 122 23 E 4.35

DAPA 9 45 N 126 02 E 6.83

DAPA CHANNEL 9 46 N 125 58 E 6.82

DAPDAP POINT 10 44 N 122 37 E 3.52

DAPDAP POINT 14 13 N 122 17 E 5.27

DAPDAP ROCKS 11 52 N 124 40 E 6.90

DAPITAN 8 39 N 123 25 E 8.9

DAPITAN BAY 8 40 N 123 24 E 8.8

DAPUA POINT 14 44 N 120 16 E 1.70

DAQUIT POINT 9 13 N 123 41 E 7.36

DAQUIT SHOAL 9 16 N 123 41 E 7.36

DARAGA 13 09 N 123 43 E 5.81

DARAKIT POINT 9 34 N 125 56 E 6.77

DARAM CHANNEL 11 32 N 124 50 E 6.97

DARAM ISLAND 11 36 N 124 48 E 6.96

DARDARAT 16 57 N 120 26 E 1.34

DARIGAYOS POINT 16 50 N 120 21 E 1.35

DAROCOTAN BAY 11 21 N 119 32 E 11.50

DAROCOTAN ISLAND 11 22 N 119 32 E 11.50

DAROCOTAN POINT 11 21 N 119 33 E 11.50

DARRENA POINT 17 46 N 120 24 E 1.27

DASOL BAY 15 54 N 119 50 E 1.48

DASSALAN ISLAND 6 45 N 121 28 E 12.18

DATUBATO ISLAND 5 55 N 120 17 E 12.23

DATUBATO ISLANDS 5 55 N 120 17 E 12.22

DAUAJON ISLET 11 16 N 124 22 E 6.125

DAUIN POINT 9 11 N 123 16 E 7.32

DAVAO 7 04 N 125 37 E 9.45

DAYANAYOG COVE 9 45 N 125 57 E 6.78

DAYAP POINT 13 09 N 121 30 E 2.33

DE LA VINA HACIENDA 10 21 N 123 20 E 7.10

DEAGAN ISLAND 12 15 N 123 51 E 2.96

DEATOBATO ISLAND 5 33 N 120 04 E 12.22

DEBANGAN ISLAND 11 01 N 119 44 E 11.61

DEBUTUNAN POINT 16 04 N 121 47 E 5.9

DEL MONTE POINT 13 32 N 120 25 E 2.22

DELIAN ISLAND 11 50 N 120 19 E 10.21

DEMELIAS ISLAND 12 06 N 120 18 E 10.19

DEPAGAL ISLAND 12 10 N 120 15 E 10.18

DEQUEY ISLAND 20 20 N 121 47 E 1.7

DERIBONGAN ISLAND 11 11 N 119 40 E 11.56

DESOLATION POINT 10 28 N 125 39 E 6.61

DESTACADO ISLAND 12 17 N 124 06 E 2.140

DESTACADO ROCKS 11 07 N 119 13 E 11.9

DETOBET POINT 12 09 N 119 51 E 10.34

DIALAO POINT 18 37 N 120 47 E 1.19

DIAMANTE ROCK 12 21 N 124 12 E 2.138

DIAPITAN BAY 16 26 N 122 13 E 5.7

DIBATUC ISLAND 11 58 N 120 19 E 10.20

DIBOYOYAN ISLAND 12 16 N 120 06 E 10.14

DIBUGHAN ISLET 12 54 N 123 51 E 2.85

DIBUT BAY 15 41 N 121 37 E 5.10

DICABAITO ISLAND 11 39 N 119 58 E 10.30

DIDICAS ROCK 19 04 N 122 12 E 1.10

DIENTE POINT 10 57 N 119 13 E 11.14

DIENTE SHOAL 10 58 N 119 13 E 11.14

DIFFICULT POINT 11 03 N 119 20 E 11.11

DIGOLLORIN BAY 16 50 N 122 26 E 5.6

DIGOLLORIN POINT 16 53 N 122 28 E 5.6

DIGOS 6 45 N 125 23 E 9.42

DIGOS OUTER REEF 6 44 N 125 24 E 9.42

DIGOS POINT 6 45 N 125 23 E 9.42

DIGOS REEFS 6 45 N 125 24 E 9.42

DILE POINT 17 34 N 120 20 E 1.28

DILIGAN ISLAND 7 35 N 122 29 E 9.11

DILUMACAD ISLAND 11 12 N 119 20 E 11.8

DIMANGLET ISLAND 11 33 N 119 49 E 10.24

DIMIAO 9 36 N 124 10 E 7.56

DIMIPAC ISLAND 12 22 N 119 54 E 10.13

DINAGAT 9 58 N 125 35 E 6.51

DINAGAT ISLAND 10 07 N 125 35 E 6.39

DINAGAT POINT 9 58 N 125 35 E 6.51

DINAGAT SOUND 10 00 N 125 50 E 6.65

DINAHICAN POINT 14 42 N 121 43 E 5.11

DINAHICAN POINT 14 42 N 121 44 E 5.19

DINAPIQUI POINT 16 32 N 122 17 E 5.6

DINATADMO POINT 16 31 N 122 17 E 5.6

DINGALAN BAY 15 18 N 121 25 E 5.10

DINIT ISLAND 11 01 N 119 40 E 11.58

DIO ISLET 11 13 N 125 03 E 6.28

DIOGO ISLAND 20 42 N 121 56 E 1.4

DIPOLOG 8 35 N 123 20 E 8.8

DIPUYOY RIVER 12 01 N 119 59 E 10.34

DIRIQUE INLET 18 28 N 120 35 E 1.21

DISUMANGIT POINT 17 03 N 122 31 E 5.5

DIT ISLAND 11 15 N 120 56 E 10.4

DIUATA POINT 9 06 N 125 13 E 8.43

DIUTAY ISLET 9 37 N 123 09 E 7.13

DIVILACAN BAY 17 23 N 122 19 E 5.4

DIVINUBO ISLAND 11 36 N 125 30 E 6.14

DIVIUISA POINT 16 48 N 122 26 E 5.6

DIWAIT POINT 8 29 N 123 02 E 8.7

DOC CAN ISLAND 5 53 N 119 56 E 12.23

DOC CAN ISLAND 5 53 N 119 58 E 12.15

DOHA SHOAL 11 15 N 123 51 E 7.3

DOLORES POINT 9 45 N 126 07 E 6.84

DOLORES RIVER 12 02 N 125 29 E 6.9

DOMINGA SHOAL 12 01 N 121 10 E 4.24

DON ISLANDS 11 05 N 123 39 E 7.4

DON JUAN DE AUSTRIA SHOALS 7 38 N 118 11 E 12.3

DON REEF 8 40 N 123 18 E 8.8

DONAUANG SHOALS 6 30 N 124 00 E 9.31

DONDONAY ISLAND 9 36 N 121 15 E 12.10

DONGON POINT 12 43 N 120 48 E 4.5

DONGON REEF 12 19 N 121 00 E 4.7

DONSOL 12 54 N 123 35 E 2.81

DOOG POINT 9 30 N 122 32 E 4.38

DOONG REEF 11 08 N 123 34 E 7.4

DOORLY PATCHES 7 48 N 117 21 E 11.98

DOOT ISLET 9 49 N 125 36 E 6.48

DOS HERMANAS ISLANDS 13 02 N 121 55 E 3.3

DOS HERMANOS 18 35 N 122 08 E 1.13

DOS HERMANOS ROCKS 16 26 N 119 56 E 1.37

DOUBLE ISLAND 9 22 N 118 05 E 11.36

DOUGAL POINT 8 41 N 117 43 E 11.81

DRAKE PEAK 10 30 N 119 37 E 11.63

DRY BANK 5 55 N 121 01 E 12.47

DRY REEF 10 00 N 118 36 E 11.43

DUAS POINT 6 44 N 126 05 E 9.52

DUERO 9 42 N 124 24 E 7.58

DUHME SHOALS 10 06 N 118 31 E 11.33

DULAG 10 58 N 125 02 E 6.31

DULHUGAN POINT 10 55 N 124 23 E 6.135

DULUGDUG POINT 11 31 N 124 49 E 6.97

DULUNGUIN POINT 7 44 N 122 05 E 8.3

DUMAGUETE 9 18 N 123 18 E 7.30
332 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

DUMALAG POINT 7 02 N 125 34 E 9.44

DUMALI POINT 13 07 N 121 33 E 2.34,

3.2

DUMANGAS POINT 10 47 N 122 44 E 3.48

DUMANGAS RIVER 10 48 N 122 42 E 3.50

DUMANJUG 10 04 N 123 26 E 7.26

DUMANJUG BAY 10 04 N 123 26 E 7.25

DUMANQUILAS BAY 7 35 N 123 05 E 9.17

DUMAQUIT POINT 12 52 N 123 39 E 2.82

DUMARAN 10 32 N 119 46 E 11.67

DUMARAN CHANNEL 10 30 N 119 44 E 11.68

DUMARAN ISLAND 10 30 N 119 50 E 11.63

DUMARAN POINT 10 31 N 119 45 E 11.67

DUNAUN ISLAND 11 52 N 120 05 E 10.29

DUNDANGAN ISLAND 5 13 N 120 21 E 12.66

DUNGUN POINT 11 32 N 124 17 E 6.124

DUPON BAY 10 55 N 124 25 E 6.135

DURUDEEN POINT 9 18 N 118 02 E 11.37

DUYAGAN POINT 12 36 N 121 33 E 4.13

E

EAST BOLOD ISLAND 6 16 N 121 37 E 12.39

EAST BUCAS ISLAND 9 43 N 126 02 E 6.80

EAST CHANNEL 10 30 N 122 47 E 3.74

EAST MAQUINIT ISLAND 11 59 N 120 14 E 10.32

EAST PEAK 11 18 N 119 32 E 11.51

EAST ROCK 11 02 N 123 15 E 3.60

EGUET POINT 6 03 N 121 57 E 12.40

EL FRAILE ISLAND 14 18 N 120 38 E 1.83

EL NIDO 11 11 N 119 23 E 11.6

ELCANO SHOAL 11 51 N 122 53 E 3.25

ELINIBINID POINT 12 19 N 119 52 E 10.37

ELLIS SHOAL 7 44 N 117 10 E 11.98

EMERGENCY POINT 10 46 N 119 16 E 11.21

EMMIT POINT 11 15 N 119 25 E 11.5

ENCAMPMENT POINT 8 07 N 117 03 E 11.87

ENDEAVOR POINT 10 57 N 119 19 E 11.13

ENDEAVOR STRAIT 10 59 N 119 18 E 11.13

ENGINEER ISLAND 14 36 N 120 58 E 1.86

ENRIQUE VILLANUEVA 9 17 N 123 39 E 7.36

ENTALULA ISLAND 11 08 N 119 20 E 11.10

ENTERPRISE POINT 10 51 N 119 13 E 11.22

ENTRANCE ISLAND 14 20 N 122 35 E 5.30

ERAN BAY 9 06 N 117 43 E 11.41

ERAN POINT 9 05 N 117 41 E 11.41

ERMITA ROCK 10 26 N 123 26 E 7.8

ESCABROSA POINT 10 04 N 118 44 E 11.34

ESCALANTE 10 50 N 123 33 E 7.5

ESCARCEO POINT 13 31 N 120 59 E 2.26

ESCARPADA POINT 18 31 N 122 14 E 1.13

ESCONCHADA POINT 10 19 N 125 31 E 6.59

ESFUERZO POINT 10 31 N 119 43 E 11.62

ESPANA 12 23 N 122 30 E 3.17

ESPINA POINT 7 59 N 117 04 E 11.92

ESTANCIA 11 27 N 123 09 E 3.39

ETINAS ISLAND 13 52 N 123 52 E 5.53

EVE REEF 10 14 N 124 44 E 6.143

F

FAGG REEF 16 39 N 120 15 E 1.36

FAIRIE QUEEN 10 38 N 117 38 E 11.2

FAROL POINT 9 05 N 124 46 E 8.36

FAVORITE BANK 6 38 N 121 04 E 12.20

FEARLESS SHOAL 7 23 N 117 37 E 11.101

FILANTROPIA POINT 8 51 N 117 56 E 11.81

FLAT ROCK, 10 52 N 119 19 E 11.19

FLECHAS POINT 10 22 N 119 34 E 11.69

FONDEADO ISLAND 9 56 N 118 55 E 11.72

FOOT ISLET 12 33 N 124 29 E 2.125

FORTUNE ISLAND 14 04 N 120 29 E 1.88

FRAMJEE BANK 11 59 N 120 32 E 4.24

FRANCES REEF 4 27 N 119 16 E 12.87

FUEGO POINT 14 08 N 120 34 E 1.88

FUGA ISLAND 18 53 N 121 23 E 1.11

G

GAAS BAY 10 11 N 125 39 E 6.63

GABOC 9 52 N 125 41 E 6.62

GABOT ISLAND 17 58 N 120 28 E 1.23

GALOC ISLAND 11 57 N 119 50 E 10.27

GAMAY 12 23 N 125 18 E 6.4

GAMAY BAY 12 20 N 125 20 E 6.4

GAN BAY 17 59 N 120 29 E 1.23

GANDAN POINT 8 34 N 117 14 E 11.46

GANDARA RIVER 11 58 N 124 43 E 6.93

GARCIA HERNANDEZ 9 37 N 124 17 E 7.56

GARCIA SHOAL 5 50 N 121 06 E 12.45

GARZA ISLAND 12 13 N 121 12 E 4.11

GASAN 13 20 N 121 51 E 2.62

GATO ISLAND 12 27 N 123 12 E 3.26

GATO ISLET 11 27 N 124 01 E 6.117

GAVIOTA ROCK 14 51 N 120 15 E 1.69

GEDEON SHOAL 9 45 N 118 43 E 11.73

GENERAL ISLAND 9 25 N 126 01 E 6.73

GENERAL ISLAND ANCHORAGE 9 25 N 126 00 E 6.73

GENERAL LUNA 13 41 N 122 10 E 2.44

GENERAL MACARTHUR 11 15 N 125 32 E 6.20

GENERAL SANTOS 6 07 N 125 11 E 9.36

GIGANTANBAN ISLAND 11 33 N 124 15 E 6.111

GIGANTANGAN ISLAND 11 33 N 124 15 E 6.124

GIGANTE ISLANDS 11 36 N 123 21 E 3.34

GIGMOTO BAY 13 47 N 124 25 E 5.67

GILBERT ISLAND 12 33 N 124 26 E 2.127

GILIGAON POINT 9 05 N 122 55 E 4.39

GINGOOG 8 50 N 125 06 E 8.41

GINGOOG BAY 8 57 N 125 06 E 8.37

GINTU ISLAND 11 25 N 119 43 E 11.54

GLAN 5 50 N 125 12 E 9.36

GNAT REEF 7 51 N 116 58 E 11.94

GODE SHOAL 10 13 N 118 26 E 11.33

GOGO POINT 11 29 N 123 09 E 3.36

GOITYA SHOAL 6 03 N 121 22 E 12.43

GOLO ISLAND 13 39 N 120 23 E 2.9

GOLO PASS 13 41 N 120 18 E 2.9

GONTIN BAY 13 44 N 120 12 E 2.6

GONTIN POINT 13 44 N 120 10 E 2.6

GORDA POINT 10 11 N 123 31 E 7.23

GORDA POINT 12 20 N 123 42 E 2.94

GORDA POINT 12 40 N 122 09 E 3.10

GORDA POINT 13 32 N 122 38 E 2.68

GORDA POINT 8 42 N 124 45 E 8.31

GORDA POINT 9 36 N 124 16 E 7.56

GORRION ISLET 12 49 N 123 16 E 2.77

GOSONG DANGERS 10 54 N 120 59 E 10.9

GRANDE ISLAND 14 46 N 120 14 E 1.64

GREAT DANGER BANK 7 37 N 117 19 E 11.98

GREAT GOUNAN ISLAND 6 33 N 121 52 E 12.31

GREAT SANTA CRUZ ISLAND 6 52 N 122 04 E 9.3

GREEN HEAD 10 52 N 119 18 E 11.17

GREEN ISLAND 10 16 N 119 30 E 11.70

GREEN ISLAND BAY 10 10 N 119 20 E 11.70

GREEN ISLET 12 33 N 124 28 E 2.125

GREEN POINT 10 09 N 124 45 E 6.143

GUARDIA SHOAL 14 24 N 120 30 E 1.74

GUAY POINT 14 27 N 120 24 E 1.73

GUIBUANGAN 10 07 N 123 30 E 7.24

GUIHULNGAN 10 07 N 123 16 E 7.11

GUIJALO BAY 13 44 N 123 52 E 5.70

GUIMARAS ISLAND 10 35 N 122 37 E 3.68

GUIMARAS STRAIT 10 45 N 122 50 E 3.71

GUINAPAC ROCKS 18 59 N 122 06 E 1.10

GUINASIAN ISLETS 11 06 N 123 02 E 3.46

GUINAUAYAN ISLAND 11 49 N 123 55 E 3.31

GUINAWAYAN POINT 12 17 N 121 56 E 3.7

GUINAYANGAN 13 54 N 122 27 E 2.69

GUINDAUAHAN ISLAND 12 41 N 122 06 E 3.6

GUINDUGANAN BAY 13 02 N 122 58 E 2.76

GUINDULMAN 9 45 N 124 30 E 7.59

GUINDULMAN BAY 9 45 N 124 30 E 7.58

GUINHALINAN POINT 13 40 N 122 30 E 2.68

GUINLABAGAN ISLAND 11 56 N 123 35 E 3.30

GUINSAANAN BAY 13 40 N 124 25 E 5.69

GUINTACAN ISLAND 11 20 N 123 53 E 7.2

GUINTORIJAN HILL 11 03 N 123 56 E 7.19

GUINTUNGAUAN 11 07 N 119 18 E 11.9

GUINTUNGAUAN ISLAND 11 46 N 120 13 E 10.29
Index—Gazetteer 333

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

GUIUAN 11 02 N 125 43 E 6.23

GUIUANON ISLAND 10 24 N 122 37 E 3.68

GUJANGAN ISLAND 6 05 N 121 16 E 12.53

GUMACA 13 55 N 122 06 E 5.21

GUMAINING 16 15 N 122 04 E 5.9

GUMALAC ISLAND 11 00 N 124 23 E 6.127

GUNTAO ISLANDS 11 08 N 119 15 E 11.9

GUTOB ANCHORAGE 12 10 N 119 52 E 10.35

GUTOB BAY 12 10 N 119 53 E 10.35

H

HAGNAYA BAY 11 07 N 123 57 E 7.18

HALCON ROCK 6 25 N 121 23 E 12.18

HALF MOON SHOAL 8 52 N 116 16 E 11.3

HALIAN ISLAND 9 56 N 125 48 E 6.65

HALOG ISLANDS 11 22 N 120 52 E 10.3

HALSEY HARBOR 11 46 N 119 58 E 10.31

HAMILO POINT 14 10 N 120 34 E 1.87

HAMORAUAN POINT 12 32 N 124 03 E 2.110

HAMORAUAN REEF 12 32 N 124 04 E 2.111

HAMTIC 10 42 N 121 59 E 4.33

HANIGAD ISLAND 9 53 N 125 35 E 6.49

HAPONAN ISLAND 13 50 N 123 51 E 5.54

HART REEF 10 48 N 119 52 E 11.61

HELM HARBOR 12 18 N 125 21 E 6.5

HEN AND CHICKENS ISLANDS 9 58 N 118 37 E 11.35

HERMANA MAYOR ISLAND 15 48 N 119 48 E 1.49

HERMANA MENOR ISLAND 15 44 N 119 49 E 1.49

HIBUSON ISLAND 10 27 N 125 29 E 6.61

HIGUNUM ROCK 12 24 N 125 21 E 6.4

HIKDOP ISLAND 9 53 N 125 31 E 6.50

HILUTANGAN CHANNEL 10 16 N 124 00 E 7.39

HIMAMAYLAN 10 06 N 122 52 E 3.77

HIMUGAAN POINT 10 58 N 123 24 E 3.58

HIMUGAAN RIVER 10 57 N 123 24 E 3.58

HINADKABAN BAY 9 31 N 125 54 E 6.69

HINATUAN 8 22 N 126 20 E 9.62

HINATUAN BAY 8 21 N 126 22 E 9.62

HINATUAN ISLAND 9 47 N 125 43 E 6.45

HINATUAN PASSAGE 9 50 N 125 45 E 6.46

HINATUAN ROCK 9 41 N 125 46 E 6.68

HINDANG 10 26 N 124 43 E 6.142

HINGATUNGAN POINT 10 35 N 125 11 E 6.33

HINGOSO 13 41 N 122 10 E 2.44

HINIGARAN 10 16 N 122 51 E 3.76

HINIGARON ANCHORAGE 10 15 N 122 49 E 3.69

HINUNANGAN BAY 10 25 N 125 13 E 6.34

HINUNDAYAN 10 21 N 125 15 E 6.35

HIRAPSAN ISLAND 12 32 N 124 42 E 2.123

HOMONHON ISLAND 10 44 N 125 42 E 6.32

HONDA BAY 9 50 N 118 50 E 11.71

HONDA POINT 9 24 N 118 07 E 11.36

HONDAGUA 13 57 N 122 14 E 5.22

HOOK BAY 14 56 N 121 50 E 5.12

HORADABA ROCKS 14 07 N 124 17 E 5.63

HORNOS POINT 14 25 N 120 28 E 1.73

HORSE ISLAND 12 03 N 119 54 E 10.36

HSIAO-LAN YU 21 57 N 121 36 E 1.2

HUEVO SHOALS 8 37 N 117 40 E 11.82

HUMMOCK POINT 9 16 N 117 54 E 11.2

HUNDRED ISLANDS 16 13 N 120 03 E 1.43

HUNTER ROCK 12 40 N 120 11 E 4.23

HURON ROCK 10 54 N 119 18 E 11.15

I

IBA POINT 15 20 N 119 58 E 1.59

IBAJAY 11 50 N 122 10 E 3.20

IBOBOR ISLAND 10 43 N 119 38 E 11.62

IBUHOS ISLAND 20 19 N 121 49 E 1.6

ICADAMBANAUAN ISLAND 10 49 N 119 38 E 11.60

IGANG POINT 10 32 N 122 30 E 3.55

IGAT POINT 7 36 N 123 06 E 9.18

IGBON ISLAND 11 12 N 123 10 E 3.42

IGLESIA POINT 8 30 N 117 29 E 11.82

IGSOSO BAY 13 16 N 120 31 E 4.2

IGUANA BANK 10 45 N 122 44 E 3.48

ILACAON CHANNEL 11 04 N 123 11 E 3.63

ILACAON ISLAND 11 03 N 123 12 E 3.61

ILACAON POINT 11 00 N 123 12 E 3.61

ILACAON REEF 11 05 N 123 11 E 3.63

ILANG 7 11 N 125 39 E 9.48

ILANIN BAY 14 46 N 120 15 E 1.66

ILE ISLAND 11 29 N 119 52 E 11.53

ILIGAN 8 14 N 124 14 E 8.24

ILIGAN BAY 8 30 N 124 00 E 8.15

ILIGAN POINT 18 18 N 122 20 E 5.2

ILIGAN REEF 8 39 N 123 52 E 8.11

ILIN ISLAND 12 14 N 121 04 E 4.7

ILIN STRAIT 12 16 N 121 06 E 4.10

ILLANA BAY 7 35 N 123 40 E 9.20

ILLININ POINT 14 44 N 120 15 E 1.71

ILLULTUK BAY 12 16 N 119 53 E 10.37

ILOC ISLAND 11 18 N 119 40 E 11.55

ILOG 10 02 N 122 46 E 3.77

ILOG BAY 13 00 N 123 04 E 2.76

ILOILO 10 42 N 122 35 E 3.50

IMALAGUAN ISLAND 10 45 N 121 04 E 10.9

IMORIGUE ISLAND 11 10 N 119 33 E 11.56

IMURUAN BAY 10 40 N 119 15 E 11.23

INABANGA RIVER 10 05 N 124 05 E 7.47

INABUYATAN ISLAND 11 07 N 119 23 E 11.10

INAGAUAN 9 33 N 118 39 E 11.74

INAGTAPAN POINT 12 19 N 119 55 E 10.13

INAGUARAN SHOAL 13 11 N 122 48 E 2.75

INAMBUYOD ISLAND 11 12 N 119 18 E 11.8

INAMPULUGAN ISLAND 10 28 N 122 42 E 3.69

INAMUCAN BAY 8 36 N 123 43 E 8.14

INAPUPAN ISLAND 11 33 N 119 51 E 10.24

INDAN POINT 14 13 N 122 55 E 5.36

INFANTA 15 50 N 119 54 E 1.49

INGALAN ISLAND 14 22 N 122 57 E 5.34

INGIARAN POINT 9 03 N 118 06 E 11.79

INITAO POINT 8 33 N 124 19 E 8.26

INIYAO ISLAND 11 24 N 125 34 E 6.16

INLULUTOC BAY 10 54 N 119 14 E 11.21

INVESTIGATOR NORTHEAST SHOAL 9 10 N 116 25 E 11.3

IOGIOG BANK 10 30 N 122 46 E 3.72

IPAYOC POINT 10 56 N 121 59 E 4.31

IPIL POINT 11 11 N 119 22 E 11.6

IPIL POINT 12 35 N 125 00 E 2.119

IPIL RIVER 10 07 N 124 21 E 6.146

IPOLOTE BAY 8 46 N 117 49 E 11.81

IRAAN BAY 9 05 N 117 42 E 11.41

IRAO ISLET 18 59 N 121 13 E 1.11

IRIRON BAY 12 37 N 120 55 E 4.5

IRIRON ROCK 12 38 N 120 54 E 4.5

IRIRUN BAY 12 37 N 120 55 E 4.5

IRIRUN ROCK 12 38 N 120 54 E 4.5

ISA REEF 9 39 N 125 41 E 6.68

ISABEL 10 56 N 124 26 E 6.135

ISABEL POINT 9 10 N 117 47 E 11.40

ISABELA 6 42 N 121 58 E 12.36

ISABELA CHANNEL 6 44 N 121 59 E 12.35

ISLAND BAY 9 05 N 118 10 E 11.79

ISLANDS 14 49 N 120 04 E 1.61

ISTHMUS CONE 10 31 N 119 08 E 11.25

ITBAYAT ISLAND 20 46 N 121 50 E 1.4

ITBU POINT 13 29 N 120 19 E 2.22

IUISAN POINT 9 34 N 123 28 E 7.44

J

J. B. MILLER BAY 18 05 N 122 11 E 5.3

JAGNA 9 39 N 124 22 E 7.57

JALDAN POINT 10 30 N 121 55 E 4.33

JAMURAON BAY 13 26 N 123 10 E 2.72

JANABATAS CHANNEL 11 27 N 124 50 E 6.99

JANGAN POINT 12 01 N 123 17 E 3.29

JAPITAN POINT 10 08 N 123 29 E 7.24

JAVA REEF 7 50 N 118 34 E 12.3

JESSIE BEAZLEY REEF 9 02 N 119 48 E 12.13

JESSIE SHOAL 7 32 N 117 21 E 11.100

JESUS POINT 11 47 N 124 52 E 6.93

JESUS POINT 14 21 N 122 31 E 5.28

JETAFE 10 09 N 124 09 E 6.149

JIBATAN POINT 12 05 N 124 31 E 6.91

JIBBOOM BAY 10 20 N 118 58 E 11.30

JIBITNIL ISLAND 11 11 N 123 55 E 7.18

JIGDUP REEFS 9 16 N 124 47 E 8.35
334 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

JILAITAN POINT 10 15 N 123 19 E 7.11

JIMALALUD 9 59 N 123 12 E 7.12

JIMENEZ 8 20 N 123 50 E 8.18

JINAMOC ISLAND 11 16 N 125 05 E 6.28

JINTOTOLO CHANNEL 11 48 N 123 05 E 3.28

JINTOTOLO ISLAND 11 50 N 123 07 E 3.45

JINTOTOLO ISLAND 11 51 N 123 08 E 3.28

JINUTANGAN ISLAND 10 14 N 124 29 E 6.148

JIP ROCKS 11 07 N 119 19 E 11.9

JOHNS REEF 13 32 N 124 14 E 5.61

JOHNSON ISLAND 10 15 N 119 23 E 11.70

JOLO 6 03 N 21 00 E 12.52

JOMALIG ISLAND 14 42 N 122 23 E 5.18

JORDAN 10 40 N 122 35 E 3.53

JURAOJURAO ISLAND 10 25 N 121 58 E 3.56

JURATA BAY 6 59 N 118 28 E 12.6

K

KABA POINT 9 30 N 125 54 E 6.69

KABASALAN RIVER 7 46 N 122 46 E 9.12

KABO ISLAND 9 47 N 125 33 E 6.43

KABSALAN RIVER 7 46 N 122 46 E 9.12

KABULAO BAY 9 56 N 124 33 E 6.150

KABULAO POINT 9 55 N 124 34 E 6.150

KAGANJUAN 7 18 N 125 42 E 9.49

KAGANUHAN POINT 6 23 N 126 08 E 9.54

KAGDYANAO BAY 9 55 N 125 41 E 6.64

KAGLILIOG POINT 13 54 N 123 17 E 5.42

KALAKLAN POINT 14 50 N 120 16 E 1.69

KALAPADAN BAY 13 39 N 124 22 E 5.69

KALUITAN ISLAND 6 36 N 121 47 E 12.32

KALUNIS POINT 9 35 N 125 54 E 6.77

KALUT ISLAND 6 44 N 121 59 E 12.35

KAMBAGIO POINT 10 04 N 125 31 E 6.54

KAMBILING ISLET 10 01 N 126 00 E 6.87

KAMBUANG HILL 10 02 N 123 24 E 7.26

KANDIIS RIVER 6 36 N 122 16 E 12.28

KANG TIPAYAN DAKULA ISLAND 5 27 N 120 14 E 12.65

KANGUN ISLET 9 58 N 125 59 E 6.88

KANHANUS ISLAND 10 09 N 125 29 E 6.57

KANHANUSA ISLAND 10 09 N 125 29 E 6.57

KANHATID POINT 10 04 N 125 30 E 6.54

KANIHAAN ISLAND 10 10 N 125 28 E 6.58

KANLANUK BAY 9 39 N 125 55 E 6.78

KANSADOK POINT 10 02 N 125 34 E 6.53

KAO-T'AI SHIH 21 44 N 121 37 E 1.2

KARANGDATO POINT 5 52 N 121 17 E 12.44

KARSOGLAN HILL 10 02 N 118 46 E 11.34

KAULUAN ISLAND 6 28 N 122 13 E 12.29

KAURUSAN POINT 13 21 N 123 12 E 2.72

KAYASA ISLETS 10 26 N 125 34 E 6.61

KAYITAN BAY 10 08 N 125 29 E 6.57

KEENAPUSAN ISLAND 7 11 N 118 25 E 12.6

KESTREL ROCK 7 28 N 117 23 E 11.101

KIAMBA 5 59 N 124 37 E 9.34

KINABAKBAGAN REEF 15 21 N 119 55 E 1.58

KINABIGAN 13 00 N 121 29 E 4.12

KINALANG BAY 9 02 N 117 37 E 11.42

KINHINAUD POINT 10 00 N 125 34 E 6.53

KINIDIAGAN POINT 12 47 N 121 33 E 4.13

KOPIA ISLAND 7 17 N 125 50 E 9.51

KOTKOT ISLAND 10 06 N 125 29 E 6.56

KOTKOT POINT 10 25 N 124 00 E 6.132

KULASSEIN ISLAND 6 25 N 120 42 E 12.19

KULIBATO POINT 6 40 N 122 10 E 12.27

L

LA LIBERTAD RIVER 10 02 N 123 14 E 7.12

LA MONJA ISLAND 14 23 N 120 31 E 1.79

LAA ISLAND 4 56 N 119 52 E 12.78

LABOYOAN POINT 7 42 N 122 31 E 9.11

LABRADOR 16 02 N 120 09 E 1.39

LAGARA COVE 12 17 N 121 22 E 4.17

LAGAT ISLAND 12 15 N 120 22 E 10.17

LAGEN ISLAND 11 05 N 119 24 E 11.11

LAGO COVE 6 04 N 125 16 E 9.36

LAGOME 10 33 N 125 11 E 6.34

LAGONOY GULF 13 35 N 123 50 E 5.70

LAGUNDI SHOAL 10 14 N 123 50 E 7.41

LAHATLAHAT ISLAND 6 26 N 121 55 E 12.30

LAHI BAY 9 57 N 125 40 E 6.64

LAHUY ISLAND 13 57 N 123 49 E 5.53

LAJA ISLET 13 58 N 123 42 E 5.52

LAJANOSA ISLAND 9 38 N 126 10 E 6.81

LAJO ISLAND 11 59 N 119 57 E 10.28

LAKGA POINT 6 22 N 126 10 E 9.54

LALABUGAN BAY 7 25 N 124 09 E 9.24

LALAUIGAN ISLAND 11 17 N 125 34 E 6.18

LALAWIGAN POINT 11 35 N 125 29 E 6.15

LAMANOC POINT 9 48 N 124 36 E 6.150

LAMAO POINT 14 31 N 120 37 E 1.80

LAMBAJON POINT 7 36 N 126 35 E 9.58

LAMINUSA ISLAND 5 33 N 120 55 E 12.58

LAMIT BAY 13 56 N 123 32 E 5.48

LAMIT ISLANDS 13 58 N 123 34 E 5.50

LAMITAN 6 40 N 122 08 E 12.27

LAMON ANCHORAGE 8 28 N 126 23 E 9.62

LAMON BAY 14 25 N 122 00 E 5.19

LAMON POINT 8 28 N 126 24 E 9.62

LAMPINIGAN ISLAND 6 41 N 121 53 E 12.34

LANANG RIVER 11 25 N 125 33 E 6.16

LANBOYAN POINT 8 18 N 122 56 E 8.7

LANDUGAN 6 35 N 121 49 E 12.33

LANE ROCKS 14 07 N 124 00 E 5.57

LANG ISLETS 9 32 N 125 52 E 6.69

LANGAO POINT 12 32 N 124 02 E 2.110

LANGAS ISLAND 6 32 N 121 46 E 12.32

LANGAUIN REEF 12 32 N 121 31 E 4.13

LANGCAN BAY 10 31 N 119 55 E 11.66

LANGCAN POINT 10 31 N 119 55 E 11.66

LANGOY ISLAND 10 30 N 120 00 E 11.65

LANGUYAN POINT 5 17 N 120 04 E 12.68

LANHIL ISLAND 6 45 N 122 22 E 12.27

LANUZA 9 14 N 126 04 E 6.74

LANUZA BAY 9 17 N 126 05 E 6.74

LAOAG 18 12 N 120 35 E 1.21

LAOANG 12 34 N 125 01 E 2.121

LAOANG BAY 12 35 N 124 59 E 2.120

LAONAN ISLAND 9 53 N 125 55 E 6.88

LAPAC ISLAND 5 32 N 120 47 E 12.59

LAPARAN ISLAND 5 54 N 120 00 E 12.23

LAPINIG ISLAND 9 46 N 125 35 E 6.46

LAPINIGAN ISLAND 7 24 N 122 24 E 9.9

LAPINIGAN ISLAND 9 35 N 125 46 E 6.68

LAPININ ISLAND 10 06 N 124 34 E 6.144

LAPOG BAY 17 44 N 120 26 E 1.27

LAPOG POINT 17 44 N 120 25 E 1.27

LAPOG SHOAL 17 45 N 120 24 E 1.27

LAPUAN 6 08 N 125 42 E 9.40

LAPU-LAPU 10 19 N 122 57 E 7.40

LARAP BAY 14 19 N 122 39 E 5.31

LARENA 9 15 N 123 36 E 7.34

LATUAN ISLAND 5 04 N 120 16 E 12.81

LATUD POINT 8 38 N 117 16 E 11.46

LAUAAN BAY 11 07 N 125 17 E 6.26

LAUAAN POINT 11 07 N 125 19 E 6.26

LAUIS LEDGE 10 14 N 123 54 E 7.38

LAUIS POINT 10 10 N 123 43 E 7.41

LAVEZARES HARBOR 12 33 N 124 20 E 2.133

LAVIGAN ANCHORAGE 6 18 N 126 11 E 9.54

LAWAYON POINT 6 02 N 125 42 E 9.39

LAYABAN POINT 8 31 N 123 47 E 8.16

LAYAUAN BAY 10 17 N 125 32 E 6.59

LAZI 9 08 N 123 38 E 7.36

LAZI BAY 9 06 N 123 39 E 7.35

LEAN ISLAND 11 13 N 120 41 E 10.4

LEBAK POINT 6 33 N 124 02 E 9.31

LEFA POINT 5 47 N 125 11 E 9.37

LEGASPI 13 09 N 123 45 E 5.81

LEGAZPI PORT 13 09 N 123 45 E 5.81

LELEBOON ISLAND 10 56 N 125 50 E 6.21

LEMERY 13 53 N 120 55 E 2.14

LENUNGAN ISLAND 9 05 N 126 12 E 9.66

LEONIDAS BANK 12 03 N 120 52 E 4.24

LEYTE 11 23 N 124 30 E 6.113

LEYTE BAY 11 25 N 124 28 E 6.113

LIAN POINT 13 44 N 122 31 E 2.68

LIANG 7 11 N 125 39 E 9.48

LIANGA 8 38 N 126 06 E 9.63

LIANGA BAY 8 37 N 126 10 E 9.63
Index—Gazetteer 335

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

LIANGLIAND 6 01 N 121 23 E 12.55

LIBAGAO ISLAND 12 12 N 121 25 E 4.19

LIBAGON 10 18 N 125 03 E 6.154

LIBAO HILL 10 00 N 123 24 E 7.26

LIBERANAN HEAD 11 00 N 125 02 E 6.31

LIBJO BAY 10 13 N 125 31 E 6.59

LIBOG 13 14 N 123 47 E 5.79

LIBRO POINT 11 25 N 119 29 E 11.4

LIBUCAN ISLANDS 11 54 N 124 39 E 6.90

LICTIN POINT 13 51 N 124 25 E 5.66

LIGAS POINT 7 56 N 116 56 E 11.93

LILA 9 35 N 124 06 E 7.56

LILOAN 10 10 N 125 07 E 6.156

LILOAN 10 24 N 124 00 E 6.132

LILOAN BAY 10 10 N 125 07 E 6.156

LILOAN POINT 9 25 N 123 18 E 7.28

LIMA ROCK 14 36 N 122 46 E 5.35

LIMASAWA ISLAND 9 56 N 125 04 E 6.152

LIMBANGAN POINT 10 44 N 119 36 E 11.62

LIMBONES COVE 14 14 N 120 37 E 1.83

LIMBUG COVE 7 28 N 123 24 E 9.20

LIMINANGCONG 11 00 N 119 18 E 11.13

LIMIT POINT 14 14 N 120 35 E 1.83

LINAMPANAN ISLAND 13 53 N 124 24 E 5.66

LINAO BAY 6 46 N 124 00 E 9.31

LINAPACAN ISLAND 11 27 N 119 49 E 11.51

LINAPACAN STRAIT 11 37 N 119 57 E 10.24

LINAWAN ISLAND 6 19 N 121 55 E 12.38

LINGAYAN 16 01 N 120 13 E 1.39

LINGAYEN 16 01 N 120 13 E 1.39

LINGAYEN GULF 16 15 N 120 10 E 1.37

LINGIG 8 02 N 126 25 E 9.60

LINGUISAN POINT 7 30 N 122 26 E 9.10

LINUGOS 9 01 N 125 11 E 8.43

LIPATA BANK 10 15 N 123 52 E 7.40

LIPATA POINT 10 15 N 123 52 E 7.41

LIPATA POINT 11 28 N 122 03 E 4.29

LIPATA POINT 12 32 N 124 16 E 2.135

LIPATA POINT 13 29 N 122 25 E 2.48

LISCUM BANK 7 15 N 123 05 E 9.15

LISCUM REEF 12 19 N 121 05 E 4.7

LITALIT BAY 9 58 N 126 00 E 6.88

LITTLE MAOSONON ISLAND 11 16 N 119 42 E 11.56

LITTLE SANTA CRUZ ISLAND 6 53 N 122 02 E 9.3

LIVAS POINT 12 35 N 124 57 E 2.122

LLORENTE 11 25 N 125 33 E 6.16

LOAY 9 36 N 124 01 E 7.55

LOCOLOCO POINT 13 39 N 121 25 E 2.21

LOCOT BAY 13 34 N 124 20 E 5.69

LOCSICO BAY 7 27 N 122 47 E 9.13

LOGUINGUT ISLAND 11 28 N 123 10 E 3.38

LOGUNG POINT 6 58 N 123 58 E 9.29

LOKANIN POINT 14 29 N 120 36 E 1.80

LONG POINT 9 39 N 118 20 E 11.34

LOOC BAY 10 24 N 125 35 E 6.60

LOOC BAY 12 09 N 123 15 E 3.28

LOOC BAY 12 14 N 121 59 E 3.8

LOOC BAY 12 23 N 124 20 E 2.135

LOOC BAY 13 43 N 120 16 E 2.5

LOOC COVE 14 09 N 120 35 E 1.87

LOOC RIVER 13 55 N 123 18 E 5.42

LOON 9 48 N 123 48 E 7.50

LOPEZ BAY 13 56 N 122 12 E 5.21

LORAN ISLAND 5 12 N 120 31 E 12.64

LORETO REEF 11 30 N 120 11 E 10.23

LOS FRAILES 14 45 N 120 05 E 1.62

LOSAPON RIVER 9 37 N 123 29 E 7.43

LOXDALE SHOAL 7 34 N 117 13 E 11.100

LOYA RIVER 11 07 N 123 58 E 7.18

LUAGAT POINT 5 34 N 120 48 E 12.59

LUAN ISLAND 15 30 N 119 54 E 1.56

LUBAN ISLAND 6 26 N 126 13 E 9.55

LUBANG 13 52 N 120 07 E 2.3

LUBANG ISLAND 13 48 N 120 10 E 2.3

LUBANG ISLANDS 13 47 N 120 10 E 1.90

LUBICAN ISLAND 5 04 N 119 55 E 12.73

LUBUTGLUBUT ISLAND 12 11 N 120 23 E 10.17

LUCAP BAY 16 11 N 120 01 E 1.44

LUCENA 13 56 N 121 37 E 2.37

LUCSON POINT 11 06 N 125 22 E 6.26

LUCSUHIN ISLANDS 13 52 N 123 51 E 5.53

LUGAN COVE 13 45 N 123 57 E 5.56

LUGBUNG ISLAND 12 36 N 122 15 E 3.12

LUGUS ISLAND 5 41 N 121 51 E 12.57

LUGUS SHOAL 5 38 N 120 46 E 12.57

LUMANGBAYAN RIVER 13 17 N 121 21 E 2.32

LUMBUCAN CHANNEL 7 47 N 117 15 E 11.98

LUMBUCAN ISLAND 7 40 N 117 13 E 11.98

LUMINTAO RIVER 12 32 N 120 55 E 4.5

LUNA 16 51 N 120 22 E 1.34

LUNAO 8 51 N 125 04 E 8.40

LUPAC POINT 13 27 N 121 49 E 2.63

LUSARAN POINT 10 29 N 122 28 E 3.55

LUSONG ISLAND 11 59 N 120 01 E 10.34

LUTANGAN ISLAND 7 17 N 122 51 E 9.14

LUUK SULA BAY 5 03 N 119 52 E 12.73

LUYANG 10 36 N 124 01 E 6.130

LUZON POINT 14 28 N 120 23 E 1.73

LUZON POINT 14 32 N 120 36 E 1.81

LUZON REEF 6 47 N 122 04 E 12.26

M

MAALEQUEQUEN ISLAND 11 10 N 119 39 E 11.57

MAASIN 10 08 N 124 50 E 6.152

MAASIN POINT 9 30 N 118 38 E 11.75

MABAAG ISLAND 18 53 N 121 15 E 1.11

MABAJOC POINT 5 55 N 121 08 E 12.44

MABINI POINT 10 17 N 124 04 E 7.39

MABIO POINT 13 47 N 122 03 E 2.41

MABUDIS ISLAND 20 56 N 121 55 E 1.4

MACA 7 22 N 125 51 E 9.50

MACA REEF 11 04 N 123 27 E 3.57

MACACHIN POINT 12 19 N 119 54 E 10.37

MACACHIN POINT 12 20 N 119 54 E 10.13

MACAJALAR BAY 8 34 N 24 37 E 8.27

MACALELON 13 45 N 122 08 E 2.43

MACANGANI ISLAND 9 07 N 126 14 E 9.66

MACMANY POINT 14 47 N 120 12 E 1.65

MACO 7 22 N 125 51 E 9.50

MACOTO POINT 13 09 N 123 17 E 2.73

MACTAN ISLAND 10 18 N 123 58 E 7.37

MACUAO ISLET 11 07 N 119 32 E 11.57

MACULABO ISLAND 14 24 N 122 49 E 5.34

MACULI POINT 6 07 N 124 20 E 9.33

MADALAG POINT 8 25 N 122 59 E 8.7

MADALONOT POINT 11 45 N 124 54 E 6.95

MADAUM RIVER 7 22 N 125 49 E 9.50

MADIAOP POINT 7 44 N 122 35 E 9.12

MADILAO POINT 9 46 N 125 24 E 8.51

MAEANDER REEF 8 06 N 119 18 E 12.2

MAESTRE DE CAMPO ISLAND 12 56 N 121 43 E 3.2

MAGABAO COVE 8 59 N 126 16 E 9.65

MAGALAWA ISLAND 15 30 N 119 53 E 1.56

MAGALLANES 12 30 N 122 31 E 3.15

MAGALLANES 12 50 N 123 50 E 2.88

MAGALLANES 9 01 N 125 31 E 8.49

MAGALLANES BANK 11 51 N 120 26 E 10.22

MAGALLANES ROCK 12 53 N 123 51 E 2.85

MAGALUMBI ISLET 11 23 N 123 10 E 3.39

MAGCARAGIT ISLAND 12 16 N 123 50 E 2.96

MAGDIWANG 12 30 N 122 31 E 3.15

MAGELLAN BAY 10 20 N 124 01 E 7.38

MAGLAGABON POINT 12 18 N 124 21 E 6.91

MAGNAGA BAY 7 10 N 125 53 E 9.51

MAGNANA POINT 11 46 N 125 26 E 6.11

MAGOSIPAL ISLET 11 26 N 123 10 E 3.38

MAGPEOS ISLAND 5 20 N 120 35 E 12.63

MAGSATANGI POINT 13 53 N 123 06 E 5.40

MAHANGIN POINT 10 03 N 125 35 E 6.54

MAHINOG 9 09 N 124 47 E 8.36

MAIDUUN ISLANDS 11 30 N 125 31 E 6.15

MAIMBUNG 5 56 N 121 02 E 12.47

MAINAGA COVE 13 46 N 120 57 E 2.18

MAINIT RIVER 10 26 N 123 22 E 7.10

MAKOLBO POINT 13 11 N 120 39 E 4.3

MALABANG 7 36 N 124 04 E 9.24

MALABRIGO POINT 13 36 N 121 15 E 2.30

MALABRIGO POINT 13 36 N 121 16 E 2.21

MALABUNGUT ISLAND 13 56 N 123 35 E 5.51

MALABUYOC POINT 9 39 N 123 19 E 7.28

MALAGUIT BAY 14 17 N 122 49 E 5.33

MALAJIBOMANOC ISLET 13 38 N 120 58 E 2.17
336 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

MALAKIBAY BAY 8 58 N 117 34 E 11.43

MALALAG BAY 6 37 N 125 24 E 9.42

MALAMAUI ISLAND 6 44 N 121 58 E 12.35

MALAMAUI ROAD 6 42 N 121 56 E 12.34

MALAMPAYA INNER SOUND 10 50 N 119 23 E 11.20

MALANAO ISLAND 9 27 N 118 37 E 11.76

MALANGABAN ISLAND 11 15 N 123 13 E 3.41

MALANGAS 7 38 N 123 02 E 9.17

MALANIPA ISLAND 6 53 N 122 17 E 9.6

MALANUT BAY 9 17 N 118 00 E 11.38

MALAPARI 11 09 N 119 33 E 11.58

MALAPASCUA ISLAND 11 20 N 124 07 E 6.118

MALAPINA ISLAND 10 56 N 119 19 E 11.14

MALAPINGAN POINT 12 51 N 123 12 E 2.76

MALAQUING ILOG RIVER 13 49 N 121 27 E 2.35

MALARAD ISLETS 13 48 N 123 54 E 5.55

MALASUGAT POINT 7 05 N 122 14 E 9.7

MALATANDAN POINT 13 51 N 121 58 E 2.40

MALATUNA POINT 6 19 N 124 06 E 9.32

MALAUMAUAN ISLAND 12 51 N 123 46 E 2.84

MALAVATUAN ISLAND 13 52 N 120 21 E 2.8

MALAYO REEF 10 02 N 125 56 E 6.87

MALAZOR POINT 14 12 N 121 45 E 5.19

MALCAMPO 10 17 N 119 17 E 11.70

MALIGAY BAY 7 30 N 123 15 E 9.19

MALINAO 31 24 N 123 42 E 5.73

MALINAO INLET 10 15 N 125 38 E 6.62

MALINONOK ISLAND 8 39 N 126 08 E 9.63

MALIPANO ANCHORAGE 7 00 N 125 43 E 9.46

MALIPU BAY 10 50 N 119 20 E 11.18

MALITA 6 24 N 125 37 E 9.40

MALITBOG 10 10 N 125 00 E 6.153

MALONAO ROCK 11 13 N 119 35 E 11.56

MALONCON ISLAND 18 15 N 122 20 E 5.3

MALPACAO ISLAND 11 06 N 119 24 E 11.11

MALPAL POINT 11 21 N 123 08 E 3.40

MALUBUG BAY 7 36 N 123 25 E 9.20

MALUBUTGLUBUT ISLAND 11 30 N 119 41 E 11.54

MALUSI POINT 6 52 N 125 27 E 9.43

MALUSO BAY 6 34 N 121 51 E 12.32

MAMAD ISLAND 6 08 N 121 46 E 12.40

MAMANUC ISLAND 5 40 N 120 21 E 12.24

MAMBAGI REEF 9 41 N 123 30 E 7.43

MAMBAGID 10 51 N 122 57 E 3.64

MAMBAHENAUHAN ISLET 6 32 N 118 31 E 12.8

MAMBAJAO 9 15 N 124 43 E 8.36

MAMBURAO BAY 13 12 N 120 34 E 4.3

MAMBURAO REEF 13 10 N 120 36 E 4.3

MANADI ISLET 12 20 N 121 03 E 4.8

MANAGAO POINT 10 53 N 124 03 E 6.128

MANALIK CHANNEL 5 05 N 119 49 E 12.74

MANAMOC ISLAND 11 18 N 120 41 E 10.3

MANANGAL ISLAND 6 38 N 121 35 E 12.17

MANANGULA POINT 7 06 N 124 02 E 9.29

MANAOL POINT 9 43 N 125 54 E 6.78

MANAPLA 10 58 N 123 07 E 3.61

MANAY BAY 7 12 N 126 33 E 9.57

MANDAUE 10 20 N 123 56 E 7.39

MANDAUI ISLAND 13 50 N 120 20 E 2.8

MANDOLAN ISLAND 5 07 N 119 48 E 12.77

MANGAGOY 8 11 N 126 21 E 9.61

MANGAL POINT 6 24 N 121 57 E 12.29

MANGAL RIVER 6 25 N 121 58 E 12.29

MANGARAN BAY 12 19 N 121 03 E 4.6

MANGAS POINT 16 04 N 120 07 E 1.40

MANGAYAO POINT 10 11 N 125 08 E 6.38

MANGCAO POINT 11 02 N 123 54 E 7.19

MANGLET ISLAND 11 59 N 119 57 E 10.28

MANGROVE INLET 9 55 N 118 45 E 11.71

MANGROVE POINT 10 01 N 119 04 E 11.71

MANGROVE POINT 14 21 N 122 41 E 5.33

MANGSEE CHANNEL 7 30 N 117 17 E 11.100

MANGSEE DANGER BANK 7 33 N 117 17 E 11.99

MANIACOLAT ISLAND 5 27 N 120 35 E 12.61

MANICANI ISLAND 11 00 N 125 38 E 6.24

MANIGONIGO ISLET 11 36 N 123 11 E 3.32

MANIGUIN ISLAND 11 36 N 121 41 E 4.27

MANILA 14 35 N 120 58 E 1.86

MANILA BAY 14 35 N 120 45 E 1.75

MANILA QUARANTINE ANCHORAGE 14 33 N 120 56 E 1.84

MANISBASO POINT 14 51 N 120 13 E 1.65

MANITO REEF 13 09 N 123 51 E 5.83

MANIUAYAN ISLAND 13 32 N 122 07 E 2.56

MANJUD POINT 12 28 N 125 17 E 6.2

MANJUYOD POINT 9 42 N 123 10 E 7.13

MANOC ISLAND 12 00 N 123 34 E 3.31

MANOCMANOC ISLETS 11 35 N 124 03 E 6.117

MANOG POINT 13 40 N 120 16 E 2.6

MANSALAI BAY 12 30 N 121 27 E 4.13

MANSALAY BAY 12 30 N 121 27 E 4.13

MANSIOL BAY 12 28 N 121 26 E 4.14

MANTANGULE ISLAND 8 10 N 117 10 E 11.85

MANTATAO ISLET 9 57 N 123 51 E 7.46

MANTAYA BAY 9 05 N 117 41 E 11.42

MANUBUL ISLAND 5 28 N 120 48 E 12.58

MANUCAN ISLAND 9 39 N 121 21 E 12.10

MANUK MANKA ISLAND 4 48 N 119 50 E 12.79

MAPANGA BAY 7 01 N 125 59 E 9.51

MAPANKAL POINT 8 57 N 117 33 E 11.44

MAPUTI CREEK 7 01 N 125 59 E 9.51

MAQUEDA CHANNEL 13 42 N 124 01 E 5.56

MAQUILIGUIAN POINT 9 58 N 122 26 E 4.34

MAQUIQUILING POINT 10 18 N 122 50 E 3.75

MARABOUT SHOAL 8 57 N 118 19 E 11.80

MARACANAO ISLAND 11 13 N 121 04 E 10.5

MARAGAYA RIVER 16 46 N 120 20 E 1.35

MARAGONDON POINT 14 19 N 120 44 E 1.84

MARALISON ISLAND 11 25 N 122 01 E 4.30

MARANAS ISLAND 4 44 N 119 14 E 12.86

MARANOG POINT 10 27 N 119 48 E 11.66

MARANTAO ISLAND 9 16 N 117 52 E 11.40

MARASI BAY 8 46 N 117 24 E 11.45

MARGINAL WHARF 14 36 N 120 57 E 1.86

MARGOSATUBIG 7 35 N 123 10 E 9.18

MARIA BAY 9 11 N 123 42 E 7.36

MARIA ISLET 11 29 N 124 07 E 6.117

MARIBOJOC 9 45 N 123 51 E 7.51

MARIBOJOC BAY 9 42 N 123 50 E 7.50

MARICABAN ISLAND 13 39 N 120 53 E 2.15

MARICABAN STRAIT 13 41 N 120 53 E 2.16

MARIHATAG 8 48 N 126 18 E 9.64

MARINDUQUE ISLAND 13 23 N 121 58 E 2.51

MARIPIPI ISLAND 11 48 N 124 19 E 6.115

MARIQUI POINT 6 53 N 122 06 E 9.5

MARIQUITDAQUIT ISLAND 11 05 N 125 09 E 6.28

MARIRIG ISLET 12 52 N 123 50 E 2.85

MARIRIGI ISLET 12 52 N 123 50 E 2.85

MARITAN POINT 14 49 N 120 18 E 1.68

MARIVELES 14 26 N 120 29 E 1.76

MARIVELES HARBOR 14 26 N 120 29 E 1.76

MARLANGA BAY 13 16 N 122 03 E 2.59

MARLANGA POINT 13 13 N 122 02 E 2.59

MARTIN BLUFF 6 02 N 121 20 E 12.54

MARTINEZ POINT 8 03 N 116 58 E 11.95

MARUKAL POINT 5 04 N 119 53 E 12.73

MASAGASAI BAY 13 25 N 122 07 E 2.58

MASAMAT BAY 13 58 N 123 38 E 5.51

MASAO 9 00 N 125 29 E 8.46

MASAPELID ISLAND 9 42 N 125 39 E 6.67

MASAPELID PASSAGE 9 43 N 125 37 E 6.67

MASAPELID PASSAGE 9 44 N 125 37 E 6.45

MASBATE 12 22 N 123 37 E 2.93

MASBATE HARBOR 12 22 N 123 37 E 2.93

MASBATE ISLAND 12 20 N 123 30 E 2.90

MASBATE PASS 12 30 N 123 35 E 2.98

MASBATE SHOAL 17 45 N 120 23 E 1.27

MASBETE SHOAL 17 45 N 120 23 E 1.27

MASIN ISLAND 12 15 N 121 23 E 4.16

MASINLOC 15 33 N 119 57 E 1.55

MASINLOC ANCHORAGE 6 56 N 122 11 E 9.5

MATABAO ISLAND 12 19 N 123 48 E 2.108

MATAJA ISLAND 6 34 N 121 41 E 12.16

MATALVI ISLAND 15 29 N 119 55 E 1.57

MATALVI POINT 15 29 N 119 54 E 1.56

MATANAL POINT 6 38 N 122 20 E 12.28

MATARA POINT 18 23 N 122 06 E 1.15

MATARABIS ISLAND 11 07 N 121 09 E 10.5

MATARINAO BAY 11 14 N 125 34 E 6.18

MATARINAO POINT 11 14 N 125 35 E 6.18

MATATINDOC POINT 9 43 N 122 23 E 4.35

MATAYA ISLAND 12 01 N 120 23 E 10.32

MATAYA REEF 12 01 N 120 22 E 10.20

MATI 6 57 N 126 13 E 9.56

MATIL POINT 5 52 N 124 55 E 9.34
Index—Gazetteer 337

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

MATINLOC ISLAND 11 11 N 119 17 E 11.8

MATLANG BAY 11 53 N 124 27 E 6.136

MATNOG 12 35 N 124 05 E 2.114

MATNOG BAY 12 35 N 124 06 E 2.114

MATOCO POINT 13 38 N 121 02 E 2.20

MATOS SHOAL 5 59 N 120 53 E 12.50

MAUBAN 14 12 N 121 44 E 5.20

MAUO RIVER 12 27 N 124 18 E 2.135

MAYAGAO POINT 14 42 N 120 15 E 1.71

MAYANGA ISLAND 14 50 N 120 14 E 1.69

MAYDAY BAY 10 27 N 119 03 E 11.28

MAYDOLONG ISLANDS 11 30 N 125 31 E 6.15

MAYO BAY 6 55 N 126 22 E 9.57

MAYON VOLCANO 13 15 N 123 41 E 5.80

MAYRAIRA POINT 18 39 N 120 51 E 1.19

MAYTIGUID ISLAND 11 03 N 119 36 E 11.56

MEDANO ISLET 9 16 N 124 39 E 8.35

MEDELLIN 11 08 N 123 59 E 7.18

MEDINA 8 55 N 125 02 E 8.38

MEDIO ISLAND 13 32 N 120 57 E 2.24

MEDIO REEF 14 22 N 122 46 E 5.34

MELGAR BAY 10 03 N 125 32 E 6.53

MEMNON SHOAL 7 27 N 118 25 E 12.4

MENAPLA COVE 10 49 N 119 16 E 11.23

MERCEDES 14 07 N 123 01 E 5.36

MERIDA 10 55 N 124 32 E 6.137

MERIDIAN CHANNEL 4 40 N 119 17 E 12.86

MERIDIAN REEF 4 38 N 119 16 E 12.86

MEROPE ROCK 12 44 N 120 15 E 4.23

MIAGAO POINT 10 38 N 122 14 E 3.56

MID-CHANNEL BANK 5 27 N 120 32 E 12.62

MIDDLE BUCAS ISLAND 9 43 N 125 59 E 6.79

MIDDLE CHANNEL 7 34 N 117 18 E 11.99

MIDDLE PASS 10 18 N 124 15 E 6.149

MIDDLE REEF 4 30 N 119 16 E 12.86

MIDDLE REEF 7 25 N 122 59 E 9.15

MILAGROS 12 13 N 123 30 E 3.30

MILBUK 6 09 N 124 16 E 9.33

MINALULAN POINT 9 09 N 123 42 E 7.36

MINANG POINT 14 45 N 120 15 E 1.63

MINANGAS BAY 12 08 N 120 15 E 10.18

MINANUT ANCHORAGE 11 26 N 125 33 E 6.16

MINANUT ISLAND 11 26 N 125 33 E 6.15

MINASANGAN ISLAND 11 29 N 125 31 E 6.15

MINAYET POINT 15 00 N 122 03 E 5.14

MINAYIT POINT 15 00 N 122 03 E 5.14

MINDANAO RIVER 7 16 N 124 12 E 9.27

MINDANAO SEA 9 21 N 124 00 E 8.1

MINDORO SHOAL 6 35 N 121 27 E 12.17

MINDORO STRAIT 12 40 N 120 24 E 4.22

MINIGAS POINT 7 54 N 117 05 E 11.92

MINILOC ISLAND 11 09 N 119 19 E 11.9

MINIS ISLAND 6 12 N 121 03 E 12.50

MINIS ISLAND 6 37 N 121 31 E 12.17

MINLAGAS 8 53 N 125 03 E 8.39

MINOLO POINT 13 31 N 120 54 E 2.23

MINUIT 12 15 N 120 01 E 10.14

MIRAYA ISLET 11 09 N 119 38 E 11.57

MITRE ISLAND 11 14 N 119 22 E 11.8

MOALBOAL 9 56 N 123 24 E 7.27

MOBO BAY 12 21 N 123 39 E 2.94

MOCABOC POINT 10 51 N 123 34 E 7.6

MOMPOG ISLAND 13 31 N 122 11 E 2.57

MOMPOG PASS 13 33 N 122 12 E 2.52

MONAD SHOAL 11 17 N 124 12 E 6.118

MONKIAUA BAY 6 34 N 125 30 E 9.41

MONMOUTH SHOALS 6 43 N 118 09 E 12.8

MONSERAT 6 36 N 126 05 E 9.53

MONTOCONAN ISLET 10 47 N 125 39 E 6.32

MOORSOM POINT 9 33 N 118 17 E 11.36

MORONG SHOAL 14 40 N 120 15 E 1.71

MOUNT AIRY 9 57 N 118 41 E 11.34

MOUNT AMPIRO 8 26 N 123 38 E 8.15

MOUNT APITON 11 11 N 123 06 E 3.43

MOUNT BALUK SAMPAN 5 13 N 120 04 E 12.68

MOUNT BANAHAO 14 04 N 121 28 E 2.35

MOUNT BAYANG 11 03 N 122 57 E 3.47

MOUNT BEAUFORT 9 50 N 118 37 E 11.34

MOUNT BILBOGAN 6 34 N 126 06 E 9.53

MOUNT BOTOLAN 15 14 N 120 02 E 1.60

MOUNT BULAGAO 17 39 N 120 30 E 1.30

MOUNT CABALATA 7 09 N 124 09 E 9.28

MOUNT CABALIAN 10 17 N 125 13 E 6.36

MOUNT CALAVITE 13 29 N 120 24 E 2.22

MOUNT CALIBUGON 8 59 N 117 49 E 11.43

MOUNT CANIM 8 39 N 123 28 E 8.12

MOUNT CAPOAS 10 48 N 119 17 E 11.21

MOUNT CAUIT 18 13 N 120 32 E 1.21

MOUNT CETACEO 17 42 N 122 03 E 5.4

MOUNT COGTONG 9 57 N 124 29 E 6.146

MOUNT CORTE 10 08 N 124 09 E 6.146

MOUNT DAKUT 5 44 N 120 54 E 12.56

MOUNT DISACON 8 29 N 123 05 E 8.7

MOUNT ENGANOSO 12 52 N 123 14 E 2.74

MOUNT GABOC 9 53 N 125 41 E 6.64

MOUNT GANTUNG 8 58 N 117 49 E 11.43

MOUNT GORDA 9 36 N 124 16 E 7.56

MOUNT HERSCHEL 9 55 N 118 38 E 11.34

MOUNT INIAOAN 8 50 N 123 56 E 9.23

MOUNT MAANGA 10 57 N 124 30 E 6.136

MOUNT MAATEG 11 01 N 119 23 E 11.11

MOUNT MALABAHOC 9 11 N 123 35 E 7.34

MOUNT MALBUG 9 07 N 122 59 E 4.39

MOUNT MANTALINGAJAN 8 49 N 117 49 E 11.43

MOUNT MATANAL 6 37 N 122 18 E 12.26

MOUNT MATATAL 5 57 N 121 01 E 12.46

MOUNT MINANGAS 12 05 N 120 18 E 10.19

MOUNT NATANGDOL 12 12 N 121 05 E 4.7

MOUNT NAUJAN 13 15 N 121 21 E 2.32

MOUNT PEEL 10 00 N 118 43 E 11.34

MOUNT PIAPI 6 39 N 125 23 E 9.41

MOUNT PUGATIN 9 47 N 124 34 E 7.59

MOUNT SAN NICOLAS 11 02 N 122 54 E 3.47

MOUNT SAN PEDRINO 13 55 N 120 41 E 1.89

MOUNT SIBANKAT 5 10 N 119 58 E 12.68

MOUNT SOLITARIO 10 49 N 123 28 E 7.5

MOUNT STAVELY 9 44 N 118 33 E 11.34

MOUNT TUBAY 9 11 N 125 32 E 8.51

MOUNT TUMATANGAS 6 00 N 120 58 E 12.43

MOUNT TUNDALARA 12 02 N 120 15 E 10.19

MOUNT WANGLE 8 27 N 117 14 E 11.47

MOUNT YNANTAGUNG 11 10 N 119 27 E 11.6

MOYUNE SHOAL 8 03 N 118 07 E 12.2

MUHUY POINT 10 36 N 122 31 E 3.54

MULANAY 13 31 N 122 24 E 2.48

MULIGI ISLANDS 6 53 N 118 24 E 12.8

MULIGI PATCHES 6 55 N 117 58 E 12.8

MURCIELAGOS ISLANDS 8 07 N 122 27 E 8.6

MUREX SHOAL 8 29 N 116 56 E 11.47

MUSA BAY 18 53 N 121 16 E 1.11

N

NAAWAN HEAD 8 28 N 124 17 E 8.26

NABASAGAN BAY 12 51 N 123 13 E 2.76

NABAT ISLAND 10 59 N 119 38 E 11.61

NABUGTU ISLAND 11 51 N 123 46 E 3.31

NABULAO BAY 9 39 N 122 26 E 4.36

NABUNUT ISLAND 11 35 N 123 13 E 3.32

NABURUL ISLAND 10 34 N 122 31 E 3.54

NADULAO ISLAND 10 31 N 122 44 E 3.69

NAGA 10 13 N 123 45 E 7.41

NAGABUNGAN BAY 18 29 N 120 34 E 1.20

NAGAHA BAY 11 20 N 125 38 E 6.17

NAGCABAN POINT 14 48 N 120 17 E 1.68

NAGLOCSADEN POINT 18 10 N 122 16 E 5.3

NAGSILAG POINT 13 45 N 124 24 E 5.67

NAGUBAT ISLAND 12 10 N 121 24 E 4.19

NAGUBAT ISLAND 9 39 N 125 43 E 6.68

NAGUMBUAYA POINT 13 33 N 124 21 E 5.69

NAILON POINT 11 03 N 124 02 E 6.123

NAKIAUIT POINT 9 37 N 125 53 E 6.77

NAKODA BAY 9 17 N 117 57 E 11.39

NALUNGA ISLAND 10 30 N 122 43 E 3.69

NALVO BAY 17 22 N 120 27 E 1.30

NANGA ISLANDS 12 20 N 120 16 E 10.17

NANGAN BAY 6 27 N 126 07 E 9.53

NANIHAAN ISLAND 10 10 N 125 28 E 6.58

NAPLA BAY 11 39 N 125 28 E 6.12

NAPO POINT 14 38 N 120 19 E 1.72

NARANJO ISLANDS 12 23 N 124 02 E 2.139

NARANJO PASS 12 24 N 124 07 E 2.140

NARIZ POINT 8 53 N 118 00 E 11.80
338 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

NARO BAY 12 13 N 123 51 E 2.95

NASIPIT 8 59 N 125 20 E 8.45

NASIPIT HARBOR 9 00 N 125 20 E 8.44

NASOG POINT 11 54 N 121 53 E 4.26

NASUBATA CHANNEL 7 57 N 117 14 E 11.97

NASUBATA ISLANDS 8 01 N 117 10 E 11.97

NASUGBU 14 05 N 120 37 E 1.89

NASUGBU BAY 14 04 N 120 36 E 1.88

NATAO POINT 20 21 N 121 51 E 1.6

NATIVE POINT 9 17 N 118 29 E 11.78

NATO RIVER 13 36 N 123 33 E 5.71

NAUAI ISLAND 10 26 N 122 40 E 3.70

NAUCO POINT 9 39 N 124 24 E 7.58

NAUJAN 13 19 N 121 18 E 2.32

NAULO POINT 15 42 N 119 54 E 1.52

NAVAL 11 33 N 124 24 E 6.112

NAYON RIVER 13 49 N 121 27 E 2.35

NEGROS 9 03 N 123 03 E 8.1

NERITOPSIS REEF 8 39 N 116 55 E 11.47

NEW BATU BATU 5 04 N 119 53 E 12.73

NIAPORAY ISLAND 10 33 N 119 12 E 11.26

NIN BAY 12 13 N 123 15 E 3.27

NINEPIN ISLAND 11 05 N 119 23 E 11.11

NIPA NIPA ISLANDS 7 37 N 123 05 E 9.17

NIPA POINT 11 37 N 122 43 E 3.23

NOGAS ISLET 10 25 N 121 55 E 4.33

NONOC BAY 12 56 N 123 11 E 2.79

NONOC ISLAND 9 51 N 125 38 E 6.48

NORTH BAIS BAY 9 38 N 123 08 E 7.13

NORTH BALABAC STRAIT 8 11 N 117 04 E 11.87

NORTH BAY 11 29 N 119 48 E 11.52

NORTH CHANNEL 8 04 N 117 14 E 11.97

NORTH GIGANTE ISLAND 11 38 N 123 21 E 3.34

NORTH HILL 11 24 N 119 30 E 11.49

NORTH ISLAND 21 04 N 121 56 E 1.3

NORTH ISLET 8 56 N 120 02 E 12.13

NORTH LAGOON 4 48 N 119 21 E 12.85

NORTH MALBINCHILAO ISLAND 12 01 N 119 53 E 10.36

NORTH MANGSEE ISLAND 7 31 N 117 18 E 11.100

NORTH PASS 13 36 N 121 04 E 2.31

NORTH PATCHES 7 42 N 117 19 E 11.99

NORTH POINT 10 39 N 119 50 E 11.64

NORTH UBIAN ISLAND 6 09 N 120 26 E 12.21

NORTH VERDE ISLAND 10 06 N 119 14 E 11.69

NORTHEAST ANTELOPE SHOAL 8 46 N 117 14 E 11.46

NORTHEAST BANK 7 12 N 118 28 E 12.7

NORTHEAST BAY 10 56 N 119 21 E 11.16

NORTHWEST BANK 7 13 N 118 22 E 7.46,

12.7

NORTHWEST BAY 11 29 N 119 45 E 11.53

NORTHWEST HEAD 10 08 N 118 46 E 11.34

NORTHWEST PASS 10 10 N 124 04 E 6.149

NORTHWEST SHOALS 8 06 N 116 56 E 11.87

NOSOQUE POINT 13 45 N 120 09 E 2.6

NOTCH ISLAND 10 58 N 119 14 E 11.14

NUMANCIA 9 52 N 125 58 E 6.89

NUNEZ SHOAL 11 06 N 124 13 E 6.118

O

OACAN POINT 12 35 N 125 09 E 2.117

OBUNG POINT 13 21 N 121 49 E 2.62

OCO ISLAND 11 15 N 120 51 E 10.4

OCRE POINT 10 48 N 123 34 E 7.7

ODIONGAN 12 24 N 121 59 E 3.7

ODIONGAN 8 51 N 125 10 E 8.42

OLANGO ISLAND 10 16 N 124 03 E 7.39

OLANIN BAY 16 15 N 119 47 E 1.47

OLANIVAN ISLAND 5 31 N 125 29 E 9.39

O-LUAN PI 21 54 N 120 51 E 1.2

OLUTANGA ISLAND 7 21 N 122 52 E 9.14

OLUTAYA ISLAND 11 38 N 122 50 E 3.24

OMAPOY ISLAND 4 54 N 119 24 E 12.84

OMON POINT 13 48 N 122 41 E 2.70

ONATE ROCK 9 52 N 125 30 E 6.50

ONTGOL POINT 11 12 N 122 02 E 4.30

OOT POINT 12 35 N 124 51 E 2.123

OPOL 8 31 N 124 35 E 8.28

OPON 10 19 N 122 57 E 7.40

ORAS BAY 12 07 N 125 27 E 6.8

ORMOC 11 00 N 124 36 E 6.139

ORMOC BAY 10 57 N 124 35 E 6.137

ORMOC SHOAL 11 02 N 124 09 E 6.119

OROQUIETA 8 29 N 123 49 E 8.17

OSLOB POINT 9 31 N 123 26 E 7.44

OTABI BAY 12 38 N 123 54 E 2.89

OTEIZA BAY 8 44 N 126 13 E 9.64

OTOC POINT 13 47 N 122 43 E 2.71

OTON 11 07 N 119 30 E 11.57

OTON BANK 10 38 N 122 29 E 3.51

OYON BAY 15 34 N 119 56 E 1.54

OYON POINT 15 33 N 119 56 E 1.54

OYSTER INLET 10 04 N 118 46 E 11.33

P

PABABAT SHOAL 6 18 N 121 52 E 12.38

PACHECO SHOAL 10 40 N 120 52 E 10.10

PACIJAN ISLAND 10 40 N 124 20 E 6.133

PADADA POINT 6 32 N 126 05 E 9.53

PADADA RIVER 6 42 N 125 22 E 9.42

PADANG POINT 12 36 N 124 06 E 2.113

PADRE POINT 8 04 N 117 00 E 11.89

PAGADIAN 7 50 N 123 26 E 9.21

PAGADIAN BAY 7 49 N 123 31 E 9.21

PAGAPAS BAY 13 50 N 120 40 E 2.12

PAGBASAYAN ISLET 10 00 N 126 01 E 6.87

PAGBILAO BAY 13 56 N 121 43 E 2.38

PAGBOCAVAN ISLAND 13 57 N 123 31 E 5.48

PAGBUY ROCKS 9 35 N 125 47 E 6.69

PAGDANAN BAY 10 31 N 119 15 E 11.24

PAGDANAN POINT 10 33 N 119 14 E 11.24

PAGLASAN 12 35 N 121 31 E 4.13

PAGLUGABAN 11 08 N 119 19 E 11.9

PAGLUGABAN ISLAND 11 08 N 119 19 E 11.11

PAGSANHAN POINT 13 11 N 122 38 E 2.66

PAGTIGIAN POINT 9 28 N 125 56 E 6.70

PAKIPUTAN STRAIT 7 07 N 125 40 E 9.47

PALAD REEF 13 27 N 122 42 E 2.66

PALAG BAY 13 44 N 123 56 E 5.70

PALAHAN ISLET 12 35 N 125 08 E 2.118

PALANAN 17 04 N 122 25 E 5.5

PALANAN BAY 17 10 N 122 27 E 5.5

PALAPAG MESA 12 28 N 125 09 E 6.2

PALAPAG POINT 13 51 N 120 05 E 2.6

PALASAN ISLAND 14 52 N 122 02 E 5.15

PALAUI ISLAND 18 33 N 122 08 E 1.13

PALAUIG BAY 15 27 N 119 54 E 1.58

PALAUIG POINT 15 26 N 119 53 E 1.58

PALAUIG REEF 15 26 N 119 52 E 1.58

PALAWAN ISLAND 11 25 N 119 30 E 10.2

PALAWAN PASSAGE 9 00 N 117 00 E 11.2

PALITA ISLAND 14 20 N 122 38 E 5.30

PALM ISLAND 9 23 N 118 03 E 11.37

PALUAN BAY 13 24 N 120 26 E 4.2

PALUMBANES ISLANDS 14 01 N 124 02 E 5.57

PALY ISLAND 10 42 N 119 42 E 11.62

PAMAAUN REEF 10 55 N 123 34 E 7.5

PAMALICAN ISLAND 11 22 N 120 44 E 10.3

PAMALICAN ISLANDS 12 05 N 119 52 E 10.36

PAMAY BAY 9 49 N 125 58 E 6.89

PAMAY POINT 9 50 N 125 57 E 6.89

PAMBUHAN 12 34 N 124 56 E 2.122

PAMBUHAN HARBOR 11 14 N 125 32 E 6.19

PAMBUHAN SUR 11 15 N 125 32 E 6.20

PAMELUKAN BANK 6 43 N 121 54 E 12.34

PAMILACAN ISLAND 9 30 N 123 55 E 7.54

PAMINTAYAN POINT 7 41 N 123 05 E 9.17

PAMINUITAN HILL 9 41 N 123 52 E 7.52

PAMITINAN ISLAND 11 00 N 120 46 E 10.11

PAMOCAN POINT 14 47 N 120 16 E 1.66

PAMPANDUGANG POINT 8 57 N 117 33 E 11.44

PAMPANGA BAY 14 47 N 120 35 E 1.82

PAMPLONA RIVER 18 29 N 121 22 E 1.17

PAMUNTANGAN POINT 13 31 N 121 51 E 2.63

PAN DE AZUCAR ISLAND 11 17 N 123 10 E 3.41

PANABO 7 18 N 125 42 E 9.49

PANABUTAN POINT 7 35 N 122 07 E 8.2

PANAGAN 13 44 N 123 36 E 5.71

PANAGATAN CAYS 11 52 N 121 18 E 4.21

PANAGTARAN POINT 9 41 N 118 46 E 11.74

PANAL REEF 11 01 N 123 25 E 3.57
Index—Gazetteer 339

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

PANALIAN POINT 10 59 N 124 38 E 6.140

PANALISAN POINT 7 16 N 124 12 E 9.27

PANALSALON REEF 10 51 N 123 34 E 7.5

PANAMPALAN POINT 15 03 N 121 50 E 5.12

PANAON ISLAND 10 05 N 125 10 E 6.155

PANAON STRAIT 10 10 N 125 08 E 6.155

PANAY 11 00 N 122 00 E 10.2

PANAY BANK 11 33 N 120 20 E 10.23

PANAY ISLAND 13 58 N 124 20 E 5.63

PANDALUSAN ISLAND 7 28 N 122 41 E 9.14

PANDAMI ISLAND 5 33 N 120 45 E 12.59

PANDAN 11 43 N 122 06 E 4.28

PANDAN 14 03 N 124 10 E 5.59

PANDAN 17 32 N 120 22 E 1.29

PANDAN BAY 12 17 N 121 23 E 4.16

PANDAN BAY 14 04 N 124 10 E 5.58

PANDAN ISLANDS 12 51 N 120 45 E 4.5

PANDAN POINT 10 24 N 125 14 E 6.35

PANDAN POINT 10 31 N 122 48 E 3.67,

3.71

PANDAN POINT 12 17 N 121 24 E 4.16

PANDAN POINT 14 36 N 120 35 E 1.82

PANDANAN ISLAND 5 19 N 120 25 E 12.65

PANDANAN ISLAND 8 17 N 117 13 E 11.85

PANDANON ISLET 10 11 N 124 05 E 7.46

PANDANON ISLET 10 11 N 124 05 E 6.147

PANDAROCHAN BAY 12 12 N 121 10 E 4.11

PANDASAN ISLAND 7 17 N 125 50 E 9.51

PANDUCAN ISLAND 6 17 N 120 39 E 12.19

PANGALDAUAN ISLAND 11 36 N 119 52 E 10.24

PANGANGAN ISLAND 9 54 N 123 49 E 7.49

PANGANIRAN BAY 13 02 N 123 25 E 2.81

PANGAO POINT 14 10 N 122 10 E 5.26

PANGASAHAN ISLAND 6 37 N 121 48 E 12.33

PANGASINAN ISLAND 6 08 N 120 59 E 12.51

PANGAUARAN RIVER 12 11 N 120 06 E 10.15

PANGIAN POINT 7 17 N 122 01 E 8.2

PANGLAO ISLAND 9 36 N 123 47 E 7.54

PANGLIMA REEF 9 56 N 119 04 E 11.71

PANGUAN ISLAND 4 43 N 119 02 E 12.87

PANGUIAN POINT 10 20 N 124 03 E 7.38

PANGUIL BAY 8 01 N 123 44 E 8.22

PANGUTARAN ISLAND 6 19 N 120 32 E 12.19

PANGUTARAN PASSAGE 6 12 N 120 30 E 12.20

PANGUTARAN REEF 6 33 N 120 58 E 12.19

PANIBATUJAN POINT 14 40 N 120 16 E 1.71

PANINIHIAN POINT 11 48 N 125 28 E 6.11

PANIQUI ISLANDS 14 00 N 123 31 E 5.49

PANIQUIAN ISLAND 13 31 N 120 57 E 2.25

PANIQUIAN ISLAND 7 22 N 123 20 E 9.19

PANIRONGAN ISLAND 8 35 N 126 07 E 9.63

PANISAAN POINT 9 10 N 126 10 E 9.66

PANTAO BAY 13 12 N 123 19 E 2.73

PANUBIGAN ISLANDS 7 09 N 122 16 E 9.7

PANUBULON ISLAND 10 25 N 122 34 E 3.68

PANUITAN ISLAND 19 26 N 121 30 E 1.9

PAO BAY 16 09 N 120 06 E 1.42

PAODAT POINT 10 16 N 118 56 E 11.31

PAPAHAG ISLAND 5 02 N 119 47 E 12.75

PARACALE BAY 14 18 N 122 48 E 5.33

PARACALE REEF 14 19 N 122 49 E 5.34

PARAGUA RIDGE 8 57 N 117 12 E 11.45

PARANAQUE 14 30 N 121 00 E 1.85

PARANG 5 55 N 120 54 E 12.48

PARANG 7 22 N 124 16 E 9.26

PARANGAN BAY 5 05 N 119 57 E 12.72

PARANGAN ISLAND 5 05 N 119 56 E 12.72

PARANGAN ISLANDS 5 30 N 120 34 E 12.61

PARASAN ISLAND 11 43 N 124 46 E 6.97

PARMIDIARAN POINT 10 57 N 119 16 E 11.14

PAROL ISLAND 6 04 N 141 43 E 12.41

PASACAO ANCHORAGE 13 30 N 123 03 E 2.72

PASALENG BAY 18 35 N 120 56 E 1.18

PASCO POINT 10 00 N 119 01 E 11.71

PASCOE CHANNEL 10 07 N 119 14 E 11.69

PASIG BAY 7 51 N 117 00 E 11.94

PASIG ISLAND 11 58 N 125 32 E 6.7

PASIG RIVER 14 36 N 120 57 E 1.86

PASIL BAY 12 27 N 123 32 E 2.92

PASIL POINT 10 00 N 123 14 E 7.12

PASSAGE ISLAND 10 52 N 119 20 E 11.18

PASSAGE ISLAND BAY 10 53 N 119 21 E 11.19

PASSAGE POINT 10 52 N 119 21 E 11.18

PATA ISLAND 5 49 N 121 10 E 12.45

PATA POINT 18 38 N 121 09 E 1.17

PATIAN ISLAND 5 51 N 121 05 E 12.45

PATNANONGAN ISLAND 14 48 N 122 11 E 5.16

PATONGONG ISLAND 8 17 N 117 07 E 11.85

PATOTOL BAY 6 00 N 121 22 E 12.55

PATOYO ISLAND 11 30 N 119 53 E 11.53

PATRIA POINT 11 44 N 122 01 E 4.28

PATRIYA POINT 11 44 N 122 01 E 4.28

PATTERSON REEF 11 13 N 120 08 E 10.23

PATUNUNGAN BAY 18 24 N 122 18 E 5.2

PATUYO POINT 11 21 N 119 26 E 11.5

PAWIKAN POINT 11 30 N 124 36 E 6.111

PAZ ISLAND 8 05 N 116 59 E 11.95

PEAKED ISLAND 9 30 N 118 12 E 11.36

PEAKED POINT 10 22 N 118 58 E 11.29

PEAKED POINT 11 01 N 119 16 E 11.12

PEARL BANK 5 50 N 119 42 E 12.23

PECHILI REEF 13 30 N 124 11 E 5.61

PEDADA BAY 11 04 N 122 58 E 3.47

PELADA ROCK 10 34 N 125 11 E 6.33

PELOTES POINT 10 13 N 125 30 E 6.58

PENACOSA POINT 9 46 N 118 31 E 11.35

PENASCALES POINT 10 03 N 125 42 E 6.63

PENINSULA POINT 10 10 N 125 41 E 6.63

PEPITAS ROCKS 11 03 N 123 00 E 3.45

PEQUENA ISLAND 14 51 N 120 14 E 1.69

PERIS BAY 13 42 N 122 30 E 2.68

PESCADO POINT 8 57 N 118 02 E 11.79

PESCADOR ISLAND 9 55 N 123 21 E 7.28

PESCADOR ISLET 9 55 N 123 21 E 7.26

PETLEY POINT 6 01 N 121 21 E 12.54

PIEDRA BLANCA 10 26 N 121 01 E 12.11

PIEDRA POINT 16 19 N 119 47 E 1.47

PIEDRAS POINT 10 11 N 118 48 E 11.31

PILAR 10 48 N 124 34 E 6.134

PILAR BAY 11 33 N 123 00 E 3.24

PILAR POINT 9 52 N 126 07 E 6.86

PILAS ISLAND 6 38 N 121 36 E 12.16

PILLAR POINT 10 57 N 119 18 E 11.12

PIN POINT 11 01 N 119 20 E 11.12

PINACUAPAN ISLANDS 14 30 N 122 54 E 5.35

PINAMALAYAN 13 02 N 121 30 E 4.12

PINAMUNGAJAN 10 16 N 123 35 E 7.23

PINAMUNTANGAN BAY 13 15 N 122 30 E 2.50

PINAMUNTANGAN POINT 13 15 N 122 30 E 2.50

PINATAYAN SHOAL 7 28 N 124 06 E 9.24

PINAVISAGAN BAY 15 01 N 122 01 E 5.14

PINDILIN POINT 11 52 N 125 27 E 6.9

PINEDA POINT 12 32 N 122 08 E 3.11

PINGET ISLAND 17 41 N 120 21 E 1.28

PINOL POINT 6 06 N 124 23 E 9.33

PINSAIL ISLAND 11 05 N 119 23 E 11.11

PIRARA POINT 11 36 N 122 50 E 3.24

PIRATA HEAD 10 34 N 120 00 E 11.64

PIRATE BAY 10 56 N 119 17 E 11.15

PIRATE ISLAND 8 33 N 117 33 E 11.82

PISO POINT 7 03 N 125 57 E 9.51

PITOGO 13 47 N 122 05 E 2.42

PITOGO BAY 13 47 N 123 57 E 5.55

PITOGO BAY 5 54 N 121 20 E 12.44

PIYAUI POINT 10 27 N 119 46 E 11.66

PLACER 11 52 N 123 55 E 3.31

PLACER 9 40 N 125 35 E 6.67

PLARIDAL 13 58 N 122 01 E 5.21

POCANIL BAY 12 24 N 121 26 E 4.14

POCANIL POINT 12 24 N 121 25 E 4.14

POHUL POINT 7 04 N 125 41 E 9.46

POLA BAY 13 10 N 121 28 E 2.33

POLAMBATO 11 04 N 124 00 E 6.122

POLILLO HARBOR 14 44 N 121 56 E 5.13

POLILLO ISLAND 14 50 N 121 57 E 5.12

POLILLO POINT 14 43 N 121 55 E 5.12

POLILLO STRAIT 14 50 N 121 45 E 5.11

POLIQUI BAY 13 06 N 123 48 E 5.83

POLLOC 7 21 N 124 13 E 9.25

POLLOC HARBOR 7 23 N 124 11 E 9.25

POLO POINT 8 36 N 123 45 E 8.14

PONEAS ISLAND 9 54 N 125 57 E 6.88

PONGCA BAY 7 21 N 122 57 E 9.15

PONSON ISLAND 10 47 N 124 33 E 6.134
340 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

PONTEVEDRA 10 22 N 122 52 E 3.75

PONTEVEDRA SHOAL 10 22 N 122 44 E 3.72

PONTUD BANK 11 52 N 122 15 E 3.20

POO POINT 10 35 N 124 02 E 6.131

POPOTOTAN ISLAND 12 00 N 119 51 E 10.27

PORO 10 38 N 124 24 E 6.134

PORO 16 37 N 120 18 E 1.36

PORT AGUIRRE 11 49 N 124 42 E 6.90

PORT ALABAT 14 06 N 122 00 E 5.24

PORT ANAJAO 13 57 N 124 21 E 5.65

PORT BAGAMANOC 13 57 N 124 17 E 5.64

PORT BALANACAN 13 32 N 121 52 E 2.64

PORT BANGA 7 31 N 122 26 E 9.9

PORT BARAS 7 39 N 124 01 E 9.23

PORT BARRERA 12 31 N 123 23 E 2.91

PORT BARTON 10 28 N 119 08 E 11.27

PORT BATAN 11 35 N 122 29 E 3.21

PORT BATUECAS 9 43 N 125 58 E 6.78

PORT BELLO 10 59 N 124 32 E 6.138

PORT BICOBIAN 17 15 N 122 26 E 5.4

PORT BINANGA 14 44 N 120 15 E 1.70

PORT BOCA ENGANO 12 47 N 123 19 E 2.80

PORT BONBONON 9 03 N 123 07 E 7.33

PORT BONGAO 5 02 N 119 46 E 12.76

PORT BORAC 12 03 N 120 19 E 10.19

PORT BORONGAN 11 36 N 125 26 E 6.13

PORT BUSAINGA 13 07 N 123 02 E 2.78

PORT BUSIN 13 08 N 122 58 E 2.76

PORT CALTOM 12 11 N 120 06 E 10.15

PORT CANOAN 9 15 N 123 35 E 7.34

PORT CAPIZ 11 36 N 122 43 E 3.23

PORT CARMEN 10 35 N 124 01 E 6.131

PORT CATAABA 11 01 N 119 21 E 11.12

PORT CATAINGAN 11 57 N 124 02 E 2.97

PORT CONCEPCION 12 55 N 121 43 E 3.2

PORT CULION 11 53 N 120 01 E 10.26

PORT CURRIMAO 18 01 N 120 29 E 1.22

PORT DIMALANSAN 17 19 N 122 23 E 5.4

PORT GABOC 9 52 N 125 41 E 6.49

PORT GALERA 13 31 N 120 57 E 2.24

PORT GUBAT 12 55 N 124 08 E 2.116

PORT HOLLAND 6 33 N 121 52 E 12.31

PORT JOSE PANGANIBAN 14 18 N 122 41 E 5.32

PORT LAGUIMANOC 13 53 N 121 49 E 2.39

PORT LAMPON 14 40 N 121 37 E 5.19

PORT LEBAK 6 33 N 124 03 E 9.31

PORT LIBAS 11 46 N 125 26 E 6.11

PORT LUYUCAN 11 59 N 120 07 E 10.34

PORT MAMBULAO 14 18 N 122 41 E 5.32

PORT MANAMRAG 13 44 N 124 06 E 5.60

PORT MARICABAN 13 41 N 120 50 E 2.16

PORT MATALVI 15 29 N 119 55 E 1.56

PORT NONOC 9 49 N 125 37 E 6.49

PORT OLONGAPO 14 49 N 120 16 E 1.68

PORT OZAMIZ 8 08 N 123 51 E 8.21

PORT PALAPAG 12 40 N 125 01 E 2.119

PORT PALAPAGE 12 40 N 125 01 E 2.117

PORT PALOMPON 11 03 N 124 23 E 6.127

PORT PANLATUAN 12 52 N 123 42 E 2.83

PORT PATUCO 5 28 N 125 28 E 9.38

PORT PILAR 9 52 N 126 07 E 6.86

PORT PUSGO 13 32 N 122 36 E 2.67

PORT PUTIAO 12 53 N 123 40 E 2.82

PORT RAGAY 13 51 N 122 39 E 2.71

PORT ROMBLON 12 35 N 122 16 E 3.13

PORT ROXAS 8 31 N 123 15 E 8.7

PORT SAMBULAUAN 7 33 N 123 21 E 9.20

PORT SAN ESTEBAN 17 20 N 120 26 E 1.31

PORT SAN JACINTO 12 34 N 123 44 E 2.105

PORT SAN MIGUEL 12 40 N 123 35 E 2.101

PORT SAN PIO QUINTO 18 54 N 121 52 E 1.10

PORT SAN VICENTE 18 31 N 122 08 E 1.14

PORT SANTA MARIA 7 46 N 122 07 E 8.4

PORT SAUL 16 04 N 120 06 E 1.40

PORT SIBONGA 9 41 N 126 00 E 6.79

PORT SIBULAN 7 29 N 122 54 E 9.15

PORT SILANGUIN 14 46 N 120 07 E 1.61

PORT SIYT 9 05 N 123 09 E 7.33

PORT SULA 13 14 N 123 52 E 5.79

PORT TAMBANG 13 58 N 123 26 E 5.47

PORT TILIC 13 49 N 120 12 E 2.4

PORT TUMANAO 5 27 N 125 28 E 9.38

PORTUGUESE POINT 16 05 N 120 07 E 1.40

POTOL POINT 11 56 N 121 57 E 3.20

PRUEBA REEF 12 14 N 122 38 E 3.18

PUCIO POINT 11 46 N 121 50 E 4.27

PUERTO 7 46 N 122 07 E 8.4

PUERTO GALERA 13 30 N 120 57 E 2.25

PUERTO GALERA LIGHT 13 30 N 120 57 E 2.25

PUERTO PRINCESA 10 06 N 125 29 E 6.56

PUERTO PRINCESA 9 44 N 118 44 E 11.73

PUERTO REAL 14 40 N 121 37 E 5.19

PUGGUIAUAN POINT 10 53 N 119 18 E 11.14

PUGO MORO 18 31 N 122 08 E 1.14

PUJADA BAY 6 51 N 126 14 E 9.55

PUJADA ISLAND 6 47 N 126 16 E 9.55

PUJU REEF 6 40 N 121 34 E 12.17

PULANDAGA BAY 14 19 N 122 47 E 5.33

PULANDUTA POINT 11 54 N 123 10 E 3.28

PULAUAN 8 38 N 123 24 E 8.9

PULING ISLAND 13 51 N 123 50 E 5.54

PULIPO ISLAND 15 41 N 119 55 E 1.52

PULUPANDAN 10 31 N 122 48 E 3.73

PUNTA BAJA HARBOR 9 03 N 117 38 E 11.42

PUNUBULU ISLET 11 13 N 125 06 E 6.28

PURDIE PATCHES 4 51 N 119 15 E 12.86

PUROG BAY 14 01 N 124 16 E 5.63

PUSGO REEF 13 30 N 122 38 E 2.66

PUTIC POINT 5 53 N 121 05 E 12.46

PYRAMID ROCKS 11 01 N 119 15 E 11.13

Q

QUEEN OF THE SEA BANK 10 24 N 120 29 E 12.11

QUEZON 9 15 N 117 59 E 11.39

QUICO REEF 9 45 N 125 59 E 6.82

QUIDAPIL POINT 6 49 N 123 57 E 9.30

QUIMINATIN CHICO ISLANDS 10 43 N 120 46 E 10.11

QUIMINATIN ISLAND 10 43 N 120 47 E 10.11

QUINABIGAN 13 00 N 121 29 E 4.12

QUINALANG POINT 8 16 N 124 15 E 8.25

QUINALASAG ISLAND 13 56 N 123 38 E 5.51

QUINALI POINT 9 44 N 124 34 E 7.59

QUINAMANUCA ISLAND 14 12 N 122 57 E 5.36

QUINAPAGYAN ISLAND 14 04 N 123 04 E 5.37

QUINAPUNDAN BAY 11 07 N 125 33 E 6.25

QUINIDIAGAN POINT 12 47 N 121 33 E 4.13

QUINILUBAN ISLAND 11 26 N 120 50 E 10.2

QUIPIT POINT 8 04 N 122 28 E 8.6

QUITANG POINT 14 33 N 120 36 E 1.82

R

RABIN POINT 11 34 N 124 19 E 6.111

RAGAY BAY 13 48 N 122 42 E 2.70

RAGAY GULF 13 30 N 122 45 E 2.65

RAMOS ISLAND 8 06 N 117 01 E 11.87

RANGER REEF 12 48 N 122 06 E 3.5

RAPU RAPU 13 11 N 124 08 E 5.80

RAPU RAPU ISLAND 13 13 N 124 08 E 5.76

RAPU RAPU STRAIT 13 14 N 124 05 E 5.77

RASA ISLAND 9 48 N 125 35 E 6.47

RAT ISLAND 12 01 N 119 54 E 10.36

RATON ISLAND 15 49 N 119 52 E 1.49

RAY BANK 7 40 N 117 09 E 11.99

RECODO 6 57 N 121 58 E 9.2

REFUGIO ISLAND 10 27 N 123 26 E 7.8

REFUGIO PASS 10 28 N 123 24 E 7.8

REINARD ISLAND 10 09 N 119 15 E 11.70

RELIEF POINT 9 10 N 118 13 E 11.79

RELINQUISH HEAD 11 00 N 119 18 E 11.13

REPOSO POINT 8 28 N 117 30 E 11.47

RESA BAY 6 52 N 123 58 E 9.30

RESEARCH REEF 16 35 N 120 17 E 1.38

RESTINGA POINT 14 17 N 120 39 E 1.83

REYNOSO REEF 12 07 N 122 54 E 3.19

RINABASAN COVE 15 58 N 121 38 E 5.9

RIOS ROCK 7 31 N 123 28 E 9.20

RIZAL 10 14 N 119 15 E 11.69

RIZAL 12 37 N 123 43 E 2.104

ROCKET POINT 10 52 N 119 23 E 11.20

ROCKY ISLET 10 36 N 119 19 E 11.24
Index—Gazetteer 341

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

ROMA POINT 14 00 N 122 11 E 5.22

ROMBLON ISLAND 12 33 N 122 17 E 3.13

ROMBLON PASS 12 35 N 122 12 E 3.12

RONA ISLET 18 32 N 122 09 E 1.15

RONDA 10 00 N 123 26 E 7.26

ROSARIO 14 25 N 120 51 E 1.84

ROSARIO POINT 13 38 N 121 12 E 2.20

ROSARIO ROCK 10 26 N 122 42 E 3.69

ROUND ISLAND 10 48 N 120 36 E 10.11

ROXAS 12 35 N 121 31 E 4.13

ROYAL CAPTAIN SHOAL 9 01 N 116 40 E 11.3

ROYAL CAPTAIN SHOAL 9 01 N 116 41 E 11.1

S

SAAC POINT 11 00 N 124 03 E 6.123

SABALAY REEF 15 39 N 119 51 E 1.53

SABANG 10 12 N 118 54 E 11.31

SABANG POINT 12 36 N 122 16 E 3.13

SABIL POINT 11 06 N 123 56 E 7.18

SABINO REEF 11 30 N 120 00 E 11.53

SABLAYAN ISLAND 12 53 N 123 53 E 2.86

SABLAYAN POINT 12 50 N 120 46 E 4.4

SABTANG ISLAND 20 18 N 121 52 E 1.6

SACAMALIG BAY 12 27 N 125 18 E 6.3

SACOL ISLAND 6 58 N 122 14 E 9.5

SACRAMENTO ROCK 11 05 N 123 18 E 3.60

SADAM BAY 6 47 N 123 58 E 9.30

SADDLE HILL 10 55 N 119 14 E 11.21

SADDLE ISLAND 10 32 N 119 07 E 11.26

SADDLE ISLAND 11 03 N 119 18 E 11.12

SADDLE ROCK 11 46 N 119 53 E 10.31

SAGAY 10 57 N 123 25 E 3.58

SAGAY POINT 10 56 N 123 30 E 3.57,

7.5

SAGAYARAN ISLAND 7 37 N 123 28 E 9.21

SAGNAY POINT 13 36 N 123 33 E 5.71

SAHAP POINT 6 30 N 121 52 E 12.30

SAIL ROCK 13 59 N 124 04 E 5.57

SAIL ROCK 5 57 N 120 13 E 12.22

SAINGAN POINT 10 27 N 125 11 E 6.34

SALA POINT 13 52 N 120 05 E 2.6

SALAMANCA RIVER 10 45 N 123 32 E 7.7

SALAND CHANNEL 5 03 N 120 14 E 12.81

SALIMBUBUC ISLAND 11 18 N 120 14 E 10.23

SALKULAKIT ISLAND 6 41 N 121 23 E 12.18

SALOG ISLAND 11 09 N 123 03 E 3.46

SALOMAGUE 17 47 N 120 25 E 1.26

SALOMAGUE HARBOR 17 47 N 120 25 E 1.25

SALOMAGUE ISLAND 13 25 N 122 08 E 2.58

SALOMAGUE ISLAND 17 48 N 120 23 E 1.25

SALOMAGUE POINT 13 22 N 122 09 E 2.59

SALOMAGUE POINT 17 47 N 120 24 E 1.25

SALONG REEF 10 59 N 123 07 E 3.61

SALUAG ISLAND 4 35 N 119 29 E 12.84

SALUNG ISLAND 12 05 N 120 20 E 10.19

SALVACION 12 08 N 119 56 E 10.34

SALVADOR ISLAND 15 31 N 119 55 E 1.54

SALVARIA POINT 13 32 N 121 52 E 2.64

SAMAL ISLAND 7 02 N 125 45 E 9.46

SAMAR 12 00 N 125 05 E 2.117

SAMBAUAN ISLETS 11 46 N 124 15 E 6.115

SAMPALOC POINT 14 44 N 120 10 E 1.62

SAMPOAK POINT 7 47 N 122 06 E 8.5

SAMPUTAN PASS 11 25 N 124 55 E 6.102

SAN AGUSTIN 12 25 N 120 59 E 4.5

SAN AGUSTIN 12 34 N 122 08 E 3.10

SAN AGUSTIN REEF 6 15 N 126 11 E 9.54

SAN ANDRES ISLANDS 13 34 N 121 51 E 2.53

SAN ANDRES POINT 13 34 N 121 52 E 2.53

SAN ANTONIO BAY 8 38 N 117 35 E 11.82

SAN BENITO 9 57 N 126 00 E 6.88

SAN BERNARDINO ISLANDS 12 45 N 124 17 E 2.109

SAN BERNARDINO STRAIT 12 35 N 124 12 E 2.109

SAN CARLOS 10 29 N 123 25 E 7.9

SAN CARLOS POINT 10 29 N 123 25 E 7.8

SAN DIONISIO 11 18 N 123 05 E 3.40

SAN FABIAN 16 07 N 120 24 E 1.38

SAN FELIPE 15 04 N 120 04 E 1.60

SAN FERNANDO 10 10 N 123 42 E 7.41

SAN FERNANDO 12 18 N 122 36 E 3.17

SAN FERNANDO HARBOR 16 37 N 120 18 E 1.36

SAN FERNANDO POINT 16 37 N 120 17 E 1.36

SAN FERNANDO POINT LIGHT 16 37 N 120 17 E 1.36

SAN ILDEFONSO HARBOR 17 39 N 120 21 E 1.28

SAN ILDEFONSO PENINSULA 16 07 N 122 04 E 5.8

SAN ISIDRO 11 25 N 124 20 E 6.125

SAN ISIDRO BAY 11 24 N 124 20 E 6.125

SAN JOSE 10 16 N 125 10 E 6.37

SAN JOSE 12 21 N 121 04 E 4.5

SAN JOSE 12 32 N 124 29 E 2.126

SAN JOSE DE BUENAVISTA 10 44 N 121 56 E 4.32

SAN JUAN 9 09 N 123 30 E 7.35

SAN JUAN ISLANDS 12 36 N 124 23 E 2.130

SAN JUAN POINT 11 00 N 122 51 E 3.47

SAN JUANICO STRAIT 11 20 N 124 58 E 6.103

SAN MIGUEL 11 30 N 119 52 E 11.53

SAN MIGUEL BAY 13 50 N 123 10 E 5.39

SAN MIGUEL ISLAND 12 43 N 123 36 E 2.100

SAN MIGUEL ISLAND 13 23 N 123 48 E 5.75

SAN MIGUEL ISLAND 13 58 N 123 14 E 5.43

SAN MIGUEL ISLANDS 7 45 N 118 30 E 12.2

SAN MIGUEL POINT 13 24 N 123 46 E 5.75

SAN MIGUEL POINT 9 44 N 126 02 E 6.80

SAN NARCISO 15 01 N 120 05 E 1.60

SAN NICOLAS SHOALS 14 26 N 120 46 E 1.84

SAN NICOLAS SHOALS LIGHT 14 26 N 120 46 E 1.84

SAN PEDRINO POINT 13 51 N 120 43 E 2.12

SAN PEDRO BAY 11 10 N 125 05 E 6.27

SAN PEDRO POINT 12 32 N 122 15 E 3.14

SAN POLICARPO BAY 12 11 N 125 30 E 6.8

SAN RAMON 7 00 N 121 55 E 8.2

SAN RAMON BAY 12 17 N 125 23 E 6.5

SAN REMIGIO 11 05 N 123 56 E 7.18

SAN SEBASTIAN 9 28 N 123 18 E 7.28

SAN TEODORO 13 26 N 121 01 E 2.27

SAN VICENTE BAY 14 02 N 123 22 E 5.47

SAN VICTOR ISLAND 7 40 N 126 34 E 9.58

SANCO POINT 8 15 N 126 27 E 9.60

SANDAKAN 5 50 N 118 07 E 12.20

SANDINGAN ISLAND 9 51 N 123 48 E 7.49

SANDOVAL POINT 13 35 N 122 16 E 2.46

SANDUGAN POINT 9 18 N 123 36 E 7.34

SANDY SHOAL 11 02 N 117 38 E 11.2

SANGA SANGA ISLAND 5 05 N 119 47 E 12.77

SANGASIAPU ISLAND 4 58 N 119 50 E 12.77

SANGBOY ISLANDS 6 50 N 121 33 E 12.17

SANGI 10 24 N 123 38 E 7.22

SANGIRIN BAY 14 12 N 121 55 E 5.25

SANGLEY POINT 14 30 N 120 55 E 1.85

SANTA ANA BAY 10 32 N 122 31 E 3.55

SANTA CLARA 7 47 N 122 41 E 9.12

SANTA CRUZ 15 46 N 119 54 E 1.50

SANTA CRUZ BANK 6 53 N 122 01 E 9.3

SANTA CRUZ BAY 8 50 N 126 20 E 9.64

SANTA CRUZ HARBOR 13 30 N 122 04 E 2.54

SANTA CRUZ HARBOR 15 45 N 119 53 E 1.50

SANTA CRUZ ISLAND 13 31 N 122 05 E 2.56

SANTA CRUZ POINT 10 49 N 119 36 E 11.59

SANTA CRUZ POINT 13 33 N 122 00 E 2.53

SANTA CRUZ POINT 15 44 N 119 52 E 1.52

SANTA CRUZ POINT 6 50 N 125 25 E 9.43

SANTA FE 11 09 N 123 48 E 7.2

SANTA FILOMENA SHOALS 10 39 N 120 44 E 10.10

SANTA LUCIA 17 07 N 120 27 E 1.34

SANTA MARGARITA 12 02 N 124 40 E 6.93

SANTA MONICA POINT 9 33 N 123 27 E 7.44

SANTA RITA 11 27 N 124 56 E 6.101

SANTIAGO COVE 17 17 N 120 26 E 1.32

SANTIAGO ISLAND 16 24 N 119 56 E 1.44

SANTO NINO HARBOR 11 56 N 124 27 E 6.115

SANTO NINO ISLAND 11 55 N 124 26 E 6.114

SANTO ROSARIO 10 41 N 122 37 E 3.52

SANTO TOMAS ANCHORAGE 16 15 N 120 22 E 1.38

SANZ ISLAND 8 04 N 117 01 E 11.89

SAPAO 10 01 N 126 02 E 6.87

SAPENITAN BAY 14 03 N 123 14 E 5.44

SAPIAN BAY 11 33 N 122 36 E 3.22

SAPU BAY 5 55 N 125 16 E 9.36

SARANGANI BAY 6 00 N 125 12 E 9.35

SARANGANI ISLAND 5 27 N 125 28 E 9.38

SARANGANI ISLANDS 5 26 N 125 27 E 9.37

SARDINE REEF 12 17 N 121 00 E 4.7
342 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

SATAN ROCK 9 56 N 125 28 E 6.50

SAWIGAN POINT 8 05 N 122 31 E 8.6

SAYSAIN POINT 14 34 N 120 23 E 1.72

SCALESBY CASTLE SHOAL 9 05 N 117 18 E 11.40

SCHUCK REEF 6 49 N 117 52 E 12.8

SCOTT POINT 9 02 N 118 05 E 11.79

SEAHORSE SHOAL 10 50 N 117 47 E 11.2

SEBASTE SHOAL 11 36 N 122 01 E 4.29

SECAM ISLAND 8 10 N 117 01 E 11.87

SECO ISLET 11 19 N 121 40 E 4.29

SEGYAM ISLANDS 8 39 N 117 38 E 11.81

SEMIRARA ANCHORAGE 12 04 N 121 21 E 4.19

SEMIRARA ISLAND 12 03 N 121 23 E 4.19

SEMIRARA ISLANDS 12 00 N 121 30 E 4.19

SEPOC POINT 13 41 N 120 50 E 2.15

SERANTES SHOAL 5 54 N 121 07 E 12.44

SHARK FIN BAY 11 07 N 119 35 E 11.57

SHARK FIN PEAK 11 04 N 119 28 E 11.11

SHARK POINT 14 46 N 120 11 E 1.62

SHARP HILL 10 27 N 119 50 E 11.67

SHARP PEAK 7 54 N 116 59 E 11.94

SHARP POINT 9 51 N 126 08 E 6.85

SHELL ISLAND 10 18 N 119 23 E 11.70

SHELL TANK FARM 10 17 N 123 54 E 7.40

SHIRT POINT 9 51 N 118 34 E 11.43

SIAIN 13 58 N 122 01 E 5.21

SIALAT POINT 13 40 N 124 01 E 5.60

SIASI 5 33 N 120 49 E 12.59

SIASI ISLAND 5 32 N 120 52 E 12.57

SIATON POINT 9 02 N 123 01 E 7.33

SIAYAN ISLAND 20 54 N 121 54 E 1.4

SIBAGO ISLAND 6 45 N 122 24 E 12.27

SIBAKEL ISLAND 6 37 N 121 45 E 12.33

SIBALE ISLAND 9 54 N 125 34 E 6.49

SIBALIC POINT 8 03 N 122 21 E 8.5

SIBALUN ISLET 13 55 N 122 30 E 2.69

SIBARUT BANK 6 12 N 121 31 E 12.39

SIBATON ISLAND 11 59 N 121 34 E 4.20

SIBAUAN ISLAND 13 59 N 123 31 E 5.48

SIBAY ISLAND 11 51 N 121 28 E 4.21

SIBOLON ISLAND 12 06 N 121 35 E 4.20

SIBONGA 10 01 N 123 37 E 7.42

SIBUGUEY BAY 7 25 N 122 35 E 9.7

SIBUKAUAN ISLAND 10 04 N 125 35 E 6.54

SIBUTU ISLAND 4 47 N 119 29 E 12.82

SIBUTU PASSAGE 4 40 N 119 40 E 12.83

SIBUYAN ISLAND 12 25 N 122 35 E 3.15

SICABA POINT 11 00 N 123 15 E 3.59

SICABA REEFS 11 01 N 123 16 E 3.60

SICOGON ISLAND 11 27 N 123 15 E 3.37

SICUD POINT 8 53 N 117 29 E 11.44

SIDSID POINT 11 23 N 119 50 E 11.53

SIETE PECADOS 10 46 N 122 41 E 3.49

SIGARIN POINT 6 32 N 125 33 E 9.40

SIGAYAN BAY 13 40 N 121 24 E 2.21

SIGAYAN BAY 7 44 N 123 45 E 9.22

SIGAYAN POINT 8 43 N 123 46 E 9.22

SIGNAL HEAD 11 02 N 119 19 E 11.11

SIGUMAY POINT 8 00 N 116 57 E 11.95

SILA POINT 12 24 N 125 20 E 6.3

SILAD BAY 11 14 N 124 23 E 6.126

SILAGUI ISLAND 16 27 N 119 55 E 1.37

SILAGUI ISLAND 7 17 N 122 51 E 9.15

SILANCAPO POINT 13 48 N 121 59 E 2.41

SILANGA BAY 11 01 N 119 35 E 11.59

SILANGA BAY 11 49 N 124 51 E 6.93

SILANGA POINT 8 33 N 123 46 E 8.16

SILANGAN PASS 14 00 N 122 11 E 5.23

SILANGON POINT 5 57 N 120 52 E 12.50

SILANGUIN ISLAND 14 46 N 120 06 E 1.62

SILAQUI ISLET 16 27 N 119 55 E 1.37

SILAY 10 48 N 122 58 E 3.65

SILINO ISLAND 8 51 N 123 25 E 8.11

SILLA POINT 8 42 N 123 30 E 8.12

SILOM 12 30 N 122 36 E 3.16

SILONAY ISLAND 13 27 N 121 13 E 2.29

SILONG BAY 12 11 N 121 04 E 4.9

SILUAG ISLAND 4 43 N 119 09 E 12.87

SIMANAHAN CHANNEL 7 43 N 117 19 E 11.98

SIMANAHAN REEF 7 45 N 117 19 E 11.98

SIMARA ISLAND 12 48 N 122 03 E 3.5

SIMIO POINT 8 28 N 123 49 E 8.17

SIMO BANKS 14 05 N 120 21 E 1.88

SIMUNUL ISLAND 4 53 N 119 49 E 12.79

SINAPSAPAN POINT 10 35 N 122 31 E 3.54

SINDANGAN POINT 8 10 N 122 40 E 8.6

SINGAG ISLAND 8 33 N 126 23 E 9.62

SINIGUIAN POINT 18 31 N 122 14 E 1.13

SINONOG ISLAND 6 58 N 122 20 E 9.6

SIPACA POINT 9 01 N 124 52 E 8.37

SIPARAY ISLAND 11 02 N 121 08 E 10.6

SIPAYU ISLAND 5 10 N 119 51 E 12.69

SIQUIJOR 9 13 N 123 31 E 7.35

SIQUIJOR ISLAND 9 10 N 123 35 E 7.34

SIR JOHN BROOKE POINT 8 46 N 117 50 E 11.81

SIRAGUAY POINT 7 33 N 122 07 E 8.2

SIRUMA BAY 14 01 N 123 14 E 5.43

SIRUMA ISLAND 14 02 N 123 13 E 5.43

SIRUN ISLAND 5 35 N 120 44 E 12.59

SISIMAN BAY 14 26 N 120 31 E 1.77

SISIRAN BAY 13 55 N 123 41 E 5.52

SITANKAI ISLAND 4 40 N 119 24 E 12.85

SIUARAGAN RIVER 10 35 N 122 07 E 3.50

SIXTEEN-FOOT SHOAL 14 48 N 120 15 E 1.66

SOCORRO 9 37 N 125 58 E 6.79

SOGOD 10 23 N 124 59 E 6.154

SOGOD BAY 10 15 N 125 00 E 6.153

SOGOD BAY 10 45 N 124 00 E 6.130

SOGOD POINT 10 28 N 125 11 E 6.34

SOGUICAY BAY 12 22 N 121 24 E 4.15

SOHUTAN BAY 9 36 N 125 54 E 6.77

SOJOTON POINT 12 19 N 124 20 E 2.135

SOJOTON POINT 9 59 N 122 27 E 3.77

SOLITARIO ISLET 13 01 N 123 21 E 2.81

SOLITARIO ROCK 11 17 N 120 20 E 10.23

SOLOT POINT 17 55 N 120 26 E 1.23

SOLVEC COVE 17 27 N 120 27 E 1.30

SOLVEC ROCK 17 27 N 120 26 E 1.30

SOMBOCOGON BAY 13 16 N 122 41 E 2.66

SOMBRERO ISLAND 9 22 N 118 35 E 11.77

SOMBRERO ISLET 13 42 N 120 50 E 2.15

SOMBRERO ISLETS 13 09 N 122 50 E 2.75

SOMBRERO ROCKS 10 43 N 121 33 E 12.11

SOMBRERO ROCKS 10 43 N 121 34 E 4.31

SOROC 10 59 N 125 48 E 6.23

SORSOGON 12 58 N 124 00 E 2.86

SORSOGON BAY 12 55 N 123 55 E 2.83

SOUTH BAIS BAY 9 34 N 123 08 E 7.15

SOUTH BAY 11 24 N 119 47 E 11.54

SOUTH GIGANTE ISLAND 11 35 N 123 20 E 3.35

SOUTH ISLET 8 44 N 119 49 E 12.13

SOUTH LAGOON 4 31 N 119 21 E 12.85

SOUTH MANGSEE ISLAND 7 30 N 117 18 E 11.100

SOUTH PASS 13 30 N 121 04 E 2.31

SOUTH POINT 10 24 N 122 30 E 3.55

SOUTH REGENT SHOAL 8 32 N 117 05 E 11.46

SOUTH ROCK 9 42 N 118 23 E 11.43

SOUTH UBIAN ISLAND 5 11 N 120 30 E 12.64

SOUTH VERDE ISLAND 10 05 N 119 14 E 11.69

SOUTHEAST SHOALS 7 35 N 117 25 E 11.99

SOUTHWEST BANK 7 40 N 118 20 E 12.3

SOUTHWEST SHOAL 17 46 N 120 22 E 1.27

SPRAT POINT 9 58 N 118 39 E 11.35

ST. PAUL BAY 10 14 N 118 54 E 11.31

STANLAKE ISLAND 10 15 N 119 20 E 11.70

STRIPE PEAK 10 12 N 119 02 E 11.31

SUBA NIPA 7 18 N 122 51 E 9.15

SUBAANG BAY 13 26 N 121 02 E 2.27

SUBAN POINT 13 12 N 122 00 E 2.60

SUBIC 14 53 N 120 14 E 1.69

SUBIC BAY 14 50 N 20 14 E 1.63

SUBUNGUIN POINT 13 18 N 122 30 E 2.50

SUBUNGUIN REEF 13 20 N 122 28 E 2.49

SUESTE POINT 14 45 N 120 11 E 1.62

SUGBAI ISLAND 5 24 N 120 23 E 12.62

SUGBAI PASSAGE 5 25 N 120 30 E 12.62

SUGBUHAN POINT 10 04 N 126 04 E 6.87

SUGBUHAN REEF 10 06 N 126 02 E 6.87

SUGOT BAY 13 02 N 124 05 E 5.83

SUGUT BAY 7 24 N 124 14 E 9.26

SULADE ISLAND 5 50 N 120 47 E 12.49

SULAT BAY 11 50 N 125 28 E 6.10

SULAUAN POINT 8 37 N 124 29 E 8.26

SULIGAN SHOAL 6 00 N 121 38 E 12.41
Index—Gazetteer 343

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

SULTAN BANK 11 23 N 121 30 E 4.29

SULTANA SHOALS 9 57 N 121 23 E 12.11

SULU SEA 9 00 N 120 00 E 12.1

SULUAN ISLAND 10 46 N 125 57 E 6.32

SUMANGUL POINT 7 27 N 122 54 E 9.16

SUMBASUMBA ISLAND 5 30 N 120 58 E 12.58

SUMILON 9 26 N 123 23 E 7.45

SUMILON ISLAND 9 55 N 125 26 E 6.50

SUMLUG POINT 6 52 N 126 01 E 9.52

SUNGI POINT 10 55 N 125 50 E 6.21

SUNGU SHOAL 5 37 N 120 49 E 12.59

SUNGU SHOAL 6 13 N 121 41 E 12.39

SURIGAO 9 47 N 125 30 E 6.42

SURIGAO STRAIT 10 28 N 125 23 E 8.1

SUSO POINT 17 21 N 120 27 E 1.31

SUYAC ISLAND 10 57 N 123 27 E 3.58

T

TAATA ISLANDS 5 09 N 120 09 E 12.71

TABA BAY 7 34 N 122 48 E 9.13

TABACO 13 22 N 123 44 E 5.74

TABACO BAY 13 20 N 123 47 E 5.73

TABAHAN RIVER 9 46 N 124 30 E 7.58

TABAJIN BAY 13 42 N 120 14 E 2.6

TABANGO BAY 11 17 N 124 23 E 6.125

TABAWAN ISLAND 5 13 N 120 35 E 12.63

TABGON 13 50 N 123 49 E 5.54

TABLAS ISLAND 12 25 N 122 02 E 3.6

TABLAS SHOAL 5 55 N 120 21 E 12.22

TABLE HEAD 9 39 N 118 44 E 11.73

TABLE POINT 10 00 N 118 39 E 11.34

TABONES ISLETS 14 49 N 120 04 E 1.61

TABU POINT 8 20 N 123 52 E 8.19

TABUAN ISLAND 5 09 N 120 27 E 12.64

TABUGOC COVE 14 04 N 124 14 E 5.63

TABUSAO ISLAND 14 21 N 122 38 E 5.30

TACBOLO ISLAND 10 53 N 119 19 E 11.18

TACLOBAN 11 15 N 25 00 E 6.29

TACLOGAN BAY 12 37 N 123 43 E 2.103

TACUTBOATA REEF 5 09 N 120 24 E 12.64

TAFT 11 54 N 125 25 E 6.9

TAGABAS BAY 13 36 N 122 16 E 2.45

TAGABULI BAY 6 48 N 125 23 E 9.43

TAGALINOG ISLAND 8 53 N 118 15 E 11.80

TAGANAUAN ISLAND 9 14 N 126 12 E 9.66

TAGAO ISLAND 5 18 N 120 34 E 12.63

TAGAPOLO POINT 15 32 N 119 57 E 1.54

TAGAPULA ISLAND 12 04 N 124 11 E 6.114

TAGAUAYAN BAY 10 58 N 121 14 E 10.6

TAGAUAYAN ISLANDS 10 58 N 121 13 E 10.6

TAGBAC COVE 13 50 N 120 05 E 2.6

TAGBANAN POINT 13 48 N 120 15 E 2.5

TAGBARUNIS POINT 9 34 N 118 40 E 11.74

TAGBAYAKAO ISLET 9 59 N 125 35 E 6.51

TAGBILARAN 9 39 N 123 51 E 7.53

TAGBITA BAY 8 41 N 117 20 E 11.46

TAGBUAYA POINT 9 08 N 117 46 E 11.41

TAGGAT 18 37 N 121 03 E 1.18

TAGIRAN POINT 12 33 N 123 58 E 2.89

TAGKAWAYAN BAY 13 56 N 122 33 E 2.69

TAGO ISLAND 11 15 N 123 08 E 3.41

TAGO RIVER 9 01 N 126 14 E 9.65

TAGOLO POINT 8 44 N 123 23 E 8.9

TAGUBANHAN ISLAND 11 08 N 123 07 E 3.44

TAGUITE BAY 7 20 N 122 18 E 9.7

TAGULAYA POINT 6 55 N 125 29 E 9.43

TAGUM POINT 13 27 N 122 08 E 2.55

TAGUN BAY 13 57 N 123 46 E 5.52

TAGUTU ISLAND 6 39 N 121 38 E 12.16

TAGUUS POINT 10 11 N 124 45 E 6.143

TAISAN 12 06 N 123 21 E 3.29

TAITAI BAY 10 54 N 119 17 E 11.15

TAJAO POINT 10 19 N 123 35 E 7.21

TAJAO REEF 10 18 N 123 34 E 7.23

TAKELA ISLAND 6 32 N 121 50 E 12.32

TAKUT TANGUG BAY 6 32 N 122 14 E 12.28

TALABASI POINT 13 04 N 120 43 E 4.3

TALABE POINT 10 30 N 123 27 E 7.7

TALACANEN ISLAND 10 58 N 119 32 E 11.61

TALAIRAN POINT 11 26 N 124 32 E 6.108

TALAKITOK REEF 9 00 N 118 10 E 11.80

TALALORA 11 32 N 124 50 E 6.98

TALAMPULAN ISLAND 12 06 N 119 51 E 10.35

TALAOTAUAN ISLAND 11 10 N 119 32 E 11.56

TALIBON 10 09 N 124 20 E 6.149

TALIKUD ISLAND 6 56 N 125 42 E 9.46

TALIN BAY 13 59 N 120 37 E 1.89

TALIN POINT 13 59 N 120 36 E 1.89

TALINAS ISLAND 13 42 N 120 18 E 2.5

TALIPANAN POINT 13 30 N 120 53 E 2.23

TALISAY 10 44 N 122 58 E 3.65

TALISAY REEF 12 07 N 123 12 E 3.28

TALISAYAN 9 00 N 124 53 E 8.37

TALOMO 7 03 N 125 33 E 9.44

TALOMO BAY 7 03 N 125 33 E 9.44

TALONG ISLAND 10 44 N 124 19 E 6.133

TALUC ISLAND 5 44 N 121 00 E 12.56

TAMBAC POINT 16 23 N 119 56 E 1.46

TAMBARON ISLAND 12 16 N 121 23 E 4.16

TAMBO POINT 13 48 N 120 20 E 2.7

TAMBOBO POINT 15 58 N 119 45 E 1.48

TAMBOG POINT 8 06 N 126 27 E 9.60

TAMBUNGON 7 15 N 125 40 E 9.49

TAMPEL PASS 11 47 N 120 07 E 10.29

TAMPI 9 26 N 123 14 E 7.16

TAMPUAN POINT 5 52 N 125 05 E 9.34

TAMUK ISLAND 6 28 N 121 49 E 12.30

TAMURUNG POINT 17 15 N 120 25 E 1.33

TANAO ISLANDS 14 25 N 122 40 E 5.28

TANAO PASS 14 22 N 122 40 E 5.28

TANAUAN 11 07 N 125 01 E 6.30

TANCAAN POINT 10 00 N 125 01 E 6.152

TANDAG 9 05 N 126 12 E 9.66

TANDICAN POINT 5 54 N 121 23 E 12.44

TANDOC 14 04 N 123 18 E 5.46

TANDOG ISLAND 10 25 N 122 30 E 3.55

TANDOTAO POINT 6 58 N 118 32 E 12.5

TANDU BATO 6 00 N 121 18 E 12.54

TANDU PEAK 5 58 N 121 24 E 12.44

TANDUBAS ISLAND 5 08 N 120 20 E 12.66

TANDUBATO ISLAND 5 13 N 120 17 E 12.67

TANDUNGAN CHANNEL 5 14 N 120 20 E 12.66

TANDUNGAN ISLAND 5 15 N 120 21 E 12.66

TANGAT ISLAND 11 59 N 120 04 E 10.34

TANGBO POINT 10 44 N 125 02 E 6.32

TANGHILAHAN BAY 10 52 N 119 13 E 11.20,

11.22

TANGIL POINT 10 05 N 123 37 E 7.25

TANGLAR ISLAND 13 45 N 123 15 E 5.41

TANGU ISLAND 5 02 N 119 50 E 12.74

TANGUINGUI ISLAND 11 30 N 123 43 E 7.3

TANGUINGUI ISLET 11 29 N 123 43 E 3.35

TANGUINGUI ISLET 13 11 N 122 56 E 2.75

TANOBAN POINT 14 17 N 122 51 E 5.33

TANOBON ISLAND 12 21 N 119 57 E 10.14

TANON POINT 9 25 N 123 20 E 7.45

TANON STRAIT 10 00 N 123 30 E 7.1

TANTANANG BAY 7 31 N 122 54 E 9.16

TANUAN POINT 13 31 N 122 58 E 2.71

TAPAAN ISLAND 5 28 N 120 44 E 12.59

TAPAAN PASSAGE 5 30 N 120 40 E 12.60

TAPAAN SHOAL 5 26 N 120 40 E 12.60

TAPAL 10 03 N 124 31 E 6.145

TAPIAN POINT 7 09 N 124 04 E 9.29

TAPIANTANA CHANNEL 6 22 N 122 00 E 12.37

TAPIANTANA GROUP 6 20 N 122 00 E 12.37

TAPIANTANA ISLAND 6 18 N 121 59 E 12.38

TAPILON POINT 11 17 N 124 01 E 7.17

TAPIUTAN ISLAND 11 13 N 119 16 E 11.8

TAPIUTAN STRAIT 11 12 N 119 16 E 11.8

TAPUL BAY 9 56 N 118 47 E 11.71

TAPUL ISLAND 5 44 N 120 54 E 12.56

TARA ISLAND 12 17 N 120 22 E 10.17

TARA ISLAND 5 36 N 120 52 E 12.57

TARADUNGAN 10 22 N 119 32 E 11.70

TARAHID POINT 14 02 N 124 16 E 5.63

TARANGNAN POINT 11 54 N 124 44 E 6.93

TARINEN POINT 5 21 N 120 13 E 12.68

TARUMPITAO POINT 9 03 N 117 38 E 11.42

TATAAN PASS 5 12 N 119 54 E 12.70

TATALAN ISLAND 6 13 N 121 50 E 12.38

TAVOTAVO POINT 7 01 N 118 24 E 12.4
344 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

TAWITAWI BAY 5 05 N 120 07 E 12.71

TAWITAWI ISLAND 5 10 N 120 00 E 12.68

TAYABAS BAY 13 50 N 121 40 E 2.35

TAYABAS POINT 13 54 N 121 37 E 2.37

TAYABAS RIVER ENTRANCE LIGHT 13 54 N 121 36 E 2.37

TAYASAN POINT 9 55 N 123 10 E 7.12

TAYNABO POINT 7 46 N 122 40 E 9.12

TAYOMAN POINT 7 41 N 122 47 E 9.13

TAYONG PEAK 9 38 N 124 04 E 7.56

TAYONG POINT 10 07 N 123 29 E 7.24

TAYTAY 10 50 N 119 31 E 11.59

TAYTAY BAY 10 55 N 119 33 E 11.59

TAYTAY HEAD 10 52 N 119 30 E 11.61

TAYTAY POINT 10 42 N 125 07 E 6.32

TEINGA ISLAND 6 54 N 121 35 E 12.18

TEJADA REEF 11 08 N 119 52 E 11.54

TELEGRAPH ISLET 9 33 N 125 51 E 6.69

TEMPLO ISLAND 13 09 N 122 52 E 2.75

TENABIAN ISLAND 10 55 N 119 17 E 11.15

TENT ISLAND 11 04 N 119 18 E 11.12

TEOMABAL ISLAND 6 20 N 120 51 E 12.19

TEOMBAL ISLAND 5 50 N 121 02 E 12.46

TETIAN BAY 7 28 N 124 08 E 9.24

THUMB PEAK 9 48 N 118 36 E 11.34

TIBIAO POINT 11 18 N 122 02 E 4.30

TIBUNGKO 7 12 N 125 39 E 9.48

TICAO BAY 12 29 N 123 46 E 2.106

TICAO ISLAND 12 30 N 123 43 E 2.99

TICAO PASS 12 40 N 123 45 E 2.107

TICLIN ISLAND 10 32 N 123 28 E 7.7

TICLIN ISLAND 12 35 N 124 08 E 2.112

TICLIN STRAIT 12 33 N 124 06 E 2.111

TICTAUAN CHANNEL 6 54 N 122 09 E 9.5

TICTAUAN SHOAL 6 54 N 122 09 E 9.5

TIDEPOLE POINT 10 04 N 118 47 E 11.33

TIDEPOLE POINT 9 44 N 118 44 E 11.73

TIGBAUAN ISLANDS 7 22 N 122 25 E 9.9

TIJITIJI REEF 4 53 N 119 53 E 12.79

TILIC 13 49 N 120 12 E 2.5

TINAAN ANCHORAGE 10 12 N 123 45 E 7.41

TINABOG RIVER 10 00 N 118 59 E 11.72

TINACA POINT 5 33 N 125 20 E 9.37

TINACOS ISLET 12 50 N 123 50 E 2.84

TINAGTA ISLAND 5 12 N 119 53 E 12.68

TINALISAYAN ISLETS 13 09 N 122 56 E 2.75

TINAMBAC 13 49 N 123 19 E 5.42

TINANOGAN BAY 12 56 N 123 33 E 2.81

TINAOGAN 9 47 N 123 09 E 7.12

TINAOGAN REEF 9 48 N 123 09 E 7.12

TIWI POINT 13 29 N 123 40 E 5.73

TOGORON BAY 12 36 N 123 36 E 2.102

TOLAN POINT 11 01 N 122 02 E 4.31

TOLEDO 10 23 N 123 38 E 7.23

TOLONG 9 22 N 122 48 E 4.39

TOLONG BAY 9 20 N 122 50 E 4.38

TOMALAYTAY ISLET 12 52 N 123 49 E 2.85

TOMONTON POINT 10 54 N 122 57 E 3.63

TONA ISLAND 9 52 N 125 57 E 6.88

TONDOL POINT 16 19 N 120 01 E 1.44

TONGA POINT 9 13 N 123 28 E 7.35

TONGO POINT 12 38 N 122 17 E 3.14

TONGON POINT 13 23 N 123 12 E 2.72

TONGQUIL ISLAND 6 03 N 121 51 E 12.40

TORITORI POINT 16 13 N 120 00 E 1.43

TORRE ISLAND 11 24 N 124 59 E 6.104

TORRIJOS BAY 13 19 N 122 05 E 2.59

TORTUGA REEF 15 36 N 119 53 E 1.53

TOYO REEF 10 21 N 122 34 E 3.70

TRES REYES ISLANDS 13 14 N 121 50 E 2.60

TRIBOA BAY 14 47 N 120 16 E 1.66

TRIBOA RIVER 14 47 N 120 17 E 1.66

TRINCHERA POINT 16 24 N 119 54 E 1.45

TRIPLE CIMA ISLAND 9 19 N 117 56 E 11.39

TUASON POINT 9 49 N 126 10 E 6.85

TUBABAO ISLAND 12 07 N 125 33 E 6.7

TUBALAN HEAD 6 30 N 125 35 E 9.40

TUBALUBAC ISLAND 5 59 N 120 24 E 12.21

TUBAY 9 10 N 125 31 E 8.51

TUBBATAHA REEF 8 50 N 119 53 E 12.12

TUBIGAN 9 57 N 123 58 E 7.48

TUBIGAN ISLAND 6 26 N 120 47 E 12.19

TUBIGAN POINT 10 44 N 121 56 E 4.31

TUBILE POINT 13 14 N 120 31 E 4.2

TUBILI POINT 13 14 N 120 31 E 4.2

TUBINGANTAN POINT 5 54 N 120 55 E 12.48

TUBURAN 10 44 N 123 49 E 7.19

TUBURAN BAY 10 44 N 123 49 E 7.19

TUCTUC POINT 12 11 N 121 57 E 3.9

TUDELA 10 38 N 124 28 E 6.133

TUGAPANGAN POINT 7 24 N 124 09 E 9.25

TUGAS PENINSULA 9 28 N 125 57 E 6.71

TUGAS POINT 9 29 N 125 57 E 6.71

TUGDAN POINT 12 19 N 122 05 E 3.11

TUGNUG POINT 11 21 N 125 38 E 6.17

TUJUD ISLAND 13 15 N 121 25 E 2.32

TUKA BAY 7 40 N 123 58 E 9.23

TULIAN ISLAND 6 01 N 120 53 E 12.50

TULNALUTAN ISLAND 6 59 N 122 21 E 9.6

TULUNANAUN ISLAND 11 33 N 123 14 E 3.32

TULURAN ISLAND 10 59 N 119 17 E 11.12

TUMA REEF 12 15 N 123 07 E 3.19

TUMALAYTAY ISLAND 12 17 N 123 13 E 3.26

TUMALAYTAY POINT 12 17 N 123 14 E 3.26

TUMAO POINT 7 52 N 122 10 E 8.5

TUMARBONG 10 23 N 119 27 E 11.70

TUMATUM POINT 11 58 N 123 09 E 3.28

TUMBAGA POINT 13 44 N 120 17 E 2.5

TUMBAGAAN ISLAND 5 23 N 120 19 E 12.65

TUMINDAO ISLAND 4 44 N 119 24 E 12.84

TUNA BAY 6 23 N 124 04 E 9.32

TUNA REEF 11 36 N 120 12 E 10.23

TUNGANAY RIVER 7 19 N 125 44 E 9.50

TUNGAO POINT 12 07 N 121 21 E 4.19

TUNGAUAN BAY 7 27 N 122 22 E 9.9

TUNGO POINT 10 08 N 125 29 E 6.56

TUNGOO POINT 12 10 N 124 25 E 6.91

TUQUIAN POINT 13 36 N 122 12 E 2.45

TURIA ROCK 11 03 N 123 06 E 3.44

TUTU BAY 5 55 N 121 12 E 12.44

TWENTY FOUR-FOOT SHOAL 14 45 N 120 13 E 1.64

TWIN ISLETS 10 05 N 125 29 E 6.55

U

UALA ISLANDS 14 55 N 122 10 E 5.16

UANIVAN ISLAND 6 50 N 126 16 E 9.55

UAYDAJON ISLAND 11 38 N 123 22 E 3.35

UBAN POINT 11 22 N 124 59 E 6.105

UGAMUT ISLAND 12 33 N 124 29 E 2.125

ULAN POINT 13 30 N 121 51 E 2.63

ULUGAN BAY 10 07 N 118 48 E 11.32

ULUT RIVER 12 00 N 125 27 E 6.9

UNAMAO ISLAND 9 23 N 126 00 E 6.75

UNIB ISLAND 10 01 N 125 31 E 6.52

UNISAN 13 50 N 121 58 E 2.41

UNISAN ISLETS 10 20 N 122 35 E 3.70

URDANETA HARBOR 12 33 N 124 21 E 2.132

URSULA ISLAND 8 20 N 117 31 E 11.83

USON BAY 12 14 N 123 47 E 2.95

USON ISLAND 11 59 N 120 10 E 10.33

USUCAN SHOAL 8 39 N 123 42 E 8.14

UTABE BAY 12 38 N 123 54 E 2.89

V

VALENCIA 8 14 N 126 27 E 9.60

VALENCIA 9 36 N 124 12 E 7.56

VALLEHERMOSO 10 20 N 123 20 E 7.11

VALLEY HEAD 17 55 N 122 11 E 5.3

VALPARAISO SHOAL 7 51 N 118 27 E 12.2

VANGUARD SHOAL 8 55 N 117 16 E 11.45

VANGUARDIA ISLET 11 32 N 119 44 E 11.52

VARADERO BAY 13 29 N 120 58 E 2.26

VERDE ISLAND 13 33 N 121 04 E 2.30

VERDE ISLAND PASSAGE 13 35 N 121 00 E 2.2

VICTORIA PEAKS 9 22 N 118 20 E 11.35

VICTORIAS 10 54 N 123 04 E 3.62

VIGAN GAP 17 33 N 120 30 E 1.30

VIGIA POINT 11 04 N 125 02 E 6.31

VILLABA 11 13 N 124 24 E 6.126

VILLAGE BAY 10 34 N 119 07 E 11.25

VILLALOBOS REEF 12 40 N 124 55 E 2.122
Index—Gazetteer 345

Pub. 162

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

VILLAMIL ROCK 5 52 N 121 04 E 12.46

VILLANUEVA 8 35 N 124 46 E 8.32

VINAS RIVER 13 55 N 122 27 E 2.69

VIRAC 13 35 N 124 14 E 5.62

VIRAC POINT 13 31 N 124 13 E 5.61

VIRAY ISLET 10 00 N 125 31 E 6.52

VITALI ISLAND 7 22 N 122 21 E 9.8

VOLATA ISLAND 9 39 N 121 15 E 12.10

W

WAKEFIELD SHOAL 8 19 N 117 52 E 11.83

WALKER SHOAL 11 01 N 125 32 E 6.24

WATERING BAY 10 09 N 118 49 E 11.32

WATERING BAY 10 25 N 119 02 E 11.28

WEDGE HEAD 10 53 N 119 19 E 11.19

WEDGE ISLAND 10 44 N 119 12 E 11.23

WEST BANK 7 43 N 118 23 E 12.3

WEST BOLOD ISLAND 6 15 N 121 35 E 12.39

WEST CIRCE SHOAL 7 28 N 122 38 E 9.14

WEST NALAUT ISLAND 12 03 N 119 47 E 10.36

WESTERN SHOALS 7 58 N 116 50 E 11.94

WHALE ROCK 9 29 N 126 04 E 6.74

WHITE ROCK 7 21 N 122 25 E 9.9

WHITE ROUND ISLAND 10 59 N 119 15 E 11.14

WILLCOX BANK 6 55 N 118 28 E 12.7

WORCESTER STRAIT 10 58 N 119 15 E 11.14

WRECK HEAD 10 54 N 119 13 E 11.21

WYLLIE ROCKS 19 30 N 121 31 E 1.9

Y

YAO ISLAND 11 02 N 123 35 E 7.4

YAPUSAN POINT 13 43 N 120 13 E 2.6

YOG POINT 14 06 N 124 12 E 5.58

YOPOQUIT POINT 13 50 N 123 52 E 5.55

Z

ZAMBOANGA 6 54 N 122 04 E 9.4

ZAMBOANGUITA POINT 9 06 N 123 12 E 7.29,

7.32

ZAPATO ISLANDS 11 45 N 123 01 E 3.25

ZUMARRAGA CHANNEL 11 38 N 124 50 E 6.96